CSP Hmi 3

[ Main Menu ]
[ HMI−3 Book TOC ]
MDHI MODEL HELICOPTERS

MODEL 369D/E/FF − 500/600N
Basic Handbook of Maintenance Instructions
(CSP−HMI−3)
INSTRUMENTS−ELECTRICAL−AVIONICS
MD Helicopters, Inc.
4555 East McDowell Road
Mesa, Arizona 85215−9734
Copyright E 1999-2016 by MD Helicopters, Inc. Issued: 31 October 1990

All rights reserved under the copyright laws.
Revision No. 14: 15 October 2016
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
The technical data and information contained in this publication is the property of
and proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc. and is not to be disclosed or reproduced in
whole or in part without the written consent of MD Helicopters, Inc.
RESTRICTED USE
MDHI provides this manual for use by owners, operators and maintainers of MDHI
products and authorized parts. Use by STC or PMA applicants or holders as
documentation to support their certificates is not an authorized use of this manual and
is prohibited. MDHI takes no responsibility for customer's use of parts manufactured
under an STC or PMA when this manual is used as documentation with the Federal
Aviation Administration to justify the STC or PMA. Use of unauthorized parts on
MDHI products will void the MDHI warranty offered to the customer on components
and may void the warranty on the helicopter.
[ Main Menu ]
MD HELICOPTER, INC.
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS RECOMMENDED CHANGE REPORT
This manual has been prepared and distributed by the Technical Publications Department and is
intended for use by personnel responsible for the maintenance of MDHI Helicopters. Periodic revision
of this manual will be made to incorporate the latest information. If, in the opinion of the reader, any
information has been omitted or requires clarification, please direct your comments to this office via
this form (or a duplicate). An endeavor will be made to include such information in future revisions.
Bldg 615 M/S G048
4555 East McDowell Road
Mesa, AZ 85215−9734
Telephone: (480) 346−6465 / (800) 310−8539, Option 3
E−Mail: pubs@mdhelicopters.com
Online Orders: https://mdhelicopters.webprint.com/webprint/auth/login.jspa
Date:
Originator:
Address:
E−Mail:
Manual Title: Page Number(s):
Chapter Title: Paragraph Number(s):
ATA Section Number: Step Number(s):
Issue Date:
Figure Number(s):
Revision No. and Date: Table Number(s):
Remarks / Instructions:
The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.
Page CRi
Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
other documents or used or disclosed to others for manufacturing or any other
purpose except as specifically authorized in writing by MD Helicopters, Inc.
Copyright © 1999−2016 by MD Helicopters, Inc.
[ Main Menu ]
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
Page CRii
[ Main Menu ]
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
MANUAL TITLE : CSP-HMI-3 MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REV. DATE REMOVED BY REV. DATE REMOVED BY

BY BY
NO. INSERTED INCORPORATING NO. INSERTED INCORPORATING
93−001
93−002 Revision 5
93−003
94−001 Revision 6
15−001 Revision 14
16−001 07 Nov 16 R.M.

Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to Page 1
TR
TR16-001
[ Main Menu ]

Page 2 Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
TR
Revision 14 purpose except as specifically authorized in writing by MD Helicopters, Inc.
[ Main Menu ] MD Helicopters, Inc. CSP-HMI-3
[ HMI−3 Book TOC ] MAINTENANCE MANUAL
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
INSERT LATEST CHANGE PAGES, DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES

The highest revision number indicates pages changed, added or removed by the current change.
Date of original and revision pages are:
Original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 October 1990 Revision 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 January 2000
Revision 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 March 1991 Revision 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 April 2001
Revision 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09 September 1991 Revision 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 July 2001
Revision 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 02 March 1992
Revision 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 June 2002
Revision 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 December 1992
Revision 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 February 1994 Revision 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 October 2003
Revision 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 May 1995 Revision 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 December 2005
Revision 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 April 1999 Revision 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 October 2016
Cover/Title 901 thru 903 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7

Cover/Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
Change Request 95−00−10
CRi/CRii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 201 thru 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7
Temporary Revision 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
207 thru 209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7
1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
List of Effective Pages
95−00−20
A thru D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
201 thru 208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7
Table of Contents 209 and 210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 10
95−10−00
i and ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
Chapter 95 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
i thru xiv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7
95−00−00 203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
1 thru 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7 204 and 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7
5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 10
6 thru 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7 207 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7
101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12 208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7 95−10−10
103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8 201 thru 204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7
104 thru 110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 205 and 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
111 and 112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 207 thru 210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7
401 thru 402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7 901 thru 906 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7
403 and 404 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 95−10−20
509 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 901 thru 908 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7
601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9 95−10−30
602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7 201 thru 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7
603 and 604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14

Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to Page A
LOEP
Revision 14
CSP-HMI-3 MD Helicopters, Inc. [ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL [ HMI−3 Book TOC ]
95−20−00 220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12

201 thru 203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7 221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
95−20−10 223 thru 228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
901 thru 903 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7 230 and 231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
95−30−00 233 and 234 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
1 thru 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7 235 thru 237 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7 238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
102 thru 110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 239 thru 244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
401 thru 403 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
505 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 262 thru 264 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7 96−02−00
507 thru 509 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 201 and 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
95−50−00 215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
Chapter 96 218 thru 226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
i thru x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
96−00−00 228 and 229 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 237 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
96−01−00 239 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
208 and 209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12 254 and 255 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
214 thru 219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 260 thru 268 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9

Page B Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
LOEP
96−03−00 96−40−00
201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8 201 thru 222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 96−45−00
203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9 201 thru 204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
204 and 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8
205 thru 207 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
207 thru 209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8
901 thru 908 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9 96−48−00
212 and 213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 201 thru 212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
214 and 215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8 901 thru 912 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
216 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 Chapter 97
217 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8 i thru vi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
97−00−00
218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
219 thru 221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8
1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
222 thru 225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 97−01−00
96−05−00 1 thru 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
201 thru 212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8 97−02−00
96−05−10 1 thru 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
201 thru 203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8 101 thru 108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
908 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 97−04−00
96−10−00 1 thru 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
201 and 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8 101 thru 112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
205 thru 210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8
97−06−00
211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
212 and 213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8
96−30−00 97−08−00

Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to Page C
LOEP
Revision 14

Page D Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
LOEP
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CSP−HMI−2
01 Introduction
04 Airworthiness Limitations
05 Continued Airworthiness Checks / Inspections
06 Dimensions and Areas
07 Lifting and Jacking
08 Leveling / Weight and Balance
09 Towing
10 Parking and Mooring
11 Placards and Markings
12 Servicing
18 Vibration and Noise Analysis
20 Standard Practices
21 Environmental Control System
25 Equipment / Furnishings
26 Fire Protection
28 Fuel System
32 Landing Gear
52 Doors
53 Fuselage
62 Main Rotor
63 Transmission and Drive System
64 Anti−Torque Assembly
67 Flight Controls
71 Power Plant
75 Engine Anti−Ice System
76 Engine Power Controls
78 Engine Exhaust System
79 Engine Oil Supply System
91 Charts
CSP−HMI−3
Cover / Title Page
Technical Manual Recommended Change Report
Record of Temporary Revisions
List of Effective Pages
95 Instruments
96 Electrical Power
97 Avionics

Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to Page i
Contents
Revision 11
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
NOTE: The following sections are applicable to the helicopter models denoted to the right of the
section.
Section Title 369D 369E 369FF 500N 600N
95 INSTRUMENTS
95−00−00 Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
95−00−10 Slim−Line Instrument Panel (369D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
95−00−20 T Instrument Panel (369E/FF − 500/600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X
95−10−00 Pitot−Static System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
95−10−10 Heated Pitot Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
95−10−20 Attitude Gyro Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X
95−10−30 Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X
95−20−00 Magnetic Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
95−20−10 Directional Gyro Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X
95−30−00 Power Train Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
95−50−00 Miscellaneous Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
96 ELECTRICAL
96−00−00 Electrical Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
96−01−00 Wiring Diagrams (369D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
96−02−00 Wiring Diagrams (369E/FF − 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X
96−03−00 Wiring Diagrams (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
96−05−00 Battery and Temperature Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
96−05−10 Heavy Duty Battery (17 Amp, 20 Cell) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
96−10−00 DC Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
96−30−00 DC Electrical Load Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
96−40−00 Lighting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
96−45−00 Searchlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
96−48−00 Float Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X
97 AVIONICS
97−00−00 Avionics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
97−01−00 Headset Microphones, Headset Adapters and Headset
Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
97−02−00 Intercommunication System (Collins) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
97−04−00 Intercommunication System (King) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X X X X X
97−06−00 Integrated Interphone Communication System (Carter) . . . . . . . X X X X X
97−08−00 Public Address and Siren System Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X

Page ii Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
Contents
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Chapter
95
Instruments

[ Main Menu ] MD Helicopters, Inc. CSP−HMI−3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Para/Figure/Table Title Page
95-00-00 Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1. Instrument Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Altimeter Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Airspeed Indicator Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
C. Three-Pack Description (369D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
D. Ammeter Description (369E/FF - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
E. Dual Volt / Amp Indicator Description (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
F. Engine Oil Temperature Gauge Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
G. Fuel Quantity Gauge Description (369D/E/FF - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
H. Fuel Quantity Indicator Description (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
I. Caution and Warning Indicator Lights - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
J. Caution and Warning Indicator Lights Description (369D/E/FF - 500N) . . . . . . 3
K. Caution and Warning Lights Description (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
L. Autronics Indicator Lights Dimmer Assembly Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
M. Autronics Indicator Lights Dimmer Assembly Associated Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
N. DC Voltmeter Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
1. Caution/Warning System Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
2. Instrument Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Table 101. Caution and Warning Lights Indicating
System Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Table 102. Caution and Warning Lights Troubleshooting Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Table 103. Instrument Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Figure 101. DC Voltmeter Wiring Diagram (369D294385) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Figure 102. Ammeter, Engine Oil Temperature and
Fuel Quantity Indicator Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Figure 103. Caution/Warning System Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Instruments Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. Caution and Warning Indicator Lamps Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
3. Caution and Warning Indicator Light Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
4. Autronics Indicator Lights Dimmer Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
5. DC Voltmeter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Figure 401. Indicator Light Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Adjustment/Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
1. Instruments Adjustment/Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501

95 Contents
Copyright © 1999−2016 by MD Helicopters, Inc. Revision 14
CSP−HMI−3 MD Helicopters, Inc. [ Main Menu ]
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

2. Instrument Cluster Three-Pack Calibration Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 501. Instrument Cluster Three-Pack Calibration Charts -
369D26415 Unit (Early Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Figure 501. Instrument Cluster Three-Pack, With Wiring Harness,
Early Model (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Table 502. Instrument Cluster Three-Pack Calibration Charts -
369D296305-21, -31 Units (Late Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Figure 502. Instrument Cluster Three-Pack, With Wiring Harness,
Late Model (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
3. Ammeter Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Table 503. Ammeter Calibration Values (369D24136-BSC Unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
4. Engine Oil Temperature Gauge Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Table 504. Engine Oil Temperature Gauge Calibration
(369D24135-BSC Unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Table 505. Engine Oil Temperature Gauge Calibration
(369D24135-3 Unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Table 506. Fuel Quantity Indicating System Calibration Values . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
A. Dual Volt/Amp Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Table 507. Dual Volt/Amp Indicator Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Table 508. 369D24512 Ammeter Calibration Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Instruments Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Fuel Quantity Gauge and Tank Sending Unit Operational Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Table 601. Tank Sending Unit Circuit Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
3. Caution/Warning System Operational Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
4. Autronics Indicator Lights Dimmer Assembly Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Figure 601. Autronics Dimmer Schematic Diagram - Typical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
1. Instrument Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
2. Instrument Cluster Three-Pack Conversion - AC to Rochester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
Figure 801. Instrument Cluster Three-Pack Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
Figure 802. Instrument Cluster Three-Pack
Wiring Diagram (Late Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
3. Fuel Quantity Sender Modification (369D S/N 0001 - 1116) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
A. Modification of P/N 369D296303-BSC,
-701 Fuel Quantity Sending Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
B. Modification of 369A4245 Series Fuel Quantity Sending Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
Figure 803. Fuel Quantity Sender Modification -
P/N 369D296303-BSC, -701 Units
(369D S/N 0001 - 1116) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804

95 Contents

C. Weight and Balance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
4. Wiring Modification (369DS/N 0003 - 0162) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
Figure 804. Fuel Quantity Sender Modification -
369A4245 Series Units
(369D S/N 0001 - 1116) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
A. Weight and Balance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
5. T.O.T. Resistor Board Assembly (TB9) Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
Figure 805. Wiring Modification - Utility Light and Main Rotor
Transmission Warning Lights Circuit
(369D S/N 0003 - 0162) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
Figure 806. T.O.T. Resistor Board Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
1. DC Voltmeter Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
A. Preparation for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
B. DC Voltmeter Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
C. Weight and Balance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. Weight and Balance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Figure 901. Mounting Bracket Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
Figure 902. DC Voltmeter Electrical Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
Figure 903. DC Voltmeter Kit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
95-00-10 Slim-Line Instrument Panel (369D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
Maintenance Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
1. Slim-Line Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Slim-Line Instrument Panel Fairings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
B. Slim-Line Instrument Panel Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
C. Slim-Line Instrument Panel General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Hood and Fairing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Hood and Fairing Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 201. Slim-Line Instrument Panel - Front View
(369D S/N 3 - 1149 and 1151 - 1184) (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
B. Hood and Fairing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
3. Slim-Line Instrument Panel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
A. Slim-Line Instrument Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Figure 202. Slim-Line Instrument Panel - Front View
(369D S/N 1150 and 1185 and Subs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
B. Slim-Line Instrument Panel Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Figure 203. Slim-Line Instrument Panel - Component Locations
(369D S/N 3 - 1149 and 1151 - 1184) (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
4. Hood Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to Page iii
95 Contents

A. Hood Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
B. Hood Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
5. Hood Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Figure 204. Slim-Line Instrument Panel - Component Locations
(369D S/N 1150 and 1185 and Sub) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Figure 205. Slim-Line Instrument Panel Fairings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
95-00-20 ``T'' Instrument Panel (369D/E/FF - 500/600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
1. ``T'' Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Fairings (L/H Command T-Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
B. Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
C. ``T'' Instrument Panel General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. ``T'' Instrument Panel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. ``T'' Instrument Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 201. R/H Command T-Panel - Front View (Typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 202. L/H Command T-Panel - Front View (Typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
B. ``T'' Instrument Panel Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
3. Hood Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
A. Hood Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
B. Hood Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
4. Formed Polyester Glass Fiber Hood Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
5. Formed Thermoplastic Hood Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Figure 203. R/H Command T-Panel - Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Figure 204. L/H Command T-Panel - Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Figure 205. L/H Command T-Panel - Component Locations (500N) . . . . . . . . . 208
Figure 206. L/H Command T-Panel - Component Locations (600N) . . . . . . . . . 209
Figure 207. R/H Command T-Panel - Component Locations (600N) . . . . . . . . . 210
95-10-00 Pitot-Static System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
1. Pitot-Static System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Pitot-Static System Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Static Pressure Tube Rework to Minimize Altimeter Needle Oscillation . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Weight and Balance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
4. Pitot Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
5. Static Tubing Replacement (369D/E/FF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
6. Static Tubing Replacement (500/600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
7. Pitot Static System Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Page iv Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
95 Contents

8. Pitot Leak Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Figure 201. Pitot-Static System (369D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Figure 202. Pitot-Static System (369E/FF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Figure 203. Pitot-Static System (500/600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Table 201. Troubleshooting Pitot-Static System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Figure 204. Rework of Static Pressure Tube Installation to Minimize
Altimeter Needle Oscillation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
95-10-10 Heated Pitot Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
1. Heated Pitot Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Heated Pitot Tube Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Wire Identification Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Heated Pitot Tube Replacement (Slim-Line Instrument Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Heated Pitot Tube Removal (Slim-Line Instrument Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 201. Heated Pitot Tube Installation (369D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 202. Heated Pitot Tube Installation (369E/FF - 500/600N) . . . . . . . . . . . 203
B. Heated Pitot Tube Installation (Slim-Line Instrument Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
4. Heated Pitot Tube Replacement (L/H Command T-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
A. Heated Pitot Tube Removal (L/H Command T-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
B. Heated Pitot Tube Installation (L/H Command T-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Figure 203. Wiring Diagram with Slim-Line Panel (369D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Figure 204. Wiring Diagram with 423-090 Switch Panel (369D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Figure 205. Wiring Diagram with R/H Command T-Panel (369D) . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Figure 206. Pitot Tube Wiring Diagram
(369E SN 001 - 383; 369FF SN 001 - 075) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Figure 207. Pitot Tube Wiring Diagram (369E SN 384 and Subs;
369FF SN 076 and Subs; 500/600N SN 001 and Subs) . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
5. Canopy Panel Grommet Replacement Using A-4000 Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
6. Canopy Panel Grommet Replacement Using Silastic 140 Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
7. Circuit Breaker Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
8. Electrical Bond Jumper Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
9. Heated Pitot Tube Functional Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
10. Heated Pitot Tube Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
11. Heated Pitot Tube Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Table 201. Troubleshooting Heated Pitot-Static System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
1. Heated Pitot Tube Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901

Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to Page v
95 Contents

A. Instrument Panel Preparation (Slim-Line Instrument Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
B. Instrument Panel Preparation (L/H Command T-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Figure 901. Canopy Panel Grommet Hole Modification (All Models) . . . . . . . . . . 902
C. Canopy Panel Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
D. Doubler Installation (Round Nose) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
Figure 902. Doubler Installation (Round Nose) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
Figure 903. Ground Stud Installation (369E/FF - 500/600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
E. Ground Studs Installation (L/H Command T-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
F. Heated Pitot Tube Installation (Round Nose) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
G. Heated Pitot Tube Installation (Extended Nose) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
H. Weight and Balance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
Figure 904. Warning Decal Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
95-10-20 Attitude Gyro Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
Table 201. Attitude Gyro Indicator Installation (369H90038) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
1. Attitude Gyro Indicator Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Attitude Gyro Indicator - Shipping, Transporting and
Handling Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Shipping and Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
B. Gyro Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
C. Attitude Gyro Indicator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
D. Circuit Breaker and Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
E. Electrical Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
F. Wiring Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
G. Attitude Gyro Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
H. Input Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
I. Attitude Gyro Indicator Maintenance Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
3. Attitude Gyro Indicator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
A. Attitude Gyro Indicator Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
B. Attitude Gyro Indicator Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
4. Attitude Gyro Indicator Operational Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Figure 201. Installations Attitude Gyro Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Figure 202. Wiring Diagrams and Installations (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
1. Attitude Gyro Indicator Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
A. Attitude Gyro Indicator Operating, Handling and Shipping Guidelines . . . . . . . 901

Page vi Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
95 Contents

B. Attitude Gyro Indicator Installation (369H90038) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Figure 901. T-brackets and Support Assembly Installation
(Slim-Line Instrument Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
Figure 902. Modification of ``T'' and Nutplate Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
C. Attitude Gyro Indicator Installation in R/H
Command T-Panel (369D294501) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
Figure 903. Modification of Instrument Panel and Hood Cutouts
(Slim-Line Instrument Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
D. Weight and Balance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908
Figure 904. Terminal Board Installation
(Slim-Line Instrument Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908
95-10-30 Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
1. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Slim-Line Instrument Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
B. L/H Command T-Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 201. Installations IVSI (SLZ9066 and UI7130)
(Slim-Line Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
C. Primary Location on R/H Command T-Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
D. Indicator Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
E. Grimes Light Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
F. Indicator and Grimes Light Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
G. Alternate Location on Top of R/H Command T-Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
H. Indicator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Figure 202. Wiring Diagram IVSI (UI7130 T-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
I. Reducer, Connectors, Tees and Tubes Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
J. Lamp Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
4. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
A. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Table 201. Troubleshooting Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator . . . . . . . . . . 205
1. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicators Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
B. Helicopter Equipment Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901

Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to Page vii
95 Contents

C. Instrument Panel Modification (Slim-Line Instrument Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
D. Instrument Panel Modification (L/H Command T-Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
E. Instrument Panel Modification
(IVSI SLZ9066, R/H Command T-Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
F. Instrument Panel Modification
(IVSI UI7130 or AC-30-V-10, R/H Command T-Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
G. IVSI Installation (369H90044-BSC, Slim-Line Instrument Panels) . . . . . . . . . . 901
H. IVSI Installation (369H90044-501, Slim-Line Instrument Panels) . . . . . . . . . . 902
I. IVSI and Bolt Light Installation (L/H Command T-Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
J. IVSI and Grimes Light Assembly Installation
(R/H Command T-Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
K. Completion of Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
L. Weight and Balance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
95-20-00 Magnetic Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
1. Magnetic Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Magnetic Compass Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Table 201. Troubleshooting Magnetic Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Magnetic Compass Maintenance Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Magnetic Compass Ground Swinging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 201. Magnetic Compass (369D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 202. Magnetic Compass (369E/FF - 500/600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
95-20-10 Directional Gyro Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
1. Directional Gyro Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Directional Gyro Indicator Operating, Handling and
Shipping Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
B. Directional Gyro Indicator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Directional Gyro Indicator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Directional Gyro Indicator Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Directional Gyro Indicator Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Table 201. Troubleshooting Directional Gyro Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 201. Directional Gyro Indicators Wiring Diagrams and
Installation (Sheet 1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
1. Directional Gyro Indicator Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
A. Directional Gyro Indicator Operating, Handling and
Shipping Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901

Page viii Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
95 Contents

B. Preparation for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
C. Helicopter Equipment Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
D. Instrument Panel Support Structure Modification (Slim-Line Instrument Panel) . . . . . .
901
E. Angles Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
F. T-brackets and Support Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
G. Instrument Panel Modification (L/H Command T-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
H. Instrument Panel Modification (R/H Command T-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
I. Directional Gyro Indicator Installation (Slim-Line Instrument Panel) . . . . . . . . 902
J. Directional Gyro Indicator Installation (L/H Command T-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
K. Directional Gyro Indicator Installation (R/H Command T-Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
L. Completion of Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
M. Weight and Balance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
95-30-00 Power Train Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
1. Power Train Instruments Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Tachometer Indicating System (369D/E/FF - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. Digital N1 Tachometer Indicator (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4. N2/NR Dual Tachometer Indicator (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5. NR/NP Dual Tachometer Indicator (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6. TOT Indicating System (369D/E/FF - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7. Analog/Digital Torque Indicator (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8. Analog Indicator - Torque, TOT (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9. Quad Digital Indicator - Torque, TOT, OAT, N1 (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
10. Oil Pressure Indicating System (369D/E/FF - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
11. Engine Oil Temperature - Oil Pressure Indicator (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
12. Quad Digital Indicator - Oil Temp, Oil Press, VDC, AMP (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
13. Engine Torque Indicating System (369D/E/FF - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
14. Engine Out Warning System (369D/E/FF - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
A. N1/NR Sensing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
B. Engine Out Warning System Functioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
15. Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit (369D/E/FF - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
A. Slim-Line Instrument Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
B. R/H command T-Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
C. L/H command T-Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to Page ix
95 Contents

D. Engine Power Out Warning Control Unit Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
E. Low Main Rotor Speed (NR) Sensor Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
F. Engine Out (N1) Frequency Sensor Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
G. Light Flasher Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
H. Audio Tone Generation Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
I. Tone Interrupt Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
J. EPO Audible Warning Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
K. Automatic Re-Ignition Circuit (Slim-Line Instrument Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
16. Voice Warning LRU (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
A. Engine Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
B. Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
C. Low Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
D. ECU Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
E. Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
F. Fuel Flow Fixed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
1. Power Train Instruments Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
2. Tachometer Generator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Table 101. Tachometer Indicating Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3. TOT Indicating System Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Table 102. TOT Indicating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
4. Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Indicating System Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Table 103. Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Indicating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5. N1 Tachometer Indicator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Table 104. N1 Tachometer Indicator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
6. N2/NR (NR/NP) Tachometer Indicator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Table 105. N2/NR (NR/NP) Tachometer Indicator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 102
7. Analog/Digital Torque Indicator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Table 106. Analog/Digital Torque Indicator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
8. Engine Oil Temperature - Oil Pressure Indicator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Table 107. Oil Press, Oil Temp Indicator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
9. Analog Indicator (Torque, TOT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Table 108. Analog Indicator (Torque, TOT) Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
10. Quad Digital Indicator (Torque, TOT, OAT, N1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Table 109. Quad Digital Indicator (Torque, TOT, OAT, N1)
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
11. Quad Digital Indicator (Oil Temp, Oil Press, Vdc, Amp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Page x Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
95 Contents

Table 110. Quad Digital Indicator (Oil Temp, Oil Press, Vdc, Amp)
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Table 111. Input/Output Signals - Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit . . . . . 105
Table 112. Input/Output Signals - Voice Warning LRU (600N4514-3/-5) . . . . . 107
Table 113. Input/Output Signals - Voice Warning LRU (600N4515-1) . . . . . . . . 107
Figure 101. Voice Warning System Interconnect Data (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . 108
Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Chip Detector Circuits Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. Tachometer Indicating Systems Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
3. Tachometer Generator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
4. TOT Indicator Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
5. Thermocouple Wiring Harness Maintenance Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Figure 401. Wiring Diagram - Tachometer Indicating Systems
(Sheet 1 of 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Figure 402. Wiring Diagram - Tachometer Indicating System
(P/N 369D24518-17) (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
6. Plenum Wall Fitting Replacement (369D Helicopters S/N 0003 - 0232) . . . . . . . . . 407
7. Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Gauge Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Figure 403. TOT Installation and Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
8. Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Gauge Pressure Line Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
A. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge and Torque Pressure Line Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Figure 404. Torque and Engine Oil Pressure
Indicating System (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
B. Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Gauge Pressure Line Installation . . . . . . . . . . . 410
9. Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
A. Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
B. Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Figure 405. NR Disable Switch (S199) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
10. NR Disable Switch (S199) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
11. Engine Torque and/or Oil Pressure Transducer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
A. Engine Torque and/or Oil Pressure Transducer Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
B. Engine Torque and/or Oil Pressure Transducer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
12. Voice Warning LRU (600N) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Adjustment/Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
1. Power Train Instruments Adjustment/Test (369D/E/FF - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
2. Tachometer Generator Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
3. TOT Indicating System Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Figure 501. Test Hookup - Tachometer Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502

Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to Page xi
95 Contents

4. 369A8010 Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Gauge Tubing Pull Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
5. Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Gauge Lines Bleeding and Servicing . . . . . . . . . . 504
6. Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit Operational Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
7. Voice Warning LRU Operational Check (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
8. Chip Detector Circuit Operational Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
9. NR Disable Switch (S199) Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
10. Power Train Instruments Adjustment/Test (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
A. N1 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Table 501. N1 Tachometer Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
B. NR/N2 (NP) Dual Tachometer Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Table 502. Dual Tachometer Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
C. TOT Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Table 503. TOT Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
D. Engine Oil Temperature/Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Table 504. Engine Oil Temperature/Engine
Oil Pressure Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
11. Torque Indicator Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Figure 502. Torque Indicator Calibration Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
12. Digital TOT Indicating System Inspection (369D/E - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Table 505. TOT System Test (369D/E - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Figure 503. TOT Wire Harness Termination Verification
(369D/E - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
13. Digital TOT Indicating System Inspection (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Table 506. TOT System Test (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Figure 504. TOT Wire Harness Termination Verification (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
1. Analog Digital TOT Indicator Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
A. 369E S/N 384 & Subs - 500N S/N 001 & Subs: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
B. 369E S/N 001 - 383: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
C. 369D S/N 001 & Subs: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
D. Reassembly After Indicator Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
Figure 901. Analog Digital TOT Wiring Installation (Sheet 1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . 903
95-50-00 Miscellaneous Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
1. Outside Air Temperature Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Outside Air Temperature Indicator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Running Time Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Page xii Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
95 Contents

4. Running Time Meter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
5. Clocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
6. Wiring Troubleshooting - Quartz Electric Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 201. OAT Indicator (369D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 202. OAT Indicator (369E/FF - 500/600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 203. Running Time Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Figure 204. Quartz Electric Clock Wiring Diagram
(369E/FF - 500/600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to Page xiii
95 Contents


Page xiv Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
95 Contents
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Section
95−00−00
Instruments

[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
INSTRUMENTS
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. Instrument Description C. Three−Pack Description (369D)
Three basic types of instrument indicating The instrument cluster three-pack is a single
systems are installed in the helicopter. unit instrument assembly with three indica
tors that show generator output in amperes,
(1). The first group includes indicators that engine oil temperature in degrees centigrade
are actuated by other than an electrical and operating fuel weight in pounds.
power input: these are the airspeed
indicator, altimeter, outside air temper NOTE: If there is an indicator malfunction,
ature indicator, engine torque gauge, complete instrument cluster should be re
engine oil pressure gauge and magnetic placed.
compass.
(1). The engine oil temperature sender and
(2). The second group of indicators are fuel quantity sender function as
interconnected with electrical sending variable-resistance legs of their
units that self-generate the electrical associated instrument bridge circuit. As
power source necessary for indicator temperature changes or float arm
operation once they are mechanically or position changes, sender resistance is
thermally actuated; indicators in this changed causing an imbalance in
group are the N1 and N2 rotor tachome current flow through indicator windings
ter indicators and TOT indicators. to move the applicable indicator
pointer.
(3). The third group includes those indica
tors and sending units that rely on (2). Ammeter pointer movement results
electrical power input from the helicop from and is proportional to the helicop
ter electrical system for functional ter main power output.
capability; such indicators include the
caution and warning lights and the (3). Early Model (AC) Instrument Clusters
instrument cluster 3-pack. (369D294579, 369D26415):
NOTE: For specific helicopter instrument limit (a). (Ref. Figure 501) Early model
markings, refer to applicable PFM (Ref. instrument clusters operate on a
Table 201, Sec. 01-00). nominal 14.5 Vdc. Helicopter electri
cal system +28 Vdc power is reduced
A. Altimeter Description by voltage-dropping resistor R1,
located on terminal board TB8, to
The altimeter indicates altitude in feet above meet the 14.5 Vdc requirement.
sea level from 0 to 20,000 feet. A small scale Except for the ammeter, external
on the instrument face is rotated by a knob at fixed-value resistors are mounted
the lower left for adjustment to ambient across the input terminals of each
barometric pressure. After this adjustment is instrument. These resistors are
accomplished, the altimeter indicates actual furnished as part of the instrument.
height of helicopter in feet above sea level. Ammeter current flows through
resistor R500.
B. Airspeed Indicator Description
(b). R/H command T-Panels only:
The airspeed indicator is a pressure-sensitive
unit actuated by the differential between Voltage dropping resistor R112, used
impact and static air pressures. The pitot tube to reduce +28 Vdc input voltage for
and airspeed indicator function in forward internal panel lamps, is mounted on
flight only; speed of rearward or sideward the back of the early instrument
movement is not indicated. cluster assembly.

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(4). (Ref. Figure 501) Current model H. Fuel Quantity Indicator Description
(Rochester) instrument clusters (600N)
(369D296305) use +28 Vdc from the
helicopter electrical system. Voltage- The fuel quantity indicator receives data from
dropping resistors are not used on two fuel probes located within the fuel cell.
Slim-Line instrument panels. On R/H These probes sense the level and temperature
command T-Panels, voltage-dropping of the fuel in the cell and transmits electrical
resistor R112 is used to reduce +28 Vdc signal information to the fuel quantity
power to meet internal lamp require indicator.
ments. Ammeter deflection results from I. Caution and Warning Indicator Lights −
input millivolt flow through helicopter General
3-10 wiring.
The caution and warning lights indicating
D. Ammeter Description (369E/FF − 500N) system includes the following components.
(1). Slim-Line instrument panels only:
The ammeter is a millivolt meter which
measures current flow through helicopter Nine indicator lights and a PRESS-
wiring. Pointer deflection is proportional to TO-TEST pushbutton across the top of
current flow. the instrument panel. Two additional
indicator lights are located in the
E. Dual Volt / Amp Indicator Description warning horn housing above the panel.
(600N) (2). R/H command T-Panels only:
The voltmeter indicates voltage present at the Eleven indicator lights and a PRESS-
generator. The ammeter monitors the current TO-TEST pushbutton at the top of the
load on the generator by sensing voltage drops. panel under the panel hood. An option
The indicator is an internally lighted instru al spare light position is provided.
ment. (3). L/H command T-Panels only:
F. Engine Oil Temperature Gauge Twelve indicator lights and a PRESS-
Description TO-TEST pushbutton at the top of the
panel under the panel hood. Three
The engine oil temperature gauge indicates optional spare light positions are
engine oil temperature in degrees centigrade. provided.
The engine oil temperature sender functions (4). Senders, detectors and switches
as a variable resistance leg of the indicator associated with the light indicators.
bridge circuit. As temperature changes,
resistance within the sender changes causing (5). An Autronics Indicator Lights Dimmer
an imbalance in current flow through instru Assembly (dimming unit) provides light
ment windings to move the gauge pointer. test circuits and a switching regulator
for panel and instrument light dimming
G. Fuel Quantity Gauge Description and relay for dimming caution lights.
(369D/E/FF − 500N)
(6). An Autronics Engine Power Out (EPO)
Warning Control Unit (EPO warning
The fuel quantity gauge indicates the remain control unit) that includes an integral
ing operating fuel weight in hundreds of audio amplifier.
pounds (pounds x 100). The tank sending unit
(Ref. Chap. 28) functions as the variable (7). The indicators are legend-type signal
resistance leg of the indicator bridge circuit. As lights and are interconnected with the
fuel level changes (sensed by float arm PRESS-TO-TEST pushbutton switch
position), resistance within the sending unit and a solid-state dimmer assembly
changes, causing an imbalance in current flow that isolates light test circuits from
through instrument windings to move the operational circuits. With power on, and
gauge pointer. engine not running, the red engine

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
power out light flashes. None of the (3). Main Rotor Transmission Oil Pressure
other warning and caution lights flash Warning Light:
when they are illuminated.
In case of a reduction or loss of main
NOTE: The caution and warning lights indicat rotor transmission oil pressure, below
ing system functions with N1/NR EPO warn approximately 15 psi, a pressure-sens
ing equipment. N1/NR sensing equipment ing sender energizes the pressure
senses both low engine (N1) and main rotor warning light circuit.
(NR) speeds. NOTE: Modifications to wiring of main rotor
J. Caution and Warning Indicator Lights transmission oil pressure and temperature
Description (369D/E/FF − 500N) warning light circuits are described in this
section. (Ref. Wiring Modification to Prevent
The caution and warning lights consist of Utility Light and Main Rotor Transmission
separate and removable modular units Oil Pressure/Temperature Warning Lights
mounted across the top of the instrument Deactivation.)
panel. Each light indicator assembly contains
(4). Battery Temperature Caution and
places for four midget, flange base lamps.
Warning Lights:
Caution light circuits are completed to ground The amber BAT TEMP 140°F caution
through their respective fault sensors. light illuminates at a battery tempera
Warning light circuits are completed through ture of 140 ±8°F. The red BAT TEMP
their fault sensors, the dimming unit and the warning light illuminates at a battery
EPO warning control unit which provides a temperature of 160 ±8°F.
pulsating source of 28 Vdc for light flashing.
The dimming unit provides the indicator NOTE: On 369E helicopter S/N 384 and subs,
lamps test circuits and a switching regulator and 369FF helicopter S/N 076 and subs,
for instrument panel and instrument lighting. relay K200 (battery high temp) removes the
battery from the bus line if 160 ±8°F is at
The caution and warning lights function as tained.
follows:
(a). Slim-Line instrument panels only:
(1). Engine Out Warning Light:
Battery temperature caution and
The engine out warning light flashes warning light indicators are mounted
when engine speed decreases to in a light-switch-and-horn housing
approximately 55% N1 rpm or less, on the side of the raised top center of
and/or when NR speed decreases to the instrument panel center fairing.
approximately 98% N2 rpm or less (Ref. (b). T-Panels only:
Engine Out Warning System).
Battery temperature caution and
(2). Main Rotor Transmission Oil Tempera warning light indicators are located
ture Warning Light: with the caution and warning lights
below the instrument panel hood.
If main rotor transmission oil tempera
ture rises to 121°C (250°F), a tempera (5). Engine Chip Detector Caution Light:
ture-sensing switch actuates to
energize the main rotor transmission When sufficient loose ferrous metallic
oil temperature warning light. matter is magnetically accumulated by
either one of two chip detectors in the
NOTE: Modifications to wiring of main rotor engine oil system, the engine chip
transmission oil pressure and temperature detector caution light illuminates.
warning light circuits are described in this (6). Main Rotor Transmission Chip Detector
section (Ref. Wiring Modification to Prevent Caution Light:
Utility Light and Main Rotor Transmission
Oil Pressure/Temperature Warning Lights When either one of two chip detectors
Deactivation). in the main rotor transmission accumu

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
lates ferrous particles as described in (b). R/H command T-Panels only:
Engine Chip Detector Caution Light
above, this light illuminates. The start pump switch is on the
horizontal electrical controls console,
(7). Tail Rotor Transmission Chip Detector and the caution light is located below
Caution Light: the instrument panel hood.
(c). L/H command T-Panels only:
This light illuminates when one chip
detector in the tail rotor transmission The start pump light is located next
accumulates ferrous chips as described to the start pump switch at the left
above. side of the switch panel. The indica
tor has a single lamp which does not
(8). Fuel Level Low Caution Light: dim.
(12). N2 Overspeed Warning Light - L/H
When fuel supply weight diminishes to
Command T-Panels Only:
35 pounds, a spring wire contact is
made by tank unit float arm at warning N2 overspeed control system has been
level to complete a ground circuit and disabled per Allison Bulletin
illuminate the light. CEB-A-73-3018. N2 OVSP circuit
breaker tie wrap and the plug installed
(9). Fuel Filter Caution Light: in the N2 overspeed solenoid valve must
not be removed until instructions to
If the engine fuel pump filter becomes reactivate the system are received from
clogged, the light is illuminated by a Allison/MDHS. Disabling of N2 OVSP
case-grounded differential pressure circuit breaker CB122 prevents func
switch. The switch is installed across tioning of N2 overspeed warning light
fuel pump pressure drop ports to except when pressing PRESS TO TEST
measure pressure differential increase WARN LTS switch.
across pump filter.
(13). Automatic Reignition Caution Light -
(10). Generator Out Caution Light: L/H Command T-Panels Only:
Whenever N1 (gas producer) rpm is less
If generator output voltage decreases than 55%, the RE-IGN P RST caution
below battery voltage because of engine indicator lights, showing that automat
shutdown, generator failure, or other ic reignition sequence has been initi
cause, reverse-current relay discon ated. Pressing the RE-IGN P RST
nects generator from 28 Vdc bus and indicator will extinguish the light
causes the light to illuminate. without affecting the operation of the
automatic reignition system.
(11). Start Pump On Caution Light:
NOTE: On 369E helicopter S/N 384 and subs,
When the start pump circuit breaker and 369FF helicopter S/N 076 and subs,
type switch is set to ON (up), +28 Vdc is pressing the RE-IGN P RST indicator will
applied to the start pump and the start disengage ignition exciter.
pump on caution light through a
K. Caution and Warning Lights Description
voltage drop resistor.
(600N)
(a). Slim-Line instrument panels only: The caution and warning lights panel contains
caution light and warning light removeable
The start pump light is near the start modular segments, with modular segment
pump switch at the lower left side of nomenclatures. All caution lights are yellow
the instrument panel. The indicator and all warning lights are red. When a fault
has a single lamp which does not occurs in a system being monitored a light will
dim. illuminate on the panel until the fault is

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
cleared or electrical power is removed. (8). FADEC SYSTEM MANUAL:
Pressing the PRESS TO TEST WARN LTS will
FADEC System Manual caution light
illuminate all the caution/warning lights. It
indicates that the engine control is in
provides a means of testing all the modular
manual mode.
segments.
(9). LIMIT FAULT:
(1). ENGINE FIRE P TST:
Limit Fault caution light indicates that
The Engine Fire Press To Test warning one or more of the automatic limiting
light provides a means of testing the functions (N1, TOT, etc.) of the ECU is
fire detection system for low pressure in disabled.
the engine compartment.
(10). ECU DEGRADED:
(2). ENGINE OUT: ECU Degraded caution light indicates
that either the Auto Mode of control is
The Engine Out warning light indicates
degraded due to a failure, or that
an engine condition that prevents
maintenance action is required. Refer
sufficient power output. These condi
to the Allison Operation and Mainte
tions include at least one of the follow
nance Manual, FADEC Fault Codes” to
ing: N1 turbine speed below idle (i.e. N1
determine the meaning of the fault.
< 60%), a flameout has been detected
and a relight has not occurred, or the (11). BAT TEMP 140°:
engine overspeed system has been
activated. If a flameout is sensed, the Battery Temperature caution light
ECU automatically attempts to relight indicates a battery temperature in
excess of 140_.
the engine. If an overspeed occurs, the
ECU reduces engine fuel flow and an (12). FUEL LEVEL LOW
overspeed indication also displays.
Fuel Level Low caution light indicates
(3). XMSN OIL PRESS: that the fuel supply has approximately
60 - 70 pounds of useable fuel remain
Transmission Oil Pressure warning ing.
light indicates a low oil pressure
condition in the main transmission. (13). FUEL FILTER:
Fuel Filter caution light indicates that
(4). XMSN OIL TEMP: the fuel filter is becoming restricted and
that fuel will bypass the filter and
Transmission Oil Temperature warning
unfiltered fuel will be delivered to the
light indicates a high temperature
engine fuel control.
condition in the main transmission.
(14). M/R XMSN CHIPS:
(5). BAT TEMP 160°:
Main Rotor Transmission Chip Detector
Battery Temperature warning light caution light indicates that ferrous
indicates a battery temperature in metallic particles have accumulated on
excess of 160_. the magnetic chip detector.
(6). ECU FAIL: (15). AFT XMSN CHIPS:
Aft (Anti-Torque Fan) Transmission
ECU Fail warning light indicates that
Chip Detector caution light indicates
the auto control mode is not operation
that ferrous metallic particles have
al, due to an ECU hard fault.
accumulated on the magnetic chip
(7). RESTART FAULT: detector.
(16). ENGINE CHIPS:
Restart Fault indicates that a failure
has occurred that will prevent engine Engine Chip Detector caution light
restarting if the engine is shut down. indicates that ferrous metallic particles

95-00-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
have accumulated on the magnetic chip M. Autronics Indicator Lights Dimmer
detector. Assembly Associated Circuits
(17). GEN OUT: NOTE:

D The following descriptions of indicator
Generator Out caution light indicates light circuits are for helicopters with
that the generator voltage is lower than Slim-Line instrument panel or L/H com
battery voltage. mand T-Panel. The circuitry used on heli
copters with R/H command T-Panel is es
(18). AIRFRAME ANTI-ICE FUEL FILTER: sentially the same except for differences
in circuit breaker position and differences
AirFrame Filter caution light indicates in circuit connectors to provide for the
a impending by-pass or total fuel filter horizontal electrical controls console. In
blockage condition. A pressure sensing addition, circuit breaker placarding may
switch closes when differential pressure differ slightly.
across the airframe filter drops to a
preset level forcing a by-pass valve to D The dimming unit contains 16 diodes and
open. other circuit components used in: six neg
ative fault input signal indicator circuits
(19). AIR FILTER CLOGD: (Ref. Negative (Ground) Input Fault Cau
tion Light Indicator Circuits) for six cau
Air Filter Clogged caution light indi tion light indicators; two negative fault
cates that the air inlet screen or inlet input signal indicator circuits (Ref. Nega
particle separator is restricted and tive (Ground) Input Fault Warning Light
engine performance may be affected. Indicator Circuits) for main rotor trans
mission (XMSN) oil temperature (TEMP)
(20). FLOAT P TST LH/RH: and pressure (PRESS) warning light indi
cators; a positive input signal indicator
Float Press To Test light is illuminated circuit for the START PUMP light indica
green when pressed and indicates that tor (Ref. Positive (+28 Vdc) Input Start
the circuit to inflate the emergency Pump Caution Light Circuit); a circuit for
floats is functioning. an engine (ENG OUT) warning light indi
cator (Ref. Engine Out (ENG OUT) Warn
(21). PRESS TO TEST WARN LTS: ing Light and Horn Circuit); and a panel
and instrument lights dimming circuit
Press To Test Warning Lights illumi (Ref. Panel and Instrument Lights Dim
nates the entire warning and caution ming Circuit). In addition, internal com
light panel when pressed to ensure that ponents permit simultaneous press-to-
the lights are functioning. test checking of all light indicators (Ref.
Caution and Warning Lights Press-to-
L. Autronics Indicator Lights Dimmer Test Circuits).
Assembly Description
D Refer to Caution/Warning System Trou
The Autronics Indicator Lights Dimmer bleshooting for a partial breakdown of the
Assembly (dimming unit) is a solid state device dimming unit overall schematic diagram
associated with caution and warning indicator with associated light indicator circuits
lights (Ref. Caution and Warning Indicator and typical circuits separated by func
Lights). The unit contains 28 Vdc and ground tions.
test circuits, with isolation diodes, which are (1). Negative (Ground) Input Fault Caution
used in PRESS-TO-TEST circuit for lights. Light Indicator Circuits:
The unit also regulates voltage from 28-14
Vdc for caution and warning lights, instru Negative input fault caution light
ment panel lights and instrument light indicator circuits function when a
dimming. When power is removed from the ground is applied from external sensing
unit, the internal relay is automatically reset switches to the dimming unit. When
to provide 28 Vdc output. the ground is applied, a current path is

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
completed from the external ground Frequency Sensor Circuits, Sec. 95-30).
through the associated external caution When this occurs, a pulsating dc
lamps and PANEL LT circuit breaker voltage input from the sensor circuit is
CB104 to the +28 Vdc source. A diode applied through diode CR7 and flashes
(CRll or other diode, as applicable) is the ENG OUT lamps. Simultaneously,
provided for each individual negative the pulsating dc voltage is applied to
input fault circuit for use in press-to- and activates the audible warning horn
test circuits (Ref. Caution and Warning DS105 by means of the circuit through
Lights Press-to-Test Circuits). part of the closed generator (GEN)
switch S4. When open, GEN switch S4
(2). Negative (Ground) Input Fault Warn disables the audible warning horn.
ing Light Indicator Circuits: Diode CR3 is used in the press-to-test
circuits.
Negative input fault warning light
indicator circuits for the XMSN high NOTE: On 369E helicopters S/N 384 and subs,
OIL TEMP and/or low OIL PRESS and 369FF helicopters S/N 076 and subs,
lamps function when a ground is the generator switch does not enable the en
applied from the associated sensor gine out warning and audible headset warn
switch to the dimmer assembly. When ing. The horn and audible warnings func
ground is applied, a current path is tion only when the helicopter is airborne
completed through external warning and an engine out condition is sensed by the
indicator lamps to the transmission oil EPO, or when the RE-IGN TEST switch is
and temperature light circuit. Dc placed in the GND full up position.
voltage is applied to the warning
(5). Panel and Instrument Lights Dimming
indicator lamps. A diode CR9 (or CRl0)
Circuit:
is provided for each of the two negative
input fault circuits for use in the When the night lighting system is
press-to-test circuits (Ref. Caution and installed, a variable positive dc voltage
Warning Lights Press-to-Test Cir (0 - 28 Vdc) from the external flight
cuits). instruments light potentiometer R110
is applied to the input of the switching
(3). Positive (+28 Vdc) Input START PUMP regulator in the dimming unit. The
Caution Light Circuit: variable input voltage causes the
switching regulator to vary the positive
The START PUMP caution light circuit
dc output voltage applied to and
functions when an external +28 Vdc
current flowing through the external
input is applied through diode CR8 to
panel and instrument cluster lamps.
the external START PUMP caution
This controls panel and instrument
lamp. The input is applied when the
internal lamp illumination. Minimum
start pump is energized by the START
regulator output is +2.5 Vdc with an
PUMP circuit breaker CBll8 on the
input of 0 Vdc and +26 Vdc with an
instrument panel. Diode CR4 is
input of +28 Vdc.
provided for use in the press-to-test
circuits (Ref. Caution and Warning (6). Caution and Warning Lights Press-To-
Lights Press-to-Test Circuits). Test Circuits:
(4). Engine Out (ENG OUT) Warning Light Diodes are incorporated in the dimming
and Horn Circuit: unit for all caution and warning light
circuits (described above) to provide
The ENG OUT warning light and either a required ground or +28 Vdc
audible horn functions when the engine input for the associated circuit when
out frequency sensor circuit in the the external PRESS-TO-TEST switch
Autronics Engine Power Out (EPO) is pressed. Lamp illumination is
Warning Control Unit is activated by a constant during press-to-test opera
decrease of engine speed to a specific tion; none of the lamps flash during the
value of N1 rpm (Ref. Engine Out (N1) check.

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
N. DC Voltmeter Description
The DC voltmeter monitors the helicopter 28
Vdc bus.

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
INSTRUMENTS
FAULT ISOLATION
1. Caution/Warning System Troubleshooting 101. To assist in isolating trouble to a defective

unit and component, use Table 102.
When troubleshooting, perform an operational
check (Ref. Caution/Warning System Opera 2. Instrument Troubleshooting
tional Check) as necessary.
(Ref. Table 103, Figure 101 and Figure 102)
Troubleshoot the caution and warning lights Comply with electrical safe
indicating system, using data below (Ref. WARNING ty precautions (Ref. Sec.
Table 101). To determine the functional unit 96-00-00) when troubleshooting or re
associated with each light indicator, use Table placing instruments.
Table 101. Caution and Warning Lights Indicating System Troubleshooting

Symptom Probable Trouble Corrective Action
NOTE: Unless specified otherwise, troubleshooting is accomplished with Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit
(Ref. Sec. 95−30−00) and Autronics Indicator Lights Dimmer Assembly installed, electrical power on, WARN-
ING and PANEL LAMPS and ENG OUT circuit breakers in (reset), and panel lights dimming control set at BRT.
Caution and Warning Light Indicators
Indicator light erratic or Circuit wiring loose, shorted, open or Inspect electrical connections, repair
inoperative when checked by incorrectly connected as necessary.
PRESS−TO−TEST switch
Indicator defective Replace defective lamp or indicator
socket.
One or more light indicators, Indicator lamp filaments open Replace lamps.
but not all, do not light when
PRESS−TO−TEST switch is Open diode in dimming unit Replace diode associated with
pressed unlighted indicator or replace dimming
unit.
Indicator light on; associated Short−circuit in light circuit Check light circuit wiring; repair as
system functioning normally necessary.
Sensor/sender unit defective Replace sensor/sender.
Abnormal light indication(s) Refer to corrective action column Refer to caution light indicators
peculiar only to caution light information below.
indicator(s)
Abnormal light indication(s) Refer to corrective action column Refer to warning light indicators
common to both caution and information below.
warning light indicator(s)
Abnormal light indication(s) Refer to corrective action column Refer to warning light indicators
peculiar only to warning light information below.
indicator(s) and/or audible
warning horn

95-00-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Table 101. Caution and Warning Lights Indicating System Troubleshooting (Cont.)
Light indicator does not light Indicator lamp filaments open Replace lamps.
with fault input signal applied
or when PRESS−TO−TEST Defective component in dimming unit Replace defective component in
switch is pressed dimming unit, or replace dimming unit.
Defective switch in indicator Replace indicator.
Lighted indicator without a Defective component in dimming unit Replace defective component in
fault signal applied dimming unit, or replace dimming unit.
All caution and warning Defective PRESS−TO−TEST switch Replace defective switch XDS21
indicator lights illuminate (S2)
except BATT 140/160, ENG
OUT, START PUMP and Defective (shorted) diode(s) on Replace terminal board module or use
PRESS−TO−TEST terminal board TB505−1/2 spare module diodes
Short−circuit condition from Dimmer Inspect connections and wire

P12−B to ground insulation; repair as necessary
Caution and warning indicator Defective PRESS−TO−TEST switch Replace defective switch XDS21
lights illuminate (START (S1)
PUMP, ENG OUT and BATT
140/160) Defective (shorted) diode(s) on Replace terminal board module or use
terminal board TB505−3/4 spare module diode
NOTE: If FUEL LOW caution indicator glows dimly when known fuel quantity exceeds 35/70 pounds (as applica-
ble), ensure that modification to fuel quantity sender has been performed (Ref. Fuel Quantity Sender Modifica-
tion to Prevent FUEL LOW Caution Light Activation), before replacing dimming unit or component(s) of dim-
ming unit.
Fuel filter caution light Fuel filter clogged (Ref. Sec. 05−40, Special
illuminated Inspections.)
Fuel filter pressure switch or wiring (Ref. Sec. 05−40, Special Inspections.
defective
Warning Light Indicators

No ENG OUT indication from Disconnected or defective wiring to Reconnect or repair electrical wiring.
either light indicator or audible EPO warning control unit
warning horn with engine out
fault input signal applied (or Defective sensing circuit in EPO Replace EPO warning control unit.
low main rotor speed fault warning control unit
input signal applied)
Defective ENG OUT frequency sensor Replace EPO warning control unit.
or flasher circuit in EPO warning
control unit
No ENG OUT warning light Indicator lamp filaments open Replace lamps.
indication with engine out fault
input signal applied; sound
Defective diode in dimming unit Replace or repair dimming unit.
from audible warning horn
present (or low main rotor
speed fault input signal Defective ENG OUT flasher in EPO warning control unit Replace EPO warning control unit.
applied)

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Flashing ENG OUT light Defective audio amplifier or Replace EPO warning control unit.
indicator with fault input signal misadjusted tone level control in EPO
applied with sound from warning control unit
audible warning horn; no
audible warning tone in Defective pilot’s audio tone generator Replace EPO warning control unit.
headset(s) in EPO warning control unit
Defective audio amplifier (in EPO Replace EPO warning control unit.
warning control unit)
No flashing warning light Defective EPO warning light Replace EPO warning control unit.
indication when any warning
fault input signal is applied; all
indicators light when
PRESS−TO−TEST switch is
pressed
No flashing light indication Improperly adjusted or defective Adjust position of, or replace defective
audible warning with low main disable switch switch.
rotor speed fault input signal
Defective EPO warning control unit Replace EPO warning control unit.
* No audio tone in headset; Defective EPO warning control unit Replace EPO warning control unit.
ENG OUT light does not flash
and audible warning horn
does not ‘‘beep’’ with engine
off
Lighted or flashing light Defective component in EPO warning Replace EPO warning control unit.
indicator without fault input control unit
signal applied
Defective component in dimming unit Replace dimming unit.
Defective component in EPO warning Replace EPO warning control unit.

control unit
For 369D/E/FF − 500N Oil flow to transmission oil pressure Replace snubber with 369F5195−1
helicopter with 369F5100 main switch interrupted fitting adapter.
transmission:
Inconsistent ENG OUT
warning light
Audio Equipment
* No warning tone in pilot’s Defective tone generator in EPO Replace EPO warning control unit.
headset; ‘‘beeping’’ audible warning control unit
from audible warning horn and
engine out light indicator Defective audio amplifier in EPO Replace EPO warning control unit.
flashes warning control unit

95-00-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
* No ‘‘beeping’’ from EPO Defective EPO audible warning horn Replace audible warning horn.
audible warning horn with
engine off; engine out light
indicator flashes and warning
tone is present in pilot’s
headset
* No warning tone in pilot’s Defective engine out frequency sensor Replace EPO warning control unit.
headset, flashing of engine out circuit in EPO warning control unit
light indicator or ‘‘beeping’’
from audible warning horn
Dimming Panel and Instrument Lights

One or more, but not all, panel Lamp filament(s) open Replace lamp(s).
or instrument lamps will not
illuminate Open circuit in wiring Repair wiring.
All panel and instrument Defective component in dimming unit Replace dimming unit.
lamps will not illuminate
All panel and instrument lights Defective component in dimming unit Replace dimming unit.
illuminate; panel lights dimmer
control does not vary Defective or disconnected dimmer Replace or reconnect dimmer control.
brightness of lights control
NOTE:
* On 369E: 384 − 508, 369FF: 076 − 091 and 500N: 001 − 044, the generator switch does not enable the
engine out warning and audible headset warning. An air/ground switch (S522) disables the horn and
audible warning system while on the ground unless the helicopter is airborne and an engine out condition
is sensed by the EPO, or when the RE−IGN TEST switch is placed in the GND full up position while on
the ground. Helicopters can be modified to eliminate the air/ground switch (Ref. Sec. 96−10−00,
Generator Control Unit Upgrade to Eliminate Squat Switch).
Table 102. Caution and Warning Lights Troubleshooting Data

φ Indicator Lights φφ Engine Power Out
Dimmer Assembly Warning Assembly
Light Indicator Fault Input Signal Connector Number and Pin Letter
P12 P19
Caution Lights
Engine Chips Ground Z −
M/R Xmsn Chips Ground e −
T/R Xmsn Chips Ground R −
Fuel Low Ground a −
Gen Out Ground c −
Fuel Filter Ground b −

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Table 102. Caution and Warning Lights Troubleshooting Data (Cont.)
φ Indicator Lights φφ Engine Power Out
Dimmer Assembly Warning Assembly
Light Indicator Fault Input Signal Connector Number and Pin Letter
P12 P19
Start Pump On (located near 28 Vdc N −
switch)
BAT TEMP Amber (140°F) 28 Vdc P108D −
Warning Lights
θ Engine Out (N1) Frequency less than 38.5 Hz − A
(369D/E − 500N helicopters)
or 36.75 Hz (369FF
helicopters)
θ Engine Out (NR) Frequency less than 68.6 Hz − L

(369D/E − 500N helicopters)
or 66.5 Hz (369FF helicopters)
BAT TEMP Red (160°F) 28 Vdc P108B −
Xmsn Oil Temp Ground Y −
Xmsn Oil Press Ground j −
Miscellaneous
*N1 disable (disables audible ** Ground − J
tone and horn for N1 only)
*NR disable (disables NR ** Ground − G

sensing and audible tone for
NR only)
*Dim to bright ** 0 to +28 Vdc respectively X −
θθ Press−to−test (369FF ** +28 Vdc A −

helicopters only)
θθ Press−to−test ** Ground B −
NOTES:
(1) Listed fault input signal causes associated light indicator to illuminate when input is applied to
listed connector number and pin letter.
(2) Wiring harness connectors listed are those that mate with connectors of units listed.
* Function (not an indicator) for instrument and panel lights.
** Function input signal (not a fault input signal) for all lights.
θ Light indicator flashes with listed input applied; all other indicators continuously lighted with listed
inputs.
θθ Function (not an indicator) for caution and warning indicators.
φ (Ref. Autronics Indicator Lights Dimmer Assembly, Sec. 95-30-00).
φφ (Ref. Sec. 96-10-00).

95-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Table 103. Instrument Troubleshooting
Three−Pack Indicating System
Engine oil temperature pointer off Open or short circuit in indicator Replace instrument cluster.
either end of scale or does not
respond Open or short circuit in wiring Replace wiring.
harness
Defective resistor R1 Replace defective resistor.

(early instrument cluster only)
Defective sender Replace sender.
No reading or erratic ammeter Malfunctioning voltage regulator Replace voltage regulator.

reading
Loose connector, open or short Tighten connector or replace wiring.

circuit in wiring
Dirty or worn mechanism in ammeter Replace instrument cluster.
Open or short circuit in ammeter Replace instrument cluster.
NOTE: The tank sending unit is potted with sealant (CM425) to prevent shorting due to moisture accumulation.
Fuel quantity indicator inaccurate, Wires loose, shorted or open Check tank unit electrical
erratic or inoperative connections; repair as necessary.
Check electrical wires between tank

unit and instrument cluster. Repair as
necessary.
Fuel indicator or tank unit defective Perform operational check (Ref. Sec.
28−00−00). Replace instrument
cluster or tank unit.

Ammeter
No reading or erratic reading Malfunctioning voltage regulator VR1 Replace voltage regulator.
Loose connector, or open or short Tighten connector or replace wiring.

circuit in wiring
Dirty or worn mechanism in ammeter Replace ammeter.
Open or short circuit in ammeter Replace ammeter.
High reading Excessively high resistance reading Inspect terminal lugs joining wires,
(369D S/N 003 − 1149) between battery relay and reverse clean or repair as necessary.
current relay; 3−#10 wires, not to
exceed resistance of 3.64 milliohms

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Table 103. Instrument Troubleshooting (Cont.)
Incorrect reading Defective indicator Remove and replace indicator.
Leak in static pressure line Tighten loose connection. Remove
and replace damaged lines.
Clogged or dirty static port Clean port and plumbing.
Calibration error Remove and replace indicator.
Engine Oil Temperature Gauge
Gauge pointer off either end of Open or short circuit in gauge Replace gauge.
scale or fails to respond to
temperature changes Open or short circuit in wiring Tighten connectors or replace wiring
harness (Ref. Chap. 96).
Defective sender Replace sender.
Fuel Quantity Indicating System

Fuel quantity gauge inaccurate, Wires loose, shorted or open Check tank sending unit electrical
erratic or inoperative connections; repair as necessary.
Check electrical wires between tank

sending unit and gauge. Repair as
necessary.
NOTE: The tank sending unit is potted with sealant (3, Table 201, 91−00) to prevent shorting due to moisture ac-
cumulation.
Fuel quantity gauge or sending tank Perform operational check (Ref. Fuel
unit defective Quantity Gauge and Tank Sending
Unit Operational Check above).
Replace gauge or tank sending unit.
DC Voltmeter
No reading on voltmeter with Power switch at OFF setting Turn power switch to ON.
system energized
Disconnected or damaged electrical Reconnect or repair wiring.
wiring
Damaged or defective voltmeter Replace voltmeter.
Needle on voltmeter indicates Damaged or defective voltmeter Replace voltmeter.

maximum voltage
Possible short in electrical wiring Check wiring. Repair as required.
Altimeter
Leak in static pressure line Tighten loose connection. Remove
Clogged or dirty static port Clean port and plumbing.
Calibration error Remove and replace indicator.

95-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Airspeed Indicator
Pointer needle oscillates Leak in line or lines Tighten loose connections. Remove
and replace damaged line.
Defective indicator Remove and replace indicator.
Water in system, clogged or dirty Disconnect lines from instrument and
pitot pressure or static lines. clear lines of obstructions.
Pointer does not operate Pitot line not connected Connect pitot line to indicator.
Vertical Speed Indicator
Needle off zero Improper mechanical adjustment of Reset needle to zero by turn
needle adjustment screw.
Needle oscillates Leak in static pressure line Tighten loose connection. Remove
Defective Indicator Remove and replace indicator.
N1 Tachometer Indicator
Rpm indicator fails to operate. No Defective indicator Remove and replace indicator.
readings or intermittent readings Defective tach generator Remove and replace tach generator.
Loose wiring, disconnected Check continuity through wiring and
connector or defective ground connector. Repair as necessary.
terminal
N2/NR or NR/NP Tachometer Indicator
readings or intermittent readings Defective tach generator Remove and replace tach generator.
terminal
Torque Indicator
Indicator inoperative Defective oil pressure transducer Replace transducer
Instrument circuit breaker CB101 Reset circuit breaker CB101.
open
terminal
Analog/Digital Torque Indicator
open
terminal

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
TOT Indicator
Indicator fails to operate. No Defective indicator Remove and replace indicator.
readings or intermittent readings. Loose wiring, disconnected Check continuity through wiring and
terminal
Analog/Digital TOT Indicator
Indicator fails to operate. No Defective indicator Remove and replace indicator.
readings or intermittent readings Loose wiring, disconnected Check continuity through wiring and
terminal
Engine Oil Temperature/Oil Pressure Indicator
Pressure indicator fails to Defective indicator Remove and replace indicator.
operate. No readings or Loose wiring, disconnected Check continuity through wiring and
intermittent readings connector or defective ground connector. Repair as necessary.
terminal
No out put from oil pressure Defective transducer Remove and replace transducer.
transducer
Oil temperature fails to operated. Open circuit in oil temperature bulb Remove and replace oil temperature
No reading or intermittent reading bulb.
Defective wiring Repair as necessary.

95-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
G95-0003A
Figure 101. DC Voltmeter Wiring Diagram (369D294385)

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
G95-0000-102-1
Figure 102. Ammeter, Engine Oil Temperature and Fuel Quantity Indicator Circuits

95-00-00
Revision 14
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
G95-0000-103-1.
Figure 103. Caution/Warning System Schematic

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
INSTRUMENTS
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Instruments Replacement NOTE: When installing either N1 tachometer
or TOT indicator, slide instrument into face
Following instructions are typical and apply to side of panel and through supporting clamp.
all instruments installed in instrument panel. Align instrument, tighten lower right (hold
ing) screw and tighten upper left (cinching)
Comply with electrical safe screw to tighten clamp and secure case.
WARNING ty precautions (Ref. Sec.
(8). Connect tubing, electrical connector(s)
01-00-00) when troubleshooting or re or wiring to back of instrument. Avoid
placing ammeter. reversing connections for pitot and
static lines.
(1). Check that all electrical power is OFF.
(9). If removed, reinstall panel fairings;
(2). (Slim-Line instrument panels and L/H then install hood on instrument panel.
command T-Panels only) Remove
(10). Perform engine run-up and flight test
instrument panel fairings.
to check instrument operation (Ref.
PFM).
(3). (Slim-Line instrument panels only)
Remove hood attaching screws and 2. Caution and Warning Indicator Lamps
move hood aft far enough to access Replacement
instrument mounting screws.
(Ref. Figure 401)
(4). (L/H command T-Panels only) Remove
hood. (1). Grasp edges of legend face and pull
lamp module out of housing. Allow
lamp module to hinge downward for
(5). Disconnect electrical connector(s) and access to base of midget lamps.
wiring or tubing, as applicable, from
back of instrument. Install suitable (2). Replace faulty lamp and reinstall lamp
covers over tube fittings, instrument module in housing.
fittings and loose wire terminals.
(3). Check lamp operation by pressing
NOTE: N1 tachometer and TOT indicators are PRESS-TO-TEST switch.
mounted to panel with clamps that only
have to be loosened to remove instrument. 3. Caution and Warning Indicator Light
Always loosen cinching screw in upper left Assembly Replacement
corner of clamp first to release clamp adjust (Ref. Figure 401)
ing mechanism; then loosen lower right, or
holding, screw and slide instrument out (1). Check that electrical power is OFF.
ward, away from panel face and out of
clamp. (2). Grasp edges of legend face, pull lamp
module from switch housing and allow
(6). At face of panel, remove hardware that it to hinge downward.
attaches instrument to panel and (3). Inside housing, locate two mounting
remove instrument from back side of cam-locking screws. Loosen screws
panel. Attachment hardware may also until cams are disengaged from mount
secure hood light assemblies. ing sleeve.
(7). Position replacement instrument into (4). Gain access to forward side of instru
panel cutout from back side and secure ment panel and slide mounting sleeve
with mounting screws. from switch housing.

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(5). Move switch housing assembly aft from (3). (R/H command T-Panels only) Locate
face of panel until wiring at lamp dimming unit mounted at back of
terminals is accessible. instrument panel lower support
structure.
(6). Note wire and terminal numbers for
reinstallation and then unsolder wires (4). (L/H command T-Panels only) Locate
at terminals. Remove switch housing dimming unit mounted at front of
assembly. instrument panel lower support
structure.
(7). Solder wiring to lamp terminals of
replacement indicator assembly. (5). Disconnect electrical plug at dimming
unit.
(8). Install switch housing assembly with
mounting sleeve to instrument panel. (6). Remove hardware attaching dimming
unit to support structure and remove
(9). Inside housing, engage cams with
dimming unit.
mounting sleeve by tightening two
mounting cam-locking screws. (7). Install replacement dimming unit to
(10). Grasp edges of legend face and push support structure using hardware
lamp module into switch housing. removed in step above.
(11). Turn on electrical power and check (8). Connect electrical plug at dimming
indicator operation with PRESS-TO- unit.
TEST switch. (9). Connect electrical power and check
caution and warning light PRESS-TO-
4. Autronics Indicator Lights Dimmer
TEST operation.
Assembly Replacement
(1). Check that electrical power is OFF. (10). Check instrument panel lights for
proper dim and bright operation.
Locate dimming unit mounted at front (11). Turn off electrical power.
of instrument panel lower support
structure (Model 369D helicopters 5. DC Voltmeter Replacement
serial numbers 3 - 1149) or rear of (Ref. Instrument Replacement)
upper right structure (Model 369D
helicopters serial numbers 1150 and NOTE: Remove bracket from instrument pan
subsequent). el, if necessary, by drilling out rivets.

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
MOUNTING SLEEVE
SWITCH HOUSING
PANEL
LAMP
(4 PLACES)
LOCKING CAM
SWITCH ACTUATOR
LEGEND FACE
INDICATOR MODULE
CAUTION AND WARNING LIGHT ASSEMBLY )TYPICAL)

G95-0007
Figure 401. Indicator Light Assembly

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
INSTRUMENTS
ADJUSTMENT/TEST
1. Instruments Adjustment/Test
Special Tools
(Ref. Section 91−00−00)
Certain instruments, such as altimeters and Item Nomenclature
vertical speed (rate of climb) indicators, are
equipped with simple adjusting means. The N/A Heat gun
barometric correlation adjustment should not N/A Ohmeter
be adjusted in the field; changing this adjust N/A Power supply, 14.5 ±0.3 Vdc, 2 amp
ment may nullify the correspondence between N/A Lamp, No. 328
the basic test equipment calibration standards
and the altimeter. These adjustments should N/A Variable resistor, 0-90 ohms
be accomplished by qualified personnel, using N/A Variable resistor, 0-750 ohms
proper test equipment and adequate reference N/A Test ammeter
to the manufacturer's maintenance manuals. N/A Battery, dry cell, 1 volt
N/A Potentiometer, 5 watt
2. Instrument Cluster Three−Pack
Calibration Check (1). Early Model Instrument Clusters:
(Ref. Table 501 or Table 502) Instrument Use calibration charts (Ref. Table 501).
cluster calibration information is provided for Test voltage should be 14.5 ±0.3 Vdc.
the convenience of the calibration facility. Indicator scale error shall not exceed
Polarities must be observed and instrument five percent of full scale value at any
face should be vertical during calibration time.
checks.
(2). Late Model Instrument Clusters:
NOTE: When making calibration checks, re Use calibration charts (Ref. Table 502).
move supply voltage and variable resistor Test voltage should be 28 ±0.3 Vdc.
from circuits when adjusting and measuring Allowable indicator error is included in
value of variable resistor. the calibration charts.
Table 501. Instrument Cluster Three−Pack Calibration Charts −

369D26415 Unit (Early Model)
Time Tolerance
Step Graduation Ohms Remarks
(min) (degrees)
Fuel Quantity Gauge
NOTE: Use 0 − 90 ohm variable resistor across terminal studs 1 and 8.
1 2 (200 59 5
pounds)
2 F (Full) 88 ±4 Ascending pointer
3 2 (200 56 ±3 Descending pointer

pounds)
4 E (Empty) 1 −2 Descending pointer

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
369D26415 Unit (Early Model) (Cont)
Time Tolerance
Step Graduation Ohms Remarks
(min) (degrees)
Engine Oil Temperature
NOTE: Use 0 − 750 ohm variable resistor across terminal studs 3 and 8.
1 midrange 139 5
2 15°C 734 ±2 Ascending pointer
3 mid range 139 ±3 Ascending pointer
4 125°C 46.3 ±2 Ascending pointer
Comply with applicable electrical safety precautions when checking ammeter
WARNING
Ammeter
NOTE: Connect variable resistor, test ammeter and ammeter to be tested in series with 14.5 ±0.3 Vdc, 2 ampere
power supply. Variable resistor load must provide current range of 0.75 − 1.38 amperes for test. Current flow
of 0.75 amperes through ammeter being tested should show 0.75 ampere on test ammeter.
Step Graduation Amperes Tolerance Remarks
1 +0.75 +0.75 ±4
2 -75 to -150 -1.38
3 0 0 ±3
NOTE: Without supply voltage applied to cluster, pointer on each ammeter should return to position at or below
lowest calibration mark on ammeter.

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
VIEW A-A
(TYP)
WIRE LEAD AND
TERMINAL LUG
WASHER
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

LOCKWASHER (NOTE 1)
NUT
THREADED TERMINAL STUD

(NOTE 1)
NUT
NOTE 1 LOCKWASHER
WASHER
STOWED WIRES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E507A22 L534C22

WIRING HARNESS (NOTE 8) (NOTE 7) WIRE
J4 (NOTE 4) E540D22
FIXED SHUNT RESISTOR
(TYP) (NOTES 1, 3)
5 4
A3 1
10
B
DC
A
AMP FUEL
OIL
8 T
1 12
1
FIXED SHUNT RESISTOR B

(TYP) (NOTES 1,3) NOTE 7
INTERNAL LAMPS
(NOTE 7) INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
WIRE L542E20N THREE-PACK
REAR VIEW
NOTES:
1. PART OF AND FURNISHED WITH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 5. THREADED TERMINAL STUDS:
2. USED ONLY WITH RESISTOR R112 INSTALLED. NO. ITEM
3. FOR ASSOCIATED INDICATOR INSIDE CLUSTER. 1. FUEL QUANTITY GAGE
4. FOR INFORMATION ON HARNESS INTERCONNECTION 3. OIL TEMPERATURE GAGE
WIRING BETWEEN CONNECTOR J4 AND THREADED 4. AMMETER - (GND)
TERMINAL STUDS, SEE APPLICABLE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5. AMMETER +
WIRING DIAGRAM IN CHAP. 96. 6. +14.5 VDC POWER INPUT
8. -POWER INPUT (COMMON GND (NOTE 6)
9. INTERNAL LAMPS, IF USED.
6. ALSO GND FOR FUEL QUANTITY AND TEMPERATURE GUAGES.
7. USED FOR INTERNAL LAMPS WIRING INSTALLATION, OTHERWISE
STOWED WIRE ENDS.
8. WIRE END INSULATED AND SECURED AT STOWED POSITION.
G95−0008−1
Figure 501. Instrument Cluster Three−Pack, With Wiring Harness, Early Model (Sheet 1 of 2)

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
G95-0000-501-2
Figure 501. Instrument Cluster Three−Pack, With Wiring Harness, Early Model (Sheet 2 of 2)

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
369D296305−21, −31 Units (Late Model)
Sensor Ohms Tolerance
Gauge Angular
(Pointer Remarks
Graduation Min Max Degrees
Width)
Fuel Quantity Gauge
F (Full) 88 99 −35 ±1/2 Ascending Pointer
3 68 80 −30 ±1 Ascending Pointer
2 52 59 −16 ±1 Descending Pointer
1 30 37 +10 −1 Descending Pointer
Redline 8 10 +30 +0, −1 Descending Pointer
E (Empty) 0 4 +35 +0, −1 Descending Pointer
Engine Oil Temperature Gauge
NOTE: Use 0 − 900 ohm variable resistor across ENG OIL TEMP SEND and ground stud.
15°C 600 1060 +31.0 ±1 Ascending pointer
30° C 450 650 +26.0 ±1 Ascending pointer
54° C 287 307 +12.0 ±1−1/2 Ascending pointer
107° C 101 109 − 24.0 ±1−1/2 Ascending pointer
125° C 60 85 − 31.0 ±1 Ascending pointer
Ammeter
NOTE: Ammeter is a millivolt meter. It may be tested using a dry cell battery with 1 volt output and a 5 watt poten-
tiometer. Connect test wire to arm of potentiometer and across positive terminal of battery for positive test
readings or negative terminal for negative reading. Adjust potentiometer to required millivolt level. Apply load
to load stud of ammeter being checked.
−150 −425 −555 +30.0 ±1.0
−75 −180 −310 +15.0 ±1.0
0 −33 +33 0.0 ±0.25
+75 +180 +310 −15.0 ±1.0
+150 +490 +555 −30.0 ±1.0

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
GND STUD STUD (6 PLCS)
U-NUT (2 PLCS)
(OR EQUIV.)
GASKET CRYSTAL
NAME PLATE
AMMETER OIL TEMP INDICATOR FUEL QTY INDICATOR
Î
ENG OIL TEMP FUEL
_ + o
AMPS LBS X 100
Î Î
C
150 150 15 30 125 E 3 F

75 0 75 54 107 1 2
NOTES:
1. HARNESS MUST BE IN BACK OF METER AS
SHOWN. HARNESS MAY BE ROUTED ALONG
BOTTOM OF CASE.
2. SEE APPROPRIATE WIRING DIAGRAM (CHAP. 96)
FOR WIRE CONTINUATION.
G95-0009-1
Figure 502. Instrument Cluster Three−Pack, With Wiring Harness, Late Model (Sheet 1 of 2)

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
BAT LOAD SEND IGN SEND IGN
HARNESS NOTE 1
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(REAR VIEW)
SEND WHITE A FUEL QTY SENDER
FUEL QTY
IGN YELLOW B ENG OIL TEMP SENDER
RED
SEND C
ENG OIL TEMP
IGN RED F IGN. (28 VDC)
LOAD BLACK E LOAD
AMMETER
BAT RED D BAT.
CASE
GRN H GROUND
GND
INSTR CLUSTER J
NOTE 2
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WIRING DIAGRAM K
L
G95-0000-502-2
Figure 502. Instrument Cluster Three−Pack, With Wiring Harness, Late Model (Sheet 2 of 2)

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
3. Ammeter Calibration (2). Connect potentiometer arm to battery
negative post and ammeter BATT stud
Special Tools Required for negative readings.
Battery, dry cell, 1 volt
(3). Reverse battery polarity for positive
Potentiometer, 5 watt readings.
(1). Connect output of potentiometer to (4). Compare values with calibration table
LOAD stud of ammeter. (Ref. Table 503).
Table 503. Ammeter Calibration Values (369D24136−BSC Unit)
Ammeter MV Applied Indicator Degrees Tolerance
Graduation
Min Max (Angular) (Pointer Width)
(Amperes)
−150 −425 −555 +30.0 ±1
−75 −180 −310 +15 ±1.0
0 −33 +33 0.0 ±0.25
+75 +180 +310 −15.0 ±1.0
+150 +490 +555 −30.0 ±1
4. Engine Oil Temperature Gauge Calibration (1). Connect power supply to gauge IGN
stud.
Special Tools Required (2). Connect variable resistor between
Power supply, 28.0 +0.3 Vdc gauge SEND and GND studs.
Variable resistor, 0 − 900 ohms (3). Connect gauge GND stud to power
supply ground.
NOTE: When making calibration checks, dis (4). Measure resistance values and compare
connect supply voltage. Disconnect variable with calibration table (Ref. Table 504
resistor from sensing circuits when measur for 369D24135-BSC unit, Table 505 for
ing or adjusting values. 369D24135-3 unit).
Table 504. Engine Oil Temperature Gauge Calibration (369D24135−BSC Unit)
Scale Sensor Ohms Tolerance (Pointer
Angular Degrees Remarks
Graduation Min Max Width)

54°C 287 307 +12.0 ±1−1/2 Ascending pointer
107°C 101 109 −24.0 ±1−1/2 Ascending pointer
125°C 60 85 −31.0 ±1 Ascending pointer

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Table 505. Engine Oil Temperature Gauge Calibration (369D24135−3 Unit)
Scale Sensor Ohms Tolerance (Pointer
Angular Degrees Remarks
Graduation Min Max Width)

107°C 101 109 −24.0 ±1 −1/2 Ascending pointer
125°C 60 85 −31.0 ±1 Ascending pointer
Table 506. Fuel Quantity Indicating System Calibration Values

Gauge Sensor Ohms Angular Tolerance (Pointer
Remarks
Graduation Max Min Degrees Width)
F (Full) 83 94 −35 ±1/2 Ascending pointer

3 68 80 −30 ±1
2 52 59 −16 ±1 Descending pointer
1 30 37 +10 ±1
Redline 8 10 +30 +0, −1 Descending pointer
E (Empty) 0 4 +35 +0, −1 Descending pointer
A. Dual Volt/Amp Indicator Table 508. 369D24512 Ammeter Calibration

Values
Table 507. Dual Volt/Amp Indicator
Calibration Graduation MV
Graduation
Calibration Data Volts (Amperes) Min. Max.
Nominal Tolerance Tolerance 369D24512−1 Unit
Indicated
Signal Low Input High Input
Position
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc)
−150 −71 −79
−75 −36 −39
0 0.0 −0.7 0.7
0 −1.5 +1.5
10 10.0 9.3 10.7
+85 +40 +45
20 20.0 19.3 20.7
+150 +71 +79
30 30.0 29.3 30.7
369D24512−3 Unit
35 35.0 34.3 35.7
Calibration Data Amps −200 −95 −105
Nominal Tolerance Tolerance

−100 −48 −53
Indicated
Signal Low Input High Input
Position
0 −2 +2
(Vdc) (Vdc) (Vdc) +140 +67 +74
−200 −100 −96 −104 +200 +95 +105
−100 −50 −46 −54
0 0 −4 +4
+100 +50 +46 +54
+200 +100 +96 +104

95-00-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
INSTRUMENTS
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Instruments Inspection (b). For 3 pack gauges (current model):
E = +1, -0 pointer width from
(1). Inspect instrument case for dents and centerline of marker
cover glass for slippage and cracks. 2 = ±1 pointer width from centerline
of marker
(2). Inspect fitting or electrical receptacle at F = ±1/2 pointer width from center
back of instrument for damaged line of marker
threads that might prevent proper
connection of the tube nut or electrical (c). Tank sending unit circuit resistance
plug. (gauge disconnected) is as follows
(Ref. Table 601):
(3). Inspect index markings and numerals
on dial face for discoloration and Table 601. Tank Sending Unit Circuit
legibility. Inspect pointers for cracked Resistance
or peeling paint.
Indication Early Unit Current Unit
(4). Inspect for presence of all required E = 1 ohm 0.10 − 2.00 ohms
range markings and white slippage 2 = 59 ohms 56.5 ohms
mark at bottom of glass (Ref. PFM).
F = 88 ohms 88 − 95 ohms
2. Fuel Quantity Gauge and Tank Sending (2). To check degrees of error, construct
Unit Operational Check template of thin clear plastic for 3 pack
gauge.
Perform following checks to determine that
fuel quantity gauge readings are within (a). Cut rectangular template to fit flat
tolerance. Checks are made at empty, 200 on instrument glass, inside bezel and
pounds and full fuel loads. covering fuel quantity gauge area.
(b). Tape template in position and scribe
Consumable Materials lines on template from center of
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) pointer pivot shaft through center of
Item Nomenclature graduation marks at E, 2 and F.
N/A Plastic, thin clear sheet (c). Scribe maximum tolerance (from list
of tolerances above) lines on each
Special Tools side of centerlines.
(3). Defuel helicopter (Ref. Sec. 12-00-00).
Item Nomenclature
ST1010 Volt-ohmmeter NOTE: Helicopter should be as near level as
possible and external power should be 24 -
28.5 Vdc for accurate indications.
(1). Use following tolerances when checking (4). Turn power ON. Gauge pointer must be
fuel quantity indications. at E or below, with tolerance marked on
template.
(a). For 3 pack gauges (early model):
E = +0, -2 degrees from centerline NOTE: If indications are not within tolerances,
marker determine whether gauge or tank sending
2 = ±4 degrees from centerline of unit is at fault by removing electrical power,
marker disconnecting gauge wiring and checking
F = ±4 degrees from centerline of tank sending unit circuit resistance (Ref.
marker Table 601).

95-00-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(5). Start refueling slowly. Note that FUEL (2). Check that PANEL lights and ENG
LOW caution light goes out shortly OUT circuit breakers are in (reset) and
after gauge passes 35 pounds position, that panel lights dimmer control is at
approximately 5.4 gallons (20.5 liters). OFF (fully counterclockwise).
If light does not go out completely,
remove tank sending unit and bench NOTE: Fault input for indications in next step
test (Ref. Sec. 28-00-00). is supplied when engine is not operating.
(6). Continue to fill cells to 200 pounds, (3). Check that red warning light (indicat
approximately 30-3/4 gallons (116.4 ing engine out) flashes, and that main
liters) of fuel. rotor transmission oil pressure warning
light is illuminated.
(7). Check that gauge reading at 200
(4). Using jumper lead, ground terminal
pounds is within scribed tolerance
stud of tail rotor transmission chip
marks on template.
detector (Ref. Sec. 63-25-10) to produce
a fault input. Check that tail rotor
(8). Continue to refuel until tanks are full. transmission chips light is illuminated.
Check that indication is within toler
ance marks. (5). Check that panel lights dimmer control
can control panel instrument and light
(9). Remove electrical power and stop illumination.
refueling operations. If fuel quantity
indications were not within tolerances, (6). Turn electrical power off.
test tank sending unit (Ref. Sec.
28-00-00). 4. Autronics Indicator Lights Dimmer
Assembly Test
3. Caution/Warning System Operational
Check (Ref. Figure 601)
An operational check of caution and warning Special Tools

lights indicating system must be performed (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
after maintenance on caution and warning Item Nomenclature
lights, EPO warning equipment, Autronics
N/A Multimeter
Indicator Lights Dimmer Assembly or disable
switch S199. N/A Power supply, +28 Vdc
Special Tools (1). Test diodes, using an ohmmeter at

(Ref. Section 91−00−00) electrical connector pins. Check for low
Item Nomenclature forward resistance with positive lead
applied to the anode and negative lead
N/A Jumper lead applied to the cathode. Read very high
back resistance when leads are re
versed.
NOTE: Although procedure below reveals func
tional state of only three of the fault input (2). Test switching regulator by applying
circuits, it also determines whether or not +28 Vdc at electrical connector pin V
components common to all circuits function and ground at pin W. Check output at
correctly. A check of the other fault input cir pin d for 2.5 Vdc minimum. Apply +28
cuits can be made in the same way, when Vdc at pin X and check output at pin d
necessary, by bridging the applicable for 26 Vdc minimum.
switching device or sender.
(3). Replace faulty internal components, or
(1). Turn on electrical power. replace unit if necessary.

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
G95-0000-601-1
Figure 601. Autronics Dimmer Schematic Diagram − Typical

95-00-00
Revision 14
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
INSTRUMENTS
REPAIRS
1. Instrument Repair (3). Locate existing resistor R500 attached
to P/N 369H4140 wiring harness (Ref.
When repair or overhaul of instruments Figure 802).
becomes necessary, refer to FAA AC 43.13-1A,
Aircraft Inspection and Repair. Repairs and (4). Unsolder wire D501B20 and D501C20
overhaul of aircraft instruments should be from resistor R500, and discard
made only by an FAA-approved facility having resistor.
proper test equipment, adequate manufactur
er's maintenance manuals and service Provide for adequate venti
bulletins, and qualified personnel. Details WARNING lation when using trichlore
concerning the repair and overhaul of various thane 1-1-1.
instruments differ considerably. Test, repair
and adjust instruments and instrument NOTE: Perform the next step for the following
systems in accordance with the manufacturer's helicopters only: Serial nos. 0671 - 0681,
maintenance instructions, manuals, and 0683, 0688 - 0711, 0714 - 0721, 0724 -
applicable Federal Aviation Regulations. 0727, 0732 - 0739, 0742 - 0748, 0751 -
Consult the airframe manufacturer for specific 0759, and 0762 - 0765.
maintenance instructions involving instru
ments that are installed or supplied by them. (5). Butt-splice wires D501B20 and
D501C20 together, using solder
2. Instrument Cluster Three−Pack (CM815). Prior to soldering, thoroughly
Conversion − AC to Rochester clean surfaces to be soldered with
trichlorethane 1-1-1 (CM222).
(Ref. Figure 801) The AC instrument cluster
three-pack assembly is no longer available NOTE: Perform the next step on all helicopters
from the manufacturer. Therefore, when serial nos. not included in the previous step.
replacement becomes necessary, the AC unit
must be replaced with a Rochester unit. The (6). Install new resistor R500 (included in
kit necessary for the conversion is P/N conversion kit). Lap-solder wires to
M30304-507. The alteration to the helicopter resistor, cover with sleeving (CM502),
produced by this conversion has been shown to and tie.
comply with Federal Aviation Regulations and
is FAA-approved. (7). Close pilot's compartment floor access
doors.
Consumable Materials (8). Replace instrument cluster three-pack
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) as follows:
Item Nomenclature
CM222 1,1,1-Trichloroethane (a). Remove instrument panel right side
CM502 Sleeving, fiberglass fairing.
CM815 Solder (b). Unplug connector J4.
Special Tools (c). Remove and retain hardware attach

(Ref. Section 91−00−00) ing instrument cluster three-pack
Item Nomenclature assembly to instrument panel, and
N/A Soldering tool remove assembly.
(d). Install new instrument cluster

(1). Turn off electrical power. three-pack assembly in instrument
panel, using hardware retained.
(2). Open pilot's compartment floor access
doors. (e). Reconnect connector J4.

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
6
70 TORQUE
4 0 60 PSI 10
2 POST LTS. (REF)
50
40 30 20
10
100 20
100
80PERCENT30
RPM5040 50 150
PRESS
F PULL
U TO
E CLOSE ON
L AIR VENT
PITOT UTILITY START
HTR PWR PUMP PULL REPLACE 369H6417 CLUSTER
FOR
AIR WITH 369D296305-21 CLUSTER
OFF GYROSLDG LT ELECTRICAL BOND
POS ANTI-COLL
GEN LT LT
PNL LT INST
F F F
OFF
BAT TRIM N2 GOV
ENG OUT GEN
G95-0011
Figure 801. Instrument Cluster Three−Pack Conversion
J4P
J
H REV.
WHT CURRENT
A
FUEL E505A22 RELAY
QTY.
1 NOTE 2 151.00” SHUNT

YEL R500 BAT
B
OIL E506A22 CB101 TB10
TEMP. RED K300
F D501C20
E540C22 2 1
RED D D501B20
AMP D505A20
METER BLK E E
D501A20
J9P
369D296305-21 CLUSTER
EXISTING WIRING IN SHIP (REF)
NOTE: REMOVE RESISTOR R500 AND

INSTALL NEW RESISTOR OR BUTT
SPLICE WIRES D501B20 AND D501C20
TOGETHER (REFER TO TEXT) G95-0012
Figure 802. Instrument Cluster Three−Pack Wiring Diagram (Late Model)

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(f). Reinstall instrument panel right side (2). Remove left fuel cell access door (Ref.
fairing. Sec. 52-50-00).
(9). Turn on electrical power and check all (3). Disconnect tank unit wiring harness at
three instruments in assembly for fuel shutoff cable support bracket (Ref.
proper operation. Sec. 28-00-00).
(10). Record conversion in Compliance (4). Carefully cut and peel enough potting
Record of Helicopter Log Book. compound from top of tank unit to
expose electrical terminals and circuit
3. Fuel Quantity Sender Modification (369D board (Ref. Figure 802).
S/N 0001 − 1116)
(5). Using tin alloy solder (CM815), solder
NOTE: leads of resistor P/N RC07GF511J to
D This modification is applicable to P/N tank unit as shown.
369D296303-BSC, -701, or 369A4245
series fuel quantity senders installed in (6). Fill area where potting compound was
the affected helicopters, and all affected removed with sealing compound
fuel quantity senders in spares. (CM429), ensuring that resistor
D This modification shall be accomplished if installation is covered.
FUEL LOW caution light glows dimly
(7). Allow sealing compound to cure
when known fuel quantity exceeds low
approximately two hours prior to
level warning limit, or when affected
completing procedure. (The compound
parts are installed from spares.
will fully cure in 48 hours.)
D The modification adds a 510 ohm resistor
P/N RC07GF511J to the affected fuel (8). Reconnect tank unit wiring harness.
quantity sender units. The resistor will
prevent transistor leakage current from (9). Turn on electrical power and check fuel
causing the FUEL LOW caution light to quantity indicator for correct reading
glow dimly when the fuel quantity is with a known quantity of fuel.
above the low level warning point (35 or
70 pounds of fuel, as appropriate). (10). Perform operational check of FUEL
LOW caution light (Ref. Caution/Warn
D The alteration of the affected helicopters
ing System Operational Check) with a
by this modification has been shown to
fuel quantity greater than low level
comply with Federal Aviation Regula
warning limit, to ensure that FUEL
tions and is FAA-Approved.
LOW caution light does not glow under
A. Modification of P/N 369D296303−BSC, this condition.
−701 Fuel Quantity Sending Units
(11). Reinstall left fuel cell access door.
Consumable Materials B. Modification of 369A4245 Series Fuel

(Ref. Section 91−00−00) Quantity Sending Units
Item Nomenclature
CM429 Sealing compound, silicone Consumable Materials
CM815 Solder (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
Item Nomenclature
Ensure that all electrical CM428 Sealing compound
WARNING power is OFF and helicopter CM614 Sleeving, heat-shrink
is electrically grounded while install CM813 Wire
ing resistor. CM815 Solder
(1). Set helicopter MASTER switch to OFF CM816 Solder
and remove any external power source.

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
CONNECTOR PLUG
RC07GF511J
RESISTOR
FLOAT ARM
NOTES 1, 4
TOP VIEW
RESISTOR LEAD
RESISTOR PRINTED CIRCUIT

TRACE
RED WIRE AND

TRANSISTOR LEAD
(NOTE 2)
NOTE 3
RESISTOR LEAD
NOTES:
1. CUT AND PEEL AWAY ENOUGH POTTING COMPOUND TO
EXPOSE TERMINALS AND PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD.
2. SOLDER RESISTOR LEAD, TRANSISTOR LEAD AND
RED WIRE TOGETHER USING TIN ALLOY SOLDER.
3. SOLDER APPROXIMATELY 1/4 INCH (6.35 MM) OF RESISTOR
LEAD TO PRINTED CIRCUIT TRACE. G95-0013
4. UPON COMPLETING INSTALLATION, FILL AREA WHERE
POTTING COMPOUND WAS REMOVED WITH RTV11
Figure 803. Fuel Quantity Sender Modification − P/N 369D296303−BSC, −701 Units
(369D S/N 0001 − 1116)

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Comply with all fuel safety (11). Allow sealing compound to cure for two
WARNING precautions when working hours prior to installing sending unit in
in or around fuel cells. If replacement helicopter.
fuel quantity sending unit is not avail
able for immediate installation, do not (12). Remove temporarily installed sending
remove installed unit. unit, if applicable, and reinstall
modified sending unit in helicopter (Ref.
(1). Remove fuel quantity sending unit (Ref. Sec. 28-00-00).
Sec. 28-00-00).
(13). Turn on electrical power and check fuel
(2). Using rosin core solder (CM815), solder quantity indicator for correct reading
six-inch length of wire (CM813) to each with a known quantity of fuel.
terminal of RC07GF511J resistor; (14). Perform operational check of FUEL
shrink sleeve (CM614) over resistor. LOW caution light (Ref. Caution/Warn
(3). Remove strain relief and detach ing System Operational Check) with a
backshell from connector on sending fuel quantity greater than low level
unit wiring harness (Ref. Figure 804). warning limit, to ensure that FUEL
LOW caution light does not glow under
(4). Cut wiring harness vinyl sleeve near this condition.
sending unit; pass one lead and resistor
C. Weight and Balance Data
through cut in vinyl sleeve until lead
can be mated with connector. Helicopter weight and balance are not affected
by this modification.
(5). Drill 0.146-0.152 inch (3.7084-3.8608
mm) diameter hole in base at approxi 4. Wiring Modification (369DS/N 0003 −
mate position shown; deburr hole and 0162)
remove all drill cuttings.
(1). Check that all electrical power is off.
(6). Pass resistor lead nearest base through
hole; solder lead to bracket, using acid (2). Remove instrument panel hood and
core solder (CM816). side fairings.
Ensure that all areas covered by (3). Remove circuit breaker panel from
CAUTION and in contact with acid core sol instrument console (Ref. Sec.
der are thoroughly flushed, to neutralize 96-30-00).
acid (next step). (4). Disconnect electrical wiring harness
connector from EPO warning control
(7). Clean connection thoroughly by
unit plug P19.
flushing with distilled water containing
sodium bicarbonate. (5). Disconnect existing transmission
warning light circuit wire No. E518A22
(8). Using rosin core solder, attach opposite from pin K of P19 wiring harness
lead of resistor to pin D of sending unit connector plug (Ref. Figure 805).
wiring harness connector, using
existing red wire. (6). Connect wire No. E518A22 to PANEL
LT circuit breaker CB104-2, using
(9). Reassemble wiring harness connector. terminal lug MS25036-149.
NOTE: If RTV type sealant was originally NOTE: The next step is applicable to helicop
used, RTV730 sealant (CM428) may be used ters serial nos. 0003D thru 0129D only.
as an alternate to PR1221 sealing com
pound. (7). Remove existing UTIL LT circuit wire
No. L531A22 from ENG OUT circuit
(10). Seal around installed wire on both sides breaker CB106-2 on panel; connect
of base, and on interface of bare wire to wire No. L531A22 to NR GOV circuit
insulation, using sealing compound. breaker CB103-2 on panel.

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
TO PIN D OF CONNECTOR
SENDING UNIT BASE
RC07GF511J RESISTOR
RNF100 SLEEVE
M22759/34-22-9
WIRE
CUT EXISTING SLEEVE TO

PASS RESISTOR THOUGH
DRILL 0.125 IN.
(3.175 MM) HOLE
(NOTE 3)
369A4245-3 BRACKET
SOLDER JOINT
369A4245-3 BRACKET
AND RESISTOR LEAD
(NOTES 1, 2)
NOTES:
1. USE ACID CORE SOLDER, WASH THOROUGHLY WITH BICARBONATE OF
SODA AND DISTILLED WATER AFTER SOLDERING.
2. SEAL INTERFACE OF BARE WIRE TO INSULATION WITH PR1221 SEALANT.
3. SEAL HOLE AT BOTH SIDES OF BASE USING PR1221 SEALANT AFTER
RESISTOR LEADS ARE SOLDERED TO BRACKET AND PIN D OF CONNECTOR.
G95-0014
Figure 804. Fuel Quantity Sender Modification − 369A4245 Series Units (369D S/N 0001 − 1116)

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(8). Check wiring modification for discre (a). Tag and disconnect wires from TOT
pancies. resistor board.
(9). Reinstall circuit breaker panel. (b). Remove resistor board from TOT
indicator.
(10). Reconnect electrical wiring harness
connector to EPO warning control unit (2). Modify resistor board as follows (Ref.
plug P19. Figure 806):
(11). Reinstall instrument panel fairings and
Circuit board is fragile, careful
hood. CAUTION ly remove marked area with
(12). Make wiring changes in applicable dremel tool and cutting disk or equivalent to
wiring diagrams (Ref. Chap. 96). avoid cracking (Ref. Figure 806).
(13). Turn on electrical power and check (a). Remove material indicated by cross
utilty light and main rotor transmission section area on resistor board assem
warning lights functions with EPO bly (optional).
circuit breaker tripped.
(b). Drill 0.038-0.045-inch
(14). Record wiring modification in Com (0.9652-1.143 mm) holes for resistor
pliance Record of helicopter Log Book. wire leads. Use 1/32 inch (0.79375
A. Weight and Balance Data mm) drill bit.
Helicopter weight and balance are not affected NOTE: Variable resistor (3057Y-1-100) has
by this modification. three wire leads and requires adjustment
prior to installation. Fixed resistor
5. T.O.T. Resistor Board Assembly (TB9) (RN55D10R0F) has two wire leads.
Modification
(c). Using meter (ST1010), adjust each
This modification provides instructions for variable resistor to read 8.0 ±0.05
rework of the 369H4237-7 and -21 resistor ohms prior to soldering.
board assembly (TB9). These instructions
cover the necessary procedures to add a (d). Insert resistor wire leads through
resistor which enables operators finer tuning board. Trim and bend wire leads flat.
capability of the TOT indicating system and if Attach leads using solder (CM815).
required, to remove a section of the resistor
board allowing compatibility with existing (e). Clean solder joints with alcohol
TOT indicators. (CM217).
(f). Drill 0.125-0.130-inch (3.175-3.302

Consumable Materials mm) rivet hole. Use 1/8 inch (3.175
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) mm) drill bit.
Item Nomenclature
CM217 Isopropyl alcohol (g). Install terminal lug, washer and
CM815 Solder rivet.
(h). Install resistor board to TOT indica

Special Tools tor. Attach wires to resistor board
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) terminal lugs, remove tags.
Item Nomenclature
ST1010 Volt-ohmmeter NOTE: For dual variable resistor
ST1011 Turbine temperature indicating system (3057Y-1-100) installation, alternate ad
test set justment between each resistor to equalize
resistance.
(1). Set BATT-OFF-EXT PWR switch to (i). Perform T.O.T. Indicating System
OFF position. Calibration (Ref. Sec. 95-30-00).

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
2 K504A22
CB103 L531A22 J9-S
2
E518A22
CB104
L531A22 CB103-2
MS25036-149
ENGINE POWER OUT WARNING
UNIT CONNECTOR P19 E518A22 CB104-2
MS25036-149
G95-0015
Figure 805. Wiring Modification − Utility Light and Main Rotor Transmission Warning Lights
Circuit (369D S/N 0003 − 0162)
RESISTOR
3057Y-1-100 (2 PL) 0.40 IN.
0.10 IN. (10.16 MM)
REMOVE CROSS SECTION (2.54 MM)
BOAR AREA OF RESISTOR BOARD
D (OPTIONAL)
DRILL HOLES
0.188 IN. 0.038-0.045 IN.
ÎÎÎ
0.71 IN. (4.7752 MM) (0.9652-1.143 MM)
(18.034 MM) (2 PLCS)
ÎÎÎ
(3 PL)
0.235 IN. 0.375 IN.
ÎÎÎ
ADD
NOTE 1 (5.969 MM) (9.525 MM)
TERMINAL LUG - MS003541-8
0.305 IN.
ÎÎÎ
WASHER - AN960-B4 DRILL RIVET HOLE
(7.747 MM)
RIVET - MS20470AD4 0.940 IN. 0.125-0.130 IN.
0.47 IN. (23.876 MM) (3.175-3.302 MM)
0.773 IN.
(11.938 MM) (2 PL) (19.6342 MM)
TOT RESISTER BOARD REWORK RESISTOR INSTALLATION - VARIABLE (PN 3057Y-1-100) (NOTES 2, 3)
RESISTOR
3057Y-1-100
NOTE 1
ADD (2 PL) 0.10 IN. DRILL HOLES
TERMINAL LUG - MS003541-8 (2.54 MM) 0.038-0.045 IN.
WASHER - AN960-B4 RESISTOR (2 PL) (0.9652-1.143 MM)
RIVET - MS20470AD4 RN55D10R0F (2 PL)
NOTES: ALL OTHER DIMENSIONS ARE SAME AS ABOVE
1. BEND LEAD WIRE FLAT BEFORE SOLDERING. 10 OHMS 1/8 W 1%
2. PRIOR TO RESISTOR INSTALLATION, ADJUST RESISTOR INSTALLATION - FIXED (PN RN55D10R0F) (NOTE 3)
EACH RESISTOR TO 8.0 OHMS.
3. COMPONENTS AND HARDWARE OMITTED G95-0028B
FOR CLARITY.
Figure 806. T.O.T. Resistor Board Modification

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
DC VOLTMETER (369D294383)
INITIAL INSTALLATION
1. DC Voltmeter Initial Installation B. DC Voltmeter Installation
(1). Hold bracket under instrument panel
The DC voltmeter installation consists of a DC as shown (Ref. Figure 901) and drill
voltmeter, mounting bracket, bolt-lite assem attachment holes.
bly and the necessary hardware for mounting
to the R/H command T-Panel. The installation (2). Deburr drilled holes and clean up drill
also contains the necessary electrical hardware chips.
to splice into the existing electrical circuit.
(3). (Ref. Figure 903) Rivet bracket to
Procedures in this section may be performed at instrument panel.
operator's discretion and provide complete (4). Install bolt-lite assembly in bracket.
instructions for initial installation of the DC
voltmeter. (5). Position voltmeter in bracket and
secure, using screws and nuts.
A. Preparation for Installation (6). Connect electrical wiring as shown (Ref.
Figure 902).
(1). Identify all components.
C. Weight and Balance Data
(2). Check all cockpit electrical switches for Changes in weight and balance resulting from
OFF condition. the DC voltmeter installation are listed (Ref.
Table 901). Ensure that the changes are
NOTE: Ensure that BATT-OFF-EXT switch is incorporated in helicopter weight and balance
OFF. records as instructed (Ref. Sec. 08-10-00).
Table 901. Weight and Balance Data

Configuration Weight Arm Moment
Pounds (kg) inches (cm) in.−lb (kg cm)
369D294385−BSC
Added +0.8 (+0.363) +46.0 (+116.84) +36.8 (+308.77)
Removed 0.0 0.0 0.0
Net Change +0.8 (+0.363) +46.0 (+116.84) +36.8 (+308.77)

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
0.28 INCH (7.112 MM) FROM
EXISTING RIVET (2 PLACES)
RIGHT-HAND COMMAND
T-PANEL
BRACKET
VOLTS
VOLTMETER
G95-0016-1A
Figure 901. Mounting Bracket Installation
TB502-9 D
DIM PWR
E
XDS24
F L523BB22
R
INST
28 VDC CB106
BUS 5A 2
E544R22
+
TB700-7 D V M6
GND -
E
F E545A22
G95-0016-2
WIRE NO. FROM TERMINATION TO TERMINATION

L523BB22 TB502−9F MPCM22M−112 XDS24 SOLDER
E544R22 CB106−2 MS25036−103 M6−(*) MS25036−103
E545A22 M6−(−) MS25036−103 TB700−7F MPCM22M−1−12
Figure 902. DC Voltmeter Electrical Wiring Diagram

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
RIVET
RIVET
RIVET
BOLT-LITE ASSY
VOLTMETER
NUT
RIVET
NUT
RIVET
BRACKET
ROTATED
G95_0017
Figure 903. DC Voltmeter Kit Installation

95-00-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]

95-00-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Section
95−00−10
Slim−Line
Instrument Panel
(369D)

[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
SLIM−LINE INSTRUMENT PANEL
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. Slim−Line Instrument Panel the upper portion of the vertical panel face.
The hood is secured to the instrument console
(Ref. Figure 201 thru Figure 205) The Slim- at side and top edges of the hood. Built-in
Line instrument panels are installed on most panel post-type lights on the hood provide
369D model helicopters. Three versions of this illumination for all standard instruments and
panel are in use. The instrument panels indicators, except the separate magnetic
contain all standard flight, navigation and compass and optional clock. Panel lights are
engine instruments, except the canopy-located part of the night lighting system (Ref. Sec.
outside air temperature gauge and the 96-40-00) that is standard equipment. (Ref.
duct-mounted magnetic compass. Caution and Sec. 95-30-00 for information on dimming
warning lights and an audible warning horn circuits for panel lights.)
are mounted at the top of the instrument
panel. Contour-molded thermoplastic fairings C. Slim−Line Instrument Panel General
and a hood enclose the instrument panel. Maintenance
Electrical control switches, circuit breakers,
Maintain the instrument panel and supporting
key switch, etc., are not covered in this section
structure according to Section 20-20-00
(Ref. Sec. 96-30-00 for information).
(Cleaning), Section 20-40-00 (Corrosion
On helicopters serial number 950 and subse Control) and Section 20-30-00 (Paint Finish),
quent, an automatic engine reignition system and Fuselage Sheet Metal Repair paragraphs
(Ref. Sec. 96-10-00) is included. in the Structural Repair Manual.
Provisions are incorporated in the panel face 2. Hood and Fairing Replacement
for installation of VHF/UHF communications
equipment, navigation aid equipment, A. Hood and Fairing Removal
instruments, and controls for optional equip
ment installed at other locations on the
(Ref. Figure 203 or Figure 204 and Figure 205)
helicopter. (Ref. Table 202, Sec. 01-00-00 for a
list of options.)
NOTE: Face-attachment screws and two panel
(Ref. Figure 203 or Figure 204) The instru light knife splices must be disconnected be
ment panel is riveted to the upper instrument fore hood removal.
panel support. The instrument panel/upper
support assembly is removable from the lower (1). Remove hood attaching hardware;
instrument panel support structure as a unit. remove hood.
A. Slim−Line Instrument Panel Fairings (2). Remove or release fasteners joining two
side fairings.
(Ref. Figure 205) The three fairings around the
instrument panel are molded thermoplastic
(3). Detach side fairings from canopy
enclosures. Removal of side fairings provides
structure by releasing fasteners.
access to shut-off valve controls, electrical and
indicating system components and any
optional avionics equipment mounted on the (4). Disconnect and tag-identify electrical
instrument panel or panel support structure. leads from light/switch and horn
housing; then remove center fairing.
B. Slim−Line Instrument Panel Hood
(5). If required, remove attaching hardware
(Ref. Figure 203 or Figure 204) The hood is a and horn and light assembly from
molded thermoplastic enclosure which covers center fairing.

95-00-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
BATTERY TEMPERATURE
SENSING CAUTION AND
WARNING LIGHTS BATTERY BOLT LIGHT
140 F 150 F 12
HOUSING
9 3
(NOTE 1)
6 CLOCK CAUTION AND
WARNING LIGHTS
ENGINE OUT AUDIBLE
WARNING HONE ENGINE XMSN XMSN GEN XMSN XMSN FUEL FUEL PRESS
OUT
OIL
PRESS
OIL
TEMP OUT
ENGINE
CHIPS CHIPS CHIPS LOW FILTER TO
TEST FAIRING AND HOOD
0
140
20 9 1
8 2
120
40 7 3
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
100
60 6 5 4 ALTIMETER
80 ALTITUDE
N2 AND NR (ROTOR) 0
TACHOMETER INDICATOR 120 10
110 20
1
9
30
TORQUE GAGE
100
3
BLANK PLATE 4 OR 5 PLACES
90 7
5
40 (NOTE 3)
CAUTION 80 50
CYCLE 70 60
CYFSWWP
TO TRIM
TO NEUTRAL
BRINGHTEVKKD
ADJUPLVVCM
TMRUE
10
12
BOLT LIGHT 14 PLACES
TQI
TURBINE OUTLET 8
80
90 100
120
(NOTE 5)
6
TEMPERATURE 70 TORQUE
4 0 60
(TOT) INDICATOR 2
50
PSI
20
10
40 30
(NOTE 2)
10
N1 TACHOMETER 100 20
100
INDICATOR 80
PERCENT 40
30
RPM 50
50 150 NOTE 4
PRESS
P PULL AMPS
ENGINE OIL U
S
TO
CLOSE ON
H
PRESSURE GAGE UTILITY START
PWR PUMP PULL
FOR
AIR
SWITCH OFF GYRO

CIRCUIT BREAKER
ANTI-COLL
CFM POS
LT (TYP)
NOTE 3
PNL
KEY SWITCH F
F F
OFF
CAUTION ON BRT TRIM
-CYCLIC
FORCES TO
BE TRIMMED
ENG OUT
BUTTON PLUG NOTES:
TO NEUTRAL (TYP) 1. EITHER RIGHT OR LEFT SIDE.
DURING STARTUP NAV/COM
2. RESISTOR BOARD ASSY TB9
AND SHUTDOWN AND THERMOCOUPLE LEAD
ADF
RESISTOR R4 MOUNTED ON
XPDR
INDICATOR TERMINALS.
3. VARIES WITH EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED.
CYCLIC STICK POSITION 4. HOOD IS ATTACHED TO
WARNING DECAL EMERG FLOATS
PRESS TO TEST PWR
SEARCHLIGHT
CONT EXT
AUTO
INSTRUMENT PANEL BY NINE
BATTERY SPEED CLINCH FASTENERS.
5. WHEN OPTIONAL RADIO IS
O
F HOIST
PRESS TO
TEST OFF
PRESS TO TEST
INSTALLED, THIS BOLT LIGHT
CARGO
F HOOK PWR CTR IS ELIMINATED.
LIGHTER SOCKET
CIGAR LIGHTER RADIO
PWR COMM 1
CIRCUIT BREAKER PA
XMIT ASHTRAY
SYS COMM 2 SCREW
NUT
WASHER
PLUG BUTTON (TYP)
G95-0010-201-1
Figure 201. Slim−Line Instrument Panel − Front View (369D S/N 3 − 1149 and
1151 − 1184) (Sheet 1 of 2)

95-00-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
°C
NO LONGER PRODUCED
ALTERNATIVE LOWER EDGE SHAPES

MODEL CURRENTLY SUPPLIED
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER THREE-PACK
G95-0018-2
Figure 201. Slim−Line Instrument Panel − Front View (369D S/N 3 − 1149 and
1151 − 1184) (Sheet 2 of 2)
B. Hood and Fairing Installation with installed instruments and most internal
electrical wiring, is removable as a unit.
(Ref. Figure 203 or Figure 204 and Figure 205)
Main electrical power sup
NOTE: Refer to Section 96-05-00 for informa WARNING ply wiring must be discon
tion on battery temperature sensing equip nected for removal of the instrument
ment. panel. External power and battery
must remain disconnected at all times
(1). If required, install attaching hardware during this procedure.
and horn and light assembly to center
fairing.
(1). Disconnect engine torque gauge and
(2). Connect electrical leads to light/switch engine oil pressure gauge. Disconnect
and horn housing; then install center pitot and static pressure lines from
fairing. altimeter and airspeed indicator.
(3). Install side fairings to canopy structure (2). Disconnect thermocouple leads from
with fasteners. terminal board TB9 and TOT indicator.
(4). Install or tighten fasteners joining two NOTE: Removing fuel shutoff cable (next step)
side fairings. also releases clamp holding pitot pressure
line; leave line detached.
(5). Install hood-attaching hardware;
install hood. (3). Remove fuel shutoff valve control cable
(Ref. Sec. 28-00-00).
(6). Install face-attachment screws and
connect two panel light knife splices.
(4). Disconnect wire end of ventilating valve
control cable (Ref. Sec. 21-00-00).
3. Slim−Line Instrument Panel Replacement
A. Slim−Line Instrument Panel Removal (5). Disconnect electrical plug(s) as follows:
(Ref. Figure 203 or Figure 204) The instru (a). Helicopters serial numbers 3 - 723:
ment panel/upper support assembly, along J9-P.

95-00-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
BOLT LIGHT
BATTERY
CLOCK
140 F 150 F 12
CAUTION AND 9 3
WARNING LIGHTS 6
ENGINE XMSN XMSN GEN XMSN XMSN FUEL FUEL PRESS

OIL OIL ENGINE
OUT OUT CHIPS CHIPS CHIPS LOW FILTER TO
PRESS TEMP TEST
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
20 9
0
1
ALTIMETER
140
8 2
120
40
NOTE 3 7 3
100 4
6 5
N2 AND NR (ROTOR) 80
60
ALTITUDE
TACHOMETER INDICATOR
0
120 10
110 20
TORQUE GAGE 100
9
1
30
NOTE 3 NOTE 3
90 7
5
3
40 BOLT LIGHT
CAUTION
80 50 14 PLACES
70 60
CYCLE
CYFSWWP
TO TRIM
(NOTE 2)
TO NEUTRAL
BRINGHTEVKKD
ADJUPLVVCM
TMRUE
TURBINE OUTLET 8
10
TQI
12
90 100
TEMPERATURE 6 70
80
TORQUE
120
(TOT) INDICATOR 4 0 60
(NOTE 1)
2
50
PSI
20
10
NOTE 3 NOTE 3
40 30
N1 TACHOMETER 10
INDICATOR 100 20
100
NOTE 4
30
80
PERCENT 40 50 150
RPM 50
PRESS
P PULL AMPS
U TO INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ENGINE OIL S
H
CLOSE ON
3-PACK
PRESSURE GAGE UTILITY
PWR
START
PUMP PULL
FOR
AIR
OFF
GYRO
CFM POS ANTI-COLL
LT
PNL
F F F
NOTE 3
OFF
ON BRT TRIM
AUTO RE-IGNITION
ENG OUT
PRESS TO
RESET
REIGN
NAV/COM
CAUTION ARMED
NOTE 3
-CYCLIC NOTES:
ADF
FORCES TO
AUTO REIGN
1. RESISTOR BOARD ASSY TB9
BE TRIMMED
TEST
AND THERMOCOUPLE LEAD
XPDR
TO NEUTRAL RESISTOR R4 MOUNTED ON
DURING STARTUP INDICATOR TERMINALS.
AND SHUTDOWN 2. LIGHT NOT INSTALLED IF
EMERG FLOATS
PRESS TO TEST
SEARCHLIGHT AUTO HELICOPTER EQUIPPED WITH
PWR CONT EXT
BATTERY VHF/UHF RADIO.
3. VARIES WITH EQUIPMENT
O
HOIST
PRESS TO
TEST OFF INSTALLED.
F PRESS TO TEST
F
CARGO
HOOK PWR CTR 4. HOOD IS ATTACHED TO
INSTRUMENT PANEL BY
CYCLIC STICK POSITION RADIO
NINE SPEED CLINCH
WARNING DECAL
CIGAR LIGHTER
PA PWR COMM 1 FASTENERS.
XMIT
SYS COMM 2
G95-0010-202-1
Figure 202. Slim−Line Instrument Panel − Front View (369D S/N 1150 and 1185 and Subs)

95-00-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(b). Helicopters serial numbers 724 - (2). Attach Z-brace to upper structure.
1149 and 1151 - 1184: J9-P and
J110-P. (3). Route all lines and wiring into position
for connection. Ensure there is suffi
(c). Helicopters serial numbers 1150, cient slack for proper connection
1185 and subsequent: J9-P, J10-P without straining lines or wiring.
and J110-P.
(4). Connect power supply wiring to power
(6). If radio equipment is installed, discon selector switch and reinstall wiring
nect coaxial antenna cables. support clamps and straps.
(7). Disconnect wiring from power selector
(5). If radio equipment is installed, connect
switch and insulate wiring terminals.
coaxial antenna cables.
Remove clamps that secure three-wire
bundles to panel structure. (6). Connect electrical plugs J9-P, J110-P
(8). Check entire instrument panel/upper and J10-P as appropriate.
support assembly for clamps or nylon
straps that restrict separation from (7). Connect ventilating valve control cable
lower support structure. Disconnect any and perform an operational check (Ref.
such items. Sec. 21-00-00).
(9). Remove hardware attaching upper (8). Install fuel shutoff valve control cable
support (Z-brace) to panel structure. and perform an operational check (Ref.
Sec. 28-00-00). Reattach pitot pressure
(10). Remove hardware attaching base of line clamp with hardware used to
instrument panel/upper support attach cable under upper support.
assembly to lower support structure
(Ref. Figure 203 or Figure 204). (9). Connect thermocouple leads to terminal
board TB9 on TOT indicator. Check for
NOTE: Make notes of routing of all lines, cables correct thermocouple circuit resistance.
and wiring before removing panel assembly,
to aid in reinstallation. (10). Connect engine torque gauge and
engine oil pressure gauge. Connect pitot
(11). With assistance, carefully lift out and static pressure lines to altimeter
instrument panel/upper support and airspeed indicator.
assembly.
B. Slim−Line Instrument Panel Installation (11). Check that all lines and wiring are
connected and secure; then reconnect
(Ref. Figure 203 or Figure 204) Before and battery.
during placement of instrument panel/upper
support assembly into position on supporting (12). Perform ground run-up of helicopter to
structure, check that all cables, wiring and check operation of all indicating
lines are routed properly. systems (Ref. applicable PFM, Table
201, Sec. 01-00-00).
NOTE: If upper support does not align with
canopy structure, use special shim washers, (13). Connect an external power supply and
0.12 inch (3.048 mm) maximum thickness, perform a power-on check of all
under both forward or both aft console-to- systems. If there is a malfunction,
support attachment points. Use one-half correct trouble as necessary.
shim thickness at both center attachment
screws and vary screw length accordingly. (14). Bleed engine torque and engine oil
pressure lines as necessary (Ref. Sec.
(1). Mount instrument panel/upper support 79-00-00).
assembly on lower support structure
and secure base in place with attaching (15). Shut down helicopter and reinstall
hardware. instrument panel side fairings.

95-00-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
PANEL LIGHTS
WIRE SPLICES
HOOD
(NOTE 1)
LIGHT/SWITCH AND
HORN HOUSING
2 PLACES
UPPER SUPPORT
ALTERNATE LOCATION FOR

ENGINE POWER OUT
WARNING UNIT
RESISTOR-DIODE 9 PLACES
BOARD TB106
ENGINE POWER OUT
WARNING UNIT
K304
K104 SWITCH AND CIRCUIT
2 PLACES K103 BREAKER PANEL
(REF)
5 PLACES 8 PLACES
TB502
SPECIAL SHIM
WASHER ACCESS PANEL
SPECIAL SHIM
WASHER
5 PLACES NOTES:
1. REMOVE 9 SPEED CLINCH FASTENERS
TO REMOVE HOOD FROM PANEL.
2. ROUTED WITH EXISTING WIRING.
PANEL LIGHTS
DIMMER LOWER SUPPORT
STRUCTURE
G95-0020-1A
Figure 203. Slim−Line Instrument Panel − Component Locations

(369D S/N 3 − 1149 and 1151 − 1184) (Sheet 1 of 2)

95-00-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
RED 160° WARNING AMBER 140° CAUTION

LIGHT/SWITCH LIGHT/SWITCH
MOUNTING SLEEVE
ENGINE OUT AUDIBLE

SWITCH HOUSING WARNING HORN
WIRE HARNESS
PANEL (NOTE 2)
LAMP
(4 PLACES)
LIGHT-SWITCH AND
HORN HOUSING
LOCKING CAM
SWITCH ACTUATOR
INSTRUMENT PANEL
CENTER FAIRING
INDICATOR MODULE LEGEND FACE

CAUTION WARNING LIGHT LIGHT/SWITCH AND HORN HOUSING
ASSEMBLY (TYPICAL) MOUNTED ON HOOD
G95-0020-2

(369D S/N 3 − 1149 and 1151 − 1184) (Sheet 2 of 2)
4. Hood Replacement (2). Install hood to panel with attaching
hardware at front (Ref. Figure 201 or
A. Hood Removal Figure 202) and at sides (Ref.
Figure 203 or Figure 204).
(1). Remove attaching hardware at sides of
hood (Ref. Figure 203 or Figure 204), 5. Hood Repair
and at front of hood (Ref. Figure 201 or
Figure 202). Consumable Materials
(2). Pull hood from panel enough to discon Item Nomenclature
nect two panel light wiring splices. CM435 Tetrahydrofuran
B. Hood Installation
Use tetrahydrofuran (CM435) or equivalent to
(1). Connect two panel light wiring splices. bond and repair cracks and tears in hood.

95-00-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
PANEL LIGHTS
WIRE SPLICES
DIMMER CONTROL
TB106
TB503
TB502
TB501
K103
K104
K304
ENGINE POWER OUT

CONTROL UNIT
TB101
TB6
ACCESS PANEL
5 PLACES
LOWER SUPPORT
STRUCTURE
G95-0021

(369D S/N 1150 and 1185 and Sub)

95-00-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
INSTRUMENT PANEL
CENTER FAIRING
RETAINER
INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT

SIDE FAIRING
VELCRO VIBRATION PAD

(TYPICAL)
FRESH AIR DEFLECTOR
FASTENER
INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT
SIDE FAIRING
CANOPY PANEL ATTACHMENT

(6 PLACES)
G95-0022
Figure 205. Slim−Line Instrument Panel Fairings

95-00-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]

95-00-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Section
95−00−20
‘‘T’’ Instrument
Panel (369D/E/FF −
500/600N)

[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
‘‘T’’ INSTRUMENT PANEL
1. ‘‘T’’ Instrument Panel C. ‘‘T’’ Instrument Panel General
Maintenance
The T-shaped instrument panels have all Maintain the instrument panel and supporting
standard flight, navigation and engine structure according to Section 20-20-00
instruments installed in their faces, except the (Cleaning), Section 20-40-00 (Corrosion
canopy-located outside air temperature gauge Control) and Section 20-30-00 (Paint Finish),
and the duct-mounted magnetic compass. and Fuselage Sheet Metal Repair paragraphs
Caution and warning lights are supported by in the Structural Repair Manual.
the panel hood, along with the engine out
warning horn. 2. ‘‘T’’ Instrument Panel Replacement
Electrical control switches, circuit breakers, A. ‘‘T’’ Instrument Panel Removal

key switch, etc. are not covered in this section The instrument panel/upper support column
(Ref. Sec. 96-30-00 for information). assembly, along with installed instruments
and most internal electric wiring, is removable
Instrument panel design provides for install as a unit.
ing optional UHF/VHF communications
equipment, navigation aid equipment, Main electrical power sup
instruments, and controls for optional equip WARNING ply wiring must be discon
ment installed at other locations on the nected for removal of instrument panel
helicopter. (Ref. Table 202, Sec. 01-00-00 for a assembly. External power and battery
list of options). power must remain disconnected until
instrument panel reinstallation is com
plete.
The instrument panel is riveted to the upper
support column. The instrument panel/upper (1). Set BAT/EXT PWR switch to OFF.
support column assembly is removable from
the lower instrument panel support structure. (2). Make sure external power is not
connected at external power connector
A. Fairings (L/H Command T−Panels) J100.
(3). In battery compartment, disconnect
Instrument panel fairings consist of left, right, P108 from battery (Ref. Sec. 96-00-00);
back and cover assemblies of pre-impregnated cap and stow.
polyester glass fiber, fastened by clips, Velcro
hooks, and Velcro pile. Removal of side trim (4). Disconnect wire P505C(3-10) from
panel assemblies provides access to electrical battery relay K310 pin A1.
and indicating system components, shutoff
(5). Disconnect P110-J and P9-J from
valve controls, and any optional equipment
fuselage wire harness (Ref. Sec.
panel.
96-00-00).
B. Hood (6). Disconnect thermocouple leads from

terminal board and TOT indicator.
The instrument panel hood in some helicopters (7). Disconnect engine torque gauge and
is a formed polyester glass fiber assembly; in engine oil pressure gauge. Disconnect
others it is a formed thermoplastic assembly. pitot and static pressure lines from
The hood shades the top of the instrument altimeter and airspeed indicator.
panel, supports caution and warning indicator
lights, and provides attachment for an audible (8). Disconnect wire end of ventilating valve
warning horn. control cable (Ref. Sec. 21-00-00).

95-00-20
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
HOOD LIGHTS
(5 PLACES)
TORQUE INDICATOR ALTIMETER
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
TOT INDICATOR
(NOTE 2)
N2 ROTOR TACHOMETER
POSTLIGHT
(2 PLACES)
N1 TACHOMETER
CAUTION - CYCLIC FORCES TO BE

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE TRIMMED TO NEUTRAL DURING
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 3-PACK
STARTUP AND SHUTDOWN
(CURRENT MODEL)
CABIN VENT CONTROL
ENGINE OIL FUEL

AMMETER
TEMPERATURE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 3-PACK

(EARLY MODEL)
NOTES:
1. ONLY STANDARD FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS INCLUDED AS
PART OF BASIC HELICOPTER ARE SHOWN. REMAINDER
OF PANEL FACE VARIES ACCORDING TO OPTIONAL
EQUIPMENT INSTALLED.
2. RESISTOR BOARD ASSEMBLY OF TB9 AND THERMOCOUPLE G95-0023
SS O O O S
Figure 201. R/H Command T−Panel − Front View (Typical)

95-00-20
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
ENGINE OUT AUDIBLE ALTIMETER ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE

WARNING HORN INDICATOR INDICATOR
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
INDICATOR
CAUTION AND
WARNING LIGHTS
TORQUE INDICATOR
AIRSPEED FUEL QUANTITY

INDICATOR INDICATOR
TURBINE OUTLET
TEMPERATURE
(TOT) INDICATOR
AMMETER
INDICATOR
ATTITUDE BOLT LIGHT

INDICATOR (10 PLACES)
TACHOMETER ENGINE
N2 & ROTOR INDICATOR CLOCK
N1 TACH INDICATOR
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
INDICATOR
KEY SWITCH
INST. VERT. SPEED

INDICATOR
G95-0024
Figure 202. L/H Command T−Panel − Front View (Typical)

95-00-20
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(9). If radio equipment is installed, discon (6). Connect P108 to battery.
nect coaxial antenna cables.
(7). Connect ventilating control cable and
(10). Check entire instrument panel and perform operational check (Ref. Sec.
support column for clamps or nylon 21-00-00).
straps that may restrict separation,
and disconnect any such items. (8). Connect thermocouple leads to TB9 on
TOT indicator. Check for correct
NOTE: Make notes for routing of all lines, thermocouple circuit resistance.
cables and wiring before removing instru
ment panel/upper support column assembly. (9). Connect engine torque gauge and
engine oil pressure gauge. Connect
(11). Remove hardware attaching instru pitot and static pressure lines to
ment panel/upper support column altimeter and airspeed indicator.
assembly to lower support structure.
(Removal of six screws and support (10). Ensure that all connected wires and
column front panel will aid in removal lines are secure.
of three center attachment bolts.)
(11). Perform ground run-up of helicopter to
(12). With assistance, carefully lift out check operation of all indicating
instrument panel/upper support column systems (Ref. PFM, Table 201, Sec.
assembly. 01-00-00).
B. ‘‘T’’ Instrument Panel Installation (12). Connect external power supply and
perform power-on check of all systems.
NOTE: Before and during placement of instru Troubleshoot as necessary.
ment panel/upper support column assembly
on lower support structure, make sure all (13). Bleed engine torque and engine oil
cables, wires, and lines are routed properly. pressure lines to indicators as neces
sary (Ref. Sec. 79-00-00).
(Ref. Figure 203 for R/H Command T-Panel,
Figure 204 for L/H Command T-Panel) Mount
instrument panel/upper support column 3. Hood Replacement
assembly on lower support structure. Secure
with attaching hardware. A. Hood Removal
NOTE: Installation of three center screws is (1). Disconnect audible warning horn at
best accomplished with lower radio or panel splices SP81 and SP82.
removed.
(2). Remove six screws and washers from
(1). Connect all lines, wires and cables, rear of instrument panel.
ensuring sufficient slack for connection
without strain. (3). Extract caution and warning light
assembly from hood.
(2). If radio equipment is installed, connect
coaxial antenna cables. B. Hood Installation
(3). Make sure BAT/EXT PWR switch is set (1). Position caution and warning light
to OFF. assembly in hood.
(4). Connect electrical connectors J9-P and (2). Position hood assembly on instrument
J110-P. panel and install using hardware
previously removed.
(5). Connect wire P505C(3-10) to battery
relay K310 pin A1. (3). Connect audible warning horn.

95-00-20
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
4. Formed Polyester Glass Fiber Hood 5. Formed Thermoplastic Hood Repair
Repair
Consumable Materials Consumable Materials

(Ref. Section 91−00−00) (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
Item Nomenclature Item Nomenclature
CM503 Fiberglass repair kit CM435 Tetrahydrofuran
Use fiberglass repair kit (CM503) or equiva

lent to bond and repair cracks and tears in Use tetrahydrofuran (CM435) or equivalent to
hood. bond and repair cracks and tears in hood.

95-00-20
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
ENGINE OUT
WARNING HORN
HOOD
INSTRUMENT PANEL
STRUCTURE
TB700
REMOVE AVIONICS EQUIPMENT

FOR ACCESS (3 PLACES)
3 PLACES
ENGINE POWER OUT

WARNING UNIT
(DS10)
HORIZONTAL ELECTRICAL
CONTROLS CONSOLE
3 PLACES
PANEL LIGHTS DIMMER
(DS11)
LOWER SUPPORT
STRUCTURE
G95-0025
Figure 203. R/H Command T−Panel − Component Locations

95-00-20
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
EPO WARNING HORN
WARNING LIGHT HOOD
TB502 (HIDDEN)
DIMMER CONTROL UNIT
ENGINE POWER OUT

WARNING UNIT
ICS
GROUND MODULE E33
GROUND MODULE E31
EDGE LIGHTING
INVERTER POWER
SUPPLY
TB503
TB505
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
UPPER SUPPORT RESISTORS R9 AND R11
STRUCTURE
LOWER SUPPORT
STRUCTURE
G95-0026
Figure 204. L/H Command T−Panel − Component Locations

95-00-20
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
ENGINE OIL
CAUTION AND WARNING ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
INDICATORS TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
ATTITUDE GYRO ALTIMETER TORQUE METER
GAUGE
AIRSPEED
INDICATOR
VNE
PLACARDS ALT FUEL QUANTITY
GAUGE
TOT GAUGE
AMMETER
N2/NR
TACHOMETER
CLOCK
DIRECTIONAL
GYRO
ÇÇ
FUEL VALVE FRESH AIR VENT
N1 TACHOMETER
KEY SWITCH
EDGE LIGHTED
SWITCH PANEL
G95-0041
Figure 205. L/H Command T−Panel − Component Locations (500N)

95-00-20
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
CAUTION AND WARNING

INDICATORS
ALTIMETER
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
VNE
PLACARDS
CLOCK
NR/NP
TACHOMETER
ANALOG INDICATOR
(TORQUE, TOT)
QUAD DIGITAL INDICATOR

(TORQUE, TOT, OAT, N1)

(OIL TEMP, OIL PRESS, VDC, AMP)
FUEL QUANTITY FRESH AIR VENT
GAUGE
EMERGENCY FUEL
SHUT OFF
EDGE LIGHTED
SWITCH PANEL
KEY
SWITCH
FIN POSITION
INDICATOR
EDGE LIGHTED CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
ANTI-COLL PITOT
LT HTR YSAS
OFF OFF OFF

POS UTIL OVSPD FAULT
LTS ANTI-ICE PWR TEST TEST
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
WITH YSAS INSTALLED
NOTE:
INSTRUMENT LOCATIONS MAY VARY DEPENDING
ON OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. 369D24153-513 CONSOLE ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATION 6G95-098-1A
Figure 206. L/H Command T−Panel − Component Locations (600N)

95-00-20
Revision 10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
CAUTION AND WARNING INDICATORS AIRSPEED INDICATOR ALTIMETER
VNE
PLACARDS
NR/NP
TACHOMETER
ANALOG INDICATOR QUAD DIGITAL INDICATOR
(TORQUE, TOT) (OIL TEMP, OIL PRESS,
VDC, AMP)
(TORQUE, TOT, OAT, N1)
CLOCK
FUEL QUANTITY
EMERGENCY
GAUGE
FUEL SHUT OFF
FRESH AIR VENT
KEY SWITCH
ANTI-COLL PITOT
LT HTR YSAS EDGE LIGHTED
SWITCH PANEL
OFF OFF OFF

POS UTIL OVSPD FAULT FIN POSITION
LTS ANTI-ICE PWR TEST TEST
INDICATOR
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
WITH YSAS INSTALLED

RELOCATE TERMINAL
SHORTEN MODULE BLOCKS
SUPPORT ASSEMBLY
BLOCK
DIMMER CONTROL
UNIT
SHORTEN MODULE
ENGINE POWER OUT BLOCK
WARNING UNIT
LOOKING INBOARD LEFT SIDE LOOKING INBOARD RIGHT SIDE

NOTE:
INSTRUMENT LOCATIONS MAY VARY DEPENDING SUPPORT ASSEMBLY FOR TRANSICOIL GAUGES
ON OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED.
369D24153-515 CONSOLE ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATION 6G95-098-2B
Figure 207. R/H Command T−Panel − Component Locations (600N)

95-00-20
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Section
95−10−00
Pitot−Static System

[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
PITOT−STATIC SYSTEM
1. Pitot−Static System (3). Disconnect drain tube from 369H6628
tee at altimeter indicator.
(Ref. Figure 201 for 369D helicopters,
Figure 202 for 369E/FF helicopters, (4). Press-fit new 369H6610-23 plug into
Figure 203 - 500/600N helicopters) The tee as shown. Reconnect drain tube to
pitot-static system consists of a pitot tube tee (Ref. view B).
assembly, a static pressure port installation (5). Disconnect crossover tube from connec
and interconnecting tubing and fittings. The tor at airspeed indicator.
pitot tube, in the lower center of the canopy
panel, is connected to the airspeed indicator by (6). Remove existing -3 plug from
a nylon line. The static pressure port for the 369H6610-11 or -21 union assembly.
369D/E/FF series helicopter is located in the
(7). Reconnect crossover tube to connector
aft end of the engine air intake fairing. The
at airspeed indicator.
static pressure ports for the 500/600N series
helicopter are located in the forward canopy (8). Reinstall instrument panel fairing and
side structure. The ports are connected to the hood.
altimeter. A spring-loaded drain valve is
located at the static line low point aft of (9). Perform flight test to check instrument
station 127.00 and forward of the instrument operation (Ref. PFM).
panel on the 369D/E/FF series helicopters. The A. Weight and Balance Data
static ports are the low point of the system on
the 500/600N, they do not require a drain Weight and balance are not affected.
valve. A static source crossover line intercon
4. Pitot Tube Assembly Replacement
nects the altimeter and airspeed indicators.
Do not blow air through pitot- Figure 202 for 369E/FF helicopters)
CAUTION static system lines without dis
connecting altimeter and airspeed indicator. (1). (Slim-Line instrument panels only)
This may result in distortion or rupture of Remove instrument panel fairings and
instrument diaphragm. cover panel from left side to lower
instrument panel support assembly.
2. Pitot−Static System Troubleshooting (2). (L/H command T-Panels only) Remove
(Ref. Table 201) instrument panel fairings.
(3). Remove hardware attaching pitot tube
3. Static Pressure Tube Rework to Minimize assembly to structure.
Altimeter Needle Oscillation
(4). Disconnect pitot line from back of
(Ref. Figure 204) The hardware connecting the airspeed indicator, slide aluminum
crossover tube between the altimeter and head end of tube from canopy panel
airspeed indicators may be reworked to reduce grommet and remove assembly.
altimeter indicator needle bounce. The rework
(5). Insert replacement pitot tube assembly
consists primarily of removing the existing
head into place in canopy panel grom
369H6610-3 plug from the connector at the
met and connect pitot line to elbow at
airspeed indicator and installing a new
back of airspeed indicator.
369H6610-23 plug in the existing tee at the
altimeter indicator. (6). Secure tube to structure with removed
hardware.
(1). Check that all electric power is off.
(7). Check that pitot tube head is aligned
(2). Remove instrument panel fairing and parallel to longitudinal centerline of
hood. helicopter.

95-10-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(8). Check pitot pressure system for leaks (8). Remove crossover tube from altimeter
and repair leaks as necessary. and airspeed indicator.
(9). If optional heated pitot tube is in (9). Route replacement main pressure tube
stalled, install heater cover. If not, through grommet in canted bulkhead
install red pitot tube cover. and locate aft end of tube at static
pressure port tee fitting.
Reinstall instrument panel fairings and (10). Secure main pressure tube to canopy
cover panel. structure with nylon straps (Ref. view
B).
(11). (L/H command T-Panels only) Reinstall
(11). Attach main pressure tube to air intake
fairing longeron, aft section strut and
5. Static Tubing Replacement (369D/E/FF) structure (Ref. view A, C).
(12). Secure main pressure tube and drain
(Ref. Figure 201 for 369D helicopters, valve to canopy structure; then connect
Figure 202 for 369E/FF helicopters) tube to tee on altimeter.
(13). Using adhesive (CM411), bond tube to
Consumable Materials
static pressure port in engine air intake
fairing. Outer end of tube must be flush
Item Nomenclature
with screen surface. Ensure protective
CM411 Adhesive, epoxy screen is not blocked.
(14). Connect crossover tube to altimeter and
When performing maintenance airspeed indicator.
CAUTION near engine air inlet, comply
with precautions necessary in engine air in (15). Check that system tubing and fittings
let area (Ref. Sec. 01-00-00). are secure and airtight.
(1). Remove instrument panel fairings, (16). Reinstall instrument panel fairings, air
forward right side fairing of engine air intake fairing and plenum chamber
intake and plenum chamber access access door.
door. 6. Static Tubing Replacement (500/600N)
(2). Remove tube from single static port in (Ref. Figure 203)
engine air intake fairing by breaking
bondline.
(3). Remove nylon straps attaching main (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
tube (Ref. view B) and drain valve, if Item Nomenclature
installed, to canopy structure. CM430 Sealant, solvent resistant
(4). Remove nylon straps attaching main

pressure tube to air intake fairing (1). Remove instrument panel fairings.
longeron, aft section strut and structure
(2). Remove tube from static ports on
(Ref. view A, C).
forward canopy side structures.
(5). Disconnect aft end of tube from tee (3). Remove clamps attaching static tubes
fitting. to canopy structure.
(6). Disconnect main pressure tube from (4). Disconnect main static tube from
altimeter and cover instrument open altimeter and cover instrument open
ing. ing.
(7). Withdraw main pressure tube through (5). Remove crossover tube from altimeter
canted bulkhead grommet. and airspeed indicator.

95-10-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(6). Route replacement tubes along canopy (3). Inspect static pressure tube port(s) for
structure and locate aft end of tubes at foreign matter. Clear and clean port(s)
static pressure ports. and pressure lines, as necessary.
(7). Secure static tubes to canopy structure;
(4). Inspect pitot tube for lateral misalign
then connect tube to tee on altimeter.
ment. Pitot tube should be parallel to
(8). Using adhesive (CM430), bond fraying longitudinal center line of helicopter.
surfaces of tubes to static pressure
ports on forward canopy side structure. 8. Pitot Leak Check
Outer end of tube must be flush with
surface. (1). Fit a piece of vinylite or similar flexible
(9). Connect crossover tube to altimeter and tubing tightly over end of pitot tube.
airspeed indicator.
(2). With a person observing airspeed
(10). Check that system tubing and fittings indicator, fold free end of tubing over
are secure and airtight. and roll tubing slowly to create pres
sure.
(11). Reinstall instrument panel fairings.
7. Pitot Static System Inspection (3). When observer signals that a reading of
between 50 and 100 knots has been
(Ref. Figure 201 for 369D helicopters, reached, stop rolling and hold rolled
Figure 202 for 369E/FF helicopters, end tightly and steadily for 1 minute at
Figure 203 for 500/600N helicopters) constant pressure.
(1). Inspect system lines for damage that
could prevent an airtight connection. (4). While tapping lightly on bezel of
indicator to overcome any friction which
(2). Inspect pitot tube opening, drain hole might affect pointer, watch for a drop in
and line for foreign matter. Clear and reading. If reading drops more than 5
clean pressure line, as necessary. knots per minute, system has leakage.

95-10-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
SINGLE STATIC
PRESSURE PORT
(NOTE 2)
STATIC PRESSURE TUBE

GROMMET
DRAIN VALVE
STATION 127.00
DRAIN VALVE
ALTIMETER
AIRSPEED COVER PANEL

INDICATOR
NYLON CROSSOVER TUBE

(NOTE 1)
DRAIN VALVE
CANOPY FRAME
INSTRUMENT PANEL
(TYPICAL)
STATIC PRESSURE TORQUE GAGE
TUBE PRESSURE LINE
PITOT PRESSURE
NYLON TUBE
NYLON STRAP
LINE ATTACHMENT
(TYPICAL)
INST PANEL LOWER
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
GROMMET NOTES:
1. MINIMUM BEND RADIUS OF 1.00 IN. (2.54 CM)
REQUIRED FOR ALL TUBES.
2. TUBE BONDED TO FAIRING WITH ADHESIVE.
DRAIN HOLE TUBE END MUST BE FLUSH WITH OUTSIDE
PITOT TUBE ASSEMBLY SURFACE.
G95-1001A
Figure 201. Pitot−Static System (369D)

95-10-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
STATIC PRESSURE TUBE
DRAIN VALVE
GROMMET
STATION 127.00
DRAIN VALVE
ALTIMETER
AIRSPEED
INDICATOR COVER PANEL

(NOTE 1)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
(TYPICAL)
CANOPY FRAME
DRAIN VALVE
STATIC PRESSURE TORQUE GAG

TUBE PRESSURE LIN
NYLON STRAP
GROMMET LINE ATTACHMENT

(TYPICAL)
PITOT TUBE ASSEMBLY

INST PANEL LOWER
DRAIN HOLE (HEATED
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
TUBE HAS TWO DRAINS)
NOTES:
1. MINIMUM BEND RADIUS OF 1.00 IN. (2.54 CM)
REQUIRED FOR ALL TUBES.
2. TUBE BONDED TO FAIRING WITH ADHESIVE.
TUBE END MUST BE FLUSH WITH OUTSIDE
SURFACE.
G95-1002A
Figure 202. Pitot−Static System (369E/FF)

95-10-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
ALTIMETER
ROTATED
SCREW
SPACER
SCREW
CLAMP
CLAMP
CLAMP
TUBE WASHER
NUT
WASHER
TUBE
NUT
ALTIMETER
AIRSPEED
INDICATOR SCREW TUBE
NYLON CROSSOVER TUBE CLAMP

(NOTE 1)
SUPPORT
WASHER
NUT
DECAL
ROTATE
D
GROMMET AIR DAM

PITOT TUBE
ASSEMBLY
INST PANEL LOWER

DRAIN HOLE (HEATED
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
TUBE HAS TWO DRAINS)
RIVETS
INSTRUMENT PANEL
(TYPICAL)
STATIC PRESSURE PORT
(NOTE 2)
NOTES:
1. MINIMUM BEND RADIUS OF 1.00 IN. (2.54 CM) REQUIRED FOR
ALL TUBES.
2. TUBE BONDED TO FAIRING WITH ADHESIVE. TUBE END MUST
BE FLUSH WITH OUTSIDE SURFACE. G95-1026B
Figure 203. Pitot−Static System (500/600N)

95-10-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Table 201. Troubleshooting Pitot−Static System
No reading on airspeed indicator Ice or water in pitot lines or static Thaw out; clean and dry lines and
pressure tube tubes.
Erratic readings on airspeed Leak in pressure lines Tighten line connections. Replace
indicator or altimeter connectors or lines if necessary.
Ice or water in pitot lines and static Thaw out; clean and dry lines and
pressure tube tube.
Defective interconnecting lines Check pitot static system using test

set. Repair leaks by tightening
connections and replacing lines as
required.
Pointer of altimeter or airspeed Obstruction in pressure source Clean static and pitot lines.
indicator does not move
Defective altimeter or airspeed Replace defective indicator.
indicator
Disconnected line Check for disconnected line and

make necessary connections.
Altimeter or airspeed indicator Loose static connections Tighten static source line
pointer oscillates connections.
Moisture in lines Clear lines.
Defective indicator Replace defective indicator.
Altimeter pointer will not adjust to Moisture in static pressure lines Clear static source and
airport altitude within 70 feet (21 interconnecting lines.
meters) on ground with proper
barometer scale setting Altimeter instrument case leaking Replace altimeter.
Barometric scale out of adjustment Replace altimeter or remove for

adjustment by an authorized
instrument repair agency.
High reading Improper venting Clear lines.

Altimeter adjustment knob binds Defective altimeter Replace altimeter.
Airspeed indicator pointer does not Defective indicator Replace indicator.

align with 0 ±1/16 inch (1.5875
mm) on ground Moisture in lines Clear lines.

95-10-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
COVER PANEL
ALTIMETER
NY400-1-0R
CONNECTOR -3 0.250-0.310 IN. AIRSPEED INDICATOR
PLUG (6.35-7.874 MM)
369H6610-11 OR
369H6610-21
DETAIL -11 UNION ASSY UNION ASSEMBLY
0.019-0.022 IN. DIA HOLE

(0.483-0.559 MM)
NY400-1-2
-3 PLUG
CONNECTOR DRAIN VALVE
INSTRUMENT PANEL
(TYPICAL)
0.250-0.310 IN.
(6.35-7.874 MM) PITOT PRESSURE
DETAIL -21 UNION ASSY NYLON TUBE
0.310 IN. TEE

-23 PLUG (7.874 MM)
FLUSH THIS SIDE

PITOT TUBE ASSEMBLY
G95-1003A
Figure 204. Rework of Static Pressure Tube Installation to Minimize

Altimeter Needle Oscillation

95-10-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Section
95−10−10
Heated Pitot Tube

[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
HEATED PITOT TUBE
1. Heated Pitot Tube numbers, component reference designations,
and terminal letters or numbers for each
(Ref. Figure 201 for 369D helicopters, heated pitot tube configuration.
Figure 202 for 369E/FF - 500/600N helicop
ters) The heating element in the heated pitot (1). Refer to the appropriate figure for your
tube is used to eliminate ice formation and helicopter before disconnecting a wire
moisture in the pitot system. The coil heating whose identification numbers have
element in the heated pitot tube provides a already been obliterated.
load for the full 28 Vdc load provided by the
battery/generating system or an auxiliary (2). Determine the identification number by
power unit (APU). Sufficient heat is generated carefully observing what the wire is
in the coil element to melt ice in 180 seconds at connected to (observe both the compo
an ambient temperature of -25°F (-32°C). The nent reference designation and the
heating coil can withstand an overload of up to terminal letter or number) and refer
250 watts at -35°C (-31°F). Continuous ring to that component and terminal in
operating limits are -25° to +150°F (-32° to the appropriate wiring diagram.
+66°C).
(3). Tag the wire before disconnecting it.
A. Wiring Diagrams
3. Heated Pitot Tube Replacement
(Ref. Figure 203 thru Figure 207) Wiring (Slim−Line Instrument Panel)
diagrams are provided for the three heated
pitot tube configurations. These diagrams may (Ref. Figure 201)
be used in conjunction with the helicopter A. Heated Pitot Tube Removal (Slim−Line
basic interconnection diagram and terminal Instrument Panel)
board interconnection diagram (Ref. Chap. 96).
(1). Raise copilot's heel strips and raise
Know your helicopter. Compare
CAUTION these diagrams with your heli
access door in copilot's floor.
copter carefully. Be sure you are using the (2). Disassemble ground terminal E24
correct diagram and following the correct sufficiently to remove black 20 gauge
maintenance or modification procedure. lead to pitot tube heating element. This
lead is un-numbered.
2. Heated Pitot Tube Troubleshooting
NOTE: Terminal on end of black heater ele
(Ref. Table 201 for troubleshooting informa ment lead is MS25036-103.
tion) Information is provided to simplify fault
determination by providing a set of probable (3). Remove five screws securing left or
causes and remedies for all malfunctions likely right lower section panel of instrument
to be encountered during normal operation of panel lower support assembly.
the system.
(4). Disconnect pressure tube threaded
A. Wire Identification Numbers fitting, or remove clamp securing
pressure tube to rear of pitot tube.
NOTE: Before stripping wire insulation for re
pairs or replacements, observe wire identifi (5). Detach cable ties securing red and
cation numbers stamped on the insulation black leads.
and sleeves. When wire insulation must be
stripped back far enough to obliterate iden (6). Detach two strap, remove tubing from
tification numbers, tag the wires carefully knife splice SP140 and disengage knife
with their identification numbers. splice. Knife splice of SP140 connects
red wire from pitot tube heating
(Ref. Figure 203 thru Figure 207 for wire element to wire F504B16.

95-10-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
9
9
G95-1010-201-1
Figure 201. Heated Pitot Tube Installation (369D)

95-10-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
ROTATED
ROTATED
G95-1005
Figure 202. Heated Pitot Tube Installation (369E/FF − 500/600N)

95-10-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(7). Release clamp securing pitot tube to (8). Replace access door in copilot's floor
web of instrument panel lower support and replace heal strips.
assembly, and carefully slide pitot tube
forward or rearward through grommet 4. Heated Pitot Tube Replacement (L/H
on canopy panel. Command T−Panel)
(8). If pitot tube is to be salvaged, apply A. Heated Pitot Tube Removal (L/H
tape seal over open ends to prevent Command T−Panel)
entry or foreign objects. (Ref. Figure 202)
B. Heated Pitot Tube Installation (Slim−Line (1). Disassemble ground terminal E56 on
Instrument Panel) pitot tube support bracket.
(2). Remove black 20 gauge wire to pitot
Consumable Materials tube heating element. This lead is
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) un-numbered.
Item Nomenclature
(3). Remove five screws securing right
CM407 Adhesive / Primer / Catalyst lower section panel of instrument panel
CM408 Adhesive, silicone rubber lower support assembly.
CM705 Tie, cable
(4). Disengage knife splice SP140 which
connects red wire from pitot tube
(1). Clean grommet surfaces and apply heating element to wire F504B16.
coating of bonding compound on inner (5). Detach cable straps connecting red and
side of grommet between grommet and black leads.
pitot tube to make airtight seal (Ref.
Canopy Panel Grommet Replacement (6). Detach pitot tube from back side of
(Procedure Using A-4000 Adhesive) or airspeed indicator.
Canopy Panel Grommet Replacement
(Procedure Using Silastic 140 Adhe (7). Release clamps securing pitot tube to
sive)). web of instrument panel and support
bracket, and carefully slide pitot tube
(2). Carefully slide pitot tube forward or forward through grommet on canopy
rearward through grommet on canopy panel.
panel. Install clamp that secures pitot (8). If pitot tube is to be salvaged, apply
tube to web of instrument panel lower tape seal over open ends to prevent
support assembly. entry of foreign objects.
(3). Install tubing to knife splice SP140 and B. Heated Pitot Tube Installation (L/H
connect knife splice. Install two straps. Command T−Panel)
(4). Secure red and black leads with cable (1). Clean grommet surfaces and apply a
ties (CM705). coating of sealing compound on inner
side of grommet between grommet and
(5). Connect pressure tube threaded fitting pitot tube to make an airtight seal (Ref.
or install clamp that secures pressure Canopy Panel Grommet Replacement
tube to rear of pitot tube. (Procedure Using A-4000 Adhesive) or
(6). Install left or right lower section panel (Procedure Using Silastic 140 Adhesive)
of instrument panel lower support below).
assembly.
(2). Carefully slide pitot tube forward
(7). Install un-numbered black 20 gauge through grommet on canopy panel.
lead from pitot tube heating element to Install clamp that secures pitot tube to
ground terminal E24 and assemble web of instrument panel and support
terminal. bracket.

95-10-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(3). Install tubing to knife splice SP140 and (6). Install left or right lower section panel
connect knife splice. of instrument panel lower support
assembly.
(7). Install un-numbered black 20 gauge
(4). Install pitot tube to back side of
lead from pitot tube heating element to
airspeed indicator.
ground terminal E56 and assemble
terminal on pitot tube support bracket.
(5). Secure red and black leads with cable (8). Replace copilot's floor door assembly
ties (CM705). and heel strips.
1
W3 BUS
2 P506AJ10
369A6439 CB11
OR P9J 8 P506X10 3
369H6409 SP140 2 1
RED B A F504B16 A CB11
9 4
BLK (20 GA) 2 1
CB120 P506U16
HR2
F504A16 5
2 1
E24 CB11 6
7
2 1
CB11 7
5 P506AK10
2 1
P506AL10
G95-1006
Figure 203. Wiring Diagram with Slim−Line Panel (369D)
HEATED PITOT TUBE

PITOT HEAT
HR2
CB120 J615P J9P
SP140
REF. 2 U A
F504A16 F504AA16 F504B16 A B RED 16
CHAP 96 1 5A
BLK 16
UTIL
CB130
1 2
EDGE LIGHTED SWITCH PANEL ASSY
G95-1007
Figure 204. Wiring Diagram with 423−090 Switch Panel (369D)

95-10-10
Revision 14
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
HEATED PITOT TUBE

PITOT HEAT
HR2
CB120 J615P J9P
SP140
2 U A
REF. CHAP 96 F504A16 F504AA16 F504B16 A B RED 16
1 5A
BLK 16
CB118
(S2-2) P506L16
1 2
G95-1008
Figure 205. Wiring Diagram with R/H Command T−Panel (369D)
HEATED PITOT TUBE

PITOT HEAT
HR2
CB120 P9J
SP140
2
REF. CHAP 96 P506U16 F504A16 A F504B16 A B RED 16
1 7.5A
BLK 16
G95-1009
Figure 206. Pitot Tube Wiring Diagram (369E SN 001 − 383; 369FF SN 001 − 075)
HEATED PITOT TUBE

PITOT HEAT HR2
CB120 TB503-6 SP140
1 2 B F D
REF. CHAP 96 P1255A16 P1255C16 A B RED 16
5A
BLK 16
WITHOUT CENTER CONSOLE
HEATED PITOT TUBE

PITOT HEAT HR2
CB133 P/J1203B TBM700-9 SP140
1 2 1 B F D
REF. CHAP 96 P1255A20 P1255B20 P1255C20 A B RED 16
5A
BLK 16
WITH CENTER CONSOLE
G95−1025
Figure 207. Pitot Tube Wiring Diagram (369E SN 384 and Subs;
369FF SN 076 and Subs; 500/600N SN 001 and Subs)

95-10-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
5. Canopy Panel Grommet Replacement (10). Allow adhesive to cure 30 minutes
Using A−4000 Adhesive more.
(Ref. Figure 201 and Figure 202) NOTE: Hydrogen is evolved from the catalyst
adhesive; a container of such material must
be vented to avoid pressure buildup. The
Consumable Materials catalyzed material has a maximum pot life
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) of 8 hours.
Item Nomenclature
CM221 Xylene
(11). Allow adhesive to fully cure for 24
hours. Maximum bond strength is
CM234 Solvent, dry-cleaning obtained in about 72 hours.
CM407 Adhesive / Primer / Catalyst
6. Canopy Panel Grommet Replacement
Using Silastic 140 Adhesive
(1). Provide protective covering of canopy
and panel to prevent unnecessary
contact while cleaning. Consumable Materials
(2). Carefully remove remnants of old Item Nomenclature
grommet from panel. CM408 Adhesive, silicone rubber
(3). Thoroughly remove any paint, grease,

oil, grit and moisture with a suitable An alternate adhesive for canopy panel
solvent (CM221 or CM234). grommet replacement is Silastic 140 (CM408),
which is a one-part adhesive ready to use as
(4). Finish preparation of hole area by supplied.
abrading with aluminum wool or very
fine to ultra-fine abrasive fabric or pad (1). Prepare hole area as described above
such as aluminum oxide, 150 or finer; (Ref. Canopy Panel Grommet Replace
or garnet, 7/0 or finer. ment Procedure Using A-4000 Adhe
sive).
(5). Thoroughly wash abraded surfaces (2). Spread uniform layer of adhesive
again with clean solvent and allow to (CM408) 10 to 30 mils thick on panel
dry. around hole.
(6). Mix 2.5% by weight of catalyst (CM407) (3). Install clean, dry, grease-free grommet
with adhesive; mix 11 drops of catalyst and lightly press out air bubbles. Use
per each 10 grams of adhesive. Thor only light pressure; do not displace
oughly mix the two ingredients by adhesive.
stirring.
(4). Allow adhesive to fully cure for 24
(7). Brush-coat abraded area with primer hours. Maximum bond strength is
and allow 30 minutes drying time obtained in about 72 hours.
before proceeding.
7. Circuit Breaker Switch Replacement
(8). After primer has dried, apply uniform
coat of catalyzed adhesive with brush Helicopters with R/H command T-Panel have
and allow to dry until tacky (approxi the PITOT HEAT circuit breaker switch
mately 30 minutes). (CB129) mounted on the edgelighted switch
panel, located in front of the pilot's collective
(9). Install clean, dry, grease-free grommet stick. All other helicopters have the circuit
and press out air bubbles. Use only breaker switch (CB120), or accommodation for
light pressure; do not displace adhesive. it, on the instrument panel.

95-10-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
NOTE: In the diagram, the wiring assembly is designated
P506U16. The P506U16 jumper is secured to ter
D Either of two types of circuit breaker minal 1 on each of the two circuit breaker switches
switches may be encountered. Both are CB119 and CB120 with MS35206-241 screws and
MS24509-A basic circuit breakers, but MS35338-42 lockwashers.
some may be of 7.5 ampere rating, and
others may be of 15 ampere rating. These 9. Heated Pitot Tube Functional Test
are MS24509-A-7 and MS24509-A-15, Perform the following tests after installation
respectively. Be sure to replace this cir or maintenance of the heated pitot tube
cuit breaker with one of identical ampere assembly and before resumption of flight
rating. operations, to ensure airworthiness.
D The bushing mount MS24509-A configu
ration circuit breaker switch is secured (1). Attach auxiliary power unit (APU).
with one MS25082-B21 nut, one (2). Set BAT/OFF/EXT PWR switch (S2) to
MS35333-121 lockwasher and one EXT PWR (or set master switch (S2) to
MS25081-4 key washer. These fasteners EXT).
are usually furnished with a new circuit
breaker, but they may be obtained sepa (3). Set PITOT HEAT circuit breaker switch
rately as required. The MS24509-A se (CB120) (or PITOT HTR circuit breaker
ries circuit breakers are furnished with switch (CB129)) to upper position.
MS35206-241 screws and MS35338-42
(4). Check for rise in pitot tube tempera
lockwashers for terminal lug attachment.
ture. Tip of pitot tube should be hot
after five minutes.
(1). Remove two screws and lockwashers
from terminals of circuit breaker switch (a). If pitot tube is not hot, perform
and remove wires. voltmeter check.
NOTE: On the edgelighted switch panel, re (b). If pitot tube is hot, disregard voltme
move the panel subassembly to gain access ter check and proceed.
to circuit breaker bushing nut. On the Slim-
(5). Attach positive lead of voltmeter to
Line instrument panel, R/H command T-
terminal 1 of circuit breaker switch
Panel installation without center console or
CB120 (or CB129 on helicopters with
L/H command T-Panel, remove the switch
edgelighted switch panel) and connect
panel.
negative lead to a good chassis ground.
Voltmeter should indicate +26 Vdc to
(2). Remove nut and lockwasher from
+28 Vdc.
bushing of circuit breaker switch.
(a). If voltmeter indicates +26 Vdc to +28
(3). Slide circuit breaker switch rearward Vdc, troubleshoot heated pitot tube
through hole in panel. installation (Ref. Table 201).
(4). Replace circuit breaker switch in (b). If voltmeter fails to indicate +26 Vdc
reverse order of removal. to +28 Vdc, verify proper test configu
ration (APU connected and circuit
(5). Install key washer on bushing so key breakers set as instructed at begin
extends through small hole in panel ning of this procedure); then refer to
adjacent to bushing hole. helicopter electrical system trouble
shooting procedures (Ref. Chap 96) if
8. Electrical Bond Jumper Replacement necessary.
(6). Set BAT/OFF/EXT PWR switch (or
On later 369D helicopters equipped with the MASTER switch) to OFF.
Slim-Line instrument panel, circuit breaker
switches CB119 and CB120 are strapped (7). Set PITOT HEAT circuit breaker switch
together with the wiring assembly to provide (of PITOT HTR circuit breaker switch)
+28 Vdc to the pitot tube circuit. to OFF.

95-10-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
10. Heated Pitot Tube Inspection (c). Inspect ground terminals E54 and
E56 for tightness.
Before commencing an inspec
CAUTION tion or repair, set BAT/OFF/ NOTE: Ground terminal E54 is located on the
EXT PWR or master helicopter primary lower instrument panel support and ground
power switch (S2) to OFF and set PITOT terminal E56 is located on the pitot tube
HEAT or PITOT HTR circuit breaker switch support bracket.
to OFF.
(7). Inspect pressure tube for cracks or
(1). Examine open end of pitot tube for holes.
foreign matter, insects etc. Inside of
tube must be clean and free of foreign (8). Inspect pressure tube fittings for
objects. tightness.
(2). Inspect condition of canopy panel-to- (9). Inspect pitot tube insert for tightness.
pitot tube sealing grommet (Ref.
Figure 201, Figure 202 or Figure 203). (10). Inspect wires for damage and deterio
Replace melted or cracked grommet rated insulation.
(Ref. Canopy Grommet Replacement).
(11). Inspect wire terminations for broken
(3). Inspect pitot tube for flats or dents. A strands and loose swaging.
dent or flat which exceeds a 10%
reduction of the tube diameter will (12). Inspect PITOT HEAT circuit breaker
require repair or replacement of the switch or PITOT HTR circuit breaker
tube. switch for security of attachment to its
respective panel and for security of wire
(4). Inspect pitot tube for misalignment. attachments to circuit breaker.
The pitot tube must be parallel to the
longitudinal axis of the helicopter. (13). Inspect knife splice (SP140) for security
Variance must not exceed 1 degree. of connection, torn tubing and cracked
or broken tie straps.
(5). For 369D, perform the following
inspection: 11. Heated Pitot Tube Repair
(a). Examine security of clamp attaching These repair guidelines are applicable to
pitot tube to instrument panel lower factory-installed heated pitot tubes and field
support assembly. installations performed strictly according to
(b). Examine security of ty-base attach instructions (Ref. Initial Installation).
ing pressure tube to helicopter (1). Repairs consist of removal and replace
structure. ment of defective components.
(c). Inspect ground terminal E24 for
(2). Use standard shop practices for
tightness.
cleaning and soldering or swaging
NOTE: Ground terminal E24 is located on the electrical connections.
electronic compartment lower section left
frame. (3). Use clean, dry compressed air to
remove dust.
(6). For 369E/FF - 500/600N, perform the
following inspections: (4). Wash adjacent interior structures with
solvents which are inert with respect to
(a). Examine security of clamp attaching the surfaces to which they will be
pitot tube to support bracket. applied, and dry with clean, dry
compressed air.
(b). Examine security of pitot tube
support bracket to helicopter struc (5). Refer to CSP-IPC-4 for replacement
ture. part numbers and nomenclature.

95-10-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Table 201. Troubleshooting Heated Pitot−Static System
Heating element remains cool Defective wiring Check connections (Ref. Heated
Pitot Tube Inspection).
Circuit breaker switch at OFF Set circuit breaker switch to ON.

position
Defective circuit breaker switch Replace circuit breaker switch (Ref.

Circuit Breaker Switch
Replacement).
Defective heating element Replace heated pitot tube (Ref.

Heated Pitot Tube Replacement).
Erratic readings on airspeed Leak in pressure line Check pressure line for loose
indicator connectors, holes or cracks. Repair
or replace line.
Obstruction in pitot tube or Remove line. Clear or replace.

pressure line
Melted canopy grommet Defective pitot tube heating Replace heated pitot tube.
element
Wrong grommet Replace melted grommet.
Inaccurate readings Pitot tube out of alignment Adjust heated pitot tube, or replace if
damaged.
Pitot tube dented or flattened Replace heated pitot tube.
Pressure line kinked Relieve kink; Reroute line as

required.
Pressure line squeezed too tightly Select larger clamp(s).
Defective airspeed indicator Repair or replace airspeed indicator.

95-10-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
HEATED PITOT TUBE
1. Heated Pitot Tube Initial Installation (9). Clean terminal lug with suitable
solvent and abrasive as required.
The heated pitot tube installations may be Remove all abrasive residue with clean
performed at the discretion of the operator, or solvent and air dry.
the helicopter may be returned to the factory
for modification.
(10). Assemble terminal lug of wire F504A16
A. Instrument Panel Preparation (Slim−Line on terminal 1 of new PITOT HTR
Instrument Panel) circuit breaker switch with existing
screw and lockwasher.
(1). Remove three screws securing switch
panel to instrument panel, and displace (11). Reinstall 369H6413 switch panel.
switch panel sufficiently to gain access
to instrument panel. B. Instrument Panel Preparation (L/H
(2). Remove SS-48152 plug button from Command T−Panel)
hole in instrument panel to left of
UTILITY PWR circuit breaker switch. (1). Remove four screws and washers
securing switch panel to instrument
(3). Remove nut and lockwasher from panel and displace sufficiently to gain
bushing of new MS24509-A-7.5 circuit access to back side of switch panel.
breaker switch and insert bushing
through hole in instrument panel (2). Remove SS50705 plug button from hole
(insert from rear of instrument panel so in switch panel to right of ANTI-COLL
that key on key washer mates with LT circuit breaker switch.
small hole in instrument panel).
(4). Replace lockwasher and nut. Tighten (3). Remove nut and lockwasher from
nut to prevent circuit breaker switch bushing of new MS24509-A-7.5 circuit
from rotating from installed position. breaker switch and insert bushing
through hole in switch panel. Align key
(5). Remove screw and lockwasher from washer tab on bushing so that it will
terminal 1 of new PITOT HTR circuit mate with small hole in switch panel.
breaker switch and UTILITY PWR
circuit breaker switch (CB117). (4). Replace lockwasher and nut on bushing
(6). Install jumper wire P506U16 to and tighten to prevent circuit breaker
terminal 1 of each circuit breaker switch from rotating from installed
switch, using same screws and lock position.
washers.
(5). Locate wires P506U16 and F504A16 in
(7). Remove screw and lockwasher from instrument panel wiring harness.
terminal 2 of new PITOT HTR circuit
breaker switch. (6). Clean terminal lug with suitable
solvent and abrasive as required.
(8). Locate wire F504A16 in instrument
Remove all abrasive residue with clean
panel wire harness 369H4140.
solvent and air dry.
NOTE: Wire F504A16 is located by following
the wire bundle from the N1 tachometer in (7). Install wire P506U16 to terminal 1,
dicator to its point of breakout. At that and wire F504A16 to terminal 2 on new
point, wire F504A16 will be found, among circuit breaker switch. Use existing
others. screws and lockwashers.

95-10-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
0.84 ± 0.02 IN.

(21.336 ±0.508 MM)
CL FUSELAGE
FULL R
(2 PLACES)
POINT A
1.01 ± 0.02 IN.

(25.654 ±0.508 MM)
EXISTING CUTOUT
RC22 GROMMET
DOWN
G95-1010A
Figure 901. Canopy Panel Grommet Hole Modification (All Models)

(8). Reinstall switch panel into instrument D. Doubler Installation (Round Nose)
panel.
C. Canopy Panel Modification (Ref. Figure 902) Examine Figure 902 careful
ly. Note that pitot tube will pass through
The heated pitot tubes are larger than the elongated hole in doubler off center. It is
nonheated type, so the hole in the canopy absolutely necessary that the doubler be
panel must be enlarged. The original grommet located on the web so the heated pitot tube
must be replaced with one that can withstand will be aligned as closely as possible with the
the heat. Dimensions are provided for the longitudinal axis of the helicopter when the
enlarged hole. heated pitot tube is extended through the
(1). Carefully remove original grommet. grommet in the canopy panel.
(2). Elongate existing hole an equal amount

(1). Remove original unheated pitot tube
above and below existing hole center
(Ref. Pitot Tube Assembly Replace
(Ref. Figure 901).
ment) and carefully position doubler on
(3). Increase width of hole an equal amount inner crew compartment, side of web of
both sides of existing hole center. instrument panel lower support
assembly, so position key on doubler
(4). Prepare area around hole to receive will be engaged with notch in rear of
new grommet. heated pitot tube as shown.
(5). Install grommet (Ref. Canopy Panel
Grommet Replacement (Procedure NOTE: Key on doubler must be located in lower
Using A-4000 Adhesive) or Canopy left portion of hole when viewed from front
Panel Grommet Replacement (Proce of helicopter.
dure Using Silastic 140 Adhesive)).
NOTE: Save leftover bonding compound for use (2). Drill three 0.062 inch (1.5749 mm) pilot
in creating airtight seal between grommet holes, using a 1/16 inch (1.5875 mm)
and pitot tube later (Ref. Heated Pitot Tube drill bit, in web to match holes in
Installation). doubler.

95-10-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
MS20470AD3 RIVET (14 PLACES)
FOR FIELD INSTALLATION,
PERMISSIBLE TO USE:
CUT HOLE IN WEB TO
MATCH HOLE IN DOUBLER g
EXCEPT FOR POSITIONING
KEY. DRILL DOUBLER AND NAS601-4 SCREW
ANGLE PER EXISTING HOLE MS21042-06 NUT
PATTERN (14 PLACES). AN960PD6L WASHER NOT
IN LIEU OF RIVET, FURNISHED
NOT FURNISHED
DOUBLER
BEAD CL
BEAD
0.04 IN. LOWER SIDE OF
(1.016 MM) LARGER HOLE IN
DOUBLER.
ANGLE
369H90034-23 CLAMP
(ON 369H6409-503 PITOT TUBE,
USE MS21103D10 CLAMP)
NAS603-12P SCREW
NAS603-8P SCREW CL AN960PD10L WASHER
AN960PD10L WASHER OF POSITION KEY HS306-23H WASHER
HS306-23H WASHER AND HELICOPTER MS21042-3 NUT
MS21042-3 NUT
G95-1011A
Figure 902. Doubler Installation (Round Nose)

(3). Attach doubler to web with cleco (10). If alignment of heated pitot tube is not
wrenches. correct, relocate doubler as required to
make correction.
(4). Position angle as shown, and drill two
0.062 inch (1.5748 mm) pilot holes in (11). When alignment of heated pitot tube
web and doubler to match pilot holes in has been corrected, carefully enlarge
angle. Attach angle to doubler with two holes in web, doubler, and angle to
cleco wrenches. 0.096 inch (2.4384 mm) with number
(5). Install MS21103D10 clamp as shown. 41 drill bit for clearance of
MS20470AD3 rivets, or 0.144 inch
(6). Carefully insert rear of heated pitot (3.6576 mm) with number 27 drill bit
tube through new canopy grommet, for clearance of NAS601-4 screws.
wires and pressure tube first. Alternate cleco wrenches from hole to
hole to maintain alignment while
(7). Engage notch on rear of heated pitot drilling holes.
tube with position key on doubler, and
secure rear of heated pitot tube to angle (12). Remove cleco wrenches and deburr all
with clamp and cleco wrench. holes.
(8). Carefully observe alignment of heated
pitot with longitudinal axis of helicop (13). Attach doubler to web with fourteen
ter. NAS601-4 screws, AN960PD6L flat
washers, and MS21042-06 self-locking
(9). Verify that open end of heated pitot nuts, or fourteen MS20470AD3 rivets.
tube has 10 degree angle of elevation
above horizontal plane with helicopter (14). Enlarge hole in web to match doubler,
standing at normal, inert attitude on but do not alter shape of position key on
level ground. doubler.

95-10-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
INSTRUMENT PANEL
369H90034-25 CLAMP
NAS603-12P SCREW
AN960PD10L WASHER
NAS603-8P SCREW
HS306-23H WASHER
AN960PD10L WASHER
MS21042-3 NUT
HS306-23H WASHER
MS21042-3 NUT
NAS1096-3-12 SCREW
E 56 AN960PD10L WASHER
MS35338 LOCKWASHER
MS21043-3 LOCKNUT
NAS671-10 NUT
369H90034-31
DECAL
DRILL 0.198-0.204 IN.

DRILL 0.198-0.204 IN. (5.0292-5.1816 MM) DIA.
369H90034-29 DECAL
(5.0292-5.1816 MM) DIA. HOLE FOR GROUND STUD
HOLE FOR GROUND STUD
G95-1012A
Figure 903. Ground Stud Installation (369E/FF − 500/600N)
(15). Attach angle with three NAS601-4 (3). Drill 0.198-0.204 inch (5.0292-5.1816
screws, AN960PD6l flat washers, and mm) diameter hole in lower section of
MS21042-06 self-locking nuts, or three instrument panel support bracket.
MS20470AD3 rivets.
(4). Remove five screws securing right
(16). Install MS21103D10 clamp as shown, lower section side panel to instrument
with one NAS603-8P screw, one panel.
NAS603-12P screw, two HS306-23H
washers, two AN360PD10L flat (5). Install NAS1096-3-12 screw, two
washers, and two MS21042-3 self-lock AN960JD10L washers, MS35338-43
ing nuts. lockwasher, and NAS671-10 nut in
previously drilled hole in pitot tube
E. Ground Studs Installation (L/H Command support bracket.
T−Panel)
(6). Install NAS1096-3-12 screw, two
AN960JD10L washers, MS35338-43
(Ref. Figure 903) lockwasher, and NAS71-10 nut in
previously drilled hole in lower section
(1). Remove original unheated pitot tube of instrument panel support.
(Ref. Pitot Tube Assembly Replace
ment). (7). Install decal (E56) next to ground stud
on pitot tube support bracket.
(2). Drill 0.198-0.204 inch (5.0292-5.1816
mm) diameter hole in pitot tube (8). Install decal (E54) next to ground stud
support bracket. on lower section of instrument panel.

95-10-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
F. Heated Pitot Tube Installation (Round (11). Slip insulation over splice, and seal at
Nose) both ends with MS3367-1-9 straps.
(Ref. Figure 201) (12). Pass black wire rearward through hole
in lower section floor support bulkhead
to left side of electronics compartment.
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) (13). Raise copilot's heel strips and electron
Item Nomenclature ics compartment access door assembly,
CM601 Insulation sleeving, electrical and attach black lead to ground
terminal E24.
(1). Carefully slide rear of pitot tube (14). Replace left and right lower section
through grommet in canopy panel, panels of instrument panel lower
wires and pressure tube first. support assembly.
(15). Attach WARNING decal 2-2.25 inches
(2). Run pressure tube and wires through
(5.08-5.715 cm) above landing light
hole in web and doubler.
(Ref. Figure 904).
(3). Assemble rear of pitot tube and clamp (16). Install new pitot tube cover assembly.
as shown.
G. Heated Pitot Tube Installation (Extended
(4). Adjust clamp and pitot tube on angle, Nose)
utilizing elongated hole in angle to
accomplish seating of pitot tube on (Ref. Figure 202)
position key.
(1). Carefully slide rear of pitot tube
(5). Tighten clamp. through grommet in canopy panel,
wires and pressure tube first.
(6). Using same bonding compound used to
bond canopy panel grommet (Ref. (2). Assemble clamp over rear of pitot tube
Canopy Panel Grommet Replacement and install on support bracket using
(Procedure Using A-4000 Adhesive) or NAS603-8P screw, NAS603-12P screw,
Canopy Panel Grommet Replacement two AN960PD10L washers, two
(Procedure Using Silastic 140 Adhe HS306-23 washers, and two
sive)), add compound around inner side MS21042-3 nuts.
of grommet and pitot tube to provide (3). Adjust angle of pitot tube in clamp
airtight seal. utilizing elongated hole in grommet.
(7). Remove five screws securing left and (4). Tighten clamp.
right lower section panels of instrument
panel lower support assembly (Ref. Sec. (5). Using same bonding compound used to
95-00-10). Remove panels. bond grommet to canopy panel (Ref.
(8). Connect pressure tube to new heated Procedure Using A-400 Adhesive or
pitot tube. Canopy Panel Grommet Replacement
Procedure Using Silastic 140 Adhesive),
(9). On right side, find wire F504B16, add compound around inner side of
unsheath knife splice terminal, and grommet and pitot tube to provide an
solvent-wash terminal as required. airtight seal.
NOTE: Wire F504B16 is bundled with wires for (6). Run pressure tube along same route as
the landing light solenoid, which is mounted original unheated pitot tube pressure
on the right lower section panel. tube, and secure using existing clamps.
(10). Slip two-inch number 4 insulation (7). Attach one end of jumper to ground
(CM601) over red wire, and connect red stud (E54) on lower section of instru
wire to F504B16. ment panel support and install

95-10-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
AN960JD10L washers and MS21043-3 (11). Attach red wire (unmarked) from pitot
locknut. tube heating element to F504B16 wire
at SP140 splice.
(8). Attach other end of jumper to ground
stud (E56) on pitot tube support (12). Reinstall right side panel to lower
bracket. section of instrument panel.
(9). Attach black wire (unmarked) from (13). Attach WARNING decal 2-2.25 inches
pitot tube heating element to ground (5.08-5.715 cm) above landing light
stud (E56) on pitot tube support (Ref. Figure 904).
bracket and install AN980JD10L H. Weight and Balance Data
washer and MS21043-3 locknut.
(Ref. Table 901) Weight and balance data
(10). Locate wire F504B16 in wiring harness changes that result from installation of the
in lower instrument panel support, heated pitot tube are listed. After installation,
unsheath SP140 knife splice terminal, incorporate changes to helicopter weight and
and solvent-wash terminal as neces balance records as instructed (Ref. Sec.
sary. 08-10-00).

Weight Arm Moment
Configuration Pounds (kg) inches (cm) in−lb (kg cm)
369H90034−BSC +0.5 (+0.2268) +37.7 (+95.758) +18.85 (+217.17)

369H90034−503 +0.3 (+0.1361) +36.7 (+93.218) +11.01 (+126.85)
369H90034−507 +0.3 (+0.1361) +28.6 (+72.644) +8.58 (+98.85)
MDHC
DECAL
WARNING
PITOT MAY BE HOT DO NOT TOUCH
2.00-2.25 IN.
(50.80-57.15 MM)
FRONT VIEW OF HELICOPTER
G95-1013A
Figure 904. Warning Decal Location

95-10-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Section
95−10−20
Attitude Gyro
Indicators

[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
ATTITUDE GYRO INDICATORS
Table 201. Attitude Gyro Indicator D These instruments do not provide infor
Installation (369H90038) mation to the avionics systems. Gyros
that do interact with avionics equipment
Installation Model Effectivity are covered in the avionics portion of this
−501 369D 3 − subs manual (Ref. Chap. 97).
−505 369D 3 − subs 2. Attitude Gyro Indicator − Shipping,
−511 & −513 369E 1 − 383 Transporting and Handling Guidelines
−511 & −513 369FF 1 −075 Handle a gyro as if it were an egg. The gyro
−515 369D 1289 − subs transmitter operates in a gimbal, which allows
−517 369E 383 − subs it to swing in any direction. Some gyros are
369FF 076 − subs caged, which means a locking device is
−519 369E 383 − subs installed to prevent the gyro transmitter from
369FF 076 − subs swinging during ground handling or shipment.
500N 001 − subs If caging is provided, ensure that the gyro is
caged before and during all ground handling of
the gyro, or during ground handling of a
1. Attitude Gyro Indicator Description helicopter with the gyro installed.
The attitude gyro indicators are all-electric A. Shipping and Transporting
gyro indicators with a pictorial horizon, turn
index mark, and rotating dial that continuous (1). Always transport or ship a gyro in its
ly indicates helicopter pitch and roll compared original container, with the dunnage
to pitch and roll references established by an used by the manufacturer. If the
internal gyro. The schematic horizon (an original container and dunnage is not
indexed hemisphere) moves behind a station available, use substitutes approved by
or supplied by the gyro manufacturer.
ary schematic aircraft which indicates the true
helicopter flight attitude. Attitude indication Extensive damage to gyro bearings
results from internal gyro reactance to a frequently occurs when a gyro is
corresponding pitch and roll attitude of the shipped or transported improperly
helicopter. Slip indication is by means of a packed. Shipping in other than ap
conventional ball and tube at the lower front of proved containers can void the man
the instrument face. ufacturer's warranty.
(2). Outer shipping containers for gyros are
The gyros are caged by use of a knob at the clearly marked THIS SIDE UP. Placing
lower right of the instrument. A knob at the a container with a gyro inside in any
lower center of the instrument allows aligning position other than the position indi
the airplane outline with the horizon bar when cated on the container can cause the
the helicopter is in level flight, and permits gyro to be damaged.
pilot selection of desired pitch attitude
reference. A knob at the lower right is for (3). Do not remove the gyro from its
erecting the gyro. shipping container until it is beside the
helicopter for installation, or the work
NOTE: bench for testing. When it is necessary
to see the gyro at any other time, open
D To eliminate possibility of electrical inter
the top of the container and remove the
ference with KR 85 ADF equipment in
dunnage. Before moving the gyro,
stalled, a noise filter is included as part of
replace the dunnage and reseal the
the ADF option. For more information on
container.
the filter installation. Refer to applicable
ADF manual for your equipment. (Table (4). When moving the gyro locally, use a
202, Sec. 01-00-00). foam-padded cart with large rubber

95-10-20
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
wheels, not casters. If a truck is used, C. Attitude Gyro Indicator Troubleshooting
the truck must have pneumatic tires,
and the container must be positioned (Ref. Figure 202)
where it will not be bounced or jarred
during movement of the truck. NOTE: Use an external power source for all
troubleshooting that involves electrical
(5). Do not drop, kick, toss, bump, or power (Ref. Chap. 96).
tumble a container housing a gyro.
D. Circuit Breaker and Switch
(6). When it is necessary to ship a gyro, use
Ensure that GYROS circuit breaker and
air shipment.
switch are mechanically sound and function
(7). Retain all gyro shipping containers and electrically. Both the circuit breaker and
dunnage for reuse. switch are spring-loaded and should positively
snap into either the ON or OFF position. If
B. Gyro Handling either circuit breaker or switch fails to
function properly, replace.
(1). When installing a gyro, place the
container housing the gyro as near as E. Electrical Overload
possible to the point of installation. If If an overload has tripped circuit breaker,
applicable, remove the gyro to be allow system to cool for approximately 2
replaced and gently place it next to the minutes and press circuit breaker to ON
shipping container. Remove the new
position. If circuit breaker trips again, leave
gyro from the shipping container and
system OFF, troubleshoot circuitry, and repair
install it in the helicopter. If applicable, as required.
properly pack the removed gyro in the
shipping container for transport to the F. Wiring Harness
shop, etc.
Ensure that pins and sockets of all connectors
(2). Where practical, do not ground-handle of wiring harness and all other components are
a helicopter in which an installed gyro undamaged, clean, and correctly connected
has been energized for 20 minutes after and secured.
power has been removed from the gyro.
(1). Wiring Harness After Repair:
(3). Do not move a gyro if the gyro rotor is
running. Allow a 20 minute run down Wiring harness problems can result
after power is removed. because of incorrect connections at
terminal blocks. Carefully inspect
(4). Do not rotate or tumble the gyro during connections to ensure that all wires are
handling. correctly and securely attached to the
appropriate terminals.
(5). When removing or installing a gyro,
remember that it is to be treated like (2). Damaged or Worn Wiring Harness:
an egg. Do not bump it, drop it, strike
it, tumble it or jolt it. If wiring harness is correctly connected
to all terminals, inspect harness for
(6). Be extremely careful when setting a physical condition. Ensure that insula
gyro on a fixture, bench, table or any tion is intact, and not chafed or
surface. Dropping one end of a gyro 3/4 pinched. If there is any question about
inch is equivalent to a 20g impact for continuity or condition of wires, use
the gyro. A 2-1/2 inch drop can ruin the volt-ohm meter (VOM) to check for
gimbal bearings. open or short circuit. If wiring harness
is in satisfactory operating condition,
(7). Always keep strong magnetic fields proceed with next analytical trouble
away from gyro (to prevent possible shooting step and take appropriate
internal component damage). corrective action.

95-10-20
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
G. Attitude Gyro Indicator 4. Attitude Gyro Indicator Operational Check
If the presentation of the attitude gyro Helicopter must be flown
indicator does not correspond to the flight WARNING under visual flight rules
attitude of the helicopter, check the operation (VFR) conditions at all times when
of the search radar, if installed. If the search checking performance of flight instru
radar functions normally, the problem is ments.
probably in the indicator or the wiring. But if (1). Verify internal/external lighting works
both indicator and gyro-related radar do not properly thru panel light dimmer
function correctly, then the problem is prob control.
ably in the gyro itself, or in wiring from the
gyro. Inspect case and connectors of gyro (2). Check for proper operation of WARN
indicator, including inspection for puncture or ING FLAG with power applied/re
substantial distortion. If such condition exists, moved.
replace unit(s).
(3). Verify that caging (Quick Erect)
H. Input Voltage operates properly, roll indicator must
align within 2 degrees.
Check for 28 Vdc at terminal board; if voltage
fails to meet specification, troubleshoot further (4). Verify that no objectionable radio or
(Ref. Chap. 96). ICS interference exists due to the gyro.
I. Attitude Gyro Indicator Maintenance (5). Recheck magnetic/gyro magnetic

Practices compass accuracy over compass rose
with attitude gyro operating.
(Ref. Sec. 95-00-00, Instruments Inspection (6). Perform a Precession check: Fly aircraft
and Instruments Repair) in a coordinated turn of 180 degrees in
3. Attitude Gyro Indicator Replacement one minute, (15 to 20 degree angle of
bank) at 120 knots indicated air speed,
A. Attitude Gyro Indicator Removal first in one direction and then in
another. Verify that any resulting bank
(Ref. Figure 201) or pitch indicating error does not exceed
(1). Check that all electrical power is OFF. 3 degrees. Note performance of indica
tor; if indicator tends to flip over, or
(2). Remove instrument panel hood and left does flip over and indicates an opposite
and right fairings. turn, or if when level flight is resumed
the indicator continues to show a
(3). Remove screws from front of indicator. banked attitude, the gyro has precessed
(4). Disconnect electrical connector from excessively (has malfunctioned) and
back of indicator. Remove clamp, then must be replaced.
remove indicator. Fly aircraft 60 - 80 knots indi
CAUTION cated air speed when perform
B. Attitude Gyro Indicator Installation
ing pitch and roll check.
(Ref. Figure 201) (7). Perform a series of pitch and roll
(1). Check that all electrical power is OFF. maneuvers not to exceed +20° degrees
and -20° degrees pitch (total excursion
(2). Position indicator in mounting position 40° degrees), and 60° left roll and 60 °
in instrument panel and install clamp. right roll (total excursion 120° degrees)
and note performance of attitude gyro
(3). Connect electrical connector to back of indicator responds appropriately and
indicator. does not tumble. If instrument indica
(4). Install screws to front of indicator. tion fails to correspond to flown atti
tudes of aircraft, troubleshoot. (Ref.
(5). Install instrument panel hood and left Attitude Gyro Indicator Troubleshoot
and right fairings. ing).

95-10-20
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
PRESS
7 8 9 1 2 3 4 TO
TEST
È
N1
PULL
FOR
AIR
DIRECTIONAL
GYRO INDICATOR DIRECTIONAL
GYRO INDICATOR
LEFT-HAND COMMAND RIGHT-HAND COMMAND
”T” PANEL ”T” PANEL
CLAMP
(NOTE 1)
12
9 3
ELECTRICAL DIRECTIONAL
6 GYRO INDICATOR
PLUG P506 ATTITUDE GYRO
INDICATOR
ENGINE XMSN XMSN GEN XMSN XMSN FUEL FUEL PRESS
OIL OIL ENGINE
OUT OUT CHIPS CHIPS CHIPS LOW FILTER TO
PRESS TEMP TEST
NUT
WASHER
INSTRUMENT
0
PANEL FACE 140 20 9 1
8 2
120
40 7 3
100 4
POST 80 60 6 5
ALTITUDE
LIGHT
0
120 10
110 20
1
9
100 30
3
7
90 5 40
CAUTION
80 50
INST. CYCLE
CYFSWWP
TO TRIM
TO NEUTRAL
70 60
MOUNT BRING HTEVKKD

ADJUPLVVCM
TMRUE
10 12
8 TQI 90 100
80
120
70 TORQUE
STRAP
(NOTE 2) GYRO SUPPORT
MOUNT (NOTE 3) SLIM-LINE
UPPER SUPPORT
ASSEMBLY
(NOTE 1) ATTITUDE GYRO
INDICATOR
NOTES:
1. USED ONLY ON SLIM-LINE PANEL.
2. STRAP NOT USED WHEN DIRECTIONAL GYRO IS INSTALLED.
3. NOT USED FOR RH COMMAND.
G95-1015
Figure 201. Installations Attitude Gyro Indicator

95-10-20
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
MOTOR ERECTION OFF

SYSTEM INDICATOR
F501A20 LINE
RED
GND
F501R20N BLU
LOAD
FL100 NOISE FILTER
INVERTER
(NOTE 2)
WITH NOISE FILTER
(NOTE 1)
C A B D
+28 VDC COMMON
SPARE
2TC13-5 (CB105)
CIRCUIT BREAKER
GYROS
GYRO CB105 P506
1 2 1
F501A20 RED C ATTITUDE
5A
GYRO
SPARE A INDICATOR
3 2
P506W10 F501R20N BLU D
W2 -3 WIRE
GROUND TB103 JUMPER SPARE B HARNESS
BUS (NOTE 1)
2 4
E26
E26 RED C ATTITUDE
W3 TB6 WITHOUT NOISE GYRO
+28 VDC FILTER INDICATOR
BUS
INSTRUMENT -5 WIRE
BLU A HARNESS
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM FOR -501, -503, -505 & -507 VERSION
2TC13-5 CB105 GYRO

REMOVE BS51043 PLUG
NOISE FILTER
(REF)
P506
LOAD
C RED RED
ATTITUDE W1
F501Q22 GN CASE
GYRO A BLUE BLUE D CB105 (GYRO)
INDICATOR B LIN (REF)
D E F501A22 5A
JUMPER
IDENTIFICATION
SLEEVE M7928/1-12 LUG
TB503-1 (3 PLCS)
(REF)
F501R20N L
DS129 M
E33
(REF)
-7 WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY FOR COMMERCIAL -511 & -513 VERSION
G95-1020-202-1
Figure 202. Wiring Diagrams and Installations (Sheet 1 of 2)

95-10-20
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
P506 JUMPER 22GA
LOAD (3 PLCS)
+28 RE
C
ATT. D CABLE F501Q22 GR CASE
A TB3-4
GYRO BL D
B LIN E531E20 J615
GRD U
SPARE A
D E F531D2 F531D2
S 22GA FILTE D D 2 1
E72K 0 0
INDICATOR & R I CB136
INCLINOMETER JUMPER
22GA
-9 HARNESS MS24509-3
G
ASSY. CIR.
R
B6610 TB700-1
XDS129 LT. E524V20 C
JUMPER 20GA
E72H
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR -515

VERSION
J/P50
TB503-10 E33
6 CB105
A C D L
ATT. C GYROS 3A 1 REF.
G
A 2
GYRO CHAP. 96
B E
IND.
D
TB503-3
E +28 VDC REF.
E35 LIGHTING CHAP. 96
E LIGHTING REF. CHAP.
DS129 RTN 96 -517 VERSION (NOTE 3)
(INSTRUMENT PANEL WITHOUT CENTER CONSOLE)
J/P50
6 E70 AVIONICS
RTN REF.
A D CHAP. 96 CB136
ATT. J/P-1203B
GYROS REF.
GYRO C 10 22 3A 1
CHAP. 96
IND. B 18
D
TB700-1
H G F
LIGHTING E
D RTN REF.
DS129 TB700-2 CHAP. 97
-519 VERSION (NOTE 3)
(INSTRUMENT PANEL WITH CENTER CONSOLE)
GENERAL NOTES: NOTES:

1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM SHOULD BE USED WITH ELECTRICAL 1. ELECTRICAL NOISE FILTER IS USED INSTEAD OF TB10
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM IN CHAPTER 96 FOR COMPLETE IF KING KR85 ADF EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED.
CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. 2. CASE ELECTRICALLY BONDED TO STRUCTURE.
2. DASHED LINE ( - - - - ) ITEMS ARE PART OF HELICOPTER 3. EFFECTIVE 369E MODEL HELICOPTER S/N 384 & SUBS.
BASIC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. 369FF MODEL HELICOPTER S/N 076 & SUBS.
3. TERMINAL NUMBERS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AN MAY 500N MODEL HELICOPTERS S/N LN001 & SUBS.
NOT BE ON COMPONENTS. 600N MODEL HELICOPTERS S/N RN003 & SUBS.
4. WHEN 369H900410B OR 369H90039 INDICATORS ARE
INSTALLED. ONLY ONE CIRCUIT BREAKER REQUIRED.
G95-1014-2A
Figure 202 Wiring Diagrams and Installations (Sheet 2 of 2)

95-10-20
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
ATTITUDE GYRO INDICATORS (RCA26BK−1/510−1A12)
1. Attitude Gyro Indicator Initial Installation (b). Check all cockpit electrical switches
for OFF condition.
Procedures in this section may be performed at
operator's discretion, and provide complete NOTE: Ensure BATT-OFF-EXT switch is
instructions for initial installation of the OFF.
RCA26BK-1 and 510-1A12 Attitude Gyro
Indicators. (2). Helicopter Equipment Removal Prior to
installation of the attitude gyro indica
A. Attitude Gyro Indicator Operating, tor, the following items must be
Handling and Shipping Guidelines removed.
Before involvement with an at
CAUTION titude gyro indicator, whether
(a). Remove instrument panel hood and
left and right instrument panel side
loose, installed in the helicopter, or even fairings.
sealed in its shipping container, become fa
miliar with gyro cautions (Ref. Attitude (b). Remove blank panel located where
Gyro Indicator Operating, Handling and directional gyro indicator is to be
Shipping Guidelines). installed on instrument panel. Retain
washers for reuse if indicator is to be
B. Attitude Gyro Indicator Installation
installed in a Slim-Line panel.
(369H90038)
(3). Instrument Panel Modifications
Consumable Materials (Slim-Line Instrument Panel):
Item Nomenclature NOTE: Removing one or both center
windshield panels will simplify this rework.
CM425 Sealing compound
CM704 Tie strap, nylon (a). Install T-brackets and support
CM706 Tie strap base assembly as follows (Ref.
Figure 901):
The attitude gyro indicator is supported in the 1). Locate existing stiffener and drill
rear by a clamp fastened to a horizontal out attaching rivets as required to
support assembly. The support assembly is accommodate installation of
mounted on two T-brackets riveted to the T-brackets.
instrument panel support structure. Some
helicopters already have both the T-brackets 2). Position T-brackets and support
and the support assembly installed (-501 and assembly in place (support with
-505 installations and ships with directional clamps) and drill brackets for new
gyro indicator installed). Some helicopters rivets (pick up existing rivet holes
require rework of the instrument panel in drilled out in previous step).
order to add the T-brackets and the support
assembly (-503 and -507 installations). 3). Rivet T-brackets to instrument
Perform only the appropriate steps for your panel support structure.
helicopter.
4). With support assembly clamped to
(1). Preparation for Installation: T-brackets, drill support assembly
for fasteners (pick up existing holes
(a). Identify all components, including in T-brackets).
attaching hardware, or components
removed for access to work areas. 5). Install support assembly to T-
Protect components from damage brackets, using screws, nuts and
and foreign matter until installed. washers.

95-10-20
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
SUPPORT ASSEMBLY
0.198-0.204 INCH DIAMETE

(5.0292-5.1816 MM) R
2 HOLES TO MATCH
BRACKET & BRACE
SCREW, WASHER, NUT
(2 PLCS)
SCREW, WASHER, NUT SYMMETRY CLAMP FASTENER HOLES FOR

(2 PLCS) ABOUT
L C 369H90041 & 369H90042
INDICATOR KIT INSTALLATION
STRIP CLAMP ASSEMBLY
ATTITUDE
GYRO
”T” BRACKET
DIRECTIONAL
SUPPORT ASSEMBLY GYRO J506
J507
STIFFENER
SUPPORT ASSEMBLY
BRACKET
4.75 INCH
(12.065 CM)
EXISTING
RIVETS
(NOTE)
”T” BRACKET
0.06 INCH
(1.524 MM)
0.28 INCH
(7.112 MM)
0.28 INCH NOTE:
(7.112 MM) 5 PLACES - REMOVE AND REPLACE AS REQUIRED.
G95-1017A
Figure 901. T−brackets and Support Assembly Installation (Slim−Line Instrument Panel)

95-10-20
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(b). (Ref. Figure 902) Modify a tee in (a). (Ref. Figure 904) Locate and drill
instrument panel structure, to allow mounting holes for terminal board
clearance for the instrument face (TB103) as shown.
plate.
(b). Install terminal board to instrument
(c). (Ref. Figure 903) Modify cutouts in panel lower support structure, using
instrument panel structure and screws, washers and nuts. Apply
instrument panel hood, to allow decal at location shown.
clearance for the instrument knob.
Drill 0.091 inch (2.3114 mm) holes,
then, using round file, notch lower (c). Locate and drill mounting holes for
right hole as shown. ground stud (E26) as shown.
(d). (Ref. Figure 902) Remove nutplates (d). Install ground stud and apply decal
to allow clearance for indicator at location shown.
faceplate as follows: Remove two
bottom screws securing caution/ NOTE: Only one circuit breaker is used when
warning light assembly to instru both directional gyro indicator and attitude
ment panel. Discard screws. Locate gyro indicator are installed.
nutplates installed in upper corners
of cutout. Drill out rivets and discard
nutplates. Fill rivet holes with (e). Install circuit breaker (CB105).
MS20426AD3 rivets. Drill out two
screw holes as shown, and install (f). Install attitude gyro indicator, using
screws and NAS132906 blind nuts. clamp, strap, screws, and washers.
(4). Instrument Panel Modification (L/H NOTE: Strap assembly is not used if optional
Command T-Panel): directional gyro indicator is already in
stalled. Apply strip, using sealing compound
NOTE: If post light is to be installed with indi (CM425) in place of strap assembly.
cator, modify the instrument panel as fol
lows: (g). Position wiring harness on instru
ment panel structure at existing
(a). (Ref. Figure 902) Remove upper right tooling holes. Connect wiring harness
nutplate from instrument panel by and secure to instrument panel,
drilling out two rivets. Discard using tie strap (CM704) and tie strap
nutplate. bases (CM706) as required.
(b). Drill nutplate screw hole to 0.375 (6). Attitude Gyro Indicator Installation
inch (9.525 mm) diameter and (L/H Command T-Panel):
enlarge hole to 0.40 inch (10.16 mm)
diameter using a round file.
NOTE: Only one circuit breaker is used when
both directional gyro indicator and attitude
(5). Attitude Gyro Indicator Installation gyro indicator are installed.
(Slim-Line Panel):
NOTE: If optional directional gyro indicator is (a). Install circuit breaker (CB105).
installed, TB103 will already be installed as
well. If optional King KR 85 ADF equipment (b). Install attitude gyro indicator to the
is installed, electrical noise filter gyro mounting plate using screws,
(369H6461) will already be installed in washers, and post light assembly.
place of TB103. In either case, omit next two Secure mounting plate to instrument
steps. panel with screws and washers.

95-10-20
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
3.480 INCH
POST (8.8392 CM) REMOVE
LIGHT 0.2 NUTPLATE
R
3.440 INCH 3.160 INCH

(8.7376 CM) (8.0264 CM)
0.095 R
MAX
TYP.
1.580 INCH
(4.0132 CM) 3.160 INCH
(8.0264 CM)
(TYP)
ATTITUDE GYRO CUTOUT
ANGLE
INSTRUMENT PANEL
REMOVE NUTPLATE, FILL RIVET HOLES, ENLARGE
SCREW HOLES TO 0.189-0.193 INCH
(4.8006-4.9022 MM) DIA. (2 PLCS),
INSTALL RIVNUTS OR NUT-BLINDS
CUT
2.62 INCH (6.6548 CM) ANGLE
1.31 INCH (3.3274 CM)
0.030 INCH 0.12 R MAX

PANE
(0.762 MM) (TYP)
L
(TYP)
MODIFICATION OF ANGLES
G95-1018A
Figure 902. Modification of ‘‘T’’ and Nutplate Removal

95-10-20
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(c). Position wiring harness on instru (a). Protect all components from damage
ment panel structure at existing and contamination during installa
tooling holes. Connect wiring harness tion.
and secure to instrument panel,
using tie strap (CM704) and tie strap (b). Set all electrical switches to OFF
bases (CM706) as required. position. Ensure that BATTERY-
OFF-EXT switch is set at OFF.
(7). Attitude Gyro Indicator Installation
(R/H Command T-Panel): (c). Identify all components, including
attaching hardware, if any, to be
(a). Install attitude gyro indicator to the removed for access to work areas.
instrument panel, using screws,
washers, and post light assembly. (2). Helicopter Equipment Removal:
(b). Install circuit breaker (CB136). (a). Remove pilot's compartment floor
access door from the radio/instru
(c). Position wiring harness on instru ment compartment.
ment panel structure at existing
Disconnect all electrical power
tooling holes. Secure wiring harness CAUTION before disconnecting electrical
to instrument panel, using tie strap
(CM704) and tie strap bases (CM706) connectors and interconnecting wiring.
as required. (b). Set all circuit breakers on console
circuit breaker panel to off position.
(8). Completion of Installation:
Set BATT-OFF EXT switch to OFF.
(a). Check entire installation for com
(3). Attitude Gyro Indicator and Ancillary
pleteness.
Equipment Installation Locations
(b). Check all electrical wiring. Components to be installed are:
(c). Clean all foreign material from (a). The indicator support assembly,
instrument panel. consisting of a support, a pad, two
brackets, a clamp, a clip and attach
(d). Perform operational check of com ing hardware will be installed to the
pleted installation (Ref. Attitude top and rear flange of the instrument
Gyro Indicator Operational Check). panel.
(e). Reinstall instrument panel left and (b). The instrument itself will be
right fairing and hood. mounted on the instrument panel
face.
C. Attitude Gyro Indicator Installation in R/H
Command T−Panel (369D294501) (c). The S501 switch will be installed on
the switch panel assembly.
Consumable Materials (d). The FL100 noise filter with wiring
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) harness and attaching hardware will
Item Nomenclature be installed below the center console
CM704 Tie strap, nylon panel.
(e). The CB105 circuit breaker will be
(1). Preparation for Installation installed on the circuit breaker panel.

95-10-20
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
1.24 INCH
(3.1496 CM)
1.24 INCH
(3.1496 CM) 0.22 R
INSTRUMENT PANEL HOOD
EN XMS XMS GEN EN M/R T/R FUE FUE PRE
GINE N N OIL OUT GINE XM XM L L SS
OUT OIL TEM CHIPS SN SN LOW FIL TO
PRE P CHI CHI TER TES
SS PS PS T
1.24 INCH
(3.1496 CM)
1.24 INCH
(3.1496 CM) 0.22 R
INSTRUMENT PANEL
G95_1019A
Figure 903. Modification of Instrument Panel and Hood Cutouts (Slim−Line Instrument Panel)

95-10-20
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(4). Structural Modifications: (c). Tie dash five (-5) wiring harness to
existing ship's wiring with tie straps
(a). (Ref. Figure 902) Cut hole in instru (CM704).
ment panel to accommodate attitude
gyro indicator. Into top right side of (7). S501 Switch Installation:
instrument panel face, drill a 3.125
inch (7.9375 cm) diameter hole as (a). Remove protective cover button from
shown. Enlarge hole to 3.17 inch face of switch panel at ATT GYRO/
(8.0518 cm) using half round file. OFF position. Install toggle switch
S502.
(b). Cut a notch in lower right quadrant
(b). On underside of switch panel, wire
of hole to accommodate shaft of
switch S502 as shown in wiring
indicator horizon adjustment knob.
diagram.
Drill a 23/64 inch (9.128125 mm)
hole in location shown. Enlarge hole (8). Circuit Breaker CB105 Installation:
to 0.374 inch (9.4996 mm) using
round file and notch. (a). Remove protective cover button from
face of circuit breaker panel at
(c). Using measurements shown, drill GYROS ATT position. Install circuit
holes in instrument panel to accom breaker.
modate indicator attaching screws.
(b). On underside of circuit breaker
(d). To accommodate support assembly panel, wire circuit breaker CB105 as
(Ref. Figure 901), inscribe a drill hole shown in wiring diagram. Connect a
pattern on top and rear flange of jumper wire from terminal 1 of
instrument panel (Ref. Figure 902). CB124 to terminal 1 of CB110.
Drill and deburr.
(9). Attitude Gyro Indicator Installation:
(5). Support Assembly Installation:
(a). Loosen two screws holding clamp to
(a). (Ref. Figure 901) Attach support support of indicator support assembly
assembly, support, two brackets, and on rear of instrument panel. On front
clip to instrument panel with pro of instrument panel, insert attitude
vided rivets. gyro indicator into newly formed
hole. Secure indicator to instrument
(b). Ensure that pad is firmly attached to panel with provided screws. Secure
underside of support. indicator to support by tightening
clamp with clamp screws.
(c). Attach clamp to underside of support,
with provided screws. (b). Wire indicator and lamp as shown in
wiring diagram.
(6). Noise Filter FL100 Installation:
(c). Ensure that all wires from noise
(a). (Ref. Figure 202) Locate center filter, switch panel, circuit breaker
console panel assembly beneath panel, and the attitude gyro indicator
switch panel assembly, and install are properly routed, tied, and termi
noise filter there. nated.
(b). To the filter, connect dash five (-5) (d). Perform operational check of com
wiring harness as shown in wiring pleted installation (Ref. Attitude
diagram. Gyro Indicator Operational Check).

95-10-20
Revision 7
CSP-HMI-3 [ Main Menu ]
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
D. Weight and Balance Data support assembly, associated hardware, and
(Ref. Table 901) Changes in weight and wire harness(es) are listed. Ensure that the
balance resulting from the installation of the changes are incorporated in helicopter weight
RCA26BK-1 or 510-1A12 Attitude Gyro and balance records as instructed (Ref. Sec.
Indicator, noise filter, switch, circuit breaker, 08-10-00).

Weight Arm Moment
Configuration
Pounds (kg) inches (cm) in−lb (kg cm)
369H90038 or 369D294501
Added +2.8 (+1.2701) +43.0 (+109.22) +120.4 (+13.87.15)
Removed 0.0 0.0 0.0
Net Change +2.8 (+1.2701) +43.0 (+109.22) +120.4 (+13.87.15)
0.168-0.175 INCH
1.25 INCH
(4.2672-4.4450 MM)
(3.175 CM)
DIA. HOLE
0.75 INCH E26

(19.05 MM)
L C
BEAD
TB103 0.87 INCH
(22.098 MM)
1.19 INCH
0.112-0.116 INCH (3.0226 CM)
(2.8448-2.9464 MM)
DIA. HOLE (2 PLCS) L C
BEAD
1.50 INCH PITOT TUBE

(3.81 CM)
INSTRUMENT PANEL LOWER SUPPORT
G95-1021A
Figure 904. Terminal Board Installation (Slim−Line Instrument Panel)

95-10-20
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Section
95−10−30
Instantaneous
Vertical Speed
Indicators

[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
INSTANTANEOUS VERTICAL SPEED INDICATORS
1. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator 3. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator
Description Replacement
(Ref. Figure 201 or Figure 202) The instanta A. Slim−Line Instrument Panels
neous vertical speed indicator (IVSI) is a
coupled inertial lead and barometric pressure (Ref. Figure 201)
instrument that indicates the rate of change in
feet per minute due to climb or dive maneu (1). Check that all electrical power is OFF.
vers. A pendulum mass within the instrument
(2). Remove instrument panel hood and left
provides an instantaneous reaction to change
and right fairings (Ref. Sec. 95-00-00).
that is sustained by barometric pressure.
Static line tubes and fittings are connected (3). (369H90044-BSC only) Remove
between airspeed indicator, altimeter, IVSI adapter, reducer and 0-ring from rear
and static drain valve on canopy structure. of IVSI.
(Ref. Sec. 95-10-00 for general information on (4). (369H90044-501 only) Remove connec
the pitot-static system.) tor from rear of IVSI.
The IVSI installations in R/H command
(5). (Primary location only) Remove clamp
T-Panels also include a Grimes half-fixture
assembly, mounting hardware and
(eyebrow-type) post light. Installations in L/H
IVSI.
command T-Panels include a bolt light.
NOTE: These instruments do not provide infor (6). (Alternate locations only) Remove
mation to the avionics systems. Gyros that mounting hardware and IVSI.
do interact with avionics equipment are cov (7). (Primary location only) To replace,
ered in the avionics portion of this manual. install IVSI, mounting hardware and
clamp assembly to instrument panel.
2. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator
Operation (8). (Alternate locations only) To replace,
The IVSI presents helicopter climb and dive install IVSI and mounting hardware to
information. Helicopter ascent is indicated by instrument panel.
clockwise rotation of the pointer from zero at (9). (369H90044-BSC only) Install O-ring,
the 9 o'clock position. Descent is indicated by reducer and adapter to rear of IVSI.
counterclockwise rotation. Internal stops
prevent excessive pointer movement. Range of (10). (369H90044-501 only) Install connector
indicator is 0-3,000 feet (0-915 meters) per to rear of IVSI.
minute, ascent or descent. A small slotted
screw in the lower left face of the instrument (11). Install instrument panel hood and left
provides for zero adjustment. and right fairings.
A. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator B. L/H Command T−Panels
Troubleshooting
(1). Check that all electrical power is OFF.
(Ref. Figure 201 or Figure 202 and Table 201
for troubleshooting information on the (2). (Ref. Figure 202) Disconnect static line
pitot-static system) from rear of indicator.

95-10-30
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
-21 BRACKET
-31 CLAMP
IVSI
TEE IVSI
TUBE
O-RING
REDUCER
ADAPTER
CONNECTOR
UNION
ELBOW TUBE
TEE
TUBE TUBE
G95-1023
Figure 201. Installations IVSI (SLZ9066 and UI7130) (Slim−Line Panel)

95-10-30
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(3). Remove plug, nut, lockwasher, washer, spring retainers, new bulbs inserted,
and tab from bolt light. and the hoods snapped back into place.
(4). Remove bolt light from upper right NOTE: It is unlikely the Grimes half-fixture
corner of indicator. post light assembly itself will require re
(5). Remove two screws and remove placement. However, should replacement be
indicator from instrument panel. necessary, The IVSI indicator must first be
removed for access to lamp wire routing
(6). Remove union from rear of indicator. (Ref. Indicator Removal). Then proceed as
follows:
(7). To replace, install union to rear of
indicator. (2). Disconnect pin from terminal block
TB700.
(8). Install indicator to instrument panel
with two screws. (3). Loosen wire bundle straps
(9). Install bolt light to upper right corner MS17821-1-9 as required to free wire
of indicator. L528K22.
(10). Install plug, nut, lockwasher, and tab to (4). Grasping light assembly mask (wire
bolt light. attached) from front of panel, pull wire
thru hole in panel.
(11). Connect static line to rear of indicator.
C. Primary Location on R/H Command NOTE: If instructions (Ref. Indicator Removal)
T−Panels have been followed, the Grimes light assem
bly will be detached.
D. Indicator Removal
F. Indicator and Grimes Light Assembly
(1). Ensure that BATT-OFF-EXT switch is Installation
in OFF position.
Essentially, when the indicator and/or the Grimes
(2). Disconnect reducer from rear of half-fixture light assembly are installed, they
indicator, and cap openings. must be installed simultaneously. When replacing
the indicator, the light assembly must be dis
(3). Remove nut, washer, and screw from mantled because of its attachment method. When
lower right corner of indicator face. replacing the light assembly, the indicator must be
removed to route the light wire. Most steps in the
(4). Remove Grimes hardware attaching initial installation procedure also apply to replace
half-fixture light mask to mounting ment (Ref. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator
plate. As mask will still be attached to and Grimes Light Assembly Installation).
panel by wire L528K22, it may be
desirable to temporarily tape mask to G. Alternate Location on Top of R/H
panel. Command T−Panel
(5). Remove nuts and screws attaching H. Indicator Replacement

Grimes light mounting plate to panel
and securing indicator to instrument (1). Ensure that BATT-OFF-EXT switch is
panel. in OFF position.
(6). Loosen lower end of clamp by removing (2). Remove reducer from indicator.
screw, washer, and nut.
(3). Cap openings in reducer and indicator.
(7). Carefully remove indicator from rear of
panel. (4). Remove nut and screw from lower right
E. Grimes Light Assembly Removal corner of indicator.
(1). To replace the two lamp bulbs, the (5). Remove indicator from instrument
hoods are pulled straight out of the panel.

95-10-30
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
AIRSPEED INDICATOR (REF)
ALTIMETER (REF)
WASHERS - PART OF
BOLT LIGHT ASSEMBLY
(ADD AS REQUIRED)
BOLT LIGHT
TO PITOT
TUBE
TUBE
TUBE
SCREW TEE
LUG
WASHER
LOCK WASHER
TUBE
TO STATIC DRAIN
FILLING
IVSI REDUCER PLUG
G95-1024
Figure 202. Wiring Diagram IVSI (UI7130 T−Panel)

95-10-30
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(6). To replace, insert indicator into opening (6). To replace, install lamp assembly
in instrument panel and secure at lower mounting plate to instrument panel
right corner with screw and nut. and IVSI with screws and nuts.
(7). Remove caps from indicator and (7). Route wire L528K20 through opening
reducer. in instrument panel.
(8). Connect reducer to indicator. (8). Install lamp assembly mask to mount
ing plate.
I. Reducer, Connectors, Tees and Tubes
Replacement (9). Continue routing wire L528K20
through straps to TB700-2 and connect
(1). Disconnect reducers, connectors, tees to terminal D.
and tubes that join the IVSI to the
altimeter and airspeed indicator. 4. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator
Inspection
(2). Cap all openings.
NOTE: (Ref. Sec. 95-10-00 for Pitot-static sys
(3). To replace, remove caps from reducers, tem inspection procedures)
connectors, tees, tubes, altimeter and
airspeed indicator and reconnect as (1). Inspect reducer, connectors, tees, and
shown. tubes for nicks, cuts and abrasions.
Replace any damaged component.
J. Lamp Assembly Replacement
(2). Check lamps. Replace bulb if burned
(1). Verify that BATT-OFF-EXT switch is out.
in OFF position.
(3). L/H command T-Panels:
(2). Disconnect lamp assembly wire
L528K20 from terminal block TB700-2, Inspect bolt light assembly for damage.
pin D. Check wire for nicks, cuts or broken
strands. Check pin for proper insertion
(3). Remove wire L528K20 from straps in terminal block.
between TB700-2 and lamp assembly.
(4). R/H command T-Panels:
(4). Remove lamp assembly mask from
lamp assembly mounting plate. Inspect lamp assembly for damage.
Check wire for nicks, cuts or broken
(5). Remove lamp assembly mounting plate strands. Check pin for proper insertion
from instrument panel. in terminal block.
NOTE: If new lamp assembly is to be installed, A. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator
the furnished wire L528K20 must be identi Repairs
fied, routed, cut to fit, and terminated with
new pin. (Ref. Instrument Repair, Sec. 95-00-00)
Table 201. Troubleshooting Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicator

Symptom Probable Cause Corrective Action
Excessive lag in vertical speed Indicator defective Replace indicator.
indication
Erroneous vertical speed indication Disconnected or loose static Reconnect or repair static pressure
(airspeed or altimeter erratic as pressure line line.
well)
Erroneous vertical speed indication Indicator defective Replace indicator.
(airspeed or altimeter correct)

95-10-30
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]

95-10-30
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
INSTANTANEOUS VERTICAL SPEED INDICATORS
1. Instantaneous Vertical Speed Indicators D. Instrument Panel Modification (L/H
Initial Installation Command T−Panels)
Procedures in this section may be performed at If IVSI UI7130 is to be installed (Ref.

operator's discretion and provide complete Figure 202 for locater), modify the instrument
instructions for all initial installations of the panel as follows, to allow clearance for the
instantaneous vertical speed indicators (IVSI) instrument knob.
except for the 369D294508-709. (1). Remove lower left nutplate from
instrument panel by drilling out two
A. Preparation for Installation rivets. Discard nutplate.
(1). Identify all components, including (2). Using nutplate screw hole as a pilot
attaching hardware and components hole for hole saw, drill hole out to 1 inch
removed for access to work areas. (2.54 cm). Then notch cutout as shown,
Protect components from damage and using flat file.
foreign matter until installed.
E. Instrument Panel Modification (IVSI
(2). Check all cockpit electrical switches for SLZ9066, R/H Command T−Panels)
OFF condition. If IVSI SLZ9066 is to be installed, it is
necessary to cut a hole in some instrument
NOTE: Make sure BATT-OFF-EXT switch is panels. Drill fastener holes using No. 25 drill
OFF. bit. Notch lower left hole to allow clearance for
the instrument knob, using Letter R drill bit
B. Helicopter Equipment Removal followed by flat file.
(1). (Slim-Line instrument panels and L/H F. Instrument Panel Modification (IVSI
command T-Panels) Remove instru UI7130 or AC−30−V−10, R/H Command
ment panel hood and left and right T−Panels)
IVSI UI7130 or AC-30-V-10 may be installed
in an instrument panel which has been
(2). R/H command T-Panels:
modified for IVSI SLZ9066. The existing lower
left hole must be notched, using a half round
Remove instrument panel hood. file, to allow clearance for the instrument
knob. If the instrument panel has not been
(3). Slim-Line instrument panels and L/H previously modified, perform the above
command T-Panels: procedures (Ref. Instrument Panel Modifica
tion for IVSI SLZ9066) prior to notching.
Remove blank panel from space where
IVSI is to be installed (Ref. Figure 201 G. IVSI Installation (369H90044−BSC,
or Figure 202). Slim−Line Instrument Panels)
C. Instrument Panel Modification (Slim−Line (1). (Primary location only) If -31 clamp
Instrument Panels) and -21 bracket will be installed,
perform the following steps:
If IVSI UI7130 is to be installed (Ref. (a). Drill clamp for nutplates, using 13/64
Figure 201 for locater), it is necessary to drill followed by 3/32 inch (2.38 mm)
modify the cutout in the instrument panel to drill for rivet holes. Rivet nutplates
allow clearance for the instrument knob. Using to clamp.
a half round file, notch the lower left screw
hole. (b). Drill bracket.

95-10-30
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(c). Drill instrument panel for bracket connector, tube and tee. Connect static
installation in location shown. line to tee on altimeter, as shown.
(2). (Primary location only) If -7 clamp and (5). Remove protective plug from rear of
-11 bracket will be installed, perform IVSI and install connector.
the following steps:
(6). (S/N 0003 thru 1149) Connect lines to
(a). Drill clamp, using 13/64 drill bit. tees and connector.
(7). (S/N 1150 thru 1185 and subsequent)
(b). Drill bracket for nutplates, using
Connect lines to tees, connector and
13/64 inch (5.16 mm) drill followed
union elbow.
by 3/32 inch (2.38 mm) drill for rivet
holes. Rivet nutplates to bracket. I. IVSI and Bolt Light Installation (L/H
Command T−Panels)
(c). Drill instrument panel for bracket
installation in location shown. (1). Remove protective plug from rear of
indicator and install union as shown
(3). (Primary location only) Using mounting (Ref. Figure 202).
hardware, bracket assembly, and clamp
assembly, install IVSI in instrument (2). Insert indicator into instrument panel
panel, as shown. and secure with two screws, as shown.
(4). (Alternate locations only) Using (3). Remove plug and nut from bolt light
mounting hardware, install IVSI in and install in mounting hole on IVSI.
instrument panel, as shown. Position bolt light to illuminate over
IVSI face as shown.
(5). Remove static line and fitting from
(4). Retrieve wire L537J20N from console
airspeed indicator; replace fitting with
electrical wiring harness 369D24155
connector, tube and tee. Connect static
and attach it to tab.
line to tee on altimeter, as shown.
(5). Install washers (as required), tab,
(6). Remove protective plug from rear of washer, lockwasher, nut, and plug to
IVSI and install 0-ring, reducer, bolt light, as shown.
adapter and union elbow.
(6). Attach contact to white pigtail wire
(7). Connect line to tee and union elbow. DS134 (from plug on bolt light) and
connect to TB503-1L.
H. IVSI Installation (369H90044−501,
Slim−Line Instrument Panels) (7). Remove static line from altimeter and
connect tube as shown.
(1). (Primary location only) Prepare clamp,
bracket, and instrument panel for (8). Remove static line from airspeed
installation (Ref. Instantaneous indicator and connect tube as shown.
Vertical Speed Indicator
(9). Install tee between tubes in position
(369H90044-BSC) Installation, first or
shown.
second step, above).
(10). Connect one end of tube to union on
(2). (Primary location only) Using mounting IVSI, and the other end to tee as
hardware, bracket assembly, and clamp shown.
assembly, install IVSI in instrument
panel, as shown. J. IVSI and Grimes Light Assembly
Installation (R/H Command T−Panels)
(3). (Alternate locations only) Using
mounting hardware, install IVSI in Essentially, when the IVSI and/or the Grimes
instrument panel, as shown. half-fixture light assembly are initially
installed or replaced, they must be installed
(4). Remove static line and fitting from simultaneously. When replacing the IVSI, the
airspeed indicator; replace fitting with light assembly must be dismantled because of

95-10-30
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
its attachment method. When replacing the (c). Attach Grimes light mask to mount
light assembly, the IVSI must be removed to ing plate, using screws and washers
route the light wire. supplied with light assembly.
(1). Prior to installation of IVSI, route (d). Fit grommet and rubber strip(s) onto
Grimes light wire (L528K22 or clamp, as required.
L528K20, supplied with Grimes
half-fixture post light assembly) as (e). With IVSI securely in place, attach
follows: bottom portion of support clamp to
side of panel with a screw, washer
(a). Remove adjacent indicator(s), if and nut.
required, to gain access to applicable
(3). Install tubing and fittings as shown.
wire bundle.
NOTE: The 369D294508-713 installation re
(b). Insert wire into hole in panel face, as quires that the 369A8136-3 bracket and
shown. Temporarily tape light CAV-110 static drain valve be relocated as
assembly mask to panel, if desired. shown. The 369H6625 tee may be rotated to
(c). Remove wire bundle straps to add facilitate installation. Route the -5 tube up
and route wire to terminal block through the existing hole in the pedestal
TB700. Add straps as required. Cut base.
wire to correct length. K. Completion of Installation
(d). Fit pin on end of wire and plug into (1). Check entire installation for complete
appropriate terminal block pin ness.
connection (Ref. appropriate intercon
nect diagram, Chap. 96). (2). Check all static pressure lines (tubes).
(e). Position support clamp as shown, (3). Clean all foreign material from instru
and attach upper portion to side of ment panel.
panel with rivet. (4). (Slim-Line instrument panels and L/H
(2). Install IVSI and Grimes lamp assembly command T-Panels) Reinstall instru
as follows: ment panel left and right fairings and
hood.
(a). Position IVSI thru support clamp
(5). (R/H command T-Panels) Reinstall
into opening in panel, and attach at
instrument panel hood.
lower right corner with screw, washer
and nut. (6). Perform operational check of completed
IVSI installation.
NOTE: Ensure that adequate electrical bond
ing exists between light mounting plate and L. Weight and Balance Data
panel face at attach locations.
Weight and balance data changes that result
(b). Position Grimes light assembly from installation of the IVSI are listed (Ref.
mounting plate against panel and Table 901). After installation, incorporate
install screws and nuts through changes to helicopter weight and balance
mounting plate and panel into IVSI. records as instructed (Ref. Sec. 08-10-00).

95-10-30
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Weight Arm Moment
Configuration
369H90044−BSC and −501

Added +1.7 (+0.7711) +43.1 (+109.474) +73.27 (+844.158)
Removed 0.0 0.0 0.0
Net Change +1.7 (+0.7711) +43.1 (+109.474) +73.27 (+844.158)
369H90044−503
Added +1.6 (+0.7257) +43.1 (+109.474) +68.96 (+794.50)
Removed 0.0 0.0 0.0
Net Change +1.6 (+0.7257) +43.1 (+109.474) +68.96 (+794.50)
369D294508−BSC, −701, −709, −711, −713
Added +1.9 (+0.8618) +46.5 (+118.11) +88.35 (+1017.898)
Removed 0.0 0.0 0.0
Net Change +1.9 (+0.8618) +46.5 (+118.11) +88.35 (+1017.898)
369D294508−501
Added +1.6 (+0.7257) +43.1 (+109.474) +68.96 (+794.50)
Removed 0.0 0.0 0.0
Net Change +1.6 (+0.7257) +43.1 (+109.474) +68.96 (+794.50)

95-10-30
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Section
95−20−00
Magnetic Compass

[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
MAGNETIC COMPASS
1. Magnetic Compass down at an angle so that it is level during
normal flight. It is internally illuminated from
the night lighting system (Ref. Sec. 96-40-00).
Figure 202 for 369E/FF - 500/600N helicop 2. Magnetic Compass Troubleshooting
ters) The magnetic compass is attached to the
center canopy frame. The compass face is tilted (Ref. Table 201)
Table 201. Troubleshooting Magnetic Compass

Excessive error External magnetic interference Locate and eliminate magnetic

interference.
Defective bearings Replace magnetic compass.
Improper compensation Compensate compass as required,

perform Magnetic Compass Ground
Swinging.
Excessive oscillation Insufficient liquid in bowl Replace compass.
Rotating element not level Leaking float chamber Replace compass.
Magnets detached from rotating Replace compass.

element
Sluggish operation Dirty jewels or pivots Replace compass.
Weak card magnets Replace compass.
Liquid leakage or bubbles visible Defective gasket or float chamber Replace compass.
under normal flight conditions
A. Magnetic Compass Maintenance (3). Use helicopter ground handling wheels

Practices or equivalent to support helicopter
when rotating to different headings.
(Ref. Instruments Replacement, Instrument (4). Start helicopter engine according to
Inspection, and Instrument Repair, Sec. standard PFM instructions.
95-00-00)
(5). Turn on power to all equipment, except
landing light. Allow approximately
3. Magnetic Compass Ground Swinging three minutes for equipment functions
to stabilize.
NOTE: Helicopter must be placed in simulated
flight condition while swinging the compass. NOTE: All personnel required to be near or on
the helicopter during the compass swing
(1). Position helicopter on compass rose. must be free of magnetic materials.
(6). Set E-W and N-S adjustments screws
(2). Ensure that all controls and equipment on standby compass to zero by aligning
are placed in normal flight position and the dot on the screw with the dot on the
that the area is magnetically clean. frame.

95-20-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(7). Swing the helicopter to the magnetic (10). Swing the helicopter to the magnetic
north heading. Adjust the N-S adjust west heading and note the resulting
ment screw until compass reads exactly error. Adjust the E-W adjustment
north. screw to remove one half of the error.
NOTE: Maximum deviation in level flight may
(8). Swing the helicopter to the magnetic not exceed 10 degrees on any heading.
east heading. Adjust the E-W adjust
ment screw until compass reads exactly (11). Return helicopter to magnetic heading
east. north and swing the helicopter in
successive magnetic magnetic thirty
degree headings and record all errors
(9). Swing the helicopter to the magnetic on the compass correction card.
south heading and note the resulting
error. Adjust the N-S adjustment screw (12). Shut down helicopter according to PFM
to remove one half of the error. instructions.
HEATING DUCT
TRIM
MAGNETIC COMPASS
MAGNETIC COMPASS INSTALLATION

MAGNETIC COMPASS INSTALLATION (CURRENT VERSION)
(EARLY VERSION)
G95-2012
Figure 201. Magnetic Compass (369D)

95-20-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
HEATING DUCT
TRIM
MAGNETIC COMPASS
MAGNETIC COMPASS INSTALLATION
G95-2013
Figure 202. Magnetic Compass (369E/FF − 500/600N)

95-20-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]

95-20-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Section
95−20−10
Directional Gyro
Indicators

[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
DIRECTIONAL GYRO INDICATORS
1. Directional Gyro Indicators 2. Directional Gyro Indicator Replacement
(Ref. Figure 201) The directional gyro indica (Ref. Figure 201)
tors are gasket-sealed, direct-reading
instruments which provide a visual display of (1). Insure that all electrical power is off.
helicopter heading. A knob on the lower left
corner is for setting the compass card heading, (2). Remove instrument panel hood and left
and permits pilot selection of desired direction and right fairings.
al flight heading. The instruments use 28 Vdc
(3). Remove attaching hardware from front
electrical power from circuit breaker CB105
of directional gyro indicator. Remove
(L/H command) or CB135 (R/H command).
clamp assembly (if installed), discon
nect wire harness plug (P507 in L/H
NOTE: To eliminate possibility of electrical in
command helicopters, P138 in R/H
terference with KR85 ADF equipment in
command helicopters) and remove
stalled, a noise filter is included as part of
the ADF option. For more information on indicator from instrument panel.
the filter installation, refer to the applicable (4). To install, position indicator in mount
ADF manual for your equipment. ing position in instrument panel.
Connect wire harness plug (P507 or
NOTE: These instruments do not provide infor P138) and install clamp assembly (if
mation to the avionics systems. Gyros that needed). Install attaching hardware to
do interact with avionics equipment are cov front of indicator.
ered in Chapter 97 of this manual.
(5). Install instrument panel hood and left
A. Directional Gyro Indicator Operating, and right fairings.
Handling and Shipping Guidelines
3. Directional Gyro Indicator Inspection
High value gyroscope instru
CAUTION ments require special handling (1). Inspect wire harness and wire termi
at all times. Review manufacturers and nals at terminal board/modular block
manual cautions (Ref. Sec. 95-10-20, Atti and circuit breaker.
tude Gyro Indicator Operating, Handling
and Shipping Guidelines). (2). Inspect clamp assembly (if installed)
and indicator for proper installation.
B. Directional Gyro Indicator
Troubleshooting A. Directional Gyro Indicator Repairs
(Ref. Figure 201 and Table 201) (Ref. Instrument Repair, Sec. 95-00-00)
Table 201. Troubleshooting Directional Gyro Indicator

Off indication with system Disconnected electrical wiring Reconnect electrical wiring.
energized
Defective electrical wiring Repair or replace electrical wire.
Disconnected or defective system Connect or replace circuit breaker as

breaker required.
Off and/or incorrect Heading indicator defective Replace heading indicator.

95-20-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
LEFT-HAND COMMAND ”T”

PANEL SLIMLINE
STRAP
(NOTE 2) 2TC13-3 CB105 GYROS
CIRCUIT BREAKER
UPPER
ELECTRICAL SUPPORT
PLUG P506 ASSEMBLY
(NOTE 1)
NUT
WASHER
DIRECTIONAL GYRO
INDICATOR
INSTRUMENT
PANEL FACE
GYRO SUPPORT
MOUNT
POST LIGHT
INST.
CLAMP
MOUNT
(NOTE 1)
NOTES:
1. USED ONLY ON
SLIMLINE PANEL.
WASHER 2. STRAP IS NOT USED
WHEN ATTITUDE GYRO
SCREW IS INSTALLED.
DIRECTIONAL GYRO INDICATOR
G95-2001-1
Figure 201. Directional Gyro Indicators Wiring Diagrams and Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)

95-20-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
INST. MOUNTING
INST. PANEL
WASHER
SCREW
NUT
SCREW
POST LIGHT
CUTOUT HOLE PATTERN
FOR REAR MOUNT
MS24509-3 SW CB
-701 INSTALLATION
CB135
DIR GYRO P138 J615P DIR GYRO
TB100-2
C F5101C22 J H G F5101B22 H F5101A22
+28 VDC 3A
A F5102A22N E70-E
PWR B
GROUND D M39029/22-192
SOCKET 3 PLCS
-9 WIRE HARNESS ASSY HORIZ. CONSOLE
NOTES:
1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM SHOULD BE USED WITH ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM FOR COMPLETE CIRCUIT
IDENTIFICATION.
2. DASHED LINE (- - - -) ITEMS ARE PART OF HELICOPTER
BASIC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
3. TERMINAL NUMBERS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND MAY
NOT BE ON COMPONENTS.
4. ELECTRICAL NOISE FILTER IS USED INSTEAD OF TB103
IF KING KR85 ADF EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED.
5. CASE ELECTRICALLY BONDED TO STRUCTURE.
6. WHEN 369H90039 INDICATORS ARE INSTALLED, ONLY
ONE CIRCUIT BREAKER REQ'D.
G95-2001-2A

95-20-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
NOTES:
1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM SHOULD BE USED WITH ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM IN CHAPTER 96 FOR COMPLETE
CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION.
F501A22 LIN
RE 2. DASHED LINE (- - - -) ITEMS ARE PART OF HELICOPTER
E
D BASIC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
GN 3. TERMINAL NUMBERS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND MAY
F501R22N BLU
D NOT BE ON COMPONENTS.
LOAD 4. CASE ELECTRICALLY BONDED TO STRUCTURE
FL100 NOISE FILTER (REF. CHAP. 96).
(NOTE 5) 5. ELECTRICAL NOISE FILTER IS USED INSTEAD OF TB103
IF KING KR85 ADF EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED.
6. WHEN 369H90038, 369H90041 OR 369H90039 INDICATORS
WITH NOISE FILTER (NOTE 4) ARE INSTALLED, ONLY ONE CIRCUIT BREAKER IS REQUIRED.
2TC13-5 (CB105)
CIRCUIT BREAKER
GYROS
GYRO TB103 P507
CB105
1 2 1
5A F501A20 RE C DIRECTIONAL
D A GYRO
TB6 SPAR
2 D INDICATOR
E3 E
P507W10 F501R20N BLU B
W2 -3 WIRE
JUMPE SPAR
GROUND HARNESS
4 BUS R E
2
E26
W3 WITHOUT NOISE FILTER RE C DIRECTIONAL
+28 VDC BUS D GYRO
INDICATOR
INSTRUMENT PANEL A
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR -501, -503, -505 AND -507 VERSION -5 WIRE
BLU
HARNESS
2TC13-5 CB105 - GYROS

REMOVE BS 51043 PLUG
NOISE FILTER
(REF)
P507
LOAD
C RE RE
DIRECTIONAL D F501Q22 D GN CASE W1
GYRO A BLU BLU D CB105 (GYROS)
INDICATOR B LIN (REF)
E F501A22
D JUMPE 5A
IDENTIFICATION R
SLEEVE
M7928/1-12
TB503-1 (REF) LUG 3 PLCS. F501R22 L
DS132 B N E33 (REF)
-7 WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY FOR COMMERCIAL -509 VERSION
G95-2001-3A

95-20-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
DIRECTIONAL GYRO INDICATORS
1. Directional Gyro Indicator Initial D. Instrument Panel Support Structure
Installation Modification (Slim−Line Instrument
Panel)
Procedures in this section may be performed at
E. Angles Modification
operator's discretion and provide completed
instructions for initial installation of the (Ref. Figure 201) Prior to installation of the
directional gyro indicators. directional gyro indicator, it is necessary to
modify angles in the instrument panel
A. Directional Gyro Indicator Operating, structure.
Handling and Shipping Guidelines
F. T−brackets and Support Assembly
Before involvement with a di Installation
CAUTION rectional gyro indicator, wheth (Ref. Figure 201) The directional gyro indicator
er loose, installed in the helicopter, or even is supported in the rear by a clamp fastened to
sealed in its shipping container, become fa a horizontal support assembly. The support
miliar with gyro cautions (Ref. Attitude assembly is mounted on two T-brackets
Gyro Indicator Operating, Handling and riveted to the instrument panel support
Shipping Guidelines, Sec. 95-10-20). structure. Some helicopters already have both
the T-brackets and the support assembly
B. Preparation for Installation installed (-501 installation and ships with
attitude gyro indicator installed). Other
(1). Identify all components, including helicopters have only the T-brackets (-505
attaching hardware, or components installation). Some helicopters require rework
removed for access to work areas. of the instrument panel in order to add both
Protect components from damage and the T-brackets and the support assembly
foreign matter until installed. (-503 and -507 installations). Perform only
the appropriate steps for your helicopter.
(2). Check all cockpit electrical switches for NOTE: Removing one or both center wind
OFF condition. shield panels will simplify this rework.
NOTE: Make sure that BATT-OFF-EXT (1). Locate existing stiffener and drill out
switch is OFF. attaching rivets as required to accom
modate installation of T-brackets.
C. Helicopter Equipment Removal (2). Position T-brackets and support
assembly in place (support with clamps)
(Ref. Figure 201) Prior to installation of the and drill brackets for new rivets (pick
directional gyro indicator, the following items up existing rivet holes drilled out in
must be removed. previous step).
(1). Remove instrument panel hood and left (3). Rivet T-brackets to instrument panel
and right instrument panel side support structure.
fairings.
(4). With support assembly clamped to
T-brackets, drill support assembly for
(2). Remove blank panel located where fasteners (pick up existing holes in
directional gyro indicator is to be T-brackets).
installed on instrument panel. Retain
washers for reuse if indicator is to be (5). Install support assembly to T-brackets,
installed in a Slim-Line panel. using screws, nuts and washers.

95-20-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
G. Instrument Panel Modification (L/H (3). Locate and drill mounting holes for
Command T−Panel) ground stud (E26) as shown.
(Ref. Figure 201) If post light is to be installed (4). Install ground stud and apply decal at
with indicator, modify the instrument panel as location shown.
follows:
(1). Remove upper right nutplate from both directional gyro indicator and attitude
instrument panel by drilling out two gyro indicator are installed.
rivets, discard nutplate. (5). Install circuit breaker (CB105).
(2). Drill nutplate screw hole to 0.375 inch (6). Install directional gyro indicator, using
(9.525 mm) diameter and enlarge hole clamp, strap, screws and washers.
to 0.40 inch (10.16 mm) diameter using
a round file. NOTE: Strap assembly is not used if optional
attitude gyro indicator is already installed.
H. Instrument Panel Modification (R/H Apply strip, using sealing compound
Command T−Panel) (CM425) in place of strap assembly.
(Ref. Figure 201) Prior to installation of the (7). Position wiring harness on instrument
directional gyro indicator, it is necessary to panel structure at existing tooling
modify the cutout in the instrument panel, to holes. Connect wiring harness and
allow clearance for the instrument knob. Using secure to instrument panel, using tie
a round file, notch the lower left screw hole as strap (CM704) and tie strap bases
shown. (CM706) as required.
I. Directional Gyro Indicator Installation J. Directional Gyro Indicator Installation

(L/H Command T−Panel)
(Slim−Line Instrument Panel)
(Ref. Figure 201)
(Ref. Figure 201)
Consumable Materials (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) Item Nomenclature
Item Nomenclature
CM704 Tie strap, nylon
CM425 Sealing compound CM706 Tie strap base
CM706 Tie strap base
both directional gyro indicator and attitude
NOTE: If optional attitude gyro indicator is in gyro indicator are installed.
stalled, TB103 will already be installed as (1). Install circuit breaker (CB105).
well. If optional King KR85 ADF equipment
is installed, electrical noise filter (2). Install directional gyro indicator to the
(369H6461) will already be installed in gyro mounting plate using screws,
place of TB103. In either case, omit next two washers, and post light assembly.
steps. Secure mounting plate to instrument
panel with screws and washers.
(1). Locate and drill mounting holes for
terminal board (TB103) as shown. (3). Position wiring harness on instrument
panel structure at existing tooling
(2). Install terminal board to instrument holes. Connect wiring harness and
panel lower support structure, using secure to instrument panel, using tie
screws, washers and nuts. Apply decal strap (CM704) and tie strap bases
at location shown. (CM706) as required.

95-20-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
K. Directional Gyro Indicator Installation L. Completion of Installation
(R/H Command T−Panel)
(1). Check entire installation for complete
(Ref. Figure 201) ness.
Consumable Materials (2). Check all electrical wiring.

Item Nomenclature (3). Clean all foreign material from instru
ment panel.
CM706 Tie strap base (4). Perform operational check of completed
installation.
(1). Install directional gyro indicator to the
(5). Reinstall instrument panel left and
instrument panel, using screws,
right fairing and hood.
washers, and post light assembly.
(2). Install circuit breaker (CB135). M. Weight and Balance Data
(3). Position wiring harness on instrument Weight and balance data changes that result
panel structure at existing tooling from installation of the directional gyro
holes. Secure wiring harness to instru indicator are listed in Table 901. After
ment panel, using tie strap (CM704) installation, incorporate changes to helicopter
and tie strap bases (CM706) as re weight and balance records as instructed (Ref.
quired. Sec. 08-10-00).

Weight Arm Moment
Configuration
369H90039−501, −505, −509 and −701

Added +3.1 (+1.4061) 43.0 (109.22) +133.3 (+1535.78)
Removed 0.0 0.0 0.0
Change +3.1 (+1.4061) 43.0 (109.22) +133.3 (+1535.78)

95-20-10
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]

95-20-10
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Section
95−30−00
Power Train
Instruments

[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
POWER TRAIN INSTRUMENTS
1. Power Train Instruments Description and 4. N2/NR Dual Tachometer Indicator (600N)
Operation
The N2/NR tachometer indicator is a dual
Description and Operation for the Power Train gauge instrument. The N2, long needle,
Instruments are as follows: pointer provides power turbine speed informa
tion measured in percent of rpm, while the NR
NOTE: For specific helicopter instrument limit indicator, short needle, provides exact main
markings, refer to applicable PFM (RFM) rotor speed rpm. A magnetic speed sensor
(Ref. Sec. 01-00-00, Table 201). located on the engine accessory gear case
produces an electrical signal for the N2
2. Tachometer Indicating System (369D/E/FF indicator. A separate rotor speed sensor,
− 500N) located on the main transmission, produces an
electrical signal for the NR rpm. The indicator
(Ref. Figure 401) The N1 tachometer indicator receives 28 Vdc power from the INSTR circuit
indicates speed of the gas producer turbine, in breaker located on the circuit breaker panel.
percent of RPM. The N2 and rotor tachometer The indicator is internally lighted.
indicator provides two indications: actual RPM
5. NR/NP Dual Tachometer Indicator (600N)
of the main rotor is indicated on inner scale
with the small (R) pointer; engine power The NR/NP tachometer indicator is a dual
turbine speed is indicated in percent of RPM gauge instrument. The NR indicator, long
on outer scale with the long pointer. needle, provides exact main rotor speed rpm,
while the NP, short needle, pointer provides
Three phase, two pole, synchronous tachome power turbine speed information measured in
ter generators produce voltages that energize percent of rpm. A magnetic speed sensor
the power turbine RPM (N2), gas producer located on the engine accessory gear case
turbine RPM (N1) and main rotor RPM (NR) produces an electrical signal for the NP
indicators. N2 and N1 tachometer generators indicator. A separate rotor speed sensor,
are on the front of the engine accessories located on the main transmission, produces an
gearcbox and the NR tachometer generator is electrical signal for the NR rpm. The indicator
near the tail rotor drive output shaft on the receives 28 Vdc power from the INSTR circuit
accessory section of the main rotor transmis breaker located on the circuit breaker panel.
sion. Tachometer generators are connected The indicator is internally lighted.
through individual wiring circuits to indica
tors. 6. TOT Indicating System (369D/E/FF −
500N)
3. Digital N1 Tachometer Indicator (600N)
(Ref. Figure 403) The TOT indicator indicates
The digital N1 tachometer indicator provides temperature of gases moving from the engine
gas producer turbine to the power turbine. The
percent of rpm of the gas producer or centrifu
gal compressor. The four digital LEDs provide indicator is calibrated in major units from 0 -
the exact percent of rpm reading. Corrections 12; reading is in degrees centigrade times one
occur two times per second. A magnetic speed hundred (0° - 1200°C). The indicator is
sensor, located on the engine accessory gear energized by electrical power generated by an
case, produces an electrical signal for the 8 ohm thermocouple harness mounted on the
engine.
indicator. The system receives 28 Vdc power
from the INSTR circuit breaker located on the 7. Analog/Digital Torque Indicator (600N)
circuit breaker panel. The indicator is an
internally lighted instrument. A red LED light The analog/digital torque indicator is driven
in the center of the indicator illuminates when by an oil pressure transducer. The transducer
rpm is less than 55% N1 and greater than contains a pressure diaphragm and a strain
105% N1. gauge bridge. As pressure on the diaphragm is

95-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
increased or decreased, it produces an imbal 10. Oil Pressure Indicating System
ance of the strain gauge bridge. The bridge (369D/E/FF − 500N)
imbalance creates an output signal proportion
al to diaphragm pressure to drive the indica (Ref. Figure 404) The direct-reading (wet)
tor. The system receives 28 Vdc power from engine oil pressure indicating system is
the INSTR circuit breaker on the circuit equipped with a 0 - 150 psi gauge. A 1/8 inch
breaker panel. The indicator is an internal diameter corrosion resistant steel tube
lighted instrument. The four digital LEDs connected to a snubber assembly on the front
provide the exact current shaft horse power of the engine gear case transmits engine oil
reading. Corrections occur two times per pressure impulses forward to a firewall
second. mounted bulkhead union. Tubing between the
firewall and gauge is 1/8 inch diameter nylon.
Engine oil pressure tubing is routed next to
the torque gauge tubing from the firewall to
8. Analog Indicator − Torque, TOT (600N) the instrument panel.
11. Engine Oil Temperature − Oil Pressure

The dual analog module is a precision micro Indicator (600N)
processor based instrument for displaying
engine parameters. This module consists of The engine oil temperature - oil pressure
two completely independent analog indicators. indicators are two instruments in one indica
The front of the analog module contains two tor. The oil temperature is displayed in degrees
parallax free pointers, two front-accessible Celsius and the pressure in pounds per square
buttons and four LEDs and is backlit for both inch. The temperature pointer is driven by
day and night operation. Each indicator electrical signals produced by a resistance
displays its respective engine parameter bulb-type temperature sensor. The oil
reading on the analog dial as well as pressure pointer is driven by a pressure
transmitting digital data on the data bus to diaphragm and a stain gauge bridge-type
the Torque/TOT quad digital indicator. The pressure transducer. The indicator receives 28
quad digital indicator displays the analog's Vdc electrical power input from the INSTR
output digitally on the upper half of both circuit breaker located on the circuit breaker
LCDs. The LEDs are used for indicator status, panel. The indicator is an internally lighted
while the buttons provide a user interface. instrument.
12. Quad Digital Indicator − Oil Temp, Oil

Press, VDC, AMP (600N)
9. Quad Digital Indicator − Torque, TOT, OAT,
N1 (600N) The quad digital indicator contains two LCDs,
one in each window, with two lines for
numerical display, with legends adjacent to
The quad digital indicator contains two LCDs, each. The display is capable of posting four
one in each window, with two lines for parameters at one time. The LCDs are backlit
numerical display, with legends adjacent to for both day and night operation.
each display. The quad digital indicator is
capable of posting four parameters at one 13. Engine Torque Indicating System
time. Torque and TOT are posted on the upper (369D/E/FF − 500N)
half of the LCD with the lower half of the
display dedicated to the OAT and N1 (Ref. Figure 404) The engine torque gauge
indicators. There is a red warning LED for the indicates engine torque supplied to the engine
N1 indicator located to the right of the N1 output shaft. The torque gauge is a direct-
display. The LCDs are backlit for both day and reading instrument with a pounds-per-squa
night operation. Two front buttons are re-inch indication equivalent to the amount of
provided to select and/or control exceedance torque exerted on the accessory gear train by
review functions. the turbine output shaft. Oil pressure is routed

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
from the torquemeter pressure port of the the generator (GEN) switch is ON and N1
engine through metal and nylon tubing to the speed is 55% RPM or less.
gauge.
The engine-out warning light flashes regard
14. Engine Out Warning System (369D/E/FF − less of GEN switch position.
500N) N1/NR sensing equipment senses main rotor
(NR) low speed.
An internal malfunction requires replacement
of the EPO warning control unit. (Unit does Low NR RPM is sensed by the EPO warning
not have accessible internal adjustments.) control unit monitoring the frequency of the
output ac voltage from the main rotor (NR)
The engine out warning system consists of an tachometer generator. NR sensing occurs at
Autronics Engine Power Out (EPO) Warning main rotor speed of approximately 98% NR
Control Unit (EPO warning control unit), an RPM, or less. When low main rotor (NR) speed
audible warning horn and interconnecting is sensed, the EPO warning light flashes and
electrical wiring. The system functions with the audible engine out warning signals are
the engine out warning light of the caution activated. When the throttle is at idle or cutoff
and warning lights system (Ref. Caution and position, NR disable switch activates to disable
Warning Indicator Lights, Sec. 95-30). NR sensing to prevent flashing the engine out
light and activation of both warning horn and
(Slim-Line instrument panels only) The
audible tone during engine idle and cutoff.
sensing equipment senses both N1 and main
Designed-in time delay keeps NR sensing
rotor (NR) low speeds, and activates engine
disabled after NR disable switch is deactivated
automatic reignition system installed as
for sufficient time to permit NR to be attained.
standard equipment on Model 369D helicop
ters S/N 1150 and subsequent. Automatic N1 sensing circuits remain operational (are not
reignition system is optional equipment on disabled) while NR sensing is disabled. The
Model 369D helicopters S/N 3-1149. EPO warning control unit produces the output
for flashing the engine out warning light,
The system provides a visual and an audible ”beeping” the warning horn and generates the
indication of low speed(s) as follows: audible warning tone if low N1 RPM occurs
A. N /N Sensing Equipment while NR sensing is disabled.
1 R
B. Engine Out Warning System Functioning
The N1/NR sensing equipment uses an EPO
warning control unit described below, NR The EPO warning control unit senses low
disable switch S199 located on the base of the frequency ac output voltages from N1 and NR
inboard collective pitch stick, and resistor and tachometer generators to activate and control
diode board TB106. warning light and audible indications.
The EPO warning control unit monitors engine When GEN-OFF switch is ON, a ground is
N1 speed. Engine low RPM, N1, is sensed by supplied to a tone interrupt circuit in the EPO
EPO warning control unit monitoring the warning control unit to enable audio warning
frequency of output ac voltage from N1 tone circuits and to the audible warning horn
tachometer generator. for ”beeping” when low N1 RPM is sensed.
When engine speed decreases to approximately When low N1 RPM is sensed, N1 speed-sens
55% N1 RPM or less, the EPO warning control ing circuits and flasher and tone control
unit produces an output to flash the engine out circuits activate engine out flashing light and
warning light and activates the EPO audible audio tone No. 1, 2 and 3 generation circuits.
warning horn which produces an audible NR sensing circuits, with flasher and tone
”beeping” in the crew compartment. control circuits, activate and control flashing
light and audio tone generation circuits for
The EPO warning control unit provides operation at low NR RPM.
separate audio tone warning signals for
headsets. The tone warning signals occur and Audio warning tone No. 1 is routed through
the audible warning horn ”beeps” only when the ICS system to headsets. The higher

95-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
amplitude audio warning tone No. 3 is applied The EPO warning control unit is sealed and
directly to headsets so that audible warning is has no adjustments; an internal defect
present in headsets in event of failure of ICS requires replacement of the unit (Ref. Autron
system equipment. ics EPO Warning Control Unit Operational
Check for information on checking the unit).
When either N1 or NR sensing occurs, the auto
reignition +28 Vdc control circuit supplies NOTE: Internal schematic diagrams of the unit
steady state +28 Vdc for engine automatic are not provided; internal maintenance is
reignition equipment (if installed). not practical.
NR disable switch Sl99 furnishes a ground to D. Engine Power Out Warning Control Unit
the EPO warning control unit to disable NR Circuits
sensing and prevent engine out light flashing The EPO warning control unit contains N1 and
and audible warnings at ending idle and cutoff NR speed-sensing circuits, an NR speed-sens
positions. Diodes in the Autronics Indicator ing time-delay circuit, circuits for flashing and
Lights Dimmer Assembly provide directional tone control, two tone generators, two flasher
paths for flashing light currents, and for test circuits and a tone interrupt circuit. (Ref.
voltages and grounds during press-to-test electrical system wiring diagrams in Chap. 96
check of lights. Resistor and diode board for interconnecting wiring information on the
TB106 furnishes isolation and correct termina caution and warning lights system.)
tion impedance for audio warning tone No. 3.
For information on internal functioning of the E. Low Main Rotor Speed (NR) Sensor
EPO warning control unit and dimming unit. Circuits
15. Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit Low NR speed-sensing functions incorporate
(369D/E/FF − 500N) disable and time delay circuits. Application of
a disable ground to the unit causes the disable
The EPO warning control unit is a sealed, circuits to deactivate NR sensing which
solid state device that controls warning light prevents the warning indications while the
indicator flashing and provides drive for the disable ground is applied. The time delay
audible warning horn and tone signals for keeps NR sensing disabled for 3.5 +0.5 seconds
headsets in event of engine failure or low main after removal of the disable ground. When
rotor speed. The EPO warning control unit activated, the NR sensing circuits activate and
provides pulsating dc voltage through the control the flasher and tone control circuits.
dimming unit and warning light circuits to The flasher and tone control circuits drive an
flash the warning light. engine out light flasher which provides
pulsating dc voltages for flashing the engine
A. Slim−Line Instrument Panels out warning light and driving the audible
warning horn. The flasher and tone control
The EPO warning control unit is installed at circuits also simultaneously activate audio
the lower right interior of the instrument tone generators Nos. 1 and 3 which supply an
panel console on Model 369D helicopters S/N 3 audible warning tone for headsets.
- 1149, or at the lower left interior of the
instrument panel console on Model 369D NOTE: Audible warning tone generators Nos. 1
helicopters S/N 1150 and subsequent. and 3 are activated and controlled by either
NR sensing or N1 sensing (Ref. Engine Out
B. R/H command T−Panels (N1) Frequency Sensor Circuits).
The EPO warning control unit is installed at In Model 369D/E helicopters with C20 engine,
the lower right interior of the lower support the NR speed-sensing circuit senses low NR
structure. speed at approximately 98% NR RPM (equiva
lent to tachometer generator output ac voltage
C. L/H command T−Panels with a frequency of 68.6 +0.7 Hz), or less.
The EPO warning control unit is installed at In Model 369FF helicopters with C30 engine,
the lower right interior of the instrument the NR speed-sensing circuit senses low NR
panel console. speed at approximately 95% RPM (equivalent

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
to tachometer generator output ac voltage J. EPO Audible Warning Horn
with a frequency of 66.5 +0.7 Hz), or less.
The EPO audible warning horn is an electro
F. Engine Out (N1) Frequency Sensor mechanical warning unit that produces an
Circuits audible ”beeping” sound in the crew compart
ment when engine N1 speed decreases below
The N1 speed-sensing circuit functions at 55% approximately 55% N1 RPM, or NR speed
N1 RPM (equivalent to N1 tachometer genera decreases to 98% RPM or less (Models 369D/E
tor ac output voltage with a frequency of 36.73 helicopters with C20 engine; for Model 369FF
+1.75 Hz) or less. At sensing low N1 speed, the helicopters with C30 engine, horn activation
N1 speed-sensing circuit activates the flasher occurs at 95% RPM or less) (Ref. Autronics
and tone control circuits with same results EPO Warning Control Unit).
described above (Ref. Autronics EPO Warning
(1). Slim-Line instrument panels:
Control Unit).
The audible warning horn is mounted
G. Light Flasher Circuit in a lights/switch and horn housing on
the side of the raised top of the center
At activation, the engine out flasher produces instrument panel fairing with two
a pulsating output dc voltage rated at 0.2 battery temperature caution and
ampere, 28 volts, 120 - 180 pulses a minute warning light/switch indicators.
with an on time of 50 +15% of the period.
(2). T-Panels:
H. Audio Tone Generation Circuits
The audible warning horn is mounted
When the GEN-OFF switch is on and the on top of the instrument panel struc
flasher and tone control circuit is activated by ture.
NR or N1 sensing, the No. 3 audio tone
generator (audio tone generation and amplifi K. Automatic Re−Ignition Circuit (Slim−Line
cation circuits) provides an audio tone output Instrument Panels)
level sufficient for earphones of headsets At activation of engine re-ignition, pin U of
without use of an external audio amplifier. the EPO warning control unit provides 28 Vdc
Similarly, audio tone generator No. 1 furnishes to ground via automatic re-ignition sequence.
an audio tone for application through the
optional ICS System to headsets. Tone 16. Voice Warning LRU (600N)
generator No. 2 is not used. The tone genera
tors produce negative output pulses at an On the 600 Series Helicopter, the Voice
audio frequency of 680 - 1700 Hz. Generation Warning LRU replaces the EPO Unit used on
of the output pulses is initiated and inter the 500 Series Helicopters. The voice warning
rupted at a rate of l50 +30/minute. Setting the system has six operational signal characteris
generator switch to off deactivates the tone tics.
generators through a tone interrupt circuit A. Engine Out
(Ref. Tone Interrupt Circuit). Audible warning
tones No. 1 and No. 3 are activated and (1). FADEC in Auto Mode:
controlled by either N1 or NR sensing.
The engine out signal is derived from
I. Tone Interrupt Circuit the FADEC caution warning lamp
driver. This provides +28 Vdc to turn on
An audio enable ground from the generator the engine out light. The LRU, upon
switch to the tone interrupt circuit allows all receiving this signal, shall provide the
tone generators to function, with NR and N1 voice warning ”ENGINE OUT” into the
sensing (when the generator switch is on). audio outputs.
With the generator switch off, the enable (2). FADEC in Manual Mode:
ground is not applied to the tone interrupt
circuit, which disables all tone generators. The N1 signal to the N1 indicator is
Turning the generator switch off disables the monitored, and after power up, any
audio tone circuits. deviation below 55% N1 RPM (9817.5

95-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Hz) will cause an alarm condition and D. ECU Manual
would activate the voice warning
system. The LRU, upon receiving this The manual mode signal is derived from the
signal, provides the voice warning output to the caution warning light. When
”ENGINE OUT” into the audio outputs. activated in an alarm condition, the relay
In addition, the LRU will provide a provides a ground that activates the light. The
discrete +28 Vdc (2.5 Amps max.) LRU, upon receiving this signal, provides the
output to drive the caution warning voice warning ”ECU MANUAL” into the audio
light and fire the igniters. In the event outputs.
the monitored frequency rose above the E. Power
55% level, the light and voice warning
circuitry will reset. The signal for power activation is any voltage
above 2.98 Vdc. The signal is derived from the
B. Fire torque pressure transducer signal to the
engine torque indicator. The LRU, upon
The signal is +28 Vdc from the fire detection
receiving this signal, provides the voice
unit and is only present when the system is in
warning ”POWER” into the audio outputs.
alarm condition. The LRU, upon receiving this
signal, provides the voice warning ”FIRE” into F. Fuel Flow Fixed
the audio outputs.
The fuel flow fixed signal is derived from the
C. Low Rotor output to the ECU fail caution warning light.
When activated in an alarm condition, the
The NR signal, coming from one coil of the relay provides a ground that activates the
rotor speed sensor, is monitored in the LRU. caution warning light. Upon receiving this
After power up and the RPM has exceeded signal, the LRU provides the voice warning
95% (1325.3 Hz), any deviation below 95% NR ”FUEL FLOW FIXED” into the audio outputs.
and down to 75% NR (1046.3 Hz) will cause an
alarm condition. The LRU, upon receiving the NOTE: In the event that the ECU MANUAL
signal, will provide the voice warning ”LOW and FUEL FLOW FIXED condition is acti
ROTOR” into the audio outputs. In the event vated simultaneously, the ECU MANUAL
the monitored frequency rose above the 95% voice warning will cancel out the FUEL
level, the warning circuitry will reset. FLOW FIXED message.

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
FAULT ISOLATION
1. Power Train Instruments Fault Isolation
The following tables are to be used in trouble
shooting the power train instruments.
2. Tachometer Generator Troubleshooting
Table 101. Tachometer Indicating Systems

Excessive scale error (low reading) Weak magnets in tachometer Replace indicator.
Excessive scale error (high Weak restraining spring in Replace indicator.
reading) tachometer indicator
Pointer off zero position with Pointer shifted Replace indicator.

engine inoperative
No reading or intermittent reading Loose wiring, disconnected Check continuity through wiring and
connector or defective ground connectors. Repair as necessary.
terminal connection
Defective tachometer indicator or Replace defective indicator or

generator generator.
Defective ground connection on Check for electrical bond between

tachometer generator tachometer generator mounting
flange and engine pad stud.
3. TOT Indicating System Troubleshooting
Table 102. TOT Indicating System

No reading on indicator Loose connection Check and tighten all connections.
Defective airframe thermocouple Replace or repair thermocouple

harness harness.
Defective engine thermocouple Replace engine thermocouple

harness harness (Ref. applicable Allison
Engine Operation and Maintenance
Manual, Table 201, 01−00−00).
Defective indicator Replace indicator.
Open adjustable resistor R4 Replace resistor.
Erratic reading on indicator Defective indicator Replace indicator.
Defective connections or resistor Repair connections or replace

R4 on TB9 at back of instrument resistor.
Incorrect reading on indicator TOT indicating system out of Perform TOT Indicating System
calibration Calibration.

95-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
4. Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Indicating System Troubleshooting
Table 103. Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Indicating System

Pointer fails to respond Pressure line kinked or bent Check entire length of line; replace if
necessary.
Pointer indications sluggish Obstruction in line Clear line.
Defective gauge Replace gauge.
Pointer indicates incorrectly Line or line connectors leaking Check for damaged ring gasket
under fitting hex and tighten
connections; if leak persists, replace
line.
Air trapped in line Check for air bubbles and bleed if

necessary.
5. N1 Tachometer Indicator Troubleshooting
Table 104. N1 Tachometer Indicator Troubleshooting

readings or intermittent readings
Defective tach generator Remove and replace tach generator.
terminal
6. N2/NR (NR/NP) Tachometer Indicator Troubleshooting
Table 105. N2/NR (NR/NP) Tachometer Indicator Troubleshooting

Defective tach generator Remove and replace tach generator.
terminal

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
7. Analog/Digital Torque Indicator Troubleshooting
Table 106. Analog/Digital Torque Indicator Troubleshooting

Indicator inoperative Defective oil pressure transducer Replace transducer (Ref. Engine
Torque and/or Oil Pressure
Transducer Replacement).
open
terminal
8. Engine Oil Temperature − Oil Pressure Indicator Troubleshooting
Table 107. Oil Press, Oil Temp Indicator Troubleshooting

Pressure indicator fails to operate. Defective indicator Remove and replace indicator.
No readings or intermittent
readings connector or defective ground connector. Repair as necessary.
terminal
No out put from oil pressure Defective transducer Remove and replace transducer.
transducer
Oil temperature fails to operated. Open circuit in oil temperature bulb Remove and replace oil temperature
No reading or intermittent reading bulb.
9. Analog Indicator (Torque, TOT)
Table 108. Analog Indicator (Torque, TOT) Troubleshooting

Torque
open
terminal

95-30-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Table 108. Analog Indicator (Torque, TOT) Troubleshooting (Cont.)
TOT
Indicator inoperative Defective indicator Remove and replace indicator.
terminal
Defective thermocouple Replace thermocouple.
10. Quad Digital Indicator (Torque, TOT, OAT, N1)
Table 109. Quad Digital Indicator (Torque, TOT, OAT, N1) Troubleshooting
Torque
open
terminal
TOT
terminal
Defective thermocouple Replace thermocouple.
OAT
terminal
Open circuit in OAT probe Remove and replace OAT probe.

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Table 109. Quad Digital Indicator (Torque, TOT, OAT, N1) Troubleshooting (Cont.)
N1
Defective tach generator Remove and replace tach
generator.
terminal
11. Quad Digital Indicator (Oil Temp, Oil Press, Vdc, Amp)
Table 110. Quad Digital Indicator (Oil Temp, Oil Press, Vdc, Amp) Troubleshooting
Oil Temp
Pressure indicator fails to operate. Defective indicator Remove and replace indicator.
No readings or intermittent readings
terminal
No out put from oil pressure Defective transducer Replace transducer (Ref. Engine
transducer Torque and/or Oil Pressure
Transducer Replacement).
Oil Press
Oil temperature fails to operated. Open circuit in oil temperature bulb Remove and replace oil
No reading or intermittent reading temperature bulb.
Table 111. Input/Output Signals − Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit

Input Output
Connector Name Signal or Control Connector Name Signal or Control
J21 Pin J22 Pin
(P19)
A N1 tach gen AC voltage, 38.5 Hz, F Eng out light Pulsating 28 Vdc with
or less flasher and 3 − 5 Hz flash rate,
audible warning 0.2A max., 28 Vdc
horn present for min. 25%
− max. 75% of flash
rate period.

95-30-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Table 111. Input/Output Signals − Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit (Cont.)
Connector Name Signal or Control Connector Name Signal or Control
J21 Pin J22 Pin
(P19)
N1 indication of K Not used
50 − 55%
(accurate indica- C Audio warning Interrupted 680 to
tor) tone No. 1 1700 Hz, 0.9 + 0.1 V
ac into 16K ohm load;
interrupted 120 + 40
times/minute, ac
voltage present for
min. 25% − max. 75%
of interrupt rate
period.
D Audio warning Same as J21, pin C.

(not used)
M Audio warning Same as J21, pin C;

tone No. 3 except 18.5 + 2 Vac
into 100 ohm load.
J Audio tone Airframe ground Presence of this input is required for

enable ground output at J21, pins C, D and M.
B Supply input 28 Vdc Presence of these inputs required

voltage for all EPO warning control unit outputs.
E Ground Airframe ground
L NR tach gen Ac voltage, 68.6 Hz or F Same as above Same as above.

less (Models 369D/E
helicopters with C20 K Same as above Same as above.
engine), 66.5 Hz or
less (Model 369FF M Audio warning Same as J21, pin C;
helicopters with C30 tone No. 3 except 18.5 + 2 V ac
engine). into 100 ohm load.
C Same as above Same as above.
D Same as above Same as above.
G NR sensing and Airframe ground Presence of this input is required to

audio tone No. 3 prevent outputs at J21, pins F, K, C, D
disable and M with input at pin L. (Ref. Note 3)
NOTES:
(1) All ac voltage levels are peak−to−peak on calibrated oscilloscope.
(2) N1 and NR sensing inputs produce all associated outputs listed, when other required indicated inputs are
present.
(3) At removal and reapplication of input at pin G, outputs occur 3.5 seconds after reapplication due to internal
time−delay circuits.

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Table 112. Input/Output Signals − Voice Warning LRU (600N4514−3/−5)
Pin Description Function Voice message
A Input fron N1 sensor Detects frequency below 9817 HZ (ECU Engine out
manual mode)
B Power input 23−30 Vdc (Bus) N/A
C Output Audio out, 100 Mw into 600 Ohms N/A
D Input Contact to ground Fuel flow fixed
E Input Power ground N/A
F Input Contact to bus from FADEC Engine out
G Audio in (−5 only) Audio from COMM N/A
H Input Case ground N/A
K Input Detects voltage above 2.98 Vdc Power
L Input from rotor sensor Detect frequency below 1321 HZ Low rotor
P Input Contact to bus Voise warning test
S Input Contact to bus Fire
T Input Contact to ground E.C.U. manual
U Output Bus voltage out to ignition exciter if in ECU N/A
manual and low N1 or low rotor
NOTE: Pins J, M, N & R are not used −3 or −5.
Pin G not used on −3.
Table 113. Input/Output Signals − Voice Warning LRU (600N4515−1)

Pin Description Function Voice message
A Input fron N1 sensor Detects frequency below 9817 HZ (ECU Engine out
manual mode)
B Power input 23−30 Vdc (Bus) N/A
C Output Audio out, 400 Mw into 75 Ohms N/A
D Input Contact to ground Fuel flow fixed
E Input Power ground N/A
F Input Contact to bus from FADEC Engine out
G Audio in ICS audio N/A
H Input Case ground N/A
J Output Audio 2, 400 Mw into 75 Ohms N/A
K Input Detects voltage above 2.98 Vdc Power
L Input from rotor sensor Detect frequency below 1321 HZ Low rotor
P Input Contact to bus Voise warning test
S Input Contact to bus Fire
T Input Contact to ground E.C.U. manual
U Output Bus voltage out to ignition exciter if in ECU N/A
manual and low N1 or low rotor
NOTE: Pins M, N & R are not used.

95-30-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(LOCATED IN CONSOLE)
SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY TB502-6 AUDIO P1201J
F 39 W1085A22 1
CB106 TB503-5
28VDC BUS A C DB 38 P1084A22 2
S3 (FADEC IGN RELAY
7 76
K4-4 PWR TO IGN)
8 F A 34 J1074A22 3
C2 TB505-5/6
9 77 ECU049D22 NP R S 4
TB200-7
P12 DIMMER P13 5

TB201-1
DS6-2 ECU046C22 25 ECU 25 ECU046B22 90 ECU046BB22 N P RS 6
FAIL
ECU FAIL 7
XDS1-2 FIR002C22 36 ENGINE 36 FIR002C22 89 FIR002AA22 E FG H 8
FIRE
ENGINE FIRE 9
DS8-2 ECU051D22 2 FADEC SYSTEM 2 ECU051C22 88 ECU051BB22 J KL M 10
FADEC SYSTEM MANUAL
1
MANUAL TB503-2 TB200-6
1
DS2-2 W1206B22 35 ENG OUT 35 TWY Z 96 ECU048AA22 J KL M 12
SIG P5
ENG OUT LT. 4 E1259B22 65 E1259BB22 N P RS 13
14
W1099C22 45 VOICE/WARNING 45 W1099B22 41 W1099A22 15
TEST
GND TEST OUT PWR TEST OUT
W1237C22 49
W1040C22 50
XDS24 NO N NO N
WARN LTS. C C
C S2 C S1
PTT
W1040A22 52
W1040C22N 50
VOICE WARNING
CIRCUIT
6G95-097-1C
Figure 101. Voice Warning System Interconnect Data (Sheet 1 of 2)

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
P19 600N4514 VOICE/WARNING LRU P19

1 C AUDIO GROUND E P1087A22N
1
CASE GROUND H P1097A22N E D E37
2 B +28 VDC
IN TB200-8
CAP AND STOW L MK J
3 U IGNITOR 28 VDC OUT @ 2.5 AMPS
4 TO J
IGNITORS WHT 4
NR SENSOR IN (+) L ECU053B24 26
5 ECU046A22 (K2-8)
6 W1086A22 D GND INPUT FROM ECU FAIL LT

P30
7 FIR002A22 D
8 FIR002AAA22 S +28 VDC FIRE SIGNAL IN
9 ECU051B22 (K5-8)
10 ECU051BBB22 T GND INPUT FROM ECU MANUAL LT

11 ECU048A22 (K3-4)
12 W1088B22 F +28 VDC IN FROM ECU ENG. OUT LT.

13 E1259BBB22 K + VOLTAGE FROM TORQUE XDUCER
14 E1259B22 (SP76-A)
15 P +28 VDC IN OPTIONAL LRU TEST
6G95-097-2B
Figure 101. Voice Warning System Interconnect Data (Sheet 2 of 2)

95-30-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Chip Detector Circuits Replacement (5). Install and secure generator with
gasket, attaching hardware and
(Ref. Sec. 12-00-00, Main Rotor Transmission bonding jumper. Generator-to-mount
Draining, Tail Rotor Transmission Draining ing pad electrical bond is required.
and Engine Oil System Draining for removal
and installation instructions.) (6). Connect electrical connector to genera
tor.
2. Tachometer Indicating Systems
Maintenance Procedures (7). Close access door(s).
(Ref. Sec. 95-00-00, Instrument Replacement,
Instrument Inspection, and Instrument 4. TOT Indicator Maintenance Procedures
Repair)
(Ref. Sec. 95-00-00, Instrument Replacement,
NOTE: (Effectivity: 369D/E/FF - 500N) Instrument Inspection and Instrument Repair)
D Dual tach indicators stored in excess of 12
months must be returned to an approved
5. Thermocouple Wiring Harness
repair station for functional test prior to
Maintenance Procedure
being installed in a helicopter.
D Dual tach indicators stored in excess of 24 A one-piece thermocouple wiring harness
months must be returned to an approved connects the engine thermocouple harness
repair station for re-lubrication and func from the engine terminal block (TC300) to
tional testing prior to installation in a he resistor board TB9 at the back of the TOT
licopter. indicator. Maintain the engine thermocouple
D If it cannot be determined how long an af wiring harness according to instructions in the
fected dual tach indicator has been in applicable Allison Engine Operation and
storage, the indicator must be returned to Maintenance Manual (Ref. Sec. 01-00-00,
an approved repair station for re-lubrica Table 201) and as follows:
tion and functional testing prior to instal
lation in a helicopter.
Special Tools
3. Tachometer Generator Replacement
Item Nomenclature
Following instructions are typical and apply to ST1008 Crimping tool
all three tachometer generators.
(1). For access to generators, open engine (1). Replace early type silver solder termi
access doors or air inlet and tail rotor nal lugs with current type (crimped)
drive shaft access door, as applicable. terminals using crimping tool (ST1008).
(2). Disconnect electrical connector from
To ensure proper calibration
generator. Cap and stow if replacement CAUTION and operation of the TOT sys
is not imminent.
tem, alumel and chromel terminals must be
(3). Disconnect bonding jumper. correctly installed.
(4). Disconnect and remove tachometer (2). After completion of any repair, adjust
generator from mounting pad. Discard TOT circuit resistance (Ref. TOT
gasket if unserviceable. Indicating System Calibration).

95-30-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
G95-3010A
Figure 401. Wiring Diagram − Tachometer Indicating Systems (Sheet 1 of 5)
G95-3009A

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
G95-3008A
G95-3007A

95-30-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
G95-3011A

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
N2/NR TACHOMETER
KEY TO WIRING MODS:

DELETED WIRE
EXISTING WIRE
NEW WIRE
N2/NR TACHOMETER
T850-5
Figure 402. Wiring Diagram − Tachometer Indicating System (P/N 369D24518−17) (Sheet 1 of 2)

95-30-00
Revision 14
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
N2/NR TACHOMETER
KEY TO WIRING MODS:

DELETED WIRE
EXISTING WIRE
NEW WIRE
N2/NR TACHOMETER
T850-3
Figure 402. Wiring Diagram − Tachometer Indicating System (P/N 369D24518−19) (Sheet 2 of 2)

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
6. Plenum Wall Fitting Replacement (369D (5). Remove existing fittings (reducers and
Helicopters S/N 0003 − 0232) unions) from plenum chamber pan.
(Ref. Figure 404) Field reports indicate that (6). Install new ASI 2-3XH2BZ-SS-T
breakage and damage to the reducer installed fittings at plenum chamber pan.
on the plenum chamber pan fitting has
occurred during normal service or removal and (7). Uncap lines and connect forward and
installation of the engine oil pressure and aft sections of engine oil pressure gauge
torque gauge lines. Installation of new type and engine torque gauge lines to new
fittings is recommended for both the engine fittings.
torque gauge and the engine oil pressure
gauge lines, to facilitate removal and installa (8). Perform pressure and leak test of both
tion of the tube assemblies and preclude lines between engine and gauges at 200
possible breakage or failure of the fittings. psi (1379 kPa).
(1). Check that all electrical power is OFF. (9). Bleed and service both lines (Ref.
Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Gauge
(2). Remove left forward engine air intake Lines Bleeding and Servicing).
fairing and left aft bulkhead access
cover in engine compartment. (10). Close engine compartment access door.
Reinstall aft bulkhead access cover and
(3). Open L/H engine compartment access engine air intake fairing.
door.
7. Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Gauge
(4). Disconnect pressure line nuts at Maintenance Procedures
forward and aft sides of both plenum
chamber pan fittings. Cap pressure (Ref. Sec. 95-00-00, Instrument Replacement,
lines. Instrument Inspection and Instrument Repair)

95-30-00
Revision 14
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
ENGINE FURNISHED TOT

THERMOCOUPLES
INSTRUMENT M3 TOT IND

ALLISON
CONSOLE DS137
250-C20
ENGINE
(REF)
- +
GREEN
10W
AL
RED R4 1W
OR
NOTE
TC300 E10A16
FIXED VARIABLE
YELLOW
CR
TB9
WHITE
G95−3002
Figure 403. TOT Installation and Wiring Diagram
8. Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Gauge (d). Remove nylon pressure line by
Pressure Line Replacement releasing three nylon straps along
center canopy frame (Ref. view D). If
center tube section (aluminum alloy
(Ref. Figure 404)
or corrosion-resistant steel) is
installed, disconnect pressure line
A. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge and Torque nut at upper frame of canted Sta.
Pressure Line Removal 78.50 (Ref. view F).
(e). Remove left forward air intake

(1). Forward Tube Section (Nylon):
fairing and left aft bulkhead access
cover in cargo compartment.
(a). Check that all electrical power is
OFF. (f). Remove attaching hardware that
secures line to left side of mast
support structure and left side of air
(b). (Slim-Line instrument panels and
inlet (plenum) chamber (Ref. view A).
L/H command T-Panels only)
Remove left instrument panel fairing.
(g). If center tube section (aluminum
alloy or corrosion-resistant steel) is
(c). Disconnect pressure line from fitting installed, disconnect pressure line
on gauge (Ref. view C). nuts at bulkhead fittings.

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
CHAFING TAPE OR PLASTIC

EDGING GROMMET
CLAMPING
(TYP)
PLENUM CHAMBER PAN

ENGINE
(TYP)
O-RING
OIL TORQUE
PRESSURE PRESSURE
REDUCER
TYPICAL TORQUE OR
OIL PRESSURE GAGE
O-RING
FITTING
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
ALUMINUM ALLOY OR
CORROSION RESISTANT
STEEL TUBE (NOTE 3) O-RING
ADAPTER
TORQUE GAGE LINE
(NOTE 2) NYLON TUBE
(NOTE 3)
NYLON TUBE TEE
(NOTE 3)
UNION AND NUT
TORQUE PRESSURE GAGE
WITH BLEED PROVISION
GROMMET BLEED VALVE

(NOTE 4)
NYLON TUBE
(NOTE 3) 0.250 IN. (6.35 MM)
OIL PRESSURE LINE BLEED HOSE
(NOTE 1) CANOPY FRAME
TYING
(TYP)
NOTES:
1. ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LINE USED STATIC PRESSURE
WITH DIRECT READING TYPE GAGE.
2. SINGLE CONTINUOUS NYLON LINE WITH GROMMET NYLON TUBE
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LINE
AS SHOWN FOR OIL PRESSURE LINE (SEE NOTE 3). (NOTE 1)
3. AT REPLACEMENT, SINGLE CONTINUOUS 0.1875 IN.
(4.7625 MM) OD LINE IS TO BE USED. TORQUE GAGE
4. AT INSTALLATION, VALVE THREADS ARE WRAPPED PRESSURE LINE
WITH TEFLON TAPE.
5. WRAP TUBE AT LEAST ONCE WITH 2 IN. (5.08 MM) WIDE
DUCT TAPE APPROXIMATELY 1 IN. (2.54 CM) FROM FITTING. NYLON STRAP
6. SLIDE HITCH DOWN TUBE UNTIL IT RESTS ON DUCT TAPE.
7. TORQUE TO 10 - 15 INCH-POUNDS (1.13 - 1.69 NM)
(THIS TUBE ONLY). G95-3004-1A
Figure 404. Torque and Engine Oil Pressure Indicating System (Sheet 1 of 2)

95-30-00
Revision 14
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
ALUMINUM ALLOY, CORROSION

RESISTANT STEEL (NOTE 3)
DUCT TAPE
(NOTE 5)
ROLLING
NYLON TUBING
HITCH (NOTES 5 & 6)
FIREWALL FITTING,
NUT
FORWARD SIDE (NOTE 7)
NOTE 6 UNION AND NUT
FIREWALL FITTING
AFT SIDE
CORROSION RESISTANT
STEEL TUBING
FIREWAL
L (TYP)
G95-3004-2B
Figure 404. Torque and Engine Oil Pressure Indicating System (Sheet 2 of 2)
(2). Aft Tube Section (Corrosion-Resistant (1). Forward Tube Section (Nylon):
Steel):
(a). Remove covers from pressure line
(a). Open left engine compartment access and gauge fitting.
door.
(b). Connect pressure line to gauge.
(b). Remove attaching hardware (Ref. Connect bleed valve at oil pressure
view D). port.
(c). Disconnect pressure line nuts at (c). Route line along center canopy
plenum chamber pan and engine oil frame, and connect line to bulkhead
pressure port fittings (Ref. views E, at upper frame of canted Sta. 78.50.
A).
(d). When installing 3/16 inch (4.76 mm)
B. Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Gauge diameter nylon line, route line aft
Pressure Line Installation through bulkhead hole to plenum
chamber pan fitting and torque to
Consumable Materials 10 - 15 inch-pounds (1.13 - 1.69
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) Nm).
Item Nomenclature
(e). Pull-test forward tube section (Ref.
CM720 Tape and activator, vinyl 369A8010 Engine Oil Pressure and
CM807 Twine, nylon Torque Gauge Tubing Pull Test).
(f). Secure line next to static pressure
NOTE: At replacement, use 3/16 inch (4.76 line, using canopy frame slots and
mm) diameter nylon forward tube section nylon straps, or tying twine (CM807).
line. After replacement, pressure and leak
test assembled lines between engine and (g). After pressure and leak test, reinstall
gauge at 200 psi (1379 kPa). instrument panel fairing.

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(2). Aft Tube Section (Corrosion-Resistant (4). Slim-Line instrument panels and L/H
Steel): command T-Panels:
(a). Connect pressure line to plenum Remove attaching hardware and EPO
chamber pan and engine oil pressure warning control unit from instrument
port fittings, and tighten. console.
(b). Secure pressure line to left side of (5). R/H command T-Panels:
mast support structure and plenum
chamber with attaching hardware Remove attaching hardware and EPO
(Ref. view A). warning control unit from instrument
panel lower support structure.
(c). After pressure and leak test, secure
engine compartment access door. B. Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit
Installation
(3). Center Tube Section (Aluminum Alloy
or Corrosion-Resistant Steel): (1). Slim-Line instrument panels and L/H
command T-Panels:
(a). Connect pressure line to bulkhead
fittings, and tighten. Install replacement EPO warning
control unit to instrument console with
(b). To prevent chafing, use tape and hardware removed in previous above.
activator (CM720) to wrap aluminum
tubing routed past aft corner of mast (2). R/H command T-Panels:
support structure to plenum cham Install replacement EPO warning
ber. For steel tubing, use plastic control unit on instrument panel lower
edging grommet. support structure with hardware
(c). Secure line at left side of mast removed in above step.
support structure and aft left side of (3). Connect electrical wiring harness
plenum chamber with attaching connector to EPO warning control unit.
hardware (Ref. view A).
(4). Slim-Line instrument panels and L/H
(d). After pressure and leak test, install command T-Panels:
left forward air intake fairing and
left aft bulkhead access cover in If removed in prior step, install instru
cargo compartment. ment panel fairings to instrument
console.
(e). Service and bleed system (Ref.
Engine Oil Pressure and Torque (5). Turn on electrical power and check that
Lines Bleeding and Servicing). red ENG OUT warning light flashes.
9. Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit NOTE: On 369E helicopters S/N 384 & subs
Replacement and 369FF helicopters S/N 076 & subs, the
generator switch does not enable the engine
A. Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit out warning and audible headset warning.
Removal The horn and audible warnings function
only when the helicopter is airborne and an
(1). Check that all electrical power is OFF. engine out condition is sensed by the EPO,
(2). Slim-Line instrument panels and L/H or when the RE-IGN TEST switch is placed
command T-Panels: in the GND full up position.
Remove instrument panel fairings from (6). Set generator switch to GEN and listen
instrument console. to audible warning horn for audible
``beeping'' and headset for audible tone
(3). Disconnect electrical wiring harness warning signal. When flashing and
connector from EPO warning control audio warning signals are present, turn
unit. off switches and power.

95-30-00
Revision 14
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
ACTUATING
CAM NR DISABLE SWITCH
AND BRACKET
(NOTE)
IDLER
HOUSING CAP
LINK
IDLER BEARING
BELLCRANK
NOTE: FOR SWITCH ADJUSTMENT

INFORMATION, REFER TO TEXT G95-3006
Figure 405. NR Disable Switch (S199) Replacement

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
NOTE: If EPO warning control unit does not (6). With assistance, hold bulkhead fitting
function properly, check interconnects wir while assistant removes nut and
ing for continuity and proper connection ac washer on engine side of firewall.
cording to wiring diagram (Ref. Chap. 96).
(7). Remove transducer with bulkhead
10. NR Disable Switch (S199) Replacement fitting from inlet area.
(1). (Ref. Figure 405) Remove center seat (8). Separate bulkhead fitting from trans
cover or inboard collective pitch stick ducer, discard packing.
cover and controls access door.
B. Engine Torque and/or Oil Pressure
(2). Check that electrical power is OFF. Transducer Installation
Disconnect wire E105C20N at splice 71
and wire E105D20 at splice 70. Cut all (1). With new packing installed, screw
tie straps attaching wires to inboard transducer onto bulkhead fitting;
collective stick socket. torque to 30 - 50 inch-pounds (3.39 -
5.65 Nm).
(3). Remove switch by removing two screws
and threaded attach plate. (2). Insert fitting and transducer from
engine inlet side down though hole in
(4). Remove switch attaching bracket by firewall.
loosening two upper bolts in inboard
collective stick socket housing cap and (3). Position transducer for ease of connec
slipping out slotted attaching bracket. tor installation.
(5). Remove switch actuating cam by (4). With assistance, install washer and nut
removing hardware attaching gas onto bulkhead fitting on engine side of
producer link to idler and bellcrank. firewall; torque nut to 100 - 175
Note washer stackup for use at installa inch-pounds (11.30 - 19.77 Nm).
tion.
(5). Install appropriate line to fitting;
(6). Install replacement components in torque to 75 - 85 inch-pounds (8.47 -
essentially reverse order of removal. 9.60 Nm).
Perform NR Disable Switch (S199)
Adjustment. (6). Reinstall electrical connector onto
transducer.
11. Engine Torque and/or Oil Pressure
Transducer Replacement (7). Inspect inlet area for any foreign
objects.
The following procedure is common for both
transducers. (8). Remove protective cover from engine
inlet and install particle separator (Ref.
A. Engine Torque and/or Oil Pressure Sec. 71-10-60, Particle Separator
Transducer Removal Installation).
(1). Ensure electrical power is off.
12. Voice Warning LRU (600N) Replacement
(2). Remove appropriate line from engine
side of firewall. The voice warning LRU is mounted under the
left pilot's seat.
(3). Remove particle separator (Ref. Sec.
71-10-60, Particle Separator Removal). (1). Disconnect connector P19 from voice
warning LRU.
(4). Install protective cover over engine
inlet. (2). Remove four screws and washers.
(5). Remove electrical connector from (3). Install replacement LRU in reverse
transducer. order of removal.

95-30-00
Revision 14
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
ADJUSTMENT/TEST
1. Power Train Instruments Adjustment/Test 3. TOT Indicating System Calibration
(369D/E/FF − 500N)
2. Tachometer Generator Test Consumable Materials
(Ref. Figure 501) Item Nomenclature
(1). Connect tachometer generator to test CM408 Adhesive, silicone rubber
harness and equipment shown.
Special Tools
(2). Mount tachometer generator on test (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
stand with case grounded. Item Nomenclature
(3). Start tachometer test stand. Set speed ST1011 Turbine temperature indicating system
control to zero rpm. Turn strobe light test set
switch ON.
(4). Connect tachometer generator to test Following procedure is to be performed at
set-up for 20 ohm load test (test No. 1). periodic intervals specified (Ref. Chap. 05), and
(5). Increase tachometer generator speed to when required due to system malfunction or
1000 rpm. Check phase-to-phase suspected error in indications.
voltage; TP1 to TP2, TP1 to TP3 and
(1). For Slim-Line instrument panels and
TP2 to TP3. Voltage should be 3.0 - 4.0
L/H command T-Panels, remove left
Vac for each measurement.
instrument panel fairing.
(6). Reduce tachometer generator speed to
zero, disconnect 20 ohm test setup and (2). Check that engine thermocouple lead
connect 40 ohm load test setup (test No. connections are tight and there is no
2). corrosion on terminals.
(7). Increase tachometer generator speed to Do not connect test equipment

3600 rpm. Check phase-to-phase CAUTION to TOT indicating system until
voltage; TP1 to TP2, TP1 to TP3 and indicator is disconnected.
TP2 to TP3. Voltage should be 17.5 -
18.5 Vac for each measurement. (3). Disconnect resistor board TB9 from
indicator terminal lugs and remove
(8). Increase tachometer generator speed to indicator from instrument panel.
4200 rpm. Check phase-to-phase
voltage; TP1 to TP2, TP1 to TP3 and NOTE: Adjustable resistor R4 adjusts TOT cir
TP2 to TP3. Voltage should be 20.0 - cuit resistance to calibrate TOT indicating
22.0 Vac for each measurement. system. Early resistors with sliding contacts
are to be replaced, as necessary, with cur
(9). Reduce tachometer generator speed to rently supplied resistors having rotating
zero, disconnect 40 ohm test setup and contacts. Modification of TOT resistor board
prepare for open circuit test (test No. 3). will provide a finer degree of adjustment by
(10). Increase tachometer generator speed to adding an additional resistor in parallel
3600 rpm. Check phase voltage; pin A (Ref. Sec. 95-00-00, Instrument Repair).
to ground, pin B to ground and pin A to
pin B. Voltage should be 25.0 - 31.0 Vac (4). Using tester (ST1011), or an equivalent
for each measurement. precision ohmmeter, check total circuit
resistance through resistor R4 and
(11). Replace generator if output voltage complete thermocouple system. Resis
does not meet test requirements. tance must be 8.0 ±0.05 ohms.

95-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
CONNECTOR GENERATOR
GENERATOR
A TP1 A
TP2 ALL RESISTORS

B B
20 OHM 5W
G TP3 G
CASE GND CASE GND
TEST NO. 1 - 20 OHM LOAD TEST TEST NO. 3 - OPEN CIRCUIT TEST
ITEM EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION

GENERATOR
NO.
1 TACHOMETER TEST STAND (IDEAL AEROSMITH,
A TP1 MODEL 17-23-3 OR EQUIVALENT).
2 VTVM (RCA MODEL WV-77C OR EQUIVALENT)
TP2 CALIBRATED TO 25 VAC +2%
B 3 20-OHM, 5 WATT RESISTORS (THREE REQD)
4 40-OHM, 5 WATT RESISTORS (THREE REQD)
5 CONNECTORS AND WIRING AS REQUIRED.
G TP3
CASE GND
TEST NO. 2 - 40 OHM LOAD TEST
G95-3005
Figure 501. Test Hookup − Tachometer Generator
(a). If adjustment is required, loosen (a). Connect tester to indicator terminal

screw and retighten finger-tight in lugs.
sliding contact on older type resistor
R4 or, by turning rotating contact on (b). Select 800°C on tester dial.
resistor currently being used, adjust
contact position to obtain specified (c). If required, adjust screw on back of
resistance. If 8.0 ±0.05 ohms resis indicator for +10°C, -0°C.
tance can not be obtained, perform (6). Select 1000°C on tester dial; indicator
TOT Resistance Board Assembly must indicate 1000 ±25°C. If this
(TB9) Modification. requirement is not met, recheck
adjustment (repeat above procedure for
(b). Fully tighten screw on older type checking indicator adjustment screw
resistor. setting).
(7). Seal adjustment screw on back of
(c). Recheck resistance and repeat indicator with sealant (CM408) and
adjustment, if necessary. reinstall indicator in instrument panel.
(8). Reconnect TB9 to indicator terminal
(5). Check indicator adjustment screw lugs and reinstall instrument panel
setting. fairing, if removed.

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
4. 369A8010 Engine Oil Pressure and (a). Wrap duct tape (CM730) around
Torque Gauge Tubing Pull Test tube, approximately one inch (2.54
cm) in front of bulkhead fittings.
(Ref. Figure 404)
NOTE: Before performing the following step, it
may be necessary to practice tying the roll
ing hitch, as shown, using one hand. The
Item Nomenclature
rolling hitch is used to attach the twine to
the tube assemblies while performing the
CM730 Tape, duct pull tests.
CM807 Twine, nylon
(b). Tie a small loop in one end of a two to
Special Tools
three foot (60 to 90 cm) length of
twine (CM807). Tie opposite end of
Item Nomenclature
twine around tube, using a rolling
hitch; slide rolling hitch down tube
N/A Spring scale, short body, 0-25 lbs. until it rests on duct tape; tighten
hitch, as shown.
Two nylon tubes used as engine
CAUTION oil pressure gauge and engine
(c). Attach hook of spring scale to loop in
free end of twine. Apply 15 - 20 lbs.
torque gauge lines are connected to firewall (7 - 9 Kg) straight pull, using twine,
fittings. If not properly swaged, the tubes on tube for approximately 15 sec
can pull out of the fittings, causing loss of onds. If tube pulls partially or
engine oil which in turn may result in dam completely out of fitting, replace
age to the engine and surrounding compo fitting.
nents.
(d). Remove scale and twine from tube
NOTE: assembly.
D The following procedure shall be accom
plished any time the 369A8010 oil lines (3). Remove FOD cover installed over
and related firewall fittings are removed engine air inlet. Verify that area
and reinstalled or replaced. around base of mast, inlet plenum and
entire plenum chamber is free of debris
D This procedure shall also be performed and other foreign materials.
any time there are indications of oil leaks
around the 369A8010 oil tubing at the (4). Start and operate helicopter at ground
firewall fittings. idle for two minutes minimum (Ref.
applicable PFM, Table 201, Sec.
(1). Release and prop open filter bypass 01-00-00).
door or plenum chamber access door.
(5). Shut down helicopter. After rotor blades
Use care to prevent entry of for
CAUTION eign objects (FOD) into engine have stopped turning, check oil pres
sure gauge and torque gauge tubing at
air inlet. Install cover over engine air inlet. the firewall fittings for any indications
Do not remove cover until work is completed of leakage. Replace fitting(s) if any
and any debris or other materials are thor leakage is noted.
oughly cleaned out of the area. After remov
ing the cover, verify that area around base (6). Close filter bypass door and plenum
of mast, inlet plenum and entire plenum chamber access door.
chamber is free from foreign material.
(7). Record this test in the Compliance
(2). Perform pull test for tube assembly as Record Section of the helicopter Log
follows: Book.

95-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
5. Engine Oil Pressure and Torque Gauge NOTE: Higher engine power setting may be re
Lines Bleeding and Servicing quired for adequate pressure.
(Ref. Figure 404) 6. Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit
Operational Check
NOTE: For best access to rear of gauge, remove
an adjacent instrument or avionics unit not
Special Tools
necessary to ground operation of helicopter.
Bleed and service as follows; or service and Item Nomenclature
bleed system with engine operating by
pressing valve plunger until clear engine oil N/A Oscilloscope
flows through drain hose into a container.
Comply with all precautions
(1). For Slim-Line instrument panels and WARNING for ground operation of
L/H command T-Panels, remove left Model 369 helicopter (Ref. applicable
instrument panel fairing. PFM, Table 201, Sec. 01-00-00) while
(2). Open engine compartment left access performing operational check of en
door. gine power out warning system.
NOTE:
(3). Attach a 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) diameter
drain hose at bleed valve. Wrap cloth D The Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit
around gauge line under fitting at cannot be rebuilt and there is no manuals
engine and at back of gauge. available for repairs. The EPO unit can
only be exchanged. For further informa
(4). Loosen, but do not remove pressure tion, contact
tube fitting at engine. Autronics Corporation
314 E. Live Oaks Drive
(5). Disconnect pressure line from fitting at Arcadia, CA. 91006-5695
gauge (Ref. view C). D If engine power out warning system mal
function is suspected or reported, perform
NOTE: During filling of line, do not introduce following operational check.
any air bubbles into system. Use suitable
pump with sufficient volume to fill entire D If system does not function properly dur
length of pressure line. ing operational check, troubleshoot sys
tem (Ref. Sec. 95-00-00, Caution/Warn
(6). At gauge end, pump pressure line full ing System Troubleshooting). Repeat
with new engine oil. Force oil through operational check.
the line until clean oil flows at engine D If system continues to malfunction, per
end. form input/output check (Ref. Table 111)
and repeat operational check.
(7). Tighten tube fitting at engine and
continue to pump small amount of oil D If engine power out warning system is
back into engine. found to be defective, replace unit (Ref.
Autronics EPO Warning Control Unit Re
(8). Install and tighten gauge line fitting at placement).
back of gauge. Keep line as full as D Avoid continuous operation of engine be
possible during connection. tween 85 to 98 percent N2 (406 to 468 ro
tor rpm).
(9). Start and operate engine at idle (Ref.
applicable PFM, Table 201, Sec. (1). Start helicopter. With generator switch
01-00-00) and check for visible air ON, increase engine rpm (N1) above 55
bubbles in forward nylon line. percent and main rotor rpm (NR) above
467. Check that engine power out
(10). If air bubbles are present, momentarily warning light is extinguished and that
loosen fitting at back of gauge and cabin warning horn and headset tone
bleed system with engine running. are not present.

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
NOTE: On 369E helicopter S/N 384 and subs, 7. Voice Warning LRU Operational Check
and 369FF helicopter S/N 076 and subs the (600N)
generator switch does not enable the engine
out warning and audible headset warning. (Ref. Pilot's Flight Manual)
The horn and audible warnings function
only when the helicopter is airborne and an 8. Chip Detector Circuit Operational Check
engine out condition is sensed by the EPO,
or when the RE-IGN TEST switch is placed Special Tools
in the GND full up position. (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
(2). Reduce power until rotor rpm (NR) Item Nomenclature
drops below 456. Check that engine N/A Jumper wire
power out warning light flashes and
that warning horn in cabin and tone in
headset activate as main rotor rpm (1). Turn on electrical power; use an
drops below 467. external power supply when possible.
(3). Turn generator switch OFF then ON. (2). Temporarily connect jumper wire from
Check that audible warnings stop with chip detector connector plug pin or wire
generator switch OFF and resume terminal to an unpainted (grounding)
when generator switch is turned to ON. surface of airframe or engine.
Warning light should flash throughout
procedure. (3). Observe CHIPS indicator light. If light
is on, circuit tests good; remove jumper
(a). On 369E model helicopter S/N 384 wire and reinstall wiring.
and subs, and 369FF model helicop
ter S/N 076 and subs only: (4). If CHIPS indicator light does not
illuminate, check that jumper is
1). Place helicopter in hover. properly grounded. If so, check circuit
components for continuity and replace
2). Set RE-IGN TEST switch to FLT. defective parts.
Verify horn and audible warning,
and illumination of indicator 9. NR Disable Switch (S199) Adjustment
lights; ENG OUT and RE-IGN P
RST. Return switch to OFF, verify (1). (Ref. Figure 405) Check that pilot's
horn and audible warning stop. collective stick is in full down position
and throttle grip rotated to idle posi
3). Press RE-IGN P RST indicator tion.
switch to reset the system.
(2). Position switch so that it activates
(4). With collective full down, rotate throttle
(clicks) when the switch roller contacts
to idle position to activate NR disable
the actuator cam.
switch. Check that engine power out
warning light extinguishes. (3). Note switch position at point of actua
(5). Increase throttle, keeping NR rpm tion and move switch toward actuator
below 456. Check that warning indica cam an additional 0.030 inch (0.762
tors activate within 3 - 4 seconds. mm). Tighten switch mounting screws
to secure switch in position and safety
(6). Increase rotor rpm (NR) above 467. wire.
Check that all engine power out
warnings stop. (4). Check that pilot's throttle grip will
rotate to cutoff position. Check pilot's
(7). Set throttle to idle. With collective full collective pitch stick operation through
down, perform normal helicopter full range to determine that switch
shut-down procedures. Check that wiring does not interfere with move
warning light, illuminates as engine ment. Switch at 0.030 inch (0.762 mm)
rpm (N1) drops to 50 - 55 percent. overtravel position.

95-30-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
10. Power Train Instruments Adjustment/Test C. TOT Indicator
(600N)
Table 503. TOT Indicator
A. N1 Tachometer
Exceedance Monitoring Data (C47M)
Low High
Table 501. N1 Tachometer Calibration Exceedance
Temp. Temp.
Duration
Indicated Nominal
Tolerance Tolerance Operating 727° C 779° C >5 Min.
Position Signal
Low Input High Input
%RPM (Hz) Operating 779° C 871° C >12 Sec.
0 0.00 0.00 116.02 Operating >871° C >0 Sec.
40 7140.00 7023.98 7256.02 Starting 826° C 927° C >10 Sec.
80 14280.00 14163.98 14396.02 Starting 927° C >1 Sec.
100 17850.00 17733.98 17966.02 Starting >927° C >0 Sec.
130 23205.00 23088.98 23321.02 Calibration Data
Minimum Maximum
Scale Error Test
B. NR/N2 (NP) Dual Tachometer Indicator mV mV
0 = 0.00 −0.41 0.41
Table 502. Dual Tachometer Calibration 400 = 16.40 15.99 16.81
NR Calibration Data 700 = 29.13 28.72 29.54
Indicated Nominal 850 = 35.31 34.90 35.72
Tolerance Tolerance
Position Signal 1000 = 41.28 40.87 41.69
%RPM (Hz)
D. Engine Oil Temperature/Engine Oil
Pressure
0 0.00 0.00 13.95
200 587.00 578.93 595.07
300 880.50 872.43 888.57 Table 504. Engine Oil Temperature/Engine
400 1174.01 1165.94 1192.08 Oil Pressure Calibration Data
500 1467.51 1159.44 1475.58 Scale Error Test Minimum Maximum
550 1614.25 1606.19 1622.33 °C Ohms Ohms Ohms
(475.33) (1395.1) (=100% NR) 15 = 1394 1366.1 1421.9
N2 (NP) Calibration Data 60 = 212 203 222
Indicated Nominal
1O7 = 48 20.1 75.9
Tolerance Tolerance
Position Signal 125 = 30 2.1 57.9
%RPM (Hz) Scale Error Test Minimum Maximum
0 0.00 0.00 61.30 °PS Vdc Ohms Ohms
50 5108.50 5047.20 5169.80 50 = 1.83 1366.1 1421.9
80 8173.60 8112.30 8234.90 100 = 3.17 203 222
100 10217.00 10155.70 10278.74 130 = 3.97 20.1 75.9
120 12260.40 12199.10 12321.70 150 = 4.50 2.1 57.9

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
11. Torque Indicator Calibration (14). Verify that the digital display stays
constant.
The following procedure is for verifying the
600N helicopter torque gage indication. NOTE: Screw the volume adjuster in or out as a
fine adjustment.
Special Tools (15). Verify that the analog torque indicator
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) and the digital torque indicator reads
Item Nomenclature 599-605 torque units.
ST1014 Pressure calibrator
NOTE: If the torque meter is held at 600 ±1
torque units for longer that 10 seconds, the
(1). Ensure analog and digital torque gages exceedance value will be recorded in the
are installed and operational. Transcoil Engine Monitoring TRQ gage and
a red LED will illuminate on the analog
(2). If installed, remove torquemeter line gage.
from pressure transducer (lower
transducer). (16). After verification of torque units, open
vent valve to full open to release
(3). Cap open end of torquemeter line. internal pressure. Turn off aircraft
(4). Open the instrument vent valve and power supply.
ensure that the pressure is at zero (17). Remove hard line from pressure
before connection. transducer and outlet port on pressure
(5). Connect an AN816-4, or equivalent, calibrator.
adapter fitting to outlet port on DPI (18). Depress I/O display function on pres
603 pressure calibrator. sure calibrator to power down the
(6). Connect a 1/8 inch (0.3175 mm) hard instrument.
line from adapter fitting to pressure (19). Reinstall tube assembly to pressure
transducer; torque B-nuts to 75 - 85 transducer and torque line to 75 - 85
inch-pounds (8.47 - 9.60 Nm). inch-pounds (8.47 - 9.60 Nm).
(7). Press power display function I/O to LED
OUTLET
power up the pressure calibrator. PORT ”P”
VOLUME I/O
(8). Zero the instrument by pressing “P” ADJUSTER
followed by Zero. A message, Zeroing P,
is briefly written to the display as the
operation is carried out.
(9). Turn on electrical power; use an
external power supply when possible.
ZERO
(10). Verify the INST circuit breaker is
pushed in.
(11). Close the vent. VENT
HAND
PUMP
(12). Using the hand pump, pressurize the G95-3013
system to 85.5 PSIG (589.5 kPa).
Figure 502. Torque Indicator Calibration
(13). Allow the LED digital display to settle. Instrument

95-30-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
12. Digital TOT Indicating System Inspection (5). Turn on aircraft electrical power.
(369D/E − 500N)
NOTE: TOT indicator requires approximately
(Ref. Figure 503) five seconds to reset internal circuitry.
(6). Verify TOT gauge indicates same as
Special Tools
tester, within tolerance (Ref.
Table 505).
Item Nomenclature
N/A Fluke, Model No. 714 tester (a). If TOT indicator matches tempera
N/A Omega, Model No. CL−307A−K tester tures in Table 505, no further action
N/A Barfield, Model No. TT−1000A tester is required.
(b). If TOT indicator does not match
(1). Disconnect the engine thermocouple temperatures in Table 505, refer to
wire harness at the TC300 terminal applicable Rolls Royce Allison
block located over the left-hand engine Operation and Maintenance Manual
compartment door. for possible maintenance actions.
(2). Connect tester to TC300. (7). Turn off aircraft electrical power.
(a). Connect tester wire to #8 stud on (8). Set source switch to off position.
TC300 (white chromel wire)
(yellow lead for Fluke and Omega, (9). Disconnect tester from TC300.
red for Barfield).
(10). Reconnect engine thermocouple wire
(b). Connect tester wire to #10 stud on harness to TC300 terminal block.
TC300 (green alumel wire)
(red lead for Fluke and Omega, black (11). Record compliance to the Service
for Barfield). Bulletin in the Compliance Record
section of the helicopter Log Book.
For Omega and Fluke testers,
CAUTION do not force lead into tester, one
lead prong of plug is larger than the other, Table 505. TOT System Test (369D/E −
damage to tester connection will occur. 500N)
Tester Setting (°C) Indicator Reading (°C)
(c). Connect lead to tester.
700° 700° ±10°
(3). Set power switch to source for Omega
725° 725° ±10°
and Fluke or ON position for Barfield.
752° 752° ±10°
(4). Set indicator to temperatures in
Table 505. 810° 810° ±10°

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
M39029/32-245 M39029/87-480
SOCKET PIN 1-321897-0 CHROMEL TERMINAL
LUG FOR NUMBER 8 STUD
M39029/88-492 (NON-MAGNETIC))
TOT INDICATOR SOCKET
P5 P1202J TC300
DISCONNECT ENGINE
CHROMEL F WHITE K WHITE
THERMOCOUPLE LEADS
FROM STUDS ON TC300.
ALUMEL G GREEN N GREEN CONNECT TESTER HERE.
M39029/88-491
SOCKET 1-321898-0 ALUMEL
TERMINAL LUG FOR
M39029/32-244 NUMBER 10 STUD
M39029/87-479
SOCKET (MAGNETIC)
PIN
88-773-1
Figure 503. TOT Wire Harness Termination Verification (369D/E − 500N)

13. Digital TOT Indicating System Inspection For Omega and Fluke testers,
(600N) CAUTION do not force lead into tester, one
lead prong of plug is larger than the other,
(Ref. Figure 504) damage to tester connection will occur.
(c). Connect lead to tester.
Special Tools (3). Connect FADEC maintenance lap-top
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) terminal to ECU.
Item Nomenclature
(4). Set power switch to source for Omega
N/A Fluke, Model No. 714 tester and Fluke or ON position for Barfield.
NOTE: Do not set temperature above 765°C. If
N/A Omega, Model No. CL−307A−K tester
N/A Barfield, Model No. TT−1000A tester maximum temperature is exceeded on the
TOT gauge (779°C for more than 12 se
conds), an exceedance is recorded.
(1). Disconnect the engine thermocouple
wire harness at the TC3002 terminal (5). Set indicator to temperatures in
block located on the aft-right face of Table 506.
the engine fireshield. (6). Turn on aircraft electrical power.
(2). Connect tester to TC3002. NOTE: TOT indicator requires approximately

five seconds to reset internal circuitry.
(a). Connect tester wire to #8 stud on (7). Verify TOT gauge indicates same as
TC3002 (white chromel wire) tester, within tolerance (Ref.
(yellow lead for Fluke and Omega, Table 506).
red for Barfield).
(a). If TOT indicator matches tempera
tures in Table 505, no further action
(b). Connect tester wire to #10 stud on is required.
TC3002 (green alumel wire)
(red lead for Fluke and Omega, black (b). If TOT indicator does not match
for Barfield). temperatures in Table 506;

95-30-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
1). Refer to applicable Rolls Royce (12). Reconnect engine thermocouple wire
Allison Operation and Mainte harness to TC3002 terminal block.
nance Manual for possible mainte
nance actions, if TOT gauge (13). Record compliance to the Service
indicates 30° lower than tester. Bulletin in the Compliance Record
section of the helicopter Log Book.
(8). Verify FADEC maintenance lap-top
terminal indicates TOT within ±5°C. If
FADEC maintenance lap-top terminal Table 506. TOT System Test (600N)
is not within tolerance (±5°C), perform Tester Setting (°C) Indicator Reading (°C)
Part III of this service bulletin.
625° 625° ±10°
(9). Turn off aircraft electrical power. 680° 680° ±10°
(10). Set source switch to off position. 727° 727° ±10°
(11). Disconnect tester from TC3002. 765° 765° ±10°
M39029/87-480
010-2020-055C
PIN
SOCKET 1-321897-0 CHROMEL TERMINAL
LUG FOR NUMBER 8 STUD
M39029/88-492 (NON-MAGNETIC)) (3 PLCS)
TOT INDICATOR
SOCKET
(600N) TC300 TC3002
P5 P1202J
CHROMEL 21 WHITE K WHITE DISCONNECT ENGINE

WHITE
E1141B2 THERMOCOUPLE LEADS
ALUMEL 24 0
GREEN GREEN GREEN FROM STUDS ON TC3002.
N
CONNECT TESTER HERE.
M39029/88-491
SOCKET 1-321898-0 ALUMEL
TERMINAL LUG FOR
010-2020-055A M39029/87-479 NUMBER 10 STUD
SOCKET PIN (MAGNETIC) (3 PLCS)
M39029/87-476
PIN TC3002
M39029/88-484 CHROMEL +
TYPE K
P1 SOCKET
P3J ALUMEL - THERMOCOUPLE
SIMULATOR
ENGINE 78 CHROMEL GG
CONTROL ECU017A22
UNIT 79 ALUMEL HH
RRA SUPPLIED
HARNESS
M39029/88-483
SOCKET
M39029/87-475
PIN
CHROMEL
ENGINE-MOUNTED TYPE K
ALUMEL THERMOCOUPLE HARNESS
(DISCONNECTED)
88-773-2
Figure 504. TOT Wire Harness Termination Verification (600N)

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
1. Analog Digital TOT Indicator Initial (5). Install a M22758/32-22 jumper wire
Installation from TB503-1-C to TB503-1-E using
sockets (M39029/22-191).
(Ref. Figure 901) The 369D24513-1 digital
TOT indicator, certified for use only on (6). Route E1141B20 to P1202 (in battery
helicopters equipped with the 250-C20R/2 compartment).
engine, is used for more accurate TOT read (a). Install pin (M39029/32-480) on the
ings. The following procedure is for installa white (chromel) wire and insert into
tion of the TOT indicator. P1202-K.
NOTE: (b). Install pin (M39029/32-479) on the
D There are three different TOT indicator green (alumel) wire and insert into
installations. Ensure proper S/N effectiv P1202-N.
ity of helicopter when installing wires. B. 369E S/N 001 − 383:
D If proper pin crimper is not available, sol
der wires into pins (Ref. Sec. 96-00-00, (1). Route TOT1A22 to TB503-8 (front of
Repair/Replacement of Connectors). instrument panel), install socket
(M39029/22-191) and insert in M.
(1). Remove instrument panel covers for (2). Route TOT2A22N to E31 (front of
access to instruments and wiring. instrument panel), install socket
(M39029/22-191) and insert in H.
(2). Disconnect and remove TOT gauge and
resistor board assembly. (3). Route TOT3A22N to E31 (front of
instrument panel), install socket
(3). Refer to Section 96-00-00 for locations (M39029/22-191) and insert in B.
of terminal blocks, modules and
plug/junctions. (4). Route TOT4A22 to TB503-2 (front of
(4). Install digital TOT gauge in instrument (M39029/22-191) and insert in F.
panel.
(5). Modify existing wires from TC300 as
(5). Connect P5 to TOT gauge. follows:
(a). Remove wire lug from E10A16
A. 369E S/N 384 & Subs − 500N S/N 001 & (chromel) wire and install socket
Subs: (M39029/32-245); insert in P5-F.
(1). Route TOT1A22 to TB503-1 (front of (b). Remove wire lug from E10A16
instrument panel), install socket (alumel) wire and install socket
(M39029/22-191) and insert in G. (M39029/32-244); insert in P5-G.
(2). Route TOT2A22N to E31 (front of C. 369D S/N 001 & Subs:
(1). Route TOT1A22 to the 3-Pack instru
(M39029/22-191) and insert in H.
ment cluster, install lug (MS25036-103)
(3). Route TOT3A22N to E35 (front of and attach to IGN.
instrument panel), install socket NOTE: TOT2A22N and TOT3A22N are termi
(M39029/22-191) and insert in D. nated into the same (MS25036-103) lug.
(4). Route TOT4A22 to TB503-3 (front of (2). Route TOT2A22N to the 3-Pack
instrument panel), install socket instrument cluster, install lug
(M39029/22-192) and insert in D. (MS25036-103) and attach to GND.

95-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
(3). Route TOT3A22N to the 3-Pack (b). Remove wire lug from E10A16
instrument cluster, install lug (alumel) wire and install socket
(MS25036-103) and attach to GND. (M39029/32-244); insert in P5-G.
(4). Route TOT4A22 to TB105-4 (front of D. Reassembly After Indicator Installation
instrument panel) and install lug
(MS25036-103). (1). Remove post light and fill existing hole
(5). Modify existing wires from TC300 as with an #8 panhead screw, washer and
follows: locknut.
(a). Remove wire lug from E10A16 (2). Clean all areas of work.
(chromel) wire and install socket
(M39029/32-245); insert in P5-F. (3). Reinstall instrument panel covers.

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
TB503-1 P1201J
E L
L1145B22 9
C G
J5P
369D24513-1 TOT IND.
TOT1A22 H
28V POWER IN B D
28V GROUND C TOT2A22N
28V LIGHTING GROUND E TOT3A22N
28V LIGHTING POWER A TOT4A22 TB503-3
H D
J
CHROME F CHROMEL K
E1141B2 ALUMEL
ALUMEL G 0 N
CASE GROUND K
M39029/22-191
M39029/22-192 SOCKET
SOCKET
M39029/87-479
M39029/87-480 CONTACT PIN
CONTACT PIN
95-3012-1
Wiring Data List − 369E Helicopters S/N 384 & Subs − 500N Helicopters S/N 001 & Subs
* Wire # From Termination To Termination Material
TOT1A22 P5−B M39029/32−259 TB503−1−G M39029/22−191 22 GA
TOT2A22N P5−C ♦ M39029/32−259 E31−H M39029/22−191 22 GA
TOT3A22N P5−D M39029/32−259 E35−D M39029/22−191 22 GA
TOT4A22 P5−E M39029/32−259 TB503−3−D M39029/22−192 22 GA
JUMPER P5−K M39029/32−259 P5−C ♦ M39029/22−259 22 GA
JUMPER TB503−1−C M39029/22−191 TB503−1−E M39029/22−191 22 GA
E1141B20 P5−F (WHT) M39029/32−245 P1202−K (WHT) M39029/87−480 20 GA
(chromel) (chromel)
E1141B20 P5−G (GRN) M39029/32−244 P1202−N (GRN) M39029/87−479 20 GA
(alumel) (alumel)
NOTES:
* Wires provided in this kit are excessive in length. Wires are to be added and secured to existing harness.
Cut wires to proper length after routing and terminate with hardware provided.
♦ Crimp both wires in same contact.
Figure 901. Analog Digital TOT Wiring Installation (Sheet 1 of 3)

95-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
TB503-8 E31
J5P M J F C H B
369D24513-1 TOT IND.
28V POWER IN B TOT1A22

TOT2A22N
28V GROUND C TOT3A22N
28V LIGHTINH GROUND D TOT4A22 TB503-2
28V LIGHTING POWER E
A F TC300
H
J CHROMEL
E10A16
CHROMEL F ALUMEL
ALUMEL G
CASE GROUND K
M39029/22-191
SOCKET
95-3012-2
Wiring Data List − 369E Helicopters S/N 001 − 383

TOT1A22 P5−B M39029/32−259 TB503−8−M M39029/22−191 22 GA
TOT2A22N P5−C ♦ M39029/32−259 E31−H M39029/22−191 22 GA
TOT3A22N P5−D M39029/32−259 E31−B M39029/22−191 22 GA
TOT4A22 P5−E M39029/32−259 TB503−2−F M39029/22−191 22 GA
JUMPER P5−K M39029/32−259 P5−C ♦ M39029/32−259 22 GA
E10A16 [ P5−F (chromel) M39029/32−245 TC300 (chromel) (existing wire) 16 GA
E10A16 H P5−G (alumel) M39029/32−244 TC300 (alumel) (existing wire) 16 GA
NOTES:
[ Remove existing terminal end, crimp M39029/32−245 socket to wire and insert in P5−F.
H Remove existing terminal end, crimp M39029/32−244 socket to wire and insert in P5−G.
♦ Crimp both wire in same contact.

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
MS25036-103 LUG
J5P GND
369D24513-1 TOT IND.
28V POWER IN B TOT1A22
28V GROUND C TOT2A22N IGN SEND IGN SEND LOAD BA
28V LIGHTING GROUND D TOT3A22N
TOT4A22 T
28V LIGHTING POWER E
TB105-4
A
H TC300
J CHROMEL
E10A16 ALUMEL
CHROMEL F
ALUMEL G
CASE GROUND K MS25036-103 LUG
95−3012−3
Wiring Data List − 369D Helicopters S/N 001 & Subs

TOT1A22 P5−B M39029/32−259 3 PACK−IGN MS25036−103 22 GA
TOT2A22N P5−C ♦ M39029/32−259 3 PACK−GND D MS25036−103 22 GA
TOT3A22N P5−D M39029/32−259 3 PACK−GND D MS25036−103 22 GA
TOT4A22 P5−E M39029/32−259 TB105−4 MS25036−103 22 GA
JUMPER P5−K M39029/32−259 P5−C ♦ (ground) M39029/32−259 22 GA
E10A16 [ P5−F (chromel) M39029/32−245 TC300 (chromel) (existing wire) 16 GA
E10A16 H P5−G (alumel) M39029/32−244 TC300 (alumel) (existing wire) 16 GA
NOTES:
[ Remove existing terminal end, crimp M39029/32−245 socket to wire and insert in P5−F.
H Remove existing terminal end, crimp M39029/32−244 socket to wire and insert in P5−G.
D After routing wires, cut and insert both wires into MS25036−103 terminal lug.
♦ Crimp both wires in same contact.

95-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]

95-30-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
Section
95−50−00
Miscellaneous
Instruments

[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS
1. Outside Air Temperature Indicator oil pressure switch (S203). A second set of
normally-closed contacts in the switch
(Ref. Figure 201 for 369D helicopters, operates the XMSN oil pressure warning light
Figure 202 for 369E/FF - 500/600N helicop when below normal operating pressure exists.
ters) The outside air temperature (OAT)
indicator is mounted on the canopy just above (Slim-Line and most T-panels) The running
the instrument panel. The gauge temperature time meter is installed in a cover panel on the
bulb is protected from direct sunlight by a left side of the instrument panel structure just
sunshield. The dial indicates outside air below floor level and is visible from outside the
temperature in both Fahrenheit and Centi helicopter.
grade.
(R/H command T-panels in TOW-equipped
2. Outside Air Temperature Indicator helicopters only) The running time meter is
Replacement installed on the right side of the instrument
panel structure.
(Ref. Figure 201 or Figure 202)
4. Running Time Meter Replacement
(1). Hold OAT indicator dial firmly and
remove sunshield from thermometer (Ref. Sec. 95-00-00 for general instrument
stem. Remove dished washer and replacement procedures.)
rubber mounting washer, spacer and
seal from stem; then remove indicator NOTE: If wire connections at the transmission
from canopy. Remove spacer and inner oil pressure switch are disconnected for any
mounting seal from stem. reason, reconnect them as shown in Chapter
96 wiring diagram. If wires are reversed,
(2). Remove sun shield, dished washer and the running time meter will operate on low
outer rubber washer from replacement oil pressure and transmission low oil pres
indicator and install indicator in canopy sure warning light will operate on high oil
with inner spacer. pressure.
(3). Rotate indicator dial for correct reading
position, install seal, outer spacer, outer 5. Clocks
rubber washer, dished washer and sun
shield, and securely hand-tighten sun The Models A11-90W-ET and 1020 clocks are
shield. Note spacer positioning. stem-wound and stem-set. These are mechan
ical eight-day clocks. They provide an analog
time readout and are not intended for precise
3. Running Time Meter
navigation.
(Ref. Figure 203) The running time meter is
basically an electric clock that provides an The Model 99500-ELT quartz electric clock
accurate record of engine and/or transmission also provides an analog time readout. This
operating time in hours and tenths of hours. clock has a fused +28 Vdc power input
The meter operates whenever an oil pressure terminal tied to the hot side of the battery
switch in the main rotor transmission is closed relay and an unfused +28 Vdc input for
by transmission operating oil pressure. internal lighting.
The meter receives +28 Vdc power from the 6. Wiring Troubleshooting − Quartz Electric
INST 5 ampere circuit breaker. The circuit is Clock
completed to ground through the normally-
open contacts of the main rotor transmission (Ref. Figure 204)

95-50-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
INDICATOR
OUTER MOUNTING INNER MOUNTING

RUBBER WASHER RUBBER WASHER
SPACER
DISHED WASHER
SEAL
SUNSHIELD
SPACER
OAT INDICATOR INSTALLATION

G95-5001
Figure 201. OAT Indicator (369D)
SUNSHIELD
DISHED WASHER
SEAL
OUTER MOUNTING
SPACER RUBBER WASHER
OAT INDICATOR INSTALLATION
INNER MOUNTING
RUBBER WASHER
SPACER
INDICATOR
G95-5002
Figure 202. OAT Indicator (369E/FF − 500/600N)

95-50-00
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]
G95-5003
Figure 203. Running Time Meter
P108 A2 A1
+28V BATT A SEE NOTE
K310
BATT
RELAY F1 J1201P TB503-9
JUMPER 1C22 12 12 1B22 1A22
99500-ELT
CHECK
CHECK +
1A22N CHECK -
E31-C
DS119
H TB503-2
NOTE: +28V
P502A (3-10) IN SOME HELICOPTERS, P502A4 IN OTHERS.
G95-5004
Figure 204. Quartz Electric Clock Wiring Diagram (369E/FF − 500/600N)

95-50-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 95 TOC ]

95-50-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Chapter
96
Electrical

TABLE OF CONTENTS
96-00-00 Electrical Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A

1. Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Miscellaneous DC Main Power and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Electrical System - Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 201. Electrical Equipment - Cabin Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Table 201. Troubleshooting Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
4. Electrical Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
5. Repair/Replacement of Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
A. External Power Receptacle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
B. Replacement of Terminal Blocks and Terminal Block Contact Tips . . . . . . . . . . . 206
6. Maintenance of Electrical Bonding Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
7. Electrical Wiring and Harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
A. Electrical Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
B. Electrical Maintenance - Wiring, Electrical Bonding
and Wiring Harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
C. Wire Harness Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
8. Air/Ground Switch S522 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
A. Air/Ground Switch S522 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
B. Air/Ground Switch S522 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Figure 202. Air/Ground Switch Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Table 202. Wire Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Figure 203. Identification and Replacement of Terminal
Block Modules (Sheet 1 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Figure 204. Electrical Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Figure 205. Component Location (Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Module Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Figure 601. Grommet Damage Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Connector and Accessories Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Figure 602. Accept/Reject Criteria for Connector Defects (Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . 602
3. Wiring Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
A. Wire Harness Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Figure 603. Drip Loops and Downward Attachment of Wired Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . 606
B. Single Wire and Shielded Wire Damage Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Table 601. Conductor Damage Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Table 602. Broken Shield Strand Allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607

96 Contents

C. Coaxial Cable Damage Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
D. Soldered Contact Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Figure 604. Solder Style Contact Acceptance Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
E. Solder Joint Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Figure 605. Solder Joint Acceptance Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
4. Electrical Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
A. Continuity Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
B. Open Circuit Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
C. Voltage Test (Power On) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
96-01-00 Wiring Diagrams (369D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
Figure 201. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (369D; 003 - 723) (Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . 202
Figure 202. Console Wiring Diagram (369D; 003 - 723) (Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . . 208
Figure 203. Fuselage Wiring Diagram, Instrument Panel with Center Console
(369D; 003 - 723) (Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Figure 204. Console Wiring Diagram, Instrument Panel with Center Console
(369D; 003 - 723) (Sheet 1 of 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Figure 205. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (369D; 724 - 1149, 1151 - 1184)
(Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Figure 206. Console Wiring Diagram (369D; 724 - 1149, 1151 - 1184)
(Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
(369D; 724 - 1149) (Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
(369D; 724 - 1149) (Sheet 1 of 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Figure 209. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (369D; 1150, 1185 & Subs
(Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Figure 210. Console Wiring Diagram (369D; 1150, 1185 & Subs)
(Sheet 1 of 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
96-02-00 Wiring Diagrams (369E/FF - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
Figure 201. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (369E; 001 - 383) (Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . 202
Figure 202. Console Wiring Diagram (369E; 001 - 383) (Sheet 1 of 7) . . . . . . . . 208
Figure 203. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (369FF; 001 - 075) (Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . 215
Figure 204. Console Wiring Diagram (369FF; 001 - 075) (Sheet 1 of 7) . . . . . . . 221
Figure 205. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (369E; 384 - 508, 369FF; 076 - 095
500N; 001 - 044) (Sheet 1 of 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Figure 206. Console Wiring Diagram (369E; 384 - 508, 369FF; 076 - 095
500N; 001 - 044) (Sheet 1 of 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

96 Contents

Figure 207. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (500N Unique) (Sheet 1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . 244
Figure 208. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (369E; 509 & Subs, 369FF; 096 & Subs
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 1 of 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Figure 209. Console Wiring Diagram (369E; 509 & Subs, 369FF; 096 & Subs,
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 1 of 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Figure 210. Console Wiring Diagram, T-Panel with Center Console
(369E; 384 & Subs, 369FF; 076 & Subs) (Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . . . . . 263
96-03-00 Wiring Diagrams (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
Figure 201. Fuselage Wiring Diagram - 600N (Sheet 1 of 14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 202. Console Wiring Diagram - 600N (Sheet 1 of 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Figure 203. YSAS Wiring Diagram - 600N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
96-05-00 Battery and Temperature Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
2. Battery Handling and Servicing Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Battery Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
4. Battery Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 201. Battery and Components Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
5. Battery Servicing Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
6. Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
A. Battery Charging - Normal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
B. Battery Charging - Deep Cycling Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Table 201. Individual Cell Voltages - Deep Cycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
7. Battery Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
8. Battery Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
9. Battery Electrolyte (Nickel-Cadmium) Spillage Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
10. Battery Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
11. Battery Temperature Sensing Equipment and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
A. Temperature Sensing Light/Switch Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
B. Battery Temperature Sensing Equipment Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
C. Battery Temperature Sensing Switches Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
D. Battery Temperature Sensing Equipment Operational Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Figure 202. Battery Temperature Sensing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Figure 203. Battery and Temperature Sensing Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Figure 204. Battery and Temperature Sensing Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

96 Contents

96-05-10 Heavy Duty Battery (17 Amp, 20 Cell) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A

2. Battery Handling and Servicing Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
4. Battery Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
5. Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
6. Cleaning, Repair and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
7. Battery Temperature Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 201. Arrangement and Busing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
8. Battery Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 202. Battery Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
1. Heavy Duty Battery Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
B. Inboard and Outboard Access Door Support Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Figure 901. Inboard and Outboard Door Support Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
C. Installation of Forward Battery Support Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
D. Installation of Aft Battery Support Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
Figure 902. Battery Support Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
E. Installation of Terminal Board Support Bracket and Relocation of Terminal Board . . . . .
905
F. Voltage Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
G. Installing Battery Wire Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
Figure 903. Terminal Board Support Bracket Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
H. Installing Battery and Completing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
I. Weight and Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
96-10-00 DC Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
2. DC Generation - Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Generator Control Unit (GCU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
A. Generator Control Unit (GCU) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
B. Adjustment of Installed Generator Control Unit (GCU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 201. Generator Control Unit (GCU) Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Table 201. Recommended Voltage Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

96 Contents

4. Voltage Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
A. Voltage Regulator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Figure 202. Voltage Regulation and GCU Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
B. Adjustment of Installed Voltage Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Figure 203. Engine Compartment Relays - Replacement (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . 206
5. Overvoltage Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
A. Overvoltage Relay Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
6. Reverse Current Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
A. Reverse Current Relay Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
7. Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
A. Generator Field Flashing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
8. Engine Starting Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
9. Starter/Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
10. Starter/Generator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
A. Starter/Generator Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Figure 204. Starter/Generator - Replacement and Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
B. Starter/Generator Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
11. Starter/Generator Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
A. Starter/Generator - Exterior Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
B. Starter/Generator - Interior Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Figure 205. Starter/Generator - Brush Seating and Wear Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
12. Starter/Generator Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
13. Start Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
A. Installation of Transient Suppressor (Start Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
B. Start Relay Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
14. Generator Control Unit Bench Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Figure 206. GCU Bench Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
15. Generator Control Unit Upgrade To Eliminate Squat Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
96-30-00 DC Electrical Load Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
2. Power Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
4. Power Distribution Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
5. Power Distribution Center Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
6. Load Chart - Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

96 Contents

7. Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
8. Electrical System Switches, Controls and Circuit Breaker Configurations . . . . . . . 203
9. Circuit Breaker and Switch Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
10. Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
11. Circuit Breaker and Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
12. Switch and Circuit Breaker Edgelighted Panel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
13. Electrical System Switches, Controls and Circuit Breaker Configurations
(T-Panel with Center Console) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
14. Control Console Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
15. Circuit Breaker Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
16. Circuit Breaker Panel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Figure 201. Power Distribution Wiring Diagram, 369D Helicopters with
T-Panel and Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Figure 202. Power Distribution Wiring Diagram, 369D Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . 206
Figure 203. Power Distribution Wiring Diagram, 369E/FF - 500N Helicopters
(Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Figure 204. Power Distribution Wiring Diagram, 600N Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . 209
17. Switch Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
18. Switch Panel and Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
19. Lights Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
20. Lights Control Panel - Switches or Potentiometer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
21. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Figure 205. Electrical Distribution Switches and Circuit Breakers,
369D Helicopters with Slim Line Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
369D/E/FF - 500N Helicopters with T-Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
600N Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
369D Helicopters with T-Panel and Center Console
(Sheet 1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Figure 209. Battery Charging and Engine Starting Data,
369D/E Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Table 201. Basic Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart,
369D/E Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Table 202. Optional Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart,
369D/E Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
369FF Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
369FF Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

96 Contents

369FF Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Figure 211. Bus Wiring Diagram and Battery Charging Data,
500N Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
500N Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Figure 212. Bus Wiring Diagram and Battery Charging Data,
600N Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
600N Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
600N Helicopters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
96-40-00 Lighting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
2. Lighting System Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Table 201. Troubleshooting Night Lighting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Exterior Lighting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
A. Position Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
B. Position Light Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 201. Lighting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
C. Position Light Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
D. Tail Position Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
E. Tail Position Light Replacement (Shock Mounted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
F. Tail Position Light Replacement (500/600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Figure 202. Lighting System Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
G. Landing Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
H. Landing Light Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
I. Landing Light Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
J. Landing Light Relay Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
K. Landing Light Relay Modification (500D, S/N 0003 - 0149 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Figure 203. Lighting System Wiring Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
L. Anticollision Lights (Strobe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
M. Strobe Anticollision Lights Replacement (369D/E/FF - 500/600N) . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Figure 204. Position/Landing Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
N. Tail Strobe Anticollision Lights Replacement (500/600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Figure 205. Anticollision Lights (Sheet 1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Figure 206. Anticollision Light Sleeving Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
O. Strobe Anticollision Light Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to Page vii
96 Contents

P. Strobe Anticollision Light Power Supply Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
4. Interior Lighting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
A. Instrument Panel Lights Description and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
B. Postlight Lamp Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
C. Edgelighted Panel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
D. Instrument Panel Postlight Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
E. Pilot's Utility Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
F. Pilot's Utility Light Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
G. Passenger/Cargo Utility Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
H. Passenger/Cargo Utility Light Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
5. Lighting System Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Figure 207. Interior Lights and Components (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
96-45-00 Searchlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
A. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Searchlight - Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Table 201. Troubleshooting - Searchlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 201. Searchlight Assembly (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
3. Searchlight Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
A. Electrical Components Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Figure 202. Searchlight Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
B. Searchlight Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
4. Searchlight Lamp Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
5. Searchlight Operational Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
6. Searchlight Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
7. Searchlight Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
1. Searchlight Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
C. Helicopter Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
D. Searchlight Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Figure 901. Doubler and Lower Support Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
E. Stowage Compartment Lower Support Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
F. Compartment Floor and Upper Support Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904

Page viii Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
96 Contents

G. Circuit Breakers and Caution Light Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
Table 901. Searchlight Wiring Data List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
H. Searchlight Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
I. Electrical Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
J. Access Cover Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
K. Helicopter Equipment Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
L. Weight and Balance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908
96-48-00 Float Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
1. Float Lamp Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Float Lamp Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Table 201. Float Lamp Assembly Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Float Lamp Circuit Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
4. Float Lamp Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 201. Float Lamp Assembly - Component Location (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . 203
5. Float Lamp Housing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
6. Float Lamp Relay Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
7. Float Lamp Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Figure 202. Float Lamp Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
8. Float Lamp Circuit Breaker Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
9. Float Lamp Functional Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
10. Lamp Assembly Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
11. Float Lamp Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
12. Float Lamp Assembly Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
A. Wire Identification Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Figure 203. Float Lamp Sealing and Adjustment Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Figure 204. Machinist's Inclinometer in Position for Lamp Adjustment . . . . . . . 211
1. Float Lamp Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
A. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
B. Doubler Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Figure 901. Float Lamp Doubler, Bracket and Grommet Installation . . . . . . . . . 902
Figure 902. Float Lamp Doubler Alignment Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
C. Relay Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
Figure 903. Float Lamp Relay Installation Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
D. Left Side Circuit Breaker Switch Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905

Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to Page ix
96 Contents

E. Right Side Circuit Breaker Switch Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
F. Float Light Switch Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
G. Float Lamp Wiring Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
Table 901. Float Lamp Wire Data List (369D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909
Table 902. Float Lamp Wire Data List (369D/E) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910
Table 903. Float Lamp Wire Data List (369E - 500N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910
Table 904. Float Lamp Wire Data List (600N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911
H. Weight and Balance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911

Page x Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
96 Contents
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Section
96−00−00
Electrical Power

[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
ELECTRICAL POWER
1. Description and Operation 2. Miscellaneous DC Main Power and
Control
The helicopter electrical system includes all NOTE: 369D: 003 - 723 did not have an APU or
power production equipment, and the control battery relay. The master switch connects
and distribution equipment used to regulate the dc main power bus to either an external
and transport that power to helicopter power source or the nicad battery; or when
electrical components. Electrical energy for the OFF, disconnects the bus from either of the
system is supplied by a 28 volt direct-current, two sources.
150 ampere, engine-driven generator, with a
24 volt nickel-cadmium (nicad) battery. The
The BAT-OFF-EXT PWR (master) switch is
system is a nominal 28 Vdc, single-wire
the main power switch for the electrical
installation with helicopter structure used as
system. The master switch completes the
ground return, and incorporates an external
circuit between the battery relay or APU relay
power receptacle. Current helicopters have a
and the dc main power bus by connecting to
battery ventilation scoop that permits proper
the main ground bus. Electrical power for all
circulation of cooling air inside battery
electrically-operated equipment in the
compartment during flight (Ref. Figure 201).
helicopter is furnished from the external power
Control of the system, exclusive of optional
source, generator, or nicad battery through the
equipment controls, is provided by switches
dc main power bus. The nicad battery is a
and circuit breakers (Ref. Sec. 96-30-00).
rechargeable, high ampere-hour capacity, 24
Vdc battery. An ammeter allows monitoring of
NOTE: 369FF and 600N model helicopters are generator load. For appropriate ammeter type
equipped with a generator rated at 200 am and location, refer to Section 95-00-00.
peres.
3. Electrical System − Fault Isolation
All circuits of the system are protected by
Table 201 provides troubleshooting informa
push-to-reset or switch type circuit breakers.
tion for the electrical system. Schematics for
Current path return, static charge and radio
equipment functional groups are provided in
frequency bonding jumpers are used at
applicable sections for use as necessary when
appropriate locations. (Ref. Figure 205 for
troubleshooting.
location of major electrical components.)
Before removing or install
NOTE: Information on electrically-actuated WARNING ing components of electrical
instruments, caution and warning indicator system, ensure that all electrical power
lights, engine power out warning equip is OFF. If units are not immediately re
ment, the associated sensor or sending units placed, ensure that all electrical con
and other components installed directly on nectors are suitably capped and
the instrument panel (excluding control stowed, and that all loose cables are
switches and circuit breakers) is furnished properly insulated and stowed, to pre
in Chap. 95. Information on cyclic trim ac vent possibility of shorting. Serious in
tuators is contained in Chap. 67, for N2 gov jury or death could result from volt
ernor actuator in Chap. 76, and for engine ages present in electrical system.
starting pump in Chap. 28. Information on
the engine ignition system is in Section NOTE: Wire segment continuity checks for
96-10-00. Information on the control òpen' or `short' circuit conditions are as
switches and circuit breakers is in Section sumed to have been completed prior to com
96-30-00. ponent replacements.

96-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
MINILOK MODULE
TERMINAL BLOCK
(TB7)
UTILITY RECEPTACLE
(103)
PILOT'S COMPARTMENT
FLOOR
ARMAMENT RECEPTACLE (J200)

BATTERY POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (NOTE 3)
GENERATOR CONTROL UNIT (NOTE 3)

VOLTAGE REGULATOR (NOTE 1)
TB1, TB5 BATTERY RELAY (NOTES 1)

LOCATED ON SIDE OF
TB3, TB10 BATTERY COMPARTMENT VENT
BATTERY COMPARTMENT
RESISTOR BOARD
(-) NEGATIVE (TB8) (R1, R2)
TERMINAL PIN (NOTE 1)
TYP (2 PLCS)
RESISTORS
(TYP)
POLARITY PIN
(NOT USED)
(+) POSITIVE
TERMINAL PIN J100 APU RECEPTACLE
EXTERNAL RECEPTACLE (J100)

(NOTE 2)
(-) NEGATIVE
TERMINAL PIN
K309 APU RELAY
EXTERNAL RECEPTACLE (J100)

(NOTE 1)
NOTES:
1. EFFECTIVITY: 369D; 724 & SUBS, 369E; 001 - 383, 369FF; 001 - 075.
2. EFFECTIVITY: 369D; 003 - 723.
3. EFFECTIVE: 369E; 384 & SUBS, 369FF; 076 & SUBS. G96-0000
Figure 201. Electrical Equipment − Cabin Location

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
WARNING
Before removing or installing components of electrical system, ensure that electrical power is OFF.
If units are not immediately replaced, ensure all electrical connectors are suitably capped and
stowed and all loose cable ends are properly insulated and stowed to prevent possibility of
shorting. Serious injury or death could result from voltages present in electrical systems.
Before troubleshooting electrical system, ensure proper configuration of helicopter. Refer to Section
96-10-00 to verify current helicopter charging system components.
Table 201. Troubleshooting Electrical System

Battery fails to energize electrical Defective BATTERY−OFF−EXT Replace switch.

circuits PWR switch
Defective battery relay Replace battery relay.
Battery discharged Install serviceable battery.
K200 Battery Hi Temp relay Replace Battery Hi Temp relay.
Discharged battery Charging rate incorrectly set Adjust voltage regulator or *GCU.
Battery idle to long Install serviceable battery.
Excessive corrosion on battery Exposure to water or corrosive Clean terminals; coat with
terminals fluids non−corrosive grease.
Battery overheats and/or Charging rate to high Adjust voltage regulator or *GCU.
discharges smoke
Loose battery terminal links, straps Repair battery as necessary.
or screws
Damaged or defective battery Repair or replace battery.
Starter−generator fails to function Circuit breaker out Reset circuit breaker.

when START switch pressed
Start relay defective Replace start relay.
Battery relay defective Replace battery relay.
APU relay defective Replace APU relay.
Discharged battery Install serviceable battery.
APU, reverse polarity, diode open Replace diode.
Starter−generator defective Replace starter−generator.
START switch or wiring defective Replace switch, or repair defective

wiring.
*Defective fwd line contactor *Replace fwd line contactor.

96-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 201. Troubleshooting Electrical System (Cont.)
Starter−generator fails to supply Circuit breaker out Reset circuit breaker.
charging current with engine
operating Reverse current relay defective or Replace reverse current relay or
*GCU *GCU.
Excessive discharge rate Check for cause of excessive

discharge rate.
Charging rate to high Adjust voltage regulator or *GCU.
Starter−generator defective (Check Replace sheared drive shaft (Refer

for sheared armature drive shaft to manufacturer’s publication − Ref.
through air inlet screen) Sec. 01−00, Table 201)
Voltage regulator or *GCU Replace voltage regulator or *GCU.

defective
Voltage regulator or *GCU Adjust voltage regulator or *GCU.

incorrectly adjusted
Overvoltage relay defective or Replace overvoltage relay or *GCU.

*GCU
GEN−OFF switch defective Replace switch.
Defective wiring Repair or replace defective wiring.
*Defective aft/fwd line contactor *Replace aft/fwd line contactor.
Ammeter indication off−scale below Defective reverse current relay or Replace reverse current relay or
zero; engine not operating and *GCU *GCU.
GEN−OFF switch is on
GEN−OUT indicator light on; Weak generator field Replace starter−generator.

voltage lower than normal when
engine is operating Defective voltage regulator or Replace voltage regulator or *GCU.
*GCU
Defective starter−generator Replace or repair starter−generator.
Incorrectly adjusted voltage Adjust voltage regulator or *GCU.

regulator or *GCU
Fluctuating current indication on Unstable voltage regulator or *GCU Replace voltage regulator or *GCU.
ammeter
Brushes excessively worn Replace starter−generator brushes.
Loose ammeter circuit wiring or Check ammeter circuit connections

defective resistor R500 if installed and resistor R500 if installed. Repair
(R500 used with early model or replace as necessary.
instrument clusters − 369D S/N
003−723 only)

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 201. Troubleshooting Electrical System (Cont.)
Excessively high or low current Incorrectly adjusted voltage Adjust voltage regulator or *GCU.
indication on ammeter, engine regulator or *GCU
operating; GEN−OUT indicator
light not on Defective voltage regulator or Replace voltage regulator or *GCU.
*GCU
Defective ammeter Replace ammeter indicator or

instrument cluster (if installed in
three−pack).
Incorrect connection of ammeter Check shunt wire connection and

shunt wire or defective resistor resistor R500 if present. Repair or
R500 if installed (R500 used with replace as necessary.
early model instrument clusters −
369D S/N 003−723 only)
Adjustment of voltage regulator Defective voltage regulator or Replace voltage regulator or *GCU.
has no effect on voltage indication *GCU
NOTE:
* Refer to 369E: 384 & subs, 369FF: 076 & subs and 500N: 045 & subs.
4. Electrical Connectors 5. Repair/Replacement of Connectors

Ensure all electrical power is
CAUTION OFF during repair and/or re
Electrical connectors consist of plugs, recep
tacles, terminal block snap-in type contacts, placement of connectors.
locking type pin connectors, knife splices and NOTE: Use tin-alloy solder (CM815) for all sol
terminal lugs which interconnect harness dering operations and appropriate crimping
assemblies to individual panels and electrical tool (ST1002) for replacement of removable
components. crimp-type contacts.
For Deutsche components and special tools
(TB502 and TB503) refer to Figure 203.
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) (1). Chromel/Alumel Soldering Procedure:
Item Nomenclature The following procedure defines the
method of soldering the chromel/alumel
CM815 Solder materials found in temperature
instruments.
Special Tools (a). Tin the cup or pin as follows:
Item Nomenclature 1). Apply flux to cup, filling cup.
ST1002 HYTOOL M8ND and N14HCT 2). Put solder tip into cup to heat it.
ST1004 Contact removal tool / 3). Apply solder, filling cup.
Contact insertion tool
4). Neutralize flux (acid) by cleaning
N/A Solder gun with baking soda and water
solution.

96-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(b). Heat pre-tinned cup or pin. 6. Maintenance of Electrical Bonding
Connections
(c). Install wire or cable.
(d). Allow solder to solidify. (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
Item Nomenclature
A. External Power Receptacle Replacement CM206 Chemical coating
CM234 Solvent, dry-cleaning
(Ref. Figure 201) CM306 Lacquer, clear
CM801 Abrasive paper, silicon carbide
Ensure all electrical power is
CAUTION OFF during replacement of Ensure all electrical power is
power receptacle. CAUTION OFF.
(1). When replacing bonding jumpers, use
NOTE: It may be necessary to disconnect dry- cleaning solvent (CM234) to
ground cable to external power unit relay remove grease, oil or other nonconduc
(helicopters 724 & subs.) for sufficient slack tive film from mating surfaces.
to remove receptacle. If so, open right access
door of pilot's compartment floor for access (2). When removing non-soluble films from
to ground cable. bonding areas, use grade 400 abrasive
paper (CM801) to lightly sand and
(1). Disconnect, remove, replace and polish surfaces using care to remove
reconnect defective receptacle assembly. only a minimum of base material.
(3). After polishing aluminum alloys, apply
NOTE: Aft terminal is negative (-) or ground; brush coating of Iridite No. 14-2 (Class
center terminal is positive (+); and forward 3) chemical film protection (CM206) to
small polarity pin is not used. mating surfaces.
(4). When removed bonding jumpers are
(2). Reconnect any cabling disconnected to reconnected, ensure clear lacquer
obtain slack for receptacle removal. finish, originally applied to cleaned
mating surfaces, will not act as an
(3). Check for correct output voltage and insulator between mating surfaces.
polarity at utility receptacle. Clean mating surfaces as necessary,
according to steps (1)., (2). and (3).
B. Replacement of Terminal Blocks and above.
Terminal Block Contact Tips (5). After connecting bonding jumper, apply
clear lacquer (CM306) to exposed area
(Ref. Figure 203) Replace terminal blocks of cleaned surface.
and/or their contact tips, as necessary, in
accordance with FAA AC 43.13-1A and 7. Electrical Wiring and Harnesses
aircraft standard electrical repair and replace (Ref. Table 202) Components of the power
ment practices and procedures. Also, when supply and distribution equipment, and other
necessary, refer to applicable manufacturer's functional components and equipment of the
maintenance data (Ref. Table 201, Sec. electrical system are interconnected by wiring
01-00-00) and special tools (ST1004). For harnesses and are shown in Figure 205. Wires
schematic and wiring diagram information, in harnesses are terminated with electrical
refer to appropriate Section. connectors (plugs and receptacles), knife
splices, snap-in contacts, terminal lugs or
Ensure all electrical power is similar wire-end termination devices. Wiring
CAUTION OFF during replacement of ter harnesses in the helicopter are secured and
minal blocks or terminal block contact tips. protected by insulated straps and grommets.

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Each wire in all wiring harnesses is identified NOTE: All connectors and wire-end termina
with a wire number incorporating a letter- tion devices are standard components, for
number code according to circuit function. A which manufacturer's data and special tools
description of the letter-number code and are normally available either through man
complete wiring diagrams for the helicopter ufacturer 's distributors or other outlets
electrical system are as follows: (Ref. Table 201, Sec. 01-00-00).
C. Wire Harness Replacement
(1). The initial number (if used) designates
unit number.
(2). The initial letter (of letters) designates (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
the circuit. Item Nomenclature
CM703 Tie strap
(3). The next number (or numbers) is the CM807 Twine, nylon
wire number that separates one section
or leg of the circuit from all others.
(1). Ensure all electrical power is OFF and
disconnect battery.
(4). The following letter indicates segment
of wire in a wire number where the (2). Disconnect and tag-identify wire
wire passes through or branches at a terminal(s) of affected harness.
connector or terminal block.
(3). Disconnect affected wiring harness
connectors (plugs or receptacles),
(5). The number (or numbers) following the connections and/or knife splices and
segment designation is the standard tag-identify all single terminal connec
AWG wire size. tions.
(6). If the wire is in the ground portion of a NOTE: If necessary, record method of affected
circuit, the suffix N is added to indicate wiring harness routing, clamping and tying
a ground return. prior to removal to aid at reinstallation.
(4). Route and correctly position replace
(7). Where a wire code is duplicated, the ment harness(s).
unit number 1 or 2 is prefixed to
differentiate between the two circuits. (5). Replace tying twine (CM807) and
reinstall nylon straps (CM703), if
A. Electrical Symbols available. (Substitute tying twine if
nylon straps are not available.)
The graphic electrical symbols in the schemat (6). Reconnect battery and set master
ics, and in the wiring diagrams where symbols switch to EXT PWR position.
are used for clarity, are shown in Figure 206.
(7). Connect external power source.
B. Electrical Maintenance − Wiring, (8). Perform operational continuity check(s)
Electrical Bonding and Wiring Harnesses of affected system circuit(s). Refer to
applicable paragraphs in this Section.
Repair or, as necessary, replace electrical As necessary, use schematic and wiring
wiring, connectors, wire-end terminations and diagrams.
harnesses, and maintain electrical bonds
(structural electrical grounds), in accordance 8. Air/Ground Switch S522
with FAA AC 43.13-1A (Ref. Table 201, Sec. (Effective 369E: 384 & subs, 369FF:. 076 &
01-00-00) and aircraft standard electrical subs)
repair and replacement practices and proce
dures. When necessary, use manufacturer's The air/ground switch is located under the
maintenance data and special tools for pilot's seat structure just forward of canted
connectors and wire-end terminations. bulkhead at Sta. 78.50. Audible headset

96-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
warning and the horn are disabled by the (1). Jack helicopter so that left landing skid
ground/air switch S522 when the helicopter is clears the ground (Ref. Sec. 07-00-00).
on the ground. Additional equipment requiring
circuitry inhibit can be wired to be disabled (2). Using ohmmeter (ST1010), rotate the
when on the ground. switch shaft counterclockwise until the
switch actuation detent is reached but
A. Air/Ground Switch S522 Replacement switch contacts 1-3, 4-6, (7-9 and
10-12 if installed) are open.
(1). Ensure all electrical power is OFF and
disconnect battery. NOTE: For correct adjustment it may be neces
sary to loosen the clamp bolt to properly
(2). Remove left support fairing panel (Ref. align clamp with rod end bearing.
Sec. 52-50-00).
(3). Turn rod end bearing to set switch rod
(3). Identify, mark and remove switch length to 3.00 inches (7.62 cm). Install
electrical wires. switch arm and rod assembly onto the
switch splined shaft and strut clamp
(4). Remove attaching hardware from rod bolt.
end and clamp. NOTE: Verify switch contacts (Ref. step (2).)
(5). Remove attaching hardware from are open and switch actuation detent is as
switch arm and carefully remove arm close as possible. Use the switch arm worm-
from splined shaft. gear for fine adjustment.
(4). Remove rod end bearing from clamp
(6). Remove switch from bracket. bolt and decrease rod length to 2.90
inches (7.366 cm). Slip the rod end
(7). Install new switch, attaching hardware
and electrical wires. bearing onto the strut clamp bolt.
Switch contacts (Ref. step (2).) should
B. Air/Ground Switch S522 Adjustment be closed.
NOTE: If switch contacts do not close, repeat
Special Tools steps (3). and (4). to get switch closer to the
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) actuation detent.
Item Nomenclature
(5). Lower helicopter and verify contacts
ST1010 Volt-ohmmeter (Ref. step (2).) are open (EPO audio
warning circuit should be disabled).
NOTE: Service fuel tanks to full capacity prior (6). Tighten all hardware and secure with
to adjustment (Ref. Sec. 12-00-00). safety wire as required.

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
CANT
STA 78.50
AIR/GROUND SWITCH
SWITCH ARM
WL 13.10
SWITCH ROD
13° ±2°
PARALLEL
TO W.L.
CLAMP
WL 0.00
2 2-20 CAP AND STOW SP200

1 1-20 B A
3 3-20 B A
4 4-20 CAP AND STOW
6 CAP AND STOW
T-PANEL WITHOUT 6-20
CENTER CONSOLE

1 1-20 B A
3 3-20 B A
4 4-20 REF. OPTIONAL EQUIP.
6
6-20 SUPPL.
8 CAP AND STOW
8-20
7 7-20
9 REF. OPTIONAL EQUIP.
9-20 CAP AND STOW SUPPL.
1
10 11-20 CAP AND STOW
1
12 10-20 CAP AND STOW
T-PANEL WITH 12-20
CENTER CONSOLE
G96-0001
Figure 202. Air/Ground Switch Adjustment

96-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 202. Wire Identification
EXAMPLE: WIRE NUMBER 2P511A20N
2 P 511 A 20 N
UNIT NUMBER (IF USED) GROUND
CIRCUIT DESIGNATION WIRE SIZE
WIRE NUMBER WIRE SEGMENT
Circuit Designation Circuit Function

A Armament Control
C Flight Control
D Ammeter and Miscellaneous
E Engine Instruments
F Flight Instruments
H Heating and Associated
J Engine Re-ignition
K Starting
L Lighting
M Utility
P DC Power Distribution
Q Fuel and Oil
RV *VHF Radio and Intercom
X AC Power Distribution
NOTE: Function indicated with an asterisk (*) pertains to avionics equipment. Other miscellaneous circuit designa-
tors are used for specific circuits of special equipment configurations and optional avionics and navigation
equipment.

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
DEUTSCH TERMINAL BLOCK MODULES

DEUTSCH
CTJ-R06
REMOVAL
TOOL
TB502, TB503 AND TB505 TERMINAL BLOCK
GROUND TERMINAL MODULES E31, E32, E33 MODULE REPLACEMENT (TYPICAL)
(TYPICAL)
TERMINAL BLOCK
CON MODULES
TACT
GROUND
RETAINING CLIP (2
TERMINAL
PER MODULE)
MODULE
(NOTE 1)
FRAME MOUNTING
SCREW
MOUNTING
FRAME
STABILIZER
TAB REAR CONSOLE MODULE
SUPPORT (REF) NUMBERS
MOUNTING
STUD CONSOLE REAR
SUPPORT STRUCTURE
GROUND MODULE WASHER
INTERNAL BUSSING
PLAIN WASHER
NUT
A B C
LOCK WASHER (3 PLACES)
D E F
HEX NUT
G H J
NOTES:
K L M 1. WHEN INSERTING MODULE INTO FRAME, LOCKING
OF RETAINING CLIPS MAKES AUDIBLE CLICK.
2. THE FOUR MIDDLE NUMERICAL DIGITS IDENTIFY
CONTACT LENGTH IN INCHES. AMM TRACK COMES IN 36
(TYPICAL) INCH LENGTHS AND IS CUT TO SIZE: AM TRACK
CAN BE ORDERED IN ANY PRE-CUT LENGTH UP TO
COLOR BANDS
32 INCHES (EG, 0750 = 7.50 INCHES).
3. EFFECTIVE 369E HELICOPTER 384 AND SUBS,
369FF HELICOPTER 076 AND SUBS ONLY.
4. EFFECTIVE 369E HELICOPTER SERIAL NOS 385 AND
SUBS WITH CENTER CONSOLE ONLY.
SLEEVE END
WIRE TERMINAL
END CONTACTS INNER MIDDLE END DEUTSCH MILITARY
SIZ
COLOR COLOR COLOR PART NO. PART NO.
E
20 RE WH BR CTS-S20/2 MS39029/22-20-20
16 D
BL T
WH N
BLK 0
CTS-S16/1 MS39029/22-16-16
U T 6
G96-0003-1A
Figure 203. Identification and Replacement of Terminal Block Modules (Sheet 1 of 4)

96-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0003-2

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
MODULE BUSSING ARRANGEMENTS (NOTE 3)
(EFFECTIVITY: 369E S/N 449,

463-466 AND 470-472)
G96-0003-3

96-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TRACK-TYPE AMM 3600T-1 (POLYVINYL CHLO TOP-FEED MODULE TYPE AMM
SIDE-FEED MODULE TYPE AMM RIDE) 20T-1
NOTE
20-1 2 BURNDY
SIDE-FEED MINILOK
MINILOK MODULE
BUSSING
(TYP)
BUSSING
TOP-FEED (TYP)
MODULE
D D D D
C C C C SCRE A6SMM20T-1
B B B B W UPPER (ALL RECEPTACLES BUSSED) F E D C B
A A
A4SMM20-1 A A HALF A
A22DMM20-1 A23DMM20T-1
(ALL TIERS (TWO TOP TIERS (TWO SETS OF THREE
MINI BASE F E D C B
BUSSED) BUSSED - TWO RECEPTACLES BUSSED)
LOK A
BOTTOM TIERS
A32DMM20T-1
D D BUSSED)
(THREE SETS OF TWO RE
C C 11/16 IN. F E D C B
CEPTACLES BUSSED)
B B A
INSPECTIO
A A
A4DMM20-1 N HOLE
(ALL TIERS PCM 22M-HIF3 (AWG 24-22) USE HYTOOL M8ND WITH DIE SET N22PCT-1
INDIVIDUAL) PCM 20M-HIF3 (AWG 20) USE HYTOOL M8ND WITH DIE SET N20PCT-2
MINILO
K HYTIP
TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF MINILOK TERMINAL BLOCK MODULES

(REF TB1, TB5 TB7 AND TB502)
TRACK, AM0750T-1 (NOTE) (CADMIUM-PLATED

AMO750T-1
13/64 IN.
STEEL)
BURNDY
TRAC
HEADLESS K
2-TIER
SET SCREW
MODULE
MODULOK CONTACT TIP
AYH 14-H (AWG 20-14)
AMC-1 USE HYTOOL M8ND WITH
CLAMP DIE SET N14HCT
4-TIER
MODULE
NOTE:
B B
THE FOUR MIDDLE NUMERIC DIGITS
A A
IDENTIFY LENGTH. AMM TRACK COMES IN
A2SM14-1 36 INCH LENGTHS AND IS CUT TO SIZE; AM
D D D D D D
C C C C C C TRACK CAN BE ORDERED IN ANY LENGTH
B B B B B B B B UP TO 32 INCHES (EG. 0750 = 7.50 INCHES.
BUSSING A A A A A A A A
(TYP) A2DM14-1 A22DM14-1 A4DM14-1 A4SM14-1
TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF MODULOK TERMINAL BLOCK MODULES

(REF TB3)
G96-0003-4A

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
CONTACT, RESISTOR
ADJUSTABILITY ELECTRICAL: :
FIXE O O O GENERAL O
* *
D R R R R
WITH
ADJUSTABLE OR O ADJUSTABLE O
AMPLIFIER
SLIDING R CONTACT R
SWITCH
ANTENNA FUS :
E
GENERAL
( + COLOR *
BATTERY,
LAMP + INDICATED
MULTICELL * BY LETTER)
PUSHBUTTO
N
CAPACITOR MACHINE, (
OR NONLOCKIN
ROTATIN ABBREVIATED
G NAME) G O O
R R
CIRCUIT (
METE SAFETY
BREAKER ABBREVIATED
R INTERLOCK
NAME)
CLOSING
CIRCUIT PATH TRANSMISSION;
RETURN E OR WIRING; CABLES;
(GROUND) * WIRES CROSSING
AND NOT PRESSURE
*
COIL, RELAY OR CONNECTED
JUNCTION OR
CONNECTION * TEMPERATURE
CONNECTION, *
MECHANICAL
* SPLIC
SPLIC E
CONNECTOR; * TERMINAL, CIRCUIT (SIZE USED
E AS REQUIRED)
DISCONNECTING DEVICE
JACK OR
OR
RECEPTACLE SHIELDED THERMISTO
CABLE R T
PLUG OR POLARIT THERMOCOUPL

Y POSITIVE * *
E
+ NEGATIVE *
-
FEMALE CONTACT ANOD
* RECTIFIER TRANSISTO O
E R
DIODE O R
MALE *
R
CONTACT * CATHOD PN NP
ZENER E P N
JAC (AVALANCHE)
COAXIAL K * DIODE
UNIJUNCTION
CONNECTOR TRANSISTOR
PLUG
BREAKDOWN
* DIODE
SILICON
COAXIAL CONTROLLED
CONNECTORS RECTIFIER
WITH OUTSIDE (SCR) G
RELA O
CONDUCTOR Y R
WINDING, MACHINE
OR TRANSFORMER
NOTE: ASTERISK ( * ) INDICATES SYMBOL RECOMMENDED BY INTERNATIONAL ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION.

G96-0004
Figure 204. Electrical Symbols

96-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
VHF ANTENNA PASSENGER/CARGO

WIRE HARNESS UTILITY LIGHT
N2 TACHOMETER TB7
N1 TACHOMETER GENERATOR P306 PASSENGER CONVENIENCE PANEL
(NOTE 5)
GENERATOR P305
PILOT'S UTILITY LIGHT
IGNITION EXCITER
N2 TRIM ACTUATOR P107

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER
MAGNETIC
COMPASS
UPPER ENGINE CHIP DETECTOR P300 (NOTE 5)
STARTER/GENERATOR ENGINE POWER

OUT WARNING
P303 (NOTE 4)
UNIT P19
START RELAY (NOTE 4) J112
REVERSE CURRENT RELAY (NOTE 4)
THERMOCOUPLE TC300
FUEL PRESSURE
SWITCH
LOWER ENGINE CHIP DETECTOR J100
J109
ENGINE POWER OUT
NOTE 4 TB5 J10 WARNING UNIT P19
(NOTE 5) (NOTE 5) (ALT. LOCATION)
K309 (NOTE 3)
P12
DIMMER CONTROL UNIT LOWER ANTI-COLLISION STROBE LIGHT POWER

LIGHT (STROBE) SUPPLY P557
P1
TB106
ICS P509 P2
TB502
TB503
NOTES:
1. TB104 AND TB105 ARE MOUNTED UNDER FAIRING.
K103 2. TB101 (NOT SHOWN) LOCATED ON BOTTOM OF
PANEL ASSEMBLY.
K104
3. 369D; 724 & SUBS.
4. 369D; 003 - 723 ONLY.
K304
5. 369D; 1150, 1185 & SUBS ONLY.
P19 6. 369E; 001 - 188.
INSTRUMENT PANEL J1 EPO CONTROL UNIT 7. 369E; 189 - 383
COMPONENTS (NOTE 5) 6 8. 369E; 384 & SUBS, 369FF; 076 & SUBS.
9. 369E; 385 - 390 ONLY.
G96-0005-1A
Figure 205. Component Location (Sheet 1 of 6)

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
ANTI-COLLISION
LIGHT (STROBE)
TRIM ACTUATORS
LATERAL (P106) RADIO - ICS TRIGGER SWITCH
LONGITUDINAL (P105) SPARE SWITCH TAIL
TRIM SWITCH POSITION
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL LIGHT
SWITCH CONTROL PANEL
LIGHT CONTROL PANEL
ENGINE-OUT AUDIBLE
WARNING HORN J208 (NOTE 5) P209
(NOTE 5)
TB104 (NOTE 1) TRANSMISSION OIL
TB105 (NOTE 1) J303 TEMP SENDER
(NOTE 3) CR1, CR2 (NOTE 5)
TB501
START RELAY K301
TB106 (NOTE 3)
TB502 REVERSE CURRENT RELAY K300

TB6 (NOTE 3)
STARTER SWITCH
TB101 (NOTE
N2 GOV SWITCH
2)
PANEL LIGHT LANDING LIGHT SWITCH P113
DIMMER P12
LANDING START PUMP J251

LIGHT P250
R9, R10 FUEL LEVEL TRANSMITTER P251
POSITION
TB5 NOTE
LIGHT N2 GOV
ICS P509 3
MOTOR P107
BATTERY CONNECTOR P108
POSITION LIGHT
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
P105
P106 J113 J103
P107
P9 TB1 TB8 J130
P108 J9
ELAPSED TIME METER
LANDING LIGHT RELAY K101 R10, R12
BATTERY RELAY K310

J110 J605 (NOTE 5)
ANTI-COLLISION LIGHT P6
TB3
POWER SUPPLY (NOTE 5)
G96-0005-2

96-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
K300 REVERSE K312 AFT LINE

CURRENT RELAY CONTACTOR
CR2 (NOTE 8)
(NOTE 6, 7)
(NOTE 6)
CB301
CR1
(NOTE 6) K312 CB301 CB302
15
CB302
1
J510P DS201 STROBE

LIGHT
E12 J303 (NOTE 6, 7)
J1301 (NOTE 8) DS401
POSITION
K301 START LIGHT
RELAY
NOTAR
DS400
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RELAYS
POSITION
LIGHT
UTILITY LIGHT E18 J208

E14 E15 P209
OUTSIDE AIR TEMP

INDICATOR
E20
COMPASS INSTALLATION
TC300
P105
E6 E12
(NOTE 6)
E5 P106
(NOTE 6) P107
TB1 E9
J103
RUNNING TIME J251
METER
J113
J130
LANDING
LIGHT
LANDING LIGHT
RELAY E8
STROBE LIGHT
POWER SUPPLY
FILTER ASSEMBLY
FL10 BATTERY
G96-0005-3

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TAIL POSITION
LIGHT
ANTI-COLLISION
LIGHT (STROBE)
E502
E19 ENGINE OUT
(NOTE 8)
(NOTE 6) AUDIBLE WARNING
HORN (NOTE 7)
E7
E16 E25
(NOTE 6) (NOTE 8)
ENGINE OUT
AUDIBLE
WARNING HORN
(NOTE 6)
TB7
J11
2
J100 APU
RECEPTACLE
APU RELAY E4 J109 J10 E1

K309 TB5
369E; 003 - 383
369FF; 001 - 075
369E; 384 & SUBS
369FF; 076 & SUBS
J9 TB200
TB1 TB5
BATTERY RELAY
J1201 EPO
K310
E1 GC
E1 U
P9
P110
J1202
369E/369FF BATTERY
COMPARTMENT
TB201
G96-0005-4A

96-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
K200
K104
TB1001
TB1003
NOTE 8
TERMINAL BOARD AND RELAY ASSEMBLY (NOTE 8)
K310 K308
BATTERY K309 APU FWD LINE
RELAY RELAY CONTACTOR
A2
A2
A2
LBL 12.00
X2
X2
X2
AS301
X1
X1
X1
CR2001
CR2002
CR2003
CR2001
CR2002 CR2003
K101
K101 LANDING
LIGHT RELAY
CANT STA.
POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (NOTE 8)
61.365
G96-0005-5

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
EPO WARNING HORN

(HELICOPTER)
NOISE FILTERS (2)

(NOT SHOWN) (NOTE 6)
DIMMER CONTROL UNIT P12
EPO WARNING UNIT P19
TB502 (HIDDEN)
GROUND MODULE E33
ICS (REF) P509
GROUND MODULE E35
(NOTE 8)
GROUND MODULE E31 GROUND MODULE E32
(NOT SHOWN)
EDGE LIGHTING INVERTER
POWER SUPPLY
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
TB503 RESISTERS (R9, R11)
TB505
T-PANEL
HOOD
INSTRUMENT PANEL E71

CIRCUIT STRUCTURE (FAR SIDE)
BREAKER DS11 PANEL
E56 PANEL LIGHTS DIMMER
HORIZONTAL E73
ELECTRICAL (FAR SIDE)
SWITCH CONTROLS
PANEL R16 TB700
CONSOLE
MASTER CAUTION
CONTROL PANEL
J1203 E70
J1204 (NEAR SIDE)
E72
(HIDDEN) (NEAR SIDE)
TBM100
E77 E75 TBM300 E74 E76 TBM200
T-PANEL WITH CENTER CONSOLE (NOTE 9)
G96-0005-6

96-00-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
ELECTRICAL POWER
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Module Inspection 2. Connector and Accessories Inspection
(Ref. Figure 601) (Ref. Figure 602)
NOTE: This procedure covers the inspection of
terminal blocks, terminal modules, ground NOTE: This procedure covers the inspection of
blocks, and electrical relays. plugs, receptacles, backshells, and any asso
ciated connector accessory.
(1). Visually inspect module grommet
condition using following criteria: (1). Visually inspect connector and accesso
(a). Module insert grommets shall be free ry condition using following criteria:
from cuts, cracks, and splits from
contact cavity to grommet outside (a). Minor scratches and abrasions to
edge, or from cavity to cavity. surfaces, keys and keyways, includ
ing exposure of metal under dark
(b). Minor scuffs, scrapes, cuts, and green coatings shall be considered
gouges in the grommet that do not normal wear and are acceptable.
degrade wire sealing or functionality
of module are acceptable. (b). Surfaces shall be free of scratches,
abrasions, gouges, dents, or other
(2). Replace module if grommet condition is conditions which deface markings,
not acceptable (Ref. Installation and create burrs or rough edges in base
Removal of Electrical Components).. material, mutilate keys and key
(3). Inspect module for contamination by ways, or interfere with proper
fluids and dirt particles. mechanical function.
(a). If contamination is found, decontami (c). Connectors with an EMI spring that
nate module (Ref. Cleaning and has broken or missing fingers/seg
Protection Practices). ments shall be rejected. Bent or
displaced fingers are acceptable
provided connector can be fully
mated and unmated to counterpart
without causing further damage.
1
2 (2). Replace component if condition is not

acceptable (Ref. Electrical Connector
Maintenance Procedures).
(3). Inspect connector for contamination by

2 fluids and dirt particles.
1
(a). If contamination is found, decontami
nate connector (Ref. Cleaning and
Protection Practices).
UNACCEPTABLE CONDITIONS: (4). Visually inspect connector grommet

1. SPLIT OR CUT FROM CONTACT CAVITY condition.
TO GROMMET EDGE.
2. SPLIT OR CUT FROM CONTACT CAVITY G96-0032
TO CONTACT CAVITY (a). Replace connector if grommet condi
Figure 601. Grommet Damage Criteria tion is not acceptable.

96-00-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
ACCEPTABLE DEFECTS NOTE 1

(WIRE ENTRY INSERT)
NOTE 2 NOTE 3
NOTES:
1. A CRACK, TEAR, OR CUT ACROSS OUTER WEB WHICH DOES
NOT EXTEND MORE THAN 50% OF AREA BETWEEN ID AND OD. NOTE 4
2. MINOR GOUGES, CUTS, AND TEARS IN CAVITY SEPARATOR.
3. SLIGHT IMPERFECTIONS, MINOR SCUFFS, SCRATCHES, SMALL
CHIPS, NICKS OR GOUGES WHICH DO NOT PENETRATE THROUGH
OUTER WEB OR EXTEND INTO CAVITY SEPARATOR.
4. MOLD FLASH OR OTHER MOLD IMPERFECTIONS WHICH DO NOT
CAUSE VOIDS BETWEEN GROMMET AND WIRE AFTER CONTACT
IS INSTALLED.
G96-0033-1
Figure 602. Accept/Reject Criteria for Connector Defects (Sheet 1 of 6)
NOTE 1
UNACCEPTABLE DEFECTS
WIRE ENTRY INSERT)
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
NOTES:
1. A GOUGE, CUT, TEAR, CRACK, OR CHIP EXTENDING FROM THE
OUTER EDGE OF THE GROMMET FACE TO A CONTACT CAVITY. NOTE 5
2. A GOUGE, CUT, TEAR, CRACK, OR CHIP ACROSS OUTER WEB
EXTENDING INTO CAVITY SEPARATOR OR TO ANOTHER CONTACT
CAVITY.
3. MORE THAN ONE CRACK, TEAR, OR CUT ACROSS OUTER WEB NOTE 4
WHICH DOES NOT EXTEND MORE THAN 50% OF AREA BETWEEN ID
AND OD.
4. A CHIP, NICK, OR GOUGE WHICH PENETRATES OUTER WEB.
5. SEVERE GOUGE, CUT, TEAR, CRACK, OR CHIP IN THE CAVITY
SEPARATOR.
G96-0033-2

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
NOTE 1
ACCEPTABLE DEFECTS
MATING FACE, PIN INSERT)
NOTE 2
NOTES: NOTE 3
1. MOLD FLASH OR OTHER MOLD IMPERFECTIONS WHICH DO NOT
CAUSE VOIDS BETWEEN GROMMET AND WIRE AFTER CONTACT IS
INSTALLED.
2. SLIGHT IMPERFECTIONS, MINOR SCUFFS, SCRATCHES, GOUGES,
CUTS, AND TEARS IN CAVITY SEPARATOR.
3. A GOUGE, CUT, TEAR, CRACK, OR CHIP ON INNER OR OUTER
PERIMETER OF PIN BARRIER CONE THAT DOES NOT EXCEED 50% G96-0033-3
O O CO
NOTE 2
MATING FACE, PIN INSERT)
NOTE 5
NOTE 6
NOTE 1 NOTE 4
NOTES:
1. A GOUGE, CUT, TEAR, CRACK, OR CHIP WHICH ENTERS INNER
PERIMETER OF PIN BARRIER CONE, OR EXCEEDS 50% OF WALL
WIDTH.
2. A GOUGE, CUT, TEAR, CRACK, OR CHIP WHICH EXTENDS FROM
OUTER EDGE OF GROMMET FACE TO A PIN BARRIER CONE.
3. A GOUGE, SPLIT, OR CRACK ALONG CIRCUMFERENCE AT BASE NOTE 3
OF PIN BARRIER CONE.
4. A GOUGE, CUT, TEAR, CRACK, OR CHIP WHICH EXTENDS FROM
PIN BARRIER CONE TO ANOTHER PIN BARRIER CONE.
G96-0033-4
5. SEVERE GOUGE, CUT, TEAR, CRACK, OR CHIP IN CAVITY
S O

96-00-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
ACCEPTABLE DEFECTS NOTE 1

(HARD DIELECTRIC, PHENOLIC INSERTS)
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
NOTES:
. MINOR BLEMISH, SCRATCH OR POROSITY IN CONTACT CAVITY
ENTRY AREA.
2. MINOR SCRAPES AND SCRATCHES IN HARD DIELECTRIC FACE.
G96-0033-5
3 CHIP THAT DOES NOT EXTEND FROM CAVITY TO CAVITY
NOTE 2
(HARD DIELECTRIC, PHENOLIC INSERTS)
NOTE 1 NOTE 3
NOTES:
1. CHIP, POROSITY, OR MOLD IMPERFECTIONS WHICH EXTEND FROM
ONE CONTACT CAVITY TO ANOTHER CONTACT CAVITY.
2. CRACKS IN HARD DIELECTRIC FACE.
3. CHIP OR POROSITY WHICH EXTENDS FROM A CONTACT CAVITY TO
OUTER EDGE OF INSERT OR INTO HARD DIELECTRIC FACE. G96-0033-6

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
3. Wiring Inspection (c). Inspect harness for missing or broken
spot ties. Apply tying tape to harness
A. Wire Harness Inspection as required.
(Ref. Figure 603) (d). Inspect anti-chaffing provisions for

wear or damage. Replace provisions
NOTE: if necessary.
D Perform this inspection upon completion NOTE: If anti-chaffing provision is found worn
of maintenance on a wire harness or as or damaged, it may be necessary to adjust
otherwise directed. routing of wire harness to avoid future dam
age.
D This procedure applies to RF cables.
D Not all steps are applicable when per (3). Visually inspect routing of wire harness
forming this procedure on completed using the following criteria:
maintenance.
(a). Minimum distance between harness
(1). Visually inspect wire harness for and movable components shall be 0.5
contact with structure. If harness in. (12.7 mm).
contacts structure, perform the follow (b). Wire attached to moving assemblies
ing: shall twist instead of bend.
(a). Inspect individual wires contacting (c). Tangles, kinks, and crossovers are
structure for damage. If damage not permitted.
limitations are exceeded, repair or
replace as necessary. (d). Adjust harness routing as required to
meet criteria.
(b). Inspect section of RF cable contacting
structure for damage. If damage (4). Visually inspect bends in wire harness
limitations are exceeded, replace and make sure minimum allowable
cable. radius is not exceeded. Use following
criteria:
(c). Apply anti-chaffing provisions to
section of wire harness in contact (a). Minimum bend radius for single
with structure (Ref. Wire Mainte wires (non-coaxial) shall be 10 times
nance Procedures). A protected the outside diameter of wire.
harness in contact with a smooth
(b). Minimum bend radius for (non-coaxi
surface is allowed.
al) single wire, group, bundle or
harness at terminations shall be 3
(d). Re-route, or adjust routing of times the outside diameter of largest
harness if contact is with a sharp included single wire.
edge. Wiring in contact with sharp
edges is not allowed. (c). Minimum bend radius for (non-coaxi
al) group, bundle or harness shall be
(2). Visually inspect wire harness for proper 6 times the outside diameter. In no
support and protection as follows: case shall bend radius of group,
bundle or harness be less than 10
(a). Inspect condition of harness clamps. times the outside diameter of largest
Replace clamp if cushion is damaged, included single wire.
and tighten attachment hardware if
loose. (d). Minimum radius of bend for a coaxial
cable shall not adversely affect the
(b). Install additional clamps if necessary, characteristics of cable, and shall be
and only if structure can support the no less than 6 times the outside
installation. diameter.

96-00-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(5). Visually inspect wire harness for strain (e). Adjust harness routing as necessary
at termination points, free movement of to obtain proper slack at termination
shock-mounted or hinged equipment, points.
and proper slack for equipment instal
lation and maintenance as follows: (6). Visually inspect for absence of drip
loops where required using the follow
(a). Harness slack shall be provided to ing criteria:
allow face-mounted instruments or
console control units to clear face of (a). Apply drip loops to wiring where
instrument panel or structure by a moisture accumulation on wire can
minimum of 1.5 in. (38 mm). drip down to termination and cause
(b). When harness is terminated to a corrosion.
connector, a minimum of 1.0 in. (25.4
(b). Downward attachment of terminal
mm) of slack for one connector
lugs should be used in conjunction
replacement shall be provided.
with drip loops when possible.
(c). When harness is terminated to lugs,
allow a minimum length of slack (c). Observe minimum bend radius of
equal to 3 times the barrel length. wires.
(d). Harness slack shall not exceed (7). Inspect wire harness for contamination
0.5 in. (12.7 mm) from imaginary by fluids and dirt particles.
centerline between clamps except
when providing for connector replace (a). If contamination is found, decontami
ment, drip loops, excess wire and nate harness (Ref. Cleaning and
similar conditions. Protection Practices).
DOWNWARD
DRIP LOOPS ATTACHMENT
DRIP LOOPS
G96-0034
Figure 603. Drip Loops and Downward Attachment of Wired Lugs

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
B. Single Wire and Shielded Wire Damage (a). Damage shall not exceed limits
Limitations specified in Table 601.
(Ref. Table 601 and Table 602) Table 601. Conductor Damage Limits
Strand Max. Allowable
NOTE: This procedure contains instructions for Number Nicked/Broken Strands
inspecting non-shielded wire and cables 1−18 0 nicked or broken
containing shielded wire. Not all steps are
19−36 2 nicked, 0 broken
applicable.
37 4 nicked, 0 broken
(1). Visually inspect wire or cable insulation Above 37 6 nicked or broken
for damage. Insulation which shows
cuts, punctures, burns, or which expose (3). Visually inspect individual and group
the conductor or shield are unaccep shields for broken strands. Additional
table. nicks, scrapes, or other damage which
does not sever the individual shield
(a). If conductor or shield strand damage strands is acceptable.
are within limits, perform Wire
(a). Damage shall not exceed limits
Insulation Repair procedure
(Ref. Wire Repair). specified in Table 602.
(b). If damage does not exceed limitation,
(2). Visually inspect conductors for nicks, perform Open Circuit Test procedure
cuts, scrapes, breaks, or other damage to verify non-visible damage does not
to strands. exist.
Table 602. Broken Shield Strand Allowance
Number of
Component Wires Max. Allowable Broken Strands Max. Allowable Broken Strands
in Cable (24 and 22 AWG) (20, 18, and 16 AWG)
1 10 15
2 or 3 15 20
4 20 25
5, 6 or 7 22 30

96-00-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
C. Coaxial Cable Damage Limitations (a). Perform Wire Insulation Repair
procedure (Ref. Wire Repair).
(1). Visually inspect coaxial cable for
squeezing, stretching, and impact or D. Soldered Contact Inspection
compressive forces (dents or crushing) (Ref. Figure 604)
which damage or destroy the natural
condition, shape, or integrity of cable. (1). Visually inspect wire insulation for the
following unacceptable conditions:
(a). Damage which reduces cable diame
ter by more than 10% is not accept (a). Too much solder on strands which
able. results in wicking of wire insulation.
(b). Charred, burned, blackened wire
(2). Visually inspect cable for kinks result
insulation.
ing from exceeding minimum bend
radius. None allowed. (2). Visually inspect for solder on contact
and in inspection hole.
(3). Visually inspect for nicked, cut, split, or
torn cable jacket. (a). Solder shall be visible in inspection
hole, and shall be level or slightly
(a). Damage which penetrates into jacket above hole.
and exposes shield strands, wire
insulation, dielectric, or conductor is (b). Solder on the outside of contact shall
not acceptable. be in the form of a thin film.
(3). Lightly pull wire to verify contact is
(4). If damage does not exceed limitation, secured.
perform Open Circuit Test procedure to
verify non-visible damage does not (4). Correct unacceptable conditions as
exist. required (Ref. Wire Terminations).
* WIRE IS CENTERED IN THE CONTACT BARREL.

* SOLDER VISIBLE IN THE INSPECTION HOLE.
(MAY BE LEVEL OR SLIGHTLY ABOVE)
* ANY SOLDER ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE CONTACT
IS IN THE FORM OF A THIN FILM. ACCEPTABLE
* SOLDER WETS THE WIRE OR LEAD TO FORM A
VISIBLE FILLET TO THE CUP.
* SOLDER DOES NOT WET THE WIRE OR LEAD

TO FORM A VISIBLE FILLET TO THE CUP.
* SOLDER NOT VISIBLE IN THE INSPECTION HOLE.
UNACCEPTABLE
* EXCESSIVE SOLDER ON OUTSIDE OF CONTACT

OR AT INSPECTION HOLE.
UNACCEPTABLE
G96-0035
Figure 604. Solder Style Contact Acceptance Criteria

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
E. Solder Joint Inspection (b). Too much solder on strands which
results in wicking of wire insulation
(Ref. Figure 605) is not allowed.
(1). Visually inspect solder joint using the
following criteria: (c). Charred, burned, blackened wire
insulation or component is not
(a). Solder joint shall exhibit a bright, allowed.
metallic luster, smooth nonporous
surface texture, good adherence, and
filleting. (3). Visually inspect immediate area where
maintenance was performed for any
(b). Visible inclusions of foreign material, additional solder.
indication of overheating, voids,
grainy areas, pin holes, craters,
(a). Additional solder on component or
cracks, fractures, solder spikes, cold
around solder joint in the form of a
solder flow, poor wetting action,
thin film which does not interfere
excess flux residue, or excessive
with subsequent assembly or opera
solder buildup are not allowed.
tion is acceptable.
(2). Visually inspect stranded wires using
the following criteria: (b). Solder splash or flash across assem
(a). Stranded wires shall be completely bly circuitry is not allowed.
wetted by solder, penetrating to inner
strands without obscuring wire (4). Correct unacceptable conditions as
contour. required (Ref. Wire Terminations).
GOOD WETTING WIRE LEAD

NO EXPOSED CONDUCTOR
SOLDER FROM WIRE CONTOUR VISIBLE,
180 DEG WIRE WRAP PRETINNING GOOD WETTING.
(MINIMUM) NO EXPOSED CONDUCTOR.
WITH NO OVERLAPPING
OF WIRE SOLDER FROM
PRETINNG
SOLDER FILLET BETWEEN
WIRE AND CONTACT CUP

WIRE CONDUCTOR COMPONENT AND WIRE
VISIBLE LEAD
COMPONENT LEAD
SOLDER CUP JOINT
WIRE TO COMPONENT LEAD SOLDER JOINT
TERMINAL AND WIRE / LEAD
SOLDER FROM PRETINNING
180° WIRE WRAP (MINIMUM)
WITH NO OVERLAPPING OF WIRE
WIRE CONTOUR VISIBLE
GOOD WETTING
NO EXPOSED CONDUCTOR
TERMINAL SOLDER JOINT G96-0036
Figure 605. Solder Joint Acceptance Criteria

96-00-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
4. Electrical Tests (b). Replace module if locking mechanism
is broken (Ref. Installation and
A. Continuity Test Removal of Electrical Components).
(c). Remove wired contact (Ref. Wire
Special Tools Terminations).
Item Nomenclature (7). If wire terminates to a lug, perform the
following:
N/A Analog Multimeter, Portable
(a). Remove any sealant from termina
tion between lug and component.
NOTE:
(b). Make sure hardware securing lug is
D A continuity test involves the testing of a properly torqued.
wire or circuit to make sure there is conti
nuity (no opens) between terminating (c). Use termination as a testing point.
ends, and that terminating ends are cor
(8). If wire terminates to a solder joint, do
rectly located. Perform a continuity test
the following:
to verify the integrity of electrical cables,
harness, and circuits. (a). Perform Solder Joint Inspection
D Continuity test should be performed prior procedure.
to all other electrical tests to minimize (b). Use solder joint as a testing point.
electrical shock and possible damage to
components. (9). Use analog multimeter to perform
continuity test on wire.
D Due to multiple types of terminations for
wires, not all steps are applicable. (a). Set multimeter for continuity test if
applicable, or to measure resistance
(1). Verify electrical power is off. (ohms).
(2). Locate wire harness to be tested. NOTE: If there are electrical components pres
ent in circuit being tested (transformer coils,
(3). Remove access panels as required. resistors, etc.), set multimeter to measure
resistance (ohms).
(4). Use applicable interconnect diagrams.
(b). Attach multimeter to both ends of
(5). If wire terminates into a connector, wire. Use multimeter leads and any
perform the following: other adapters as necessary.
(c). An audible beep or a maximum
(a). Detach connector, and visually measurement of 10 ohms confirms
inspect contacts. continuity.
(b). Replace bent or mutilated contacts (10). When testing shielded wire, perform
(Ref. Wire Terminations). continuity test on shield to ensure
integrity.
(c). Re-install contacts that have reced
ed. If locking mechanism is broken, (a). Continuity test of single-end,
replace connector (Ref. Electrical grounded shields (floating shields), is
Connector Maintenance Procedures). not required.
(11). All splices shall be included in continu
(6). If wire terminates into a module, ity test.
perform the following:
(12). Do not include semiconductors in
(a). Slightly pull on wire to ensure proper continuity test. Continuity test shall be
installation of wired contact and made up to semiconductor termination
function of locking mechanism. points.

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(13). Diodes shall be included in continuity NOTE:
test to ensure correct polarity and D An open circuit test is performed to verify
functionality. a wire is not shorted to ground, another
wire, or to a shield.
(14). Do not include Zener diodes in continu
ity test. Continuity test shall be made D This procedure applies to RF cables.
up to Zener diode termination points. (1). Verify electrical power is off.
(15). Transformers shall be included in (2). Locate wire harness to be tested.
continuity test. Add specified trans
(3). Remove access panels as required.
former winding resistance to maximum
resistance allowed. (4). Use applicable interconnect diagrams.
(16). Manually operated switches and circuit (5). Perform Continuity Test procedure.
breakers shall be included in continuity (6). Use analog multimeter to perform
tests. Perform continuity tests in both continuity test on wire.
open contact and closed contact posi
tions. (a). Set multimeter for continuity test if
applicable, or to measure resistance
(17). Electromechanical relays shall be (ohms).
included in continuity test.
(b). Use multimeter leads and any other
(a). Normally-closed contacts shall show adapters to attach to circuitry.
continuity through circuit. (c). An audible beep or a measurement of
10 ohms or less confirms a short.
(b). All other contacts shall show an open
condition in circuit. (d). A minimum measurement of 500,000
ohms confirms an open circuit.
(c). Add specified relay coil winding (7). If wire being tested is non-shielded,
resistance to maximum resistance perform the following:
allowed.
(a). Check for continuity between wire
(18). Correct discrepancies if found. and common ground.
(19). If applicable, perform other electrical (b). Check for continuity between wire
tests. and other wires in same harness, or
other suspect wires.
(20). Attach connectors, terminate wired (8). If wire being tested is shielded, perform
contacts, and environmentally seal the following:
terminations as required.
(a). Check for continuity between conduc
(21). Install and secure all access panels tor and shield.
removed. (b). Check for continuity between wire
and common ground.
(22). Restore power to helicopter.
(c). Check for continuity between wire
B. Open Circuit Test and other wires within same shielded
cable, harness, or other suspect
wires.
Special Tools
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) (9). If wire being tested is a RF cable,
Item Nomenclature perform the following:
N/A Analog Multimeter, Portable (a). Check for continuity between contact
and connector.

96-00-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(b). Attach one end to component and (3). Use applicable interconnect diagrams.
check for continuity between contact
and connector. (4). Perform Continuity Test procedure, and
Open Circuit Test procedure.
(c). Detach connector and attach the
other end to component. Check for (5). Connectors and wired contacts that will
continuity between contact and be used as test points shall remain
connector. unconnected. Attach and terminate all
others.
NOTE: If contact is shorted to connector when
cable is attached to a component, then the (6). Apply battery and external power to
component is defective. aircraft.
(10). Correct discrepancies if found. (7). Place switches and circuit breakers in
appropriate positions, and apply power
(11). If applicable, perform other electrical to system being tested.
tests.
(8). Use Analog Multimeter, Portable to
(12). Attach connectors, terminate wired perform voltage test on wire.
contacts, and environmentally seal
terminations as required. (a). Set multimeter to measure DC
voltage.
(13). Install and secure all access panels
removed. (b). Use multimeter leads and any other
adapters to attach to circuitry.
(14). Restore power to helicopter.
(9). Measure the voltage between two
C. Voltage Test (Power On) points under test.
Special Tools (10). If voltage test results in no signal

(Ref. Section 91−00−00) present, or a signal that is present but
Item Nomenclature not in correct range, perform the
following:
N/A Analog Multimeter, Portable
(a). Isolate faults in component providing
power or signal. Replace defective
NOTE: parts or component as an assembly.
D A voltage test verifies that power and
instrumentation signals are in the ap (b). If replacement of component fails to
propriate ranges. correct discrepancy, replace wire.
D Perform a voltage test only after continu (11). Remove power from system under test,
ity and open circuit tests have been com and power off aircraft.
pleted.
D This test procedure does not apply to RF (12). Attach connectors, terminate wired
cables. contacts, and environmentally seal
terminations as required.
(1). Locate wire harness to be tested.
(13). Install and secure all access panels
(2). Remove access panels as required. removed.

96-00-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Section
96−01−00
Wiring Diagrams
(369D)

[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
WIRING DIAGRAMS (369D)
1. Description and Operation NOTE: Wiring diagrams in this section are by
The following wiring diagrams are for the helicopter serial number and also according
369D helicopters only. to whether the helicopter is equipped with
or without a center console.
Refer to Section 96-00-00 for troubleshooting.

Page 201
96-01-00 Revision 11
[ Main Menu ]
CSP-HMI-3 MD Helicopters, Inc.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J303P
SP73
A B E513M20 A
(K301-X1) K502J18 B
C
TB8 D
E513E20 E
R1 F
(25 Ω 25W) G
1 H
2
J
R2 E522H22 K
(25 Ω 25W) E13 E106B22 L
P514A20 (TB1-8A) N
2 1 (K301-X1) K502D20 M
P
S400 R
SP402
T/R XMSN S
A B E513G20 CHIP DET
S201
SP27 + XMSN CHIP
A B E513H20 DET. AFT
J9P
S200
A E555C22 (K300-ALARM) RT301
B + XMSN CHIP
K510E20 (TB1-6A) ENG OIL E513E20
C E506C20 + DET. FWD
D TEMP SNDR
J503C20 (SP18-A) P202
E D505C20 (K300-BATT)
F E540A22 A G200 ROTOR
G M501B20 (J103-A) B TACH GEN
H P17B20
J E517C20
K E523C20 BOND JMPR
L E505C20
M P508G20 (TB3-1A) 22 AWG JMPR E18
N E513L20 S202
P C506B22 (TB1-2A) SP118
R L520L20 (TB1-2D) ROTOR OIL
S A B D509CA20 +
L531B20 (SP205-A) - TEMP SW
T E524A20 SP119
U E525A20 E15 D509D20 A B
V E526B20 D507A20N
W E522B20
X D508B22
Y D509C20 HR2
Z P515B16 SP140 (HEATED PITOT TUBE)
a F504B16 A B RED
b Q501B20 BLK -
E24
c L511B16 (SP119-A) D506A22 M5
d E501B22 HOUR
e E562B20 (P108-B) METER
f E527B20 +
g E564B20 (P108-D) S203
h K504D22 (TB1-4C)
i D503A20 NO
j E531C20
k P512A16 (K300-SW) C
m E513C20 NC
n P509B16 (P6-C) ROTOR OIL
p P516B16 PRESS SW
q E513F20
r J251P R251
s L501B16 (K101-A1) B BLU
t E105D20 (SP70-A) FUEL
R10 D RED
QUANT.
(1 Ω 55W) E5 E502A20N E BLK
SENDER
P516C16 H BLK
2 1
R12
HR3
(1 Ω 55W) SP22 SP20
AFT LIGHTER
P250J B250
P517E16 A B P17C16 A B P517D16 A START
1 2
SP21 + E6 Q502A20N B PUMP
E15 H510A16N A B H510B16 -
G96-0018-1
Figure 201. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 1 of 6)
Page 202 The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.
Revision 11 96-01-00 Neither this document nor any part hereof may be reproduced or transferred to
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TC300
(M3-) (TB9-2) RED E10A16 TB10
(M3+) (TB9-1) YEL E10A16 THERMOCOUPLE
1 M535A12 (CB600)
J100
EXT PWR + P503A(3-10) 2 P503B(3-10) (S2-3)
RECPT 28VDC - P504A(3-10)N E4 3 P502B(3-10) (S2-1)
(K300 BAT) P505A(3-10) 4 D501C20
P505C(3-10) (TB101-1, -4, -7)
A BATT SENSE
B FIELD CONT 1 R500 2
C FIELD (P4-D) D501B20
D GND 0.25 Ω 5W ±5% VR1
E OVER VOLT. RLY P6 VOLTAGE REG.
BATT P108 F GEN. DISABLE
(TB3-1B) P508D20 A BATT SENSE
BT101 A P502A(3-10) (TB3-1A) P508F16 B FIELD CONT
160° (RED) B E562B20 (P9-e) (TB10-4) P505A(3-10)
K300 (P9-n) P509B16 C FIELD
C P501A(3-10)N E1 P22A20N D GND
140° (AMB) D E564B20 (P9-g) (TB1-8A) P514B20 E OVER VOLT. RLY
BATT (TB1-6C) K502F20
E F GEN. DISABLE
GEN REVERSE
CURRENT
ALARM RELAY
SWITCH
K301 F K300
START RELAY (TB10-4) P505A(3-10)
(P9-E) D505C20 BATT
A2 A1 P505B(3-10)
P507A(3-10)
SP18 K502J18 (TB3-1B) P508B16 GEN
(P9-D) J503C20 A B J503B20 K502CA20 X2 P508A(3-10)
(TB1-6D) K502C20 CR33 (P9-A) E555C22 ALARM
X1
DIODE ISOLATOR (P9-k) P512A16 SWITCH
ASSEMBLY K503A20N P511A20N F
SP17 CR1 E13
B A K502CB20 2 1 STARTER/
GENERATOR
2 1 A
K502D20 D
CR2
B G300
C
E
E12 P510(3-10)N
P107B10
M29
SP80
A B START
COUNTER
J303P P300/S300
ENG. CHIP
A E126J18
DET. UPPER
B K502H18
C E513F18 P301/S301
D P109A16 ENG. CHIP
E E126G18
E103A20 DET. LOWER
F
G E104A20 S303
H SP123
E106A20 FUEL FILTER
J E107A20 A B WHT SWITCH
K D101A18
L SQ300
N
M P112F18 IGNITION
P EXCITER IGN. GAP
R
S
P306 G302
N2
A TACH
B GEN
G301
P305
N1
A TACH
B GEN
G96-0018-2

Page 203
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
XDS400
SP400 SP401 SP402C
(TB1-2D) L520D20 A B L520E20 A B L520F20 A B L520N20 TAIL L544A20N
LT
SP55 SP59
A B A B
P556
SP52 SP56 SP60
1 L555A20 GREY OR RED A B L555B20 GREY OR RED A B L555D20 GREY OR RED A B
SP53 SP57 SP61
2 L555A20 WHT A B L555B20 WHT A B L555D20 WHT A B
SP54 SP58 SP62
3 L555A20 BLK A B L555B20 BLK A B L555D20 BLK A B
STROBE
WHT (STOWED) SP119
PWR
SUPPLY RED B A L511B16 (P9-c)
AND BLK E8
FLASHER P557 XDS201
SP65 XDS200 UPPER BLK
1 L556A20 GREY OR RED A B RED STROBE WHT
SP64 LWR RED
2 LT
L556A20 WHT A B WHT STROBE
SP63 LT
3 L556A20 BLK A B BLK
SP116 SP117 SP1171

(TB1-2C) L520B20 A B L520C20 RED A B L520J20 RED A B L568C20 OR RED XDS251
RIGHT
SP133 SP131 SP1311 G
SKID
E7 L521C20N A B L521B20 BLK A B L521A20 BLK A B L568D20N OR BLK
SP114 SP115 SP1151
(TB1-2C) L520F20 A B L520G20 RED A B L520H20 RED A B L568A20 OR RED XDS250
SP134 SP132 SP1321 R LEFT
E6 L538C20N A B L538B20 BLK A B L538A20 BLK A B L568B20N OR BLK SKID K101
LDG LT RELAY
A1 A2
(P9-s) L501B16
L501C20
S199 X1
SP136
SP70 X2
NO (TB1-5C) L504A20 B A L504C20
C B A E105D20 (P9-t)
CAP AND STOW DS100
NC
SP71 J103 UTIL RECP LDG
B A E105C20N E1 L503A16N L502A16
E25 A M501B20 (P9-G) LT
NR DISABLE SWITCH B M502A20N E9
(SHOWN IN ACTUATED POSITION)
S108A
XDS205
B103 P107 1 1 3 R6
A K505D20 (TB1-4A) PILOT L541A20
N2
B K506D20 (TB1-5A) MAP LT L542A20 J211P BRT DIM 50 Ω ±10%
GOV 2 5W
C K507A20N 2 A B L542B20N
L531F20
XDS202 E19
B102 P106 2
A C504B22 (TB1-3A) REAR L542C20N
LAT
B C507B22 (TB1-3C) MAP LT L550A20 J210P
TRIM S107
C C503A22N E6 1
L531D20 L531E20 B A
2 1
B101 P105 UTILITY LIGHT SP205
C508B22 (TB1-1A) L531C20 B A L531B20 (P9-S)
LONG C505B22 (TB1-1C) SHLD RTN
TRIM C502A22N E7 L531C20
DS202
G96-0018-3
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J130P LEFT CYCLIC STICK PROVISIONS FOR
XMIT RIGHT CYCLIC STICK J109
(TB5-4B) RV505B22 P 3 S112
(TB5-2A) RV501A22 W 1 ICS (TB1-19D) M552C20 A
E5 RV502A22N T 2 (TB1-19C) M521G20 B
(TB1-16D) M504J20 C
S4 (TB1-19B) A521F20 D
(TB1-18D) M522A20 A 10 CARGO (TB1-19A) M520F20 E
(TB1-18C) M521E20 B 9 HOOK (TB1-16B) M503H20 F
(TB1-9D) A509A20 K (TB1-7C) A510C20 H
(TB1-7B) A517C20 L (TB1-9B) A508C20 J
(TB1-16C) M504H20 C (TB1-9C) A509V20 K
(TB1-16A) M503F20 F (TB1-7A) A517A20 L
(TB1-18A) M520C20 E (TB1-10B) A507C20 M
(TB1-10A) A507A20 M (TB1-10C) A506C20 N
(TB1-10D) A506B20 N (TB5-2C) RV516C22 P
(TB1-7D) A510A20 H (TB1-3C) C507A22 R
(TB1-18B) A521C20 D (TB1-2B) C506D22 S
(TB1-9A) A508B20 J (TB1-1B) C508A22 U
(TB1-2B) C506C22 S 6 (TB1-3B) C504A22 V
(TB1-3B) C504C22 V 7 S107 (TB5-1A) RV508D22 W
(TB1-3D) C507C22 R 4 UP CYCLIC (TB1-1D) C505A22 X
TRIM E7 RV524A22N T
(TB1-1B) C508C22 U 5 L R
(TB1-1D) C505C22 X 8 DN
J113P LEFT COLLECTIVE STICK J112P RIGHT COLLECTIVE STICK

(TB1-6D) K502B20 A
(TB1-6C) K502G20 A P112A20 S106 (TB1-6A) K510B20 B
(TB1-6B) K510D20 B P111D20 START (TB1-5D) L504B20 C
K E7 L505B20N D
INCR
(TB1-4B) K505B20 E C110A20
L104C20 F S108
(TB1-5C) L504D20 C S105 (TB1-4D) K504B20 C108E20
E9 L123B16 H N2 GOV
L543A20N D LDG LT (TB1-5B) K506B20 C109A20
J DECR
J L123A20N K
INCR
(TB1-4B) K505C20 E C110F20 S104
(TB1-4D) K504C20 F C108G20 N2 GOV
(TB1-5B) K506C20 H C109F20 CONTR
DECR
TB1-
TB1-1 TB1-3
(P105-A) C508B22 A A (P106-A) C504B22 A A
(P130-U) C508C22 B B C508A22 (J109-U) (J130-V) C504C22 B B C504A22 (J109-V)
(P105-B) C505B22 C C (P106-B) C507B22 C C C507A22 (J109-R)
(J130-X) C505C22 D D C505A22 (J109-X) (J130-R) C507C22 D D
TB1-2 TB1-4
(P9-P) C506B20 A A (P107-A) K505D20 A A
(J130-S) C506C22 B B C506D22 (J109-S) (J113-E) K505C20 B B K505B20 (J112-E)
(SP116-A) L520B20 C C L520F20 (SP114-A) (P9-h) K504D22 C C
(P9-R) L520L20 D D L520D20 (SP400) (J113-F) K504C20 D D K504B20 (J112-F)
G96-0018-4A

Page 205
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB1- (CONT.)
TB1-5 TB1-14 TB1-15

(P107-B) K505D20 A A A A A A
(J113-H) K506C20 B B K506B20 (J112-H) B B FLOATS B B FLOATS
(SP136-B) L504A20 C C L504D20 (J113-C) C C C C
D D L504B20 (J112-C) D D D D
TB1-6 TB1-16
(P9-B) K510E20 A A K510B20 (J112-B) A A M503F20 (J130-F)
(P110-S) K508AB20 B B K510D20 (J113-B) B B M503H20 (J109-F)
(P6-F) K502F20 C C K502G20 (J113-A) C C M504H20 (J130-C)
(K301-X1) K502C20 D D K502B20 (J112-A) D D M504J20 (J109-C)
TB1-7 TB1-18
(J109-L) A517A20 A A A A M520C20 (J130-E)
(J130-L) A517C20 B B B B M521C20 (J130-D)
(J109-H) A510C20 C C HOOK C C M521E20 (J130-B)
(J130-H) A510A20 D D HOOK D D M522A20 (J130-A)
TB1-8 TB1-19
(TB8-R2-1) P514A20 A A P514B20 (P6-E) A A M520F20 (J109-E)
B B B B M521F20 (J109-D)
C C C C M521G20 (J109-B)
D D D D M522C20 (J109-A)
TB1-9 TB1-40
(J130-J) A508B20 A A A A
(J109-J) A508C20 B B B B HOIST
(J109-K) A509V20 C C C C
(J130-K) A509A20 D D D D
TB1-10
(J130-M) A507A20 A A
(J109-M) A507C20 B B
(J109-N) A506C20 C C
(J130-N) A506B20 D D
NOTE: TB1-11 THRU TB1-15, TB1-17, TB1-20 THRU TB1-39 BLANK.

G96-0018-5
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB3-
TB3-1 TB3-4 J605

(P9-M) P508G20 A A P508F16 (P6-B) A A M522D16 A
M523B16N B
(K300-GEN) Q508B16 B B P508D20 (P6-A) B B
CARGO
C C C C E20 HOOK
D D D D
NOTE: TB3-2 AND TB3-3 BLANK.
TB5- TB7-
TB5-1 TB7-1 TB7-7 TB7-8

(P509-Z) CNS21A22 A RV508D22 (J109-W) A A A
B RV508C22 B B B
(TB502-4D) RV514F22 C
RV510C22 C C C CNS25A22 (P509-aa)
D
D D D
TB5-2 E E E
RV501D22 A RV501A22 (J130-W) F F F CCNS31A22 (P509-cc)
B CNS2QA22 (P509-Y)
(P509-X) CNS19A22 C RV516C22 (J109-P) TB7-9
RV510V22
D A
B
TB5-4 CNS29A22 (P509-bb)
TB7-2 C
A D
(P509-W) CNS23A22 B RRV505B22 (J130-P) A
B E
C
D C F
D
E
F
NOTE: TB5-3 BLANK.
TB7-10
A
TB7-3 (P509-C) CNS24A22 B
A RV510T22 C
B (P509-E) CNS32A22 D
C RV510S22 E
D (P509-F) CNS30A22 F
E RV514B22 (TB502-5E)
F RV510P22
RV510W22
TB7-4 RV510P22 TB7-11
A A
B (P509-H) CNS15B22 B
C RV510Q22 C
D (P509-J) CNS55A22 D
E E
F F
NOTE: TB7-5, TB7-6 AND 7-12 BLANK.
G96-0018-6A

Page 207
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0018-7A
Figure 202. Console Wiring Diagram (369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 1 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
SWITCH/BREAKER PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

CB115 (ANTI-COLL LTS) CB112 (GEN)
1 7.5A2 L511A16 (J9-c) (J9-n) P506A16 P515A16 (J9-Z)
1 15A 2
CB117 (UTIL PWR) CB110 (LANDING LT)

1 L501A16 (J9-s)
M501A20 (J9-G) 1 15A 2
7.5A 2
CB118 (START PUMP) CB101 (INST)

(TB101-3) P506AX10 2 Q501C20 (P12-N) E501A22 (J9-d)
1 7.5A
Q501A20 (J9-b)
1 5A 2 CR10A D508A22 (J9-X)
CB119 (POS LTS)

CB102 (TRIM ACT)
L520A20 (J9-R)
1 7.5A 2 C506A22 (J9-P)
1 5A 2
CB120 (PITOT HEAT)
P516V16 F504A16 (J9-a) CB103 (N2 GOV)
1 10A 2
(TB101-2) P506W10 K504A20 (J9-h)
1 5A 2
R110 (PNL LT DIM POT)
6 7 CB104 (PNL LTS)
E508A22 (P12-V)
4 5 E518A22 (P12-T)
L532B22 (P12-J)
3 1 5A 2 L532A22 (R110-3)
2 L532A22 (CB104-2)
L551A22 (P12-X)
1 L504B22N (TB6-4) CB106 (ENG OUT)
E567A22 (P19-B)
J501A20 (S11-1)
1 5A 2 L531A22 (J9-S)
S3 (KEY SW)
K510A20 (J9-B) CB105 (GYRO)
1 2
K510F16 (CB128-1)
1 5A 2
K501A20 (CB125-2)
CB107 (ADF)
(TB101-2) P506AN16 RV522A16 (TB501-1)
1 2A 2
S4 (GEN SW)
CB108 (NAV/COM)
6 5 P513A20 (K103-6) (TB101-2) P506AM16 RV520A16 (TB501-2)
P508C20 (J9-M) 1 7.5A 2
4
3 E520B20 (TB104-1) CB126 (XPDR)
2 (TB101-2) TR611-1A20
E521A20 (TB6-6) 1 3A 2
1
XDS7
2 1 SP23 J15
E560B22 B A E560A22N (TB6-6) PNL L533A22 (TB502-7E)
LTS
START PUMP
“ON” LT SP24
E561B22 B A E561A22 (P12-L)
J16
PNL L533C22 (TB503-7D)
LTS
G96-0018-8A

Page 209
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
S11 (AUTO RE-IGN TEST)

1 3
(CB106-2) J501A20 J502A20 (K104-4)
4 J502D20 (XDS9-1B)
6
J502E20 (K304-6)
J501AE20 (K304-8)
LOWER PANEL
CB125 (START)
(TB101-1) 20 AWG JMPR
1 1A 2 K501A20 (S3-1)
CB128 (SEARCHLIGHT)
(S3-2) K510F16
1 5A 2
CB127 (SEARCHLIGHT) S13 (INTERCOM)

(TB101-3) P506AE10
1 35A 2 (TB502-1B) RV545A22
(TB502-1C) RV544A22 COMM 1 1

CB109 (CIG LTR)
2
P516A16 (J9-p) COMM 2 3
(TB101-5) P506AF10 P517A16 (TB502-1E) RV543A22
1 15A 2
(TB502-2A) RV542A22 4
CB132 (SPARE) 5
(TB101-6) 6
1 2 (TB502-2C) RV541A22
CB129 (PA) RADIO

(TB502-2E) RV540A22
(TB101-6) P506U8
1 25A 2
CB122 (SSB) S2 (MSTR SELECT SW) 22 AWG JMPR

(TB101-6) P506X14 P522A14
1 15A 2 BATT 1
(TB10-3) P502B(3-10)
OFF 2
CB601 (HOIST CUTTER) (TB10-2) P503B(3-10) EXT 3

JMPR
1 7.5A 2 (TB101-1) P506AJ10
(TB101-4) P506AK10
(TB101-7) P506AL10
CB600 (HOIST PWR) (E3) P521A20N
(TB101-7) P506AH8
1 50A 2
1 R9 2
CB121 (FLOATS)
(TB101-3) P506M20
1 5A 2
1 Ω 55W
2 R11 1
P517B16
CB603 (HOOK)
1 Ω 55W
(TB101-5) P506AG16
1 15A 2 HR1 (FWD LIGHTER)
+
P517C16 DS7
J131 (TB6-5) H501A16
-
PNL L533D22 (TB502-7C)
LTS
G96-0018-9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
XDS14 (ENG OUT WARN)
2
E510A22 (TB6-5) DS11 (DIMMER
1 CONTROL UNIT)
c P12
3
4
E530B22 C ENG OUT LT HI
f T/R XMSN CHIP LT LO
E XMSN OIL TEMP LT HI
XDS13 (XMSN OIL PRESS) F XMSN OIL TEMP LT LO
2
1 E559M22 G XMSN OIL PRESS LT HI
c H ENG CHIP LT LO
3
E559P22 g M/R XMSN CHIP LT LO
4 K FUEL LOW LT LO
h XMSN OIL PRESS LT LO
XDS12 (XMSN OIL TEMP) M FUEL FILTER LT LO
2 P GEN OUT LT LO
1 D502A22
c
(J9-i) E559N22 j XMSN OIL PRESS SW
3 (J9-m) E559J22 e M/R XMSN CHIP DET
4
E503B22 (J9-Y) D509B22 Y XMSN OIL TEMP SW
E559AC22 (K304-5) (J9-N) E513D22 Z ENG CHIP DET
XDS18 (GEN OUT) (J9-J) E517D22 a FUEL LOW SW
2 MS25181-1 SPLICE (J9-j) E531D22 b AIR FRAME FLTR SW
1 E555A22 (J9-A) E555D22 c GEN OUT ALARM
c E559A22 (J9-q) E559H22 R T/R XMSN CHIP DET
3
4 E559B22 A +28VDC TEST
B DC GND TEST
D WARN LTS BRT/DIM
XDS15 (ENG CHIPS) (CB118-2) Q501C20 N
2 START PUMP
1 E513A22 S ENG OUT WARN SIGNAL
c (CB104-2) E518A22 T PRESS/TEMP WARN SIGNAL
3
E559C22 (TB502-7A) L534A22 d PNL LIGHTING, VARIABLE DC
4 (CB104-2) E508A22 V +28VDC
(R110-4) L532B22 J BRT/DIM SW
XDS19 (M/R XMSN CHIPS) (R110-2) L551A22 X DIMMER POT ARM
2 (SP24-A) E561A22 L START PUMP ON LT
1 E559L22
c
(TB6-5) E563A22 W DC GND
3
E559D22 U
4
XDS20 (T/R XMSN CHIPS) XDS24 (PRESS-TO-TEST)

2
TB104
E559K22 2
1 (J9-g) E564A20 4 E559AA22
c
3 A 1
3
4 E559E22 DS24
2
XDS16 (FUEL LOW) (J9-e) E562A20 3 E559AC22
2 3 R 1
1 E517A22 DS25
c E559Q22 2 E559AB22
3
4 E559F22
E520C20
XDS17 (FUEL FLTR) PNL LTS
2
(S4-3) E520B20
1 E531A22 (P19-J) E520A22 1
c L540C22
3 TB105 L533F22
4 E559G22 +
(TB502-8B) L533E20 4 SP15 DS112 XDS119
L528B20 A B BLK CLOCK LT.
XDS21 (WARN PRESS-TO-TEST) SP14
L528C20 A B BLK
NC S1 (E3) L540A20N COM LT.
3 L540B22
E559AD22
C 2MFDS DS105
NO E509A22 +28 VDC 2 E519C20 +
NC S2 CR1 WARN
E512A22 DIODE HORN
C (P19-F) E519B20
NO E511B22 IN2070
E519A22 1
G96-0018-10A

Page 211
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P1 (N2/NR TACH IND)

A INST CLUSTER 3-PACK
E526C22 (J9-V)
B E527C22 (J9-f) 2 BLANK
M1 C E528A22 (TB6-3)
D 7 KEY
E524C22 (TB503-4B)
E E525B22 (P9-U) P4J 8 GRD
(J9-L) E505B22 A E505A22 1 FUEL SENDER
P2 (N1 TACH IND) (J9-C) E506B22 B E506A22 3 OIL TEMP
A E529A22 (TB6-4) (TB6-6) L535B20 H L535A20
B 11
M2 E523B22 (J9-K)
C E522D22 (TB502-14E) L542E20N 12
(J9-E) D505B20 E D505A20 4 AMM (GEN)
TOT IND (R500-1) D501B20 D D501A20 5 AMM (BAT)
1
M3 R4 10 Ω 10W E10A16 YEL (TC300) (J9-F) E540B22 F E540C22 6 28 VDC IN )
E10A16 RED (TC300)
TB9 2 E540D22 10
(TB502-7B) L534B22 J L534C22 9 LTS
XDS9 (RE-IGN PRESS-TO-TEST) M4
C E507A22
1 1 OPT EQUIP. OR
C D CAP AND STOW
2 2
2 2
B A
1 1 J502D20 (S11-6) P19
J501B20 (S11-3)
(TB502-14D) E522E22 A
NC (CB106-2) E567A22
C S2 B
(TB502-12D) E533A22 C
NO
NC (TB6-3) E510D20 E
J503D20 (TB502-13A)
C S1 (TB105-1) E519B20 F DS10 (ENGINE
NO (J9-t) E105A20 G POWER OUT
+ (TB104-1) E520A22 J WARNING UNIT)
J505A20N (E2) K
(TB502-14A) E108A20 L
(TB502-12F) RV514A22 M
P512C22 (TB502-13D) J507A20 U
K103 (OVER VOLTAGE RELAY)
1 5
P513A20 (S4-6)
2 6 P513B22
3 7
4 8
P512B16 (J9-k) K304 (AUTO-REIGN)
P513C22 J502E20 (S11-4)

8 J501AE20 (S11-1)
P17A20 (J9-H) 6
5 E559AC22 (MS25181-1
K104 (AUTO-REIGN RELAY) SPLICE TO E559A22)
5 1
6 3
20 AWG 4
JMPR 8 20 AWG JMPR
4 2
3 J503EE20 (TB502-13C) 7
J509A20N (E2)
1 J508A20N (E2)
7
J507AA20 (TB503-3E)
2
G96-0018-11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P509 TB106
dd CNS12B22 (TB502-1A) E3 P521A20N (S2-2) 2 RV514S22 (TB502-12A)
D CNS14B22 (TB502-2F)
T CNS13B22 (TB502-4A) L540A20N (TB105-3)
INTERCO V CNS56A22 (TB502-4E) CR10
U CNS22A22 (TB502-5F) J505A20N (XDS9(-))
SYSTEM E2 J508A20N (K104-7)
S CNS10B22 (TB502-6A) 1 RV514Q22 (TB502-12E)
CNS18A22 (TB502-6C) J509A20N (K304-7)
R TB6 R30
M CNS6A22 (TB502-10A) 1 CNS9B22 (P509-B)
N CNS33A22 (TB502-10D) 3 RV514T22 (TB502-5C)
L CNS34A22 (TB502-10F) CNS57F22 (TB502-2F)
TB101
K CNS11B22 (TB502-11A) 2
P CNS16B22 (TB502-11E) #10 1 P506AJ10 (S2-2)
RV511A22 (TB502-4C) E510D20 (P19-E) 20 AWG JMPR (CB125-1)
J CNS55A22 (TB7-11D) E528A22 (P1-C) TR611-1A20 (CB126-1)
GRD 3
H CNS15B22 (TB7-11B) P506AN16 (CB107-1)
cc CNS31A22 (TB7-8F) BUS L504B22N (R110-1) 2 P506AM16 (CB108-1)
bb CNS29A22 (TB7-9C) 4 E529A22 (P2-A) P506W10 (CB103-1)
C CNS24A22 (TB7-10B) P506AX10 (CB118-1)
E CNS32A22 (TB7-10D) 3 P506AE10 (CB127-1)
aa CNS25A22 (TB7-8C) E510A22 (XDS14-2) P506M20 (CB121-1)
F CNS30A22 (TB7-10F) E563A22 (P12-W) #10 4 P506AK10 (S2-2)
CNS21A22 (TB5-1A) 5
Z P506AG16 (CB603-1)
CNS2QA22 (TB5-2B) H501A16 (HR1-(-))
Y 5 P506AF10 (CB109-1)
W CNS23A22 (TB5-4B) E521A20 (S4-2) (CB132-1)
X CNS19A22 (TB5-2C) L535B20 (P4-H) 6 P506U8 (CB129-1)
B 6
CNS9B22 (TB6-1) E560A22N (SP23-A) P506X14 (CB122-1)
A CNS17C22 #10 7 P506AH8 (CB600-1)
P506AL10 (S2-2)
TB501
1 RV522A16 (CB107-2) P505C(3-10) (TB10-4)
2
3 RV520A16 (CB108-2)
4
TB502-
TB502-1 TB502-2 TB502-3 TB502-4 TB502-5

A CNS12B22 (P509-dd) A RV542A22 (S13-4) A RV514R22 A CNS13B22 (P509-T) A
B RV545A22 (S13-2) B B B B
C RV544A22 (S13-1) C RV541A22 (S13-6) C C RV511A22 (P509-J) (TB106-3) RV514T22 C
D D D D RV514F22 (TB5-1C) D
E RV543A22 (S13-3) E RV540A22 (S13-5) E E CNS56A22 (P509-V) (TB7-3E) RV514B22 E
F F CNS14B22 (P509-D) F F L533G22 (P509-U) CNS22A22 F
CNS57F22 (TB6-1)
TB502-6 TB502-7 TB502-8 TB502-9 TB502-10

(P509-S) CNS10B22 A (P12-d) L534A22 A A A A CNS6A22 (P509-M)
B (P4-J) L534B22 B B L533E20 (TB105-4) B B
(P509-R) CNS18A22 C (J31) L533D22 C C C C
D (J16) L533C22 D D D D CNS33A22 (P509-N)
E (J15) L533A22 E E E E
F F L533B22 F L533H22 F F CNS34A22 (P509-L)
TB502-11 TB502-12 TB502-13 TB502-14 TB502-15 TB502-20

A CNS11B22 (P509-K) A RV514S22 (TB106-2) A J503D20 (XDS9-S1-NC) A E108A20 (P19-L) A A
B B RV514P22 B J503E20 (J9-D) B E524C22 (P1-D) B B
C C C J503EE20 (K104-3) C E524B20 (J9-T) C C
D D E533A22 (P19-C) D J507A20 (P19-U) D E522E22 (P19-A) D D
E CNS16B22 (P509-P) E RV514Q22 (TB106-1) E J507AA20 (K104-2) E E522D22 (P2-C) E E
F F RV514A22 (P19-M) F F E522C20 (J9-W) F F
G96-0018-12A

Page 213
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J303P
SP73
A B E513M20 A
(SP17-B) K502J18 B
C
INST CLUSTER TB8 D
V DROP R1 E513N20 E
F
RESISTOR (25 Ω 25W) G
1 2 H
R2 J
OVER VOLTAGE E522H22 K
SENSING CKT (120Ω 1W) E13 E106B22 L
RESISTOR 1 2 N
(K301-X2) K502D20 M
P
R
P514A20 (TB1-8A) S
S201
SP27
+ XMSN CHIP
A B E513H20
DET. AFT
J9P
S200
A E555C22 (K300-ALARM) RT301
B + XMSN CHIP
K510E20 (TB1-6A) ENG OIL E513E20
D J503C20 (SP18-A) TEMP SNDR
P202
E D505C20 (K300-BATT)
F E540A22 A ROTOR
G M501B20 (J103-A) B G200 TACH GEN
H P17B20
J E517C20
K E523C20 BOND JMPR
L E505C20
M P508G20 (TB3-1A) S400 22 AWG JMPR E18
SP402
N E513L20 T/R XMSN
P C506B22 (TB1-2A) A B E513G20 CHIP DET
R L520L20 (TB1-2D) S202
S L531B20 (SP205-A) SP118
T E524A20 ROTOR OIL
A B D509CA20 +
U E525A20 - TEMP SW
SP119
V E526B20 E15 D509D20N A B D509D20
W E522B20
X D508B22 (M5+) D507A20N
Y D509C20 HR2
a F504B16 A B RED -
b Q501B20 D506A22 M5
E24 BLK
c L511B16 (SP119-A) (P618-m) D506BB22 HOUR
d E501B22 (P618-k) D508E22 METER
e E562B20 (P108-B) +
f E527B20
g E564B20 (P108-D)
h K504D22 (TB1-4C) S203
i D503A20 NO
j E531C20
k P512A16 (K300-SW) C
m E513C20 NC
n P509B16 (P6-C) DS100 ROTOR OIL
p P516B16 (TB3-4D) L501B16 LDG PRESS SW
q E513F20 E1 L503A16N LT
r J251P R251
s BLU
B
t E105D20 (SP70-A) D FUEL
R10 RED QUANT.
(1 Ω 55W) E5 E502A20N E BLK
SENDER
P516C16 H BLK
R12 2 1
HR3
(1 Ω 55W) SP22 SP20
AFT LIGHTER P250J B250
P517E16 A B P17C16 A B P517D16
1 2 A START
E15 H510A16N A B H510B16 -
G96-0016-1
(369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 1 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TC300
(M3-) (TB9-2) RED E10A16 TB10
(J200-A) A526A8 1 M535A12 (CB600)
J100
EXT PWR + P503A(3-10) 2 P503B(3-10) (S2-3)
RECPT 28VDC - P504A(3-10)N E4 3 P502B(3-10) (S2-1)
(K300 BAT) P505A(3-10) 4 D501C20 (J618-M)
P505C(3-10) (S2-2)
P505D8 (CB101-1)
VR1
P6 VOLTAGE REG.
BATT P108 (TB3-1B) P508D20 A BATT SENSE
160° (RED) B E562B20 (P9-e) (P9-n) P509B16 C FIELD
C P501A(3-10)N E1 P22A20N D GND
140° (AMB) D E564B20 (P9-g) (TB1-8A) P514B20 E OVER VOLT. RLY
E (TB1-6C) K502F20 F GEN. DISABLE
REVERSE
CURRENT
K301 RELAY
K300
START RELAY (TB10-4) P505A(3-10)
(P9-E) D505C20 BATT
P507A(3-10) A2 A1 P505B(3-10)
SP18 K502J18 (TB3-1B) P506B16 GEN
(P9-D) J503C20 A B J503B20 K502CA20 X2 P508A(3-10)
X1
DIODE ISOLATOR (P9-k) P512A16 SWITCH
ASSEMBLY K503A20N P511A20N F
SP17 CR1 E13
B A K502CB20 2 1 STARTER/
GENERATOR
2 1 A
K502D20 D
CR2
B G300
C
E
E12 P510(3-10)N
P107B10
M29
SP80
A B START
COUNTER
J303P P300/S300
ENG. CHIP
A E126J18
K502H18 DET. UPPER
B
C E513F18 P301/S301
D P109A16 ENG. CHIP
E E126G18 DET. LOWER
F E103A20
G E104A20 S303
SP123
H E106A20 FUEL FILTER
J E107A20 A B WHT SWITCH
K D101A18
L SQ300
N
IGNITION
M P112F18 EXCITER
P IGN. GAP
R
S G302
P306
N2
A TACH
B GEN
G301
P305
N1
A TACH
B GEN
G96-0016-2
(369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 2 of 6)

Page 215
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
XDS400
SP400 SP401 SP402C
LT
SP55 SP59
A B A B
P556
SP52 SP56 SP60
SP53 SP57 SP61
SP54 SP58 SP62
STROBE
WHT (STOWED) SP119
PWR
AND BLK E8
FLASHER P557 XDS201
SP64 LWR RED
2 LT
SP63 LT
SP116 SP117 SP1171

RIGHT
SP133 SP131 SP1311 G
SKID
SP114 SP115 SP1151
E6 L538C20N A B L538B20 BLK A B L538A20 BLK A B L568B20N OR BLK SKID
S199
SP70
NO
C B A E105D20 (P9-t) J103 (UTIL RECP)
CAP AND STOW A M501B20 (P9-G)
NC B M502A20N E9
SP71
B A E105C20N E25
NR DISABLE SWITCH
B103 P107 UTILITY LIGHT

A K505D20 (TB1-4A)
N2 DS202
B K506D20 (TB1-5A)
GOV 2 1
C K507A20N SHLD RETURN
SP205
B102 P106 L531C20 B A L531B20 (P9-S)
A C504B22 (TB1-3A)
LAT
B C507B22 (TB1-3C)
TRIM
C C503A22N E6
B101 P105
A C508B22 (TB1-1A)
LONG B C505B22 (TB1-1C)
TRIM C C502A22N E7
G96-0016-3
(369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 3 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J130P LEFT CYCLIC STICK J113P LEFT COLLECTIVE STICK
(TB5-4B) RV505B22 P BRN XMIT (TB1-6D) K502G20 A
(E5) RV502A22N T ORN S112 (TB1-6B) K510D20 B
(TB1-16C) M504H20 C RADIO (TB1-5C) L504D20 C
(TB5-2A) RV501A22 W VIO (E9) L543A20N D
INCR
(TB1-16A) M503F20 F ICS (TB1-4B) K505C20 E C110F20
SPARE F S108
(TB1-18D) M522A20 A GRAY (TB1-4D) K504C20 C108G20
SW H N2 GOV
(TB1-18C) M521E20 B BLU (TB1-5B) K506C20 C109F20
J DECR
(TB1-18B) D521C20 D WHT/VIO SPARE K
(TB1-18A) M520C20 E WHT/GRAY SW
1ST POS
(TB1-10A) A507A20 M WHT/BLU COM S109
(TB1-10D) A506B20 N WHT/GRN TRIGGER
(TB1-7B) A517C20 L WHT/BRN 2ND POS
(TB1-7D) A510A20 H WHT/YEL UP

S110
(TB1-9A) A508B20 J WHT/RED POD
(TB1-9D) A509A20 K WHT/ORN ELEV
DN
(TB1-2B) C506C22 S WHT
(TB1-3B) C504C22 V RED S107 J112P RIGHT COLLECTIVE STICK
(TB1-3D) C507C22 R YEL UP CYCLIC
TRIM (TB1-6C) K502B20 A P112A20 S106
(TB1-6A) K510B20 B P111D20 START
(TB1-1B) C508C22 U GRN L R K
(TB1-1D) C505C22 X BLK DN
S105
(TB1-5D) L504B20 C L104C20
LDG LT
(E7) L505B20N D L123B16
J L123A20N
INCR
J109P RIGHT CYCLIC STICK (TB1-4B) K505B20 E C110F20 S104
(TB1-4D) K504B20 F C108F20 N2 GOV
(TB5-2C) RV516C22 P BRN XMIT C109F20
(TB1-5B) K506B20 H CONTR
(E7) RV524A22N T ORN S111 DECR
(TB1-16D) M504J20 C RADIO
(TB5-1A) RV508D22 W VIO
(TB1-16B) M503H20 F ICSSPARE
(TB1-19D) M522C20 A GRAY
SW
(TB1-19C) M521G20 B BLU
(TB1-19B) M521F20 D WHT/VIO
SPARE
(TB1-19A) M520F20 E WHT/GRAY SW
J200
(TB1-10B) A507C20 M WHT/BLU 1ST POS S101 (TB3-2B) A519A16 F
(TB1-10C) A506C20 N WHT/GRN (TB3-2C) A518A16 T
TRIGGER (TB3-2D) A520A16 H
(TB1-7A) A517A20 L WHT/BRN 2ND POS
(TB3-3A) A521A16 C
(TB1-7C) A510C20 H WHT/YEL UP (TB3-3B) A505A16 M
S102 (TB3-3C) A523A16 J
(TB1-9B) A508C20 J WHT/RED POD (TB3-3D) A525A16 S ARMT
(TB1-9C) A509C20 K WHT/ORN
DN (TB10-1) A526AB A RECP
(TB1-2B) C506D22 S WHT (TB1-9C) A509B20 P
(TB1-3B) C504A22 V RED (TB1-7C) A510B20 R
S103
(TB1-3C) C507A22 R YEL (TB1-7A) A517B20 N
UP CYCLIC
(TB1-10A) A507B20 K
TRIM
(TB3-2A) A524A16 L
(TB1-1B) C506A22 U GRN L R (TB1-8D) A514C20 E
(TB1-1D) C505A22 X BLK DN (TB1-8C) A515C20 D
(E9) A527A8N B
G96-0016-4
(369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 4 of 6)

Page 217
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB1-
TB1-1 TB1-9
(P105-A) C508B22 A (J130-J) A508B20 A
(P130-U) C508C22 B C508A22 (J109-U) (J109-J) A508C20 B
(P105-B) C505B22 C (J109-K) A509C20 C A509B20 (J200-P)
(J130-X) C505C22 D C508A22 (J109-U) (J130-K) A509A20 D
TB1-2 TB1-10
(P9-P) C506B20 A (J130-M) A507A20 A A507B20 (J200-K)
(J130-S) C506C22 B C506D22 (J109-S) (J109-M) A507C20 B
(SP116-A) L520B20 C L520F20 (SP114-A) (J109-N) A506C20 C
(P9-R) L520L20 D L520D20 (SP400-A) (J130-N) A506B20 D
TB1-3 TB1-16
(P106-A) C504B22 A (J616-F) M503AA20 A M503F20 (J130-F)
(J130-V) C504C22 B C504A22 (J109-V) B M503H20 (J109-F)
(P106-B) C507B22 C C507A22 (J109-R) C M504H20 (J130-C)
(J130-R) C507C22 D D M504J20 (J109-C)
TB1-4 TB1-18
(P107-A) K505D20 A A M520C20 (J130-E)
(J113-E) K505C20 B K505B20 (J112-E) B M521C20 (J130-D)
(P9-h) K504D22 C HOOK C M521E20 (J130-B)
(J113-F) K504C20 D K504B20 (J112-F) HOOK D M522A20 (J130-A)
TB1-5 TB1-19
(P107-B) K506D20 A A M520F20 (J109-E)
(J113-H) K506C20 B K506B20 (J112-H) B M521F20 (J109-D)
C L504D20 (J113-C) HOOK C M521G20 (J109-B)

(J616-R) L504BB20 D L504B20 (J112-C) HOOK D M522C20 (J109-A)
TB1-6 TB1-24
(P9-B) K510E20 A K510B20 (J112-B) (J616-D) M506AA20 A
(J616-A) K508AB20 B K510D20 (J113-B) (J616-S) M502AA20 B
(P6-F) K502F20 C K502G20 (J113-A) C
(K301-X2) K502C20 D K502B20 (J112-A) D
TB1-7 TB1-28
(J109-L) A517A20 A A517B20 (J200-N) (J615-X) F530BB22 A
(J130-L) A517C20 B B
(J109-H) A510C20 C A510B20 (J200-R) C
(J130-H) A510A20 D D
TB1-8 TB1-30
(TB8-R2-1) P514A20 A P514B20 (P6-E) (J615-P) F529BB20 A
B B
NOTE: TB1-11 THRU TB1-15,
TB1-17, TB1-20 THRU TB1-23, C A515C20 (J200-D) C
TB1-25 THRU TB1-27, TB1-29,
TB1-31 THRU TB1-40 BLANK. D A514C20 (J200-E) D
G96-0016-5
(369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 5 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB3-
TB3-1 TB3-2 TB3-3
(P9-M) P508G20 A P508F16 (P6-B) A A524A16 (J200-L) A A521A16 (J200-C)
(K300-GEN) Q506B16 B P506D20 (P6-A) B A519A16 (J200-F) B A505A16 (J200-M)
C C A518A16 (J200-T) C A523A16 (J200-J)

D D J520A16 (J200-H) D J525A16 (J200-S)
TB3-4 J605 TB3-7 TB3-8

A M522D16 A A A
B (E20) M523B16N B B B
SLAE SLAE
C C C
(J616-m) L502B16 D L501B16 (DS100) D D
TB5-
TB5-1 TB5-2
(P509-Z) CNS21A22 A RV508D22 (J109-W) RV501D22 A RV501A22 (J130-W)
B RV506C22 B CNS20A22 (P509-Y)
(TB502-4D) RV514F22 C (P509-X) CNS19A22 C RV516C22 (J109-P)
D RV510C22 D
TB5-4
A
(P509-W) CNS23A22 B RV505B22 (J130-P)
C
NOTE: TB5-3 BLANK. D
TB7-
TB7-1 TB7-4 TB7-7 TB7-10

A A A A
B B B (P509-C) CNS24A22 B
C C C RV510T22 C
D D D (P509-E) CNS32A22 D
E E E RV510S22 E
F F F (P509-F) CNS30A22 F
RV510V22 RV510P22
TB7-2 TB7-8
A RV510R22 TB7-11
A
B B A
C C CNS25A22 (P509-aa) (P509-H) CNS15B22 B
D D RV510Q22 C
E E (P509-J) CNS55A22 D
F F CNS31A22 (P509-cc) E
F
TB7-3 TB7-9
A A
B B
C C CNS29A22 (P509-bb)
D RV510V22 D
E RV514B22 (TB502-5E) E
F F
NOTE: TB7-5, TB7-6 AND 7-12 BLANK. G96-0016-6
(369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 6 of 6)

Page 219
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J615
W
F
(J618-s) E520BB20 H
(J618-q) E521AA22 K
L
F529AA20 M
(TB1-30A) F529BB20 P
J
(J618-d) L527DD22 C
N
(TB1-28A) F530BB22 X
F530AA22 Y
P505GG18 Z
(J618-A) Q501CC20 S
T
U
V
P9J D
GEN OUT ALARM A A
E555D22 (J618-J)
B
ENG OIL TEMP C E506B22 (J618-V)
AUTO REIGN D J501AA20 (J618-j)
AMMETER (GEN) E D505B20 (J618-W)
28 VDC IN F E540B22 (J618-X)
UTIL PWR G J616
M501AA20
OVER VOLT RELAY H P17A20 f
FUEL LOW SW J E517D22 (J618-G) (J618-k) D508AA22 d
N1 TACH K E523B22 (J618-e) (J618-t) E567AA22 b
FUEL QTY L D505B22 (J618-U) (TB1-6B) K508AA20 A
GEN SW M P508CC20 B
ENG CHIP DET LO N E513D22 (J618-F) C
TRIM ACT P C506AA22 (TB1-24A) H506AA20 D
POS LTS R L520AA20 (TB1-24B) H502AA20 S
INSTR S L531AA22 (J618-r) SX1AA20 E
EPO BOX T E524BA22 (J618-R)
E525BB22 (J618-f) (J618-a) RV522AA16 t
DUAL TACH U (J618-c) RV520AA16 s
DUAL TACH V E526CC22 (J618-h)
H601E16 r
N1 TACH W E522C22 (J618-S) (TB3-1C) M520AA16 q
HOUR METER X D506B22 (J618-m) (TB1-16A) M503AA20 F
XMSN OIL TEMP SW LO Y D509B22 (J618-E) (J618-b) L527CC22 h
GEN Z P515AA16 H
PITOT HTR a F504AA20 (J618-C) E508AA22 G
START PUMP b Q501AA20
ANTI-COLL LTS c L511AA16 K
INSTR CLUSTER 3-PACK d E501AA22 L
BATT 160°F e E563A20 (J618-N)
DUAL TACH f E527CC22 (J618-g) (J618-i) J501AB20 M
BATT 140°F g E564A20 (J618-P) N
N2 GOV h K504AA22 P
XMSN OIL PRESS SW LO i E559N22 (J618-L) p
FUEL FILTER SW j E531D22 (J618-H) n
OVER VOLT RELAY k P512BB20 (TB3-4D) L502B16 m
M/R XMSN CHIP DET LO m E559J22 (J618-K) (TB1-5D) L504AA20 R
VOLTAGE REGULATOR n P509AA16 (J618-n) L539AA20N j
p E522J224 (E24)
T/R XMSN CHIP DET LO q E559A22 (J618-B)
r
s
NR DISABLE t E559A22 (J618-B) J617
A
B
L533AA20 C
D
L529AA22 E
(J618-D) K551AA22 F
(J618-p) L532DD22 G
2 R11 1 2 R9 1 SP91 (J618-Y) L527BB22 H
H601B16 H601F16 A B (TB502-19E) E522AA22 J
1 Ω 55W 1 Ω 55W (J618-Z) L524A20 K
L
HR1 (FWD LIGHTER) P505GG16 M
+
H601C16 - DS7
(TB6-5) H501A16 G96-0016-7A
(369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 1 of 7)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P615
2 CB118 (START PUMP)
W P506C20 (S4-4) P505L16
F 7.5A 1
H E520B20 (S4-2) CB120 (PITOT HTR)
K 2
E521A22 (S4-1)
L 7.5A 1
M F529C20 (S503-1)
2 CB117 (UTIL PWR)
P F529B20 (S503-2)
J 1
7.5A
C L527D22 2 CCB101(INSTR)
N P505D6 (TB10-4)
X F530B22 (S502-2) 5A 1
Y F530A22 (S502-1) CB106 (ENG OUT)
Z P505G16 2
P505K10
S Q501C20 5A 1
T Q501A20 CB125 (ENG START)
U 2
F504A20 P505J10
V M501A20 5A 1
D P512B20 (TB11-2C) CB102 (CYCLIC TRIM)
A P514A20 (K103-2) 2
P505H10
B F529E20 (SW PNL) 5A 1
R F529F20 (SW PNL) CB103 (N2 GOV TRIM)
2
5A 1
2 (SPARE)
P616 1
f E501A22 2 CB130 (XPDR)
d E508A22
b E567A22 5A 1
A K508A20 2
B C506A22 CB113 (ADF)
C K504A22 2A 1
D H506A20 (CB PNL) 2
S H502A20 (CB PNL) CB108 (NAV COM)
E SX1A20 7.5A 1
t RV522A20 2 CB109 (CIG LTR)
s RV520A20
r H601A16 15A 1
q M520A16 2 CB603 (CARGO HOOK)
F M503A20
h L527C22 15A 1
H E529A22 2 CB600 (HOIST PWR)
G E508A22 (TB10-1) M535A12
a 50A 1
K F529A20 2 CB601 (HOIST CUTR)
L F530A22
c 7.5A 1
M J501A20 2 CB114 (ANN PNL LTS)
N L531A22
P 5A 1
L533A20
p P509A16 2 CB104 (INSTR LTS)
n P515A16
m L502A16 5A 1
R L504A20 2 CB110 (LDG LT)
j L539A20N (E3A) L501A16
15A 1
2 CB111 (DIR GYRO)
K3 5A 1
J28 J29 LDG LT RELAY 2 CB105 (ATT GYRO)
A2 A1 5A 1
L501B20 2 CB124 (AUTO RE-IGN)
X1
1 J501AA20
X2 7.5A
S2 (MSTR 2 CB116 (CKPT UT LT)
SELECT SW) 5A 1
1 BAT 2 CB119 (POS LTS)

(TB10-3) P502B(3-10) 2 1
P505C(3-10) (TB10-4) 7.5A
(TB10-2) P503B(3-10) 2 CB112 (GEN FIELD)
3 EXT
P27C20N (E14) 15A 1
E14A
G96-0016-8
(369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 2 of 7)

Page 221
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

2
E510A22 (TB700-7C) DS11 (DIMMER
1 CONTROL UNIT)
c P12
3 ENG OUT LT HI
4
E530B22 C
2
c H ENG CHIP LT LO
3
E559P22 g M/R XMSN CHIP LT LO
4
K FUEL LOW LT LO
2 P GEN OUT LT LO
1 D502A22
c (P618-L) E559NN22 j XMSN OIL PRESS SW LO
3 (P618-K) E559JJ22 e M/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
E503B22 (P618-E) D509BB22 XMSN OIL TEMP SW LO
4 Y
(P618-F) E513DD22 Z ENG CHIP DET LO
XDS18 (GEN OUT) (P618-G) E517DD22 a FUEL LOW SW LO
2 (P618-H) E531DD22 b AIR FRAME FLTR SW LO
1 E555A22 (P618-J) E555DD22 c GEN OUT ALARM LO
c E559AA22 (TB502-20B) (P618-B) E559HH22 R T/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
3
B DC GND TEST
XDS15 (ENG CHIPS) (TB502-20A) E559AB22 D WARN LTS BRT/DIM
2 (P618-A) Q501E20 N START PUMP
1 E513A22 (TB12-4A) E519A22 S ENG OUT WARN SIGNAL
c (TB502-20F) E518A22 T PRESS/TEMP WARN SIGNAL
3 E559C22 (TB502-7A) L534A22 d PNL LIGHTING, VARIABLE DC
4 +28VDC
(TB502-20E) E508EE22 V
(P618-Z) L524B22 J BRT/DIM SW
XDS19 (M/R XMSN CHIPS) (P618-D) L551A22 X DIMMER POT ARM
2
E559L22 L START PUMP ON LT
1 DC GND
c (TB6-5) E563A22 W
3 U
4 E559D22
XDS20 (T/R XMSN CHIPS) XDS7 (START PUMP LTS)

2
1 E559K22 E561A22
c 3
3
E559E22 (TB700-7D) E560A22
4 E501H22
2 5 4 1
XDS16 (FUEL LOW)
2 XDS23 (BAT TEMP)
1 E517A22
c 1
(P618-P) E564AA20
3
E559F22 2
4
4
XDS17 (FUEL FLTR) (P618-N) E563AA20
2 5
1 E531A22
c 3
3
4 E559G22
XDS21 (WARN PRESS-TO-TEST)

NC S1
(1) E559H22
C
NO E509A22
NC
(2) E512A22
C E511B22
NO
NC
(3) E559J22
C
NO E563C22
NC
(4)
C
NO E564C22
G96-0016-9A
(369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 3 of 7)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
INST CLUSTER 3-PACK
J618P
2 BLANK
(J615-S) Q501CC20 A Q501E20 (P12-N)
(J9-q) E559H22 B E559HH22 (P12-R) 7 KEY
(J616-G) E508AA22 C E508E22 (TB502-19D) P4J
8 GRD
L551AA22 D L551A22 (P12-X)
E D509BB22 (P12-Y) A E505A22 1 FUEL SENDER
(J9-Y) D509B22
(J9-N) E513D22 F E513DD22 (P12-Z) B E506A22 3 OIL TEMP
(J9-J) E517D22 G E517DD22 (P12-a)
(J9-j) E531D22 L535B20 H L535A20 11
H E531DD22 (P12-b)
(J9-A) E555D22 J E555D22 (P12-c) (TB700-6D) L542E20N 12
(J9-m) E559J22 K E559JJ22 (P12-e) E D505A20
(J9-i) E559N22 L E559NN22 (P12-j) 4 AMM (GEN)
2 R500 1
(TB10-4) D501C20 M D501BB20 D501B20 D D501A20 5 AMM (BAT)
(J9-e) E563A20 N E563AA20 (XDS23-5) 5W 0.25Ω±5%
(J9-g) E564A20 P E564AA20 (XDS23-1) 6 IN. ±0.25 IN.
(J9-T) E524BA22 R E524BB22 (TB502-14C) F E540C22 6 28 VDC IN
(J9-W) E522C22 S E522CC22 (TB502-14F)
e E523BB22 E540D22 10
(J9-K) E523B22
(J9-U) E525BB22 f E525B22 L534C22 9
E522K22 (E24) R2 R112 R1
(J9-t) E501A20 T E105AA20 (P19-G) 20 Ω 8W
(J9-L) E505B22 U E505BB22 L534B22 J L534C22 M4
(J9-C) E506B22 V E506BB22 (TB502-7B)
(J9-E) D505B20 C E507A22
W D505BB20 OPT EQUIP. OR
(J9-F) E540B22 X E540BB22
CAP AND STOW
L527BB22 Y L527E22 (TB700-4C)
L524A22 Z L524B22 (P12-J)
(J616-h) L527CC22 b L527F22 (TB700-4D) P1 (N2/NR TACH IND)
(J615-C) L527DD22 d L527G22 (TB700-4E)
(J616-t) RV522AA16 a RV522E16 (TB501-1) A
(J616-a) RV520AA16 c RV520E16 (TB501-2) B
(J616-E) SX1AA20 r SX1C20 (TB501-4) (TB700-7B) E528A22 C M1
(J9-f) E527CC22 g E527C22 (TB502-14B) E524B22 D
(J9-V) E526CC22 h E526C22 E
(J616-M) J501AB20 i J501AC20 (S11-1)
j J501AD20 (TB502-13B)
(J9-D) J501AA20 P2 (N1 TACH IND)
k D508E22 (M5+)
(J616-d) D508AA22 m
(J9-X) D506B22 D506BB22 (M5-) (TB700-6E) E529A22 A
(J616-j) L539AA20N n L539E20N (E3) B M2
L532DD22 p L532F22N (TB6-4) (TB502-14E) E522D22 C
q
(J615-K) E521AA22 E521E22 (TB6-6)
(J615-H) E520BB20 s E520F20 (TB12-4C)
t TOT IND
(J616-b) E567AA22 E567G22 (TB12-2D) 1
M3 R4 10 Ω 10W E10A16 YEL (TC300)
E10A16 RED (TC300)
TB9 2
LT SW PNL
(STOW)
J617P S7
(STOW) 1 2 POS LT
(J9-R) L520AA20 A L520A20
B L524A22 R110
(J616-P) L533AA20 C L533A20
D L525A22 2 3 5 7
(J616-H) L529AA22 E L529A22 (PNL LT
F L523A22 DIM POT)
G L532D22N 1 4 6
H L527B22 J27
(TB502-19E) L522A22 J L522A22 LT SW L532E22
K L530A22 PNL LTS
(J9-c) L511AA16 L L511A16
(J615-Z) P505GG16 M P505G16
CB115
1 7.5A 2 (ANTI-COL LTS)
G96-0016-10
(369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 4 of 7)

Page 223
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB501
1 RV522E16 (P618-a)
2 CNS17C22 (P509-A)
RV520E16 (P618-c)
3
4 SX1C20 (P618-r)
K103
(OVERVOLTAGE RELAY) TB11-1 TB11-2 TB11-3
1 P15A20 A A A SP82
WARNING HORN
+ E519C20 B A
2 P514A20 (P615-A) B B B
DS105 SP81
3 P24B20 C (P615-D) P512B20 C C
- E520B20 B A
4 D P24A20 D D
5 TB12-1 TB12-3
E E E
A A
6 P24C20 F F F
S4 (GEN) B B
7 P15C20 C
P506C20 (P615-W) C
8 P15B20 3 4
D D
E520B20 (P615-H)
XDS9 (RE-IGN PRESS-TO-TEST) 1 2
TB12-2
E521A20 (P615-K)
1 A A
1
B B
C D
2 2 C C
2 2 D D E567G22 (P618-t)
B A
J502D20 TB12-4
1 1
J501B20 A E519A22 (P12-S)
NC B E519D20
C S2 2MFDS
C E520F20 (P618-s)
NO
NC J503D20 (TB502-13A) D E520D20
C S1
P19
NO
+ (TB502-14D) E522E22 A DS10 (ENGINE
E567B22 POWER OUT
- J505A20N B WARNING
(TB502-12D) E533A22 C UNIT)
K104 (AUTO-REIGN RELAY) (TB6-3) E510D20 E
5 E519B22 F
6 20 AWG JMPR (P618-T) E105AA20 G
(2 PLCS) E520A22 J
8
K
4
3 (TB502-14A) E108A20 L
J503EE20 (TB502-13C) (TB502-12F) RV514A22 M
1 (TB502-13D) J507A20 U
- 7 J508A20N E31
+ J507AA20 (TB502-13E)
2
J502A20
K304 (AUTO-REIGN)
1 3
J502E20 (P618-i) J501A20
8 J501AE20
6
5 E559AC22 (TB502-20C)
1 20 AWG JMPR (4 PLCS)
3 4 6
4
+ 2
- 7
J509A20N
G96-0016-11
(369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 5 of 7)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB700-1
A
B
PNL LTS C
D L528G20
(TB502-7C) L535C22 E
F L533M22
AIRSPEED
TB700-2
(TB502-7D) L533D22 A
B L528H20
PNL LTS C ALTIMETER
D L528K20
E L528L20
F L534G20 IVSI
TB700-3
(TB502-7E) L533E22 A
B L534H20 CLOCK
PNL LTS C L534D20
D L534F20
E L534E20
N2/NR TACH
F
XDS117
TB700-4
(TB502-8B) L533F22 A
OIL PRESS
B
XDS115
(P618-Y) L527E22 C PNL LTS
(P618-b) L527F22 D
TORQUE
(P618-d) L527G22 E
XDS138
F
TB700-5 N1 TACH
A XDS136
B
C PNL LTS
TOT
D
XDS137
E
E3 L539E20N (P618-n)
F
TB6 RV510E16N TB700-6

1 CNS9B22 (P509-B) A D501D20N (TB6-6) SP14
CNS57F22 (TB502-2F) COMP LT
B L528C20 A B BLK
COMMON -
2 C XDS112
GND SP15
D L535B20 (P4-H) +
L528B20 A B BLK
GRD 3 E501F20N E E529A22 (P2-A)
BUS E510D20 (P19-E) F D501G20
4 L532F22N (P18-p) TB700-7 TB700-8
D501E20N A A
5 E563A22 (P12-W) B E528A22 (P1-C) B
H501A16 (HR1-(-)) COMMON C E510A22 (XDS14-2) C COMMON
E521E22 (P618-q) GND GND
6 D501D20N D E560A22 (XDS7-2) D
RV510B16N (E2) E D501H20 E
7
F D501E20N (TB6-4) F
8
G96-0016-12
(369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 6 of 7)

Page 225
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P509 TB502-1
dd CNS12B22 A
D CNS14B22 B
T CNS13B22 C
INTERCOM V CNS56A22 D
SYSTEM U CNS22A22 E
S CNS10B22 F
R CNS18A22
M CNS6A22 TB502-2
N CNS33A22 A
L CNS34A22 B
K CNS11B22 C
P CNS16B22 D
RV511A22 E
J CNS55A22 (TB7-11D) F
H CNS15B22 (TB7-11B) (TB6-1) CNS57F22
cc CNS31A22 (TB7-8F) TB502-3
bb CNS29A22 (TB7-9C)
C CNS24A22 (TB7-10B) A
B AUDIO
E CNS32A22 (TB7-10D)
C COMMON
aa CNS25A22 (TB7-8C) D
F CNS30A22 (TB7-10F)
Z CNS21A22 (TB5-1A) E
CNS20A22 (TB5-2B) F RV514R22
Y
W CNS23A22 (TB5-4B) TB502-4
X CNS19A22 (TB5-2C)
CNS9B22 (TB6-1) A
B B
A CNS17C22 (TB501-2)
C AUDIO
(TB5-1C) RV514F22 D COMMON
TB502-10 E
A F L533G22
B
C TB502-5
D A
E B
F RV514T22 C AUDIO
D COMMON
TB502-11 (TB7-3E) RV514B22 E
F
A
B TB502-6
C A
D B
E C
F D
E
TB502-12 F
A RV514S22
B RV514P22 TB502-7 TB502-8 TB502-9
C (P12-d) L534A22 A A A
D E533A22 (P19-C) (P4-J) L534B22 B B L533F20 (TB700-4A) B
E RV514Q22 (TB700-1E) L533C22 C PNL C PNL C PNL
F RV514A22 (P19-M) (TB700-2A) L533D22 D LTS D LTS D LTS
(TB700-3A) L533E22 E E E
F L533B22 F L533H22 F
TB502-13
A J503D20 (XDS9-S1-NC) TB502-15 TB502-16 TB502-17 TB502-18
B J501AD20 (P618-j) A A
A A
C J503EE20 (K104-3) B B B B
D J507A20 (P19-U) C C
E J507AA20 (K104-2) C C
TB106 D D D D
F E E E
2 E
F F F F
TB502-14
A E108A20 (P19-L) CR10 TB502-19 TB502-20
B E524B22 (P1-D) A A E559AB22 (P12-D)
C E524B20 (P618-R) 1 B B E559AA22 (XDS18-3)
D E522E22 (P19-A) R30 C C E559AC22 (K304-5)
E E522D22 (P2-C) D E508E22 (P618-C) D
E522CC22 (P618-S) 3 E L522AC22 (P617-J) E508EE22 (P12-V)
F E
F L522AB22 F E518A22 (P12-T)
G96-0016-13
(369D; 003 − 723) (Sheet 7 of 7)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
A J303P
J110P SP73
A B B E513M20 A
A P521H20 (K310-X2) C (K301-X1) K502J18 B
B P521K20 (CR30-2) D C
C D503A20 E
E D
E513C20 F E513E20 E
F E513F20 G F
G E562B20 (P108-B) H
H G
E564B20 (P108-D) J H
J E504BB20 (TB1-5D) K J
K L E522H22 K
L F529AC20 (TB1-30A) N E13
M E106B22 L
F530AC20 (TB1-28A) M E106B22 N
N P (K301-X1) K502D20 M
P M503AB20 (TB1-16A) R P
R H502AB20 (TB1-24B) S S400 R
S H506AB20 (TB1-24A) SP402
T/R XMSN S
T K508AB20 (TB1-6B) A B E513G20 CHIP DET
U
S201
SP27 + XMSN CHIP
J9P
S200
A E555C22 (K300-ALARM) RT301
+ XMSN CHIP
B K510E20 (TB1-6A) ENG OIL E513E20
E D505C20 (K300-BATT) P202
F A G200 ROTOR
H P17B20
J E517C20 TB8
K E523C20 BOND JMPR
L E505C20 R2
M P508G20 (TB3-1A) (120 Ω 1W) 22 AWG JMPR E18
N E513L20 P514A20 (TB1-8A)
2 1 S202
P C506B22 (TB1-2A) SP118
R L520L20 (TB1-2D) ROTOR OIL
S L531B20 (SP205-A) A B D509CA20 +
- TEMP SW
T E524A20 SP119
U E525A20 E15 D509D20 A B
V E526B20 D507A20N
W E522B20
X D508B22
Y D509C20 HR2
a F504B16 A B RED
b Q501B20 BLK -
E24
c L511B16 (SP119-A) D506A22 M5
d HOUR
e D501CC20 (K310-A1) METER
f E527B20 +
g
h K504D22 (TB1-4C) S203
i M520AB16 (TB3-1C) NO
j E531C20
k P512A16 (K300-SW) C
m NC
p P516B16 PRESS SW
q
r J251P R251
s L501B16 (K101-A1)
t B BLU
E105D20 (SP70-A) FUEL
R10 D RED
QUANT.
(1 Ω 55W) E5 E502A20N E BLK
SENDER
P516C16 H BLK
2 1
R12
HR3
(1 Ω 55W) SP22 SP20
AFT LIGHTER
P250J B250
1 2
E15 H510A16N A B H510B16 -
G96-0019-1
Figure 205. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (369D; 724 − 1149, 1151 − 1184)
(Sheet 1 of 6)

Page 227
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TC300
(M3-) (TB9-2) RED E10A16 K309
20 AWG APU RELAY
J100 JMPR
EXT PWR + P503A(3-10) P503B(3-10)
A1 A2
RECPT 28VDC - P504A(3-10)N E4
X1
CR30 CR29
X2
P521K20
2 1 P521L20
VR1
E1 P6 VOLTAGE REG.
BATT P108 (TB3-1B) P508D20 A BATT SENSE
160° (RED) B E562B20 (P9-n) P509B16 C FIELD
C P501A(3-10)N P22A20N D GND
140° (AMB) D E564B20 (TB1-8A) P514B20 E OVER VOLT. RLY
K310
20 AWG BATT.
JMPR RELAY P505C(3-10) (TB101-1, -4, -7)
D501CC20 (P9-e)
A2 A1
J110P X1 REVERSE
CR28 CURRENT RELAY
X2
A P521H20 K301 K300
B START RELAY P505A(3-10)
(P9-E) D505C20 BATT
F A2 A1 P505B(3-10)
P507A(3-10)
G K502J18 (TB3-1B) P508B16 GEN
K502CA20 X2 P508A(3-10)
X1
(P9-k) P512A16 SWITCH
SP18 K503A20N P511A20N F
(P9-D) J503C20 A B J503B20
E13
STARTER/
DIODE ISOLATOR GENERATOR
ASSEMBLY
A
SP17 CR1 D
B A K502CB20 2 1 B G300
C
2 1 E
K502D20 E12 P510(3-10)N
CR2 P107B10
M29
SP80
A B START
COUNTER
J303P P300/S300
ENG. CHIP
A E126J18
DET. UPPER
B K502H18
C E513F18 P301/S301
D P109A16 ENG. CHIP
E E126G18 DET. LOWER
F E103A20
G E104A20 S303
SP123
J E107A20 A B SWITCH
K D101A18
L SQ300
N
M IGNITION
P112F18 EXCITER
P IGN. GAP
R
S G302
P306
N2
A TACH
B GEN
G301
P305
N1
A TACH
B GEN
G96-0019-2
(Sheet 2 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
XDS400
SP400 SP401 SP402C
LT
SP55 SP59
A B A B
P556
SP52 SP56 SP60
SP53 SP57 SP61
SP54 SP58 SP62
STROBE
WHT (STOWED) SP119
PWR
AND BLK E8
FLASHER P557 XDS201
SP64 LWR RED
2 LT
SP63 LT
SP116 SP117 SP1171

RIGHT
SP133 SP131 SP1311 G
SKID
SP114 SP115 SP1151
K101
LDG LT RELAY
A1 A2
(P9-s) L501B16
S199 L501C20
SP70 SP136 X1
NO
C B A E105D20 (P9-t) X2
(TB1-5C) L504A20 B A L504C20
CAP AND STOW
NC
SP71 DS100
B A E105C20N E25 LDG
E1 L503A16N L502A16
NR DISABLE SWITCH LT
J103 UTIL RECP
A M501B20 (P9-G)
B M502A20N E9
B103 P107
A K505D20 (TB1-4A) S108A
N2 XDS205
B K506D20 (TB1-5A)
GOV 1 1 3 R6
C K507A20N
PILOT L541A20
MAP LT L542A20 J211P BRT DIM 50 Ω ±10%
2 2 5W
B102 P106 A B L542B20N
A C504B22 (TB1-3A) L531F20
LAT E19
B C507B22 (TB1-3C) XDS202
TRIM 2
C C503A22N E6
REAR L542C20N
MAP LT L550A20 S107 J210P
B101 P105 1
L531D20 L531E20 B A
A C508B22 (TB1-1A) 2 1
TRIM C SP205
C502A22N E7 L531C20 B A L531B20N (P9-S)
G96-0019-3A
(Sheet 3 of 6)

Page 229
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J130P LEFT CYCLIC STICK PROVISIONS FOR

XMIT RIGHT CYCLIC STICK J109
(TB5-4B) RV505B22 P 3 S112
(TB5-2A) RV501A22 W 1 ICS (TB1-19D) M552C20 A
E5 RV502A22N T 2 (TB1-19C) M521G20 B
(TB1-16D) M504J20 C
S4 (TB1-19B) A521F20 D
(TB1-18D) M522A20 A 10 CARGO (TB1-19A) M520F20 E
(TB1-18C) M521E20 B 9 HOOK (TB1-16B) M503H20 F
(TB1-9D) A509A20 K (TB1-7C) A510C20 H
(TB1-7B) A517C20 L (TB1-9B) A508C20 J
(TB1-16C) M504H20 C (TB1-9C) A509V20 K
(TB1-16A) M503F20 F (TB1-7A) A517A20 L
(TB1-18A) M520C20 E (TB1-10B) A507C20 M
(TB1-10A) A507A20 M (TB1-10C) A506C20 N
(TB1-10D) A506B20 N (TB5-2C) RV516C22 P
(TB1-7D) A510A20 H (TB1-3C) C507A22 R
(TB1-18B) A521C20 D (TB1-2B) C506D22 S
(TB1-9A) A508B20 J (TB1-1B) C508A22 U
(TB1-2B) C506C22 S 6 (TB1-3B) C504A22 V
(TB1-3B) C504C22 V 7 S107 (TB5-1A) RV508D22 W
(TB1-3D) C504C22 R 4 UP CYCLIC (TB1-1D) C505A22 X
TRIM E7 RV524A22N T
(TB1-1B) C508C22 U 5 L R
(TB1-1D) C505C22 X 8 DN
J113P LEFT COLLECTIVE STICK J112P RIGHT COLLECTIVE STICK

(TB1-6D) K502B20 A
(TB1-6C) K502G20 A P112A20 S106 (TB1-6A) K510B20 B
(TB1-6B) K510D20 B P111D20 START (TB1-5D) L504B20 C
K E7 L505B20N D
INCR
(TB1-4B) K505B20 E C110A20
S105 S108
(TB1-5C) L504D20 C L104C20 (TB1-4D) K504B20 F C108E20
E9 LDG LT N2 GOV
L543A20N D L123B16 (TB1-5B) K506B20 H C109A20
J DECR
J L123A20N K
INCR
(TB1-4B) K505C20 E C110F20 S104
(TB1-4D) K504C20 F C108G20 N2 GOV
(TB1-5B) K506C20 H C109F20 CONTR
DECR
TB1-
TB1-1 TB1-3
(P105-A) C508B22 A A (P106-A) C504B22 A A
(P130-U) C508C22 B B C508A22 (J109-U) (J130-V) C504C22 B B C504A22 (J109-V)
(P105-B) C505B22 C C (P106-B) C507B22 C C C507A22 (J109-R)
(J130-X) C505C22 D D C505A22 (J109-X) (J130-R) C507C22 D D
TB1-2 TB1-4
(P9-P) C506B20 A A (P107-A) K505D20 A A
(J130-S) C506C22 B B C506D22 (J109-S) (J113-E) K505C20 B B K505B20 (J112-E)
(SP116-A) L520B20 C C L520F20 (SP114-A) (P9-h) K504D22 C C
(P9-R) L520L20 D D L520D20 (SP400) (J113-F) K504C20 D D K504B20 (J112-F)
G96-0019-4
(Sheet 4 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB1- (CONT.)
TB1-5 TB1-16
(P107-B) K505D20 A A (P110-N) M503AB20 A A M503F20 (J130-F)
(J113-H) K506C20 B B K506B20 (J112-H) B B M503H20 (J109-F)
(SP136-B) L504A20 C C L504D20 (J113-C) C C M504H20 (J130-C)
(P110-H) L504BB20 D D L504B20 (J112-C) D D M504J20 (J109-C)
TB1-6 TB1-18
(P9-B) K510E20 A A K510B20 (J112-B) A A M520C20 (J130-E)
(P110-S) K508AB20 B B K510D20 (J113-B) B B M521C20 (J130-D)
(P6-F) K502F20 C C K502G20 (J113-A) C C M521E20 (J130-B)
(K301-X1) K502C20 D D K502B20 (J112-A) D D M522A20 (J130-A)
TB1-7 TB1-19
(J109-L) A517A20 A A (TB3-1D) M520B20 A A M520F20 (J109-E)
(J130-L) A517C20 B B B B M521F20 (J109-D)
(J109-H) A510C20 C C C C M521G20 (J109-B)
(J130-H) A510A20 D D D D M522C20 (J109-A)
TB1-8 TB1-24
(TB8-R2-1) P514A20 A A P514B20 (P6-E) (P110-R) M506AB20 A A
B B (P110-P) M502AB20 B B
C C C C
D D D D
TB1-9 (SP80A) TB1-28

(J130-J) A508B20 A A (P110-L) F530AC22 A A
(J109-J) A508C20 B B B B
(J109-K) A509V20 C C C C
(J130-K) A509A20 D D D D
TB1-10 (SP80A) TB1-30

(J130-M) A507A20 A A (P110-K) F529AC20) A A
(J109-M) A507C20 B B B B
(J109-N) A506C20 C C C C
(J130-N) A506B20 D D D D
NOTE: TB1-11 THRU TB1-15, TB1-17, TB1-20 THRU TB1-23,

TB1-25 THRU TB1-27, TB1-29, TB1-31 THRU TB1-40 BLANK.
G96-0019-5
(Sheet 5 of 6)

Page 231
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB3-
TB3-1 TB3-4 J605

(P9-M) P508G20 A A P508F16 (P6-B) A A M522D16 A
M523B16N B
(K300-GEN) P508B16 B B P508D20 (P6-A) B B E20 M523BB20 C
(P9-i) M520AB16 C C C C
CARGO
(TB1-19A) M520B20 D D D D HOOK
TB5- TB7-
TB5-1 TB7-1 TB7-7 TB7-8

(P509-Z) CNS21A22 A RV508D22 (J109-W) A A A
B RV508C22 B B B
(TB502-4D) RV514F22 C
D C C C CNS25A22 (P509-aa)
RV510C22
D D D
TB5-2 E E E
RV501D22 A RV501A22 (J130-W) F F F CNS31A22 (P509-cc)
B CNS2QA22 (P509-Y)
(P509-X) CNS19A22 C RV516C22 (J109-P) TB7-9
RV510V22
D A
B
TB5-4 TB7-2 C CNS29A22 (P509-bb)
A D
(P509-W) CNS23A22 B RV505B22 (J130-P) A
C B E
D C F
D
E
F
NOTE: TB5-3 BLANK.
TB7-10
A
TB7-3 B
(P509-C) CNS24A22
A RV510T22 C
B (P509-E) CNS32A22 D
C RV510S22 E
D (P509-F) CNS30A22 F
E RV514B22 (TB502-5E)
F RV510P22
RV510W22
TB7-4 RV510R22 TB7-11
A A
B (P509-H) CNS15B22 B
C RV510Q22 C
D (P509-J) CNS55A22 D
E E
F F
NOTE: TB7-5, TB7-6 AND 7-12 BLANK.
G96-0019-6A
(Sheet 6 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P110J
BATT RELA A P521G20 (S2-1)
EXT PWR RELAY B P521JJ20 (S2-3)
XMSN OIL PRESS SW C E555N22 (P12-j)
M/R XMSN CHIP DET D E559J22 (P12-e)
28VDC TEST E E559H22 (P12-A)
BATT 160° F F E562A20 (TB104-3)
BATT 140° F G E564A20 (TB104-4)
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
P9J
GEN OUT ALARM A E555D22 (P12-c)
KEY SW B K510A20 (S3-2)
ENG OIL TEMP C E506B22 (P4-B)
AUTO REIGN D J503E20 (TB502-13B)
AMMETER (GEN) E D505B20 (P4-E)
28 VDC IN F E540B22 (P4-F)
UTIL PWR G M501A20 (CB117-2)
OVER VOLT RELAY H P17A20 (K103-2)
FUEL LOW SW J E517D22 (P12-a)
N1 TACH K E523B22 (P2-B)
FUEL QTY L D505B22 (P4-A)
GEN SW M P508C20 (S4-5)
ENG CHIP DETECTORS N E513D22 (P12-Z)
TRIM ACT P C506A22 (CB102-2)
POS LTS R L520A20 (CB119-2)
INSTR S L531A22 (CB103-2)
EPO BOX T E524C20 (TB502-14C)
DUAL TACH U E525B22 (P1-E)
DUAL TACH V E526C22 (P1-A)
N1 TACH W E522C20 (TB502-14F)
HOUR METER X D508A22 (CB101-2)
XMSN OIL TEMP SW LO Y D509B22 (P12-Y)
GEN Z P515A16 (CB112-2)
PITOT HTR a F504A16 (CB120-2)
START PUMP b Q501A20 (CB118-2)
ANTI-COLL LTS c L511A16 (CB115-2)
INSTR CLUSTER 3-PACK d E501A22 (CB101-2)
AMMETER (BAT) e D501B20 (P4-D)
DUAL TACH f E527C22 (P1-B)
g
N2 GOV h K504A20 (CB103-2)
CARGO HOOK i M520A16 (CB603-2)
FUEL FILTER SW j E531D22 (P12-b)
OVER VOLT RELAY k P512B16 (K103-3)
m
VOLTAGE REGULATOR n P509A16 (CB112-1)
CIG LTR p P516A16 (CB109-2)
q
r (E24)
LDG LT s L501A16 (CB110-2)
NR DISABLE t E105A20 (P19-G)
G96-0019-7A
Figure 206. Console Wiring Diagram (369D; 724 − 1149, 1151 − 1184)
(Sheet 1 of 6)

Page 233
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

L511A16 (J9-c) (J9-n) P506A16 P515A16 (J9-Z)
1 7.5A2 1 15A 2

1 L501A16 (J9-s)
M501A20 (J9-G) 1 15A 2
7.5A 2

(TB101-3) P506AX10 2 Q501C20 (P12-N) E501A22 (J9-d)
1 7.5A Q501A20 (J9-b)
1 5A 2 CR10A D508A22 (J9-X)
CB119 (POS LTS)

CB102 (TRIM ACT)
L520A20 (J9-R)
1 7.5A 2 C506A22 (J9-P)
1 5A 2
CB120 (PITOT HEAT)
P516V16 F504A16 (J9-a) CB103 (N2 GOV)
1 10A 2 L531A22 (J9-S)
(TB101-2) P506W10 K504A20 (J9-h)
1 5A 2
6 7 CB104 (PNL LTS)
K504A20 (J9-h)
4 5 E518A22 (P12-T)
L532B22 (P12-J)
3 L532A22 (CB104-2) 1 5A 2
2 L551A22 (P12-X) L532A22 (R110-3)
1 L504B22N (TB6-4) CB106 (ENG OUT)

E567A22 (P19-B)
5A J501A20 (S11-1)
1 2
S3 (KEY SW)
K510A20 (J9-B) CB105 (GYRO)
1 2
K510F16 (CB128-1)
1 5A 2
K501A20 (CB125-2)
CB107 (ADF)
(TB101-2) P506AN16 RV522A16 (TB501-1)
1 2A 2
S4 (GEN SW)
CB108 (NAV/COM)
6 P513A20 (K103-6) (TB101-2) P506AM16 RV520A16 (TB501-2)
5 P508C20 (J9-M) 1 7.5A 2
4
3 E520B20 (TB104-1) CB126 (XPDR)
2 (TB101-2) TR611-1A20
E521A20 (TB6-6) 1 3A 2
1
XDS7
2 1 SP23 J15
LTS
START PUMP
“ON” LT SP24
E561B22 B A E561A22 (P12-L)
J16
PNL L533C22 (TB503-1D)
LTS
G96-0019-8A
(Sheet 2 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
1 3
(CB106-2) J501A20 J502A20 (K104-4)
J502D20 (XDS9-1B)
4 6
J502E20 (K304-6)
J501AE20 (K304-8)
LOWER PANEL
CB125 (START)
(TB101-1) 20 AWG JMPR K501A20 (S3-1)
1 1A 2
CB128 (SEARCHLIGHT)
(S3-2) K510F16
1 5A 2

(TB101-3) P506AE10 (TB502-1B) RV545A22
1 35A 2
COMM 1 1
CB109 (CIG LTR) (TB502-1C) RV544A22
2
P516A16 (J9-p) COMM 2 3
(TB101-5) P506AF10 P517A16 (TB502-1E) RV543A22
1 15A 2
(TB502-2A) RV542A22 4
CB132 (SPARE) 5
(TB101-6) 6
1 2 (TB502-2C) RV541A22
(TB502-2E) RV540A22 RADIO

CB129 (PA)
(TB101-6) P506U8
1 25A 2

(TB101-6) P506X14 P522A14
1 15A 2 BATT 1
(P110-A) P521G20
OFF 2
EXT 3
CB601 (HOIST CUTTER) (P110-B) P521J20
JMPR
1 7.5A 2 (E3) P521A20N
CB600 (HOIST PWR)

(TB101-7) P506AH8
1 50A 2
1 R9 2
CB121 (FLOATS)
(TB101-3) P506M20
5A 2
1 Ω 55W
1
2 R11 1
P517B16
1 Ω 55W
CB603 (HOOK)
(TB101-5) P506AG16 M520A16 (J9-i)
1 15A 2 HR1 (FWD LIGHTER)
+
P517C16 DS7
J131 (TB6-5) H501A16
-
PNL L533D22 (TB502-7C)
LTS
G96-0019-9
(Sheet 3 of 6)

Page 235
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

2
1 CONTROL UNIT)
c P12
3
4 E530B22 C ENG OUT LT HI
2
c H ENG CHIP LT LO
3 g M/R XMSN CHIP LT LO
4 E559P22
K FUEL LOW LT LO
2 P GEN OUT LT LO
1 D502A22
c (J110-C) E559N22 j XMSN OIL PRESS SW LO
3 (J110-D) E559J22 e M/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
4
E503B22 (J9-Y) D509B22 Y XMSN OIL TEMP SW LO
E559AC22 (K304-5) (J9-N) E513D22 Z ENG CHIP DET LO
XDS18 (GEN OUT) (J9-J) E517D22 a FUEL LOW SW LO
2 MS25181-1 SPLICE (J9-j) E531D22 b AIR FRAME FLTR SW LO
1 E555A22 (J9-A) E555D22 c GEN OUT ALARM LO
c E559A22 (J110-E) E559H22 R T/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
3
4 E559B22 A +28VDC TEST LO
B DC GND TEST
D WARN LTS BRT/DIM
XDS15 (ENG CHIPS) (CB118-2) Q501C20
2 N START PUMP
3
4
(CB104-2) E508A22 V +28VDC
1 E559L22
(TB6-5) E563A22 W DC GND
c
3
E559D22 U
4

2
TB104
E559K22 2
1 (J110-G) E564A20 4 E559AA22
c
3 A 1
3
4 E559E22 DS24
2
(J110-F) E562A20 3 E559AC22
XDS16 (FUEL LOW)
2 3 R 1
1 E517A22 DS25
c E559Q22 2 E559AB22
3
4 E559F22
E520C20
XDS17 (FUEL FLTR) (S4-3) E520B20 PNL LTS
2
1 E513A22 (P19-J) E520A22 1
c L540C22
3 TB105 L533F22
4 E559G22 +
(TB503-8B) L533E20 4 SP15 DS112 XDS119
L528C20 A B BLK
NC S1 (E3) L540A20N L540B22 COM LT.
3
E559AD22
C 2MFDS DS105
NO E509A22 +28 VDC 2 E519C20 +
NC S2 CR1 WARN
E512A22 DIODE HORN
C (P19-F) E519B20
NO E511B22 GRD IN2070
E519A22 1
G96-0019-10
(Sheet 4 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P1 (N2/NR TACH IND)

A INST CLUSTER 3-PACK
E526C22 (J9-V)
B E527C22 (J9-f) 2 BLANK
M1 C E528A22 (TB6-3) 7 KEY
D E524C22 (TB502-14B)
E E525B22 (P9-U) P4J 8 GRD
(J9-L) E505B22 A E505A22 1 FUEL SENDER
P2 (N1 TACH IND) (J9-C) E506B22 B E506A22 3 OIL TEMP
A E529A22 (TB6-4) (TB6-6) L535B20 H L535A20 11
M2 B E523B22 (P110-L)
C E522D22 (TB502-14E) L542E20N 12
E529AA22N (TB6-4) (J9-E) D505B20 E D505A20 4 AMM (GEN)
TOT IND (J9-e) D501B20 D D501A20 5 AMM (BAT)
1
E10A16 YEL (TC300)
M3 R4 10 Ω 10W (J9-F) E540B22 F E540C22 6 28 VDC IN
E10A16 RED (TC300)
TB9 2 E540D22 10
(TB502-7B) L534B22 J L534C22 9 LTS
XDS9 (RE-IGN PRESS-TO-TEST) M4
C E507A22
OPT EQUIP. OR
1 1 CAP AND STOW
C D
2 2
2 2
B A
1 1 J502D20 (S11-6) P19
J501B20 (S11-3)
(TB502-14D) E522E22 A
NC
(CB106-2) E567A22 B
C S2
NO (TB502-12D) E533A22 C
NC (TB6-3) E510D20 E
J503D20 (TB502-13A)
C S1 (TB105-1) E519B20 F DS10 (ENGINE
NO (J9-t) E105A20 G POWER OUT
+ (TB104-1) E520A22 J WARNING UNIT)
J505A20N (E2) K
(TB502-14A) E108A20 L
(TB502-12F) RV514A22 M
P512C22 (TB502-13D) J507A20 U
1 5
P513A20 (S4-6)
2 6 P513B22
3 7
4 8
K304 (AUTO-REIGN)
P512B16 (J9-k)
P513C22 J502E20 (S11-4)
8 J501AE20 (S11-1)
P17A20 (J9-H) 6
5 E559AC22 (MS25181-1
K104 (AUTO-REIGN RELAY) SPLICE TO E559A22)
5 1
6 3
20 AWG 4
JMPR 8 20 AWG JMPR
4 2
3 J503EE20 (TB502-13C) 7
J509A20N (E2)
1 J508A20N (E2)
7
J507AA20 (TB503-3E)
2
G96-0019-11
(Sheet 5 of 6)

Page 237
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P509 TB106
dd CNS12B22 (TB502-1A) E3 P521A20N (S2-2) 2 RV514S22 (TB502-12A)
D CNS14B22 (TB502-2F)
T CNS13B22 (TB502-4A) L540A20N (TB105-3)
INTERCOM V CNS56A22 (TB502-4E) CR10
U CNS22A22 (TB502-5F) J505A20N (XDS9(-))
SYSTEM E2 J508A20N (K104-7)
S CNS10B22 (TB502-6A)
J509A20N (K304-7) 1 RV514Q22 (TB502-12E))
R CNS18A22 (TB502-6C)
TB6 R30
M CNS6A22 (TB502-10A)
N CNS33A22 (TB502-10D) 1 CNS9B22 (P509-B) 3 RV514T22 (TB502-5C)
L CNS34A22 (TB502-10F) CNS57F22 (TB502-2F)
K CNS11B22 (TB502-11A) TB101
2
P CNS16B22 (TB502-11E) 1 20 AWG JMPR (CB125-1)
RV511A22 (TB502-4C) #10
CNS55A22 (TB7-11D) E510D20 (P19-E) TR611-1A20 (CB126-1)
J 3 P506AN16 (CB107-1)
H CNS15B22 (TB7-11B) GRD E528A22 (P1-C)
CNS31A22 (TB7-8F) BUS 2 P506AM16 (CB108-1)
cc L504B22N (R110-1) P506W10 (CB103-1)
bb CNS29A22 (TB7-9C)
CNS24A22 (TB7-10B) 4 E529A22 (P2-A) P506AX10 (CB118-1)
C 3
E CNS32A22 (TB7-10D) P506AE10 (CB127-1)
aa CNS25A22 (TB7-8C) P506M20 (CB121-1)
F CNS30A22 (TB7-10F) E510A22 (XDS14-2) #10 4
Z CNS21A22 (TB5-1A) 5 E563A22 (P12-W) P506AG16 (CB603-1)
Y CNS2QA22 (TB5-2B) H501A16 (HR1-(-) 5 P506AF10 (CB109-1)
W CNS23A22 (TB5-4B) (CB132-1)
E521A20 (S4-2) 6 P506U8 (CB129-1)
X CNS19A22 (TB5-2C)
B CNS9B22 (TB6-1) 6 L535B20 (P4-H) P506X14 (CB122-1)
E560A22N (SP23-A) #10 7 P506AH8 (CB600-1)
A CNS17C22
8 E46
TB501 CR31
1 RV522A16 (CB107-2) P505C(3-10) (K310-A1)
2
3 RV520A16 (CB108-2)
4
TB502-
TB502-1 TB502-2 TB502-3 TB502-4 TB502-5

A CNS12B22 (P509-dd) A RV542A22 (S13-4) A RV514R22 A CNS13B22 (P509-T) A
B RV545A22 (S13-2) B B B B
C RV544A22 (S13-1) C RV541A22 (S13-6) C C RV511A22 (P509-J) (TB106-3) RV514T22 C
D D D D RV514F22 (TB5-1C) D
E RV543A22 (S13-3) E RV540A22 (S13-5) E E RV514F22 (TB5-1C) (TB7-3E) RV514B22 E
F F CNS14B22 (P509-D) F F L533G22 (P509-U) CNS22A22 F
CNS57F22 (TB6-1)
TB502-6 TB502-7 TB502-8 TB502-9 TB502-10

(P509-S) CNS10B22 A (P12-d) L534A22 A A A A CNS6A22 (P509-M)
B (P4-J) L534B22 B B L533E20 (TB105-4) B KT2A20 B
(P509-R) CNS18A22 C (J31) L533D22 C C C C
D (J16) L533C22 D D D D CNS33A22 (P509-N)
E (J15) L533A22 E E E E
F F L533B22 F L533H22 F F CNS34A22 (P509-L)
TB502-11 TB502-12 TB502-13 TB502-14 TB502-15 TB502-20

A CNS11B22 (P509-K) A RV514S22 (TB106-2) A J503D20 (XDS9-S1-NC) A E108A20 (P19-L) A A
B B RV514P22 B J503E20 (J9-D) B E524C22 (P1-D) B B
C C C J503EE20 (K104-3) C E524C20 (J9-T) C C
D D E533A22 (P19-C) D J507A20 (P19-U) D E522E22 (P19-A) D D
E CNS16B22 (P509-P) E RV514Q22 (TB106-1) E J507AA20 (K104-2) E E522D22 (P2-C) E E
F F RV514A22 (P19-M) F F E522C20 (J9-W) F F
G96-0019-12A
(Sheet 6 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J303P
J110P SP73
A B E513M20 A
A P521H20 (K310-X2) (SP17-B) K502J18 B
B P521K20 (CR30-2) C
C D503A20 D
D E513C20 E513N20 E
E E513F20 F
F E562B20 (P108-B) G
G E564B20 (P108-D) H
H E504BB20 (TB1-5D) J
J E522H22 K
K F529AC20 (TB1-30A) E13 E106B22 L
L F530AC20 (TB1-28A) N
M (K301-X2) K502D20 M
N M503AB20 (TB1-16A) P
P H502AB20 (TB1-24B) S400 R
R H506AB20 (TB1-24A) SP402
T/R XMSN S
S K508AB20 (TB1-6B) A B E513G20 CHIP DET
T
U
S201
SP27 + XMSN CHIP
J9P
S200
A E555C22 (K300-ALARM) RT301
+ XMSN CHIP
B K510E20 (TB1-6A) ENG OIL E513E20
E D505C20 (K300-BATT) P202
F A G200 ROTOR
H P17B20
J E517C20
K E523C20 TB8 BOND JMPR
L E505C20 R2 22 AWG JMPR E18
M P508G20 (TB3-1A) (25 Ω 25W)
N E513L20 P514A20 (TB1-8A)
P C506B22 (TB1-2A) 2 1
R L520L20 (TB1-2D) S202
S L531B20 (SP205-A) SP118
T E524A20 ROTOR OIL
A B D509CA20 +
U E525A20 - TEMP SW
SP119
V E526B20 E15 D509D20N A B D509D20
W E522B20
X D507A20N
Y D509C20 HR2
a F504B16 A B RED -
b Q501B20 D506A22 M5
E24 BLK (P618-m) D506BB22
c L511B16 (SP119-A) HOUR
d (P618-k) D508E22 METER
e D501CC20 (K310-A1) +
f E527B20
g
h K504D22 (TB1-4C) S203
i M520AB16 (TB3-1C) NO
j E531C20
k P512A16 (K300-SW) C
m NC
p DS100
P516B16 PRESS SW
q LDG
r E1 L503A16N LT J251P R251
s L501B16 B BLU
R10 D RED
QUANT.
(1 Ω 55W) E5 E502A20N E BLK
SENDER
P516C16 H BLK
2 1
R12
HR3
(1 Ω 55W) SP22 SP20
AFT LIGHTER
P250J B250
1 2
E15 H510A16N A B H510B16 -
G96-0017-1
(369D; 724 − 1149) (Sheet 1 of 6)

Page 239
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TC300
(M3-) (TB9-2) RED E10A16 K309
20 AWG APU RELAY
J100 JMPR
EXT PWR + P503A(3-10) P503B(3-10)
A1 A2
X1
CR30 CR29
X2
P521K20
2 1 P521L20
VR1
P6 VOLTAGE REG.
BATT P108 E1 (TB3-1B) P508D20 A BATT SENSE
160° (RED) B E562B20 (P9-n) P509B16 C FIELD
C P501A(3-10)N P22A20N D GND
E ((TB1-6C) K502F20 F GEN. DISABLE
K310
20 AWG BATT.
JMPR RELAY P505C(3-10) (TB10-4)
D501CC20 (P9-e)
A2 A1
J110P X1 REVERSE
CR28 CURRENT RELAY
X2
A P521H20 K301 K300 K300
BATT (P9-E) D505C20 BATT
F A2 A1 P505B(3-10)
P507A(3-10)
G GEN (TB3-1B) P508B16 GEN
E13 K503A20N
X1 P508A(3-10)
CR33 ALARM (P9-A) E555C22 ALARM
K502J18 X2
SWITCH (P9-k) P512A16 SWITCH
K502CA20 P511A20N F
(TB1-6D) K502C20 F E13
SP18
(P9-D) J503C20 A B J503B20 STARTER/
GENERATOR
DIODE ISOLATOR A
ASSEMBLY D
SP17 CR1 B G300
B A K502CB20 2 1 C
E
E12 P510A(3-10)
2 1 P107B10
K502D20
CR2 M29
SP80
A B START
COUNTER
J303P P300/S300
ENG. CHIP
A E126J18
B DET. UPPER
K502H18
C E513F18 P301/S301
D P109A16 ENG. CHIP
E E126G18
DET. LOWER
F E103A20
G E104A20 S303
SP123
J E107A20 A B SWITCH
K D101A18 SQ300
L
M P112F18 IGNITION
N EXCITER IGN. GAP
P
R
S G302
P306
N2
A TACH
B GEN
G301
P305
N1
A TACH
B GEN
G96-0017-2
(369D; 724 − 1149) (Sheet 2 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
XDS400
SP400 SP401 SP402C
LT
SP55 SP59
A B A B
P556
SP52 SP56 SP60
SP53 SP57 SP61
SP54 SP58 SP62
STROBE
WHT (STOWED) SP119
PWR
AND BLK E8
FLASHER P557 XDS201
SP64 LWR RED
2 LT
SP63 LT
SP116 SP117 SP1171

RIGHT
SP133 SP131 SP1311 G
SKID
SP114 SP115 SP1151
S199
SP70
NO
C B A E105D20 (P9-t) J103 UTIL RECP
CAP AND STOW A M501B20 (P9-G)
NC B M502A20N E9
SP71
B A E105C20N E25
NR DISABLE SWITCH
B103 P107 UTILITY LIGHT

A K505D20 (TB1-4A)
N2 DS202
B K506D20 (TB1-5A)
GOV 2 1
C K507A20N SHLD RETURN
SP205
B102 P106 L531C20 B A L531B20N (P9-S)
A C504B22 (TB1-3A)
LAT
B C507B22 (TB1-3C)
TRIM
C C503A22N E6
B101 P105
A C508B22 (TB1-1A)
TRIM C C502A22N E7
G96-0017-3
(369D; 724 − 1149) (Sheet 3 of 6)

Page 241
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J130P LEFT CYCLIC STICK J113P LEFT COLLECTIVE STICK

(TB5-4B) RV505B22 P BRN (TB1-6C) K502G20 A
XMIT
(E5) RV502A22N T ORN (TB1-6B) K510D20 B
(TB1-16C) M504H20 C S111 (TB1-5C) L504D20 C
(TB5-2A) RV501A22 W VIO (E9) L543A20N D
ICS INCR
(TB1-16A) M503F20 F (TB1-4B) K505C20 E C110F20
SPARE F S108
(TB1-18D) M522A20 A GRAY (TB1-4D) K504C20 C108G20
SW H N2 GOV
(TB1-18C) M521E20 B BLU (TB1-5B) K506C20 C109F20
J DECR
(TB1-18B) D521C20 D WHT/RED TRACER SPARE K
SW
(TB1-18A) M520C20 E WHT/BLU TRACER
(TB1-10A) A507A20 M WHT/VIO TRACER 1ST POS S101

(TB1-10D) A506B20 N WHT/GRN TRIGGER
(TB1-7B) A517C20 L WHT/BRN 2ND POS
(TB1-7D) A510A20 H WHT/YEL UP

S102
(TB1-9A) A508B20 J WHT/GRAY TRACER POD
(TB1-9D) A509A20 K WHT/ORN DN
(TB1-2B) C506C22 S WHT
(TB1-3B) C504C22 V RED S107
(TB1-3D) C507C22 R YEL UP CYCLIC
TRIM
(TB1-1B) C508C22 U GRN L R

(TB1-1D) C505C22 X BLK DN
J109P RIGHT CYCLIC STICK J112P RIGHT COLLECTIVE STICK

(TB5-2C) RV516C22 P BRN XMIT (TB1-6D) K502B20 A P112A20 S106
(E7) RV524A22N T ORN (TB1-6A) K510B20 B P111D20 START
(TB1-16D) M504J20 C S111
K
(TB5-1A) RV506D22 W VIO ICS
(TB1-16B) M503H20 F S105
SPARE (TB1-5D) L504B20 C L104C20
(TB1-19D) M522C20 A GRAY LDG LT
SW (E7) L505B20N D L123B16
(TB1-19C) M521G20 B BLU J L123A20N
(TB1-19B) M521F20 D WHT/RED TRACER INCR
SPARE (TB1-4B) K505B20 E C110F20 S104
SW (TB1-4D) K504B20 F C108F20 N2 GOV
(TB1-19A) M520F20 E WHT/BLU TRACER (TB1-5B) K506B20 H C109F20 CONTR
DECR
(TB1-10B) A507C20 M WHT/VIO TRACER 1ST POS S101
(TB1-10C) A506C20 N WHT/GRN TRIGGER
(TB1-7A) A517A20 L WHT/BRN 2ND POS
J200
(TB1-7C) A510C20 H WHT/YEL UP
S102 (TB3-2B) A519A16 F
(TB1-9B) A508C20 J WHT/GRAY TRACER POD (TB3-2C) A518A16 T
(TB1-9C) A509C20 K WHT/ORN
DN (TB3-2D) A520A16 H
S (TB3-3A) A521A16 C
(TB1-2B) C506D22 WHT
V (TB3-3B) A505A16 M
(TB1-3B) C504A22 RED S103
R (TB3-3C) A523A16 J
(TB1-3C) C507A22 YEL UP CYCLIC (TB3-3D) A525A16 S ARMT
TRIM (TB10-2) A526AB A RECP
U L R (TB1-9C) A509B20 P
(TB1-1B) C508A22 GRN
X (TB1-7C) A510B20 R
(TB1-1D) C505A22 BLK DN
(TB1-7A) A517B20 N
(TB1-10A) A507B20 K
(TB3-2A) A524A16 L
(TB1-8D) A514C20 E
(TB1-8C) A515C20 D
(E9) A527A8N B
G96-0017-4
(369D; 724 − 1149) (Sheet 4 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB1-
TB1-1 TB1-9
(P105-A) C508B22 A (J130-J) A508B20 A
(P130-U) C508C22 B C508A22 (J109-U) (J109-J) A508C20 B
C (J109-K) A509C20 C A509B20 (J200-P)
(J130-X) C505C22 D C505A22 (J109-X) (J130-K) A509A20 D
TB1-2 TB1-10
(P9-P) C506B20 A (J130-M) A507A20 A A507B20 (J200-K)
(J130-S) C506C22 B C506D22 (J109-S) (J109-M) A507C20 B
(SP116-A) L520B20 C L520F20 (SP114-A) (J109-N) A506C20 C
(P9-R) L520L20 D L520D20 (SP400-A) (J130-N) A506B20 D
TB1-3 TB1-16
(P106-A) C504B22 A (P110-N) M503AB20 A M503F20 (J130-F)
(J130-V) C504C22 B C504A22 (J109-V) B M503H20 (J109-F)
(P106-B) C507B22 C C507A22 (J109-R) C M504H20 (J130-C)
(J130-R) C507C22 D D M504J20 (J109-C)
TB1-4 TB1-18
(P107-A) K505D20 A A M520C20 (J130-E)
(J113-E) K505C20 B K505B20 (J112-E) B M521C20 (J130-D)
(P9-h) K504D22 C C M521E20 (J130-B)
(J113-F) K504C20 D K504B20 (J112-F) D M522A20 (J130-A)
TB1-5 TB1-19
(P107-B) K505D20 A (TB3-1D) M520B20 A M520F20 (J109-E)
(J113-H) K506C20 B K506B20 (J112-H) B M521F20 (J109-D)
(SP136-B) L504A20 C L504D20 (J113-C) C M521G20 (J109-B)
(P110-H) L504BB20 D L504B20 (J112-C) D M522C20 (J109-A)
TB1-6 TB1-24
(P9-B) K510E20 A K510B20 (J112-B) (P110-R) M506AB20 A
(P110-S) K508AB20 B K510D20 (J113-B) (P110-P) M502AB20 B
(P6-F) K502F20 C K502G20 (J113-A) C
(K301-X1) K502C20 D K502B20 (J112-A) D
TB1-7 (SP80A) TB1-28

(J109-L) A517A20 A A517B20 (J200-N) (P110-L) F530AC22 A
(J130-L) A517C20 B B
(J109-H) A510C20 C A510B20 (J200-R) C
(J130-H) A510A20 D D
TB1-8 (SP80A) TB1-30

(TB8-R2-1) P514A20 A P514B20 (P6-E) (P110-K) F529AC20 A
B B
NOTE: TB1-11 THRU TB1-15,
TB1-17, TB1-20 THRU TB1-23, C A515C20 (J200-D) C
TB1-25 THRU TB1-27, TB1-29,
D A514C20 (J200-E) D
TB1-31 THRU TB1-40 BLANK. G96-0017-5
(369D; 724 − 1149) (Sheet 5 of 6)

Page 243
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB3-
TB3-1 TB3-2 TB3-3
(P9-M) P508G20 A P508F16 (P6-B) A A524A16 (J200-L) A A521A16 (J200-C)
(K300-GEN) Q508B16 B P508D20 (P6-A) B A519A16 (J200-F) B A505A16 (J200-M)
(P9-i) M520AB16 C HOOK C A518A16 (J200-T) C A523A16 (J200-J)
(TB1-19A) M520B20 D HOOK D J520A16 (J200-H) D J525A16 (J200-S)
TB3-4 J605 TB3-7 TB3-8

A M522D16 A A A
(E20) M523B16N B
B B B
CARGO SLAE SLAE
C HOOK C C
D D D
TB5-
TB5-1 TB5-2
(P509-Z) CNS21A22 A RV508D22 (J109-W) RV501D22 A RV501A22 (J130-W)
B RV508C22 B CNS20A22 (P509-Y)
(TB502-4D) RV514F22 C (P509-X) CNS19A22 C RV516C22 (J109-P))
D RV510C22 D
TB5-4
A
(P509-W) CNS23A22 B RV505B22 (J130-P)
C
NOTE: TB5-3 BLANK. D
TB7-
TB7-1 TB7-4 TB7-7 TB7-10

A A A A
B B B (P509-C) CNS24A22 B
C C C RV510T22 C
D D D (P509-E) CNS32A22 D
E E E RV510S22 E
F F F (P509-F) CNS30A22 F
RV510V22 RV510P22
TB7-2 TB7-8
A RV510R22 TB7-11
A
B B A
C C CNS25A22 (P509-aa) (P509-H) CNS15B22 B
D D RV510Q22 C
E E (P509-J) CNS55A22 D
F F CNS31A22 (P509-cc) E
F
TB7-3 TB7-9
A A
B B
C C CNS29A22 (P509-bb)
D RV510V22 D
E RV514B22 (TB502-5E) E
F F
NOTE: TB7-5, TB7-6 AND 7-12 BLANK. G96-0017-6
(369D; 724 − 1149) (Sheet 6 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P110J J615
BATT RELAY A P521GG20 W
EXT PWR RELAY B P521JJ20 F
XMSN OIL PRESS SW LO C E555N22 (J618-L) (J618-s) E520BB20 H
M/R XMSN CHIP DET LO D E559J22 (J618-K) (J618-q) E521AA22 K
T/R XMSN CHIP DET LO E E559H22 (J618-B) L
BATT 160° F F E563A20 (J618-N) F529AA20 M
BATT 140° F G E564A20 (J618-P) P
LANDING LT RELAY H L504AA20 J
J (J618-d) L527DD22 C
DIR GYRO K F529BB20 N
DIR GYRO L F530BB20 X
M F530AA20 Y
HOIST CUTTER N M503AA20 Z
CB PNL P H502AA20 (J618-A) Q501CC20 S
CB PNL R H506AA20 T
ENG START S K508AA20 U
V
P9J D
GEN OUT ALARM A E555D22 (J618-J) A
B B
ENG OIL TEMP C E506B22 (J618-V) R
AUTO REIGN D J501AA20 (J618-j) E
AMMETER (GEN) E D505B20 (J618-W) G
28 VDC IN F E540B22 (J618-X)
J616
UTIL PWR G M501AA20
OVER VOLT RELAY H P17A20 f
FUEL LOW SW J E517D22 (J618-G) (J618-k) D508AA22 d
N1 TACH K E523B22 (J618-e) (J618-t) E567AA22 b
FUEL QTY L D505B22 (J618-U) A
GEN SW M P508CC20
B
ENG CHIP DET LO N E513D22 (J618-F) C
TRIM ACT P C506AA22 D
POS LTS R L520AA20
S
INSTR S L531AA22 (J618-r) SX1AA20 E
EPO BOX T E524BA22 (J618-R) (J618-a) RV522AA20 t
DUAL TACH U E525BB22 (J618-f) (J618-c) RV520AA20 s
DUAL TACH V E526CC22 (J618-h) H601E16 r
N1 TACH W E522C22 (J618-S) q
HOUR METER X D506B22 (J618-m)
D509B22 (J618-E) F
XMSN OIL TEMP SW LO Y (J618-b) L527CC22 h
GEN Z P515AA16 H
PITOT HTR a F504AA20 (J618-C) E508AA22 G
START PUMP b Q501AA20 a
ANTI-COLL LTS c L511AA16 K
INSTR CLUSTER 3-PACK d E501AA22 L
AMMETER (BAT) e D501C20 (J618-M) c
DUAL TACH f E527CC22 (J618-g) (J618-i) J501AB20 M
g N
N2 GOV h K504AA22 P
CARGO HOOK i M520AA16 p
FUEL FILTER SW j E531D22 (J618-H) n
OVER VOLT RELAY k P512BB20 m
m R
VOLTAGE REGULATOR n P509AA16 (J618-n) L539AA20N j
p (J618-y) RV522AB20 i
q E522J224 (E24)
(J618-x) RV520AB20 e
r
LDG LT s L502B16
NR DISABLE t E105A20 (J618-T) J617
A
B
L533AA20 C
D
L533AA20 E
(J618-D) K551AA22 F
(J618-p) L532DD22 G
2 R11 1 2 R9 1 SP91 (J618-Y) L527BB22 H
H601B16 H601F16 A B (J618-u) E522AA22 J
1 Ω 55W 1 Ω 55W (J618-Z) L524A20 K
L
HR1 (FWD LIGHTER) (TB10-3) P505GG16 M
+
H601C16 - DS7
(TB6-5) H501A16 G96-0017-7A
(369D; 724 − 1149) (Sheet 1 of 7)

Page 245
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P615
W P506C20 (S4-4) CB118 (START PUMP)
2
F
H E520B20 (S4-2) 7.5A 1 P505L16 (TB10-4)
K E521A20 (S4-1)
2 CB118 (START PUMP)
L
M F529C20 (CAP & STOW) 7.5A 1
P F529B20 (CAP & STOW) CB117 (UTIL PWR)
2
J 1
C L527D22 7.5A
N 2 CB101 (INSTR)
X F530B20 (CAP & STOW)
P505D6 (TB10-4)
Y F530A20 (CAP & STOW 5A 1
Z 2 CB106 (ENG OUT)
S Q501C20
P505K10
T Q501A20 5A 1
U F504A20 CB125 (ENG START)
M501A20 2
V P505J10
D P512B20 (TB11-2C) 5A 1
A P514A20 (K103-2) CB125 (ENG START)
B F529E20 (SW PNL) 2
F529F20 (SW PNL) P505H10
R 5A 1
E P521J20 CB103 (N2 GOV TRIM)
G P521G20 2
5A 1
P616 2 (SPARE)
f E501A22 1
d E508A22 2 CB130 (XPDR)
b E567A22
A K508A20 5A 1
B C506A22 2 CB113
C K504A22
D H506A20 (CB PNL) 2A 1
S H502A20 (CB PNL) 2 CB108 (NAV COM)
E SX1A20
t RV522A20 7.5A 1
s RV520A20 CB109 (CIG LTR)
2
r H601A16
q M520A16 15A 1
F M503A20 2 CB603
h L527C22
H E529A22 15A 1
G E508A22 2 CB600 (HOIST PWR)
a (TB10-1) M535A12
K F529A20 50A 1
L F530A22 2 CB601 (HOIST CUTR)
c
M J501A20 7.5A 1
N L531A22 2 CB114 (ANN PNL LTS)
P L533A20
p P509A16 5A 1
n P515A16 2 CB104 (INSTR LTS)
m L502A16
R L504A20 5A 1
j L539A20N (E3A) 2 CB110 (LDG LT)
i RV522AC20 L501A16
e RV520AC2 15A 1
2 CB111 (DIR GYRO)
J28 K3 5A 1
LDG LT RELAY 2 CB111 (DIR GYRO)
J29
A2 A1 5A 1
L501B20 2 CB124 (AUTO RE-IGN)
X1
S2 J501AA20
X2 7.5A 1
1 BAT 2 CB116 (CKPT UT LT)
2 5A 1
(E3) P521D20N
3 2 CB119 (POS LTS)
EXT
(MSTR SELECT SW) 7.5A 1
2 CB112 (GEN FIELD)
15A 1
G96-0017-8
(369D; 724 − 1149) (Sheet 2 of 7)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
2
E510A22 (TB700-7C) DS11 (DIMMER
1 CONTROL UNIT)
c P12
3
4
E530B22 C ENG OUT LT HI
2
c H ENG CHIP LT LO
4 E559P22
K FUEL LOW LT LO
2 P GEN OUT LT L
1 D502A22 j XMSN OIL PRESS SW LO
c (P618-L) E559NN22
3 (P618-K) E559JJ22 e M/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
4 E503B22 (P618-E) D509BB22 Y XMSN OIL TEMP SW LO
(P618-F) E513DD22 Z ENG CHIP DET LO
XDS18 (GEN OUT) (P618-G) E517DD22 a FUEL LOW SW LO
2 (P618-H) E531DD22 b AIR FRAME FLTR SW LO
1 E555A22 (P618-J) E555DD22 c GEN OUT ALARM LO
c E559AA22 (TB502-20B) (P618-B) E559HH22 c GEN OUT ALARM LO
3
B DC GND TEST
XDS15 (ENG CHIPS) (TB502-20A) E559AB22 D WARN LTS BRT/DIM
2 (P618-A) Q501E20 N START PUMP
1 E513A22 (TB12-4A) E519A22 S ENG OUT WARN SIGNAL
c (TB502-20F) E518A22 T PRESS/TEMP WARN SIGNAL
3
4 V +28VDC
(TB502-20E) E508EE22
(P618-Z) L524B22 J BRT/DIM SW
XDS19 (M/R XMSN CHIPS) (P618-D) L551A22 X DIMMER POT ARM
2 L START PUMP ON LT
1 E559L22
c (TB6-5) E563A22 W DC GND
3 U
4 E559D22
XDS20 (T/R XMSN CHIPS) XDS7 (START PUMP LTS)

2
1 E559K22 E561A22
c 3
3 (TB700-7D) E560A22
4 E559E22
E501H22
2 5 4 1
XDS16 (FUEL LOW)
2 XDS23 (BAT TEMP)
1 E517A22
c 1
(P618-P) E564AA20
3 2
4 E559F22
4
XDS17 (FUEL FLTR) (P618-N) E563AA20
2 5
1 E513A22
c 3
3
4 E559G22

NC S1
(1) E559H22
C
NO E509A22
NC
(2) E512A22
C
NO E511B22
NC
(3) E559J22
C
NO E563C22
NC
(4)
C
NO E564C22
G96-0017-9
(369D; 724 − 1149) (Sheet 3 of 7)

Page 247
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
INST CLUSTER 3-PACK
J618P
2 BLANK
(J615-S) Q501CC20 A Q501E20 (P12-N)
(J110-E) E559H22 7 KEY
B E559HH22 (P12-R)
(J616-G) E508AA22 P4J 8 GRD
C E508E22 (TB502-19D)
L551AA22 D L551A22 (P12-X)
(J9-Y) D509B22 A E505A22 1 FUEL SENDER
E D509BB22 (P12-Y)
(J9-N) E513D22 F E513DD22 (P12-Z) B E506A22 3 OIL TEMP
(J9-J) E517D22 G E517DD22 (P12-a)
(J9-j) E531D22 E531DD22 (P12-b) L535B20 H L535A20 11
H
(J9-A) E555D22 J E555D22 (P12-c) (TB700-6D) L542E20N 12
(J110-D) E559J22 K E559JJ22 (P12-e) E D501A20 5 AMM (BAT)
(J110-C) E559N22 L E559NN22 (P12-j)
(P9-e) D501C20 M D501B20 D D505A20 4 AMM (GEN)
(J110-F) E563A20 N E563AA20 (XDS23-5)
(J110-G) E564A20 P E564AA20 (XDS23-1)
(J9-T) E524BA22 R E524BB22 (TB502-14C) F E540C22 6 28 VDC IN
(J9-W) E522C22 S E522CC22 (TB502-14F)
(J9-K) E523B22 E523BB22 E540D22 10
e
(J9-U) E525BB22 f E525B22 L534C22 9
E522K22 (E24) R2 R112 R1
(J9-t) E501A20 T E105AA20 (P19-G) 20 Ω8W
(J9-L) E505B22 U E505BB22 L534B22 J L534C22 M4
(J9-C) E506B22 V E506BB22 (TB502-7B)
(J9-E) D505B20 C E507A22
W D505BB20 OPT EQUIP. OR
(J9-F) E540B22 X E540BB22 CAP AND STOW
L527BB22 Y L527E22 (TB700-4C)
L524A22 Z L524B22 (P12-J)
(J616-h) L527CC22 b L527F22 (TB700-4D) P1 (N2/NR TACH IND)
(J615-C) L527DD22 d L527G22 (TB700-4E)
(J616-t) RV522AA20 a RV522E20 (TB501-1) A
(J616-a) RV520AA20 c RV520E20 (TB501-2) B
(J616-E) SX1AA20 r SX1C20 (TB501-4) (TB700-7B) E528A22 C M1
(J9-f) E527CC22 g E527C22 (TB502-14B) E524B22 D
(J9-V) E526CC22 h E526C22 E
(J616-M) J501AB20 i J501AC20 (INSTR PNL)
(J9-D) J501AA2 j J501AD20 (TB502-13B) P2 (N1 TACH IND)
(J616-d) D508AA22 k D508E22 (M5+)
(J9-X) D506B22 m D506BB22 (M5-) (TB700-6E) E529A22 A
(J616-j) L539AA20N n L539E20N (E3) B M2
L532DD22 p L532F22N (TB6-4) (TB502-14E) E522D22 C
(J615-K) E521AA22 q E521E22 (TB6-6)
(J615-H) E520BB20 s E520F20 (TB12-4C) TOT IND
(J616-b) E567AA22 t E567G22 (TB12-2D) 1
E522AA22 u
(J616-e) RV520AB20 x
L522AC22 (TB502-19E) M3 R4 10 Ω 10W E10A16 YEL (TC300)
RV520EE20 (TB501-3) E10A16 RED (TC300)
(J616-i) RV522AB20 y RV522EE20 (TB501-1) TB9 2
LT SW PNL
(STOW)
J617P S7
(STOW) 1 2 POS LT
(J9-R) L520AA20 A L520A20
B L524A22 R110
(J616-P) L533AA20 C L533A20
D L525A22 2 3 5 7
(J616-H) L529AA22 E L529A22 (PNL LT
F L523A22 DIM POT)
G 1 4 6
L532D22N
H L527B22 J27
J L522A22 LT SW L532E22
K L530A22 PNL LTS
(J9-c) L511AA16 L L511A16
(TB10-3) P505GG16 M P505G16
CB115
1 7.5A 2 (ANTI-COL LTS)
G96-0017-10
(369D; 724 − 1149) (Sheet 4 of 7)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB10
(CB600) M535A12 1 TB501
A526A12 (P28-C)
1 RV522EE20 (P618-y)
RV522E20 (P618-a)
(OPT EQPT) A526AA8 2 A526A8 (J200-A)
2 CNS17C22 (P509-A)
RV520E20 (P618-c)
(J617-M) P505GG16 3 E48 3 RV520EE20 (P618-x)
(CB118-1) P505L16
(CB101-1) P505D6 4 P505C(3-10) (K310-A1) 4 SX1C20 (P618-r)
K103
(OVERVOLTAGE RELAY) TB11-1 TB11-2 TB11-3
1 P15A20 A A A SP82
WARNING HORN
+ E519C20 B A
2 P514A20 (P615-A) B B B
P24B20 DS105 SP81
3 C (P615-D) P512B20 C C
- E520B20 B A
4 D P24A20 D D
5 TB12-1 TB12-3
E E E
A A
6 P24C20 F F F
S4 (GEN) B B
7 P15C20
P506C20 (P615-W) C C
8 P15B20 3 4
D D
E520B20 (P615-H)
XDS9 (RE-IGN PRESS-TO-TEST) 1 2
TB12-2
E521A20 (P615-K)
1 1 A
C D B
2 2 C
2 2 D E567G22 (P618-t)
B A
J502D20 TB12-4
1 1
J501B20 A E519A22 (P12-S)
NC B E519D20
C S2 2MFDS
C E520F20 (P618-s)
NO
NC D E520D20
J503D20 (TB502-13A)
C S1
P19
NO
+ (TB502-14D) E522E22 A DS10 (ENGINE
E567B22 B POWER OUT
- J505A20N WARNING
(TB502-12D) E533A22 C UNIT)
K104 (AUTO-REIGN RELAY) (TB6-3) E510D20 E
5 E519B22 F
6 20 AWG JMPR (P618-T) E105AA20 G
(2 PLCS) E520A22 J
8
K
4
3 (TB502-14A) E108A20 L
J503EE20 (TB502-13C) (TB502-12F) RV514A22 M
1 (TB502-13D) J507A20 U
- 7 J508A20N E31
+ J507AA20 (TB502-13E)
2
J502A20
K304 (AUTO-REIGN) S11 (AUTO RE-IGN TEST)
1 3
J502E20 (CB106-2) J501A20
8 J501AE20
6
5 E559AC22 (TB502-20C)
1 20 AWG JMPR (4 PLCS)
3 4 6
4
+ 2
- 7 J509A20N
G96-0017-11
(369D; 724 − 1149) (Sheet 5 of 7)

Page 249
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB700-1
A
B
PNL LTS C
D L528G20
(TB502-7C) L533C22 E
F L533M22
AIRSPEED
TB700-2
(TB502-7D) L533D22 A
B L528H20
PNL LTS C ALTIMETER
D L528K20
E L528L20
F L534G20 IVSI
TB700-3
(TB502-7E) L533E22 A L534H20
B CLOCK
PNL LTS C L534D20
D L534F20
E L534E20
N2/NR TACH
F
XDS117
TB700-4
(TB502-8B) L533F22 A
OIL PRESS
B
XDS115
(P618-Y) L527E22 C PNL LTS
(P618-b) L527F22 D
TORQUE
(P618-d) L527G22 E
XDS138
F
TB700-5 N1 TACH
A XDS136
B
C PNL LTS
TOT
E2 D
XDS137
E
E3 L539E20N (P618-n) F
TB6 RV510E16N TB700-6

1 CNS9B22 (P509-B) A D501D20N (TB6-6) SP14 COMP LT
CNS57F22 (TB502-2F) B L528C20 A B BLK -
COMMON
2 C XDS112
GND SP15
D L535B20 (P4-H) +
L528B20 A B BLK
GRD 3 E501F20N E E529A22 (P2-A)
BUS E510D20 (P19-E) F D501G20
4 L532F22N (P18-p) TB700-7 TB700-8
D501E20N A A
5 E563A22 (P12-W) B E528A22 (P1-C) B
H501A16 (HR1-(-)) COM C E510A22 (XDS14-2) C COMMON
E521E22 (P618-q) MON GND
6 D501D20N D E560A22 (XDS7-2) D
GND
RV510B16N E D501H20 E
7
F D501E20N (TB6-4) F
8
G96-0017-12
(369D; 724 − 1149) (Sheet 6 of 7)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P509 TB502-1
dd CNS12B22 A
D CNS14B22 B
T CNS13B22 C
INTERCOM V CNS56A22 D
SYSTEM U CNS22A22 E
S CNS10B22 F
R CNS18A22
M CNS6A22 TB502-2
N CNS33A22 A
L CNS34A22 B
K CNS11B22 C
P CNS16B22 D
RV511A22 E
J CNS55A22 (TB7-11D) F
H CNS15B22 (TB7-11B) (TB6-1) CNS57F22
cc CNS31A22 (TB7-8F) TB502-3
bb CNS29A22 (TB7-9C) A
C CNS24A22 (TB7-10B) B
E CNS32A22 (TB7-10D) C
aa CNS25A22 (TB7-8C) D
F CNS30A22 (TB7-10F) E
Z CNS21A22 (TB5-1A) F RV514R22
Y CNS20A22 (TB5-2B)
W CNS23A22 (TB5-4B) TB502-4
X CNS19A22 (TB5-2C) A
B CNS9B22 (TB6-1) B
A CNS17C22 (TB501-2) C
D RV514F22 (TB5-1C)
TB502-10 E
A F L533G22
B
C TB502-5
D A
E B
F C
D
TB502-11 E RV514B22 (TB7-3E)
F
A
B TB502-6
C A
D B
E C
F D
E
TB502-12 F
A RV514S22
B RV514P22 TB502-7 TB502-8 TB502-9
C (P12-d) L534A22 A A A
D E533A22 (P19-C) (P4-J) L534B22 B B L533F20 (TB700-4A) B
E RV514Q22 (TB700-1E) L533C22 C C C
F RV514A22 (P19-M) (TB700-2A) L533D22 D D D
(TB700-3A) L533E22 E E E
F L533B22 F L533H22 F
TB502-13
A J503D20 (XDS9-S1-NC) TB502-15 TB502-16 TB502-17 TB502-18
B J501AD20 (P618-j) A A A A
C J503EE20 (K104-3) B B B B
D J507A20 (P19-U) C C C
J507AA20 (K104-2) C
E TB106 D D D D
F E E E E
2 F F F F
TB502-14
A E108A20 (P19-L) CR10 TB502-19 TB502-20
B E524B22 (P1-D) A A E559AB22 (P12-D)
C E524B20 (P618-R) B B E559AA22 (XDS18-3)
D E522E22 (P19-A) 1 R30 C C E559AC22 (K304-5)
E E522D22 (P2-C) D E508E22 (P618-C) D
F E522CC22 (P618-S) E L522AC22 (P618-u) E E508EE22 (P12-V)
3 L522AB22 E518A22 (P12-T)
F F
G96-0017-13
(369D; 724 − 1149) (Sheet 7 of 7)

Page 251
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P110J
A J303P
P521H20 (K310-X2)
B P521K20 (CR30-2) SP73
C D503A20 A B E513N20 A
D E513C20 (K301-X1) K502J20 B
E E513F20 (J208-B) C
F E562B20 (P108-B) D
G E564B20 (P108-D) E513N20 E
H E527B22 WHT F
J E527B22 BLU G
K E522B22 WHT H
L E522B22 BLU J
M (TB1-8B) P505C20 K
N L
P N
R (CR1-2) K502D20 M
S P
T R
U S
V M506AA20 (TB1-19D)
W M506J20 (TB1-19C) S201
X A510B20 RED (TB1-20A) SP27
Y A510B20 BLU (TB1-20C) + XMSN CHIP
Z
S200
P9J
+ XMSN CHIP
A E555C22 (K300-ALARM) RT301 E513E20
DET. FWD
B K510E20 (TB1-6A) SP208 ENG OIL
C E506C20 A B E506F20 +
D J503C20 (CR1-1) TEMP SNDR
E D505C20 (K300-BATT) P202
F P16G22 (SP207) (REF) A ROTOR
G M501B20 (J103-A) B G200 TACH GEN
H P17B20
J E517C20 TB8
K R2 BOND JMPR
L E505C20 (120 Ω 1W) 22 AWG JMPR E18
M P508G20 (TB3-1A) P514A20 (TB1-8A)
N E513L20 2 1 S202
P C506B22 (TB1-2A)
R SP118
L520L20 (TB1-2D) ROTOR OIL
S A B D509CA20 +
L531B20 (SP205-A) - TEMP SW
T E524A20 SP119
U E525A20 E15 D509D20N A B D509D20
V D507A20N
W
X D508B22
Y D509C20 HR2
a F504B16 A B RED
b Q501B20 E24 BLK -
c L511B16 (FL10-LINE) D506A20 M5
d HOUR
f Q516F20 (C20R/2 ENG.) +
g
S203
h K504D20 (TB1-4C)
i M520AA16 (TB3-1C) NO
j E531C20
k P512A16 (K300-SW) C
m P206 NC
p P516B16 A N2 OVSP PRESS SW
q P16C20 (CAP AND STOW) P17D20N B SOLENOID
r J508D20 J251P R251
s L501B16 (K101-A1) B BLU
R10 D RED
QUANT.
(1 Ω 55W) E5 E502A20N E BLK
SENDER
P516C16 H BLK
2 1
R12
HR3
(1 Ω 55W) SP20
AFT LIGHTER
P250J B250
P517C16 A B P517D16 A START
1 2
E15 H510A16N A B H510B16 -
G96-0020-1
(Sheet 1 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TC300
(M3-) (TB9-2) RED E10A16 K309
12 AWG APU RELAY
J100 JMPR
EXT PWR + P503A(3-10) P503B(3-10)
A1 A2
X1
CR30 CR29
X2
P521K20
2 1 P521L20
VR1
E1 JMPR P6 VOLTAGE REG.
BATT P108
160° (RED) B E562B20 (J9-n) P509B16 C FIELD
C P501A(3-10)N P22A20N D GND
K310
BATT.
RELAY P505C(3-10) (TB101-1, -4, -7)
D501CC20 (J9-e)
A2 A1 REVERSE
P110J X1 CURRENT
CR28 RELAY
X2
A P521H20 K301 K300
(J9-E) D505C20 BATT
F A2 A1 P505B(3-10)
P507A(3-10)
G K502J20 (TB3-1B) P508B16 GEN
K502CA20 X1 P508A(3-10)
(J9-D) J503C20 (TB1-6D) K502C20 CR33 (J9-A) E555C22 ALARM
X2
(J9-k) P512A16 SWITCH
DIODE ISOLATOR K503A20N P511A20N F
ASSEMBLY
E13
CR1 STARTER/
2 1 GENERATOR
K502D20
A
2 1 D
CR2 B G300
C
E
E12 P510(3-10)N
(C20R/2) P535F20N P107B10
M29
SP80
A B START
J303P COUNTER P300/S300
ENG. CHIP
A E126J18
DET. UPPER
B K502H18
C E513F18 P301/S301
D P109A16 ENG. CHIP
E E126G18
E103A20 WHT DET. LOWER
F
G E103A20 BLU
H E106A20 WHT
J E106A20 BLU
K D101A18
L SQ300
N
IGNITION
M P112F18 EXCITER
P P307 IGN. GAP
R 1 ANTI-ICE
S Q516E20 (C20R/2) G302
CR50 SOLENOID P306
2 VALVE (C20R/2) N2
A TACH
S303 B GEN
SP123
FUEL FILTER G301
B A P305
SWITCH N1
A TACH
B GEN
G96-0020-2
(Sheet 2 of 6)

Page 253
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
XDS400
SP402C
A B TAIL L544A20N
L520N20
LT
J208P J209P L520T20
(TB1-2D) L520D20 A L520E20 A WHELEN SP212
(J110-E) E513F20 B E513G20 B LT ONLY A B
P556
C C SP60
1 L555A20 GREY OR RED D L555B20 GREY OR RED D L555D20 GREY OR RED A B
SP61
2 L555A20 WHT E L555B20 WHT E L555D20 WHT A B
SP62
3 L555A20 BLK F L555B20 BLK F L555D20 BLK A B
STROBE S400
WHT (STOWED) FL10
PWR T/R XMSN
RED LOAD LINE E513GG20 CHIP DET
SUPPLY L511B16 (J9-c)
AND BLK (E8)
SP71 WHELEN LT ONLY
FLASHER P557 A B XDS201
SP64 LWR RED
2 LT
SP63 LT GND
3 L556A20 BLK A B BLK SCREW
GND
SCREW
WHELEN
SP116 SP117 SP1171
XDS251 LT ONLY
(TB1-2C) L520B20 A B L520C20 RED A B L520J20 RED A B L568C20 OR RED
RIGHT
SP133 SP131 SP1311 G
(E7) L521C20N SKID
A B L521B20 BLK A B L521A20 BLK A B L568D20N OR BLK
SP114 SP115 SP1151
(E6) L538C20N A B L538B20 BLK A B L538A20 BLK A B L568B20N OR BLK SKID
K101
LDG LT RELAY
S199 A1 A2
SP70 (J9-s) L501B16
NO
C B A E105D20 (J9-t) 22AWG JMPR X1
CAP AND STOW CR32
NC X2
SP71
DS100
B A E105C20N (TB1-5C) L504C20
(E1) L503A16N LDG L502A16
NR DISABLE SWITCH
(SHOWN IN ACTUATED POSITION) LT
B103 P107
A K505D20 RED (TB1-4A) J103 UTIL RECP
N2
B K505D20 BLU (TB1-5A) A M501B20 (J9-G)
GOV
C K507A20N B M502A20N (E9)
S108A
B102 P106 XDS205
1 1 3 R6
A C507B20 RED (TB1-3A) PILOT L541A20
LAT
B C507B20 BLU (TB1-3C) MAP LT L542A20N BRT DIM 50 Ω ±10%
TRIM
C C503A22N E6 2 2 5W
E14
L531F20
B101 P105 XDS202
A C505B20 RED (TB1-1A) 2
LONG B C505B20 WHT (TB1-1C) REAR L542C20N S107 SP205
TRIM C C502A22N MAP LT L555A20 L531D20 B A L531B20 (J9-S)
E25 1 2 1
G96-0020-3
(Sheet 3 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J130P LEFT CYCLIC STICK
PROVISIONS FOR
P 3 XMIT RIGHT CYCLIC STICK J109
(TB5-4B) RV505B22 S112
(TB5-2A) RV501A22 W 1 ICS
(TB1-12A) M522C20 A
RV502A22N T 2 (TB1-12C) M521G20 B
22 (TB1-16D) M504J20 C
S4
(TB1-12B) M522A20 A 10 CARGO SP3
B 9 HOOK A
(TB1-12D) M531E20
(TB1-9D) A509A20 K 20 (TB1-20D) BLU A510C20 D

S101
(TB1-7B) A517C20 L 21 (TB1-19A) M520F20 E
TRIGGER
22 (TB1-17A) M503H20 F
SP3 (TB1-20B) RED A510C20 H
A B SP2
(TB1-16C) M504F20 C 14 A
STOWED
(TB1-16A) M503F20 F 13
S5 (TB1-19B) A508B20 J
HOIST/ (TB1-9C) A509C20 K
FLOATS (TB1-7A) A517A20 L
(TB1-19D) M520C20 E 12 (TB1-21B) RED A507C20 M
SP1 (TB1-21C) BLU A507C20 N
A B SP1
(TB1-21A) RED A507A20 M 17 A
(TB1-21D) BLU A507A20 N 15
(TB1-20A) RED A510A20 H 18 (TB5-2C) RV516C22 P
(TB1-20C) BLU A510A20 D 11 (TB1-3C) BLU C504A20 R
(TB1-2B) C506D22 S
SP2
E7 JMPR
A B (TB1-1B) RED C505A20 U
(TB1-19C) A508C20 J 16 (TB1-3B) RED C504A20 V
(TB1-2B) C506C22 S 6 (TB5-1A) RV508D22 W
(TB1-3B) RED C504C20 V 7 (TB1-1D) BLU C505A20 X
S107
(TB1-3D) BLU C504C20 R 4 RV524A22N T
UP CYCLIC
E5 JMPR TRIM
(TB1-1B) RED C508C20 U 5 L R
(TB1-1D) BLU C508C20 X 8 DN
RIGHT
J112P COLLECTIVE STICK
(TB1-6D) K502B20 A
(TB1-6A) K510B20 B
(TB1-5D) L504B20 C
E7 L505B20N D
INCR
(TB1-4B) BLU K505C20 E C110A20
F S108
(TB1-4D) WHT K505C20 C108E20
H N2 GOV
(TB1-5B) RED K505C20 C109A20
J DECR
J113P LEFT COLLECTIVE STICK
(TB1-6C) K502G20 A P112A20 S106

(TB1-6B) K510D20 B P111D20 START
S105
(TB1-5C) L504D20 C L104C20
E9 LDG LT
L543A20N D L123B16
L123A20N
J INCR
(TB1-4B) BLU K504B20 E C110F20 S104
(TB1-4D) WHT K504B20 F C108G20 N2 GOV
(TB1-5B) RED K504B20 H C109F20 CONTR
DECR
G96-0020-4
(Sheet 4 of 6)

Page 255
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB1-
(TB1-9B) JMPR TB1-1 TB1-8

(P105-A) RED C505B20 A A (TB8-R2-1) P514A20 A A P514B20 (P6-E)
(P105-B) BLU C505B20 B B C505A20 RED (J109-U) B B P505C20 (J303-K)
(J130-U) RED C508C20 C C C505A20 BLU (J109-X) C C
(J130-X) BLU C508C20 D D D D
TB1-2 TB1-9
(J9-P) C506B22 A A JMPR (SHLD) (TB1-3 SHLD) JMPR A A JMPR (TB1-1, -3 SHLD)
(J130-S) C506C22 B B C506D22 (J109-S) B B JMPR (TB1-1 SHLD)
(SP116-A) L520B20 C C L520F20 (SP114-A) (J109-K) A509C20 C C
(J9-R) L520L20 D D L520D20 (J208-A) (J130-K) A509A20 D D
(TB1-9A) JMPR TB1-3 TB1-12
(P106-A) RED C507B20 A A A A M522C20 (J109-A)
(P106-B) BLU C507B20 B B C504A20 RED (J109-V) B B M522A20 (J130-A)
HOOK
(J130-V) RED C504C20 C C C504A20 BLU (J109-R) C C M521G20 (J109-B)
(J130-R) BLU C504C20 D D D D M521E20 (J130-B)
(TB1-9A) JMPR TB1-4 TB1-16
(P107-A) RED K505D20 A A A A M503F20 (J130-F)
(J9-h) K504D20 B B B B
(J113-E) BLU K504B20 C C K505C20 BLU (J112-E) C C M504F20 (J130-C)
(J113-F) WHT K504B20 D D K505C20 WHT (J112-F) D D M504J20 (J109-C)
(J113-H) RED K504B20 TB1-5 HOIST TB1-17

(P107-B) BLU K505D20 A A A A M503H20 (J109-F)
B B K505C20 RED (J112-H) B B
(K101-X2) L504C20 C C L504D20 (J113-C) C C
D D L504B20 (J112-C) D D
TB1-6 TB1-19
(J9-B) K510E20 A A K510B20 (J112-B) A A M520F20 (J109-E)
B B K510D20 (J113-B) B B M508B20 (J109-J)
(P6-F) K502F20 C C K502G20 (J113-A) (J110-W) M506J20 C C A508C20 (J130-J)
(K301-X1) K502C20 D D K502B20 (J112-A) (J110-V) M506AA20 D D M520C20 (J130-E)
TB1-7 TB1-28
(J109-L) A517A20 A A A A
(J130-L) A517C20 B B (TB3-1A) JMPR B B JMPR (TB3-1A)
C C C C
D D D D JMPR (TB3-1B)
NOTE: TB1-10 AND TB1-11, TB1-13 THRU TB1-15, TB1-18,

TB1-23 THRU TB1-27 TB1-29 THRU TB1-34 BLANK. G96-0020-5
(Sheet 5 of 6)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB3- TB7-
JMPR (TB1-28B)
TB7-1 TB7-2 TB7-3 TB7-4 TB7-8 TB7-9
(TB1-28B) JMPR TB3-1 JMPR (TB1-28D)
A A A A A A
(J9-M) P508G20 A A P508F16 (P6-B) B B B B B B
C C C C C C
(K300-GEN) Q508B16 B B P508D20 (P6-A) D D D D D D
(J9-i) M520AA16 C C E E E E E E
F F F F F F
D D
TB3-4
M522D16 A A
B B
RV510P22 SHLD TB7-10
J605 C C A
A D D B
M523B16N B C
E20 M523BB20N C D
CARGO E
HOOK F
TB7-11
NOTE: TB3-2 AND TB3-3 BLANK. A
B
C
D
E
J10 F
R
J CNS29AA22
K CNS24AA22 NOTE: TB7-5 THRU TB7-7, TB7-12 BLANK.
L CNS32AA22
M CNS30AA22
N CNS5BB22
P CNS55AA22 TB5-
B RV514FF22
T TB5-1
A CNS21AA22 A RV506D22 (J109-W)
D CNS19AA22 B
E CNS23AA22 C
S D
C CNS20AA22 TB5-2
G CNS25AA22 A RV501A22 (J130-W)
H CNS31AA22 B
F RV514BB22 C RV516C22 (J109-P)
U D
V
TB5-4
W
A
X B RV505B22 (J130-P)
Y C
Z D
G96-0020-6
(Sheet 6 of 6)

Page 257
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J110P
BATT RELAY A P521G20 (S2-1)
EXT PWR RELAY B P521J20 (S2-3)
XMSN OIL PRESS SW LO C E559N22 (P12-j)
M/R XMSN CHIP DET LO D E559J22 (P12-e)
T/R XMSN CHIP DET LO E E559H22 (P12-R)
BATT 160° F F E562A20 (TB104-3)
BATT 140° F G E564A20 (TB104-4)
H E527C22 WHT (P1-B)
N2 TACH J E527C22 BLU (P1-A)
N1 TACH K E522C22 (TB503-4F)
N1 TACH L E523B22 (P2-B)
M
P
N
R
S
T
U
V M506A20 (CR121-2)
FLOATS W M506HH20 (TB503-8A)
X M506NN20 RED (TB503-8C)
Y M506NN20 BLU (TB503-8E)
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
J9P
E522J22 (E14)
ENG OUT LT HI A E555P22 (P12-c)
START SW B K510A20 (S3-2)
OIL TEMP C E506B22 (P4-B)
AMMETER (GEN) E D505B20 (P4-E)
ENG AIR FLTR BYPASS SW F P16F20 (TB503-6C)
OVER VOLT RELAY H P17A20 (K103-2)
FUEL LOW SW LO J E517D22 (P12-a)
K
FUEL QTY L E505B20 (P4-A)
GEN SW M P508C20 (S4-5)
TRIM ACT P C506A20 (CB102-2)
ENG CHIP DET LO N E513D22 (P12-Z)
INSTR S L531A22 (CB103-2)
EPO BOX T E524B22 (TB503-4C)
V
W
HOUR METER X D508A20 (CB101-2)
GEN Z P515A16-WHT (CB112-2)
START PUMP b Q501A20 (CB118-2)
HOIST CUTTER d M503B20 (CB601-2)
AMMETER e D501B20 (M33 BATT)
ENG ANTI-ICE f Q516G20 (CB122-2) (C20R/2 INSTL. ONLY)
g
N2 GOV h K504A20 (CB103-2)
REVERSE CURRENT RELAY k P512B16 (K103-8)
m
VOLTAGE REGULATOR n P515A16 BLU (CB112-1)
CIG LTR p P516A16 (CB109-2)
N2 OVSP q P16M20 (TB503-6A)
REIGN TST r J508C20 (S11-2)
LDG LT s L501A16 (CB110-2)
EPO BOX t E105A20 (P19-G)
G96-0020-7
(Sheet 1 of 7)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

L511A16 (P9-c) (P9-n) P506A16 P515A16 WHT (P9-Z)
1 7.5A2 1 15A 2

1 M501A20 (P9-G) L501A16 (P9-a)
7.5A 2 1 15A 2

(TB101-3) P506AX10 2 Q501C20 (P12-N) E501A22 (P4-F)
1 7.5A Q501A20 (P9-b)
1 5A 2 D508A22 (P9-X)
CR10A
CB119 (POS LTS)
CB102 (TRIM ACT)
L520A20 (P9-R)
1 7.5A 2 C506A22 (P9-P)
1 5A 2
CB120 (PITOT HEAT)
P516V16 F504A16 (P9-a) CB103 (N2 GOV)
1 10A 2 L521A22 (P9-S)
(TB101-2) P506W10 K504A20 (P9-h)
1 5A 2
CB122 (ANTI-ICE)
20 AWG Q516G20 (P9-f) (C20R-2) CB104 (PNL LTS)
1 3A 2
JMPR E508A22 (P12-V)
E518A22 (P12-T)
R110 (PNL LT DIM POT) 1 5A 2
L532A22 (R110-3)
6 7
4 5
L532B22 (P12-J) CB106 (ENG OUT)
3
2 L532A22 (CB104-2) 1 5A 2
J501A20 (TB503-9B)
L551A22 (P12-X)
1 L504B22N (TB6-4)
CB105 (GYRO)
1 5A 2
S3 (KEY SW)
K510A20 (P9-B)
1 2 CB107 (ADF)
K510F16 (CB128-1)
K501A20 (TB101-1) (TB101-2) P506AN16 RV522A16 (TB501-1)
1 2A 2
S4 (GEN SW) CB108 (NAV/COM)

P513A20 (K103-6) (TB101-2) P506AM16 RV520A16 (TB501-2)
6 1 7.5A 2
5
P508C20 (P9-M)
4 CB126 (XPDR)
3 E520B20 (TB104-1) (TB101-2) TR611-1A20
2 1 3A 2
E520B20 (TB104-1)
1
XDS7
2 1 SP23 J15
LTS
START PUMP
“ON” LT SP24
E561B22 B A E561A22 (P12-L)
J16
PNL L533C22 (TB503-1D)
LTS
G96-0020-8
(Sheet 2 of 7)

Page 259
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

1 2
J508C20 (P9-r)
CR3 CR4
J502F20 (XDS9-A2)
3 4
J508BB20 (K104-X1)
J508A20N (E2)
LOWER PANEL
CB128 (SEARCHLIGHT)
(S3-2) K510F16
1 5A 2

(TB101-3) P506AE10 (TB502-1B) RV545A22
1 35A 2
(TB502-1C) RV544A22 COMM 1 1

CB109 (CIG LTR)
2
P516A16 (P9-p) COMM 2
(TB502-1E) RV543A22 3
(TB101-5) P506AF10 P517A16
1 15A 2
(TB502-2A) RV542A22 4
CB132 (SPARE) 5
(TB101-6) 6
1 2 (TB502-2C) RV541A22
RADIO
CB129 (PA) (TB502-2E) RV540A22
(TB101-6) P506U8
1 25A 2

(TB101-6) P506X14 P522A14
1 15A 2 BATT 1
(P110-A) P521G20
OFF 2
EXT 3
CB601 (HOIST CUTTER) (P110-B) P521J20
JMPR
1 15A 2 (E3) P521A20N
CB600 (HOIST PWR)

(TB101-7) P506AH8
1 50A 2
1 R9 2
CB121 (FLOATS)
(TB101-3) P506M20 M506A20 (P110-V) 1 Ω 55W
1 5A 2
2 R11 1
P517B16
1 Ω 55W
CB603 (HOOK)
(TB101-5) P506AG16
1 15A 2 M520A16 (P9-i) HR1 (FWD LIGHTER)
+
P517C16 DS7
J131 (TB6-5) H501A16
-
PNL L533D22 (TB503-1C)
LTS
G96-0020-9
(Sheet 3 of 7)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
2
1
c P12 CONTROL UNIT)
3
4 E530B22 C ENG OUT LT HI
XDS13 (XMSN OIL PRESS) E XMSN OIL TEMP LT HI
2 F XMSN OIL TEMP LT LO
c H ENG CHIP LT LO
3
E559M22 g M/R XMSN CHIP LT LO
4 K FUEL LOW LT LO
2
D502A22 P GEN OUT LT LO
1
c (P110-C) E559N22 j XMSN OIL PRESS SW LO
3 (P110-D) E559J22 e M/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
4
D502A22 (P9-Y) D509B22 Y XMSN OIL TEMP SW LO
(P9-N) E513D22 Z ENG CHIP DET LO
XDS18 (GEN OUT) (P9-J) E517D22 a FUEL LOW SW LO
2 (P9-j) E531D22 b AIR FRAME FLTR SW LO
1 E555A22 (P9-A) E555D22 c GEN OUT ALARM LO
c E559AA20 (TB503-3F) (P110-E) E559H22 R T/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
3
B DC GND TEST
XDS15 (ENG CHIPS) (TB503-5E) E559A20 D WARN LTS BRT/DIM
2 (CB118-2) Q501C20 N START PUMP
3
4 (CB104-2) E508A22 V +28VDC
1 E559L22
c (TB6-5) E563A22 W DC GND
3
E559D22 U
4

2
TB104
E559K22 2
1 (P110-G) E564A20 4 E559AA22
c
3 A 1
3
4
E559E22 DS24
2
(P110-F) E562A20 3 E559AC22
XDS16 (FUEL LOW)
2 3 R 1
1 E517A22 DS25
c E559Q22 2 E559AB22
3
4 E559F22
E520C20
XDS17 (FUEL FILTER) (S4-3) E520B20 PNL LTS
2
1 E531A22 (P19-J) E520A22 1
c
TB105 L540C22
3 L533F22
4 E559G22 +
(TB503-2B) L533E20 4 SP15 DS112 XDS119
L528C20 A B BLK
NC S1 (E3) L540A20N 3 L540B22 COM LT.
E559AD22
C DS105
NO E509A22 +28 VDC 2MFDS 2 E519C20 +
NC S2 CR1 WARN
E512A22 DIODE HORN
C (P19-F) E519B20
NO E511B22 GRD IN2070
E519A22 1
G96-0020-10A
(Sheet 4 of 7)

Page 261
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
3-PACK
P1 (N2/NR TACH IND) P4J
FUEL QTY SENDER
A E527C22 BLU (P110-J) (P9-L) E505B22 A WHT 22GA
B E527C22 WHT (P110-H)
M1 C E528A22 (TB6-3)
D E524C22 (TB503-4B) IGN
E E525B22 (P9-U)
E528AA22N (TB6-2) (P9-C) E506B22 B YEL 22GA
(TB6-6) L535B20 H GRN 20GA ENG OIL
TEMP
P2 (N1 TACH IND) (CB101-2) E501A22 F RED 22GA
A E529A22 (TB6-4) (P9-e) D505B20 D RED 20GA
M2 B E523B22 (P110-L)
C E522D22 (TB503-4E)
E529AA22N (TB6-4)
(P9-E) D501B20 E BLK 22GA
(TB503-1B) L534B22 BAT AMMETER LOAD
TOT IND J
1
M3 R4 10 Ω 10W E10A16 YEL (TC300)
E10A16 RED (TC300)
TB9 2
XDS9 (RE-IGN PRESS-TO-TEST)
1 1
C D
2 2
2 2
J502F20 (S11-4)
B A P19
1 J502D20 (TB503-5A)
1 (TB503-4D) E522E22 A
J501B20 (TB503-7C)
(TB503-7D) E567A20 B
NC
(TB503-12D) E533A22 C
C S2
NO (TB6-3) E510D20 E
NC (TB105-1) E519B20 F DS10 (ENGINE
J503D20 (TB503-3A)
C S1 (P9-t) E105A20 G POWER OUT
NO (TB104-1) E520A22 J WARNING UNIT)
+ K
J505A20N (E2) (TB503-4A) E108A20 L
(TB503-12F) RV514A22 M
(TB503-3D) J507A20 U
1 5
P513A20 (S4-6)
2 6
3 7
K304 (AUTO-REIGN)
4 8
B3 J502E20 (TB503-5B)
P512B16 (P9-k)
J501AE20 (TB503-7B)
P17A20 (P9-H) B2
E559AC20 (TB503-5D)
B1
A3
K104 (AUTO-REIGN RELAY)
A2
B3 B2 A1
X1
B1
X2
A3 J509A20N (E2)
A2 J503EE20 (TB503-3C)
J502A20 (TB503-7E)
A1 X1
J508B20 (S11-3)
CR5
J507AA20 (TB503-3E)
X2
G96-0020-11
(Sheet 5 of 7)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P509 P10
dd CNS12B22 (TB502-1A)
D CNS14B22 (TB502-2F) R
T CNS13B22 (TB502-4A) J
INTERCOM V CNS56A22 (TB502-4E) K
SYSTEM U CNS22A22 (TB502-5F) L
S CNS10B22 (TB502-6A M
R CNS18A22 (TB502-6C)
M CNS6A22 (TB502-10A) N
N CNS33A22 (TB502-10D) P
L CNS34A22 (TB502-10F) B
K CNS11B22 (TB502-11A) T
P CNS16B22 (TB502-11E) A
RV511A22 (TB502-4C)
J CNS55A22 D
H CNS15B22 E
cc CNS31A22 S
bb CNS29A22 C
C CNS24A22
G
E CNS32A22
aa CNS25A22 H
F CNS30A22 F
Z CNS21A22 U
Y CNS20A22 V
W CNS23A22 W
X CNS19A2 X
B CNS9B22
A CNS17C22 Y
Z
TB501
1 RV522A16 (CB107-2)
2
3 RV520A16 (CB108-2)
4 TB106
2 RV514S22 (TB502-12A)
CR10
E3 P521A20N (S2-2)
L540A20N (TB105-3) 1 RV514Q22 (TB502-12E)
R30
J505A20N (XDS9(-))
E2 J508A20N (S11-1) 3 RV514T22 (TB502-5C)
J509A20N (K304-X2)
TB6
1
E528AA22N (P1-SHLD) TB101
2 P16K22N (TB503-6E) 1
#10 K501A20 (S3-1)
E510D20 (P19-E) TR611-1A20 (CB126-1)
3 P506AN16 (CB107-1)
GRD E528A22 (P1-C) 2 P506AM16 (CB108-1)
BUS P506W10 (CB103-1)
L504B22N (R110-1)
4 P506AX10 (CB118-1)
E529A22 (P2-A) 3 P506AE10 (CB127-1)
E529AA22N (P2-SHLD) P506M20 (CB121-1)
E510A22 (XDS14-2) #10 4
P506AG16 (CB603-1)
5 E563A22 (P12-W) 5 P506AF10 (CB109-1)
H501A16 (HR1-(-)) (CB132-1)
E521A20 (S4-2) 6 P506U8 (CB129-1)
6 P506X14 (CB122-1)
L535B20 (P4-H) #10 7 P506AH8 (CB600-1)
E560A22N (SP23-A)
8 E46
CR31
P505C(3-10) (K310-A1)
G96-0020-12
(Sheet 6 of 7)

Page 263
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB502-
TB502-1 TB502-2 TB502-3 TB502-4 TB502-5

A CNS12B22 (P509-dd) A RV542A22 (S13-4) A A CNS13B22 (P509-T) A
B RV545A22 (S13-2) B B B B
C RV544A22 (S13-1) C RV541A22 (S13-6) C C RV511A22 (P509-J SHLD) (TB106-3) RV514T22 C
D D D D RV514F22 (P10-B) D
E RV543A22 (S13-3) E RV540A22 (S13-5) E E CNS56A22 (P509-V) (P10-F) RV514B22 E
F F CNS14B22 (P509-D) F F (P509-U) CNS22A22 F
TB502-6 TB502-7 TB502-8 TB502-9 TB502-10

(P509-S) CNS10B22 A (TB503-2F) L533K20 A A A A CNS6A22 (P509-M)
B B B B B
(P509-R) CNS18A22 C C C C C
D PANEL LIGHTS D D D D CNS33A22 (P509-N)
E E E E E
F F F F F CNS34A22 (P509-L)
TB502-11 TB502-12 TB502-13 TB502-14 TB502-15

A CNS11B22 (P509-K) A RV514S22 (TB106-2) A A A
B B B B B
C C C C C
D D E533A22 (P19-C) D D D
E CNS16B22 (P509-P) E RV514Q22 (TB106-1) E E E
F F RV514A22 (P19-M) F F F
TB503-
TB503-1 TB503-2 TB503-3 TB503-4

A L534A22 (P12-d) A A J503D20 (XDS9-S1-NC) A E108A20 (P19-L)
B L534B22 (P4-J) B L533E20 (TB105-4) B J503E20 (P9-D) B E524C22 (P1-D)
C L533D22 (J31) C C J503EE20 (K104-A2) C E524B22 (P9-T)
D L533C22 (J16) D D J507A20 (P19-U) D E522E22 (P19-A)
E L533A22 (J15) E E J507AA20 (K104-X2) E E522D22 (P2-C)
F F L533K20 (TB502-7A) F F E522C22 (P110-K)
TB503-5 TB503-6 TB503-7 TB503-8 TB503-9

A J502D20 (XDS9-A1) A P16M20 (P9-q) A J501A20 (CB106-2) A M506HH20 (P110-W) A
B J502E20 (K304-B2) B B J501AE20 (K304-B3) B B
C C P16F22 (P9-F) C J501B20 (XDS9-S2-C) FLOATS C RED (P110-X) C
D E559AC20 (K304-B1) D D E567A20 (P19-B) D M506NN20 D
E E559A20 (P12-D) E P16K22N (TB6-2) E J502A20 (K104-A1 E BLU (P110-Y) E
F E559AA20 (XDS18-3) F F F F
G96-0020-13
(Sheet 7 of 7)
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Section
96−02−00
Wiring Diagrams
(369E/FF − 500N)

[ Main Menu ]
MD Helicopters, Inc. CSP-HMI-3
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
WIRING DIAGRAMS (369E/FF − 500N)

1. Description and Operation NOTE: Wiring diagrams in this section are by
The following wiring diagrams are for the helicopter serial number and also according
369E/FF - 500N helicopters only. to whether the helicopter is equipped with
or without a center console.
Refer to Section 96-00-00 for troubleshooting.
The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc. Page 201

96-02-00
purpose except as specifically authorized in writing by MD Helicopters, Inc. Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P110J
A P521H20 (K310-X2) J303P
B P521K20 (CR30-2) SP74
C D503A20 A B E513M20 A
D E513C20 K301-X1) K502J20 B
E E513F20 (J208-B) C
F E562B20 (P108-B) D
G E564B20 (P108-D) E513H20 E
H E527B22 WHT F
J E527B22 BLU G
K E522B22 WHT H
L E522B22 BLU J
M (TB1-8B) D101B20 K
P L
N SP17 N
R (CR2-2) K502CB20 B A K502D20 M
S P
T R
U S
V M506AA20 (TB1-19D)
W M506J20 (TB1-19C) S201
X A510B20 RED (TB1-20A) SP27
Y A510B20 BLU (TB1-20C) + XMSN CHIP
A B E513E20 DET. AFT
Z
S200
P9J
+ XMSN CHIP
A E555C22 (K300-ALARM) RT301 E513H20
DET. FWD
B K510E20 (TB1-6A) SP208 ENG OIL
C E506C20 A B +
D TEMP SNDR
J503C20 (CR1-1) ROTOR TACH GEN
E D505C20 (K300-BATT) P202
F P16G22 (SP207) (REF) A
G M501B20 (J103-A) G200
H B
P17B20
J E517C20 TB8
K R2 BOND JUMPER
L E505C20 (120 Ω 1W)
M P508G20 (TB3-1A) P514A20 (TB1-8A) 22 AWG JMPR E18
P E531L20 2 1
N C506B22 (TB1-2A)
R L520L20 (TB1-2D) S202
S L531B20 (SP205-A) SP118
ROTOR OIL
T E524A20 A B D509CA20 +
U E525A20 - TEMP SW
SP119
V Q516C20 (C20B ENG) A B D509D20
W Q515C20
X D509D20N
D508B22
Y D509C20 D507A20N
Z P515B16 E15
a F504B16 (SP140-A)
b Q501B20 -
c L511B16 (FL10-LINE) D506A20 M5
d HOUR
f Q516F20 (J303-S) (C20R/2 ENG.) +
g S203
h K504D20 (TB1-4C)
j E531C20
k P512A16 (K300-SW) C
m NC
p P516B16 PRESS SW
q P16C20 (P206-A)
r J508D20 J251P R251
s L501B16 (K101-A1) B BLU
R10 D RED
QUANT.
(1 Ω 55W) E5 E502A20N E BLK
SENDER
P516C16 HR3 H BLK
2 1
R12 AFT LIGHTER
(1 Ω 55W) SP20 P250J B250
A B P517D16 +
1 2 P517C16 -
A START
SP21 E6 Q502A20N B PUMP
E15 H510A16N A B H510B16
G96-0021-1
Figure 201. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (369E; 001 − 383) (Sheet 1 of 6)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TC300
(M3-) (TB9-2) RED E10A16
THERMOCOUPLE K309
(M3+) (TB9-1) YEL E10A16
12 AWG APU RELAY
J100 JMPR
EXT PWR + P503A(3-10) P503B(3-10)
A1 A2
X1
CR30 CR29
X2
P521K20
2 1 P521L20
L503A16N (DS100-GND) VR1
E1 JUMPER P6 VOLTAGE REG.
BATT P108
BT101 A P502A (3-10) (TB3-1A) P508F16 B FIELD CONT
160° (RED) B E562B20 (J9-n) P509B16 C FIELD
C P501A (3-10) N P22A20N D GND
K310
BATT.
RELAY P505C(3-10) (W1, W2, W3 BUS)
A2 A1 D501CC20 (J9-e) REVERSE
P110J X1 CURRENT
CR28 RELAY
X2
A P521H20 K301 K300
B START RELAY P505A (3-10)
(J9-E) D505C20 BATT
F A2 A1 P505B (3-10)
P507A (3-10)
G K502J20 (TB3-1B) P508B16 GEN
K502CA20 X1 P508A (3-10)
CR33 (J9-A) E555C22
(J9-D) J503C20 (TB1-6D) K502C20 X2 ALARM
(J9-k) P512A16 SWITCH
DIODE ISOLATOR K503A20N P511A20N F
ASSEMBLY
E13
CR1 STARTER/
2 1 GENERATOR
K502CB20
A
2 1 D
CR2 B G300
SP17 C
B A K502D20 E
E12 P535A2N
(C20R/2) P535F20N P107B10
M29
SP80
A B START
J303P COUNTER P300/S300
ENG. CHIP
A E126J18
DET. UPPER
B K502H18
C E513F18 P301/S301
D P109A16 ENG. CHIP
E126G18 DET. LOWER
E E103A20 WHT
F E103A20 BLU P206
G E106A20 WHT
H (J9-q) P16C20 A N2 OVSP
E106A20 BLU
J (CAP AND STOW) P1 7D20N B SOLENOID
D101A18
K SQ300
L IGNITION
N P112F18
P307 EXCITER IGN. GAP
M
P 1 ANTI-ICE
Q516E20 (C20R/2) G302
R CR50 SOLENOID P306
S 2 VALVE (C20R/2) N2
A TACH
S303 B
SP123 GEN
FUEL FILTER B A P305 G301
SWITCH N1
A TACH G96−0021−2A
B GEN

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
XDS400
SP402C
TAIL
A B L520N20 L544A20N
LT
J208P J209P L520T20
P556
C C SP60
SP61
SP62
STROBE FL10 FILTER S400

PWR SUP WHT (STOWED) T/R XMSN
RED LOAD LINE L511B16 (J9-c) E513GG20 CHIP DET
PLY AND
FLASHER BLK (E8)
SP211 WHELEN
P557 A B XDS201
LT ONLY
SP64 LWR RED
2 LT
L556A20 WHT A B WHT STROBE E46
SP63 LT GND
WHELEN
SP116 SP117 SP1171
XDS251 LT ONLY
(TB1-2C) L520B20 A B L520C20 RED A B L520J20 RED A B L568C20 OR RED
RIGHT
SP133 SP131 SP1311 G
(E7) L521C20N SKID
A B L521B20 BLK A B L521A20 BLK A B L568D20 OR BLK
SP114 SP115 SP1151
K101
LDG LT
S199 RELAY
SP70 (J9-s) L501B16
NO A1 A2
C B A E105D20 (J9-t) 22AWG JMPR X1
STOWED CR32
NC X2
SP71
DS100
B A E105C20N (TB1-5C) L504C20
(E1) L503A16N LDG L502A16
NR DISABLE SWITCH
LT
B103 P107
N2
B K505D20 BLU (TB1-5A) A M501B20 (J9-G)
GOV
C K507A20N B M502A20N (E9)
S108
B102 P106 XDS205
1 1 3 R6
LAT
B C507B20 BLU (TB1-3C) MAP LT L542A20N BRT DIM 50Ω3W
TRIM
C C503A22N E6 2 2
E19
L531F20
B101 P105 XDS202
A C505B20 RED (TB1-1A) 2
LONG B REAR L542C20N S107A SP205
C505B20 WHT (TB1-1C)
TRIM C C502A22N MAP LT L550A20 L531D20 A B
E25 1 2 1 (J9-S) L531B20
G96−0021−3
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

PROVISIONS FOR
ICS S112
W 1 (TB1-12A) M552C20 A
T 2 (TB1-12C) M521G20 B
22 (TB1-16D) M504J20 C
S4 CAR
(TB1-12B) M522A20 A 10 GO SP3
B 9 HOOK A
(TB1-12D) M531E20

S101
(TB1-7B) A517C20 L 21 (TB1-19A) M520F20 E
TRIG
22 (TB1-17A) M503H20 F
SP3 GER
(TB1-20B) RED A510C20 H
A B SP2
(TB1-16C) M504F20 C 14 A
STOWED
(TB1-16A) M503F20 F 13
S5 (TB1-19B) A508B20 J
A B SP1
A
(TB1-21A) RED A507A20 M 17
(TB1-21D) BLU A507A20 N 15
(TB1-20A) RED A510A20 H 18 P
SP2 (TB1-2B) C506D22 S
(E7) JUMPER T
A B
(TB1-1B) RED C505A20 U
(TB1-2B) C506C22 S 6 W
S107 CY
(TB1-3D) BLU C504C20 R 4 UP CLIC
(E5) JUMPER TRIM
(TB1-1B) RED C508C20 U 5 L R
RIGHT
J112P COLLECTIVE STICK
(TB1-6D) K502B20 A
(TB1-6A) K510B20 B
(TB1-5D) L504B20 C
(E7) L505B20N D
INCR
(TB1-4B) BLU K505C20 E
F S104
(TB1-4D) WHT K505C20
H N2 GOV
(TB1-5B) RED K505C20
J DECR
(TB1-6C) K502G20 A P112A20 S106

S105
(TB1-5C) L504D20 C L104C20
LDG LT
(E9) L543A20N D L123B16
J INCR
(TB1-4B) BLU K504B20 E C110F20 S104
DECR
G96−0021−4

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB1-
(TB1-9B) JUMPER TB1-1 TB1-9

(P105-A) RED C505B20 A A (TB1-3 SHLD) JUMPER A A JUMPER (TB1-1, -3 SHLD)
(P105-B) BLU C505B20 B B C505A20 RED (J109-U) B B JUMPER (TB1-1 SHLD)
(J130-U) RED C508C20 C C C505A20 BLU (J109-X) (J109-K) A509C20 C C
(J130-X) BLU C508C20 D D (J113-K) A509A20 D D
TB1-2 TB1-10 TB1-11
(J9-P) C506B22 A A JUMPER (SHLD) A A A A
(J130-S) C506C22 B B C506D22 (J109-S) B B B B
(SP116-A) L520B20 C C L520F20 (SP114-A) C C C C
(J9-R) L520L20 D D L520D20 (J208-A) D D D D
(TB1-9A) JUMPER TB1-3 TB1-12
HOOK
(TB1-9A) JUMPER TB1-4 TB1-13 TB1-14 TB1-15
(P107-A) K505D20 A A A A A A A A
(J9-h) K504D20 B B B B B B B B
(J113-E) BLU K504B20 C C K505C20 BLU (J112-E) C C C C C C
(J113-F) WHT K504B20 D D K505C20 WHT (J112-F) D D D D D D
(J113-H) RED K504B20 TB1-5 TB1-16

K505C20 RED (J112-H)
(P107-B) BLU K505D20 A A A A M503F20 (J130-F)
B B B B
(K101-X2) L504C20 C C L504D20 (J113-C) C C M504F20 (J130-C)
D D L504B20 (J112-C) D D M504J20 (J109-C)
TB1-6 HOIST TB1-17
(J9-B) K510E20 A A K510B20 (J112-B) A A M503H20 (J109-F)
B B K510D20 (J113-B) B B
(P6-F) K502F20 C C K502G20 (K113-A) C C
(K301-X1) K502C20 D D K502B20 (J112-A) D D
TB1-7 TB1-18
(J109-L) A517A20 A A A A
(J130-L) A517C20 B B B B
C C C C
D D D D
TB1-8 TB1-19
B B D101B20 (J303-K) B B M508B20 (J109-J)
C C (J110-W) M506J20 C C A508C20 (J130-J)
D D (J110-V) M506AA20 D D M520C20 (J130-E)
G96-0021-5
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB1- (CONT)
TB1-20 TB1-22
(J110-X) RED A510B20 A A A510A20 RED (J130-H) JUMPER (SHLD) A A JUMPER (TB1-20 SHLD)
JUMPER (SHLD)
B B A510A20 BLU (J130-D) B B
FLOATS
(J110-Y) BLU A510B20 C C A510C20 RED (J109-H) C C
(TB1-22B) JUMPER D D A510C20 BLU (J109-D) D D
TB1-21 TB1-23 TB1-24 TB1-25
A A A507A20 RED (J130-M) A A A A A A
B B A507C22 BLU (J109-N) B B B B B B
C C A507C22 RED (J109-M) C C C C C C
D D A507A20 BLU (J130-N) D D D D D D
TB1-26 TB1-27 TB1-28
A A A A A A
B B B B B B
C C C C C C
D D D D D D
TB1-29 TB1-30 TB1-31 TB1-32 TB1-33 TB1-34
A A A A A A A A A A A A
B B B B B B B B B B B B
C C C C C C C C C C C C
D D D D D D D D D D D D
JUMPER
JUMPER
JUMPER
TB3-
TB3-1 TB3-2 TB3-3 TB3-4

(J9-M) P508G20 A A P508F16 (P6-B) A A A A M522D16 A A HOOK
(K300-GEN) Q508B16 B B P508D20 (P6-A) B B B B B B
(J9-i) M520AA16 C C C C C C C C
D D D D D D D D
J605
A
M523B16N B
E20 M523C20N C
CARGO
HOOK
G96-0021-6
369D24150

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J110P
BATT 160° F F E562A20 (TB503-7D)
BATT 140° F G E564A20 (TB503-7A)
N1 TACH K E522C22 (TB503-3M)
M
P
N
R
S
T
U
V M506B20 (TB503-11D)
FLOATS W M506HH20 (TB503-5D)
X M506NN20 WHT (TB503-5G)
Y M506NN20 BLU (TB503-5K
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
J9P
E522J22 (E24)
OIL TEMP C E506B22 (M34 SEND)
AMMETER E D505B20 (M33 LOAD)
ENG AIR FLTR BYPASS SW F P16F20 (TB503-4K)
OVER VOLT RELAY H P17A20 (TB503-12B)
AIRFRAME FLTR K Q506B20 (TB503-4F)
FUEL QTY L E505B20 (M35 SEND)
GEN SW M P508C20 (TB503-11B)
ENG CHIP DET LO P E513D22 (P12-Z)
TRIM ACT N C506A20 (CB102-2)
INSTR S L531A22 (TB503-8J)
EPO BOX T E524B22 (TB503-3J)
ANTI-ICE SOL V Q516B20 (TB503-12J)
COMP BLEED W Q515B20 (TB503-10F)
HOUR METER X D508A20 (TB505-1/2H)
START PUMP b Q501A20 (TB503-9D)
ENG ANTI-ICE f Q516G20 (CB122-2) (C20R/2 INSTL. ONLY)
g
N2 GOV h K504A20 (CB103-2)
OVER VOLT RELAY k P512B16 (TB503-13A)
m
GEN n P515A16 BLU (CB112-1)
TRIM ACT o P516A16 (TB503-13F)
N2 OVSP q P16M20 (TB503-4G)
REIGN TST r J508C20 (TB503-10J)
LDG LT s L501A16 (CB110-2)
G96-0021-7
369D24150
Figure 202. Console Wiring Diagram (369E; 001 − 383) (Sheet 1 of 7)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

16 AWG L511A16 (P9-c) P515A16 WHT (P9-Z)
1 7.5A 2 1 15A 2 P515A16 BLU (P9-n)
JMPR
W2 (BUSS 2) CB117 (UTIL PWR) CB110 (LANDING LT)
2 M501A20 (P9-G) L501A16 (P9-s)
1 7.5A P506AF16 (TB503-13B) 1 15A 2
(K310-A1) P505C10 W1 (BUSS 1)
CB101 (INST)
CB118 (START PUMP) E501AA20 (TB503-8C)
20 AWG JMPR Q501AA20 (TB503-9A) 1 5A 2
1 7.5A 2 (K310-A1) P505C10 CB102 (TRIM ACT)
CB119 (POS LTS) C506A20 (P9-P)
L520A20 (P9-R) 1 5A 2
1 7.5A 2 CB103 (N2 GOV)
CB120 (PITOT HEAT) K504A20 (P9-h)
1 5A 2
16 AWG F504A16 (P9-a)
1 7.5A 2 CB104 (PNL LTS)
JMPR
CB122 (ANTI-ICE) L532A20 (TB503-6A)
1 5A 2
20 AWG Q516G20 (P9-f) (C20R-2)
JMPR 1 5A 2 CB105 (GYROS)
F501A20 (FL100 LINE)
1 5A 2
6 CB106 (ENG OUT)
7
4 5 1 5A 2 J501A20 (TB503-9B)
L532B22 (P12-J)
3
2 L532AA20 (TB503-6D) CB202 (XPONDER)
L551A22 (P12-X)
1 L506A22N (E31-M) P523A20 (TB502-1C)
1 3A 2
W3 (BUSS 3) CB203 (ADF)
S11 (AUTO-REIGN TEST)
1 2 P524A20 (TB502-2M)
1 2A 2
J508B20 (TB503-10G)
(K310-A1) P505C10 CB204 (NAV 2)
E508A20N (E31-D)
1 2A 2 P525A20 (TB502-2J)
S2 (MSTR SELECT SW)
CB205 (NAV 1)
BATT 1 P521G20 (P110-A) 1 2A 2
P526A20 (TB502-2F)
OFF 2 P521A20N (E31-A)
EXT 3 CB206 (COMM 2)
P521J20 (P110-B) P527A20 (TB502-2C)
1 7.5A 2
CB207 (COMM 1)
S4A (GEN) P528A20 (TB502-1M)
1 7.5A 2
6 P513A20 (TB503-11C) CB208 (RAD ALT)
5
P508J20 (TB503-11E)
P529A20 (TB502-1J)
4 1 2A 2
3 E520B20 (TB503-10M) CB209 (AUDIO)
2
E521A20N E2 1 3A 2 P536A20 (TB502-1F)
1
CB121 (FLOATS)
HR1 (FWD LIGHTER) M506A20 (TB503-11A)
1 5A 2
DS7 + P517C16 CB603 (HOOK)
- H501A16 M520A16 (P9-j)
1 15A 2
EDGE - L534K20N (E11) WHT OR RED EDGE -

LIGHT PNL + L534L20N (E33-F) WHT OR RED
L533Q20 (TB503-12E) BLK LIGHT PNL +
L533R20 (TB503-12F) BLK
1 R11 2 SP22
P517B16 16 GA A B
1 Ω 55W
2 R9 1 SP32
16 GA B A P517A16 (TB503-13D)
S3 (KEY SWITCH) 1 Ω 55W
1
K501A20
2 K510A20 (P9-B)
G96-0021-8
369D24150

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
DS12 (XMSN OIL TEMP)
2
1 D502A22 P12 (DIMMER CONTROL UNIT)
c
3 E503B22
C ENG OUT LT HI
4
DS13 (XMSN OIL PRESS) E XMSN OIL TEMP LT HI
c
E559P22 H ENG CHIP LT LO
4
K FUEL LOW LT LO
DS14 (ENG OUT) h XMSN OIL PRESS LT LO
2 M FUEL FILTER LT LO
1
E510A22N (E33-D) P GEN OUT LT LO
c
E530B22 (P110-C) E559N22 j XMSN OIL PRESS SW LO
3 (P110-D) E559J22
4
e M/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
22 AWG (P9-Y) D509B22 Y XMSN OIL TEMP SW LO
DS15 (ENG CHIPS) JMPR (P9-N) E513D22 Z ENG CHIP DET LO
2 (P9-J) E517D22 a FUEL LOW SW LO
1 E513A22 (P9-j) E531D22 b AIR FRAME FLTR SW LO
c
22 AWG JMPR (P9-A) E555D22 c GEN OUT ALARM LO
3 (P110-E) E559H22 R T/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
4
(TB503-10B) E509AA20 A +28VDC TEST
DS16 (FUEL LOW) (TB503-12M) E511BB20 B DC GND TEST
2 (TB503-6J) E559A20 D WARN LTS BRT/DIM
1 E517A22 (TB503-9G) Q501C20 N START PUMP
c (TB503-8G) E519A20 S ENG OUT WARN SIGNAL
3
4 (TB503-6E) E518A20 T PRESS/TEMP WARN SIGNAL
(TB503-2K) L534A22 d PNL LIGHTING, VARIABLE DC
DS17 (FUEL FILTER) (TB503-6B) E508A20 V +28VDC
2 (R110-4) L532B22 J BRT/DIM SW
1 E531A22 (R110-2) L551A22 X DIMMER POT ARM
c (TB10-D) E561A22 L START PUMP ON LT
3 22 AWG JMPR
4 (E33-E) E563A22N W DC GND
U
DS18 (GEN OUT)
2 P19
1 E555A22
c (TB503-3K) E522E22 A
3 E559AA22 (TB503-6M)
4 (TB503-9E) E567A20 B
(TB502-6F) E533A22 C
DS19 (M/R XMSN CHIPS) (E33-B) E510D20N E
2
1 E559L22 (TB503-8D) E519B20 F DS10 (ENGINE
c (P9-t) E105A20 G
3 POWER OUT
4 (TB503-7K) E520A22 J WARNING UNIT)
K
DS20 (T/R XMSN CHIPS) (TB503-3G) E108A20 L
2
1 E559K22 (TB502-6J) RV514A22 M
c (TB503-3D) J507A20 U
3
4
DS24 (BATT 140°)

2
1
c
3 E564E20 (TB503-7C) XDS8 (FLOAT PRESS-TO-TEST)
4
C M511G20 (TB503-11M)
22 AWG JMPR 1 4
DS25 (BATT 160°) 2 XDS21 (WARN PRESS-TO-TEST)
2 3
1 NC S1
c S3 NO
3 E559AE20 (TB503-7F) M506N20 BLU (TB503-5M) P514E20 (TB503-6C)
C
4 C NO E509A20 (TB503-10A)
NC
DS31 (AIR FRAME FLTR) M506H20 (TB503-5F) NC S2
2 NO
Q514B20 (TB503-4D) S2 P514A20N (E31-C)
1
C C
c NC NO E511B20 (TB503-12L)
3 Q514A20 (TB503-6L)
4 NO
S1
M506N20 WHT (TB503-5J)
C
2 NC
1 P514C20 (TB503-4M)
c
3 P514B20 (TB503-6G)
4 G96-0021-9
369D24150
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P1 (N2/NR TACH IND)

A E527C22 BLU (P110-J) M26 MAG COMPASS SP14
B E527C22 WHT (P110-H)
BLK B A L528B20 (TB503-9M)
M1 C E528A22N (E31-J) +
D E524C22 (TB503-3H) DS112 SP15
E E525B22 (P9-U) RED B A L537Z20N (E33-G)
E528AA22N (E31-G)
+
DS11 DS117 (TB503-1A)
7 L539T20N
M27 ALT IND M21 TORQUE IND

P2 (N1 TACH IND)
A E529A22N (E31-L) + +
DS131 DS131 (TB503-1H) DS138 DS138 (TB503-1K)
M2 B E523B22 (P110-L) L539F20N
C E522D22 (TB503-3L)
E529AA22N (E33-C)
+ DC AMMETER IND
DS136 DS136 (TB503-2J)
M33 BATT (-) D501B20 (P9-e)
M32 ENG OIL PRESS IND
LOAD (+) D505B20 (P9-E)
+
M24 CLOCK DS115 DS115 (TB503-1D) + DS142 (TB503-2M)
L537G20N E52 DS142
+ L539H20N
DS119 DS119 (TB503-2H)
M30
TOT IND (OPT) AUTO PILOT
1
M3 R4 10 Ω 1W E10A16 YEL (TC300) M36 + DS140 (TB503-1J)
E10A16 RED (TC300) ADF DS140
TB9 2 (OPT) L537U20N E49
+ +
DS137 DS137 (TB503-2F) DS145 DS145 (TB503-9F)
M37 FUEL FLOW
(OPT)
+
DS146 DS146 (TB503-2A)
M22 AIR SPEED IND M38
RADIO NAV L537W20N
(OPT)
+ +
DS124 (TB503-1C) DS139 (TB503-1F) M104
DS124 DS139 RAD ALT
L537Q20N (OPT)
M25 +
IVSI DS147 DS147 (TB503-2D)
(OPT)
L537Y20N
+
DS134 DS134 (TB503-1L)
L537J20N E51
M31
VOR/DME
(OPT) P506 (ATT GYRO IND)
+ A F501Q22 BLU (FL100 GND)
DS148 DS148 (TB503-9J) M23 B
L537L20N (OPT) C F501Q22 RED (FL100 LOAD)
D
+
DS129 DS129 (TB503-1M)
ENG OIL TEMP IND
P507 (DIR GYRO IND)
SEND E506B22 (P9-C)
M34 GND E556C20 A F502Q22 BLU (FL100 GND)
IGN E501D22 (TB503-8H) M101 B
(OPT) C F502Q22 RED (FL100 LOAD)
+ D
DS144 DS144 (TB503-2C)
L539K20N +
DS132 DS132 (TB503-1B)
FUEL QTY IND

SEND E505B22 (P9-L) SP82
M35 IGN E501A22 (TB503-8B) WARNING HORN E519C20 (TB505-3/4J)
A B
GND E556D20N (E31-K) E519D20
DS105 E520D20 SP81
+ A B E520C20 (TB503-7M)
DS143 DS143 (TB503-2B) E48
L537M20N G96-0021-10
369D24150

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

1
2 J502D20 (TB503-4A)
SP23 C
(E33-A) E560A22N J502F20N (E31-E)
A B E560B22N 3
4
DS7
SP24 (START PUMP ON LT) NO
22 AWG JMPR A B E561B22 J501B20 (TB503-9H)
C
NC J503D20 (TB503-11G)
TB10
R1 330 Ω
C OVER VOLTAGE
D E561A22 (P12-L)
RELAY
20 AWG JMPR A B J508BB20 (TB503-10H)
K103
CR51 (TB503-13C) P512D16
8
6 20 AWG JMPR
(SW PNL - ) L534K20N E11 (TB503-11F) P513D20
4
RED OR WHT 20 AWG JMPR
3 1
(S4A-2) E521A20N 7
(E33-J) H501B20N E2 5
(HR1-GND) H501A16 CR40
(TB503-12C) P17H20
2
AUTO-REIGN
K304 8
6
J502E20 4
20 AWG JMPR E559AC20 (TB503-4C) PS122
3 SP1221
1 RED EDGE
(TB503-1G) L533D20
2 J512J20 (TB503-11K) (TB503-12D) L533T20 LIGHT
J511C20 5 SP1222
BLK POWER
CR41 SUPPLY
(E31-F) J509A20N
7
AUTO-REIGN
RELAY F502Q22 BLU (P507-A)
FL100 LOAD
K104 8 F502Q22 RED (P507-C)
6
4
LINE
3 (E33-L) F501R20N
(TB503-3C) J503EE20 1 20 AWG JMPR GND
LINE F501Q22 RED (P506-C)
7 J502A20 (TB503-9L)
(TB503-3E) J507AA20 5 (CB105-2) F501A20 F501Q22 BLU (P506-A)
CR5
2
G96-0021-11
369D24150
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB502-1 TB502 TB502-3
A B C P523A20 (CB202-2) A B C L533E20 (TB503-2L)
D E F P536A20 (CB209-2) D E F
G H J P529A20 (CB208-2) G H J
K L M P528A20 (CB207-2) K L M
TB502-2 TB502-6
A B C P527A20 (CB206-2) A B C
D E F P526A20 (CB205-2) D E F E533A22 (P19-C)
G H J P525A20 (CB204-2) G H J RV5146A22 (P19-M)
K L M P524A20 (CB203-2) K L M
NOTE: TB502-4 AND -5 (NOT USED)
TB503
TB503-1 TB503-5
(DS132)
(DS117) A B C (DS124) A B C
JUMPER (TB503-2G)
(DS115) D E F (DS139) (P110-W) M506HH20 D E F M506H20 (XDS8-S2-NO)
(DS131)
(SP1221) RED L533D20 G H J (DS140) (P110-X) WHT M506NN20 G H J M506N20 WHT (XDS8-S1-C)
(DS134)
(DS138) K L M (DS129) (P110-Y) BLU M506NN20 K L M M506N20 BLU (XDS8-S3-C)
TB503-2 TB503-6
(DS143) E508A20 (P12-V)
(DS146) A B C (DS144) (CB104-2) L532A20 A B C P514E20 (XDS21-S1-C)
L533C20 (TB503-9C) E518A20 (P12-T)
(DS147) D E F (DS137) (R110-3) L532AA20 D E F
(DS119)
(TB503-1E) JUMPER G H J (DS136) (DS141-C) P514B20 G H J E559A20 (P12-D)
L533E20 (TB502-3C) Q514A20 (DS31-C)
(P12-d) L534A22 K L M (DS142) K L M E559AA20 (DS18-C)
TB503-3 TB503-7
(P9-D) J503E20 E564E20 (TB505-3/4B)
A B C J503EE20 (K104-3) (P110-G) E564A20 A B C E564F20 (DS24-C)
(K104-7) J507AA20 E562E20 (TB505-3/4C)
(P19-U) J507A D E F (P110-F) E562A20 D E F E559AE20 (DS25-C)
E524C22 (P1-D)
(P19-L) E108A20 G H J E524B22 (P9-T) G H J
(P2-C) E522D22 JUMP (TB503-10L)
(P19-A) E522E22 K L M E522C22 (P110-K) (P19-J) E520A22 K L M E520C20 (SP81-B)
TB503-4 TB503-8
J512E20 (TB505-3/4E) E501A22 (M35 IGN)
(XDS9-1) J502D20 A B C E559AC20 (K304-4) A B C E501AA20 (CB101-2)
Q506C20 (TB505-1/2B)
(DS31-2) Q514B20 D E F Q506B20 (P9-K) (P19-F) E519B20 D E F
E501D22 (M34 IGN)
(P9-q) P16M20 G H J P16MA20 (CB15-2) (P12-S) E519A20 G H J L531A22 (P9-S)
P514G20 (TB505-1/2A) D508AA22 (TB505-1/2J)
(P9-F) P16F20 K L M P514C20 (DS141-2) (TB505-3/4H) E520L22 K L M
G96-0021-12
369D24150

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB503 (CONT)
TB503-9 TB503-11
J501A20 (CB106-2) P508C20 (P9-M)
(CB118-2 Q501AA20 A B C L533C20 (TB503-2E) (CB121-2) M506A20 A B C P513A20 (S4A-6)
E567A20 (P19-B) P508J20 (S4A-5)
(P9-b) Q501A20 D E F (DS145) (P110-V) M506B20 D E F P513D20 (K103-6)
J501B20 (XDS9-S2-C)
(P12-N) Q501C20 G H J (DS148) (XDS9-NC) J503D20 G H J E511F20 (TB505-3/4A)
J502A20 (K104-5)
K L M L528B20 (SP14-A) (K304-5) J512J20 K L M M511G20 (XDS8-C)
TB503-10 TB503-12
E509AA20 (P12-A) P17A20 (P9-H)
(XDS21-S1-NO) E509A20 A B C M531B20 (TB505-3/4F) A B C P17H20 (K103-2)
L533Q20 BLK (SW PNL +)
(CB144-2) Q515A20 D E F Q515B20 (P9-W) (SP1222) L533T20 D E F L533R20 BLK (CB PNL +)
(TB10-B) J508BB20
(S11-2) J508B20 G H J J508C20 (P9-r) (CB143-2) G516A20 G J Q516B20 (P9-V)
H
JUMPER (TB503-7L) E511B20 (XDS21-S2)
K L M E520B20 (S4A-3) (TB505-1/2F) M531C20 K L M E511B20 (P12-B)
TB503-13
TB505
(P9-k) P512B16 A B P506AF16 (CB117-2)
TB505-1/2
GND (K103-8) P512D16 C D P517A16 (SP32-A)
(TB503-12K) M531C20 F L
TST
A P514G20 (TB503-4L) E F P516A16 (P9-p)
G M
B Q506C20 (TB503-4E)
(P9-X) D508A22 H N
C
(TB503-8L) D508AA22 P E31
J
D (S2-2) P521A20N A B C P514A20N (XDS21-S2-C)
J502F20N (XDS9-C)
K R
(S11-1) E508A20N D E F J509A20N (K304-7)
E
(P1 SHLD) E528AA20N G H J E528A22N (P1-C)
TB505-3/4 E529A22N (P2-A)
28V (M35 GND) E556D20N K L M L506A22N (R110-1)
(TB503-10C) M531B20 F L
TST
A E511F20 (TB503-11J)
G M
B E564E20 (TB503-7B) E33
E510D20N (P19-E)
(TB503-8K) E520L22 H N (DS7 SP23-A) E506A22N A B C E529AA22N (P2-SHLD)
E563A22N (P12-W)
C E562E20 (TB503-7E)
(DS14-2) E510A22N D E F L534L20N WHT OR RED (CB PNL -)
(SP82-B) E519C20 J P
(M26 SP15-A) L537Z20N G H J H501B20N (E2)
D
F501R20N (FL100 GND)
K R K L M
E J512E20 (TB503-4B) G96−0021−13A
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
SP74
P110J A B
A P521H20 (K310-X2) J303P
B P521K20 (CR30-2)
C D503A20 A
D E513C20 B
E E513F20 (J208-B) C
F E562B20 (P108-B) D
G E564B20 (P108-D) E
H E527B22 WHT F
J E527B22 BLU G
K E522B22 WHT H
L E522B22 BLU J
M (TB1-8B) D101B20 K
P P538B20 (K301-X1) K502K20 L
N P539B20 SP17 N
R P540B20 (CR2-2) K502CB20 B A M
S K502D20
P
T R
U S
V M506AA20 (TB1-19D)
W M506J20 (TB1-19C) S201
X A510B20 RED (TB1-20A) SP27 + XMSN CHIP
Y A510B20 BLU (TB1-20C) A B E513E20
Z DET. AFT
S200
P9J
+ XMSN CHIP
A E555C22 (K300-ALARM) RT301 E513H20
DET. FWD
B K510E20 (TB1-6A) SP208
ENG OIL
C E506C20 A B +
J503C20 (SP18-A) TEMP SNDR
D ROTOR TACH GEN
E D505C20 (K300-BATT) P202
F P16G22 (SP207-B) (REF) A G200
G M501B20 (J103-A)
H P17B20 B
J E517C20 TB8
K R2 BOND JUMPER
L E505C20 (120 Ω 1W)
M P508G20 (TB3-1A) P514A20 (TB1-8A) 22 AWG JMPR E18
N E531L20 2 1
P C506B22 (TB1-2A)
R L520L20 (TB1-2D) S202
S L531B20 (SP205-A) SP118
T ROTOR OIL
E524A20 A B D509CA20 +
U E525A20 - TEMP SW
SP119
V Q516C20 A B D509D20
W Q515C20
X D508B22 D509D20N
Y D509C20 D507A20N
Z P515B16 E15
a F504B16 (SP140-A)
b -
c L511B16 (FL10-LINE) D506A20 M5
d HOUR
f +
g
S203
h K504D20 (TB1-4C)
j E531C20
k P512A16 (K300-SW) C
m R10 NC
n P509B16 (P6-C) (1 Ω 55W) ROTOR OIL
p P516B16 PRESS SW
q P16C20 (P206-A) 1 2
J251P R251
r J508D20
s L501B16 (K101-A1) B BLU
FUEL
t E501D20 (SP70-A) D RED
QUANT.
E5 E502A20N E BLK
P516C16 HR3 SENDER
H BLK
R12 AFT LIGHTER
(1 Ω 55W) SP20
A B P517D16 +
1 2 P517C16 -
SP21
E15 H510A16N A B H510B16
G96-0022-1
Figure 203. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (369FF; 001 − 075) (Sheet 1 of 6)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TC300 TC302
(M3-) (TB9-2) E10A16 RED E10B16
(M3+) (TB9-1) E10A16 K309
YEL E10B16 12 AWG APU RELAY
J100 JMPR
EXT PWR + P503A(3-10) P503B(3-10)
A1 A2
X1
CR30 CR29
X2
P521K20
2 1 P521L20
L503A16N (DS100-GND) VR1
E1 JUMPER P6 VOLTAGE REG.
BATT P108
BT101 A P530A4 (TB3-1A) P508F16 B FIELD CONT
160° (RED) B E562B20 (SP18-B) P509B16 C FIELD
C P531A4N P22A20N D GND
K310
BATT.
RELAY P503C(3-10) (W1, W2, W3 BUS)
A2 A1 D501CC20 (J9-e) REVERSE
P110J X1 CURRENT
CR28 RELAY
X2
A P521H20 K301 K300
B START RELAY P532A2
(J9-E) D505C20 BATT
F A2 A1 P532B2
P534A2
G K502K20 (TB3-1B) P506B16 GEN
SP18 K502CA20 X1 P533A2
CR33
(J9-D) J503C20 A B K503B20 (TB1-6D) K502C20 X2 (J9-A) E555C22
(J9-k) P512A16 ALARM
DIODE ISOLATOR P511A20N SWITCH
E12
ASSEMBLY F
E13
CR1 STARTER/
2 1 GENERATOR
A
K502CB20 2 1 D
CR2 B G300
SP17 C
B A K502D20 E
P535A2N
P535C20N P107B10
P535B20N
SP74
M29
A B SP303
A B START
J303P COUNTER SQ300 / RH
SP73 E126J20 IGNITION
A 20 AWG A B E126G20 EXCITER IGN. GAP
B P540C20 P/J303A
C E135F18 SQ301 / LH
1
D P109A16 2 IGNITION
E P539C20 3 5 EXCITER IGN. GAP
F E103A20 WHT 4 12 N2
G E103A20 BLU 5 8 OVERSPEED P300/S300
H E106A20 WHT 6 6 CONTROL ENG. CHIP
J E106A20 BLU 7
P307 DET. UPPER
K D101A18 8 P301/S301
L P112F20 9 1 ANTI-ICE ENG. CHIP
N 10 SOLENOID DET. LOWER
M 11 2 VALVE
P112P20 12 G302
P P538C20 P306
P308
R Q515D20 N2
P309 2 COMP BLEED A TACH.
S Q516D20
THERMO 1 SOLENOID B GEN.
S303 SWITCH 2 1 VALVE
SP123
FUEL FILTER P305 G301
B A N1
SWITCH
A TACH.
B GEN.
G96-0200-203-2
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
XDS400
SP402C
TAIL
A B L520N20 L544A20N
LT
J208P J209P L520T20

P556
C C SP60
SP61
SP62
STROBE FL10 FILTER S400

PWR SUP WHT (STOWED) T/R XMSN
RED LOAD LINE L511B16 (J9-c) E513GG20 CHIP DET
PLY AND
FLASHER BLK (E8)
SP211 WHELEN
P557 A B LT ONLY XDS201
SP64 LWR RED
2 LT
L556A20 WHT A B WHT STROBE E46
SP63 LT GND
SP116 SP117 SP1171 WHELEN

(TB1-2C) L520B20 A B L520C20 RED A B L520J20 RED A B L568C20 OR RED XDS251 LT ONLY
RIGHT
SP131 SP1311 G
(E7) L521C20N SKID
A B L521B20 BLK A B L521A20 BLK A B L568D20N OR BLK
SP114 SP115 SP1151
(TB1-2C) L520B20 A B L520G20 RED A B L520J20 RED A B L568C20 OR RED XDS250
SP132 SP1321 R LEFT
K101
LDG LT
S199 RELAY
SP70 (J9-s) L501B16
NO A1 A2
C B A E105D20 (J9-t) 22 AWG JMPR X1
STOWED CR32
NC X2
SP71
DS100
B A E105C20N (TB1-5C) L504C20
(E1) L503A16N LDG L502A16
NR DISABLE SWITCH
LT
B103 P107
N2
B K505D20 BLU (TB1-5A) A M501B20 (J9-G)
GOV
C K507A20N B
M502A20N (E9)
S108
B102 P106 XDS205
1 1 3 R6
LAT
B C507B20 BLU (TB1-3C) MAP LT L542A20N BRT DIM 50Ω3W
TRIM
C C503A22N E6 2 2
E18
L531H20
B101 P105 XDS202
A C505B20 RED (TB1-1A) 2
LONG B REAR L542C20N S107A SP205
C505B20 WHT (TB1-1C)
TRIM C C505A22N MAP LT L550A20 L531D20 A B
E25 1 2 1 (J9-S) L531B20
G96-0022-3A

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

PROVISIONS FOR
ICS S112
W 1 (TB1-12A) M552C20 A
T 2 (TB1-12C) M521G20 B
22 (TB1-16D) M504J20 C
S4 CAR
(TB1-12B) M522A20 A 10 GO SP3
B 9 HOOK A
(TB1-12D) M531E20

S101
(TB1-7B) A517C20 L 21 (TB1-19A) M520F20 E
TRIG
22 (TB1-17A) M503H20 F
SP3 GER
(TB1-20B) RED A510C20 H
A B SP2
(TB1-16C) M504F20 C 14 A
STOWED
(TB1-16A) M503F20 F 13
S5 (TB1-19B) A508B20 J
A B SP1
A
(TB1-21A) RED A507A20 M 17
(TB1-21D) BLU A507A20 N 15
(TB1-20A) RED A510A20 H 18 P
SP2 (TB1-2B) C506D22 S
(E7) JUMPER T
A B
(TB1-1B) RED C505A20 U
(TB1-2B) C506C22 S 6 W
S107 CY
(TB1-3D) BLU C504C20 R 4 UP CLIC
(E5) JUMPER TRIM
(TB1-1B) RED C508C20 U 5 L R
RIGHT
J112P COLLECTIVE
(TB1-6D) K502B20 A STICK
(TB1-6A) K510B20 B
(TB1-5D) L504B20 C
(E7) L505B20N D
INCR
(TB1-4B) BLU K505C20 E
F S104
(TB1-4D) WHT K505C20
H N2 GOV
(TB1-5B) RED K505C20
J DECR
(TB1-6C) K502G20 A P112A20 S106

S105
(TB1-5C) L504D20 C L104C20
LDG LT
(E9) L543A20N D L123B16
J INCR
(TB1-4B) BLU K504B20 E C110F20 S104
DECR
G96-0022-4
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB1-
(TB1-9B) JUMPER TB1-1 TB1-9

(P105-A) RED C505B20 A A (TB1-3 SHLD) JUMPER A A JUMPER (TB1-1, -3 SHLD)
(P105-B) BLU C505B20 B B C505A20 RED (J109-U) B B JUMPER (TB1-1 SHLD)
(J130-U) RED C508C20 C C C505A20 BLU (J109-X) (J109-K) A509C20 C C
(J130-X) BLU C508C20 D D (J113-K) A509A20 D D
TB1-2 TB1-10 TB1-11
(J9-P) C506B22 A A JUMPER (SHLD) A A A A
(J130-S) C506C22 B B C506D22 (J109-S) B B B B
(SP116-A) L520B20 C C L520F20 (SP114-A) C C C C
(J9-R) L520L20 D D L520D20 (J208-A) D D D D
(TB1-9A) JUMPER TB1-3 TB1-12
HOOK
(TB1-9A) JUMPER TB1-4 TB1-13 TB1-14 TB1-15
(P107-A) K505D20 A A A A A A A A
(J9-h) K504D20 B B B B B B B B
(J113-E) BLU K504B20 C C K505C20 BLU (J112-E) C C C C C C
(J113-F) WHT K504B20 D D K505C20 WHT (J112-F) D D D D D D
(J113-H) RED K504B20 TB1-5 TB1-16

K505C20 RED (J112-H)
(P107-B) BLU K505D20 A A A A M503F20 (J130-F)
B B B B
(K101-X2) L504C20 C C L504D20 (J113-C) C C M504F20 (J130-C)
D D L504B20 (J112-C) D D M504J20 (J109-C)
TB1-6 HOIST TB1-17

(J9-B) K510E20 A A K510B20 (J112-B) A A M503H20 (J109-F)
B B K510D20 (J113-B) B B
(P6-F) K502F20 C C K502G20 (K113-A) C C
(K301-X1) K502C20 D D K502B20 (J112-A) D D
TB1-7 TB1-18
(J109-L) A517A20 A A A A
(J109-L) A517A20 B B B B
C C C C
D D D D
TB1-8 TB1-19
B B D101B20 (J303-K) B B M508B20 (J109-J)
C C (J110-W) M506J20 C C A508C20 (J130-J)
D D (J110-V) M506AA20 D D M520C20 (J130-E)
G96-0022-5

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB1- (CONT)
TB1-20 TB1-22
(J110-X) RED A510B20 A A A510A20 RED (J130-H) JUMPER (SHLD) A A JUMPER (TB1-20 SHLD)
B B A510A20 BLU (J130-D) JUMPER (SHLD) B B
FLOATS
(J110-Y) BLU A510B20 C C A510C20 RED (J109-H) C C
(TB1-22B) JUMPER D D A510C20 BLU (J109-D) D D
TB1-21 TB1-23 TB1-24 TB1-25
A A A507A20 RED (J130-M) A A A A A A
B B A507C22 BLU (J109-N) B B B B B B
C C A507C22 RED (J109-M) C C C C C C
D D A507A20 BLU (J130-N) D D D D D D
TB1-26 TB1-27 TB1-28
A A A A A A
B B B B B B
C C C C C C
D D D D D D
TB1-29 TB1-30 TB1-31 TB1-32 TB1-33 TB1-34
A A A A A A A A A A A A
B B B B B B B B B B B B
C C C C C C C C C C C C
D D D D D D D D D D D D
JUMPER
JUMPER
JUMPER
TB3-
TB3-1 TB3-2 TB3-3 TB3-4

(J9-M) P508G20 A A P508F16 (P6-B) A A A A M522D16 A A HOOK
(K300-GEN) Q508B16 B B P508D20 (P6-A) B B B B B B
(J9-i) M520AA16 C C C C C C C C
D D D D D D D D
J605
A
M523B16N B
E20 M523C20N C
CARGO
HOOK
G96-0022-6
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J110P
BATT 160° F F E562A20 (TB503-7D)
BATT 140° F G E564A20 (TB503-7A)
N1 TACH K E522C22 (TB503-3M)
M
P
N
R
S
T
U
V M506B20 (TB503-11D)
FLOATS W M506HH20 (TB503-5D)
X M506NN20 WHT (TB503-5G)
Y M506NN20 BLU (TB503-5K)
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
J9P
E522J22 (E24)
OIL TEMP C E506B22 (M34 SEND)
AMMETER E D505B20 (M33 LOAD)
ENG AIR FLTR BYPASS SW F P16F20 (TB503-4K)
TRIM ACT G M501A20 (CB208-2)
OVER VOLT RELAY H P17A20 (TB503-12B)
AIRFRAME FLTR K Q506B20 (TB503-4F)
FUEL QTY L E505B20 (M35 SEND)
GEN SW M P508C20 (TB503-11B)
ENG CHIP DET LO P E513D22 (P12-Z)
TRIM ACT N C506A20 (CB102-2)
INSTR S L531A22 (TB503-8J)
EPO BOX T E524B22 (TB503-3J)
ANTI-ICE SOL V Q516B20 (TB503-12J)
COMP BLEED W Q515B20 (TB503-10F)
HOUR METER X D508A20 (TB505-1/2H)
b
f
g
N2 GOV h K504A20 (CB103-2)
OVER VOLT RELAY k P512B16 (TB503-13A)
m
GEN n P515A16 BLU (CB112-1)
TRIM ACT o P516A16 (TB503-13F)
N2 OVSP q P16M20 (TB503-4G)
REIGN TST r J508C20 (TB503-10J)
LDG LT s L501A16 (CB110-2)
G96-0022-7
Figure 204. Console Wiring Diagram (369FF; 001 − 075) (Sheet 1 of 7)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0200-204-2
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
2
1 D502A22 P12 (DIMMER CONTROL UNIT)
c
E503B22
3 C ENG OUT LT HI
4
c
E559P22 H ENG CHIP LT LO
4
K FUEL LOW LT LO
1 E510A22N (E33-D) P GEN OUT LT LO
c 22 AWG JMPR (P110-C) E559N22 j XMSN OIL PRESS SW LO
3 E530B22
4
(P110-D) E559J22 e M/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
(P9-Y) D509B22 Y XMSN OIL TEMP SW LO
DS15 (ENG CHIPS) (P9-N) E513D22 Z ENG CHIP DET LO
2 (P9-J) E517D22 a FUEL LOW SW LO
1 E513A22 (P9-j) E531D22 b AIR FRAME FLTR SW LO
c (P9-A) E555D22 c GEN OUT ALARM LO
3 22 AWG JMPR (P110-E) E559H22 R T/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
4 (TB503-10B) E509AA20 A +28VDC TEST
DS16 (FUEL LOW) (TB503-12M) E511BB20 B DC GND TEST
2 (TB503-6J) E559A20 D WARN LTS BRT/DIM
1 E517A22 N
c (TB503-8G) E519A20 S ENG OUT WARN SIGNAL
3 (TB503-6E) E518A20
4 T PRESS/TEMP WARN SIGNAL
(TB503-2K) L534A22 d PNL LIGHTING, VARIABLE DC
DS17 (FUEL FILTER) (TB503-6B) E508A20 V +28VDC
2 (R110-4) L532B22 J BRT/DIM SW
1 E531A22 (R110-2) L551A22 X DIMMER POT ARM
c L
3 22 AWG JMPR (E33-E) E563A22N
4
W DC GND
U
DS18 (GEN OUT)
2
1 E555A22
c
3 E555A22 (TB503-6M) P19
4
(TB503-3K) E522E22 A
DS19 (M/R XMSN CHIPS) (TB503-9E) E567A20 B
2
1 E559L22 (TB502-6F) E533A22 C
c (E33-B) E510D20N E
3
4 (TB503-8D) E519B20 F DS10 (ENGINE
(P9-t) E105A20 G POWER OUT
DS20 (T/R XMSN CHIPS) (TB503-7K) E520A22 J
2 WARNING UNIT)
1 E559K22 K
c
3
(TB503-3G) E108A20 L
4 (TB502-6J) RV514A22 M
(TB503-3D) J507A20 U
DS24 (BATT 140°)
2
1
c
3 E564E20 (TB503-7C)
4
DS25 (BATT 160°) 22 AWG JMPR

2
XDS8 (FLOAT PRESS-TO-TEST)
1 C M511G20 (TB503-11M) XDS21 (WARN PRESS-TO-TEST)
c 1 4
3 E559AE20 (TB503-7F) 2 NC S1
4
3
P514E20 (TB503-6C)
DS31 (AIR FRAME FLTR) S3 NO NO
C
E509A20 (TB503-10A)
2
M506N20 BLU (TB503-5M)
Q514B20 (TB503-4D) C
1 NC NC S2
c
3 Q514A20 (TB503-6L) M506H20 (TB503-5F) P514A20N (E31-C)
NO C
4 S2 NO E511B20 (TB503-12L)
C
DS141 (AIR FLTR CLOG'D) NC
2 NO
1 P514C20 (TB503-4M) S1
c M506N20 WHT (TB503-5J)
3 P514B20 (TB503-6G) C
4 NC
G96-0022-9

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P1 (N2/NR TACH IND)
A E527C22 BLU (P110-J) M26 MAG COMPASS SP14
B E527C22 WHT (P110-H) B A
M1 E528A22N (E31-J) + BLK L528B20 (TB503-9M)
C
D E524C22 (TB503-3H) DS112 SP15
E525B22 (P9-U) RED B A L537Z20N (E33-G)
E
E528AA22N (E31-G)
+
DS11 DS117 (TB503-1A)
7 L539T20N
M27 ALT IND M21 TORQUE IND

P2 (N1 TACH IND)
A E529A22N (E31-L) + +
DS131 DS131 (TB503-1H) DS138 DS138 (TB503-1K)
M2 B E523B22 (P110-L)
E522D22 (TB503-3L) L539F20N
C
E529AA22N (E33-C)
+ DC AMMETER IND
DS136 DS136 (TB503-2J)
M33 BATT (-) D501B20 (P9-e)
LOAD (+) D505B20 (P9-E)
+
M24 CLOCK DS115 DS115 (TB503-1D) +
L537G20N DS142 DS142 (TB503-2M)
+ L539H20N
DS119 DS119 (TB503-2H) (XDS252-C) P535D20N E52
M30
TOT IND (OPT) AUTO PILOT
1
M3 R4 10 Ω 1W E10A16 YEL (TC300) M36 +
E10A16 RED (TC300) ADF DS140 DS140 (TB503-1J)
TB9 2 (OPT) L537U20N E49
+ +
DS137 DS137 (TB503-2F) DS145 DS145 (TB503-9F)
M37 FUEL FLOW
(OPT)
+
DS146 DS146 (TB503-2A)
M22 AIR SPEED IND M38
RADIO NAV L537W20N
(OPT)
+ +
DS124 DS124 (TB503-1C) DS139 (TB503-1F) M104
DS139 RAD ALT
L537Q20N (OPT)
M25 +
IVSI DS147 DS147 (TB503-2D)
(OPT)
L537Y20N
+
DS134 DS134 (TB503-1L)
L537J20N E51
M31
VOR/DME
(OPT) P506 (ATT GYRO IND)
+ A F501Q22 BLU (FL100 GND)
DS148 DS148 (TB503-9J) M23 B
L537L20N (OPT) C F501Q22 RED (FL100 LOAD)
D
+
DS129 DS129 (TB503-1M)
ENG OIL TEMP IND
P507 (DIR GYRO IND)
SEND E506B22 (P9-C)
M34 GND E556C20 A F502Q22 BLU (FL100 GND)
IGN E501D22 (TB503-8H) M101 B
(OPT) C F502Q22 RED (FL100 LOAD)
+ D
DS144 DS144 (TB503-2C)
L539K20N +
DS132 DS132 (TB503-1B)
FUEL QTY IND

SEND E505B22 (P9-L) SP82
M35 IGN E501A22 (TB503-8B) WARNING HORN E519C20 (TB505-3/4J)
A B
GND E556D20N (E31-K) E519D20
DS105 SP81
E520D20 E520C20 (TB503-7M)
+ A B
DS143 DS143 (TB503-2B) E48
L537M20N
G96-0022-10
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

1
2 J502D20 (TB503-4A)
C
3 J502F20N (E31-E)
4
NO
J501B20 (TB503-9H)
C
NC J503D20 (TB503-11G)
TB10
CR20
C OVER VOLTAGE
D
RELAY
20 AWG JMPR A B J508BB20 (TB503-10H)
K103
CR51 (TB503-13C) P512D16
8
(TB503-11F) P513D20 6 20 AWG JMPR
(SW PNL - ) L534K20N E11 4
RED OR WHT 20 AWG JMPR
3 1
(S4A-2) E521A20N E2 7 5
(E33-J) H501B20N
(HR1-GND) H501A16 CR40
(TB503-12C) P17H20
2
AUTO-REIGN
K304 8
J502E20 6
4
20 AWG JMPR E559AC20 (TB503-4C) PS122
3 SP1221
1 RED EDGE
(TB503-1G) L533D20
2 J512J20 (TB503-11K) LIGHT
J511C20 5 SP1222
BLK POWER
CR41 (TB503-12D) L533T20 SUPPLY
(E31-F) J509A20N
7
AUTO-REIGN
RELAY F502Q22 BLU (P507-A)
FL100 LOAD
K104 8 F502Q22 RED (P507-C)
6
4
LINE
3 (E33-L) F501R20N
(TB503-3C) J503EE20 1 20 AWG JMPR GND
LINE F501Q22 RED (P506-C)
7 J502A20 (TB503-9L)
(TB503-3E) J507AA20 5 (CB105-2) F501A20 F501Q22 BLU (P506-A)
CR5
2
G96-0022-11

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB502-1 TB502 TB502-3
A B C P523A20 (CB202-2) A B C L533E20 (TB503-2L)
D E F P536A20 (CB209-2) D E F
G H J P529A20 (CB208-2) G H J
K L M P528A20 (CB207-2) K L M
TB502-2 TB502-6
A B C P527A20 (CB206-2) A B C
D E F P526A20 (CB205-2) D E F E533A22 (P19-C)
G H J P525A20 (CB204-2) G H J RV5146A22 (P19-M)
K L M P524A20 (CB203-2) K L M
NOTE: TB502-4 AND -5 (NOT USED)
TB503
TB503-1 TB503-5
(DS132)
(DS117) A B C (DS124) A B C
JUMPER (TB503-2G)
(DS115) D E F (DS139) (P110-W) M506HH20 D E F M506H20 (XDS8-S2-NO)
(DS131)
(SP1221) L533D20 RED G H J (DS140) (P110-X) WHT M506NN20 G H J M506N20 WHT (XDS8-S1-C)
(DS134)
(DS138) K L M (DS129) (P110-Y) BLU M506NN20 K L M M506N20 BLU (XDS8-S3-C)
TB503-2 TB503-6
(DS143) E508A20 (P12-V)
(DS146) A B C (DS144) (CB104-2) L532A20 A B C P514E20 (XDS21-S1-C)
L533C20 (TB503-9C) E518A20 (P12-T)
(DS147) D E F (DS137) (R110-3) L532AA20 D E F
(DS119)
(TB503-1E) JUMPER G H J (DS136) (DS141-C) P514B20 G H J E559A20 (P12-D)
L533E20 (TB502-3C) Q514A20 (DS31-C)
(P12-d) L534A22 K L M (DS142) K L M E559AA20 (DS18-C)
TB503-3 TB503-7
(P9-D) J503E20 E564E20 (TB505-3/4B)
A B C J503EE20 (K104-3) (P110-G) E564A20 A B C E564F20 (DS24-C)
(K104-7) J507AA20 E562E20 (TB505-3/4C)
(P19-U) J507A D E F (P110-F) E562A20 D E F E559AE20 (DS25-C)
E524C22 (P1-D)
(P19-L) E108A20 G H J E524B22 (P9-T) G H J
(P2-C) E522D22 JUMPER (TB503-10L)
(P19-A) E522E22 K L M E522C22 (P110-K) (P19-J) E520A22 K L M E520C20 (SP81-B)
TB503-4 TB503-8
J512E20 (TB505-3/4E) E501A22 (M35 IGN)
(XDS9-1) J502D20 A B C E559AC20 (K304-4) A B C E501AA20 (CB101-2)
Q506C20 (TB505-1/2B)
(DS31-2) Q514B20 D E F Q506B20 (P9-K) (P19-F) E519B20 D E F
E501D22 (M34 IGN)
(P9-q) P16M20 G H J P16MA20 (CB15-2) (P12-S) E519A20 G H J L531A22 (P9-S)
P514G20 (TB505-1/2A) D508AA22 (TB505-1/2J)
(P9-F) P16F20 K L M P514C20 (DS141-2) (TB505-3/4H) E520L22 K L M
G96-0022-12
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB503 (CONT)
TB503-9 TB503-11
J501A20 (CB106-2) P508C20 (P9-M)
A B C L533C20 (TB503-2E) (CB121-2) M506A20 A B C P513A20 (S4A-6)
E567A20 (P19-B) P508J20 (S4A-5)
(P9-b) Q501A20 D E F (DS145) (P110-V) M506B20 D E F P513D20 (K103-6)
J501B20 (XDS9-S2-C)
G H J (DS148) (XDS9-NC) J503D20 G H J E511F20 (TB505-3/4A)
J502A20 (K104-5)
K L M L528B20 (SP14-A) (K304-5) J512J20 K L M M511G20 (XDS8-C)
TB503-10 TB503-12
E509AA20 (P12-A) P17A20 (P9-H)
(XDS21-S1-NO) E509A20 A B C M531B20 (TB505-3/4F) A B C P17H20 (K103-2)
L533Q20 BLK (SW PNL +)
(CB144-2) Q515A20 D E F Q515B20 (P9-W) (SP1222) L533T20 D E F L533R20 BLK (CB PNL +)
(TB10-B) J508BB20
(S11-2) J508B20 G H J J508C20 (P9-r) (CB143-2) G516A20 G H J Q516B20 (P9-V)
JUMPER (TB503-7L) E511B20 (XDS21-S2)
K L M E520B20 (S4A-3) (TB505-1/2F) M531C20 K L M E511B20 (P12-B)
TB503-13
TB505
(P9-k) P512B16 A B P506AF16 (CB208-2)
TB505-1/2
(K103-8) P512D16 C D P517A16 (SP32-A)
(TB503-12K) M531C20 L GND
F
TST
A P514G20 (TB503-4L) E F P516A16 (P9-p)
G M
B Q506C20 (TB503-4E)
(P9-X) D508A22 H N
C E31
(TB503-8L) D508AA22 J P (S2-2) P521A20N A B C P514A20N (XDS21-S2-C)

D J502F20N (XDS9-C)
(S11-1) E508A20N D E F J509A20N (K304-7)
K R
(P1 SHLD) E528AA20N G H J E528A22N (P1-C)
E
E529A22N (P2-A)
(M35 GND) E556D20N K L M L506A22N (R110-1)
TB505-3/4
(TB503-10C) M531B20 L 28V

F
TST
A E511F20 (TB503-11J)
E33
G M E510D20N (P19-E)
A B C E529AA22N (P2-SHLD)
B E564E20 (TB503-7B)
E563A22N (P12-W)
(TB503-8K) E520L22 H N (DS14-2) E510A22N D E F L534L20N WHT OR RED (CB PNL -)
C E562E20 (TB503-7E)
(SP15-A) L537Z20N G H J H501B20N (E2)
(SP82-B) E519C20 J P F501R20N (FL100 GND)
K L M
D
K R
G96-0022-13A
E J512E20 (TB503-4B)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J1201 J1001F22 (TB200-9T)

- M5
1 J1001E22 P556
2 HOUR
E1002D22
3 L1003B22 METER 1 ORN (J208-F)
+
4 E1127B22 (J208-B) 2 WHT L1101A22 (J208-D)
5 E1128B22 (SP208-A) SP213 BLU
6 3 (J208-E)
D1131B22 (SP118-A) A B RED STROBE
7 E1081B22 (S203-3) P557 SP65 DS200
POWER ORN A B RED
8 E1134A22 (P202-B) SUPPLY 1 LOWER
9 L1145B22 ORN SP64
10 AND 2 L1083A22 WHT A B WHT STROBE
P1008B22 (P206-A) WHT
11 P1154B22 (SP207-A) FLASHER 3 SP63 LIGHT
BLU
12 BLU A B BLK
13 E1151B22 (SP27-A) WHT STOW SP211
14 K1004B22 (TB200-6P) E44
BLK A B
15 C1009B22 (TB200-2E)
16 K1006C22 (TB200-7B) E8
17 W1007B22 (TB200-3P) FOR WHELEN LIGHT ONLY
18 W1007E22 (TB200-3W)
19 W1007K22 WHT (TB200-3J) R6
DS205
20 W1007K22 BLU (TB200-3E) SP205 S108 3 (50Ω, 5W, 10%)
21 JUMPER L1146A22 1 2 L1147A22N (E18-D)
A B L1145C22 1 2
22 L1016B22 (TB200-8A) 2 JUMPER MAP LT.
23 1
W1043B22 (TB200-8E) DS202 PILOT
24 E1137A22 (TB200-8J) L1148A22 S107A
25 E1104A22 (TB200-8N) L1148B22 1 2 L1149A22N (E18-E)
26 1 2
MAP LT.
27 Q1170B22 (P250-A)
28 REAR
M1177B22 (J103-A) SEAT
29 E1172B22 (J251-D) TB1003
30 E1173B22 (J251-B)
31 J1001A22 (K104-X1) W1046B22 (TB200-9R)
32 J1301
J1071B22 (K104-A2) 6 5 SP73
33 J1073A22 (K104-A1) A
34 J1075A22 (K104-X2) A B B
35 W1045C22 C
36 P1035A22 (K310-X2) D
37 P1030B22 (TB1001-2) (TB200-8R) E1103A22 E
38 P1084B22 (P19-B) F
39 W1085A22 (P19-C) G
40 W1086A22 (P19-D) H
41 W1099A22 (P19-M) J
42 W1088A22 (TB200-9B) K
43 K1160A22 e
44 (TB200-7S) J1072B22 L
45 E1139B22 WHT M
46 E1139B22 BLU N
47 E1102A22 P
48 R
49 E1258B22 WHT S
50 E1258B22 BLU T
51 P1125A22 WHT (AS301-1)
52 P1125A22 WHT (AS301-1) U
53 E1142B22 V
54 E1140B22 W
55 H1163A22 X
56 H1164A22 Y
57 K1158A22 Z
58 K1159A22 a
59 E1261B22 b
60 E1161B22 WHT c
61 E1161B22 BLU d
62 E1162A22 WHT (K301-X1) K1268B22 g
63 E1162A22 BL r
64
65 E1259B22
66 E1267B22 WHT
67 E1267B22 BLU
68
69 Q506B22
70 K1056A22 (P1203-S)
71 W1301A22 (TB200-8S)
72 W1302A22 (P19-A)
73 W1300B22 (TB200-9G)
369D24254
G96-0023-1
Figure 205. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (369E; 384 − 508, 369FF; 076 − 095
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 1 of 9)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
K310
BATT.
(BATT-A) P1032A2 1
RELAY
P1034A22 P2005A10 (W2) (IN CONSOLE)
K200 P1034B22 A2 A1
A3 X1 CR2001
A2 CR28 12 AWG
A1 X2 JMPR
B3 P1035A22
B2 369D22109
(TB200-8H) W1037A22 B1 BUS BAR
X1 BATT.
(E37-A) W1038A22N HI TEMP.
X2 RELAY
K309 P2004A10 (W3) (IN CONSOLE)
12 AWG APU RELAY
J100 JMPR 2 CR2002
12 AWG
EXT PWR + P1029A2 A2 A1 JMPR
RECPT 28VDC - P1028A2N E4
X1
CR29
TB1001 X2
CR30
P1030B22 P1030A22
2 1
369D24258-5 BUS BAR
CR201
(TB200-7G) K1047A22 K1047B22
3 4 P1059A2 (K312-A)
2 AS301 1
CR202 2 1
(TB200-7Y) P1049B22 P1125A22 WHT
5 6 P1049C22 P1125A22 BLU
K308
SP71 FWD
E1093A22 B A E1093B22N (E37-W) LINE P2003A10 (W4)
S199 CNTR (IN CONSOLE)
SP70 3
NO
C E1092B22 A B A2 A1
E1094A22 CR2003
B A STOW X1 12 AWG
NC CR204 JMPR
SP701 X2
NR DISABLE SWITCH
(SHOWN IN ACTUATED POSITION) (E37-C) E5 E1285A4N E4
(P1203-A) P1050A22
P1201J
31 J1073A22
32
33 P19
34 K104
35 (TB200-8S) W1302A22 A A3
36 P1084B22 B J1071B22 A2
37 W1085A22 C A1
38 W1086A22 D
39 (E37-D) P1087A22N TB1001 22 AWG JMPR B3
E ENG. PWR. P19
40 (TB200-8L) E1100A22 B2
L OUT WARN. CR1
41 W1099A22 M UNIT N J1001A22 B1
7 8 X1
(TB200-90) W1088B22 F U J1074A22 J1074B22
E1092A22 G R J1075A22 X2
(TB200-9H) E1094C22 J S
(E37-E) P1097A22N TB1003 22 AWG JMPR AUTO REIGN.
H P
K T RELAY
51 22 AWG TZ1
52 9 10
JMPR
(TB200-7R) J1007A22
369D24254
G96-0023-2
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 2 of 9)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
369D24291-BSC 369D24291-3, -5, -7, & -9

P108 P108
+ A P1032A2 (K310-A2) + A P1032A2 (K310-A2)
- C P1033A2N (E1) - C P1033A2N (E1)
P529
E E
160° (RED) B W1036A22 (TB200-8G) 160° (RED) B W1036A22 (TB200-8G)
140° (AMBER) D W1045A22 (TB200-9S) 140° (AMBER) D W1045A22 (TB200-9S)
BT101 BATT (17AH) BT101 BATT (17AH & 13AH)
P1203
K GCU1A22N WHT (E38-C)
BUS SENSE A P1050A22 (BUS-2)
GENERATOR SENSE B P1051A22 (CB302-1)
CURRENT SENSE F P1052A22 (G300-D)
GENERATOR CONTROL UNIT D GCU1A22N BLU (E38-D)
P1054A16 (G300-A)
P1203 (369D24284-BSC) FIELD M GCU1A22N ORN (E38-G)
4 R
(J1201-70) K1056A22 S GEN OUT LT. 3
(TB200-7W) P1049A22 H LINE CONTACTOR 21 200 AMP GEN WIRING
(J1202-8) P1068B16 J POWER IN CURRENT
(J1201-44) P1069B22 T TRIP LIMIT P1203
P
N #2 CURRENT SENSE F GCU1A22N WHT (E38-C)
E BUS SENSE A P1050A22 (BUS-2)
#3 CURRENT SENSE K P1052A22 (G300-D)
(E1) P1053A16N L PWR GND #1 CURRENT SENSE D GCU1A22N BLU (E38-D)
(E1) P1055A22N G NEGATIVE SENSE FIELD M P1054A16 (G300-A)
#4 CURRENT SENSE R GCU1A22N ORN (E38-G)
150 AMP GEN WIRING STARTER/

GENERATOR
(P1203-M) P1054A16 A
(P1203-K) P1052A22 D
G300 E
CB301 B
(J1202-F) P1067A16 1 15A 2 16 AWG JMPR C
CB302
(P1203-B) P1051A22 1 1A 2 22 AWG JMPR
K312
AFT LINE CNTR
(AS301-1) P1059A2
P1061A2
(TB700-7Z) P1080A22 A1 A2
X1
CR301
X2
P1065A2
K301
START RELAY
(J1301-G) K1268B22 A1 A2 K1062A2

(TB200-7K) K1057A22
X1
CR33
E12 X2
P1063A2N
E13 K1058A22N
P1066A22N
H1186A22N (P307-2)(C20B - R/2)
H1186A22N (P1302-9)(C30 ONLY)
K1166A22N (P1302-7)(C30 ONLY)
369D24254
G96-0023-3A
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 3 of 9)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
LEFT CYCLIC STICK P130J

S4 10 A 1M1106A22 (TB200-4N)
HOOK 9 B 1M1106B22 (TB200-4T)
c
S1 14 C 1M1110B22 (TB200-5T)
HOIST 13 F 1M1110A22 (TB200-5N)
DEP
S102 21 a 1A1115A22 (TB200-4A)
POD 20 Z 1A1114A22 (TB200-4E)
19 Y 1A1116A22 (TB200-4J)
ELEV 22 G 1A1120A22 (TB200-5A)
S101 18 L 1A1122A22 (TB200-5J)
TRIGGER 17 K 1A1121A22 (TB200-5E)
4 V 1C1010A22 WHT (TB200-1P)
R
S107 6 S 1C1009C22 (TB200-2F)
DN X
CYCLIC 8 1C1011A22 BLU (TB200-1K)
TRIM UP
L 7 R 1C1010A22 BLU (TB200-1W) J109P RIGHT CYCLIC STICK
5 U 1C1011A22 WHT (TB200-1F) (TB200-4S) 2M1106A22 A 10 S4
XMIT M1263A22N (E37-J) (TB200-4Z) 2M1106B22 B 9 HOOK
S112 2 T 1ICS031A22N (E37-P) c
RADIO 3 P 1ICS019D22 (TB5-4B) (TB200-5Z) 2M1110B22 C 14 S1
ICS 1 W 1ICS021D22 (TB5-2A) (TB200-5S) 2M1110A22 F 13 HOIST
S5 DEP
e (TB200-4D) 2A1115A22 o 21
FLOATS M Z S102
RED 15 1W1007M22 BLU (TB200-2K) (TB200-4H) 2A0004A22 20
N (TB200-4M) 2A1116A22 Y POD
BLU 15 1W1007M22 WHT (TB200-2P) 19
D 1W1007C22 BLU (TB200-3F) (TB200-5D) 2A1120A22 G ELEV
BLU 11 22
RED 11 H 1W1007C22 WHT (TB200-3K) (TB200-5M) 2A1122A22 L S101
18
b (TB200-5H) 2A1121A22 K TRIGGER
17
16 J 1W1007D22 (TB200-3T) (TB200-1S) WHT 2C1010A22 V 4 R S107
12 E 1W1007C22 (TB200-3N) (TB200-2H) 2C1009C22 S 6 DN CYCLIC
d (TB200-1M) BLU 2C1011A22 X 8 UP TRIM
f
(TB200-1Z) BLU 2C1010A22 L
g R 7
(TB200-1H) WHT 2C1011A22 U
(E37-M) M1262A22N 5
XMIT
(E37-R) 2ICS032A22N T 2 S112
(TB5-2C) 2ICS020D22 P 3 RADIO
(TB5-1A) 2ICS022D22 W 1 ICS
S5
e FLOATS
(TB200-2M) WHT 2W1007M22 M RED
15
(TB200-2S) BLU 2W1007M22 N BLU
15
(TB200-3H) BLU 2W1007L22 D BLU
11
(TB200-3M) WHT 2W1007L22 H RED
11
b
(TB200-3Z) 2W1007D22 J
E 16
(TB200-3S) 2W1007C22
12
LEFT COLLECTIVE STICK P113J d
r
S108 INCR 1K1004D22 BLU E BLU 1K1004C22 (TB200-6E) g
N2 GOV 1K1004D22 WHT F WHT 1K1004C22 (TB200-6N)
CONTROL 1K1004D22 ORN H ORN 1K1004C22 (TB200-6J)
DECR J
S105 K
LNDG LT SW 1L1014D22 D 1L1014E22N (E37-N)
1L1014C22 C 1L1014B22 (TB200-6T)
S106 1K1006E22 B 1K1006D22 (TB200-7A)
START SW 1K1006F22 A 1K1006G22 (TB200-7F) J112P RIGHT COLLECTIVE STICK
INCR
(TB200-6H) BLU 2K1004C22 E 2K1004D22 BLU S104
(TB200-6S) WHT 2K1004C22 F 2K1004D22 WHT N2 GOV
(TB200-6M) ORN 2K1004C22 H 2K1004D22 RED CNTRL
J DECR
K S105
(E37-S) 2L1012E22N D 2L1014D22 LNDG
(TB200-6Z) 2L1014B22 C 2L1014C22 LT SW
(TB200-7D) 2K1006D22 B 2K1006E22 S106
(TB200-7H) 2K1006G22 A 2K1006F22 START
SW
369D24254
G96-0023-4
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 4 of 9)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J208P J209P SP60

A B DS201
(P556-2) WHT WHT WHT
D WHT (W228) WHT D WHT (W229) BLU SP61 BLK STOBE
(P556-3) BLU E BLU L1101B22 BLU E BLU L1101C22 ORN A B RED LIGHT
(W201)
ORN ORN ORN SP62 UPPER
(P556-1) ORN F F
A B GND
C C SP402C SCREW
A B
(TB200-B) L1167A22 A L1167B22 A L1167C22 A B
(J1201-4) E1127B22 B E1127C22 B E1127D22 FOR WHELEN LIGHT ONLY
DS400
L1167D22 1 L1168A22N
2
P206 TAIL LT.
(J1201-10) P1008B22 A SCAV-AIR S400
CR201 B SOLENOID TAIL ROTOR
E1127D2 GEARBOX
2 CHIP DET.
E18
M1264A22N P202
P1150A22N L1147A22N (DS205-2)
P1154C22N D1133A22N (TB200-8M) E1136A22 A ROTOR
(DS202-2) L1149A22N E1082A22N (J1201-8) E1134A22 B G200 TACH GEN
S202
SP118 ROTOR OIL
L5001A22N (J208-G)(500N ONLY) (J1201-6) D1131B22 A B D1131C2 + TEMP. SW.
2 -
SP119
A B D1132A22
S2001
SP207 AIR FILTER SP206
(J1201-11) P1154B22 A B A B S203
1 BYPASS 2
SW. 1
(TB200-9Z) J1001G22 2 ROTOR OIL
RT301 PRESS. SW.
SP208 (J1201-7) E1081B22 3
(J1201-5) E1128B22 A B E1128C22 + ENG. OIL
TEMP. SNDR
S201 SP82
+ XMSN CHIP (TB200-9J) W1253A22 B A W1253B22 +
E1153A22 DET. AFT DS105
SP27 SP81 WARN HORN
(TB200-9F) W1096A22 B A W1096B22 -
(J1201-13) E1151B22 A B S200
+ XMSN CHIP
E1152A22
DET. FWD K101
LANDING
LIGHT RELAY
A1 A2
22AWG JMPR X1
CR32
X2
LANDING LIGHT
DS100 (TB200-6Y) L1014A22
L1012C16 HR3
(E36) L1013A16N
1 2 AFT LIGHTER
SP20
P1202J A B 1
P1156C16
C M1015B16 2
A E15 SP21
B P1157B16N A B P1157A16
D
E
L K201
M (TB200-4R) M1105A22 HOOK RELAY
P1067A16 (CB301-1) J605
F P1068B16 (P1203-J) M1015C16 A CARGO
G L1012B16 A1 A2
(TB200-4Y) M1107A22 (E35-B) M1020A16N B HOOK
H P1156B16 X1 (E36-D) M1021A16N C RCPTL
E1141A16 ALUMEL GRN (TC300) CR203
J X2 369D24254
E1141A16 CHROMEL WHT (TC300) (E37-B) M1179A22N
N G96-0023-5
K
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 5 of 9)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
T W Y Z
A B C D
E F G H
J K L M
N P R S
T W Y Z
A B C D
E F G H
J K L M
N P R S
T W Y Z
G96-0200-205-6
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 6 of 9)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB200-7
(J1201-16) K10062C22
(J113-B) 1K1006D22 A B C D 2K1006D22 (J112-B)
(J113-A) 1K1006G22 K1047A22 (TB1001-3)
22 AWG JMPR E F G H 2K1006G22 (J112-A)
(K301-X1) K1057A22 K1006J22
J K L M
K1006H22 J1072A22 (K104-B)
N P R S J1072B22 (J1301-L)
P1049B22 (TB1001-5)
T W Y Z P1060A22 (K312-A1)
(P1203-H) P1049A22
TB1001
10 CR2 9
TB200-8 (W215) SP116 SP117 SP1171 DS251 RIGHT SKID

2L1016C22 A B 2L1016D22 A B 2L1016E22 A B 1
2L1016F22
(J1201-22) L1016B22 A B C D 1L1016C22 SP133 2L1017C22 SP131 2L1017B22 SP1311 2L1017A22 G
L1167A22 (J208-A) A B A B A B 2
(J1201-23) W1043B22 E F G H W1037A22 (K200-X1)
W1036A22 (P529-B)
(J1201-24) E1137A22 J K L M E1136A22 (P202-A) SP114 SP115 SP1151 DS250 LEFT SKID
A B 1
E1100A22 (P19-L) 1L1016D22 A B 1L1016E22 A B 1L1016F22
(J1201-25) E1104A22 N P R S W1302A22 (P19-A) SP134 1L1017C22 SP132 1L1017B22 SP1321 1L1017A22 R
E1103A22 (J1301-E) A B A B A B 2
T W Y Z
TB200-9
(J1201-42) W1088A22
(TB1003-1) W1266A22 A B C D W1088B22 (P19-F)
(SP81-B) W1096A22 W1300B22 (J1201-73)
(SP201-A) W1303A22 E F G H W1094C22 (P19-J)
(SP82-B) W1253A22 J K L M W1266B22 (TB1003-2)
W1046B22 (TB1003-5)
N P R S W1045A22 (BATT-D)
(M5) J1001F22 T W Y Z J1001G22 (S203-1)
TB200-10
A B C D
E F G H
J K L M P250J B250
N P R S (J1201-27) Q1170B22 A START
B PUMP
T W Y Z
J251P R251
E37 (J1201-29) E1172B22 D RED
(K201-X2) M1179A22N P1048A22N (K308-X2) (J1201-30) E1173B22 B BLU FUEL QTY
(K200-X2) W1038A22N A B C D P1087A22N (P19-E) H BLK SENSOR
Q1171A22N E1174A22N E BLK
(P19-H) P1097A22N E F G H K1005A22N (P107-C)
(P105-C) C1019A22N C1018A22N (P106-C)
J K L M M1262A22N (J109-U SHLD)
(J130-R SHLD) M1263A22N J103
(J130-T) 1ICS031A22N 2ICS032A22N (J109-T) A UTIL
N P R S (J1201-29) M1177B22
(J113-D) 1L1014E22N 2L1014E22N (J112-D) B RECP
(SP71-A) E1093B22N T W Y Z M1178A22N
2L1017D22N 1L1017D22N
E38
GCU1A22N WHT (P1203-F)
(SP200-A) W1304A22N A B C D GCU1A22N BLU (P1203-D)
E36 GCU1A22N ORN (P1203-R)
E F G H
A B M1020A16N (J605-B)
J K L M
(DS100-1) L1013A16N C D M1021A16N (J605-C)
N P R S
E F APX100 SQ SW
T W Y Z
369D24254
G96-0023-7
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 7 of 9)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J1301P P300/S300
ENG. CHIP
SP73 A E1143A20 DET. UPPER
(J1201-53) E1142B22 A B P301/S301
ENG. CHIP
B E1144A20 DET. LOWER
P306 G302
(J1201-45) WHT E1139B22 C E1139A22 WHT A N2
(J1201-46) BLU E1139B22 D E1139A22 BLU B TACH
GEN
P305 G301
(TB200-8R) E1103A22 E E1078A22 WHT A N1
(J1201-47) E1102A22 F E1078A22 BLU B TACH
GEN
G S303 FUEL
SP123
(J1201-54) E1140B22 H E1140A22 A B WHT FILTER
(J1201-69) Q506B22 r SW.
TC300
(J1202-K) CHROM WHT E1141A16
THERMOCOUPLE
(J1202-N) ALUML GRN E1141A16
#8 LUG
#10 LUG SQ300
IGNITION
(TB701-7S) J1072B22 L J1072C22
EXCITER IGN. GAP
(J1201-57) K1158A22 M
(J1201-58) K1159A22 N
(J1201-43) K1160A22 a
(J1201-66) WHT E1267B22 b
(J1201-67) BLU E1267B22 c
d
(J1201-62) WHT E1162A22 U
(J1201-63) BLU E1162A22 V
W P307
(J1201-55) H1163A22 X H1163B22 1 ANTI-ICING
(J1201-56) H1164A22 Y CR50 3 SOLENOID
2 VALVE
E13 H1186A22N
SP124 START COUNTER
(K301-X1) K1268B22 g K1268A22 A B BLK M29
(J1201-65) E1259B22 Z TORQUE

(J1201-49) WHT E1258B22 J OIL PRESS.
(J1201-50) BLU E1258B22 K TRANSDUCER
e
(J1201-59) E1261B22 P
ENGINE
(J1201-60) WHT E1161B22 R OIL PRESS.
(J1201-61) BLU E1161B22 S TRANSDUCER
T
C20B AND C20R/2 ENGINE WIRE HARNESS
369D24254
G96-0023-8
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 8 of 9)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J1301P P306 G302

N2
(J1201-46) WHT E1139B22 C E1139A22 WHT A
(J1201-46) BLU E1139B22 TACH
D E1139A22 BLU B P305 G301
GEN
(TB200-8R) E1103A22 N1
E E1078A22 WHT A TACH
(J1201-47) E1102A22 F E1078A22 BLU B GEN S303 FUEL
G SP123
(J1201-69) Q506B22 r SW.
TC300 TC3002
(AIRFRAME MTD.) (ENGINE MTD.)
E1141AA16 THERMOCOUPLE
#8 LUG #8 LUG
#10 LUG #10 LUG
(J1201-65) E1259B22 Z TORQUE

e SP124 START COUNTER
(K301-X1) 1268B22 g K1288A22 A B BLK M29
P300/S300
(J1201-59) E1261A22 P ENGINE ENG. CHIP
(J1201-60) WHT E1161B22 R OIL PRESS. DET. UPPER
T P301/S301
ENG. CHIP
P1302J
DET. LOWER
SP73 A E1143AA22 3 E1143A20
(J1201-53) E1142B22 A B
B E1144AA22 2 E1144A20 SQ300
(TB200-7S) J1072B22 L J1072BB22 1 IGNITION
J1072C22 EXCITER IGN. GAP
ELECTRONIC N2
OVERSPEED CONTROL SQ301
5 12 8 6 2 10 11 1 7 IGNITION
EXCITER IGN. GAP
(J1201-57) K1158A22 M K1158B22 4
(J1201-58) K1159A22 N K1159B22 5
(J1201-43) K1160A22 a K1160B22 6 N2 OVERSPEED
K1166A22N 7 SOLENOID
PICKUP
E13
9
7
8 N2 SPEED
(J1201-66) WHT E1167B22 b E1267B22 WHT 22 11 PICKUP
(J1201-67) BLU E1167B22 c E1267B22 BLU 21 12
d 10 4
1 ANTI-ICING
2 SOLENOID
(J1201-62) WHT E1162A22 U E1162A22 WHT 24 1 N1 SPEED 3 VALVE
(J1201-63) BLU E1162A22 V E1162A22 BLU 29 3 PICKUP
W 11
2 BLEED
3 CONTROL
(J1201-55) H1163A22 H1076C22 1 SOLENOID
X 8 VALVE
E13 H1186A22N 9 3
THERMAL
2
(J1201-56) H1164A22 Y H1077C22 12 SWITCH
1
ENGINE SUPPLIED BUT
AIRFRAME-MOUNTED
C30 ENGINE WIRE HARNESS

G96-0023-9A
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 9 of 9)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P1201
1 J1001D22 (TB505-5/6G)
HOUR METER 2 E1002C22 (TB505-1/2H)
ANTI-COLL LTS 3 L1003A22 (CB115-2)
T/R CHIP DET 4 E1127A22 (P12-R)
ENG OIL TEMP 5 E1128A22 (TB503-11A)
XMSN OIL TEMP 6 D1131A22 (P12-Y)
XMSN OIL PRESS 7 E1081A22 (P12-j)
M/R TACH GEN 8 E1134B22 (P1-E)
AFT MAP LT 9 L1145A22 (TB503-1E)
SCAV AIR 10 P1008A22 (CB150-2)
AIR FLTR BYPASS SW 11 P1154A22 (TB503-8B)
ELECT CLOCK KIT 12
XMSN CHIP DET 13 E1151A22 (P12-e)
N2 GOV 14 K1004A22 (CB103-2)
TRIM ACT 15 C1009A22 (CB102-2)
START SW 16 K1006B22 (S3-2)
17 W1007A22 (TB503-9W)
18 W1007F22 (TB503-9F)
FLOATS 19 W1007J22 WHT (TB503-9K)
20 W1007J22 BLU (TB503-9P)
21
POS LTS 22 L1016A22 (CB119-2)
BATT 160° 23 W1043A22 (TB503-8L)
N2 TACH 24 E1137B22 (P1-D)
N1 TACH 25 E1104B22 (P2-C)
26
START PUMP 27 Q1170A22 (TB503-2R)
UTIL PWR 28 M1177A22 (CB117-2)
29 E1172C22 (P12-a)
FUEL QTY 30 E1173A22 (M35 SEND)
31 J1001B22 (XDS9-NC)
32 J1071B22 (TB503-5D)
AUTO-REIGN 33 J1073A22 (TB503-5H)
34 J1075B22 (TB503-5M)
BATT 140° 35 W1045B22 (TB503-8G)
BATT RELAY 36 P1035B22 (S2-BATT)
EXT PWR RELAY 37 P1030C22 (S2-EXT)
38 P1084B22 (TB503-5B)
39 W1085B22 (TB502-6F)
EPO BOX 40 W1086B22 (TB502-6C)
41 W1099B22 (TB502-6J)
42 W1088AA22 (TB503-2Y)
N2 OVSPD 43 K1160AA22 (TB503-7D)
GCU TRIP 44 P1069A22 (S4-3)
45 E1139C22 WHT (P1-B)
N2 TACH 46 E1139C22 BLU (P1-A)
N1 TACH 47 E1102B22 (P2-B)
48
49 E1258C22 WHT (TB503-9D)
TORQUE PRESS 50 E1258C22 BLU (TB503-9H)
51 P1125B22 WHT (TB503-11G)
AMMETER SHUNT 52 P1125B22 BLU (TB503-11C)
ENG CHIP DET 53 E1142A22 (P12-Z)
FUEL FLTR SW 54 E1140C22 (P12-b)
ANTI-ICE SOL 55 H1163AA22 (CB143-2)
COMP BLEED 56 H1164AA22 (CB144-2)
N2 OVSPD 57 K1158AA22 (TB503-7H)
N2 OVSPD 58 K1159AA22 (TB503-7M)
59 E1261AA22 (TB503-5Z)
ENG OIL PRESS 60 E1161B22 WHT (TB503-11E)
61 E1161B22 BLU (TB503-11J)
62 E1162A22 WHT (TB503-11N)
N1 SPEED PICKUP C30 63 E1162A22 BLU (TB503-11T)
64
TORQUE PRESS 65 E1259A22 (TB503-9S)
66 E1267A22 WHT (TB503-7S)
N2 OVSPD 67 E1267A22 BLU (TB503-7Z)
68
FUEL ICE FLTR 69 Q506C22 (TB503-8R)
GEN OUT GCU 70 W1250A22 (P12-c)
71 W1304B22 WHT (S11-5)
AUTO REIGN 72 W1304B22 BLU (S11-4)
73 W1300A22 (S11-3)
G96-0024-1B
369D24274
Figure 206. Console Wiring Diagram (369E; 384 − 508, 369FF; 076 − 095
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 1 of 7)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
SWITCH/BREAKER PANEL
CB115 (ANTI-COLL LTS) CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
3A L1003A22 (P1201-3)
1 2 CB110 (LANDING LT)
CB120 (PITOT HEAT) P2001A12
20 AWG 1 15A 2
P1255A16 (TB503-6B)
JMPR 1 5A 2 CB105 (GYROS)
CB118 (START PUMP) F1179A22 (TB503-10E)
1 3A 2
1 5A 2 Q1169A22 (TB503-2P) CB112 (GEN)
CB150 (SCAV AIR) 1 10A 2
P1008A22 (P1201-10)
1 3A 2 CB104 (PNL LTS)
CB119 (POS LTS) L1039A22 (TB503-1B)
1 3A 2
P20002A12 5A 2 L1016A22 (P1201-22) CB103 (N2 GOV)
(BUS-3) P2003A10 1
CB143 (ANTI-ICE) K1004A22 (P1201-14)
1 3A 2
1 5A 2 H1163AA22 (P1201-55) CB101 (INST)
CB117 (UTIL PWR) (BUS-1) P2005A10 3A E1002A22 (TB503-1A)
1 2
1 5A 2 M1177A22 (P1201-28) CB102 (TRIM ACT)
P1155A16 (TB503-6A)
CB144 (COMP BLEED) C1009A22 (P1201-15)
1 5A 2
1 1A 2 H1164AA22 (P1201-56) CB106 (ENG OUT)
CB122 (N2 OVSPD) C1009A22 (P1201-15)
1 5A 2
1 3A 2 P538A22 (TB503-7E) CB208 (START)
6 7 2A 2 1
4 5 CB209 (AUDIO)
L1040J22 (P12-J) L1040J22 (P12-J) ICS001A22 (TB502-1M)
3 W1040L22 (TB503-1W) W1040L22 (TB503-1W) 1 3A 2
2 L1040K22 (P12-X)
L1040K22 (P12-X) CB206 (COMM 2)
1 L506A22N (E31-M) L506A22N (E31-M) R1242A22 (TB502-1T)
S11 (AUTO-REIGN TEST) 1 1A 2
6 CB204 (NAV 2)
5 (BUS-2) P2004A10 1 2A R1244A22 (TB502-1J)
W1304B22 WHT (P1201-71) 2
4 W1304B22 BLU (P1201-72)
CB202 (XPONDER)
W1305A22 (TB505-5/6F)
W1300A22 (P1201-73) 5A R1238A22 (TB502-1A)
3 1 2
2 J1075D22N (E31-D) CB121 (FLOATS)
1 W1007AA22 (TB503-9T)
1 5A 2
S2 (MSTR SELECT SW) CB207 (COMM 1)
BATT 1 P1035B22 (P1201-36) R1241A22 (TB502-1Z)
OFF C P1031A22N (E31-A) 1 1A 2
EXT 3 CB205 (NAV 1)
P1030C22 (P1201-37) P2000A12 R1243A22 (TB502-1N)
1 2A 2
S4 (GEN)
CB203 (ADF)
1 P1067D16 R1245A22 (TB502-1E) )
1 3A 2
2
CB603 (HOOK)
1 15A 2
P1069A22 (P1201-44) EDGE RED
3 L1234D22N (E33-T)
LIGHT BLK
HR1 (FWD LIGHTER) L1134C22 (TB503-8W)
PNL
DS7 + P1060A20 (TB503-6E)
- P1060B22N (E31-T)
START PUMP ON LT J1202P
E1181A22 (P12-L) HOOK C M1012A16
E1181B22N (E31-F) F P1067C16
EDGE RED GEN G P1068A16
L1236C22N (E33-W) LANDING LT H L1012B16
LIGHT BLK L1136B22 (TB503-8Y) AFT CIG LTR J P1158A16 (TB503-8C)
PNL E1141B16 ALUMEL (TB9-2)
N E1141B16 CHROMEL (TB9-1)
S3 (KEY SWITCH)
TOT K
1
K1006A22
2 K1006B22 (P1201-16) G96-0024-2A
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 2 of 7)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
2
1 W1243B22 P12 (DIMMER CONTROL UNIT)
c W1243A22
3 C ENG OUT LT HI
4
1 W1253A22 G XMSN OIL PRESS LT HI
c W1244A22 H ENG CHIP LT LO
4
K FUEL LOW LT LO
1 22 AWG JMPR P GEN OUT LT LO
c (P1201-7) E1081A22 j XMSN OIL PRESS SW LO
3 W1206B22
4
(P1201-13) E1151A22 e M/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
(P1201-6) D1131A22 Y XMSN OIL TEMP SW LO
DS15 (ENG CHIPS) (P1201-53) E1142A22 Z ENG CHIP DET LO
2 (P1201-29) E1172C22 a FUEL LOW SW LO
1 W1245A22 (P1201-54) E1140C22 b AIR FRAME FLTR SW LO
c
22 AWG JMPR (P1201-70) W1250A22 c GEN OUT ALARM LO
3 (P1201-4) E1127A22 R T/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
4
(TB503-2A) W1040L22 A +28VDC TEST
DS16 (FUEL LOW) (TB503-2E) W1237C22 B DC GND TEST
2 (TB503-2J) W1040F22 D WARN LTS BRT/DIM
1
W1246A22 (TB503-2N) Q1235C22 N START PUMP HI
c (TB503-2T) W1091A22 S ENG OUT WARN SIGNAL
3
4
(TB503-1P) W1040D22 T PRESS/TEMP WARN SIGNAL
(TB503-3A) L1183K22 d PNL LIGHTING, VARIABLE DC
DS17 (FUEL FILTER) (N/A 369FF) (TB503-1F) W1040J22 V +28VDC
2 (R110-4) L1040J22 J BRT/DIM SW
1 W1247A22 (R110-2) L1040K22 X DIMMER POT ARM
c (DS7-1) E1181A22 L START PUMP ON LT HI
3 W DC GND
4
(DS7-1) E1181A22
(E33-E) W1249A22N U SPARE LO
DS18 (GEN OUT)
2
1 W1248A22
c W1040H22 (TB503-5S) XDS21 (WARN PRESS-TO-TEST)
3
4 NC S1
W1040A22 (TB503-1K)
DS19 (M/R XMSN CHIPS) C
2 NO W1040B22 (TB503-2B)
1 W1252A22
c NC S2
3
4
W1040C22N (E33-B)
C W1237B22 (TB503-2F)
NO
DS20 (T/R XMSN CHIPS)
2
1 W1251A22
PS122
c W1251B22 (TB503-5N)
3
4 (TB503-4M) RED L1171D22 EDGE
(TB503-8T) BLK L1236A22 LIGHT
DS24 (BATT 140°) POWER
2 SUPPLY
1
c 22 AWG JMPR
3 W1046A22 (TB503-8F)
4
XDS8 (FLOAT PRESS-TO-TEST)
DS25 (BATT 160°) C
2 W1236B22 (TB503-9A)
1 4
1
c 2 3
3 L1044A22 (TB503-8K)
4 NO
W1007H22-BLU (TB503-9N) XDS9 (RE-IGN PRESS-TO-TEST)
DS31 (AIR FRAME FLTR) C 1
2 S3 NC J1185B22 (TB505-3/4J)
2
1 Q506D22 (TB503-8P) W1007G22 (TB503-9E) C J1185F22N (E31-E)
c Q506E22 (TB503-2L) NO 3
3 4
4 C
S2 NC NO
DS141 (AIR FLTR CLOG'D) NO J1001C22 (TB503-5F)
2 W1007H22-WHT (TB503-9J) C
1 P1233C22 (TB503-8C) C NC J1001B22 (P1201-31)
c W1040E22 (TB503-2K) S1 NC
3
4 G96-0024-3B
369D24274
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 3 of 7)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P4 (ENG OIL TEMP/PRESS IND)

A E1191A22 (TB503-1N) TOT IND
B E1192A22N (E31-N) M24 CLOCK 1
E1128B22 (TB503-11B) E1141B16 CHRO (P1202-K)
M34
C
+ L118A22 (TB503-4J) M3 R4 10Ω 1W
D E1201A22N (E31-B) E1141B16 ALUM (P1202-N)
(OPT) E1161B22 WHT (TB503-11F) DS119 TB9 2
E L118B22N (E35-Y)
E1161B22 BLU (TB503-11J) + L103A22 (TB503-3D)
F DS137
H L103B22N (E35-D)
J
P1 (N2/NR TACH IND)
P3 (DC VOLT/AMP IND) A E1139C22 BLU (P1201-46)
A P1125B22 BLU (TB503-11D) B E1139C22 WHT (P1201-45)
B P1125B22 WHT (TB503-11H) M1 C E1138A22N (E31-J)
M33 D D1197A22 (TB505-1/2K) D E1137B22 (P1201-24) P2 (N1 TACH IND)
(OPT) E D1198A22N (E31-C) E E1134B22 (P1201-8)
E1135A22N (E31-G) A E1098A22N (E31-L)
H + L101A22 (TB503-3B) M2 B E1102B22 (P1201-47)
J DS11 C E1104B22 (P1201-25)
L101B22N (E35-B) E1079A22N (E33-C)
7 + L102A22 (TB503-3C)
PXX (TORQUE IND) DS136
L102B22N (E35-C)
A E1258C22 BLU (TB503-10G)
B E1258C22 WHT (TB503-10C)
M21
C D1261C22 (TB503-10R) M27 ALT IND
(OPT)
D
E + L110A22 (TB503-3L)
DS131
L110B22N (E35-L)
P506 (ATT GYRO IND) + L120A22 (TB503-4H)

DS115
A F1179F22 BLU (TB503-10C) L120B22N (E33-H)
M23 B F1179F22 WHT (TB503-10G)
(OPT) C M22 AIR SPEED IND
D
+ L111A22 (TB503-4B)
+ L104A22 (TB503-3E) DS124
DS129 L111B22N (E35-M) ENG OIL TEMP IND
L104B22N (E35-E)
SEND E1128B22 (TB503-11B)
M34 GND E1192A22N (E31-N)
IGN E1191A22 (TB503-1N)
P507 (DIR GYRO IND) + L108A22 (TB503-3J)
M25 DS144
A F1179E22 BLU (TB503-10B) IVSI L108B22N (E35-J)
B F1179E22 WHT (TB503-10F) (OPT)
M101
C + L117A22 (TB503-4L)
(OPT) DS134
D L117B22N (E35-W)
E
+ L105A22 (TB503-3F) FUEL QTY IND
DS132 E1173A22 (P1201-30)
L105B22N (E35-F) SEND
M35 IGN E1176A22 (TB503-1T)
GND E1175A22N (E31-K)
M38 (VOR) M26 MAG COMPASS + L107A22 (TB503-3H)
+ L112A22 (TB503-4E) DS143
L107B22N (E35-H)
DS139 + L119A22 (TB503-4D)
L112B22N (E35-N) DS112
L119B22N (E33-D)
M36 (ADF)
+ L116A22 (TB503-4K)
DS145 L116B22N (E35-T)
M104 (RAD ALT) DC AMMETER IND
+ L115A22 (TB503-4G)
DS147 M33 BATT (-) P1125C22 BLU (TB503-11D)
L115B22N (E35-S) M21 TORQUE IND
LOAD (+) P1125C22 WHT (TB503-11H)
M37 (FUEL FLOW)
+ L114A22 (TB503-4F) + L106A22 (TB503-3G)
DS138 + L109A22 (TB503-3K)
DS146 L106B22N (E35-G) DS142
L114B22N (E35-R) L109B22N (E35-K)
M30 (AUTO PILOT)
+ L113A22 (TB503-4A)
DS140
L113B22N (E35-P)
G96-0029-4B
369D24274
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 4 of 7)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB502
TB502-1 (RADIO PWR) TB502-3 (AUX SWITCHING)
(CB202-2) R1238A22 A B C D (S13-3) RV543A22 A B C D RV541A22 (S13-6)

RV540A22 (S13-5)
(CB203-2) R1245A22 E F G H E F G H CNS14B22 (P509-D)
P536A22 (P509-A)
(CB204-2) R1244A22 J K L M P536A22 (P509-A) J K L M RV542A22 (S13-4)
RV545A22 (S13-2)
(CB205-2) R1243A22 N P R S N P R S CNS12B22 (P509-dd)
(CB206-2) R1242A22 T W Y Z R1241A22 (CB207-2) T W Y Z RV544A22 (S13-1)
TB502-2 (LIGHTING) TB502-4 (AUDIO COMMON)

CNS13B22 (P509-T)
(TB503-3M) L121A22 A B C D A B C D 22 AWG JMPR (SHLD)
RV514F22 (P10-B)
(TB503-4C) L121B22 E F G H E F G H RV511A22 (P509-J)(SHLD)
CNS56A22 (P509-V)
J K L M J K L M RV514T22 (TB106-3)
N P R S N P R S
T W Y Z T W Y Z
TB502-5 TB502-6 (PHONE HI)

(P509-S) CNS10B22 CNS11B22 (P509-K) W1086B22 (P1201-40)
A B C D A B C D
(P509-P) CNS16B22 CNS34A22 (P509-L) (P1201-39) W1085B22
E F G H E F G H
CNS56A22 (P509-M) (TB106-1) SV514Q22
J K L M (P1201-41) W1099B22 J K L M
CNS33A22 (P509-N) (P10-F) RV514B22
N P R S (TB106-2) RV514S22 N P R S CNS22A22 (P509-U)
CNS18A22 (P509-R)
T W Y Z T W Y Z
NOTE: TB502-7, -8, -9, -10, -11, -12 AND -13 (NOT USED)
TB503
TB503-1 TB503-3
(CB104-2) L1039A22 (DS117) L101A22
(CB101-2) E1002A22 A B C D (P12-d) L1183K22 A B C L102A22 (DS136)
(P12-V) W1040B22 (DS129) L104A22
(P1201-9) L1145A22 E F G H (DS137) L103A22 D E F L105A22 (DS132)
(XDS21-S) W1040A22 L107A22 (DS143)
(TB505-1/2J) E1002B22 J K L M (DS138) L106A22 G H J L108A22 (DS144)
(P12-T) W1040DD22 L110A22 (DS131)
(M34-IGN) E1191A22 N P R S (DS142) L109A22 K L M L121A22 (TB502-2A)
(R110-3) W1040K22
(M35-IGN) E1176A22 T W Y Z
TB503-2
(XDS21-S) W1040B22 W1041A22 (TB505-3/4) TB503-4
(P12-A) W1040L22 A B C D L111A22 (DS124)
(XDS21-S2-NO) W1237B22 W1237A22 (TB505-1/2F) (DS140) L113A22 A L121B22 (TB502-2E)
B C
(P12-B) W1237C22 E F G H (DS129) L112A22
(DS141-C) W1040E22 Q506E22 (DS31-C) (DS112) L119A22 D E F L114A22 (DS146)
(P12-D) W1040F22 J K L M JUMPER (TB503-5R) L120A22 (DS115)
(CB118-2) Q1169A22 Q1170A22 (P1201-27) (DS147) L115A22 G H J L118A22 (DS119)
(P12-N) Q1235C22 N P R S (DS134) L117A22
W1088AA22 (P1201-42) (DS145) L116A22 K L M L117D22 (PS122-RED)
(P12-S) W1091A22 T W Y Z
G96-0024-5B
369D24274
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 5 of 7)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB503 (CONT)
TB503-5
(P1201-38) P1084B22
(CB106-2) J1071A22 A B C D J1071B22 (P1201-32)
(XDS9-SW-C) J1001C22 J1185A22 (TB505-3/4G)
(TB505-3/4E) J1230A22 E F G H J1073A22 (P1201-33)
JUMPER (TB505-5/6B)
(TB505-5/6A) J1075C22 J K L M J1075B22 (P1201-34)
JUMPER (TB503-2M)
(DS20-C) W1251B22 N P R S W1040H22 (DS18-C)
T W Y Z E1261AA22 (P1201-59)
TB503-9
(TB505-3/4A)W1236A22
(XDS8-C) W1236B22 A B C D E1258C22 WHT (P1201-49)
(P1201-18) W1007F22
(XDS8-S2-NO) W1007G22 E F G H E1258C22 BLU (P1201-50)
(P1201-19) WHT W1007J22
(XDS8-S1-C) WHT W1007H22 J K L M
(P1201-20) BLU W1007H22
(XDS8-S3-C) BLU W1007H22 N P R S E1259A22 (P1201-65)
(P1201-17) W1007A22
(CB121-2) W1007AA22 T W Y Z
TB503-6
(CB117-2) P1155A16 A B P1255A16 (CB120-2)

C D
(P1202-J) P1156A16 E F P1255B16 (SP140-A)
(HR1 + ) P1060A20 TB503-10

(P507-B) BLU F1179E22 F1179F22 BLU (P506-A)
(E33-L) F1179B22N A B C D
(P507-A) WHT F1179E22 F1179F22 WHT (P506-B)
(CB105-2) F1179A22 E F G H
J K L M
TB503-7
N P R S
A B C D K1160AA22 (P1201-43) T W Y Z
(CB122-2) P538A22 E F G H K1158AA22 (P1201-57)
J K L M K1159AA22 (P1201-58)
N P R S E1267A22 WHT (P1201-66)
T W Y Z E1267A22 BLU (P1201-67)

TB503-11
(M34-SEND) E1128B22 P1125B22 BLU (P1201-52)
(P1201-5) E1128A22 A B C D P1125C22 BLU (M33-A)
P1125B22 WHT (P1201-51)
(P1201-60) WHT E1161B22 E F G H P1125C22 WHT (M33-B)
(P1201-61) BLU E1161B22 J K L M
(P1201-62) WHT E1162A22 N P R S
(P1201-63) BLU 1162A22 T W Y Z
TB503-8
(P1201-11) P1154A22 P1233C22 (DS141-2)
(TB505-1/2A) P1233B22 A B C D
(DS24-C) W1046A22 W1045B22 (P1201-35)
(TB505-3/4B) W1045A22 E F G H
(DS25-C) L1044A22 W1043B22 (P1201-23)
(TB505-3/4C) W1042A22 J K L M
(DS31-2) Q506D22 Q506C22 (P1201-69)
(TB505-1/2B) Q1234C22 N P R S
L1234C22 L1136B22 (SW/CB PNL BLK)
(PS122-BLK) L1236A22 T W Y Z
G96-0024-6B
NOTE: TB503-12 AND -13 (NOT USED) 369D24274
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 6 of 7)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB505
TB505-1/2 TB505-3/4
(TB503-2G) W1237A22 F L (TB503-2C) W1041A22 F L
A P1233B22 (TB503-8A) A W1236A22 (TB503-9B)
G M (TB503-5G) J1185A22 G M
B Q1232C22 (TB503-8N) B W1045A22 (TB503-8E)

(P1201-2) E1002C22 H N H N
C C W1042A22 (TB503-8J)
(TB503-1J) E1002B22 J P (XDS9-1) J1185B22 J P
D D
(P3-D) D1197A22 K R K R
E E JUMPER 22 AWG
TB505-5/6
(S11-3) W1305A22 F
A J1075C22 (TB503-5J)
(P1201-1) J1001D22 G
B JUMPER (TB503-5L)
H
C
J
D
K
E
GROUND STUD MODULES
E31 E33
(XDS21-52C) W1040C22N E1079A22N (P2-SHLD)
(S2-C) P1031A22N A B C D J1075D22N (S11-2) A B C D L119B22N (DS112)
(DS7-2) E1181B22N E1135A22N (P1-SHLD)
(XDS9-C) J1185F22N E F G H (P12-W) W1249A22N E F G H L120B22N (DS115)
(M35-GND) E1175A22N E1098A22N (P2-A) F1179B22N (TB503-10A)
(P1-C) E1138A22N J K L M L506A22N (R110-11) J K L M
(M34-GND) E1192A22N N P R S N P R S
(SW/CB PNL RED) W1236C22N
(HR1 - ) P1060B22N T W Y Z (CB PNL RED) W1234D22N T W Y Z
E35
(DS117) L101B22N L102B22N (DS136)
A B C D L103B22N (DS137)
(DS132) L105B22N L106B22N (DS138)
(DS129) L104B22N E F G H L107B22N (DS143)
(DS142) L109B22N L110B22N (DS131)
(DS144) L108B22N J K L M L111B22N (DS124)
(DS140) L113B22N L114B22N (DS146)
(DS139) L112B22N N P R S L115B22N (DS147)
(DS134) L117B22N L118B22N (DS119)
(DS145) L116B22N T W Y Z
G96-0024-7B
369D24274
500N; 001 − 044) (Sheet 7 of 7)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(TAILBOOM DISCONNECT) (RING FRAME DISCONNECT)

J2P J3P P4 (SERIES ACTUATOR)
(SAS ELECT CONTROL) P1
SAS3A22 L SAS3B22 L SAS3C22 L ACTUATOR ENABLE
28VDC OUT r SAS2A20 J SAS2B20 J SAS2C20 J 28VDC POWER
28V RTN Z SAS9A20 K SAS9B20 K SAS9C20 K PWR GND
ACTUATOR ENABLE D
SERVO CNTR SIG H SAS4A22WHT S SAS4B22WHT S SAS4C22WHT S COMMAND SIG (L)
SERVO CNTR RTN J SAS4A22BLU A SAS4B22BLU A SAS4C22BLU A COMMAND SIG (H)
SHIELD K N N
ACTUATOR POS L SAS5A22WHT B SAS5B22WHT B B POSITION FEEDBACK (H)
RTN M SAS5A22BLU P SAS5B22BLU P P POSITION FEEDBACK (L)
SHIELD N R R
+15VDC P SAS6A22WHT C SAS6B22WHT C SAS6C22WHT C +15VDC
COM R SAS6A22BLU D SAS6B22BLU D SAS6C22BLU D SIGNAL COMMON
-15VDC g SAS6A22ORN E SAS6B22ORN E SAS6C22ORN E -15VDC
SHIELD h G G
28VDC RTN B SAS7A20
CHASSIS GND E SAS8A22N F SAS10B22 F SAS10C22 F CHASSIS GND
G SPARE
ACTUATOR POS TP e SAS10A22N CURRENT MONITOR
H
SERVO POS TP M PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR
S SPARE
HARD OVER TP a N
SIGNAL COM A B C R SPARE
W
LATERAL ACCEL TP F E40
YAW RATE TP G
J1202P S12
ON/OFF RELAY C SAS15B20 a SAS15A20 SAS16A22N (E31-5)
3 2
CB121
28VDC IN m SAS1B20 Z SAS1A20
2 5A 1
P5 (YAW RATE GYRO)

SHIELD n
YAW RATE IN + b SAS11A22WHT D SIG OUT (H)
YAW RATE IN - c SAS11A22BLU C SIG OUT (L)
+15 VDC T SAS17A22 F
28VDC OUT p SAS12A22 A +28VDC
28V RTN q SAS13A22 B PWR GND
-15 VDC f SAS14A22 E CHASSIS GND
369D24254
EFFECTIVITY: 500N S/N 001 AND SUBS YSAS INTERCONNECT G96-0027-1
Figure 207. Fuselage Wiring Diagram (500N Unique) (Sheet 1 of 3)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J208P
P1201J
FL10 WHT H WHT
1
2 LOAD
3 L1003B22 SP502 BLU J BLU L1104B22
LINE
4 E1127B22 A B TO FAN XMSN
CHIP DET. ORN K ORN
STROBE PWR
SUPPLY P558 WHT D WHT
BLU E BLU L1101B22
ANODE 1 ORN
TRIGGER 2 WHT ORN F ORN
L1104A22
GND 3
BLU C
P556 (E18-Z) L5001A22N A L1167B22

ORN B
1
2 WHT L1101A22
3 (TB200-8B) L1167A22 G L5001B22
BLU
P557 SP65
ORN A B RED DS200
1 ORN SP64 LOWER
2 WHT L1083A22 WHT A B WHT STROBE
3 LIGHT
BLU SP63
BLU A B BLK
A B E44
BLK (E8) SP211
WHT FOR WHELEN LIGHT ONLY
SP63
WHT A B WHT DS202
SP64 LOWER
BLU A B BLK TAIL
STROBE
SP65
ORN A B
RED
A B
SHIELD BRAID
SP213
J510P SP60
WHT D WHT WHT A B WHT DS201
SP61 UPPER
BLU E L1101C22 BLU A B TAIL
BLU BLK
STROBE
SP62
ORN F A B
ORN ORN RED
A B
SHIELD BRAID
C SP212
DS400
SP402 TAIL LT.
A L1167C22 A B L1167D22 L5001E22
1 2
B C D
DS401
TAIL LT.
L1167E22 L5001D22
SP403 1 2
G L5001C22 A B
C D
369D24254
EFFECTIVITY: 500N S/N 001 THRU 044 G96-0027-2

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J208P
P1201J
1 FL10 WHT H WHT
2 LOAD
3 L1003B22 SP502 BLU J BLU L1104B22
LINE
4 E1127B22 A B TO FAN XMSN
CHIP DET. ORN K ORN
STROBE PWR
SUPPLY P558 WHT D WHT
BLU E BLU L1101B22

ANODE 1 ORN
TRIGGER 2 WHT ORN F ORN
L1104A22
GND 3
BLU C
P556 (E18-Z) L5001A22N A L1167B22

ORN B
1
2 WHT L1101A22
3 BLU (TB200-8B) L1167A22 G L5001B22
P557 SP65
ORN A B RED DS200
1 ORN SP64 LOWER
2 WHT L1083A22 WHT A B WHT STROBE
3 LIGHT
BLU SP63
BLU A B BLK
A B E44
BLK (E8) SP211
WHT FOR WHELEN LIGHT ONLY
SP63 SP60
WHT A B WHT DS202 WHT A B WHT DS201
SP64 LOWER SP61 UPPER
BLU A B BLK TAIL BLU A B BLK TAIL
STROBE STROBE
SP65 SP62
ORN A B RED A B
ORN RED
A B A B
SHIELD BRAID SHIELD BRAID
SP213 SP212
J510P
DS400
WHT D WHT TAIL LT.
BLUE W BLUE RIGHT
1 2
BLU E BLK L1101C22 HAND
DS250 SIDE
POS. LT.
ORN F ORN RED G BLACK
1 2
C
DS401
TB500-1 TAIL LT. LEFT
A L1167C22 A B BLUE W BLUE HAND
1 2 SIDE
B C D
E DS251
+28VDC POS. LT.
RED R BLACK
TB500-2 1 2
G L5001C22 A B
C D
E
369D24254
EFFECTIVITY: 500N S/N 045 AND SUBS GND G96-0027-3
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P1201J J1001F22 (TB200-9T)

1 J1001E22 - M5
P556
2 E1002D22 HOUR
3 L1003B22 METER 1 ORN (J208-F)
+
4 E1127B22 (J208-B) 2 WHT (J208-D)
5 L1101A22
E1128B22 (SP208-A) SP213 3 BLU (J208-E)
6 D1131B22 (SP118-A) STROBE
7 E1081B22 (S203-3) A B RED SP65
POWER P557 DS200
8 E1134A22 (P202-B) ORN A B RED
SUPPLY 1 LOWER
9 L1145B22 ORN SP64
AND 2 L1083A22 WHT A B WHT STROBE
10 P1008B22 (P206-A) WHT
11 P1154B22 (SP207-A) FLASHER 3 SP63 LIGHT
BLU
12 BLU A B BLK
13 E1151B22 (SP27-A) WHT STOW SP211 E44
14 K1004B22 (TB200-6P) BLK
15 A B
C1009B22 (TB200-2E)
16 K1006C22 (TB200-7B) E8
17 W1007B22 (TB200-3P) FOR WHELEN LIGHT ONLY
18 W1007E22 (TB200-3W)
19 W1007K22 WHT (TB200-3J) R6
DS205
20 W1007K22 BLU (TB200-3E) SP205 S108 3 (50Ω, 5W, 10%)
21 JUMPER L1146A22 1 2 L1147A22N (E18-D)
A B L1145C22 1 2
22 L1016B22 (TB200-8A) 2 JUMPER MAP LT.
1
23 W1043B22 (TB200-8E) PILOT
24 L1148A22 S107A DS202
E1137A22 (TB200-8J)
25 E1104A22 (TB200-8N) L1148B22 1 2 L1149A22N (E18-E)
26 1 2
MAP LT.
27 Q1170B22 (P250-A) REAR
28 M1177B22 (J103-A)
TB1003 SEAT
29 E1172B22 (J251-D)
30 E1173B22 (J251-B)
31 J1001A22 (K104-X1) W1046B22 (TB200-9R) J1301
32 J1071B22 (K104-A2) 6 5
33 SP73
J1073A22 (K104-A1) A
34 J1075A22 (K104-X2) A B B
35 W1045C22 C
36 P1035A22 (K310-X2) D
37 P1030B22 (TB1001-2) (TB200-8R) E1103A22 E
38 P1084B22 (P19-B) F
39 W1085A22 (P19-C) G
40 W1086A22 (P19-D) H
41 W1099A22 (P19-M) J
42 W1088A22 (TB200-9B) K
43 K1160A22 e
44 (TB200-7S) J1072B22 L
45 E1139B22 WHT M
46 E1139B22 BLU N
47 E1102A22 P
48 R
49 E1258B22 WHT S
50 E1258B22 BLU T
51 P1125A22 WHT (AS301-1)
52 P1125A22 BLU (AS301-2) U
53 E1142B22 V
54 E1140B22 W
55 H1163A22 X
56 H1164A22 Y
57 K1158A22 Z
58 K1159A22 a
59 E1261B22 b
60 E1161B22 WHT c
61 E1161B22 BLU d
62 E1162A22 WHT (K301-X1) K1268B22 g
63 E1162A22 BLU r
64
65 E1259B22
66 E1267B22 WHT
67 E1267B22 BLU
68
69 Q506B22
70 K1056A22 (P1203-S)
71
72
73 W1300B22 (TB200-9G)
369D24254
G96-0028-1
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 1 of 9)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
K310
BATT. RELAY
(BATT-A) P1032A2 1
P1034A22 P2005A10 (W2) (IN CONSOLE)
K200 P1034B22 A2 A1
A3 X1 CR2001
A2 CR28 12 AWG
A1 X2 JMPR
B3 P1035A22
B2 369D22109
(TB200-8H) W1037A22 B1 BUS BAR
X1 BATT.
(E37-A) W1038A22N HI TEMP.
X2 RELAY
K309 P2004A10 (W3) (IN CONSOLE)
12AWG APU RELAY
J100 JMPR 2 CR2002
12AWG
EXT PWR + P1029A2 A2 A1 JMPR
RECPT 28VDC - P1028A2N E4
X1
CR29
TB1001 X2
CR30
P1030B22 P1030A22
2 1
369D24258-5 BUS BAR
CR201
(TB200-7G) K1047A22 K1047B22
3 4 P1059A2 (K312-A)
2 AS301 1
CR202 2 1
(TB200-7Y) P1049B22 P1125A22 WHT
5 6 P1049C22 P1125A22 BLU
K308
SP71 FWD
E1093A22 B A E1093B22N (E37-W) LINE P2003A10 (W4)
S199 CNTR (IN CONSOLE)
SP70 3
NO
C E1092B22 A B A2 A1
E1094A22 CR2003
B A STOW X1 12 AWG
NC CR204 JMPR
SP701 X2
NR DISABLE SWITCH
(SHOWN IN ACTUATED POSITION) (E37-C) E5 E1285A4N E4
(P1203-A) P1050A22
P1201J
31 J1073A22
32
33 P19
34 K104
35 (TB200-8S) W1302A22 A A3
36 P1084B22 B J1071B22 A2
37 W1085A22 C A1
38 W1086A22 D
(E37-D) P1087A22N E ENG. PWR. TB1001 22 AWG JMPR B3
39 P19
40 (TB200-8L) E1100A22 L OUT WARN. B2
41 W1099A22 M UNIT N CR1 J1001A22 B1
(TB200-90) W1088B22 7 8 X1
F U J1074A22 J1074B22
E1092A22 G R J1075A22 X2
(TB200-9H) E1094C22 J S
(E37-E) P1097A22N H TB1003 22 AWG JMPR AUTO REIGN.
K P RELAY
51 T 22 AWG TZ1
52 9 10
JMPR
(TB200-7R) J1007A22
369D24254
G96-0028-2
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 2 of 9)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
369D24291-BSC 369D24291-3, -5, -7, & -9P108

P108
+ A P1032A2 (K310-A2) + A P1032A2 (K310-A2)
- C P1033A2N (E1) - C P1033A2N (E1)
P529
E E
160° (RED) B W1036A22 (TB200-8G) 160° (RED) B W1036A22 (TB200-8G)
140° (AMBER) D W1045A22 (TB200-9S) 140° (AMBER) D W1045A22 (TB200-9S)
BT101 BATT (17AH) BT101 BATT (17AH & 13AH)
P1203
#2 CURRENT SENSE K GCU1A22N WHT (E38-C)
BUS SENSE A P1050A22 (BUS-2)
#3 CURRENT SENSE F P1052A22 (G300-D)
#1 CURRENT SENSE D GCU1A22N BLU (E38-D)
GENERATOR CONTROL FIELD M P1054A16 (G300-A)
P1203 UNIT (369D24284-3) #4 CURRENT SENSE R GCU1A22N ORN (E38-G)
4
(J1201-70) K1056A22 S GEN OUT LT. 3
(TB200-7W) P1049A22 H LINE CONTACTOR 21 200 AMP GEN WIRING
(J1202-8) P1068B16 J POWER IN CURRENT
T LIMIT P1203
(TB200-7M) P1069B22 P GEN DISABLE
N #2 CURRENT SENSE F GCU1A22N WHT (E38-C)
E BUS SENSE A P1050A22 (BUS-2)
#3 CURRENT SENSE K P1052A22 (G300-D)
(E1) P1053A16N L PWR GND #1 CURRENT SENSE D GCU1A22N BLU (E38-D)
(E1) P1055A22N G NEGATIVE SENSE FIELD M P1054A16 (G300-A)
#4 CURRENT SENSE R GCU1A22N ORN (E38-G)
150 AMP GEN WIRING STARTER/

GENERATOR
(P1203-M) P1054A16 A
(P1203-K) P1052A22 D
G300 E
CB301 B
(J1202-F) P1067A16 1 15A 2 16 AWG JMPR C
CB302
(P1203-B) P1051A22 1 1A 2 22 AWG JMPR
K312
AFT LINE CNTR
(AS301-1) P1059A2
(TB200-7Z) P1060A22 P1061A2
A1 A2
X1
CR301
X2
P1065A2
K301
START RELAY
(J1301-G) K1268B22 A1 A2 K1062A2

(TB200-7K) K1057A22
X1
CR33
E12 X2
P1063A2N
E13 K1058A22N
P1066A22N
H1186A22N (P307-2)(C20B - R/2)
H1186A22N (P1302-9)(C30 ONLY)
K1166A22N (P1302-7)(C30 ONLY) 369D24254
G96-0028-3A
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 3 of 9)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
LEFT CYCLIC STICK P130J

S4 10 A 1M1106A22 (TB200-4N)
HOOK 9 B 1M1106B22 (TB200-4T)
c
S1 14 C 1M1110B22 (TB200-5T)
HOIST 13 F 1M1110A22 (TB200-5N)
DEP a
S102 21 1A1115A22 (TB200-4A)
POD 20 Z 1A1114A22 (TB200-4E)
19 Y 1A1116A22 (TB200-4J)
ELEV 22 G 1A1120A22 (TB200-5A)
S101 TRIG 18 L 1A1122A22 (TB200-5J)
GER 17 K 1A1121A22 (TB200-5E)
4 V 1C1010A22 WHT (TB200-1P)
R
S107 6 S 1C1009C22 (TB200-2F)
DN 1C1011A22 BLU (TB200-1K)
CYCLIC 8 X
TRIM UP
L R 1C1010A22 BLU (TB200-1W) J109P RIGHT CYCLIC STICK
7
5 U 1C1011A22 WHT (TB200-1F) (TB200-4S) 2M1106A22 A 10 S4
XMIT M1263A22N (E37-J) (TB200-4Z) 2M1106B22 B 9 HOOK
S112 RA 2 T 1ICS031A22N (E37-P) c
DIO 3 P 1ICS019D22 (TB5-4B) (TB200-5Z) 2M1110B22 C 14 S1
ICS 1 W 1ICS021D22 (TB5-2A) (TB200-5S) 2M1110A22 F 13 HOIST
S5 DEP
e (TB200-4D) 2A1115A22 o 21
FLOATS S102
RED 15 M 1W1007M22 BLU (TB200-2K) (TB200-4H) 2A0004A22 Z 20
(TB200-4M) 2A1116A22 Y 19 POD
BLU 15 N 1W1007M22 WHT (TB200-2P)
(TB200-5D) 2A1120A22 G 22 ELEV
BLU 11 D 1W1007C22 BLU (TB200-3F)
11 H 1W1007C22 WHT (TB200-3K) (TB200-5M) 2A1122A22 L 18 S101
RED
b (TB200-5H) 2A1121A22 K 17 TRIGGER
16 J 1W1007D22 (TB200-3T) (TB200-1S) WHT 2C1010A22 V 4
S R S107
12 E 1W1007C22 (TB200-3N) (TB200-2H) 2C1009C22 6
d 8 DN CYCLIC
(TB200-1M) BLU 2C1011A22 X
f UP TRIM
g L
(TB200-1Z) BLU 2C1010A22 R 7
(TB200-1H) WHT 2C1011A22 U 5
(E37-M) M1262A22N
XMIT
(E37-R) 2ICS032A22N T 2 S112
(TB5-2C) 2ICS020D22 P 3 RADIO
(TB5-1A) 2ICS022D22 W 1 ICS
e S5
(TB200-2M) WHT 2W1007M22 M FLOATS
15 RED
(TB200-2S) BLU 2W1007M22 N 15 BLU
(TB200-3H) BLU 2W1007L22 D 11 BLU
(TB200-3M) WHT 2W1007L22 H 11 RED
b
(TB200-3Z) 2W1007D22 J 16
(TB200-3S) 2W1007C22 E 12
LEFT COLLECTIVE STICK P113J d
r
S108 INCR 1K1004D22 BLU E 1K1004C22 BLU (TB200-6E) g
N2 GOV 1K1004D22 WHT F 1K1004C22 WHT (TB200-6N)
CONTROL 1K1004D22 ORN H 1K1004C22 ORN (TB200-6J)
DECR J
K
S105 D
LNDG LT SW 1L1014D22 1L1014E22N (E37-N)
1L1014C22 C 1L1014B22 (TB200-6T)
S106 1K1006E22 B 1K1006D22 (TB200-7A)
START SW 1K1006F22 A 1K1006G22 (TB200-7F) J112P RIGHT COLLECTIVE STICK
INCR
(TB200-6H) BLU 2K1004C22 E 2K1004D22 BLU S104
(TB200-6S) WHT 2K1004C22 F 2K1004D22 WHT N2 GOV
(TB200-6M) ORN 2K1004C22 H 2K1004D22 RED CNTRL
J DECR
K S105
(E37-S) 2L1012E22N D 2L1014D22 LNDG
(TB200-6Z) 2L1014B22 C 2L1014C22 LT SW
(TB200-7D) 2K1006D22 B 2K1006E22 S106
(TB200-7H) 2K1006G22 A 2K1006F22 START
SW
369D24254
G96-0028-4
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 4 of 9)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J208P J209P SP60

WHT A B DS201
WHT
(P556-2) WHT D WHT (W228) WHT D WHT (W229) SP61 STROBE
(W201) (P556-3) BLU E BLU L1101B22 BLU E BLU L1101C22 BLU A B BLK LIGHT
SP62 UPPER
(P556-1) ORN F ORN ORN F ORN
ORN A B RED GND
C C SP402C SCREW
A B
(TB200-B) L1167A22 A L1167B22 A L1167C22 A B SP212
(J1201-4) E1127B22 B E1127C22 B E1127D22 FOR WHELEN LIGHT ONLY
DS400
L1167D22 1 L1168A22N
2
P206 TAIL LT.
(J1201-10) P1008B22 A SCAV-AIR S400
CR201 B SOLENOID TAIL ROTOR
E1127D22 GEARBOX
CHIP DET.
E18
M1264A22N
P1150A22N L1147A22N (DS205-2) P202
P1154C22N D1133A22N (TB200-8M) E1136A22 A ROTOR
(DS202-2) L1149A22N E1082A22N (J1201-8) E1134A22 B G200 TACH GEN
SP118 S202
ROTOR OIL
L5001A22N (J208-G) (500N ONLY) (J1201-6) D1131B22 A B D1131C22 +
- TEMP. SW.
SP119 D1132A22
A B
S2001
SP207 SP206
AIR FILTER
(J1201-11) P1154B22 A B A B S203
1 BYPASS SW. 2
(TB200-9Z) J1001G22 1 2 ROTOR OIL
SP208 RT301 (J1201-7) E1081B22 PRESS. SW.
ENG. OIL 3
(J1201-5) E1128B22 A B E1128C22 + TEMP. SNDR
S201 SP82
+ XMSN CHIP (TB200-9J) W1253A22 B A W1253B22 + DS105
E1153A22 DET. AFT SP81
SP27 (TB200-9F) W1096A22 WARN HORN
(J1201-13) E1151B22 W1096B22 -
A B S200 B A
+ XMSN CHIP
E1152A22 DET. FWD K101
LANDING
LIGHT RELAY
22AWG JMPR A1 A2
CR32 X1
LANDING LIGHT X2
DS100 (TB200-6Y) L1014A22
L1012C16 HR3
(E36) L1013A16N AFT LIGHTER
1 2 SP20
P1202J 1
A B P1156C16 2
A
E15 SP21
B
C M1015B16 P1157B16N P1157A16
D B A
E
L K201
M HOOK RELAY
F (TB200-4R) M1105A22 J605
P1067A16 (CB301-1)
G P1068B16 (P1203-J) M1015C16
(TB200-4Y) M1107A22 A CARGO
H L1012B16 A1 A2 (E35-B) M1020A16N
B HOOK
J P1156B16 X1 (E36-D) M1021A16N
(E37-B) M1179A22N CR203 C RCPTL
N E1141A16 ALUMEL GRN (TC300) X2 369D24254
K E1141A16 CHROMEL WHT (TC300) G96-0028-5
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 5 of 9)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB200-1
P105 22 AWG JMPR
A B C D
LONG. A C1011B22 WHT (J130-U) WHT 1C1011A22
B101 TRIM B C1011B22 BLU E F G H 2C1011A22 WHT (J109-U)
MOTOR C C1019A22N (E37-K) (J130-X) BLU 1C1011A22
J K L M 2C1011A22 BLU (J109-X)
P106 (J130-V) WHT 1C1010A22
N P R S 2C1010A22 WHT (J109-V)
LAT. A C1010B22 WHT (J130-R) BLU 1C1010A22
B102 TRIM B C1010B22 BLU T W Y Z 2C1010A22 BLU (J109-R)
MOTOR C C1018A22N (E37-L)
TB200-2
P107 A B C D
(J130-S) 1C1009C22
N2 A K1004E22 BLU (J1201-15) C1009B22 E F G H 2C1009C22 (J109-S)
B103 GOV B K1004E22 WHT (J130-M) BLU 1W1007M22
MOTOR C K1005A22N (E37-H) (FLOATS) BLU W1007N22 J K L M 2W1007M22 WHT (J109-M)
(J130-N) WHT 1W1007M22
FLOATS) WHT W1007N22 N P R S 2W1007M22 BLU (J109-N)
T W Y Z
22 AWG JMPR
TB200-3
A B C D
(J130-D) BLU 1W1007L22
(J1201-20) BLU W1007K22 E F G H 2W1007L22 BLU (J109-D)
(J130-H) WHT 1W1007L22
(J1201-19) WHT W1007K22 J K L M 2W1007L22 WHT (J109-H)
(J1201-17) W1007B22
(J130-E) 1W1007C22 N P R S 2W1007C22 (J109-E)
(J1201-18) W1007E22
(J130-J) 1W1007D22 T W Y Z 2W1007D22 (J109-J)
TB200-4
(POD-REF) A1118A22
(J130-a) 1A1115A22 A B C D 2A1115A22 (J109-a)
(PWR-REF) A1113A22
(J130-Z) 1A1114A22 E F G H 2A1114A22 (J109-Z)
(POD-REF) A1117A22
(J130-Y) 1A1116A22 J K L M 2A1116A22 (J109-Y)
M1105A22 (K201-A1)
(J130-A) 1M1106A22 N P R S 2M1106A22 (J109-A)
M1107A22 (K201-X1)
(J130-B) 1M1106B22 T W Y Z 2M1106B22 (J109-B)
TB200-5
(TRIGGER-REF) A1119A22
(J130-G) 1A1120A22 A B C D 2A1120A22 (J109-G)
(J130-K) 1A1121A22 E F G H 2A1121A22 (J109-K)
(J130-L) 1A1122A22 J K L M 2A1122A22 (J109-L)
(HOIST-REF) M1108A22 M1109A22 (PENDANT-REF)
(J130-F) 1M1110A22 N P R S 2M1110A22 (J109-F)
(HOIST-REF) M1111A22 M1112A22 (PENDANT-REF)
(J130-C) 1M1110B22 T W Y Z 2M1110B22 (J109-C)
TB200-6
A B C D
(J113-E) BLU 1K1004C22 E F G H 2K1004C22 BLU (J112-E)
(J113-H) ORN 1K1004C22 J K L M 2K1004C22 ORN (J112-H)

(J113-F) WHT 1K1004C22 N P R S 2K1004C22 WHT (J112-F)
(J1201-14) K1004B22 L1014A22 (K101-X2)
(J113-C) 1L1014B22 T W Y Z 2L1014B22 (J112-C)
369D24254
G96-0028-6
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 6 of 9)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB200-7
(J1201-16) K10062C22
(J113-B) 1K1006D22 A B C E 2K1006D22 (J112-B)
(J113-A) 1K1006G22 K1047A22 (TB1001-3)
22 AWG JMPR E F G H 2K1006G22 (J112-A)
(K301-A1) K1057A22 K1006J22
J K L M P1069B22 (P1203-P)
K1006H22 J1072A22 (K104-B)
N P R S J1072B22 (J1301-L)
P1049B22 (TB1001-5)
T W Y Z P1060A22 (K312-X1)
(P1203-H) P1049A22
TB1001
10 CR2 9
TB200-8 (W215) SP116 SP117 SP1171 DS251 RIGHT SKID

2L1016C22 A B 2L1016D22 A B 2L1016E22 A B 1
2L1016F22
(J1201-22) L1016B22 A B C E 1L1016C22 SP133 SP131 SP1311 G
L1167A22 (J208-A) A B 2L1017C22 A B 2L1017B22 A B 2L1017A22
(J1201-23) W1043B22 E F G H W1037A22 (K200-X1) 2
W1036A22 (P529-B)
(J1201-24) E1137A22 J K L M E1136A22 (P202-A) SP114 SP115 SP1151 DS250 LEFT SKID
A B 1L1016D22 A B 1L1016E22 A B 1L1016F22 1
E1100A22 (P19-L)
(J1201-25) E1104A22 N P R S W1302A22 (P19-A) SP134 SP132 SP1321 R
E1103A22 (J1301-E) A B 1L1017C22 A B 1L1017B22 A B 1L1017A22 2
T W Y Z
TB200-9
(J1201-42) W1088A22
(TB1003-1) W1266A22 A B C E W1088B22 (P19-F)
(SP81-B) W1096A22 W1300B22 (J1201-73)
E F G H W1094C22 (P19-J)
(SP82-B) W1253A22 J K L M W1266B22 (TB1003-2)
W1046B22 (TB1003-5)
N P R S W1045A22 (BATT-D)
(M5) J1001F22 T W Y Z J1001G22 (S203-1)
TB200-10
A B C E
E F G H
J K L M P250J B250
N P R S (J1201-27) Q1170B22 A START
B PUMP
T W Y Z
J251P R251
E37 (J1201-29) E1172B22 D RED
(K201-X2) M1179A22N P1048A22N (K308-X2) (J1201-30) E1173B22 B BLU FUEL QTY
(K200-X2) W1038A22N A B C E P1087A22N (P19-E) H BLK SENSOR
Q1171A22N E1174A22N E BLK
(P19-H) P1097A22N E F G H K1005A22N (P107-C)
(P105-C) C1019A22N C1018A22N (P106-C)
(J130-R SHLD) M1263A22N J K L M M1262A22N (J109-U SHLD)
(J130-T) 1ICS031A22N 2ICS032A22N (J109-T) J103
(J113-D) 1L1014E22N N P R S 2L1014E22N (J112-D) (J1201-29) M1177B22 A UTIL
(SP71-A) E1093B22N M1178A22N B RECP
2L1017D22N T W Y Z 1L1017D22N
E38
GCU1A22N WHT (P1203-F)
A B C E GCU1A22N BLU (P1203-D)
E36 GCU1A22N ORN (P1203-R)
A B M1020A16N (J605-B) E F G H
D M1021A16N (J605-C) J K L M
(DS100-1)L1013A16N C
N P R S
E F APX100 SQ SW
T W Y Z 369D24254
G96-0028-7
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 7 of 9)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J1301P P300/S300
ENG. CHIP
SP73 A E1143A20 DET. UPPER
(J1201-53) E1142B22 A B P301/S301
ENG. CHIP
B E1144A20 DET. LOWER
P306 G302
(J1201-45) WHT E1139B22 C E1139A22 WHT A N2
(J1201-46) BLU E1139B22 D E1139A22 BLU B TACH
GEN
P305 G301
(TB200-8R) E1103A22 E E1078A22 WHT A N1
(J1201-47) E1102A22 F E1078A22 BLU B TACH
GEN
G SP123 S303 FUEL
(J1201-69) Q506B22 r SW.
TC300
THERMOCOUPLE
#8 LUG
#10 LUG SQ300
L IGNITION
(TB200-7S) J1072B22 J1072C22 EXCITER
IGN. GAP
(J1201-57) K1158A22 M
(J1201-58) K1159A22 N
(J1201-66) WHT E1267B22 a
(J1201-66) WHT E1267B22 b
(J1201-67) BLU E1267B22 c
d
(J1201-62) WHT E1162A22 U
(J1201-63) BLU E1162A22 V
W P307
(J1201-55) H1163A22 X H1163B22 1
3 ANTI-ICING
(J1201-56) H1164A22 Y CR50 2 SOLENOID
E13 H1186A22N VALVE
SP124 START COUNTER
(K301-X1) K1268B22 g K1268A22 A B BLK M29
(J1201-65) E1259B22 Z
TORQUE
e
(J1201-59) E1261B22 P ENGINE

(J1201-60) WHT E1161B22 R OIL PRESS.
C20B AND C20R/2 ENGINE WIRE HARNESS
369D24254
G96-0028-8
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 8 of 9)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
J1301P P306 G302

N2
(J1201-46) WHT E1139B22 C E1139A22 WHT A TACH
(J1201-46) BLU E1139B22 D E1139A22 BLU B GEN P305 G301
(TB200-8R) E1103A22 N1
E E1078A22 WHT A TACH
(J1201-47) E1102A22 F E1078A22 BLU B GEN S303 FUEL
G SP123
(J1201-69) Q506B22 r SW.
TC300 TC3002
(AIRFRAME MTD.) (ENGINE MTD.)
E1141AA16 THERMOCOUPLE
#8 LUG #8 LUG
#10 LUG #10 LUG
(J1201-65) E1259B22 Z TORQUE

e SP124 START COUNTER
(K301-X1) 1268B22 g K1288A22 A B BLK M29
P300/S300
(J1201-59) E1261A22 P ENGINE ENG. CHIP
(J1201-60) WHT E1161B22 R OIL PRESS. DET. UPPER
T P301/S301
ENG. CHIP
P1302J
DET. LOWER
SP73 A E1143AA22 3 E1143A20
(J1201-53) E1142B22 A B
B E1144AA22 2 E1144A20 SQ300
(TB200-7S) J1072B22 L J1072BB22 1 IGNITION
J1072C22 EXCITER IGN. GAP
ELECTRONIC N2
OVERSPEED CONTROL SQ301
5 12 8 6 2 10 11 1 7 IGNITION
EXCITER IGN. GAP
(J1201-57) K1158A22 M K1158B22 4
(J1201-58) K1159A22 N K1159B22 5
(J1201-43) K1160A22 a K1160B22 6 N2 OVERSPEED
K1166A22N 7 SOLENOID
PICKUP
E13
9
7
8 N2 SPEED
(J1201-66) WHT E1167B22 b E1267B22 WHT 3 PICKUP
c 11
(J1201-67) BLU E1167B22 E1267B22 BLU 21
d 10 12
4
1 ANTI-ICING
2 SOLENOID
(J1201-62) WHT E1162A22 U E1162A22 WHT 24 1 N1 SPEED
V E1162A22 BLU 3 VALVE
(J1201-63) BLU E1162A22 29 3 PICKUP
W 11
2 BLEED
3 CONTROL
H1076C22 8 1 SOLENOID
(J1201-55) H1163A22 X VALVE
E13 H1186A22N 9 3
THERMAL
2
(J1201-56) H1164A22 Y H1077C22 12 SWITCH
1
ENGINE SUPPLIED BUT
AIRFRAME-MOUNTED
C30 ENGINE WIRE HARNESS

G96-0028-9A
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 9 of 9)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P1201
1 J1001D22 (TB505-5/6G)
HOUR METER 2 E1002C22 (TB505-1/2H)
ANTI-COLL LTS 3 L1003A22 (CB115-2)
T/R CHIP DET 4 E1127A22 (P12-R)
ENG OIL TEMP 5 E1128A22 (TB503-11A)
XMSN OIL TEMP 6 D1131A22 (P12-Y)
XMSN OIL PRESS 7 E1081A22 (P12-j)
M/R TACH GEN 8 E1134B22 (P1-E)
AFT MAP LT 9 L1145A22 (TB503-1E)
SCAV AIR 10 P1008A22 (CB150-2)
AIR FLTR BYPASS SW 11 P1154A22 (TB503-8B)
ELECT CLOCK KIT 12
XMSN CHIP DET 13 E1151A22 (P12-e)
N2 GOV 14 K1004A22 (CB103-2)
TRIM ACT 15 C1009A22 (CB102-2)
START SW 16 K1006B22 (S3-2)
17 W1007A22 (TB503-9W)
18 W1007F22 (TB503-9F)
FLOATS 19 W1007J22 WHT (TB503-9K)
20 W1007J22 BLU (TB503-9P)
21
POS LTS 22 L1016A22 (CB119-2)
BATT 160° 23 W1043A22 (TB503-8L)
N2 TACH 24 E1137B22 (P1-D)
N1 TACH 25 E1104B22 (P2-C)
26
START PUMP 27 Q1170A22 (TB503-2R)
UTIL PWR 28 M1177A22 (CB117-2)
29 E1172C22 (P12-a)
FUEL QTY 30 E1173A22 (M35 SEND)
31 J1001B22 (XDS9-NC)
32 J1071B22 (TB503-5D)
AUTO-REIGN 33 J1073A22 (TB503-5H)
34 J1075B22 (TB503-5M)
BATT 140° 35 W1045B22 (TB503-8G)
BATT RELAY 36 P1035B22 (S2-BATT)
EXT PWR RELAY 37 P1030C22 (S2-EXT)
38 P1084B22 (TB503-5B)
39 W1085B22 (TB502-6F)
EPO BOX 40 W1086B22 (TB502-6C)
41 W1099B22 (TB502-6J)
42 W1088AA22 (TB503-2Y)
N2 OVSPD 43 K1160AA22 (TB503-7D)
44
45 E1139C22 WHT (P1-B)
N2 TACH 46 E1139C22 BLU (P1-A)
N1 TACH 47 E1102B22 (P2-B)
48
49 E1258C22 WHT (TB503-9D)
TORQUE PRESS 50 E1258C22 BLU (TB503-9H)
51 P1125B22 WHT (TB503-11G)
AMMETER SHUNT 52 P1125B22 BLU (TB503-11C)
ENG CHIP DET 53 E1142A22 (P12-Z)
FUEL FLTR SW 54 E1140C22 (P12-b)
ANTI-ICE SOL 55 H1163AA22 (CB143-2)
COMP BLEED 56 H1164AA22 (CB144-2)
N2 OVSPD 57 K1158AA22 (TB503-7H)
N2 OVSPD 58 K1159AA22 (TB503-7M)
59 E1261AA22 (TB503-5Z)
ENG OIL PRESS 60 E1161B22 WHT (TB503-11E)
61 E1161B22 BLU (TB503-11J)
62 E1162A22 WHT (TB503-11N)
N1 SPEED PICKUP C30 63 E1162A22 BLU (TB503-11T)
64
TORQUE PRESS 65 E1259A22 (TB503-9S)
66 E1267A22 WHT (TB503-7S)
N2 OVSPD 67 E1267A22 BLU (TB503-7Z)
68
FUEL ICE FLTR 69 Q506C22 (TB503-8R)
GEN OUT GCU 70 W1250A22 (P12-c)
YSAS IND 71
YSAS IND 72
AUTO REIGN 73 W1300A22 (TB503-10R)
G96-0029-1B
369D24274
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 1 of 7)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

CB115 (ANTI-COLL LTS) CB110 (LANDING LT)
3A 2 L1003A22 (P1201-3)
1 P2001A12
1 15A 2
CB120 (PITOT HEAT)
20 AWG P1255A16 (TB503-6B) CB105 (GYROS)
JMPR 1 5A 2 F1179A22 (TB503-10E)
1 3A 2
CB118 (START PUMP) CB112 (GEN)
1 5A 2 Q1169A22 (TB503-2P)
1 10A 2
CB150 (SCAV AIR) CB104 (PNL LTS)
1 3A 2 P1008A22 (P1201-10) L1039A22 (TB503-1B)
1 3A 2
CB119 (POS LTS)
CB103 (N2 GOV)
P20002A12 5A 2 L1016A22 (P1201-22) K1004A22 (P1201-14)
(BUS-3) P2003A10 1 1 3A 2
CB143 (ANTI-ICE) CB101 (INST)
1 5A 2 H1163AA22 (P1201-55) (BUS-1) P2005A10
1 3A 2 E1002A22 (TB503-1A)
CB117 (UTIL PWR)
CB102 (TRIM ACT)
1 5A 2 M1177A22 (P1201-28) C1009A22 (P1201-15)
P1155A16 (TB503-6A)
1 5A 2
CB144 (COMP BLEED) CB106 (ENG OUT)
1 1A 2 H1164AA22 (P1201-56) J1071A22 (TB503-5A)
1 5A 2
CB122 (N2 OVSPD)
P538A22 (TB503-7E) CB208 (START)
1 3A 2
R110 (PNL LT DIM POT) 2A 2
1
6 7 CB209 (AUDIO)
4 5 ICS001A22 (TB502-1M)
L1040J22 (P12-J) 1 3A 2
3
2 W1040L22 (TB503-1W) CB206 (COMM 2)
L1040K22 (P12-X) R1242A22 (TB502-1T)
1 L506A22N (E31-M) 1 1A 2
S11 (AUTO-REIGN TEST) CB204 (NAV 2)
3 (BUS-2) P2004A10 1 2A R1244A22 (TB502-1J)
2 W1307A22 (TB503-10J) 2
J1075D22N (E31-D) CB202 (XPONDER)
1
R1238A22 (TB502-1A)
1 5A 2
S2 (MSTR SELECT SW)
CB121 (FLOATS)
BATT 1 P1035B22 (P1201-36) W1007AA22 (TB503-9T)
OFF C P1031A22N (E31-A) 1 5A 2
EXT 3 CB207 (COMM 1)
P1030C22 (P1201-37)
R1241A22 (TB502-1Z)
S4 (GEN) 1 1A 2
5 CB205 (NAV 1)
P1067D16
4 P2000A12 R1243A22 (TB502-1N)
1 2A 2
6 CB203 (ADF)
3 W1306B22 (TB503-10P) R1245A22 (TB502-1E)
2 W1306A22N (E31-C) 1 3A 2
1 CB603 (HOOK)
HR1 (FWD LIGHTER) 1 15A 2
+ P1060A20 (TB503-6E)
DS7 EDGE RED
LIGHT L1234D22N (E33-T)
- P1060B22N (E31-T) BLK L1134C22 (TB503-8W)
PNL
START PUMP ON LT
E1181A22 (P12-L)
E1181B22N (E31-F)
J1202P
EDGE RED
L1236C22N (E33-W) HOOK C M1012A16
LIGHT BLK F P1067C16
L1136B22 (TB503-8Y)
PNL GEN G P1068A16
LANDING LT H L1012B16
S3 (KEY SWITCH) P1158A16 (TB503-8C)
AFT CIG LTR J ALUMEL (TB9-2)
1 N CHROMEL (TB9-1)
K1006A22 TOT K
2 K1006B22 (P1201-16)
G96-0029-2C
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 2 of 7)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
2
1 W1243B22 P12 (DIMMER CONTROL UNIT)
c W1243A22
3 C ENG OUT LT HI
4 f T/R XMSN CHIP LT LO
DS13 (XMSN OIL PRESS)
1 W1253A22 G XMSN OIL PRESS LT HI
c W1244A22 H ENG CHIP LT LO
3
K FUEL LOW LT LO
2
1 22 AWG JMPR M FUEL FILTER LT LO
c (P1201-7) E1081A22 Pj GEN
XMSNOUT
OILLT LO SW LO
PRESS
3 W1206B22
4 (P1201-13 E1151A22 e M/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
(P1201-6 D1131A22 Y XMSN OIL TEMP SW LO
DS15 (ENG CHIPS) (P1201-53 E1142A22 Z ENG CHIP DET LO
2
1 W1245A22 (P1201-29 E1172C22 a FUEL LOW SW LO
c (P1201-54) E1140C22 b AIR FRAME FLTR SW LO
3 22 AWG JMPR
4 (P1201-70) W1250A22 c GEN OUT ALARM LO
(P1201-4 E1127A22 R T/R XMSN CHIP DET LO
DS16 (FUEL LOW) (TB503-2A W1040L22 A +28 VDC TEST
2 (TB503-2E W1237C22 B DC GND TEST
1 W1246A22
c (TB503-2J) W1040F22 D WARN LTS BRT/DIM
3 (TB503-2N) Q1235C22 N START PUMP HI
4 S ENG OUT WARN SIGNAL
(TB503 2T) W1091A22
(TB503-1P) W1040D22 T PRESS /TEMP WARN SIGNAL
DS17 (FUEL FILTER) d PNL LIGHTING VARIABLE DC
2 (TB503-3A) L1183K22
1 W1247A22 (TG503-1F) W1040J22 V +28VDC
c J BRT/DIM SW
3
(R110-4) L1040J22
4 (R110-2) L1040K22 X DIMMER POT ARM
(DS7-1) E1181A22 L START PUMP ON LT HI
DS18 (GEN OUT) (E33-E) W1249A22N W DC GND
2
1 W1248A22 U SPARE LO
c W1040H22 (TB503-5S)
3
4
DS19 (M/R XMSN CHIPS) NC S1
2
1 W1252A22 W1040A22 (TB503-1K)
c C
3
NO W1040B22 (TB503-2B)
4 NC S2
DS20 (T/R XMSN CHIPS) W1040C22N (E33-B)

C
2 NO W1237B22 (TB503-2F)
1 W1251A22
c W1251B22 PS122
3 (TB503-5N)
4 (TB503-4M) RED L1171D22 EDGE
(TB503-8T) BLK L1236A22 LIGHT
DS24 (BATT 140°) POWER
2
1 SUPPLY
c
3 W1046A22 (TB503-8F) 22 AWG JMPR
4
XS58 (FLOAT PRESS-TO-TEST)
DS25 (BATT 160°)
2 1
C
4
W1236B22 (TB503-9A)
1 2
c 3
3 L1044A22 (TB503-8K)
4 NO
W1007H22-BLU (TB503-9N) XDS9 (RE-IGN PRESS-TO-TEST)
C
DS31 (AIR FRAME FLTR) S3 NC 1
2 2 J1185B22 (TB505-3/4J)
1 Q506D22 (TB503-8P) W1007G22 (TB503-9E) C J1185F22N (E31-E)
NO
c Q506E22 (TB503-2L) 3
3 4
4 C
S2 NC NO
DS141 (AIR FLTR CLOG'D) NO
J1001C22 (TB503-5F)
2 W1007H22-WHT (TB503-9J) C
1 P1233C22 (TB503-8C) C NC J1001B22 (P1201-31)
c W1040E22 (TB503-2K) S1 NC
3
4 G96-0029-3A
369D24274
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 3 of 7)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P4 (ENG OIL TEMP/PRESS IND)

A E1191A22 (TB503-1N) TOT IND
B E1192A22N (E31-N) M24 CLOCK 1
E1128B22 (TB503-11B) E1141B16 CHRO (P1202-K)
M34
C
+ L118A22 (TB503-4J) M3 R4 10Ω 1W
D E1201A22N (E31-B) E1141B16 ALUM (P1202-N)
(OPT) E1161B22 WHT (TB503-11F) DS119 TB9 2
E L118B22N (E35-Y)
E1161B22 BLU (TB503-11J) + L103A22 (TB503-3D)
F DS137
H L103B22N (E35-D)
J
P1 (N2/NR TACH IND)
P3 (DC VOLT/AMP IND) A E1139C22 BLU (P1201-46)
A P1125B22 BLU (TB503-11D) B E1139C22 WHT (P1201-45)
B P1125B22 WHT (TB503-11H) M1 C E1138A22N (E31-J)
M33 D D1197A22 (TB505-1/2K) D E1137B22 (P1201-24) P2 (N1 TACH IND)
(OPT) E D1198A22N (E31-C) E E1134B22 (P1201-8)
E1135A22N (E31-G) A E1098A22N (E31-L)
H + L101A22 (TB503-3B) M2 B E1102B22 (P1201-47)
J DS11 C E1104B22 (P1201-25)
L101B22N (E35-B) E1079A22N (E33-C)
7 + L102A22 (TB503-3C)
PXX (TORQUE IND) DS136
L102B22N (E35-C)
A E1258C22 BLU (TB503-10G)
B E1258C22 WHT (TB503-10C)
M21
C D1261C22 (TB503-10R) M27 ALT IND
(OPT)
D
E + L110A22 (TB503-3L)
DS131
L110B22N (E35-L)
P506 (ATT GYRO IND) + L120A22 (TB503-4H)

DS115
A F1179F22 BLU (TB503-10C) L120B22N (E33-H)
M23 B F1179F22 WHT (TB503-10G)
(OPT) C M22 AIR SPEED IND
D
+ L111A22 (TB503-4B)
+ L104A22 (TB503-3E) DS124
DS129 L111B22N (E35-M) ENG OIL TEMP IND
L104B22N (E35-E)
SEND E1128B22 (TB503-11B)
M34 GND E1192A22N (E31-N)
IGN E1191A22 (TB503-1N)
P507 (DIR GYRO IND) + L108A22 (TB503-3J)
M25 DS144
A F1179E22 BLU (TB503-10B) IVSI L108B22N (E35-J)
B F1179E22 WHT (TB503-10F) (OPT)
M101
C + L117A22 (TB503-4L)
(OPT) DS134
D L117B22N (E35-W)
E
+ L105A22 (TB503-3F) FUEL QTY IND
DS132 E1173A22 (P1201-30)
L105B22N (E35-F) SEND
M35 IGN E1176A22 (TB503-1T)
GND E1175A22N (E31-K)
M38 (VOR) M26 MAG COMPASS + L107A22 (TB503-3H)
+ L112A22 (TB503-4E) DS143
L107B22N (E35-H)
DS139 + L119A22 (TB503-4D)
L112B22N (E35-N) DS112
L119B22N (E33-D)
M36 (ADF)
+ L116A22 (TB503-4K)
DS145 L116B22N (E35-T)
M104 (RAD ALT) DC AMMETER IND
+ L115A22 (TB503-4G)
DS147 M33 BATT (-) P1125C22 BLU (TB503-11D)
L115B22N (E35-S) M21 TORQUE IND
LOAD (+) P1125C22 WHT (TB503-11H)
M37 (FUEL FLOW)
+ L114A22 (TB503-4F) + L106A22 (TB503-3G)
DS138 + L109A22 (TB503-3K)
DS146 L106B22N (E35-G) DS142
L114B22N (E35-R) L109B22N (E35-K)
M30 (AUTO PILOT)
+ L113A22 (TB503-4A)
DS140
L113B22N (E35-P)
G96-0029-4B
369D24274
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 4 of 7)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0200-209-5
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 5 of 7)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB503 (CONT)
TB503-5
(P1201-38) P1084B22
(CB106-2) J1071A22 A B C D J1071B22 (P1201-32)
(XDS9-SW-C) J1001C22 J1185A22 (TB505-3/4G)
(TB505-3/4E) J1230A22 E F G H J1073A22 (P1201-33)
JUMPER (TB505-5/6B)
(TB505-5/6A) J1075C22 J K L M J1075B22 (P1201-34)
JUMPER (TB503-2M)
(DS20-C) W1251B22 N P R S W1040H22 (DS18-C)
T W Y Z E1261AA22 (P1201-59)
TB503-9
(TB505-3/4A) W1236A22
(XDS8-C) W1236B22 A B C D E1258C22 WHT (P1201-49)
(P1201-18) W1007F22
(XDS8-S2-NO) W1007G22 E F G H E1258C22 BLU (P1201-50)
(P1201-19) WHT W1007J22
(XDS8-S1-C) WHT W1007H22 J K L M
(P1201-20) BLU W1007H22
(XDS8-S3-C) BLU W1007H22 N P R S E1259A22 (P1201-65)
(P1201-17) W1007A22
(CB121-2) W1007AA22 T W Y Z
TB503-6
(CB117-2) P1155A16 A B P1255A16 (CB120-2)

C D
(P1202-J) P1156A16 E F P1255B16 (SP140-A)
(HR1 + ) P1060A20
TB503-10
P507-B) BLU F1179E22 F1179F22 BLU (P506-A)
(E33-L) F1179B22N A B C D
(P507-A) WHT F1179E22 F1179F22 WHT (P506-B)
(CB105-2) F1179A22 E F G H
(S11-3) W1307A22 J K L M W1305A22 (TB505-5/6F)
TB503-7 (S4-3) W1306B22 W1300A22 (P1201-73)
N P R S
A B C D K1160AA22 (P1201-43) T W Y Z
(CB122-2) P538A22
E F G H K1158AA22 (P1201-57)
J K L M K1159AA22 (P1201-58)
N P R S E1267A22 WHT (P1201-66)
T W Y Z E1267A22 BLU (P1201-67)

TB503-11
(M34-SEND) E1128B22 P1125B22 BLU (P1201-52)
(P1201-5) E1128A22 A B C D P1125C22 BLU (M33-A)
P1125B22 WHT (P1201-51)
(P1201-60) WHT E1161B22 E F G H P1125C22 WHT (M33-B)
(P1201-61) BLU E1161B22 J K L M
(P1201-62) WHT E1162A22 N P R S
(P1201-63) BLU 1162A22 T W Y Z
TB503-8
(P1201-11) P1154A22 P1233C22 (DS141-2)
(TB505-1/2A) P1233B22 A B C D
(DS24-C) W1046A22 W1045B22 (P1201-35)
(TB505-3/4B) W1045A22 E F G H
(DS25-C) L1044A22 W1043B22 (P1201-23)
(TB505-3/4C) W1042A22 J K L M
(DS31-2) Q506D22 Q506C22 (P1201-69)
(TB505-1/2B) Q1232C22 N P R S
(CB PNL EL BLK) L1234C22 L1136B22 (SW/CB PNL BLK)
(PS122-BLK) L1236A22 T W Y Z
G96-0029-6B
NOTE: TB503-12 AND -13 (NOT USED) 369D24274
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 6 of 7)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB505
TB505-1/2 TB505-3/4
(TB503-2G) W1237A22 F L (TB503-2C) W1041A22 F L
A P1233B22 (TB503-8A) A W1236A22 (TB503-9B)
G M (TB503-5G) J1185A22 G M
B Q1232C22 (TB503-8N) B W1045A22 (TB503-8E)

(P1201-2) E1002C22 H N H N
C C W1042A22 (TB503-8J)
(TB503-1J) E1002B22 J P (XDS9-1) J1185B22 J P
D D
(P3-D) D1197A22 K R K R
E E 22AWG JMPR
TB505-5/6
(TB503-10M) W1305A22 F
A J1075C22 (TB503-5J)
(P1201-1) J1001D22 G
B JUMPER (TB503-5L)
H
C
J
D
K
E
GROUND STUD MODULES
E31 E33
W1308A22N (S4-2) (XDS21-52C) W1040C22N E1079A22N (P2-SHLD)
(S2-C) P1031A22N A B C D J1075D22N (S11-2) A B C D L119B22N (DS112)
(DS7-2) E1181B22N E1135A22N (P1-SHLD)
(XDS9-C) J1185F22N E F G H (P12-W) W1249A22N E F G H L120B22N (DS115)
(M35-GND) E1175A22N E1098A22N (P2-A) F1179B22N (TB503-10A)
(P1-C) E1138A22N J K L M L506A22N (R110-11) J K L M
(M34-GND) E1192A22N N P R S N P R S
(SW/CB PNL RED) W1236C22N
(HR1 - ) P1060B22N T W Y Z (CB PNL RED) W1234D22N T W Y Z
E35
(DS117) L101B22N L102B22N (DS136)
A B C D L103B22N (DS137)
(DS132) L105B22N L106B22N (DS138)
(DS129) L104B22N E F G H L106B22N (DS138)
(DS142) L109B22N L107B22N (DS143)
(DS144) L108B22N J K L M L110B22N (DS131)
(DS140) L113B22N L111B22N (DS124)
(DS139) L112B22N N P R S L114B22N (DS146)
(DS134) L117B22N L115B22N (DS147)
(DS145) L116B22N T W Y Z L118B22N (DS119)
G96-0029-7B
369D24274
500N; 045 & Subs) (Sheet 7 of 7)
96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P1201
J1203A 1
A1 K1004A22 2 HOUR METER
A2 C1009A22 3 ANTI-COLL LTS
A3 (P526-F) E1127A22 4 T/R CHIP DET
K1006B22 (M34-SEND) E1128A22
A4 P1084AA22 5 ENG OIL TEMP
A5 (P528-N) D1131A22 6 XMSN OIL TEMP
E1002C22
A6 J1071A22 (P528-M) E1081A22 7 XMSN OIL PRESS
A7 E1191B22 (TB700-6A) (P1-E) E1134B22 8 M/R TACH GEN
A8 E1261A22 9 MAP LT (AFT)
A9 L1145B22 10 SCAV AIR
A10 (P527-P) P1154A22 11 AIR FLTR BYPASS SW
P1069A22
B1 Q1170CC22 (P526-C) 12 ELECT CLOCK KIT
B2 (P526-D) E1151A22 13 XMSN CHIP DET
Q1170A22
B3 M1177A22 14 N2 GOV
B4 L1003A22 15 TRIM ACTUATORS
B5 L1016A22 16 START SW
B6 P1030C22 17
B7 P1035B22 18
B8 J1075AA22 FLOATS 19 FLOATS
B9 J1001D22 20
B10 J1073AA22 21
C1 L524J22 (TB700-1A) 22 POS LTS
C2 E556C22 (P528-B) (P526-DD) W1043A22 23 BATT 1605
C3 E556D22 (P526-S) (P1-D) E1137AA22 24 N2 TACH
C4 L523C22 (TB2-C) (P2-C) E1104AA22 25 N1 TACH
C5 L523D22 (TB2-B) 26
C6 L536F22 (P528-K) 27 START PUMP
C7 L536G22 (P528-P) 28 UTILITY PWR
C8 J1193B22 (P528-F) (P526-H) E1172A22 29
J1073D22 (P528-H) (M4-SEND) E1173A22 30 FUEL QTY
C9
C10 W1085AA22 (P528-J) J1001AA22 31
D1 W1086AA22 32
D2 W1099AA22 33 AUTO-REIGN
D3 L536C22 (P526-T) 34
D4 L525C22 (P526-U) (P526-Z) W1045AA22 35 BATT 1405
D5 ARC186-4A22 (P84-d) 36 BATT RELAY
D6 ARC186-6A22 (P84-K) 37 EXT PWR RELAY
D7 ARC186-7A22 (P84-L) 38
D8 ARC186-8A22 (P84-h) 39
D9 40 EPO BOX
D10 P1008A22 41
(P528-L) W1088AA22 42
J1203B C30 ENGINE REQMTS 43 N2 OVERSPEED
44 GCU TRIP
1 P1225B20 (TB700-9A) (P1-A) WHT E1139B22 45
2 VHF003B20 (J1-49) (P1-B) BLU E1139B22 46 N2 TACH
3 VHF009A22 (J1-13) (P2-B) E1102AA22 47 N1 TACH
4 48
5 (TB700-5A) WHT E1258A22 49
6 50 TORQUE PRESS
7 (TB700-5E) BLU E1258A22
8 (M33 + ) WHT P1125AA22 51
(M33 - ) BLU P1125AA22 52 AMMETER SHUNT
9 (P526-B) E1142A22 53 ENG CHIP DET
10 F531B22 (P506-C) (P526-J) E1140A22 54 FUEL FLTR SW
11 VHF014A22 (P1-T) (CB143-2) H1163AA22 ANTI-ICE SOL
12 55
56 COMPRESSOR BLEED
13 C30 ENGINE REQMTS
14 57 N2 OVERSPEED
15 58 N2 OVERSPEED
59
16 (TB700-6S) WHT E1161A22 60 ENG OIL PRESS
17 W1300A22 (TB700-6Z) BLU E1161A22 61
18 W1304B22 BLU 62
19 W1304B22 WHT C30 ENGINE REQMTS 63 N2 SPEED PICKUP C30
20 64
21 (TB700-5J) E1259A22 65 TORQUE PRESS
22 66
23 C30 ENGINE REQMTS 67 N2 OVERSPEED
24 68
25 (P527-M) Q506C22 69 FUEL ICE FLTR
26 ARC186-1A20 (P84-D) 70 GEN OUT GCU
27 (P526-A) K1056B22
71
28 72 AUTO RE-IGN
29 73
30
G96-0025-1A
369D24329
Figure 210. Console Wiring Diagram, T−Panel with Center Console

(369E; 384 & Subs, 369FF; 076 & Subs) (Sheet 1 of 6)

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
CB101 (GEN FIELD) P1204A
P1067D16
1 10A 2
P1067E16 (S2-1) 1
P1023D12 2
CB102 (N2 GOV)
K1004AA22 (P1203A-A1) 3
1 5A 2 4
5
CB103 (CYC TRIM)
C1009AA22 (P1203A-A2) 6
1 5A 2
CB104 (ENG START)
K1006A22 (P1203A-A3)
1 8A 2
P1204B
CB105 (ENG OUT)
1 1A 2 P1084AA22 (TBM100-8J) 1
2
CB106 (INST) 3
E1002D22 (TBM100-8M) (S2-2) P1068AA16 4
1 5A 2
5
CB107 (SPARE) 6
E1261AA22 (P1203A-A8)
1 2 7
CB109 (NAV) 8
VHF014B22 (P1203B-11) 9
1 2 10
CB115 (VHF) 11
20 AWG JMPR VHF003A20 (P1203B-2) 12
1 10A 2 13
CB114 (ADF) 14
ADF60-015A22 (P1004-t)
1 3A 2
CB113 (ICS)
ICS-1E20 (15P1-S)
1 3A 2
CB112 (ICS)
2ICS-1A20 (5P1-S)
1 3A 2
CB111 (ICS) 20 AWG JMPR
ICS-1F20 (25P1-S) CB122 (LNDG
1 3A 2 L1012A16
2 15A LT)
1
CB110 (AM/FM VHF) P1027D12
ARC186-1B20 (P1203B-26) CB123 (ANN PNL)
1 7.5A 2 (TBM100-8C) L530A22
P1024D12 2 5A 1
CB121 (POS LTS) CB124 (INST
L533A22 (S3-2) (R110-3) L529A22 14 AWG
1 5A 2 2 5A LTS) JMPR
1
P1025D12
CB120 (CPT FLD LTS)
L1145A22 (P1203A-A9) CB130 (GUN COCKING)
1 1A 2 CKG09A16
2 15A 1
CB119 (INV)
1 2 INV001A16 (TBM200-8A) TRIG02A22 CB129 (GUN
P1022D12 2 5A FIRE)
1
CB137 (START PUMP)
1 5A 2 Q1170AA22 (TBM100-8F)
CB136 (ATT GYRO)

1 3A 2 F531A22 (P1203B-10)
CB135 (DIR GYRO) CB128 (GUN/RKT CONT)

1 3A 2 RM1001A22 (TBM200-1N)
ELECT03A18
2 1
CB133 (PITOT HEAT)
14 AWG JMPR 1 5A 2 P1225A20 (P1203B-1)
ELECT04A18 20 AWG JMPR
CB134 (UTIL PWR) 2 1
1 5A 2 M1177AA22 (P1203A-B1)
CB138 (ANTI-COLL LTS) NOT USED

2 10A 1
1 3A 2 L1003AA22 (P1203A-B4)
CB127 (JETTISON)
CB150 (SCAV AIR) (TBM200-1A) JETT01B20
P1008AB22 P1008AA22 (P1203A-D10) 2 10A 1
1 3A 2
P1026D12
CB143 (ANTI-ICE) G96-0025-2A
1 5A 2 H1163AA22 (P1201-55)
369D24329

96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P1203A
R16
TBM100-1 10 Ω 50W (CB102-2) K1004AA22 A1
(S3-1) L534A22 A B C L534B22 (CB103-2) C1009AA22 A2
1 2 (CB104-2) K1006A22 A3
(S3-3) L534D22 D E F L534C22 P1084BB22 A4
(S5-2) L525A22 G H J E1002E22 A5
(R110-2) L523B22 K L M J1071AA22 A6
E1191A22 A7
TBM100-2/3 (CB107-2) E1261AA22 A8
(CB120-2) L1145A22 A9
A (S2-3) P1069AA22 A10
F
Q1170BB22 B1
B Q1170B22 B2
G
C (CB134-2) M1177AA22 B3
W1300AB22 (S11-3) (CB138-2) L1003AA22
H B4
(S3-3) L1016AA22 B5
D
J (S1-3) P1030D22 B6
E (S1-1) P1035C22 B7
K J1075AB22 B8
J1001E22 B9
TBM100-4 J1073AB22 B10
A B C D L524K22 C1
E556A22 C2
E F G H L524C22 (J29 + ) L523A22 C3
J K L M L524E22 (J28 + ) L523A22 C4
L523E22 C5
N P R S L541A22 (J30 + ) L536D22 C6
1ICS-3A22
T W Y Z L536E22 C7
2ICS-3A22
J1193A22 C8
ICS-3A22 (25P1-U) J1073C22 C9
TBM100-5
W1085AB22 C10
A B C W1086AB22 D1
D E F W1099AB22 D2
E1202B22 L536B22 D3
G H J L525B22 D4
(R110-3) L523F22 K L M (TBM300-8W) ARC186-4B22 D5
(TBM300-2T) ARC186-6B22 D6
TBM100-6 (E77-G) ARC186-7B22 D7
A B C D (TBM300-1A) ARC186-8B22 D8
D9
E F G H (CB150-2) P1008AA22 D10
J K L M
N P R S
T W Y S
TBM100-8
(S5-1) L530B22
L536A22 A B C L530A22 (CB123-2)
D E F Q1170AA22 (CB137-2)
G H J P1084AA22 (CB105-2)
K L M E1002D22 (CB106-2)
TBM200-1
A B C D
J1075C22 E F G H
E1202A22 J K L M
(CB135-2) RM1001A22 N P R S
T W Y Z
G96-0025-3A
NOTE: TB100-7 (NOT USED) 369D24329


96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
S3 (POS LTS)
M24 CLOCK M21 TORQUE IND 1
(TBM100-1A) L534A22 DIM
+ L118A20 (TB700-7F) 2 OFF
DS119 + L106A20 (TB700-1J) (CB121-2) L533A22
L118B22N (TB700-2M) DS138
(P1203A-B5) L1016AA22 3 BRT
L106B22N (TB700-2E)
(TBM100-1D) L534D22
M22 AIR SPEED IND
M26 MAGNETIC COMPASS
SP14 + L111A20 (TB700-7D) S5 & R110 (PNL LTS DIM POT)
DS124
+ B A L524H22 (TB700-1F) L111B22N (TB700-2K) (TBM100-1G) L525A22 2
DS112 (TBM100-8B) L530B22
B A L528C22 (E71-A) 1
(TBM100-5K) L534D22
SP15 M25 IVSI (OPT) (CB124-2) L529A22 3
2
+ L117A20 (TB700-7E) (TBM100-1K) L523B22
P1 (N2/NR TACH IND) DS134
A E1139B22 WHT (P1201-45) L117B22N (TB700-2L) (E74-M) L532D22N 1
B E1139B22 BLU (P1201-46) (J29-(-)) L532C22N
M1 C E1138A22N (E70-A)
D E1137AA22 (P1201-24) M27 ALT IND
E E1134B22 (P1201-8)
+ L101A20 (TB700-1B) + L110A20 (TB700-7C)
DS117 DS131 S1 (MASTER SELECT SWITCH)
L101B22N (TB700-2A) L110B22N (TB700-2J) 1
(P1203A-B7) P1035C22 BATT
C OFF
(E74-K) P521N22N
P2 (N1 TACH IND) M32 ENG OIL PRESS 3 EXT
(P1203A-B6) P1030D22
IND
A E529A22N (E70-B)
M2 B E1102AA22 (P1201-47) + L120A20 (TB700-7H)
DS115
C E1104AA22 (P1201-25) L120B22N (TB700-2S)
S2 (GEN)
+ L102A20 (TB700-1C)
DS136 1
L102B22N (TB700-2B) (CB101-1) P1067E16
P3 (DC VOLT/AMP (P1204B-4) P1068AA16 2
IND)
- A P1125AA22 BLU (P1201-52)
+ B P1125AA22 WHT (P1201-51)
TOT IND M33 D D1197A22 (TB700-6C)
1 E D1198A22N (E70-E)
M3 R4 10 Ω 1W E1141B16 CHRO (P1202-K) H
E1141B16 ALUM (P1202-N) J (P1203A-A10) P1069AA22
TB9 2 3
+ L103A20 (TB700-1G) + L109A20 (TB700-7B)
DS137 DS142
L103B22N (TB700-2C) L109B22N (TB700-2H)
S11 (AUTO-REIGN TEST)

6
FUEL QTY IND ENG OIL TEMP IND 5
(P1203B-19) WHT W1304C22
SEN E1173A22 (P1201-30) SEN E1128B22 (P1201-5)
M4 D E1191C22 (TB700-6B) M34 D E1192A22N (E70-C) (P1203B-18) BLU W1304C22 4
GND L535B22N (E72-C) GND E1191D22 (TB700-6D) (TBM100-2/3H) W1300AB22
IGN
+ L107A20 (TB700-1K) IGN
+ L108A20 (TB700-1L) (P1203B-17) W1300AA22 3
DS143 DS144 2
L107B22N (TB700-2F) L108B22N (TB700-2G) (E76-D) J1075D22N
1
J28 (PNL LIGHTING) J29 (PNL LIGHTING) J30 (PNL LIGHTING)

(369D24326) (369D24327) (369D24302)
(E74-L) L539E22 (R110-1) L532C22N (E74-J) L541B22N
(TBM100-4M) L524E22 (TBM100-4H) L524C22 (TBM100-4S) L541A22
G96-0025-4A
369D24329

96-02-00
[ Main Menu ]
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
MASTER CAUTION CONTROL SYSTEM

369D294544 P526 DS11 DIMMER (369D294539) TB2
REV CURRENT ALARM A K1056B22 (P1201-70) GROUND A L540A20N (E72-G)
ENG CHIP DET B E1142A22 (P1201-53) +27.5VDC IN B L523D22 (J1203A-C5)
FUEL PUMP ON SIG C Q1170CC22 (J1203A-B1) DIMMER POT ARM C L523C22 (J1203A-C4)
XMSN CHIP DET D E1151A22 (P1201-13) VARIABLE DC OUT D L524A22 (TB700-1D)
GUN NOT CLEAR LT E L21E22
T/R CHIP DET F E1127A22 (P1201-4)
FUEL LO IN H E1172A22 (P1201-29)
FUEL FLTR IN J E1140A22 (P1201-54)
AMMO LO LT K L42E22
AMMO LO SIG L A515D22
ARMED SIG M A521B22
GND N E542B22N (E72-A) P1203B
ARMED LT P L2E22 (CB133-2) P1225A20 1
PRESS-TO-TEST NEG R E503A22 (CB115-2) VHF003A20 2
PRESS-TO-TEST POS S E556D22 (J1203A-C3) (CB115-2) VHF003A20 3
INSTR LTS 28VDC T L536C22 (J1203A-D3) 4
DIMMER U L525C22 (J1203A-D4) 5
RESET V E561A22 6
LT COMMON W L19E22 7
MSTR/CAU OUTPUT X E563A22 8
MSTR/CAU RETURN Y E560A22 9
BATT 140° SIG Z W1045AA22 (P1201-35) (CB115-2) VHF003A20 10
GND RETURN AA E517A22 (CB109-2) VHF014B22 11
CHASSIS GND BB E543B22N (E72-B) 12
GUN NOT CLEAR SIG CC A514D22 13
BATT 160° SIG DD W1043A22 (P1201-23) 14
LT COMMON EE E17A22 15
DC GEN LT FF E20A22 16
ENG CHIP LT HH E11A22 (S11-3) W1300AA22 17
XMSN CHIP LT JJ E12A22 (S11-4) BLU W1304C22 18
T/R CHIP LT KK E13A22 (S11-5) WHT W1304C22 19
FUEL LO LT LL E14A22 20
FUEL FLTR LT MM E15A22 21
FUEL PUMP ON LT NN E16A22 22
BATT 140° LT PP E18A22 23
BATT 160° LT RR E19A22 24
25
(CB110-2) ARC186-1B20 26
CAUTION AND WARNING LIGHT ASSEMBLY 27
369D294546-103 P527 28
PWR IN 28VDC A 29
DC GEN OUT LT B 30
ENG CHIP LT C
XMSN CHIP LT D
T/R CHIP LT E
FUEL LO LT F
FUEL FLTR LT H
FUEL PUMP ON LT J P1202J
J1204A
BATT 140° LT K 1 P1022C12 A
BATT 160° LT L 2 P1023C12 B
AIR FLTR CLOG LT P P1154A22 (P1201-11) 3 P1024C12 D FEEDERS
FUEL ICE FLTR LT M Q506C22 (P1201-69) 4 P1025C12 E
P528 5 P1026C12 L
6 P1027C12 M
MSTR/CAU RTN A
POS TEST OUT B E556C22 (J1203A-C2) J1204B
MSTR/CAU IN C 1 P1067C16 F GENERATOR
RESET IN D 2 INV001B16 C INV
GND RTN E 3 L1012B16 H
RE-IGN LT F J1193B22 (J1203A-C8) LANDING LT
4 P1068A16 G GENERATOR
RE-IGN PUSH-TO-RESET H J1073D22 (J1203A-C9)
J AFT CIGAR LTR
RE-IGN PUSH-TO-RESET J J1001AA22 (P1201-31) (TB9-2) ALUMEL E1124B16 N
XMSN OIL FLSHR #2 K L536F22 (J1203A-C6) (TB9-1) CHROMEL E1124B16 K TOT
ENG OUT FLSHR #1 L W1088AA22 (P1201-42)
MR/XMSN OIL PRESS M E1081A22 (P1201-7)
MR/XMSN OIL TEMP N D1131A22 (P1201-6)
PWR IN 28VDC P L536G22 (J1203A-C7)
NEG TEST R
G96-0025-5A
369D24329


96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB700-1 (LIGHTING FEED) E70

E529A22N (P2-A)
L101A20 (DS117(+)) (P1-C) E528A22N A B C E1192A22N (M34-GND)
(P1203A-C1) L524J22 A B C L102A20 (DS136(+)) D1198A22N (P3-E)
(P1203A-C1) L524J22 L524H22 (SP14-A) D E F
D E F
L104A20 (DS129(+)) G H J
(DS137(+)) L103A20 G H J L106A20 (DS138(+))
L108A20 (DS144(+)) K L M
(DS143(+)) L107A20 K L M L105A20 (TB700-7A)
E71
TB700-2 (LIGHTING RETURN) (SP15-A) L528C22N A B C

(DS136 - ) L102B22N L103B22N (DS137 - ) D E F
(DS117 - ) L101B22N A B C D L104B22N (DS129 - )
(DS143 - ) L107A22N L108B22N (DS144 - ) G H J
(DS138 - ) L106B22N E F G H L109B22N (DS142 - )
L117B22N (DS134 - ) K L M
(DS124 - ) L111B22N
(DS131 - ) L110B22N J K L M L118B22N (DS119 - )
N R S L120B22N (DS115 - ) E72
P E543B22N (P526-BB)
T W Y Z L105B22N (E72-M) (P526-N) E542B22N A B C L535B22N (M4-GND)
D E F
TB700-5
(P1201-49) WHT E1258A22 A B C D G H J
(P1201-50) BLU E1258A22
E F G H K L M L105B22N (TB700-2Z)
(P1201-65) E1259A22 J K L M
(WP3-P) DIM33A22 E73
N P R S
A B C
T W Y Z
D E F
TB700-6 G H J
(M4-IGN) E1191C22 D1197A22 (P3-D)
(J1203A-A7) E1191B22 A K L M
B C D E1191D22 (M34-IGN)
E F G H E74
J K L M A B C
N P R S E1161A22 WHT (P1201-60) D E F
T W Y Z E1161A22 BLU (P1201-61) G J L541B22N (J30 - )
H
L539A20N (J28 - )
(P526-N) E542B22N K L M L532D22N (R110-1)
TB700-7 (LIGHTING FEED)
L109A20 (DS142 + )
(TB700-1M) L105A20 A B C L110A20 (DS131 + ) E76
L117A20 (DS134 + )
(DS124 + ) L111A20 D E F L118A20 (DS119 + ) A B C
L120A20 (DS115 + )
G H J (S11-2) J1075D22N D E F
K L M G H J
K L M
TB700-9 (HS4737-2004)
(J1203B-1) P1225B20 A B C P1225C20 (SP140-A)

D E F
G H J
K L M
NOTE: TB700-3, -4, -8, -10 (NOT USED) G96-0025-6A

369D24329

96-02-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Section
96−03−00
Wiring Diagrams
(600N)

[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
WIRING DIAGRAMS (600N)
1. Description and Operation Refer to Section 96-00-00 for troubleshooting.
The following wiring diagrams are for the NOTE: Wiring diagrams in this section are by
600N helicopters only. helicopter serial number.

96-03-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P1201J
M5
+ HOUR
- METER
J1001F22 (S203-1)
W1087A22 P19-J
P1202J (MS27466T25F24S)
C M1015B16 (K201-A)
F P1067A16 (CB301-1)
G P1068B16 (P1203-J)
H L1012B16 (K101-A)
J P1156B16 (SP20-A)
N E1141A16 ALUMEL (GRN) TC300
K E1141A16 CHROMEL (WHT) TC300
G96-0030-1B
Figure 201. Fuselage Wiring Diagram − 600N (Sheet 1 of 14)

96-03-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P23
WHT 1 +5V IN
BLU 2 RETURN
3 SIGNAL OUT
4 CASE GND
TORQUE XDUCER
G96-0030-2A

96-03-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0030-3

96-03-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0030-4

96-03-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P23-3
G96-0030-5A

96-03-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0030-6

96-03-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0030-7

96-03-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0030-8

96-03-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
STROBE POWER J208P
SUPPLY P558
PS121
L1104B22
J557
L1101B22
P556
(J1201-22) L1016B22 L1167B22
E18
PWR S
L5001B22
SP213
BA L1003B22 (J1201-3)
E
C
R/H
SIDE
E
D
J510P
A B
C
L/H
SIDE
A B
C
TAILBOOM AND HORIZONTAL EMPENNAGE G96-0030-9A

96-03-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
P1201J
S W1085A22
W1086A22
P1084A22
ECU049A22 (K4-E3)
J1074A22
ECU049D22 (TB200-7N)
ECU046BB22 (TB201-1N)
FIR002AA22 (TB201-1E)
ECU051BB22 (TB201-1J)
ECU048AA22 (TB200-6J)
E1259BB22 (TB200-6N)
W1099A22
GND TEST 42 W1087A22

OUT
XDS24
WARN LTS
PTT H W1087B22
P19 600N4514 VOICE WARNING LRU P19

(E37-D) P1087A22N E GROUND AUDIO OUT TO PILOT HEADSET C
(E37-E) P1097A22N H CASE GROUND AUDIO IN G
TB200-8 +28 VDC IN B
J KML CAP AND STOW IGNITOR 28 VDC OUT @ 2.5 AMPS U
GND INPUT FROM ECU FAIL LT D W1086A22 (TB201-1S)
+28 VDC FIRE SIGNAL IN S FIR002AAA22 (TB201-2H)
ECU053B24 L NR SENSOR IN (+) GND INPUT FROM ECU MANUAL LT T ECU051BBB22 (TB201-1M)
+28 VDC IN FROM ECU ENG OUT LT F W1088BB22 (TB200-6M)
M SPARE
J SPARE + VOLTAGE FROM TORQUE XDUCER K E1259BBB22 (TB200-6S)
N SPARE +28 VDC IN OPTIONAL LRU TEST P
R SPARE
G (-503) SPARE AUDIO OUT TO CO'PILOT HEADSET J
VOICE WARNING CIRCUIT

G96-0030-10A

96-03-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
NOTE 5
9
P1125A22
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
(NOTE 3)
(NOTE 3)
(NOTE 2)
NOTES:
(NOTE 1)
1. GROUND FROM ECU P2-23 MANUAL MODE.
2. GROUND SIGNAL TO MANUAL MODE
CAUT/WARN LIGHT.
3. IGNITOR RELAY GROUND FROM ECU P2-7.
4. CB103 FADEC POWER.
5. FROM VOICE/WARN LRU ENG. OUT +28 VDC.
START/GENERATOR CIRCUIT G96-0030-11B

96-03-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10 P2003A10 (CB119-1)
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
P2004A10 (CB204-1)
P205A10 (CB101-1)
START/GENERATOR CIRCUIT (CONT.) G96-0030-12A

96-03-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
ECU
ECU CIRCUITS G96-0030-13

96-03-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
ECU
ECU CIRCUITS (CONT.)

G96-0030-14

96-03-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(TB502-6S)
(TB502-6H) W1087B22
G96-0031-1B
Figure 202. Console Wiring Diagram − 600N (Sheet 1 of 10)

96-03-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0031-2

96-03-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0031-3A

96-03-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0031-4

96-03-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
EDGE-LIGHT RED
PANEL BLACK L1236C22N (E33-W)
L1136B22 (TB503-8Y) G96-0031-5

96-03-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0031-6

96-03-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
3A
EDGE-LIGHT RED
L1234D22N (E33-T)
PANEL BLACK
L1234C22 (TB503-8W)
G96-0031-7A

96-03-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
OUTPUT TO COPILOT'S HEADSET OUTPUT FROM ICS
OUTPUT TO PILOT'S HEADSET

W1085B22 (P1201-39)
G96-0031-8A

96-03-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0031-9A

96-03-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-0031-10A

96-03-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TAILBOOM RING FRAME

DISCONNECT DISCONNECT
SAS ELECT CONTROL P515 (YSAS ACTUATOR)
J513P J514P
(COMPUTER) P512
SAS3A22 L SAS3B22 L SAS3C22 L ACTUATOR ENABLE
28VDC OUT r SAS2A16 SAS2A20 J SAS2B20 J SAS2C20 J 28VDC PWR
28V RTN Z SAS9A20 K SAS9B20 K SAS9C20 K PWR GND
ACTUATOR ENABLE D
SERVO CNTR SIG H SAS4A22 WHT S SAS4B22 WHT S SAS4C22 WHT S COMMAND SIG (L)
SERVO CNTR RTN J SAS4A22 BLU A SAS4B22 BLU A SAS4C22 BLU A COMMAND SIG (H)
SHIELD K N N
ACTUATOR POS L SAS5A22 WHT B SAS5B22 WHT B SAS5C22 WHT B POSITION FEEDBACK (H)
RTN M SAS5A22 BLU P SAS5B22 BLU P SAS5C22 BLU P POSITION FEEDBACK (L)
SHIELD N R R
+15VDC P SAS6A22 WHT C SAS6B22 WHT C SAS6C22 WHT C +15VDC
COM R SAS6A22 BLU D SAS6B22 BLU D SAS6C22 BLU D SIGNAL COMMON
-15VDC g SAS6A22 ORN E SAS6B22 ORN E SAS6C22 ORN E -15VDC
SHIELD h G G
28VDC RTN B SAS7A20
CHASSIS GND E SAS8A22N F SAS10B22 F SAS10C22 F CHASSIS GND
G SPARE
ACTUATOR POS TP e SAS10A22N H CURRENT MONITOR
M PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR
SERVO COM TP S A B C N SPARE
HARD OVER TP a E40 R SPARE
SIGNAL COM W
LATERAL ACCEL TP F
YAW RATE TP G
J1202P S12
ON/OFF RELAY C SAS15B20 a SAS15A20 3 2 SAS16A22N (E31-J)
J1201P
CB121
28VDC IN m SAS1B20 Z SAS1A20
2 5A 1
SAS18A22 WHT 71
SAS18A22 BLU 72
SHIELD n P5 (YAW RATE GYRO)
SAS11A22 WHT 74
YAW RATE IN + b D SIG OUT (H)
YAW RATE IN - c C SIG OUT (L)
+15VDC T SAS11A22 BLU F +15VDC
28VDC OUT p SAS17A22 A +28VDC
28V RTN q SAS12A22 B PWR GND
-15VDC f SAS13A22 E -15VDC
SAS14A22 E33
N
YSAS INDICATOR TB503-9
(L) SIGNAL BLK M L SAS18B22 BLU

(H) SIGNAL RED S R SAS18B22 WHT
TB503-4
BLU A
28VDC LIGHT E35
BRN P
G96-0037A
Figure 203. YSAS Wiring Diagram − 600N

96-03-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Section
96−05−00
Battery and
Temperature
Sensing

[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
BATTERY AND TEMPERATURE SENSING
1. Description and Operation 3. Battery Fault Isolation
For troubleshooting battery, refer to Section

(Ref. Figure 201) The battery is a recharge
96-00-00. Refer to Figure 203 for the battery
able, nominal 24 volt 13 ampere hour (amp
and temperature-sensing wiring diagram.
hr), 19 cell, nickel cadmium (ni-cad) battery
capable of starting the engine at temperatures
from -25° to +130°F (-22° to +55°C). (For 4. Battery Replacement
information on optional 17 amp hr, 20 cell
battery, refer to Section 96-05-10.) Nineteen (Ref. Figure 201)
identical and individually replaceable battery
cells are contained in separate molded nylon
cases and interconnected by bus bars. Cells are Consumable Materials
equipped with removable filler cap vent plugs. (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
Two battery temperature sensing switches Item Nomenclature
inside the battery sense any high battery
temperature and function with battery CM205 Dielectric compound
temperature sensing equipment. The low
(140°F) temperature switch activates a
caution light and the high (160°F) tempera (1). Ensure all electrical power is off.
ture switch causes a warning light to illumi
nate, at the temperatures shown. Only pure (2). Raise pilot's floor left access door.
distilled water is to be used for replenishment Hand-press access door pivot pins from
purposes. Battery and cover are secured to hinge points and remove door.
brackets on the pilot's compartment floor
structure. Gasses generated within the battery (3). Disconnect battery connector.
are vented from cells out thru a ventilation
gap between each upper side edge of case and
cover. (4). Remove attaching hardware and
battery from mounting flanges.
2. Battery Handling and Servicing Place battery in protected area

CAUTION away from any lead-acid type
Precautions
battery.
Electrolyte used in nickel- (5). Lift battery and cover.

WARNING cadmium batteries contains
potassium hydroxide, a caustic chemi
(6). Install serviced battery and secure
cal agent. Serious burns result if elec
battery and cover to mounting brack
trolyte contacts skin. Explosive gases
ets.
may be released from battery during
charging. Before removing battery
from helicopter, make sure that power (7). Apply generous coating of dielectric
selector switch is at OFF position. Re compound (CM205) to male and female
moval or installation of battery con connector pins and sockets. All surfaces
nector while battery is under load may should be coated. Connect battery
result in explosion, electrical arcing or connector; then wipe away excess
possible severe burns. When charging compound.
battery, comply with procedures per
Battery Charging. (8). Reinstall floor access door.

96-05-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
HI-LIMIT COVER NOTE 1

SWITCH CELL HOLD-
FIBERGLASS
DOWN BAR
SLEEVING
FILLER CAP
VENT PLUG
LOW-LIMIT TERMINAL SCREW
SWITCH (NOTE 2)
BAFFLE
TERMINAL WASHER
TEMPERATURE BUS BAR

HIGH TEMPERATURE SWITCHES-INSTALLATIO
N (TYP)
SWITCH RED PAINT
FILLER
MARK TERMINAL VENT
CELL
(NOTE 3)
NOTE 4
VENTILATION GAP
(BOTH SIDES)
NYLON SEPARATOR
TYPICAL BUS CONNECTION

TO RECEPTACLE
CASE
RECEPTACLE BUS STRIP GUSSET

NOTE 6 (NOTE 5) (OPTIONAL)
CONNECTOR SEPARATOR
(VINYL PLASTIC-COVERED
CORROSION RESISTANT
STEEL SHEET)
J108 RECEPTACLE
(NOTE 5)
NOTES:
1. SCREW, WASHER AND NUT USED FOR SHIPMENT, HANDLING
AND STORAGE.
2. SCREW TORQUE: 15 - 18 INCH-POUNDS (1.69 - 2.03 NM).
3. CAUTION: COMPLETE SET OF SAME MANUFACTURER'S CELLS
MUST BE USED. MIXING OF DIFFERENT MANUFACTURER'S
CELLS IS NOT ALLOWABLE. (REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S
INSTRUCTIONS, SEC. 01-00-00).
4. CELLS ARE SHOWN NUMBERED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
5. CONNECTOR BUS STRIPS AND BACK OF CONNECTOR COVERED
TO WITHIN 0.62 INCH (15.748 MM) OF CELL TERMINALS WITH
0.060 INCH (1.524 MM) THICK COATING OF SEALANT.
6. COVERED WITH SEALANT.
G96-0006A
Figure 201. Battery and Components Replacement

96-05-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
5. Battery Servicing Procedure mm) above plates. If there is surplus
electrolyte, replace battery; or, remove
battery and service in accordance with
battery manufacturer's instructions.
Item Nomenclature NOTE: If battery with surplus electrolyte is
N/A Distilled water serviced, it must be checked for serviceabili
ty according to battery manufacturer's in
structions before reinstallation and reuse in
Battery servicing consists of replenishing any helicopter.
electrolyte water that may have been lost
through normal gassing, venting or overcharg (6). Reinstall filler vent caps.
ing. Lost water should be replaced with pure
distilled water only. Never use potassium (7). Reinstall battery cover, mounting
hydroxide solution. screws and washers; close and latch
access door.
Electrolyte level should be
CAUTION checked only after battery has 6. Battery Charging
been fully charged and then allowed to rest
(stand idle) for a period of 1 - 2 hours. If he
licopter is operated continuously for mini Consumable Materials
mum of 1 hour or more, battery may be con (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
sidered fully charged. Item Nomenclature
N/A Distilled water
(1). Set master switch at OFF.
(2). Raise pilot compartment floor left Nickel-cadmium battery charging is accom
access door and remove battery cover. plished by either normal charging method or
deep-cycling method, depending upon circums
Use care to avoid damaging bat
CAUTION tery temperature-sensing wires
tances.
and switch connections during cleaning and Normal battery charging consists of charging
servicing. battery by constant-potential method or
constant-current method and adjusting
(3). Wipe tops of cells with clean cloth and
electrolyte level if required. Normal battery
remove filler vent caps.
charging is accomplished when need arises.
(4). Check electrolyte level in each cell
according to battery manufacturer's Deep cycling consists of intentionally discharg
instructions (Ref. Sec. 01-00-00). ing and then recharging battery, adjusting
electrolyte level, checking battery output
Do not add distilled water if bat capability (capacity discharge test) and again
CAUTION tery has remained idle for more recharging. Deep cycling should be accom
than 2 hours after flight (charging). Electro plished on a new battery before it is installed
lyte level will drop in a longer time interval in helicopter, if required and at inspection
and any added water would result in over intervals specified in Chapter 05. Deep cycling
filling. should also be accomplished after battery
repairs such as replacement of individual cells
NOTE: If electrolyte level is low to extent that or battery case, and after any idle period of 90
it is not visible, remove battery from heli days or more.
copter for bench charging and servicing.
NOTE: Follow manufacturer's instructions for
(5). Using thoroughly clean bulb-type battery charger; however, all voltage val
syringe that has never been used for ues, discharge rates and charging schedules
servicing a lead-acid battery, add pure given in following paragraphs shall apply in
distilled water as necessary to raise event of conflict with constant-potential
electrolyte 1/4 - 3/8 inch (6.35 - 9.525 battery charger instructions.

96-05-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
A. Battery Charging − Normal Procedure B. Battery Charging − Deep Cycling
Procedure
Review Battery Handling Review Battery Handling
WARNING and Servicing Precautions WARNING and Servicing Precautions
before performing following charging before performing following charging
operations. operations.
(1). Perform Battery Charging - Normal
(1). If battery is installed in helicopter, set Procedure.
master switch to OFF and remove
battery. (2). Connect a 9-ohm resistance (9-ohm,
200-watt resistor or three 3-ohm,
75-watt resistors in series) across
(2). Perform Battery Cleaning. battery terminals and allow battery to
discharge for approximately 12 hours,
(3). Inspect battery for any damage that or until battery voltage decreases below
requires battery replacement or repair. 1 volt.
(3). Remove 9-ohm load resistance from
Do not add distilled water to battery and loosen cell filler vent caps.
CAUTION electrolyte prior to charging,
(4). Charge battery per Battery Charging -
even if electrolyte is not visible. Electrolyte
Normal Procedure, until charging rate
level will rise as charging progresses.
decreases to less than 0.03 ampere.
NOTE: Following instructions are for charging (5). While continuing to charge battery at a
with constant-potential method. When rate less than 0.03 ampere, use an
charging by constant-current method, dis accurate voltmeter to measure voltage
regard procedures in step (4). below and across terminals of each individual
charge battery according to battery and bat battery cell. Each individual cell should
tery charger manufacturer's instructions. be within 0.05 volt of cell voltage,
Charging is normally accomplished with cell specified below (Ref. Table 201), for
filler vent caps installed. Temperature of applicable charging voltage.
battery may rise during charging.
Table 201. Individual Cell Voltages − Deep
Cycling
(4). Charge battery for 30 minutes using
constant-potential charger. Take care Charging Voltage Cell Voltage
to maintain constant and accurate (volts dc) (volts dc)
charging voltage of 28.0 - 28.5 volts dc
for full charging period. If necessary, 28.0 1.47
monitor and manually adjust charging 28.1 1.48
voltage to prevent any drop or rise in
charging voltage. 28.2 1.48
28.3 1.49
(5). Switch charger OFF and then discon
nect battery from charger. 28.4 1.49
28.5 1.50
(6). Remove filler vent caps and check
electrolyte level. Replenish with pure NOTE: Nominal individual cell voltage is 1.25
distilled water per Battery Servicing volts for a normal, disconnected and fully-
Procedure if necessary; do not over-fill. charged cell.
(6). Switch charger off and then disconnect
(7). Replace and tighten filler vent caps. battery from charger.

96-05-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(7). Allow battery to rest for minimum of 1 (5). Inspect cells for cracks, evidence of
hour and maximum of 2 hours; adjust overheating or other physical damage.
electrolyte level per Battery Servicing Inspect cell bus bars for acid contami
Procedure. nation. Replace battery if any such
damage is detected.
(8). If electrolyte level is adjusted, recon
nect battery to charger and allow Electrolyte level inspection
CAUTION should be accomplished only
battery to continue charging for 30
minutes. when battery has been fully charged and
then allowed to set for a period of 1 to 2
If battery temperature exceeds hours after charging. If helicopter has oper
CAUTION room temperature during initial ated for minimum of 1 hour or more of con
charging, battery temperature must be al tinuous flight, battery may be considered
lowed to decrease to room temperature be charged.
fore charging second time.
(6). Reinstall cover and secure with attach
(9). After allowing battery temperature to ing hardware.
decrease to room temperature, repeat
procedures described in steps (2). thru 8. Battery Cleaning
(8). to cycle battery a second time.
(1). Check that master switch on instru
NOTE: When making individual cell voltage ment panel is OFF.
measurements the second time, voltage of (2). Unlatch and raise pilot compartment
each individual cell must measure within floor left access door; remove cover.
voltage limits specified in step (5). If voltage
of any individual cell does not measure Use care to avoid damaging bat
within specified voltage limits, cell must be CAUTION tery temperature sensing wires
discarded. Replace defective cell according and switch connections during cleaning.
to Battery Repair instructions.
(3). Clean battery in accordance per
(10). Switch charger off and then disconnect manufacturer's instructions (Ref. Sec.
battery from charger. 01-00-00).
(11). Tighten cell filler vent caps. (4). Reinstall battery cover; lower and latch
floor access door.
7. Battery Inspection
9. Battery Electrolyte (Nickel−Cadmium)
(Ref. Figure 201) Spillage Cleaning
(1). Ensure all electrical power is OFF.

(2). Remove attaching hardware and (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
battery from brackets and cover. Item Nomenclature
N/A Boric acid
Prior to performing follow
WARNING ing operations; review Bat
tery Handling and Servicing Precau Electrolyte is a strong alka
tions. WARNING line solution and is harmful
to skin and clothing. Wear protective
(3). Inspect tops of cells for dust, dirt, white clothing that is used exclusively for
powder or spewed electrolyte. (For servicing nickel-cadmium batteries.
cleaning instructions refer to Battery Neutralize and flush electrolyte from
Cleaning.) skin or hands as described below.
(4). Inspect receptacle bus strips, bus bars (1). Where there is evidence of spewed or
and screws for security and evidence of spilled battery electrolyte, flush off
damage. surface immediately with water (cold if

96-05-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
possible) and neutralize with 3 percent NOTE: Two battery bus bars and cord may be
boric acid solution. used to fabricate a puller. Attach cord to
hole at one end of each bus bar. Initial re
(2). Follow with thorough flushing with moval of either cell No. 5 or No. 6 aids in re
clean water (cold if possible). moval of other cells.
(a). Remove holddown bars from battery
10. Battery Repair case.
(Ref. Figure 201) Repair battery according to (b). Remove battery bus bars and/or bus
battery manufacturer's instructions (Ref. Sec. wires or strips from cells.
01-00-00) and as follows:
(c). Remove nylon separator when
required to permit removal of cells.
(d). Attach cell puller to cell terminals
Item Nomenclature
and secure.
CM114 Petrolatum (e). Lift cell from battery case.
CM219 Methyl-ethyl-ketone NOTE: Note polarity of removed cell to prevent
CM232 Rust inhibitor spray reinserting cell in reverse polarity.
CM425 Sealing compound (3). Removing Receptacle:
CM702 Lockwire CRES
(a). Loosen and remove two receptacle
CM716 Tape, pressure sensitive
bus strips from adjacent cells;
CM815 Solder disconnect wires from battery
temperature sensing switches.
NOTE: For information on repairs not covered (b). Remove bus bar that connects cells
in following procedures, refer to battery No. 1 and No. 2.
manufacturer 's instructions (Ref. Sec.
01-00-00). (c). Remove cell holddown bar from same
side of battery as connector separa
tor.
(d). Remove nylon separator and cell No.
Discharge battery before at 1.
WARNING tempting disassembly. If bat
tery has not been discharged, serious (e). Remove connector separator.
injury to personnel and/ or damage to
(f). Remove receptacle with attached
battery may occur.
receptacle bus strips from case.
(1). Removing Bus Bars: (g). Remove sealant and unsolder and
remove two receptacle bus strips and
(a). Remove attaching hardware securing temperature sensing switch wires
bus bar. from back of receptacle.
NOTE: See Figure 201 and note location of bus (4). Replacing Battery Case:
bar with temperature sensing switches. If (a). Disassemble battery per Battery
switches need to be removed, perform Tem Repair steps (1). thru (3).
perature Sensing Switches Replacement.
(b). Using stiff nylon brush and 3-per
(b). Lift bus bar from cell. cent boric acid solution, wash re
placement battery case; flush with
(c). Clean bus bar with MEK (CM219). clean cold water to ensure case is
clean, and then air dry in warm area
(2). Removing Cells: for 1 hour, or more.

96-05-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(c). Reassemble battery components in (c). Connect bus bars and strips and
new base. secure with attaching hardware; cup
side of washer shall be down. Torque
(d). Perform Battery Charging - Deep screws to 15 - 18 inch-pounds
Cycling Procedure. (1.69 - 2.03 Nm).
(5). Installing Receptacle; (d). Install holddown bars on case.
Comply with polarity require (e). Spray thin film of rust inhibitor
CAUTION ments when connecting recep (CM232) over entire top surface of
tacle bus strips and wires to receptacle. Re battery and inside connector recep
versed connections may damage battery tacle or coat all exposed metal parts
when connected in helicopter electrical sys with petrolatum (CM114).
tem. (f). Perform Battery Charging - Deep
Cycling Procedure before returning
(a). Using tin alloy solder (CM815), battery to service.
solder two receptacle bus strips and
temperature sensing switch wires to (7). Temperature Sensing Switches Re
back of receptacle. placement;
(b). Insert receptacle in battery case and (a). Remove sealant covering switches
secure. Using lockwire (CM702), and remove switch.
safety nut to holes in case.
(b). Install correct replacement switch in
(c). Fill receptacle back and cover bus location shown (Ref. Figure 201) and
strips with sealant (CM425). (Recep torque to 5 - 15 inch-pounds (0.56
tacle back and strips are covered to - 1.69 Nm).
within 0.62 inch (15.748 mm) of cell
terminals with 0.060 inch (1.524 (c). Install fiberglass sleeving and solder
mm) thick sealant coating.) wire connections; red wire to high
temperature switch and yellow to low
(d). Position connector separator inside temperature switch.
battery case so that open end butts (d). Cover switch connections with
against end of case, enclosing two sealant (CM425).
receptacle bus strips and receptacle.
(e). Ensure high temperature switch is
(e). Install nylon separator and cells. identified with red paint mark on bus
bar. If required, renew paint mark.
(6). Installing Cells;
11. Battery Temperature Sensing Equipment
Do not intermix different man
CAUTION ufacturer's cells. (Refer to bat and Indicators
tery manufacturer's instructions). (Ref. Figure 202) Battery temperature sensing
equipment basically consists of two tempera
(a). Use new or serviceable cell to replace ture indicator light switches, two temperature
defective cell. sensing switches inside the battery , intercon
necting wiring and associated attaching and
(b). Ensure cell is clean and position mounting hardware, The indicator light/
same in battery case for correct switches are located either in a light/switch
polarity orientation. and horn housing or are part of a caution and
warning light assembly. The sensing equip
NOTE: When replacing the complete set of ment provides a means of visually monitoring
cells, install cells, in order - No. 1 thru No. for battery over temperature with caution
9; then nylon separator; No. 19, and then (amber) and warning (red) light indicators on
No. 10 thru No. 18. the instrument panel.

96-05-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
A. Temperature Sensing Light/Switch (2). As required, perform Battery Tempera
Indicators ture Sensing Equipment Operational
Check.
The indicator light/switches are electrically
connected to low and high temperature (3). For information on low and high
sensing switches installed on a bus bar of the temperature switch limits, refer to
ni-cad battery. (The switches are part of and Battery Temperature Sensing Switches
are furnished with the battery.) Figure 202 is Testing.
the wiring diagram for the sensing indicators.
(4). Troubleshoot battery temperature
Both indicator light/switches contain a built-in
sensing equipment according to
press-to-test switch for testing internal lights
information on troubleshooting of
and function as follows:
caution and warning light indicators
(Ref. Chap. 95).
NOTE: Indicator lights used on instrument
panels (T-shape) are part of the caution and C. Battery Temperature Sensing Switches
warning light assembly. Lights are tested Testing
through the main PRESS-TO-TEST
switch. Function and maintenance of this (Ref. Figure 201)
system is essentially the same as for the in
dicator lights used on slim line instrument Consumable Materials
panel. (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
Item Nomenclature
(1). Low Temperature Caution (Amber)
Indicator: CM219 Methyl-ethyl-ketone
A rise in battery temperature to 140°F (1). Remove battery from helicopter per
causes the low temperature switch to Battery Replacement. Remove bus bar
close and apply +dc voltage from the equipped with sensors and connecting
battery to illuminate the amber caution wires.
light.
(2). Use container (oil or water), thermome
(2). High Temperature Warning (Red) ter and heat source. Submerge sensor
Indicator: bus bar and check at battery sensor
connector plug for proper heat range.
An increase of battery temperature to
160 °F causes the high temperature red (a). Low temperature switch:
light to illuminate.
Closes on temperature rise at 140
(3). Testing Temperature Indicators: ±8°F.
(b). High temperature switch:
When pressed, the press-to-test switch
of each indicator applies +28 Vdc from Closes on temperature rise at 160
panel lights circuit breaker CB104 to ±8°F.
the applicable light indicator to test its
internal lamp for illumination. (3). Clean bus bar with MEK (CM219) and
reinstall.
B. Battery Temperature Sensing Equipment
Maintenance
NOTE: Sensors may be removed from bus bar
for testing or replacement. (Ref. Battery Re
pair)
Maintain battery temperature sensing
equipment as shown in Figure 202 and as (4). Reinstall battery per Battery Replace
follows: ment.
(1). Refer to Chapter 95 for locations of (5). Inspect electrical wiring for security,
instrument panel components. physical damage and continuity.

96-05-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(6). Perform Battery Temperature Sensing tures per Battery Temperature Sensing
Equipment - Operational Check (Power Switches Testing.
ON).
(3). Install battery in helicopter per Battery
Replacement.
D. Battery Temperature Sensing Equipment
Operational Check (4). Inspect electrical wiring for security,
physical damage and continuity.
(1). Remove battery from helicopter per (5). With electrical power ON and PNL LT
Battery Replacement. circuit breaker CB104 ON, alternately
press indicator or PRESS-TO-TEST
(2). Check low and high temperatures switch and check that both 140°F and
sensing switches on battery bus bar for 160 °F light indicators illuminate.
correct operation at specified tempera (Replace any defective lamps.)

96-05-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
BAT BAT
TEMP TEMP
160°F 140°F
LIGHTS/SWITCH
AND HORN RED 160°F WARNING
amber 140°F HOUSING light switch
caution light
switch CAUTION AND
BATTERY WARNING LIGHTS
HOUSING
PLATE
140F 160F
ENGINE OUT
WARNING INSTRUMENT PANEL
HORN CENTER FAIRING
battery temp. light indicators C/W

(instrument T-panel)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
battery temp. light indicators in housing (slimline
instrument panel)
TB503-7
C BAT
140°F
A
DS24
D REF
CHAP 95
F
BAT
160°F
DS25
LOW TEMPERATURE BATTERY CONNECTOR

SWITCH (140°F) (NOTE 4)
NOTE 7
INSTR. PANEL (SLIM LINE)
NOTE 2 J/P10
J108 P108 XDS 24
E564B20 2
140°F AMBER D (NOTE 1) G 140°F CAUTION
E562B20 3 1 LIGHT SWITCH
160°F RED B F AMBER
BUS BAR E (NOTE 1)
(NOTES 4, 5) 160°F WARNING
A 2 1 LIGHT SWITCH
C 3 RED
P9/J9 TB104
q XDS 25
NOTE 6 NOTE 6
BATTERY
NOTE 6 e NOTE 6
HIGH TEMPERATURE +28VDC FROM
(160°F) SWITCH PANEL LIGHTS
(NOTE 2) CIRCUIT BREAKER
NOTES:
1. PART OF WIRING HARNESS; ROUTED WITH EXISTING WIRING.
2. HIGH TEMPERATURE SWITCH IDENTIFIED BY RED PAINT MARK ON BUS BAR;
LOW TEMPERATURE SWITCH IDENTIFIED BY YELLOW MARK.
3. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM SHOULD BE USED WITH APPLICABLE ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM,
4. PART OF BATTERY.
5. WHEN SWITCH CLOSES +VDC IS APPLIED FROM BUS BAR FOR LIGHT.
6. WIRING SHOWN FOR 369D; 003 - 723 ONLY.
7. WIRING SHOWN FOR 369E/FF; 001 & SUBS.
G96-0007
Figure 202. Battery Temperature Sensing Equipment

96-05-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
UTILIT
Y
P9J
CB11 RECP
UTILIT
A
J103
1 7 2 Y G
7.5A TB101 E9 B
28 VDC BATTER
BUS P108 Y BT101
REF SEC A1 A2
E A BAT
95-30
E1 C 24V
X1
CR28 B (RED) 160°
X2 D (AMBER) 140°
J110
BAT RELAY
P
K310
G
F
A
J100
A1 A2 +
X1 E4 -
CR29
X2
APU RELAY
CR30
REVERSE K309 B
1 2
CURRENT
RELAY
REF SEC
REF SEC 96-10
E BAT P6 VOLTAGE REG
95-30 TB3-1
GEN BAT
B A
A SENSE
REF SEC REF SEC
E13 F 96-10 96-10 E1 GR
K300 D
VR1 D
TB1-2B
B
BAT TEMP WARN

PRESS-TO-TEST SW
TB104
XDS24
2
4 3 A 1
2 TB105
3 3 1
R 3
WARN LIGHTS
PRESS-TO-TEST SW XDS25
N
C
C 2
REF SEC 28 VDC NO
95-30 S1
REF SEC
XSD21 95-30
BAT/EXT
SWITCH REF SEC
1 97-00
3 E3
2
S2
G96-0008
Figure 203. Battery and Temperature Sensing Wiring Diagram

96-05-00
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
28 VCD BUS
J100 EXT. PWR.

RECEPTACLE J108 BATTERY
K309 K310
+ A
-
CR29 APU BATT C
CR28
RELA RELA
Y Y
B 160
OFF D 140
CR30
APU BATT
MASTER
SWITCH
S2
TB505-3C
TB505-3B
160 140
R A
G96-0026
Figure 204. Battery and Temperature Sensing Schematic

96-05-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Section
96−05−10
Heavy Duty Battery
(17 Amp, 20 Cell)

[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
HEAVY DUTY BATTERY (17 AMP, 20 CELL)
1. Description and Operation 3. Troubleshooting
(Ref. Figure 201) The 17 ampere hour (amp
hr), 20 cell nickel cadmium (ni-cad) battery is Refer to the manufacturer's instructions (Ref.
a rechargeable, nominal 24 volt, 20 cell battery Sec. 01-00-00) for troubleshooting informa
capable of starting the engine at temperatures tion.
ranging from -25° to +140°F (-22° to +60°C).
The 20 identical and individually-replaceable
cells are contained in separate molded cases 4. Battery Servicing
and are interconnected by bus bars. Each cell
has a removable vented cap, and is notched
internally to aid in checking cell electrolyte Service the 17 amp hr battery as described in
level. Temperature sensors attached to the Section 96-05-00.
cells monitor battery temperature and activate
the helicopter caution and warning indicator
system should battery overheating occur
5. Battery Charging
during helicopter operation. The cells are
arranged in a battery box with a vented,
removable top, which is attached to the box by For battery charging procedures and require
four clamps. The connector for the battery wire ments, refer to Section 96-05-00 and the
harness is on the exterior of the box. Mounting battery manufacturer's instructions (Ref. Sec.
brackets are attached to each end of the 01-00-00).
battery box. The mounting brackets mate with
support assemblies installed in the battery
compartment and are attached to the support
assemblies with four screws. 6. Cleaning, Repair and Maintenance
2. Battery Handling and Servicing

Precautions Clean, inspect and maintain the battery,
including the box, individual cells, bus bars
Electrolyte used in nickel- and attaching hardware, according to the
WARNING cadmium batteries contains manufacturer's instructions (Ref. Sec.
potassium hydroxide, a caustic chemi 01-00-00). Refer to Figure 201 for cell
cal agent. Serious burns result if elec arrangement and busing.
trolyte contacts skin. Explosive gases
may be released from battery during
charging. Before removing battery 7. Battery Temperature Sensors
from helicopter, make sure that power
selector switch is at OFF position. Re
moval or installation of battery con The temperature sensors used with the 17
nector while battery is under load may amp hr battery are identical to those used with
result in explosion, electrical arcing or the 13 amp hr battery. Refer to Section
possible severe burns. When charging 96-05-00 for maintenance and operational
battery, comply with procedures per check procedures for the battery temperature
Battery Charging. sensors.

96-05-10
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
+ + + +
+
+ +
+
+
+ + +
+ + +
+
+
+ + +
G96-0010
Figure 201. Arrangement and Busing

8. Battery Replacement lead-acid battery or equipment used to
service lead-acid batteries.)
(Ref. Figure 202)
Before installing replacement
(1). Ensure that all electrical power is off. CAUTION battery, ensure that battery is
charged and shorting straps are removed.
(2). Raise pilot's floor (left side) compart
ment access door. (6). Position replacement battery mounting
brackets on battery support assemblies.
(3). Disconnect battery connector. Connector on battery box should be
facing aft. Attach mounting brackets to
(4). Remove screws and washers attaching support assemblies with screws and
battery mounting brackets to support washers removed in step (4).
assemblies.
(7). Attach battery wire harness connector
(5). Lift battery, with cover in place, out of to connector on battery box.
battery compartment. (Place battery in
a protected area away from any (8). Close compartment access door.

96-05-10
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
BATTERY COMPARTMENT
ACCESS DOOR
PIN
RIVET HINGE HALF
RIVET
TB1 TERMINAL BOARD
SUPPORT BRACKET
DECAL
WASHER
BATTERY
ÂÂ
ÂÂ
SCREW
ÂÂ
ÂÂÂ ÂÂ
RIVET
SCREW
RIVET ÂÂÂ
ÂÂÂ
P108
SUPPORT
ASSEMBLY CONTACT PIN
RIVET
NUTPLATE
NUTPLATE
369A2515-66 SUPPORT
BRACKET
G96-0011
Figure 202. Battery Installation

96-05-10
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

96-05-10
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
HEAVY DUTY BATTERY (17 AMP, 20 CELL)
1. Heavy Duty Battery Initial Installation pilot's compartment floor doublers and
channels, which form the inboard and out
Procedures in this section may be performed at board sides of the battery compartment, must
operator's discretion. These procedures provide be modified as follows:
complete instructions for initial installation of
the 17 amp hr ni-cad battery in Model 369D
and 369E helicopters. Consumable Materials
A. Preparation for Installation Item Nomenclature
Before installing the 17 amp hr battery, CM318 Primer

complete the following preparations.
Special Tools
(1). Identify all components to be installed. (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
Inspect all parts and/ or assemblies for Item Nomenclature
damage that may have occurred in
shipment. Do not install damaged parts N/A Drill motor
or assemblies. N/A Drill, no. 20
N/A Drill, no. 39 or 40
NOTE: The 17 amp hr ni-cad battery is
shipped discharged, with shorting straps in N/A Drill, no. 16
stalled. The shorting straps must be re
moved and the battery charged before in
stallation in the helicopter. (1). Drill out rivets attaching door support
clips to doublers and channels on
(2). Remove shorting straps and perform inboard and outboard sides of battery
Battery Servicing Procedures (Ref. Sec. compartment and remove clips. Clips
96-05-00). will not be reinstalled. Apply primer
(CM318) to holes and leave holes open.
(3). Set all helicopter switches, including
BATTERY/OFF/EXT PWR switch, to
(2). Remove collars and pins attaching
OFF and ensure that all circuit break
saddle to inboard doubler and channel
ers are open (pulled out).
and remove saddle. Apply primer to
(4). Remove pins from hinges of battery holes.
compartment door and remove door
from helicopter. Reinsert pins in hinge (3). With support part of saddle up, reposi
halves attached to helicopter structure tion saddle on doubler, and mark hole
for use at installation of new compart locations on doubler. Remove saddle.
ment door. Removed door will not be
reinstalled. (4). Using No. 20 drill, drill holes at two
locations marked in step (3). Deburr
(5). Disconnect battery connector (P108) holes and apply primer.
and remove battery from helicopter per
Battery Replacement (Ref. Sec.
(5). Reposition saddle on doubler with
96-05-00).
support portion of saddle up. Attach
B. Inboard and Outboard Access Door saddle to doubler and channel using
Support Modification two rivets (Ref. Figure 202).
(Ref. Figure 901) The location of supports for (6). Repeat steps (2). thru (5). for saddle on
the battery compartment door, mounted on the outboard doubler and channel.

96-05-10
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
0.40 IN. (1.016 MM)

(TYP) (4 PLCS)
0.82 IN. (2.0828 MM)

(TYP) (2 PLCS)
0.40 IN. (1.016 MM)

(TYP) (4 PLCS)
SADDLE SADDLE
(NOTES 1, 2) (NOTES 1, 2)
CLIP
(NOTE 3)
CLIP
(NOTE 3)
NOTES:
1. REMOVE SADDLES AND APPLY PRIMER TO HOLES; LEAVE HOLES OPEN.
2. RELOCATE SADDLES AS SHOWN.
3. REMOVE CLIPS AND APPLY PRIMER HOLES; LEAVE HOLES OPEN.
G96-0012A
Figure 901. Inboard and Outboard Door Support Modification

96-05-10
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
C. Installation of Forward Battery Support
Assembly Consumable Materials
(Ref. Figure 202 and Figure 902) The forward Item Nomenclature
battery support assembly is mounted on the CM318 Primer
aft side of Sta. 47.15. Install support assembly
as follows:
Special Tools
Consumable Materials Item Nomenclature
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) N/A C-clamp
Item Nomenclature
N/A Drill motor
CM318 Primer N/A Drill, no. 20
N/A Drill, no. 39 or 40
Special Tools
Item Nomenclature (1). Position support assembly on forward
N/A C-clamp side of Sta. 60.40 channel, with center
of inboard nutplate 2.50 inches (6.35
N/A Drill motor
cm) outboard of channel at LBL 6.00,
N/A Drill, no. 39 or 40 0.12 inch (30.48 cm) below middle line
of pilot compartment floor. Clamp in
place using C clamps.
(1). Position support assembly on aft side of
Sta. 47.15 channel with center of (2). Using No. 39 or 40 drill, match drill five
inboard nutplate 2.50 inches (6.35 cm) holes in battery support bracket
outboard of channel at LBL 6.00, 12 through Sta. 60.40 channel. Remove
inches (30.48 cm) below middle line of clamps and support assembly. Deburr
pilot compartment floor. Clamp in place holes and apply primer (CM318).
using C clamps.
(3). Attach battery support to channel using
(2). Using No. 39 or 40 drill, match drill five five rivets. Install rivets with head
holes in battery support bracket forward of Sta. 60.40 channel.
through Sta. 47.15 channel. Remove
clamps and support assembly. Deburr (4). Remove collar and pin and door support
and apply primer (CM318) to holes. clip adjacent to newly installed bracket.
Discard pin and collar. Treat holes with
(3). Attach battery support to channel using primer and leave open.
five rivets. Install rivets with head aft
of Sta. 47.15 channel. (5). Position clip center 8.70 inches (22.098
cm) outboard of LBL 6.00, and flush
D. Installation of Aft Battery Support with top of channel. Mark channel to
Assembly correspond with holes in mounting
surface of clip.
(Ref. Figure 202 and Figure 902) The aft
battery support assembly is identical to the (6). Drill through channel at points marked
forward battery support assembly. The aft in step (5). with No. 20 drill. Deburr
support assembly is mounted on the forward holes and apply primer.
side of Sta. 60.40 channel. After mounting the
support assembly, the door support clip, (7). Attach clip in new location using two
mounted just outboard of the newly installed rivets.
battery support, must be relocated further
outboard so as not to interfere with the new (8). Remove all drill cuttings from work
battery installation. area.

96-05-10
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
0.12 IN.
(0.3048 MM)
2.50 IN. (6.35 CM)
SUPPORT ASSY
(NOTE 1)
STA. 60.40
CHANNEL
SUPPORT ASSY
(NOTE 2)
STA. 47.15
CHANNEL
NOTES:
1. INSTALL RIVETS WITH HEAD ON FWD SIDE.
2. INSTALL RIVETS WITH HEADS ON AFT SIDE.
G96-0013A
Figure 902. Battery Support Installation

96-05-10
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
E. Installation of Terminal Board Support (6). Rotate bottom of TBl clockwise (for
Bracket and Relocation of Terminal ward) 90 degrees. Match mounting
Board holes on terminal board with holes in
new terminal board mounting bracket.
(Ref. Figure 202 and Figure 903) When Attach TBl to mounting bracket with
installing the 17 amp hr ni-cad battery in hardware removed in step (5).
369D helicopters S/N 003 - 1149 and 1151 -
1184, terminal board TB1 must be relocated. F. Voltage Adjustment
Other serial numbers are not affected. To
relocate TB1, a terminal board support The installed voltage regulator, or generator
bracket must be mounted on the 369A2515-66 control unit, must be adjusted to a higher
bracket forward of the Sta. 50.50 frame. voltage setting and the 369D296615-91 decal
must be attached to the voltage regulator
cover. Adjust voltage using the ambient
Consumable Materials temperature and voltage settings given in
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) Section 96-10-00. When adjustment is
Item Nomenclature completed, affix decal to voltage regulator
CM318 Primer cover.
G. Installing Battery Wire Harness

Special Tools
A new battery wire harness must be installed
Item Nomenclature
as part of the 17 amp hr battery installation.
N/A Drill motor
N/A Drill, no. 16 Ensure that external electrical
CAUTION power source is not attached to
the helicopter before installing the new wire
(1). Position terminal board support harness. Do not remove the old wire harness
bracket and mark location for nutplates before installing the new harness. Remove
on 369A2515-66 support bracket. and replace each lead from connector P108
of the installed harness on a one-for-one
basis. Damage to the battery or helicopter
(2). Using No. 16 drill, drill 369A2515-66
electrical system could occur if leads of bat
support bracket at locations marked in
tery harness are connected to incorrect ter
step (1). Deburr and apply primer
minals.
(CM318) to holes.
NOTE: Connector on battery is located on the
(3). Install two nutplates on 369A2515-66 aft end of the battery box. When installing
support bracket at locations drilled in the wire harness, ensure that sufficient wir
step (2). using rivets. ing is left so mating connectors can be
joined.
(4). Attach terminal board mounting
bracket to 369A2515-66 bracket using (1). Lay new battery harness in battery
screws and washers. compartment adjacent to installed
battery harness.
Use care not to damage wires or
CAUTION connections when relocating (2). Locate opposite terminal of wire
TB1. connected to pin A of installed connec
tor P108. Route wire connected to pin A
(5). Remove terminal board TB1 (Ref. Sec. of new battery harness to same loca
96-00-00) from mount in battery tion. Cut new wire to suitable length,
compartment and retain attaching attach same type contact as used on old
hardware. It is not necessary to remove wire terminal, and replace old wire
contacts from TB1. with new.

96-05-10
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TERMINAL BOARD
AN960PD8 MS51957-44 SUPPORT BRACKET
WASHER SCREW
MS21075L08
NUTPLATE
369A2515-49
0.38 IN. (9.652 MM) CLIP
3.25 IN.
369A2515-66 (8.255 CM) 1.62 IN.
BRACKET (4.1148 CM)
MS20426AD3
RIVET
G96-0014A
Figure 903. Terminal Board Support Bracket Installation

96-05-10
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
NOTE: Lugs and contact pins supplied with the (2). Lower battery so that mounting
17 amp hr battery installation are those bracket attached to each end of battery
used on helicopters currently produced. If case rests on forward and aft battery
lugs and contact pins supplied are not com supports. Attach battery mounting
patible with mating terminal hardware, in brackets to supports using four screws.
stall the same type lug or contact pin as
used on the old battery wire harness. Lugs (3). Connect wire harness connector P108
must be soldered if correct crimping dies are to mating connector on battery.
not available.
(3). Repeat step (2). for wires attached to (4). Install new compartment access door by
pins B, C, and D. removing pins from hinge halves
attached to helicopter structure, mating
(4). Secure wire harness as required, and halves on compartment access door
remove old wire harness from helicop with those on structure, and reinstall
ter. ing pins.
H. Installing Battery and Completing
(5). Check installation. Ensure that all
Installation
wiring is connected correctly and
To complete the installation, the new compart secured.
ment access door must be installed and the
installation checked. (6). Close battery compartment access door.
NOTE: The battery is discharged and shorting
I. Weight and Balance
straps are attached for shipping. Before in
stalling the battery in the helicopter, re
move shorting straps and charge and ser Weight and balance data changes that result
vice the battery (Ref. Sec. 96-05-00). from the 17 amp hr battery installation are
listed in Table 901. After installation of the 17
(1). Ensure that all drill cuttings and any amp hr battery, incorporate changes to
other foreign objects are removed from helicopter weight and balance record as
battery compartment. instructed in Section 08-10-00.

Weight (lb) Arm (in) Moment (in.−lb/ 100)
Added 18.0 53.5 2217.0
Removed 0.0 0.0 0.0
Change +18.0 53.5 +2217.0

96-05-10
Revision 8
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

96-05-10
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Section
96−10−00
DC Generation

[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
DC GENERATION
1. Description and Operation generator output voltage is absent or
excessively low, the reverse current
Voltage generation, regulation and power relay senses same and causes a GEN
control equipment consists of a nicad battery, OUT lamp on the instrument panel to
starter/generator, voltage and current regula illuminate.
tion and control components, circuit breakers,
control switches and associated components. A NOTE: On 369E helicopters S/N 384 & subs,
voltage regulator, overvoltage relay and 369FF helicopters S/N 076 & subs, 500N he
reverse current relay function with the licopters S/N 001 & subs and 600N helicop
starter/generator to monitor, regulate and ters S/N 003 & subs, the GEN switch will
control dc output voltage (nominal 28 Vdc), not enable the engine out warning and audi
battery charging and protect components and ble headset warning.
circuits from overvoltages. The starter/genera
tor both starts the engine and generates dc With GEN-OFF switch at GEN, a ground is
electrical power. supplied to enable engine power out and
warning horn equipment that activates in
NOTE: event of low engine or main rotor speed. A
15-ampere circuit breaker protects the
D On 369E helicopters S/N 384 & subs,
generator field circuit. During engine starting,
369FF helicopters S/N 076 & subs, 500N
the voltage regulator opens the generator field
helicopters S/N 001 & subs and 600N he
circuit when the START circuit is energized.
licopters S/N 003 & subs, a generator con
trol unit GCU replaces voltage regulator (2). 369E helicopters S/N 384 & subs,
(VR1), (K300) and (K103) providing for 369FF helicopters S/N 076 & subs,
regulation, reverse current, overcurrent 500N helicopters S/N 001 & subs and
and overvoltage protection. 600N helicopters S/N 001 & subs:
D On 369E helicopters S/N 509 & subs,
369FF helicopters S/N 092 & subs, 500N The GCU regulates, at engine speeds of
helicopters S/N 045 & subs and 600N he idle rpm and greater, monitors and
licopters S/N 003 & subs, a new GCU is maintains correct generator output
installed that eliminates the squat voltage by varying generator field
switch. Reference applicable wiring dia current. An overvoltage sensed by the
gram. GCU trips the GEN switch removing
power to the GCU and removing
(1). The voltage regulator, at engine speeds generator output voltage from the main
of idle rpm and greater, monitors and dc power bus. The GCU reverse current
maintains correct generator output circuitry prevents discharging of
voltage by varying generator field battery through generator circuits
current. The overvoltage relay, when when generator output voltage is less
energized by an overvoltage sensed by than battery voltage. If generator
the voltage regulator, opens a switch output voltage is absent or excessively
circuit of the reverse current relay low, the reverse current circuit senses
removing generator output voltage from same tripping the GEN switch remov
the main dc power bus. The reverse ing power to GCU and provides internal
current relay prevents discharging of ground to illuminate GEN OUT lamp
battery through generator circuits on the instrument panel.
when generator output voltage is less
than battery voltage. Voltage genera 2. DC Generation − Fault Isolation
tion and regulation circuits are con
trolled by the GEN-OFF switch and Refer to Sec. 96-00-00 for information on
function with the switch at GEN. If troubleshooting the start-generation system.

96-10-00
TR16-001
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
3. Generator Control Unit (GCU) (3). Install replacement GCU and attach
electrical connector.
The GCU maintains constant generator output
voltage under varying speeds and load (4). Perform adjustment of installed GCU.
conditions. Internal circuitry provides voltage
regulation, overvoltage protection, reverse B. Adjustment of Installed Generator
current protection direct load meter drive to Control Unit (GCU)
the starter/generator. Overcurrent sensing of
To accomplish a full charge, the 17 amp hr - 20
the starter/generator protects the battery and
cell battery requires a higher regulated voltage
starter/generator from harming each other in a
than the 13 amp hr - 19 cell battery. The GCU
reverse current situation. Internal circuitry
must be adjusted to supply the required
provides a ground for the GEN OUT indicator
voltage for the 17 amp hr - 20 cell battery. Any
when generator failure occurs.
time the GCU is adjusted for use with the 17
amp hr - 20 cell battery, the decal must be
A. Generator Control Unit (GCU)
attached to the GCU cover.
Replacement
(Ref. Figure 201) Special Tools

NOTE: When installing the generator control Item Nomenclature
unit, adjust the current limit switch to ST1009 Voltmeter
match the installed starter/generator (Ref.
Figure 202).
Overheating of the battery
(1). Ensure all electrical power is OFF. WARNING can occur and fire and/or ex
plosion can result if the proper voltage
(2). Disconnect electrical connector and settings are not used with the appro
remove attaching hardware and GCU. priate battery installed.
SCREW
WASHER
GENERATOR
CONTROL UNIT
EFFECTIVITY: 369E 384 & SUBS
369FF 076 & SUBS

G96-1017A
500N 001 & SUBS
600N 003 & SUBS.
Figure 201. Generator Control Unit (GCU) Removal/Installation

96-10-00
TR16-001 purpose except as specifically authorized in writing by MD Helicopters, Inc.
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
NOTE: The electrical system voltage level is to (6). Increase engine speed to 100% N2, with
be adjusted for a specific generator output No-Load condition, (Ref. step (4a).)
voltage, according to prevailing ambient
temperatures. (Ref. Table 201) (7). Check voltmeter for the correct reading.
(1). Access power distribution center under (a). If incorrect voltage indication is
pilots seat structure. shown, turn GCU voltage adjustment
screw slowly for incremental voltage
NOTE: Protective coating on component termi increase or decrease as necessary to
nals must be removed to ensure proper con get the correct voltage setting.
tact between meter leads and component.
(8). Set all electrical switches to ON to
Make Sure Generator Control provide a Full-Load condition of
CAUTION Unit is set according to applica electrical systems.
ble battery installed (Ref. Table 201). Fail
ure to adjust Generator Control Unit to the (9). Check and record voltage reading.
correct settings can damage battery.
(a). The GCU must keep generator
(2). Connect a precision voltmeter (ST1009) output within +0.5 Vdc.
to E5 and terminal 1 of AS301 shunt
(10). Restore helicopter electrical systems to
(Ref. Figure 202).
No-Load condition (Ref. Step (4).(a).)
Avoid steady-state operations
CAUTION (specified as a dwell time of
(b). Keep a flat rotor pitch.
more than one second) between power tur (c). Decrease engine speed to stabilize at
bine N2 speed avoid range (Ref. applicable the appropriate N1 idle speed range
Pilot's Flight Manual for ranges). Failure of (Ref. applicable Pilot's Flight Manu
the power turbine can occur. al).
(3). Start engine (Ref. applicable Pilot's (11). Set all electrical switches ON to repeat
Flight Manual). Full-Load condition.
(4). Set GEN switch to ON and remove all (a). Make sure that GCU is within limits
electrical system loads. recorded in Step (9). +0.5 Vdc.
(a). Make sure all circuit breakers are (12). Shut down engine.
ON (pushed in) and all switches are
set to OFF/SAFE or NORMAL. (13). If voltage does not regulate to specified
limits, replace GCU and do steps (1).
(5). Hold the collective pitch stick full down thru (12). again.
and let the N1 idle speed stabilize (Ref.
applicable Pilot's Flight Manual). (14). Disconnect and remove voltmeter.

96-10-00
TR16-001
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
E5
AS301 SHUNT
TERMIAL 1
CURRENT LIMIT SWITCH RELAYS FOR GCU ADJUSTMENT

VOLTAGE ADJUST
(NOTE)
4
3
21
CONNECTOR
GENERATOR CONTROL UNIT

GENERATOR CONTROL UNIT 369D24284-3
(369D24284-BSC) CONNECTOR
369E 509 - 537
369E 384 - 508 369FF 092 - 128
369FF 076 - 091 500N 045 - 083
500N 001 - 044 369D24284-5
369E 538 AND SUBS
369FF 129 AND SUBS
500N 084 AND SUBS
600N 001 AND SUBS VOLTAGE
TEST JACKS
ADJUSTMENT VOLTAGE
SCREW COVER ADJUST
NOTE:
ADJUST CURRENT LIMIT SWITCH TO MATCH THE INSTALLED VOLTAGE REGULATOR
GENERATOR PRIOR TO INSTALLING GENERATOR CONTROL UNIT
POSITION 1 NOT USED
POSITION 2 LUCAS OR APC 200AMP START/GEN
POSITION 3 LUCAS OR APC 150AMP START/GEN
POSITION 4 NOT USED G96-1001F
Figure 202. Voltage Regulation and GCU Components

96-10-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
4. Voltage Regulator temperatures and voltage settings given in
(Ref.Table 201).
(Ref. Figure 202) The static voltage regulator
maintains constant generator output voltage Overheating of the battery
under varying speed and load conditions. The WARNING can occur and fire and/or ex
regulator has a voltage adjustment range of 26 plosion can result if the proper voltage
- 30 volts and contains an over voltage circuit. settings are not used with the appro
priate battery installed.
A. Voltage Regulator Replacement
To accomplish a full charge, the 17 amp hr - 20
(1). Make sure all electrical power is OFF. cell battery requires a higher regulated voltage
than the 13 amp hr - 19 cell battery. The
(2). Disconnect electrical connector and 369A4652 voltage regulator must be adjusted
remove voltage regulator. to supply the required voltage for the 17 amp
hr - 20 cell battery. When the 369A4652
(3). Install replacement voltage regulator voltage regulator is adjusted for use with the
and attach electrical connector. 17 amp hr - 20 cell battery, the decal must be
attached to the voltage regulator cover.
(4). Do an Adjustment of Installed Voltage
Regulator.(Ref. Procedure 4.B.)
Special Tools
Table 201. Recommended Voltage Settings
Item Nomenclature
13 Amp−hr 19 Cell Battery ST1009 Voltmeter
Battery Ambient Temperature
in Degrees NOTE: For regulator voltage settings of the 13
F (C) Voltage Setting amp hr - 19 cell, or the 17 amp hr - 20 cell
Up to 80 (26.9) 28.5 battery (Ref. Table 201).
81 − 100 (27.4 − 38.1) 28.0 (1). Access power distribution center under
pilots seat structure.
101 − 130 (38.6 − 54.9) 27.5
131 − 140 (55.5 − 60.5) 27.0
(2). Connect a precision voltmeter (ST1009)
to test jacks of voltage regulator (Ref.
17 Amp−hr 20 Cell Battery Figure 202).
Below 0 (−17.9) 31.5 Avoid steady-state operations
CAUTION (specified as a dwell time of
10 − 20 (−12.3 − 6.7) 31.1
more than one second) between power tur
10 − 40 (−12.3 − 4.5) 30.6 bine (N2) speed avoid range (Ref. Applicable
30 − 80 (−1.1 − 26.9) 30.0 Pilot's Flight Manual for ranges). Failure of
the power turbine can occur.
70 − 100 (21.3 − 38.1) 29.5
90 − 120 (32.5 − 49.3) 28.9
(3). Start engine (Ref. applicable Pilot's
Flight Manual).
110 − 130 (43.7 − 54.9) 28.4
(a). Hold the collective pitch full down
NOTE: Figures in Voltage Setting column represent and allow (N1) idle speed to stabilize
recommended constant potential charging volt- (Ref. applicable Pilot's Flight Manu
age to which voltage regulator or GCU is to be al).
adjusted for listed temperatures.
(4). Turn on all normal flight electrical
B. Adjustment of Installed Voltage Regulator equipment
(a). Make sure that ammeter indicates
The electrical system voltage level is to be normal load.
adjusted for a specific generator output
voltage, according to prevailing ambient NOTE: If not, battery may be low.

96-10-00
TR16-001
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Make sure voltage regulator is (a). If necessary, readjust the voltage to
CAUTION set according to applicable bat stay within the limits at the engine
tery installed (Ref. Table 201). Failure to ad speeds shown in steps (5). and (6).
just voltage regulator to the correct settings
can damage battery. (8). Quickly increase electrical loads by
turning on all possible radio and
electrical equipment.
(5). As you keep an applicable N1 idle speed
rpm, look at voltmeter indication. NOTE: Except for momentary fluctuations,
regulator must keep the generator output at
(a). If an incorrect voltage indication is voltage listed in Table 201 as indicated on
shown, open the adjustment screw meter.
cover on the voltage regulator (Ref. (9). Turn off electrical loads.
Figure 202).
(10). Decrease engine speed to stabilize at
(b). Turn voltage adjustment screw the appropriate N1 idle speed range
slowly for incremental voltage (Ref. applicable Pilot's Flight Manual).
increase or decrease as necessary (11). Shut down engine.
(0.05 volt increments are possible).
(12). If electrical loads cause voltage to
(6). As you hold full down collective pitch, change outside specified range, replace
increase engine speed to 100% N2. voltage regulator and do steps (1). thru
(11). again.
(7). Examine the voltmeter to make sure (13). Disconnect and remove voltmeter and
the voltage is within the tolerance close voltage regulator adjustment
range. screw cover.

96-10-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
REVERSE
CURRENT
RELAY OLEO SUPPORT
FITTING
ENGINE HARNESS
RECEPTACLE (REF)
NOTE:
ASTERISK ( * ) INDICATES EXPOSED
ELECTRICAL STUDS, TERMINALS AND
ASSOCIATED CONNECTING HARDWARE
TO BE COATED WITH LACQUER (CM306)
AFTER ASSEMBLY.
STA
124
GROUNDING
STUD
START
RELAY
HELICOPTERS 369D 3-723
G96-1002-1A
Figure 203. Engine Compartment Relays − Replacement (Sheet 1 of 2)

96-10-00
TR16-001
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
K312
J1301 (APPLIES TO
369E 384-SUBS AND
369FF 076-SUBS) J303
CB301 ENGINE HARNESS
AFT LINE CONNECTOR CB301 RECEPTACLE (REF)
K312 (EFFECTIVE ON CB302 BRACKET
HELICOPTERS CB302
369E 384-SUBS AND
369FF 076-SUBS).
REVERSE
CURRENT
RELAY
GROUNDING
STUD
BRACKET LOCATION
(369A4255-11) APPLIES TO
HELICOPTERS
369D 1150-SUBS;
369E; 369FF
STA
124
START RELAY
K301
GROUNDING OLEO SUPPORT
STUD FITTING
ENGINE HARNESS
BRACKET RECEPTACLE
(369A4255-5)
LOCATION APPLIES
TO HELICOPTERS
369D 724-1149
G96-1002-2
Figure 203. Engine Compartment Relays − Replacement (Sheet 2 of 2)

96-10-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
5. Overvoltage Relay 6. Reverse Current Relay
(Ref. Figure 206) (Ref. Figure 203) The reverse current relay
K300 (solid state) is mounted on the oleo
support fitting on the aft rib installation
NOTE: Not used on 369E helicopters S/N 384 & between Sta. 124.00 and 137.50. The relay
subs, 369FF helicopters S/N 076 & subs,
isolates the generator from the dc main power
500N helicopters S/N 001 & subs and 600N
bus and battery to prevent current flow in
helicopters S/N 003 & subs, GCU replaces
reverse direction when; the GEN-OFF switch
functions of component.
is OFF; an overvoltage condition exists; and
when battery voltage is greater than generator
The overvoltage relay (K103) protects the output voltage.
electrical system from overvoltage. With
GEN-OFF switch at GEN, normally closed NOTE:
contacts of overvoltage relay apply generator D Not used on 369E helicopters S/N 384 &
output voltage to switch circuit SW of reverse subs, 369FF helicopters S/N 076 & subs,
current relay. When an overvoltage occurs in 500N helicopters S/N 001 & subs and
range of 31.5 - 34.5 volts, overvoltage relay 600N helicopters S/N 003 & subs. GCU
energizes, removing power from switch circuit replaces functions of component.
of reverse current relay to remove generator
output from dc main power bus. D 369D helicopters S/N 003 - 723 have re
verse current relay mounted to oleo sup
A. Overvoltage Relay Replacement port fitting on right aft rib installation of
engine compartment.
D 369D helicopters S/N 724 and subs, 369E
Consumable Materials helicopters S/N 001 thru 383 and 369FF
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) helicopters S/N 001 thru 075, the relay is
Item Nomenclature located on the left side of engine compart
CM601 Insulation sleeving, electrical ment.
CM815 Solder A. Reverse Current Relay Replacement
(Ref. Figure 203)
(1). Ensure all electrical power is OFF.
(2). Gain access to overvoltage relay on (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
instrument panel structure. For Item Nomenclature
appropriate relay location, Refer to Sec. CM306 Lacquer, clear
95-00-00.
(3). Remove overvoltage relay. (1). Ensure all electrical power is OFF.
(2). Disconnect and remove reverse current
(4). Unsolder electrical wiring from relay relay.
terminal lugs.
(3). Ensure case electrical bonding surfaces
(5). Ensure that insulation sleeving are clean on replacement reverse
(CM601) is used over wires and solder current relay and on mounting surface
(CM815) wires to terminal lugs of per Maintenance of Electrical Bonding
replacement relay. Slide insulation Connectors (Ref. Sec. 96-00-00). Secure
sleeving over relay solder terminals. relay with attaching hardware.
(4). Connect electrical wiring to terminal
(6). Secure overvoltage relay on mounting studs of reverse current relay.
panels.
(5). Apply coating of lacquer (CM306) to
(7). Reinstall instrument panel fairing, if all exposed electrical studs, terminals
removed. and associated connecting hardware.

96-10-00
TR16-001
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
7. Generator polarity, check for incorrect connections
or defective field circuit.
The generator, part of the combined, self-
cooled starter/generator assembly, normally 8. Engine Starting Equipment
provides primary 28 Vdc power for operation of
the complete electrical system during engine Engine starting equipment consists of a
operation. Maximum intermittent duty rating starter/generator, start relay and a start
for the generator is 30 volts dc, 150 amperes switch on the pilot's collective pitch stick.
within the speed range of 7200 - 13,000 rpm. When pressed, the START switch energizes
A shear point is incorporated in the generator the solenoid of the start relay which closes and
drive shaft mechanism to protect the engine applies dc power from the dc main power bus,
drive from excessive torque loads. Generator thru the BAT terminal of the reverse current
operation is controlled by the GEN-OFF relay to the start winding of the starter/gener
switch on the instrument panel. Maintain the ator. Simultaneously, while the START switch
generator per starter/generator instructions. is pressed, the voltage regulator opens the
For flashing the generator field refer to generator field circuit, the starter/generator
Flashing of Generator Field. operates as a series motor and the ignition
circuit is activated.
NOTE: 369FF - 600N helicopters have genera
tors rated at 200 amperes within the speed 9. Starter/Generator
range of 7050 - 12,000 rpm. (Ref. Figure 204) The starter/generator is a
A. Generator Field Flashing combined, self-cooled unit. The unit is clamp
attached to a quick-disconnect mounting on
Flashing the generator field is required when the engine power and accessory gearbox. The
the starter/generator fails to produce adequate starter/generator both starts the engine and
output voltage due to loss of residual mag generates dc electrical power. Starter opera
netism or reversed field polarity. (Failure is tion is controlled by the START switch located
indicated by zero or negative ammeter reading on the pilot's collective pitch stick. A terminal
and an illuminated GEN-OUT caution light.) block on the starter/generator provides for
connection of electrical wiring and contains a
Do not flash field while starter/ radio frequency-interference (RFI) filter.
CAUTION generator is in operation as Access to brushes in the starter/generator is
damage to voltage regulator may result. through a brush cover that is rotatable in
increments of 90 degrees.
(1). Disconnect wires from generator field
stud A+ and stud D (Ref. Figure 204). NOTE: Starter limitations for engine compres
sor cleaning are provided in the appropriate
(2). Connect one end of jumper wire to Pilot's Flight Manual.
generator field stud A+.
10. Starter/Generator Replacement
(3). Connect other end of jumper wire to
BAT terminal of reverse current relay (Ref. Figure 204)
(Ref. Figure 203).
A. Starter/Generator Removal
(4). Ensure GEN-OFF switch is OFF and
place master switch at BAT; not (1). Ensure all electrical power is OFF.
exceeding a total contact of more than 5 (2). Tag and identify electrical wiring and
seconds. disconnect from starter/generator
(5). Place master switch at OFF. terminal block; insulate wiring termi
nals.
(6). Disconnect jumper wires and reconnect (3). Remove starter/generator.
field wire to terminal stud A+ and wire
to terminal stud D. (4). Remove mounting flange with gasket.
(7). Operate engine for generator check. If (5). Install suitable protective closure over
flashing field fails to correct generator opening in mounting flange.

96-10-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
REVERSE CURRENT
RELAY
ENGINE
NOTE 5
ACCESSORY
GEARCASE ENGINE HARNESS
GASKET DISCONNECT
MOUNTING FLANGE
OLEO SUPPORT
FITTING
MOUNTING CLAMP
TERMINAL BLOCK
GROUND CONNECTION
START RELAY
FIREWALL
STA 124
FAN COVER
DAMPER AND
DRIVE SHAFT
BRUSH ACCESS COVER
STARTER-GENERATOR END BELL
G300 (NOTE 4)
DRY-SPLINED
WIRE DRIVE SHAFT
TERMINAL BLOCK P107B10 (NOTE 2)
LOOKING FORWARD
(ROTATED) DAMPENER DAMPENER
CLUTCH BACK PLATE
VIBRATION
WET-SPLINED
DAMPENER
DRIVE SHAFT
NOTES: O-RING (NOTES 1, 3)
(NOTE 6)
1. DAMPENER CLUTCH MUST EXERT SPRING PRESSURE
AGAINST BACK PLATE WITHOUT GAP BETWEEN
CLUTCH AND PLATE. MINIMUM CLUTCH SPRING
THICKNESS 0.015 IN. (0.381 MM); MINIMUM BRONZE FRICTION
FACING THICKNESS IS 0.010 IN. (0.254 MM) ON PLATE.
ARMATURE
2. AT INSTALLATION, SPLINES ARE TO BE LUBRICATED WITH
COMPENSATING
GREASE (CM111)).
3. LSI MODEL 23032-20 ONLY. INTERPOLE
4. LSI MODEL 23032-20 DRY SPLINE SHOWN ON THIS SERIES SHUNT
ILLUSTRATION; PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED BENDIX
30B69-15-A AND AIRCRAFT PARTS GENERATION
STARTER-GENERATORS CURRENTLY USED ARE SIMILAR. RADIO NOISE
5. WIRING SHOWN IS FOR 369D HELICOPTERS S/N 003-373. (RFI) FILTER
REF. SEC. 96-00-00 FOR LOCATION OF ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAYS AND REWIRING ON 369D HELICOPTERS SUBSEQUENT
TO S/N 723. C+ B+ A+ D E-
6. WET SPLINE STARTER-GENERATOR IS INSTALLED ON 369D
HELICOPTERS S/N 994 AND SUBS.. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
G96-1003
Figure 204. Starter/Generator − Replacement and Repair

96-10-00
TR16-001
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
B. Starter/Generator Installation brush cover and fan cover. Clean brush dust
out of unit.
Consumable Materials NOTE: This inspection does not supersede nor
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) replace inspections required by manufactur
Item Nomenclature er of starter/generator (Ref. Sec. 01-00-00).
CM111 Grease, aircraft
A. Starter/Generator − Exterior Inspection
NOTE: Replacement of damper clutch or back
plate is required if it does not meet following
(1). Ensure that all electrical power is OFF. requirements.
(2). Remove protective cover from opening (1). Ensure damper clutch exerts pressure
in engine. against dampener backplate; Weak
spring on clutch or gap between these
(3). Install mounting flange with four nuts parts is not allowed.
and washers. Torque nuts to 100 - 140
inch-pounds (11.29 - 15.81 Nm). (2). Inspect damper clutch for cracks,
warpage, loose rivets and excessive
(4). Using a bottle brush and solvent wear on spring surface mating with
(CM234), clean the starter shaft and damper backplate; Minimum spring
mating engine splines. thickness if 0.015 inch (0.381 mm).
Before installation, check condi (3). Inspect damper backplate for cracks
CAUTION tion of seal in accessory drive and bronze friction facing for wear;
gearbox. For wet-splined starter/genera Minimum facing thickness if 0.010 inch
tors, also insure integrity of packing on (0.254 mm).
starter/generator drive shaft.
(4). Check splines on drive shaft for wear.
(5). Lubricate starter/generator drive shaft
splines with grease (CM111). (5). Check fan for looseness on hub and for
cracked or bent condition.
NOTE: .Grease (CM111) dry spline starter/gen
erator drive shaft splines only. (6). Inspect terminal block for cracks,
breaks, loose or damaged terminal
(a). Install starter/generator with studs, and loose electrical connections.
V-clamp. Torque clamp nut to 50
inch-pounds (5.64 Nm). (7). Inspect starter/generator housing for
any signs of damage, and inlet and
(b). Tap around clamp with a rawhide outlet blower screens for clogging.
mallet to seat clamp on flange.
Retorque clamp nut to 50 inch- (8). Inspect mounting clamp and mounting
pounds (5.64 Nm). flange attaching hardware for security.
B. Starter/Generator − Interior Inspection
(c). Continue tapping around clamp and
retorquing clamp nut until nut no (1). Inspect commutator for pitting, scoring
longer turns when specified torque is or burned areas.
applied.
(2). Check brushes for cracks, chips, frayed
(6). Install electrical leads to properly leads and loose shunt connections.
identified locations. Install and tighten Ensure brush leads lay over brush
nuts and remove identifying tags. spring clips. Replace brushes if remain
ing allowable wear is suspected before
11. Starter/Generator Inspection next scheduled inspection (Ref.
Figure 205).
(Ref. Figure 204) Before inspecting starter/
generator, remove lubricant from splines of (3). Check brush holder and end bell for
drive shaft. Clean vibration dampener. Remove cracks and warpage.

96-10-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
100% 100% 100%
100% 90% 90%

SATISFACTORILY SEATED BRUSHES
SPRING
SLOT IN BRUSHES
(MAXIMUM WEAR UNSATISFACTORILY SEATED BRUSHES
POINT)
NONSEATED AREAS
END BELL VIEW SEATED AREAS
NOTE:
HELICOPTER AMMETER INDICATOR
CIRCUIT TERMINAL.
G96-1004
Figure 205. Starter/Generator − Brush Seating and Wear Limits
12. Starter/Generator Repair (b). Cut a groove down the center of both
edges and across the bottom of a new
(Ref. Figure 204) For starter/generator repairs, brush. When prepared in this man
maintenance of starter brushes is the only ner, the brush will have a continuous
repair information provided. For all other groove around three sides.
starter/generator repairs, refer to manufactur
er's instructions (Ref. Sec. 01-00-00). (c). Place a fine wire around the brush in
the groove; then insert the brush in
one of the brush holders. Tie the two
ends of the wire together to form a
Item Nomenclature
loop and attach a fish-type spring
scale that is graduated in ounces.
(d). Raise the brush by the scale until the
lower end of the brush is even with
(1). Removing Brushes: the bottom edge of the brush holder.
When in this position, the brush
(a). Remove the four screws that secure
spring tension should be between 32
the fan cover and brush access cover
and 48 ounces (907 and 1361 grams).
to the generator end bell; remove fan
cover.
(e). Take an average of several readings.
(b). Remove the screw from the lead If the spring tension is out of this
terminal of each brush set and lift range, replace the spring.
out the brush sets.
(f). Measure the brush spring tension in
(2). Checking Brush Spring Tension: the remaining brush holders.
(a). Remove brushes from starter/genera (3). Replacing Brushes and Preliminary
tor. Seating (Ref. Figure 205).

96-10-00
TR16-001
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
NOTE: New brushes must be properly seated 13. Start Relay
on the commutator surface. Although the
The start relay is a single-pole, single-throw,
brushes are of the instant-filming type, normally open relay with enclosed contacts.
they should be sanded and run-in for proper The relay connects battery or external power
seating before full load is applied to the to the starter when the START switch on the
starter/generator. Failure to properly seat pilot's collective pitch stick is pressed.
the brushes can result in excessive sparking
that will cause burning and pitting of the NOTE:
commutator. D 369D helicopters S/N 003 - 723 have re
verse current relay mounted to oleo sup
port fitting on right aft rib installation of
(a). Place a strip of grade 5/0 or finer engine compartment.
sandpaper (CM801), slightly wider D 369D helicopters S/N 724 and subs, 369E
than the combined width of the two helicopters S/N 001 thru 383 and 369FF
brush halves, around the commutator helicopters S/N 001 thru 075, the relay is
with the sand side out. located on the left side of engine compart
ment.
A. Installation of Transient Suppressor
(b). Cut the sandpaper strip to 1/8 inch (Start Relay)
(3.175 mm) less than the commutator
To reduce the possibility of voltage spikes
circumference.
damaging solid state circuits, it is recommend
ed that a transient suppressor be installed on
the start relay on 369D helicopters S/N
(c). Secure one end of the sandpaper strip 003-539.
to the commutator surface with
masking tape so that the taped end (1). Ensure all electrical power is OFF.
will lead in the direction of rotation, (2). Disconnect and remove start relay.
and the other end will lead in the
direction of rotation, and the other (3). Connect suppressor to terminals X1
end will remain loose. and X2 on start relay.
(4). Reinstall start relay.
(d). Install the brushes in place against B. Start Relay Replacement

the sandpaper and set the brush (Ref. Figure 203)
springs in position.
(e). Carefully rotate the armature by Item Nomenclature
hand in the normal direction of
CM306 Lacquer, clear
rotation until a full seat is obtained
on each brush. Do not sand excessive
ly. (1). Ensure all electrical power is OFF.
(2). Disconnect and remove start relay.
(f). Lift the brushes, and remove the (3). Check bonding surfaces for good
sand paper. condition per Maintenance of Electrical
Bonding Connections. Position replace
ment relay on mounting surface, secure
(g). Remove all carbon dust with dry, and connect wiring.
compressed air, connect the brush (4). Apply coating of lacquer (CM306) to
wire terminals, and proceed with the all-exposed electrical studs, terminals
brush run-in operation. and associated connecting hardware.

96-10-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
14. Generator Control Unit Bench Test (a). Increase voltage to approximately 26
volts, field lamp and Gen Out/Fail
(Ref. Figure 206) The following procedure is for should brighten and differential
checking the circuits inside the 369D24284-3, voltage between J and M should be
-5 Generator Control Unit. This should be approximately 0.5 volts.
accomplished by knowledgeable personnel
(b). Momentarily depress SW1 - Line
only.
contactor lamp should be ON and
Gen. fail lamp should be OFF.
(1). Build a test box as described in
Figure 206 and install between a (c). Momentarily depress SW2 - Line
variable power supply and the GCU. contactor lamp should be OFF and
Gen. fail lamp should be ON.
(2). Field Flash: Verifies the field flash
circuit is working. (d). Depress Gen Disable switch - Field
lamp should be OFF, Gen Out should
be ON.
(a). Verify switch positions, SW1 and
SW2 closed, Gen Disable open. (e). Release Gen Disable switch - Field
lamp should be ON and Gen Out/Fail
(b). Increase voltage slowly to approxi should be ON.
mately 10 volts.
(4). Voltage Regulation: This is the propor
tional band.
(c). Field lamp and Gen Out/Fail should
be dim and voltage at J and M should (a). Increase voltage until field lamp goes
be very low (a few millivolts) OFF, this should be between 26 and
30 volts depending on voltage adjust
(3). Line Contactor Control: setting of GCU.
GENERATOR CONTROL UNIT
+ A BUSS SENSE 4
3
SW1 2 1
B GENERATOR SENSE
CURRENT
SW2 F #2 CURRENT SENSE LIMIT
0 TO 32 VDC D #1 CURRENT SENSE
VARIABLE
POWER K #3 CURRENT SENSE
SUPPLY R #4 CURRENT SENSE
15 AMP RATING 10A J POWER IN
T
GEN DISABLE
N
P GEN DISABLE
E
GEN OUT
S GEN OUT LT.
FIELD
M FIELD
LINE
CONT. H LINE CONTACTOR
− G NEGATIVE SENSE
L PWR GND
369D24284-3, -5
G96-1018
Figure 206. GCU Bench Test

96-10-00
TR16-001
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(b). Field lamp should transition from (b). W1304B22 (blue) from P1201-72.
full ON to OFF smoothly over a
fraction of a volt range. (c). Connect W1304B22 (white) and
W1304B22 (blue) together.
(5). Overvoltage Protection:
(d). Discard jumper between contacts 4
(a). Increase voltage to 32 volts; the 10 and 6.
amp CB should trip. (This verifies
the crowbar circuit is working (e). Remove W1305A22 from contact 3
properly.) and reroute to TB503-10M.
NOTE: If the power supply is current limiting, (f). Remove W1300A22 from contact 3
replace the circuit breaker with a toggle and reroute to TB503-10R.
switch. A current limit of 0.5 - 1.0 amp is (g). Remove J1075D22N from contact 2
sufficient. Cycling the toggle switch should (this wire will be installed on new
reset the circuit. switch).
15. Generator Control Unit Upgrade To (8). Install the following wires on
Eliminate Squat Switch MS35059-30 switch.
The following procedure is for upgrading from (a). Run new wire (W1307A22) from
the 369D24284-BSC GCU to the 369D24284-3 TB503-10J to contact 3.
GCU that eliminates the Air/Ground (squat)
switch. (b). Connect J1075D22N to contact 2.
It is extremely important that (9). Replace P/N AP-1-3-50-051 generator

CAUTION the following detailed informa switch with P/N MS35059-22 generator
tion reflects the wiring in the helicopter. switch
(1). Replace P/N 369D24284-BSC GCU (10). Remove the following wires from
with P/N 369D24284-3 GCU. AP-1-3-50-051 switch.
(a). Remove P1067D16 from contact 1
(2). With new GCU installed, verify type of
(this wire will be installed on new
starter/generator installed in helicopter.
switch).
(3). Set GCU current limit switch to proper (b). Remove P1068A16 from contact 2
position (Ref. Figure 202). (this wire will be installed on new
(4). Remove squat switch and landing gear switch).
switch clamp. (c). Cap and stow P1069A22 from
(5). Cap and stow the following wires using P1201-44.
HS4784-22 sealing plugs: (11). Install the following wires on
MS35059-22 switch.
(a). W1304A22N at splice SP200 from
terminal 1. (a). Connect P1067D16 to contact 5.
(b). W1303A22 at splice SP201 from (b). Connect P1068A16 to contact 4
terminal 3.
(c). Run new wire (W1306B22) from
(6). Replace P/N 512TS1-1 auto-reignition TB503-10P to contact 3.
test switch with P/N MS35059-30 test
switch. (d). Run new wire (W1306A22N) from
E31-C to contact 2.
(7). Remove the following wires from
512TS1-1 switch: (12). Remove decal 369D26454-17, Gnd/
Flight, and relocate next to S11,
(a). W1304B22 (white) from P1201-71. reignition test switch.

96-10-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Section
96−30−00
DC Electrical Load
Distribution

[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
DC ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION
1. Description and Operation NOTE: 369D model helicopters S/N 003 - 723
did not have an APU or battery relay. The
2. Power Distribution Equipment BATTERY-OFF-EXT PWR (master) switch
S2 connects the dc main power bus to either
Power supply, distribution, and control an external power source or the nicad bat
equipment consists of voltage generation, tery; or when OFF, disconnects the bus from
regulation, power control components, and either of the two sources.
wiring harnesses. This equipment switches, Nominal 28 Vdc power is supplied by the
controls, and routes dc electrical power to starter-generator in its generator mode.
functional electrical equipment and compo Voltage output is controlled by voltage
nents of the helicopter. regulator VR1, at engine speeds of idle or
greater, by varying generator field current.
The wire harnesses have shielding to minimize Overvoltage when sensed at VR1, closes
EMI. Separation of cables and relocation of overvoltage relay K103 to open the SWITCH
relays and contacts to the power distribution circuit reverse current relay K300, removing
center also help minimize EMI. Forward and generator output from the main dc power bus.
aft line relay contacts protect main power bus Power is stored in a 24 Vdc high ampere hour
and feeder wires. Over voltage diodes protect nickel-cadmium battery BT101. Reverse
circuits from excessive ground power voltages. current relay K300 prevents discharge of the
battery through generator circuits whenever
Switches, controls and circuit breakers are generator output voltage is less than battery
installed at various locations, depending on voltage. If the generator output is excessively
helicopter model (369D, 369E, 369FF, 500N or low, the ALARM circuit of the reverse current
600N) and instrument panel configuration relay lights the GEN OUT indicator on the
(slim-line, T-panel and T-panel with center instrument panel. GEN circuit breaker
console). protects the generator field circuit from
currents over 15 amperes. For engine starting,
NOTE: 369E helicopter S/N 384 and subs and the START circuit causes voltage regulator
369FF helicopter S/N 076 and subs have VR1 to open the generator field circuit, setting
major power distribution differences. The the starter-generator in a start mode. Auxilia
wire harnesses have additional shielding to ry power receptacle J100, protected by APU
minimize EMI. Separation of cables and re relay K309, provides an alternate source of 28
location of relays and contracts to power dis Vdc power for the helicopter when on the
tribution center. Forward and aft line relay ground. Master switch S2 directs power from
contacts protect main power bus and feeder either APU relay K309 or battery relay K310
wires. Over voltage diodes protect circuits to main dc power busses W1, W2, and W3.
from excessive ground power voltages and a
GCU (generator control unit) replaces the (Effective on the following helicopters only:
over voltage relay (K103), voltage regulator 369E helicopters S/N 384 and subs,
(VR1), and reverse current relay (K300). 369FF helicopters S/N 076 and subs,
The GCU will provide the necessary voltage 500N helicopters S/N 001 and subs,
regulation, over voltage and reverse current and 600N helicopters S/N 0003 and subs)
protection.
Nominal 28 Vdc power is supplied by the
3. Power Distribution starter-generator in its generator mode.
Voltage output is controlled by the generator
(Effective on the following helicopters: control unit (GCU) at engine speeds of idle or
369D helicopter S/N 001 and subs, greater, by varying generator field current.
369E helicopter S/N 001 - 383, and The GCU regulates the voltage of the genera
369FF helicopter S/N 001 - 075) tor output and opens the aft line contactor

96-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(K312) if an over voltage, over current or 5. Power Distribution Center Replacement
reverse current condition exists. Power is
stored in a 24 Vdc high ampere hour nickel-
cadmium battery BT101. If the generator
output is excessively low, a reverse current
Item Nomenclature
condition will develop between the battery and
generator. The GCU current sense line will CM217 Isopropyl alcohol
trip the GEN switch removing power from the CM703 Tie strap
GCU. An internal ground is provided by the CM815 Solder
GCU to illuminate the GEN OUT indicator.
The GEN circuit breaker type switch protects
the generator field circuit from currents over (1). Ensure all electrical power is OFF;
15 amperes and provides power to the GCU. disconnect battery.
Auxiliary power receptacle J100, protected by
(2). Remove left foot support fairing panel
APU relay K309, provides an alternate source
(Ref. Sec. 52-50).
of 28 Vdc power for the helicopter when on the
ground. The BATTERY-OFF-EXT PWR (3). Release velcro attaching points secur
switch S2 directs power from either APU relay ing power distribution center cover
K309 or battery relay K310 to main dc power plate.
busses.
(4). Remove tie straps (CM703) as required
to gain access to component hardware.
4. Power Distribution Center (5). Identify, tag and disconnect wires from
relays.
(Effective on the following helicopters only: (6). Identify, tag and desolder (CM815)
369E helicopter S/N 384 and subs, wires from diodes. Remove diodes from
369FF helicopter S/N 076 and subs, plate.
500N helicopters S/N 001 and subs and
600N helicopters S/N 0003 and subs) (7). Remove attaching hardware from shunt
bar, terminal 2.
(8). Remove attaching hardware securing
The power distribution center is located just relays to plate, and shunt bar to plate
aft of Sta. 64.37 canted bulkhead, under the bracket.
pilot seat structure. The power distribution
(9). Remove attaching hardware securing
center consists of battery relay (K310), ground
plate to helicopter.
power relay (K309), landing light relay (K101),
over voltage diodes (CR2001, CR2002, (10). Repair and or replace components as
CR2003), ammeter shunt (AS301) and forward necessary.
line contactor (K308).
(11). Install components onto plate.
The over voltage diodes provide protection to (12). Reconnect wiring and secure with
ship electrical systems and any optional applicable hardware and or solder
avionics systems from voltage spikes or (CM815); remove all tags and ensure
improper ground power unit supply voltages. proper wire end insulation.
The ammeter shunt increases load current
measurement accuracy and improved reliabil (13). Clean solder joints with alcohol
ity. The forward line contactor isolates the (CM217).
battery and ship power from the main feeder. (14). Position assembled plate over mounting
An aft line contactor located in the engine bay holes and secure to helicopter.
on the oleo support fitting between Sta. 124.0
and 137.50. The contactor isolates the genera (15). Arrange wiring to from smooth integra
tor from the main feeder. tion with existing wire harness; use tie

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
strap (CM703) as required to secure 10. Control Switches
wire bundles. Ensure sufficient wire
slack to avoid stress on connections. Control switches, include circuit breaker type
switches, the key ON-OFF switch or
OFF-ACC-ON switch (ACC position of the
6. Load Chart − Electrical System
switch is used for manual starts), GEN-OFF
switch and the BATTERY-OFF-EXT PWR
Electrical system load analysis data is
(master) switch. Legends adjacent to switches
contained in Table 201 thru Table 207.
indicate control functions. The UTILITY PWR
and START PUMP switches are circuit
NOTE: 369D Helicopter S/N 003 - 723; 724 -
breaker type and snap to OFF in event of
1149, 1151 - 1184; 1150, 1185 and subse
circuit overload. The UTILITY PWR switch
quent have major electrical system differ
controls electrical power to the utility recep
ences. Complete wiring diagrams for each
tacle.
electrical system and configuration are in
cluded in appropriate sections. Helicopter Cyclic/collective stick grip configurations vary
serial numbers and configuration are used and may have additional switches. Switch
to identify differences in this section. functions are described in appropriate sec
tions. For replacement or repair of switches,
7. Fault Isolation refer to Collective and Cyclic Stick Grips (Ref.
Sec. 67-10-20).
For wiring diagram of power distribution
system, Ref. Figure 201, Figure 202, Ensure all electrical power is
CAUTION OFF during removal and re
Figure 203 and Figure 204 as applicable for
appropriate helicopter model. Use information placement of circuit breakers, control
provided in Table 201, Sec. 96-00 for trouble switches and edgelighted panels. Key
shooting the power distribution system. switch, when replacement is necessary, is to
be installed using only hardware specified
8. Electrical System Switches, Controls and in step (2). below. Do not use nut and washer
Circuit Breaker Configurations supplied with replacement key switch.
11. Circuit Breaker and Switch Replacement

(Ref. Figure 205, Figure 206, Figure 207 and
Figure 208) (1). Replace affected circuit breaker or
switch in accordance with FAA AC
9. Circuit Breaker and Switch Panels 43.13-1A (Ref. Table 201, 01-00-00),
aircraft standard electrical repair and
The circuit breaker and switch panels are replacement practices and procedures
removable assemblies and includes provisions as follows.
for circuit breakers of the electrical system as
well as mounting holes for circuit breakers of (2). Remove and replace defective switch
optional equipment. Circuit breakers, when assembly using new shakeproof washer
closed, are pressed (button in) for the applica and AN type nut.
ble circuit. If a circuit is overloaded, the
corresponding circuit breaker opens (pops out), (3). Perform operational check of circuit
de-energizing the circuit. Additional circuit breaker or switch with associated
breakers and mounting holes are provided on system or equipment.
the panels. Markings for each switch circuit
12. Switch and Circuit Breaker Edgelighted
breaker or other components indicate its
Panel Replacement
particular circuit function.
Replace panel with aircraft standard electrical
When necessary, replace circuit breakers in repair and replacement practices and proce
accordance with FAA AC 43.13-1A (Ref. Table dures.
201, 01-00-00) and aircraft standard electrical
repair and replacement practices and proce (1). Switch and Circuit breaker panel (left
dures. and right). Remove right fairing (Ref.

96-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Sec. 52-50) and hardware securing 15. Circuit Breaker Panel
panel. Install replacement panel in
reverse order of removal. Check panel The edgelighted circuit breaker panel located
for correct illumination. on the pilot's collective pitch stick cover
contains provisions for 27 pushbutton-type
(2). Switch and Circuit breaker panel circuit breakers. Plug buttons are installed in
(lower). Remove right fairing and circuit breaker positions provided for optional
hardware securing panel. Install equipment, but not used. The circuit breakers
replacement panel in reverse order of are normally pressed (button in) when the
removal. Check panel assembly for associated circuits are energized. When a
correct illumination. circuit is overloaded, the circuit breaker button
pops out and de-energizes the circuit. The
13. Electrical System Switches, Controls and circuit breaker panel assembly also includes a
Circuit Breaker Configurations (T−Panel standoff-mounted bracket that supports the
with Center Console) landing light relay. The engraved plastic panel
(Ref. Figure 208) assembly contains integral light elements
mounted on a separable light circuit board
14. Control Console Panels that is attached to the plastic panel with
screws.
The electrical controls console consists of three
horizontally-mounted control panels, a panel 16. Circuit Breaker Panel Replacement
containing an ash receiver and cigarette
lighter, internally-mounted terminal blocks, (1). Check that all electrical power is OFF.
terminal boards, connectors, and other (2). Remove six panel-mounting screws and
miscellaneous items. The circuit breaker, remove plastic panel.
switch, and lights control panel are within
reach of both pilot and copilot. Console (3). Release the five turnlock fasteners that
positions for two additional control units, secure the panel base to the inboard
covered with removable panels, are also collective pitch stick cover and lift panel
provided. out to expose circuit breaker wiring.
The inboard collective pitch stick cover that (4). Disconnect wiring and bus bar(s) from
supports the circuit breaker panel is remov circuit breaker to be replaced; then
able for maintenance of circuit breaker panel remove hex nut, lockwasher and
components and the collective pitch stick breaker.
friction mechanism, or for access to the
underseat controls area. (5). Position the replacement breaker
keyway and secure with hex nut and
Terminal blocks, connectors and associated lockwasher.
components inside the console provide
electrical system wiring interconnection for the (6). Reconnect wiring and bus bar. Reinstall
instrument and electrical controls console. the circuit breaker panel.

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
BATTERY P108 TB10
A 3
POWER
C
SWITCH LIGHTS CONTROL PANEL
OFF
J100 S2
EXT PWR 3 1 P615J J617P ANTI-COL
+ 2 CB115
2 Z M LTS REF
- 1 7.5A 2
4 CHAP 96
EXT PWR
RECP NOTE 2
NOTE 2 START
CB118
NOTE 2 PUMP REF
EXT PWR 1 7.5A2 CHAP 28
P108 BATTERY PITOT
RECP A1 A2 A2 BT101 CB120
+ HTR REF
X1 A1 X1 1 2
- 7.5A CHAP 95
APU BATT UTIL
J100 RELAY RELA CB117
PWR REF
1
X2
K309 Y 7.5A 2 CHAP 25
X2 K310
POWER
CR30 SWITCH
S2
EXT OFF
J110P PWR 3 1 BATT
2 CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
B
A CB101
INSTR REF
1 2 CHAP 95
5A
CB125 REF
1 2 CHAP 95
CKPT CB106 ENG 7.5A
CB116 OUT REF
UTIL LT
1 5A 2 CHAP 96
2 5A 1
POS ENG
CB119 CB125
REF LT START REF CB130 XPDR
CHAP 96 2 7.5A 1 1 3A 2 CHAP 96
1 5A 2
INSTR CYCLIC
REF LT CB104 CB102 TRIM REF
CB113 ADF
CHAP 95 2 5A 1 1 5A 2 CHAP 67 NOTE 1
1
LDG
CB110 N2 GOV 2A 2
REF LT CB103 TRIM REF NAV
CHAP 96 2 15A 1 CB108
1 5A 2 CHAP 76 COMM
ARM PNL 1 2
REF LTS CB114 7.5A
CIG
CHAP 95 2 5A 1 CB109
LTR REF
DIR
CB111 1 2 CHAP 25
GYRO 15A
2 5A 1 CARGO
NOTE 1 ATT CB603
HOOK
CB105 1
GYRO 15A2 HOIST
2 5A 1 CB600 PWR
1 50A 2 NOTE 1
HOIST
CB601 CUTTER
1 2
7.5A
NOTES:
1. REFER TO APPROPRIATE SECTION OF
MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT
NOT PART OF BASIC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
2. EFFECTIVE ON 369D MODEL,
S/N 724-1149 HELICOPTERS ONLY.
G96-3000
Figure 201. Power Distribution Wiring Diagram, 369D Helicopters with

T−Panel and Center Console

96-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-3000-202-1
Figure 202. Power Distribution Wiring Diagram, 369D Helicopters

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
SWITCH PANEL
(NOTE 3)
CB117
UTL PWR
1 7.5A 2
NOTE 3 CB119
POS LT
1 7.5A 2
CB122
N2 OVSP
1 5A 2
NOTE 2
EXT PWR CB143
ANTI-ICE
RECP P108 BATTERY
1 3A 2
+ A1 A2 A2 BT101 CB144
A1 BLD SOL
- 1 5A 2
X1 X1
APU BATT CB150
RELAY RELAY SCAV AIR
J100 1 3A 2
K309 K310
X2 X2 ANTI-COL
CB115 LT
1 7.5A 2
POWER
OFF SWITCH
EXT S2
J110P PWR 3 1
2
B CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
A
CB105 CB110 LDG

GYRO LT REF SEC
NOTE 1 11
2 5A 15A 2 96-40
CB104 WARN
CB101 PNL LTS
REF SEC INSTR REF SEC
2 5A 11 95-30
95-30 3A 2
CB102 CB103 N2
REF SEC TRIM GOV REF SEC
11 67-10
67-10 2 5A 5A 2
ENG
REF SEC OUT CB106 CB112 REF SEC
GEN
96-10 1 1 96-10
96-30
2 5A 15A 2
P6-C
SWITCH PANEL
(NOTE 2) RAD
CB209 CB208
AUDIO ALT
2 3A 11 2A 2
CB117 UTL CB207 CB206

PWR REF SEC COMM 1 COMM 2
1 2 11
HOIST 7.5A 2 25-40 7.5A 7.5A 2
PWR CB600
CB205 CB204
2 3.5A 1 NOTE 1 NAV 1 NAV 2 NOTE 1
2 2A 11 2A 2
NOTE 1 HOIST CB601
CUTTER CB119
POS LT REF SEC CB203 CB202
2 5A 1 1 96-40 ADF XPDR
7.5A 2 11
2 2A 3A 2
CB150
SCAV AIR NOTE 1 CB603 CB121
1 3.5A 2 HOOK FLOATS
ANTI-COL 2 15A 11 5A 2
CB115 LTS
REF SEC
1 7.5A 2 96-40
CB118 START
PUMP REF SEC
1 7.5A 2 28-00
PITOT NOTES:
CB120 HTR REF SEC
1 95-10 1. REFER TO APPROPRIATE SECTION OF
7.5A 2 MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT
CB122 NOT PART OF BASIC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
ANTI-ICE REF SEC
1 3A 2 75-10
2. EFFECTIVE ON 369E S/N 001-075 ONLY.
3. EFFECTIVE ON 369FF S/N 001-075 ONLY.
G96-3000-203-1
Figure 203. Power Distribution Wiring Diagram, 369E/FF − 500N Helicopters

96-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(Sheet 1 of 2)
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
W1 CB110
15A LDG LT (REF. 96−40)
CB105
3A GYROS (NOTE1)
CB112
10A GEN (REF. 96−10)
CB104
3A PNL LTS (REF. 95−30)
CB103
W2 3A N2 GOV (REF. 75−10)
CB101
3A INSTR (REF. 95−30)
CB102
5A TRIM ACT (REF. 67−10)
BUS−1
CB106
1A ENG OUT (REF. 96−10)
(REF. 96−30)
CB208
BATTERY START
2A (REF. 28−00)
J/P108
BUS BAR CB209
+ A AUDIO
CR2001 3A (NOTE1)
− C
CB206
SWITCH/BREAKER PANEL 1A COMM 2
P1201 A2 A1 12GA W3
JUMPER
MASTER SELECT SWITCH X1 K310 CB204
BATT BATT BUS−2 NAV 2
1 X2 RELAY 2A
36
OFF A E31 CB202
C XPDR
EXT 37 5A
3 EXT PWR
RECP CB121
J100 FLOATS
5A
− NOTE 1
E4 CR2002 CB207
1A COMM #1
+
2 CB205
22 GA 2A NAV #1
JUMPER
CB203
A2 A1 12GA 3A ADF
TB1001 K309 JUMPER
X1
APU CB603
CR30 X2 W4
RELAY 15A HOOK
2 1
CB115
1A ANTI COL LTS
(REF. 96−40)
CB120
20GA
JUMPER 2A PITOT HEAT
(REF. 96−10)
CB118
START PUMP
5A (REF. 28−00)
CB150
5A SCAV AIR
(NOTE 1)
CB119
BUS−3 POS LTS
1A (REF. 96−40)
3 CB143
W6
2A ANTI ICE (REF. 75−10)
CR2003
CB117
NOTE: 3A UTIL PWR (REF. 25−40)
12GA
1. REFER TO APPROPRIATE SECTION OF JUMPER CB144
MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT 15A BLD SOL (NOTE 1)
NOT PART OF BASIC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. CB122
3A N2 OVSP
2. EFFECTIVE ON 369E 384 & SUBS., 369FF 076 (REF. 76−10)
& SUBS, AND 500N/530N & SUBS.
G96−3002−2A
Figure 203. Power Distribution Wiring Diagram, 369E/FF − 500N Helicopters

(Sheet 2 of 2)

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

W1 CB110
15A LDG LT (REF. 96−40)
CB105
3A GYROS (NOTE 1)
CB112
10A GEN (REF. 96−10)
CB104
3A PNL LTS (REF. 95−30)
CB103
W2 3A FADEC (REF. 75−10)
CB101
3A INSTR (REF. 95−30)
CB102
5A TRIM ACT (REF. 67−10)
BUS−1
CB106
1A ENG OUT (REF. 96−10)
(REF. 96−30)
BATTERY CB208
2A START (REF. 28−00)
J/P108
BUS BAR CB209
+ A
CR2001 3A AUDIO (NOTE 1)
− C
SWITCH/BREAKER PANEL A2 A1
CB206
P1201
12 GA 1A COMM 2
K300 JUMPER W3
X1
MASTER SELECT SWITCH BATT CB204
X2 BUS−2
BATT 1
36 RELAY 2A NAV 2
OFF A E31 CB202

C XPDR
37 5A
EXT
3 EXT PWR RECP
CB121
J100 FLOATS
5A
− E4 CR2002 CB207
NOTE 1
1A COMM #1
+
2 CB205
22 GA NAV #1
2A
JUMPER A2 A1
CB203
TB1001 K309 12 GA 3A ADF
X1
APU JUMPER
CR30 X2 CB603
RELAY W4
15A HOOK
2 1
CB115
1A ANTI COL LTS
(REF. 96−40)
20 GA CB120
JUMPER 2A PITOT HEAT
(REF. 96−10)
5A
CB150
SCAV AIR
5A (NOTE 1)
CB119
BUS−3 POS LTS
1A (REF. 96−40)
3 CB143
W6
2A ANTI ICE (REF. 75−10)
CR2003
CB117
3A UTIL PWR (REF. 25−40)
12 GA
NOTE:
JUMPER
1. REFER TO APPROPRIATE SECTION OF MAINTENANCE MANUAL 15A
FOR EQUIPMENT NOT PART OF BASIC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.

2. EFFECTIVE ON 600N RN001 AND SUBS. 3A
6G96-082
Figure 204. Power Distribution Wiring Diagram, 600N Helicopters

96-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
17. Switch Control Panel panel contains integral circuitry and lamps.
When instrument and panel lights SW PANEL
The edgelighted switch control panel is a OFF-BRT potentiometer is rotated clockwise,
removable assembly on the electrical console. voltage is increased to a switching regulator in
Individually-removable generator, utility the dimmer control unit, which applies
power and start pump switches are installed increased voltage to all panel lamps on the
on the panel. Additional switches may be instrument panel and control panels of the
installed for control of optional equipment. electrical controls console. (For indicator lights
Control functions are apparent from adjacent dimmer assembly information, refer to Section
legends. The UTILITY PWR and START 95-00.)
PUMP switch/circuit breakers snap to the OFF
position if the circuit is overloaded. The plastic 20. Lights Control Panel − Switches or
panel assembly contains integral light Potentiometer Replacement
elements mounted on a separable light circuit
board that is attached to the plastic panel with (Ref. Figure 208)
screws. The switch control panel assembly also
supports the overvoltage relay and wiring (1). Check that all electrical power is OFF.
terminal block TB11.
(2). Loosen setscrew and remove knob from
18. Switch Panel and Switch Replacement lights control panel.
(1). Check that all electrical power is OFF. (3). Remove four screws, washers and
edge-lighted plastic panel.
(2). Remove five screws that secure switch
control panel to the console. Carefully (4). Release four turnlock fasteners that
lift the panel as far as possible to gain secure the lights control panel to the
access to the underside. console. Carefully lift the panel as far
as possible to gain access to the under
(3). Remove four screws, nuts and washers side. Disconnect wiring and tag-identi
that attach the power selector switch; fy as necessary to aid reinstallation.
remove switch and insulator. Note bond
jumper attachment location. (5). Remove hex nut and lockwasher that
secures switch or potentiometer to
(4). Remove four screws, washers and mounting plate; remove applicable unit.
plastic panel.
NOTE: Check that the no-turn tang washer of
(5). Remove hex nut and washer. Then the potentiometer will not contact the plas
remove switch far enough to disconnect tic panel; trim if necessary.
wiring from switch.
(6). Install replacement switch or poten
(6). Place insulator under power selector tiometer with keyway or no-turn tang
switch before installing switch, and aligned, and install hex nut with
reconnect bond jumper. Locate replace lockwasher.
ment switch in position, reconnect
wiring and install attaching hardware. (7). Connect electrical wiring and remove
identifying tags, if used.
(7). Reinstall panel and check operation of
replacement switch. (8). Reinstall panel and check operation of
replacement switch.
19. Lights Control Panel
21. Inspection
The edgelighted lights control panel is
removable from the electrical console. Compo (1). Check that all electrical power is OFF.
nents on the panel are individually replace
able. Control functions are apparent from Inspect connectors, wire harness, switches,
adjacent legends. The ANTI-COLLISION light circuit breakers, bus bars and attaching
switch is a switch-circuit breaker. The plastic hardware for security and evidence of damage.

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
G96-3000-205-1

369D Helicopters with Slim Line Panel

96-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
CB110 CB105
CB104
CB101
Ç
Ç
CB143 CB102
CB117
INSTRUMENT
CB106
PANEL CONSOLE EDGE-LIGHTED
SWITCH PANEL
KEY SWITCH (NOTE 2) CB208 CB209
(IGNITION)
CB206 CB207
CB204
CIRCUIT BREAKER
PANEL CB205
CB302 CB203
CB121
CB403
INSTRUMENT PANEL (T-PANEL)

(NOTE 1)

REAR VIEW
NOTES:
1. NUMBER, SIZE (AMPS) AND FUNCTION OF
CIRCUIT BREAKERS VARIES BASED ON
SWITCH PANEL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED.
TOP VIEW 2. GEN AND START PUMP SWITCH LOCATIONS
ARE INTERCHANGED ON 369E S/N 384 AND SUBS,
369FF S/N 076 AND SUBS ONLY.
G96-3004

369D/E/FF − 500N Helicopters with T−Panel

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
INSTRUMENT EDGE LIGHTED

PANEL CONSOLE SWITCH PANEL
KEY SWITCH
(IGNITION)
CIRCUIT BREAKER
PANEL
INSTRUMENT PANEL (T-PANEL)

(NOTE 1)

REAR VIEW
SWITCH PANEL
TOP VIEW
NOTES:
1. NUMBER, SIZE (AMPS) AND FUNCTION OF CIRCUIT
BREAKERS VARIES BASED ON EQUIPMENT INSTALLED.
2. EFFECTIVE ON 600N, 001 AND SUBS.
6G96-083

600N Helicopters

96-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
STUD
(6 PLCS)
CUP
(6 PLCS)
BUS
(W4)
SPRING BUS
(6 PLCS) (W3)
STANDOFF
(4 PLCS)
CONNECTOR
(J28)
BUS
(W2)
BUS
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
(W1)
(24 SHOWN) (NOTE 1)

REAR VIEW (NOTE 1)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
T-PANEL WITH CENTER CONSOLE
(NOTE 2)
NOTES:
1. NUMBER, SIZE (AMPS), LOCATION AND FUNCTION
OF CIRCUIT BREAKERS VARIES BASED ON
2. PANELS AND SWITCHES VARY WITH OPTIONAL
G96-3005-1

369D Helicopters with T−Panel and Center Console
(Sheet 1 of 3)

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
PLASTIC PANEL
EDGE LIGHT
PANEL ASSEMBLY
EDGE LIGHT
CONNECTOR
EDGE LIGHT
CIRCUIT BOARD GENERATOR SWITCH
GYRO COMPASS SWITCH

NYLON SHOULDER (OPTIONAL)
WASHER UTILITY POWER SWITCH/
K103 J29 CIRCUIT BREAKER
CB118 CB120 CB117
XK103 S502 S501
1
1 1 1 SLAVE/FREE
1
S7 12 2 2 2 2 GYRO SWITCH
2
(OPTIONAL)
S4 S50
E14
1 2 3
1
4 2
TB11
2
3 1
E14A
S2 EDGE LIGHT
CONNECTOR (J29)
REAR VIEW PITOT HEAT SWITCH/
CIRCUIT BREAKER
(OPTIONAL)
START PUMP SWITCH/
CIRCUIT BREAKER
PANEL PLATE ATTITUDE GYRO SWITCH
SCREW ASSEMBLY (OPTIONAL)
(TYPICAL)
INSULATOR
POWER SELECTOR
SWITCH
RESISTOR PANEL PLATE

(R4) OVERVOLTAGE
RELAY (K103)
BRACKET
BOND JUMPER
BOND JUMPER
RELAY SOCKET
(XK103)
SWITCH CONTROL PANEL
G96-3000-208-2

(Sheet 2 of 3)

96-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
S7
R19 R18
S6
J27
R20 R21
CB115
REAR VIEW
EDGE LIGHT RADIO LIGHTS POSITION LIGHT

SWITCH PANEL PLATE PANEL POTENTIOMETER SWITCH
POTENTIOMETER A
KNOB
LIGHTS POSITION
PANEL
O B O B
F R F R
F SW PANEL T F RADIO T OFF
B B ANTI-
O O COLLISION
F R F R
F T F T
PLATE
ENGINE ENGINE FLIGHT OFF
INSTRUMENTS
ENGINE POTENTIOMETER
FLIGHT INSTRUMENT
A
INSTRUMENTS DIMMER CONTROL ANTI-COLLISION
POTENTIOMETER KNOB/SWITCH LIGHT SWITCH/
SWITCH CIRCUIT BREAKER
(S6) LIGHT CONTROL PANEL
FRONT VIEW
POSITION LIGHT
SWITCH
TERMINAL NO. 1
TERMINAL NO. 2
TERMINAL NO. 3
ANTI-COLLISION LIGHTS
CIRCUIT BREAKER
VIEW A−A
G96-3000-208-3

(Sheet 3 of 3)

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
ENGINE STARTING REQUIREMENTS DATA
30
STARTER VOLTS
20
10
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
TIME (SECONDS)
POSSIBLE SYSTEM PEAK 369 AMPS.
PROBABLE SYSTEM PEAK 360 AMPS.
350
300
STARTER AMPERES
250 LIGHT OFF
200
150
100
50
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
TIME (SECONDS)
STARTING TRANSIENT CURVE
TYPICAL CHARGING CURVE

FOR BATTERY
150 (CONSTANT VOLTAGE TYPE CHARGING)
3.0
BATTERY CHARGING GRAPH
FACTOR VS. TIME
CHARGING CURRANT - AMPS
2.5
CHARGING FACTOR
AT 75°F
2.0
100
1.5
1.0 75
SEVERELY DISCHARGED BATTERY
0.5
50
MODERATELY DISCHARGED BATTERY
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 15 20 50 100 25
ELAPSED TIME IN MINUTES
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
TIME (MINUTES) G96-3006

369D/E Helicopters

96-30-00
Revision 7
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
NOTES:
(1) Table 201: Electrical power usage breakdown during different operating conditions for electrically operated
equipment (excluding starter power) installed in the basic aircraft (battery moderately discharged).
Table 202: Electrical power usage breakdown during different operating conditions for electrically operated
options installed in the aircraft.
Total power usage may be calculated at the bottom of Table 202. Circle the options installed and add their
amperage to the basic ship amperage to get the total.
(2) Power source consists of a generator P/N 369A4550, regulated at 26 to 28.5 Vdc.
Generator Output
Operating Ambient
Speed Amp. Output Volts Altitude Feet Period Temp. Max.
7500 85 26 Sea Level Cont. 250°F
8100 150 28.5 Sea Level 10 Min. 250°F
8100 100 28.5 Sea Level Cont. 160°F
8300 to 12000 150 30.0 Sea Level Cont. 104°F
14000 0 Over-Speed 5 Min. --
(3) Battery charging formula:
avg. amps − ( I ) = AH x C;
I = battery charging current;
AH = ampere−hour capacity of battery based on 2 hour discharge rate;
C = charging factor from graph above.
(4) This load is intermittent and is considered negligible.
(5) Valves remain electrically energized during time that floats are inflated.
(6) Max. duty cycle for hoist is 3 complete cycles (approx. 15 min. total) and then rest 40 minutes before
repeating cycle.
(7) Time interval of 15 minutes or over is considered continuous.
(8) Duty cycle for transmitting is one−half minute ON followed by five minutes OFF.
(9) Duty cycle for search light is ten minutes ON, ten minutes OFF.
(10) Warning lights and warning horn operate during alarm conditions only.
(11) The start pump is part of the anti−ice filter system. (ON with clogged filter only.)
(12) For starting amperes, see engine starting requirements data.
(13) Emergency equipment.
(14) This load chart Eff. 369D 001 & Subs.
(15) Deduct landing light amperage when utility floats LDG. LT. is being used.
(16) Squib functioning time is 15 milliseconds (max) and load is considered negligible.

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 201. Basic Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 369D/E Helicopters
START
T PRE-START TAKEOFF AND CLIMB
NO. AMPS TURBINE
OPER. O
OF PER DAY NIGHT
EQUIPMENT TIME T
UNITS UNIT AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
BASIC SHIP IN A AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
OR OR
MIN. L 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2
SYS. SYS.
AMPS SEC MIN SEC MIN SEC MIN SEC MIN
FLIGHT CONTROLS
ACTUATOR, LONG. TRIM 1 1.2 (4)
ACTUATOR, LAT. TRIM 1 1.2 (4)
INSTRUMENTS
THREE PACK SYS. 0.5 15 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
HOUR METER 1 0.1 15 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
ENGINE OUT
WARNING UNIT SYS. 0.5 15 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
ENGINE OUT HORN 1 0.01 2 (10) 0.01
WARNING LIGHTS
ENG. OUT 4 0.04 2 (10) 0.16
XMSN OIL PRESS. 4 0.04 2 (10) 0.16
XMSN OIL TEMP. 4 0.04 2 (10) 0.16
ENG.CHIPS 4 0.04 2 (10) 0.16
T/R XMSN CHIPS 4 0.04 2 (10) 0.16
M/R XMSN CHIPS 4 0.04 2 (10) 0.16
FUEL FILTER 4 0.04 2 (10) 0.16
GEN. OUT 4 0.04 2 (10) 0.16
FUEL FLOW 4 0.04 2 (10) 0.16
BAT 140° 2 0.04 2 (10) 0.16
BAT 160° 2 0.04 2 (10) 0.16
PRESS-TO-TEST WARNING LIGHTS 40 1.1 (4) -
INSTRUMENT PANEL & WARNING LIGHTS
INSTR. & PANEL W / DIMMER SYS. 2.5 15 2.5 2.5 2.5
ENGINE CONTROLS
N2 GOV. 1 1.2 (4)
STARTER SYS. (9) (9) (9) (9)
IGNITER 1 1.0 (9) (9) (9)
START PUMP AND INDICATOR LIGHT SYS. 3.5 15 3.5
UTILITY POWER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER, FWD 1 7.0 (4)
CIGARETTE LIGHTER, AFT 1 7.0 (4)
LIGHTING
STROBE ANTI-COLLISION SYS. 2.8 15 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
POSITION LIGHTS SYS. 2.8 15 2.8 2.8 2.8
MAP LIGHT, PILOT 1 0.3 (4)
CONVENIENCE LT, REAR 1 0.3 (4)
LANDING LIGHT & RELAY (15) SYS. 16.6 2 16.6 16.6 16.6
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
REVERSE CURRENT RELAY 1 0.5 15 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
VOLTAGE REGULATOR 1 0.3 15 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
OVER VOLTAGE RELAY 1 0.2 15 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
BATTERY / BUS RELAY 1 0.6 15 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
BATTERY CHARGING 1 40.3 15 (1) 40.3 29.2 40.3 29.2
BASIC SHIP AMPERES 32.67 5.5 5.5 45.8 34.7 67.7 56.6

96-30-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 201. Basic Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 369D/E Helicopters (Cont.)
HOVER CRUISE
DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT
EQUIPMENT AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
BASIC SHIP
15 15 15 15
5 SEC 2 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN
MIN MIN MIN MIN
FLIGHT CONTROLS
ACTUATOR, LONG. TRIM
ACTUATOR, LAT. TRIM
INSTRUMENTS
THREE PACK 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
HOUR METER 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
ENGINE OUT
WARNING UNIT 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
ENGINE OUT HORN
WARNING LIGHTS
ENG. OUT
XMSN OIL PRESS.
XMSN OIL TEMP.
ENG.CHIPS
T/R XMSN CHIPS
M/R XMSN CHIPS
FUEL FILTER
GEN. OUT
FUEL FLOW
BAT 140°
BAT 160°
PRESS-TO-TEST WARNING LIGHTS
INSTR. & PANEL W / DIMMER 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
ENGINE CONTROLS
N2 GOV.
STARTER
IGNITER
START PUMP AND INDICATOR LIGHT
UTILITY POWER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER, FWD
CIGARETTE LIGHTER, AFT
LIGHTING
STROBE ANTI-COLLISION 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
POSITION LIGHTS 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
MAP LIGHT, PILOT
CONVENIENCE LT, REAR
LANDING LIGHT & RELAY (15) 16.6 16.6
REVERSE CURRENT RELAY 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
VOLTAGE REGULATOR 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
OVER VOLTAGE RELAY 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
BATTERY / BUS RELAY 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
BATTERY CHARGING 23.8 16.2 7.8 23.8 16.2 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8
BASIC SHIP AMPERES 29.3 21.7 13.3 51.2 43.6 18.7 13.3 13.3 13.3 18.6 18.6 18.6

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 201. Basic Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 369D/E Helicopters (Cont.)
LANDING EMERGENCY - GENERATOR OUT
DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT
BASIC SHIP
15 15 15 15
MIN MIN MIN MIN
FLIGHT CONTROLS
ACTUATOR, LONG. TRIM
ACTUATOR, LAT. TRIM
INSTRUMENTS
THREE PACK 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
HOUR METER 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
ENGINE OUT
WARNING UNIT 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
ENGINE OUT HORN
WARNING LIGHTS
ENG. OUT
XMSN OIL PRESS.
XMSN OIL TEMP.
ENG.CHIPS
T/R XMSN CHIPS
M/R XMSN CHIPS
FUEL FILTER
GEN. OUT
FUEL FLOW
BAT 140°
BAT 160°
INSTR. & PANEL W / DIMMER 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
ENGINE CONTROLS
N2 GOV.
STARTER
IGNITER
START PUMP AND INDICATOR LIGHT
UTILITY POWER
LIGHTING
POSITION LIGHTS 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
MAP LIGHT, PILOT
CONVENIENCE LT, REAR
LANDING LIGHT & RELAY (15) 16.6 16.6 16.6 16.6
VOLTAGE REGULATOR 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
OVER VOLTAGE RELAY 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

96-30-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 202. Optional Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 369D/E Helicopters
START
NO. AMPS TURBINE
OPER. O
OF PER DAY NIGHT
EQUIPMENT TIME T
OPTIONS IN A AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
OR OR
MIN. L 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2
SYS. SYS.
GYRO
ATTITUDE 1 0.6 15 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
DIRECTIONAL 1 0.6 15 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
SEARCHLIGHT
DUAL SYS. 33.9 (9)
QUAD SYS. 66.6 (9)
UTILITY FLOAT LANDING LIGHT SYS. 33.6 (9) 33.6 33.6
CARGO HOOK SYS. 4.0 (9)
HOIST STS. 35.0 (6)
EMERGENCY FLOATS
SQUIB (13) 2 49.0 (16)
SOLENOID (13) SYS. 2.2 15 (5) 2.2
HEATED PITOT TUBE 1 3.0 15 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
AUTO RE-IGNITION SYS. 2.0 (4)
PARTICLE SEPARATOR SYS. 0.6 15 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
ANTI-ICE FUEL FILTER (13) SYS. 4.0 15 (11) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
INTERCOM, ICS CARTER SYS. 0.2 15 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
SSB - SUNAIR, ASB/125/60 REC. SYS. 2.5 15 2.5 2.5 2.5
369H90144 TRANS. SYS. 7.5 (8) 7.5 7.5 7.5
PA - UNIVERSITY SOUND IDLE 1 0.1 15 0.1 0.1 0.1
369H90143 TRANS. AVG. SYS. 8.0 (8) 8.0 8.0 8.0
ADF RADIO KING KR85 SYS. 1.0 15 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
KING KR86 SYS. 0.6 15 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
COLLINS ADF650 SYS. 1.0 15 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
TRANSPONDER KING KT-76 SYS. 1.3 15 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
COLLINS TDR950/950L SYS. 1.4 15 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
NAV./COMM. KING COMM. RCVR. SYS. 0.7 15 0.7 0.7 0.7
KX-17CB/175B, KY-195/8 COMM. TRANS. SYS. 4.5 (8) 4.5 4.5 4.5
NAV. RCVR SYS. 0.5 15 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LAMPS SYS. 0.2 15 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
COMM. TRANS. COMM. RCVR. SYS. 0.8 15 0.8 0.8 0.8
COLLINS VHF-251 COMM. TRANS. SYS. 5.1 (8) 5.1 5.1 5.1
COLLINS VIR-351 NAV. RCVR SYS. 0.8 15 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
INSTALLED OPTIONS AMPERES

BASIC SHIP AMPERES 32.67 5.5 5.5 45.8 34.7 67.7 56.6
TOTAL SHIP AMPERES

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 202. Optional Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 369D/E Helicopters (Cont.)
HOVER CRUISE
DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT
OPTIONS
15 15 15 15
MIN MIN MIN MIN
GYRO
ATTITUDE 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
DIRECTIONAL 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
SEARCHLIGHT
DUAL 33.9 33.9
QUAD 66.6 66.6
UTILITY FLOAT LANDING LIGHT 33.6 33.6
CARGO HOOK
HOIST 35.0 35.0 35.0 35.0 35.0 35.0
EMERGENCY FLOATS
SQUIB (13)
SOLENOID (13)
HEATED PITOT TUBE 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
AUTO RE-IGNITION
PARTICLE SEPARATOR 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
ANTI-ICE FUEL FILTER (13) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
INTERCOM, ICS CARTER 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
SSB - SUNAIR, ASB/125/60 REC. 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
369H90144 TRANS. 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
PA - UNIVERSITY SOUND IDLE 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
369H90143 TRANS. AVG. 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
ADF RADIO KING KR85 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
KING KR86 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
COLLINS ADF650 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
TRANSPONDER KING KT-76 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
COLLINS TDR950/950L 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
NAV./COMM. KING COMM. RCVR. 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
KX-17CB/175B, KY-195/8 COMM. TRANS. 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
NAV. RCVR 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LAMPS 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
COMM. TRANS. COMM. RCVR. 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
COLLINS VHF-251 COMM. TRANS. 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1
COLLINS VIR-351 NAV. RCVR 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

TOTAL SHIP AMPERES

96-30-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 202. Optional Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 369D/E Helicopters (Cont.)
DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT
OPTIONS
15 15 15 15
MIN MIN MIN MIN
GYRO
ATTITUDE 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
DIRECTIONAL 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
SEARCHLIGHT
DUAL
QUAD
UTILITY FLOAT LANDING LIGHT 33.6 33.6 33.6 33.6
CARGO HOOK
HOIST
EMERGENCY FLOATS
SQUIB (13)
SOLENOID (13) 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
AUTO RE-IGNITION
ANTI-ICE FUEL FILTER (13) 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
SSB - SUNAIR, ASB/125/60 REC. 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
369H90144 TRANS. 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
PA - UNIVERSITY SOUND IDLE 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
369H90143 TRANS. AVG. 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
ADF RADIO KING KR85 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
KING KR86 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
COLLINS ADF650 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
TRANSPONDER KING KT-76 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
COLLINS TDR950/950L 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
NAV./COMM. KING COMM. RCVR. 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
KX-17CB/175B, KY-195/8 COMM. TRANS. 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
NAV. RCVR 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LAMPS 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
COMM. TRANS. COMM. RCVR. 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
COLLINS VHF-251 COMM. TRANS. 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1
COLLINS VIR-351 NAV. RCVR 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

TOTAL SHIP AMPERES

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
255
240
225
210
195
180
165
150
135
120
105
90
75
CURRENT (AMPS)
60
45
30
15
0
MARATHON CA 1700 BATTERY

TEMPERATURE: 75°F (24°C)
INITIAL CHARGE CONDITION: 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

50% (DISCHARGED AT 17A FOR 30 MINUTES)
0% (DISCHARGED TO 120 VOLTS BEFORE BATTERY CHARGING DATA
CHARGE.)
600
500 STARTING CURRENT VS. TIME
400
CURRENT (AMPS)
300
200
100
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
TIME (SECONDS)
9 SEC EST. STARTER

LIGHT OFF CUTOUT TIME
G96-3007
Figure 210. Battery Charging and Engine Starting Data, 369FF Helicopters

96-30-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
NOTES:
(1) Table 203: Electrical power usage breakdown during different operating conditions for electrically operated
equipment installed in the basic aircraft.
Table 204: Electrical power usage breakdown during different operating conditions for electrically operated
options installed in the aircraft.
Total power usage may be calculated at the bottom of Table 204. Circle the options installed and add their
amperage to the basic ship amperage to get the total.
(2) Power source consists of:
A. Generator P/N 369D28550 regulated at 29.4 to 29.6 Vdc.
B. Battery P/N 369D296503 (ni−cad, 17 AH rating, 20 cell, hi rate).
(3) This load is intermittent and is considered negligible.
(4) The entry ‘‘C’’ under oper. time denotes continuous.
(5) Max. duty cycle for hoist is 3 complete cycles (approx. 15 min. total) and then rest 40 minutes before
repeating cycle.
(6) Duty cycle for transmitting is one−half minute ON followed by five minutes OFF.
(7) Duty cycle for search light is ten minutes ON, ten minutes OFF.
(8) The start pump is also part of the anti−ice filter system (on with clogged filter only).
(9) See graph of starting current vs time.
(10) Charging current shown is for 50% charged battery (typical after 2 start attempts).

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 203. Basic Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 369FF Helicopters
T START
NO. AMPS PRE-START TAKEOFF AND CLIMB
OPER. O TURBINE
EQUIPMENT OF PER TIME DAY NIGHT
T
BASIC SHIP UNITS UNIT IN AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
A AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
OR OR MIN. L 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2
SYS. SYS.
FLIGHT CONTROLS
ACTUATOR, LONG. TRIM 1 1.7 0.08 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
ACTUATOR, LAT. TRIM 1 1 0.08 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
INSTRUMENTS 1
AMMETER 1
OIL TEMP. GAGE 1 0.03 C 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
FUEL QUANTITY 1 0.03 C 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
HOUR METER 1 2.3 (3) 2.3
ENGINE OUT
WARNING UNIT 1 0.05 0 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
WARNING HORN 1 0.02 (3) 0.02
INSTRUMENT LAMPS 11 0.05 C 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
EDGE LIGHT PANELS SYS. 0.1 C 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
WARNING LIGHTS
ENG. OUT 4 0.05 (3) 0.2
XMSN OIL TEMP. 4 0.05 (3) 0.2
ENG. CHIPS 4 0.05 (3) 0.2
FUEL LOW 4 0.05 (3) 0.2
FUEL FILTER 4 0.05 (3) 0.2
GEN. OUT 4 0.05 (3) 0.2
T/R XMSN CHIPS 4 0.05 (3) 0.2
M/R XMSN CHIPS 4 0.05 (3) 0.2
XMSN OIL PRESS. 4 0.05 (3) 0.2
AIR FILTER CLG”D 4 0.05 (3) 0.2
AIRFRAME FILTER 4 0.05 (3) 0.2
BAT 140° 4 0.05 (3) 0.2
BAT 160° 4 0.05 (3) 0.2
PRESS-TO-TEST WARNING LIGHTS SYS. 2.6 0.1 2.6 2.6
ENGINE CONTROLS
N2 GOV. 1 0.2 0.02 1.0 1.0 1.0
IGNITER 2 1.5 0.5 3.0 3 3
UTILITY POWER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER, FWD 1 6.6 0.1 6.6
CIGARETTE LIGHTER, AFT 1 6.6 0.1 6.6
LIGHTING
LANDING LIGHT & RELAY SYS. 16.5 5 16.5
ANTI-COLL. LTS. & STROBE SYS. 2.5 C 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
POSITION LIGHTS 2 0.95 C 1.9 1.9 1.9
TAIL LIGHT 1 0.95 C 0.95 0.95 0.95
PILOT'S MAP LIGHT 1 0.3 15 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
REAR MAP LIGHT 1 0.3 15 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
STARTER SYS. C (9) (9)
OVERVOLTAGE RELAY 1 0.04 (3) 0.04
REVERSE CURRENT RELAY 1 0.5 C 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
BATTERY / BUS RELAY 1 0.5 C 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
BATTERY CHARGING (10) 1 225 135 225 135
BASIC SHIP AMPERES 52.21 3.95 1.36 10.06 7.36 232.31 138.61 235.81 142.11

96-30-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 203. Basic Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 369FF Helicopters (Cont.)
HOVER CRUISE
DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT
EQUIPMENT
AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
BASIC SHIP
5 2 15 5 2 15 5 2 15 5 2 15
SEC MIN MIN SEC MIN MIN SEC MIN MIN SEC MIN MIN
FLIGHT CONTROLS
ACTUATOR, LONG. TRIM 1.7 1.7 1.7
ACTUATOR, LAT. TRIM 1.0 1.0 1.0
INSTRUMENTS
AMMETER
OIL TEMP. GAGE 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
FUEL QUANTITY 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
HOUR METER
ENGINE OUT
WARNING UNIT 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
WARNING HORN
INSTRUMENT LAMPS 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
EDGE LIGHT PANELS 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
WARNING LIGHTS
ENG. OUT
XMSN OIL TEMP.
ENG. CHIPS
FUEL LOW
FUEL FILTER
GEN. OUT
T/R XMSN CHIPS
M/R XMSN CHIPS
XMSN OIL PRESS.
AIR FILTER CLG”D
AIRFRAME FILTER
BAT 140°
BAT 160°
ENGINE CONTROLS
N2 GOV. 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
IGNITER
UTILITY POWER
LIGHTING
LANDING LIGHT & RELAY
ANTI-COLL. LTS. & STROBE 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
POSITION LIGHTS 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
TAIL LIGHT 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95
PILOT'S MAP LIGHT 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
REAR MAP LIGHT 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
STARTER
OVERVOLTAGE RELAY
BATTERY CHARGING (10) 90 60 6 90 60 6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 203. Basic Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 369FF
Helicopters (Cont.)
LANDING
DAY NIGHT
EQUIPMENT
AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
BASIC SHIP
5 2 15 5 2 15
SEC MIN MIN SEC MIN MIN
FLIGHT CONTROLS
ACTUATOR, LONG. TRIM 1.7
ACTUATOR, LAT. TRIM 1.0
INSTRUMENTS
AMMETER
OIL TEMP. GAGE 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
FUEL QUANTITY 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
HOUR METER
ENGINE OUT
WARNING UNIT 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
WARNING HORN
INSTRUMENT LAMPS 0.55 0.55 0.55
EDGE LIGHT PANELS 0.1 0.1 0.1
WARNING LIGHTS
ENG. OUT
XMSN OIL TEMP.
ENG. CHIPS
FUEL LOW
FUEL FILTER
GEN. OUT
T/R XMSN CHIPS
M/R XMSN CHIPS
XMSN OIL PRESS.
AIR FILTER CLG”D
AIRFRAME FILTER
BAT 140°
BAT 160°
ENGINE CONTROLS
N2 GOV. 1.0 1.0
IGNITER
UTILITY POWER
LIGHTING
LANDING LIGHT & RELAY 16.5 16.5
ANTI-COLL. LTS. & STROBE 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
POSITION LIGHTS 1.9 1.9 1.9
TAIL LIGHT 0.95 0.95 0.95
PILOT'S MAP LIGHT
REAR MAP LIGHT
STARTER
OVERVOLTAGE RELAY
REVERSE CURRENT RELAY 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
BATTERY / BUS RELAY 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
BATTERY CHARGING (10) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
BASIC SHIP AMPERES 8.81 5.11 5.11 26.11 25.11 8.61

96-30-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 204. Optional Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 369FF Helicopters
START
NO. AMPS TURBINE
OPER. O
OF PER DAY NIGHT
EQUIPMENT TIME T
OR OR
MIN. L 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2
SYS. SYS
GYRO
ATTITUDE SYS. 0.6 C 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
DIRECTIONAL SYS. 0.8 C 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
SEARCHLIGHT, DUAL 2 16.5 (7) 33
UTILITY FLOAT LANDING LIGHT 2 16.3 2 32.6
CARGO HOOK SYS. 14.5 (3) 14.5
EMERGENCY FLOATS (SQUIB) SYS. 10 (3) 10
FLOATS, PRESS-TO-TEST SYS. 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.2
HEATED PITOT TUBE 1 4.0 C 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
PARTICLE SEPARATOR SYS. 0.6 C 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
COMM., KING (KX175/8) COMM. RCVR SYS. 1.1 C 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
COMM. TRANS. SYS. 3.0 (6) 3.0 3.0 3.0
ADF RADIO KING KR87 SYS. 0.75 C 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
COLLINS ADF650 SYS. 1.2 C 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
TRANSPONDER KING KT-75A SYS. 1.0 C 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
COLLINS TDR950 SYS. 0.75 C 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
COMM., KING (KX175/8) COMM. RCVR. SYS. 1.1 C 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
COMM. TRANS. SYS. 3.0 (6) 3.0 3.0 3.0
COMM., KING (KY196) REC. SYS. 0.4 C 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
TRANS. SYS. 5.0 (6) 5.0 5.0 5.0
INTERCOM, ICS CARTER SYS. 0.2 C 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
NAV. / COMM.. COLLINS DUAL SYS.
VHF-251 COMM. RCVR. 2 1.68 C 1.68 1.68 1.68
COMM. TRANS. 2 4.5 (6) 4.5 4.5 4.5
VIR-351 NAV. RCVR 2 0.75 C 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

TOTAL SHIP AMPERES

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 204. Optional Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 369FF Helicopters (Cont.)
HOVER CRUISE
DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT
OPTIONS
5 2 15 5 2 15 5 2 15 5 2 15
SEC MIN MIN SEC MIN MIN SEC MIN MIN SEC MIN MIN
GYRO
ATTITUDE 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
DIRECTIONAL 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
SEARCHLIGHT, DUAL 33
UTILITY FLOAT LANDING LIGHT
CARGO HOOK
EMERGENCY FLOATS (SQUIB)
FLOATS, PRESS-TO-TEST
COMM., KING (KX175/8) COMM. RCVR 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
COMM. TRANS. 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
ADF RADIO KING KR87 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
COLLINS ADF650 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
TRANSPONDER KING KT-75A 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
COLLINS TDR950 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
COMM., KING (KX175/8) COMM. RCVR. 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
COMM. TRANS. 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
COMM., KING (KY196) REC. 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
TRANS. 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
NAV. / COMM.. COLLINS DUAL
VHF-251 COMM. RCVR. 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68
COMM. TRANS. 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
VIR-351 NAV. RCVR 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

TOTAL SHIP AMPERES

96-30-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 204. Optional Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 369FF
Helicopters (Cont.)
LANDING
DAY NIGHT
EQUIPMENT AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
OPTIONS
5 2 15 5 2 15
SEC MIN MIN SEC MIN MIN
GYRO
ATTITUDE 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
DIRECTIONAL 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
SEARCHLIGHT, DUAL
UTILITY FLOAT LANDING LIGHT 32.6 32.6
CARGO HOOK
EMERGENCY FLOATS (SQUIB)
FLOATS, PRESS-TO-TEST
HEATED PITOT TUBE 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
PARTICLE SEPARATOR 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
COMM., KING (KX175/8) COMM. RCVR 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
COMM. TRANS. 3.0 3.0
ADF RADIO KING KR87 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
COLLINS ADF650 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
TRANSPONDER KING KT-75A 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
COLLINS TDR950 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
COMM., KING (KX175/8) COMM. RCVR. 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
COMM., KING (KY196) REC. 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
TRANS. 5.0 5.0
INTERCOM, ICS CARTER 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
NAV. / COMM.. COLLINS DUAL
VHF-251 COMM. RCVR. 1.68 1.68 1.68 1.68
VIR-351 NAV. RCVR 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75

BASIC SHIP AMPERES 8.81 5.11 5.11 26.11 25.11 8.61
TOTAL SHIP AMPERES

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
ARMATURE INTERPOLE COMP.
SERIES
SHUNT
GENERATOR RF1 FILTER
SWITCH
C+ B+ A+ D
E-
INTERNAL WIRING DIAGRAM
FWD ACFT STARTER/GENERATOR
BUS LC LC
B
STARTER
EXT. GENERATOR
PWR APU BATT GCU C
J100 LC LC A D E
+
- START
LC
APU BATTER
MASTER KEY
OFF Y
SWITCH START SWITCH
BATT SWITCH
BUS WIRING DIAGRAM
240
225
210
195
180 MARATHON CA1700 BATTERY
165 TEMPERATURE: 75°F (24°C)
150 INITIAL CHARGE CONDITION:
135 50%
120 (DISCHARGE AT
17A. FOR
CURRENT (AMPS)
105
90 30 MIN.)
75 0%
60
45
30
15
0
0 10 20 30
40 50 CHARGE TIME60
(MINUTES)
BATTERY CHARGING DATA
G96-3008
Figure 211. Bus Wiring Diagram and Battery Charging Data, 500N Helicopters

96-30-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 205. Basic Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 500N Helicopters
START
NO. AMPS TURBINE
OPER. O
EQUIPMENT OF PER TIME DAY NIGHT
T
BASIC SHIP UNITS UNIT IN AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
A AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
OR OR MIN. L 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2
SYS. SYS.
FLIGHT CONTROLS
ACTUATOR, LONG. TRIM 1 1.2 INTR. 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
ACTUATOR, LAT. TRIM 1 1.2 INTR. 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
ACTUATOR, YSAS SYS. 5.0 INTR. 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
INSTRUMENTS
AMMETER 1
OIL TEMP. 1 0.03 CON. 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
FUEL QUANTITY 1 0.03 CON. 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
HOUR METER 1 0.1 CON. 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
ENGINE OUT
EPO WARNING BOX 1 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
ENGINE OUT HORN 1 0.02 INTR.
INSTRUMENT LAMPS 11 0.05 CON. 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
EDGE LIGHT PANELS SYS. 0.1 CON. 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
WARNING LIGHTS
ENG. OUT 4 0.05 INTR. 0.2
XMSN OIL TEMP. 4 0.05 INTR. 0.2
ENGINE CHIPS 4 0.05 INTR. 0.2
FUEL LOW 4 0.05 INTR. 0.2
FUEL FILTER 4 0.05 INTR. 0.2
GEN. OUT 4 0.05 INTR. 0.2
FAN XMSN CHIPS 4 0.05 INTR. 0.2
M/R XMSN CHIPS 4 0.05 INTR. 0.2
XMSN OIL PRESS. 4 0.05 INTR. 0.2
AIR FILTER CLG'D 4 0.05 INTR. 0.2
AIRFRAME FILTER 4 0.05 INTR. 0.2
BATT. 140° 2 0.05 INTR. 0.2
BATT. 160° 2 0.05 INTR. 0.2
PRESS-TO-TEST WARNING LIGHTS SYS. 2.6 INTR. 2.6
ENGINE CONTROLS
N2 GOV. 1 0.2 INTR. 0.2
IGNITER 1 1.0 INTR. 1.5
FUEL PUMP LIGHT SYS. 3.5 CON. 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
UTILITY POWER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER 2 6.6 INTR. 13.2
LIGHTING
LANDING LIGHT & RELAY SYS. 16.5 INTR. 16.5
STROBE ANTI-COLLISION SYS. 3.5 CON. 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
POSITION LIGHTS 4 0.95 CON. 3.8 3.8 3.8
MAP LIGHT, PILOT 1 0.3 INTR. 0.3
MAP LIGHT, AFT 1 0.3 INTR. 0.3
GCU 1 0.5 CON. 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LINE CONTACTORS 3 0.5 CON. 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
BATTERY CHARGING 1 225.0 135.0 225.0 135.0

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 205. Basic Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 500N Helicopters (Cont.)
HOVER CRUISE
DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT
EQUIPMENT
BASIC SHIP
5 2 15 5 15 15 15
2 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN
SEC MIN MIN SEC MIN MIN MIN
FLIGHT CONTROLS
ACTUATOR, LONG. TRIM 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
ACTUATOR, LAT. TRIM 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
ACTUATOR, YSAS 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
INSTRUMENTS
AMMETER
OIL TEMP. 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
FUEL QUANTITY 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
HOUR METER 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
ENGINE OUT
EPO WARNING BOX 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
ENGINE OUT HORN
WARNING LIGHTS
ENG. OUT
XMSN OIL TEMP.
ENGINE CHIPS
FUEL LOW
FUEL FILTER
GEN. OUT
FAN XMSN CHIPS
M/R XMSN CHIPS
XMSN OIL PRESS.
AIR FILTER CLG'D
AIRFRAME FILTER
BATT. 140°
BATT. 160°
ENGINE CONTROLS
N2 GOV.
IGNITER
FUEL PUMP LIGHT 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
UTILITY POWER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
LIGHTING
POSITION LIGHTS 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8
MAP LIGHT, PILOT
MAP LIGHT, AFT
GCU 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LINE CONTACTORS 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

96-30-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT
EQUIPMENT
BASIC SHIP
15 15 15 15
MIN MIN MIN MIN
FLIGHT CONTROLS
INSTRUMENTS
AMMETER
OIL TEMP. 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
FUEL QUANTITY 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
HOUR METER 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
ENGINE OUT
EPO WARNING BOX 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
ENGINE OUT HORN
WARNING LIGHTS
ENG. OUT
XMSN OIL TEMP.
ENGINE CHIPS
FUEL LOW
FUEL FILTER
GEN. OUT
FAN XMSN CHIPS
M/R XMSN CHIPS
XMSN OIL PRESS.
AIR FILTER CLG'D
AIRFRAME FILTER
BATT. 140°
BATT. 160°
ENGINE CONTROLS
N2 GOV.
IGNITER
FUEL PUMP LIGHT 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
UTILITY POWER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
LIGHTING
LANDING LIGHT & RELAY 16.5 16.5 16.5
POSITION LIGHTS 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8
MAP LIGHT, PILOT
MAP LIGHT, AFT
GCU 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LINE CONTACTORS 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
BATTERY CHARGING 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
ARMATURE INTERPOLE COMP.
SERIES
SHUNT
RF1 FILTER
GENERATOR
SWITCH C+ B+ A+ D
E-
INTERNAL WIRING DIAGRAM
FWD ACFT STARTER/GENERATOR
BUS LC LC
B
STARTER
EXT. PWR GENERATOR
GCU
APU BATT C
J100 LC LC E
A D
+
- START
LC
MASTER
SWITCH APU BATTERY KEY
OFF
START SWITCH
BATT SWITCH
BUS WIRING DIAGRAM
240
225
210
195 MARATHON CA1700 BATTERY
180 TEMPERATURE: 75°F (24°C)
INITIAL CHARGE CONDITION:
165 50% (DISCHARGE AT
150 17A. FOR 30 MIN.)
CURRENT (AMPS)
0%
135
120
105
90
75
60
45
30
15
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
CHARGE TIME (MINUTES)
BATTERY CHARGING DATA
6G96-084
Figure 212. Bus Wiring Diagram and Battery Charging Data, 600N Helicopters

96-30-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 206. Basic Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 600N Helicopters
T PRE-START START TURBINE TAKEOFF AND CLIMB
EQUIPMENT NO. AMPS OPER. O
BASIC SHIP OF PER DAY NIGHT
TIME T
NOTE: CHARGING CURRENT SHOWN IS FOR UNITS UNIT AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
IN A
50% CHARGED BATTERY, TYPICAL AFTER OR OR MIN. 5 2 5 2 5 2
L 5 SEC 2 MIN
TWO START ATTEMPTS. SYS. SYS. SEC MIN SEC MIN SEC MIN
AMPS
FLIGHT CONTROLS
ACTUATOR, LONG. TRIM 1 4.5 INTR. 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
ACTUATOR, LAT. TRIM 1 4.5 INTR. 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
INSTRUMENTS
ENG. OIL TEMP. / PRESS. 1 0.03 CON. 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
FUEL QUANTITY 1 0.03 CON. 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
VOLT / AMMETER 1
TORQUE INDICATOR 1
TOT INDICATOR 1
N1 TACH INDICATOR 1
N2 & NR TACH INDICATOR 1
HOUR METER 1 0.01 CON. 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
ENGINE OUT
EPO WARING BOX 1 0.05 CON. 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
ENGINE OUT HORN 1 0.02 INTR.
INSTRUMENT LAMPS 11 0.04 CON. 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04
EDGE LIGHT PANELS SYS. 0.1 CON. 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
WARNING LIGHTS
ENG. FIRE PRESS-TO-TEST 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
ENG. OUT 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
XMSN OIL TEMP. 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
XMSN OIL PRESS. 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
BAT 160° 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
ECU FAIL 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
RESTART FAIL 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
FADEC SYS. MANUAL 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
LIMIT FAULT 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
ECU DEGRADE 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
BAT 140° 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
FUEL LOW 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
FUEL FILTER 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
M/R XMSN CHIPS 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
AFT XMSN CHIPS 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
ENG. CHIPS 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
GEN. OUT 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
AIRFRAME FLTR 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
AIR FILTER CLOG 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
FLOAT PRESS-TO-TEST 4 0.024 INTR. 0.096
PRESS-TO-TEST WARNING LIGHTS SYS. 1.92 INTR. 1.92
ENGINE CONTROLS
FADEC 1 5.0 CON. 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
IGNITER 1 0.75 INTR. 0.75
UTILITY POWER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER 1 6.6 INTR. 6.6
LIGHTING
LANDING LIGHT & RELAY SYS. 16.5 INTR. 16.5
STROBE ANTI-COLLISION SYS. 3.5 CON. 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
POSITION LIGHTS SYS. 3.8 CON. 3.8 3.8 3.8
MAP LIGHT, PILOT 1 0.3 INTR. 0.3
GCU 1 0.5 CON. 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LINE CONTACTORS 3 0.5 CON. 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
BATTERY CHARGING (NOTE) 1 225.0 135.0 225.0 135.0

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
EQUIPMENT HOVER CRUISE
BASIC SHIP DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT
NOTE: CHARGING CURRENT SHOWN IS FOR AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
50% CHARGED BATTERY, TYPICAL AFTER 5 15 5 15 15 15
TWO START ATTEMPTS. 2 MIN 2 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN
SEC MIN SEC MIN MIN MIN
FLIGHT CONTROLS
INSTRUMENTS
ENG. OIL TEMP. / PRESS. 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
FUEL QUANTITY 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
VOLT / AMMETER
TORQUE INDICATOR
TOT INDICATOR
N1 TACH INDICATOR
N2 & NR TACH INDICATOR
HOUR METER 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
ENGINE OUT
EPO WARING BOX 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
ENGINE OUT HORN
WARNING LIGHTS
ENG. FIRE PRESS-TO-TEST
ENG. OUT
XMSN OIL TEMP.
XMSN OIL PRESS.
BAT 160°
ECU FAIL
RESTART FAIL
FADEC SYS. MANUAL
LIMIT FAULT
ECU DEGRADE
BAT 140°
FUEL LOW
FUEL FILTER
M/R XMSN CHIPS
AFT XMSN CHIPS
ENG. CHIPS
GEN. OUT
AIRFRAME FLTR
AIR FILTER CLOG
FLOAT PRESS-TO-TEST
ENGINE CONTROLS
FADEC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
IGNITER
UTILITY POWER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
LIGHTING
POSITION LIGHTS 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8
MAP LIGHT, PILOT
GCU 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LINE CONTACTORS 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
BATTERY CHARGING (NOTE) 90.0 60.0 6.0 90.0 60.0 6.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

96-30-00
Revision 9
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
EQUIPMENT LANDING EMERGENCY - GENERATOR OUT
BASIC SHIP DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT
NOTE: CHARGING CURRENT SHOWN IS FOR 50% AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
CHARGED BATTERY, TYPICAL AFTER TWO 15 15 15 15
START ATTEMPTS. 5 SEC 2 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN
MIN MIN MIN MIN
FLIGHT CONTROLS
INSTRUMENTS
ENG. OIL TEMP. / PRESS. 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
FUEL QUANTITY 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
VOLT / AMMETER
TORQUE INDICATOR
TOT INDICATOR
N1 TACH INDICATOR
N2 & NR TACH INDICATOR
HOUR METER 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
ENGINE OUT
EPO WARING BOX 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
ENGINE OUT HORN
WARNING LIGHTS
ENG. FIRE PRESS-TO-TEST
ENG. OUT
XMSN OIL TEMP.
XMSN OIL PRESS.
BAT 160°
ECU FAIL
RESTART FAIL
FADEC SYS. MANUAL
LIMIT FAULT
ECU DEGRADE
BAT 140°
FUEL LOW
FUEL FILTER
M/R XMSN CHIPS
AFT XMSN CHIPS
ENG. CHIPS
GEN. OUT
AIRFRAME FLTR
AIR FILTER CLOG
FLOAT PRESS-TO-TEST
ENGINE CONTROLS
FADEC 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
IGNITER
UTILITY POWER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
LIGHTING
LANDING LIGHT & RELAY 16.5 16.5 16.5
POSITION LIGHTS 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8
MAP LIGHT, PILOT
GCU 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
LINE CONTACTORS 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
BATTERY CHARGING (NOTE) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 207. Optional Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 600N Helicopters
START
NO. AMPS TURBINE
OPER. O
OF PER DAY NIGHT
EQUIPMENT TIME T
OR OR
MIN. L
SYS. SYS 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2
GYRO
ATTITUDE 1 1.0 CON. 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
DIRECTIONAL 1 1.0 CON. 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
CARGO HOOK 1 15.0 INTR. 15.0 15.0
FLOATS 1 5.0 INTR. 5.0
HEATED PITOT TUBE 1 5.0 CON. 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
ICS KMA24H 1 2.0 CON. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
ADF KR87 1 3.0 CON. 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
3.0 INTR.
NAV./COMM. KY155 1 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
2.0 CON.
3.0 INTR.
COMM. KY196A 1 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
2.0 CON.
COMM. KFM965 1 3.0 INTR. 3.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5
GPS
KLN90A 1 3.0 CON. 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
GARMAN GPS150 1 3.0 CON. 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
TRANSPONDER
KT70 1 1.5 CON. 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
KT76 1 1.5 CON. 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
RADAR ALTIMETER 1 1.0 CON. 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
ACTUATOR, YSAS SYS. 5.0 INTR. 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
INSTALLED OPTIONS - AMPERES

TOTAL SHIP AMPERES (NOTE)
NOTE: CONFIGURATION TOTALS SHOULD REFLECT INSTALLED OPTIONS ONLY.

96-30-00
Revision 10
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 207. Optional Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 600N Helicopters (Cont.)
HOVER CRUISE
DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT
OPTIONS
5 2 15 5 2 15 15 15
5 SEC 2 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN
SEC MIN MIN SEC MIN MIN MIN MIN
GYRO
ATTITUDE 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
DIRECTIONAL 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
CARGO HOOK 15.0 15.0
FLOATS
ICS KMA24H 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
ADF KR87 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
NAV./COMM. KY155 5.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 2.0
COMM. KY196A 5.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 2.0
COMM. KFM965 16.5 16.5 1.5 16.5 16.5 1.5 16.5 16.5 1.5 16.5 16.5 1.5
GPS
KLN90A 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
GARMAN GPS150 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
TRANSPONDER
KT70 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
KT76 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
RADAR ALTIMETER 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0


96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 207. Optional Equipment Electrical Load Analysis Chart, 600N Helicopters (Cont.)
EQUIPMENT DAY NIGHT DAY NIGHT
OPTIONS AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS. AVG. AMPS.
5 SEC 2 MIN 15 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN 15 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN 15 MIN 5 SEC 2 MIN 15 MIN
GYRO
ATTITUDE 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
DIRECTIONAL 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
CARGO HOOK 15.0 15.0
FLOATS
ICS KMA24H 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
ADF KR87 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
NAV./COMM. KY155 5.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 2.0
COMM. KY196A 5.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 2.0
COMM. KFM965 16.5 16.5 1.5 16.5 16.5 1.5 16.5 16.5 1.5 16.5 16.5 1.5
GPS
KLN90A 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
GARMAN GPS150 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
TRANSPONDER
KT70 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
KT76 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
RADAR ALTIMETER 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0


96-30-00
Revision 10
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

96-30-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Section
96−40−00
Lighting System

[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
LIGHTING SYSTEM
1. Description and Operation electrically powered from the 28 Vdc main bus
and protected by individual circuit breakers on
(Ref. Figure 201) The lighting system includes the instrument panel. The anticollision lights
all exterior and interior lights furnished as are gas-fired, strobe-type beacon lights.
standard equipment on the helicopter. The
exterior lights consist of a landing light, left 2. Lighting System Fault Isolation
and right position lights (on forward tips of
skids - green right and red left), lower (Ref. Table 201, Figure 202 and Figure 203)
anticollision light, upper anticollision light (aft
end of upper vertical stabilizer) and tail Do not energize landing light for
position light (center, aft side of horizontal CAUTION more than one minute since this
stabilizer). Interior lights consist of pilot's causes overheating and lamp life is short
utility light, passenger/cargo compartment ened. If possible, use an auxiliary power
utility light (on the convenience panel) and source when power-on troubleshooting to
instrument panel lighting. All lights are avoid excessive current drain from battery.
Table 201. Troubleshooting Night Lighting System

Landing light inoperative. Defective lamp or loose Replace lamp or tighten connections.
connections.
Defective landing light relay or Replace relay or repair connections.

loose connections.
Defective pilot’s collective pitch Replace switch, or remove switch

stick landing light switch, or cold and re−solder connection.
solder connection.
Defective landing light circuit Replace circuit breaker.

breaker.
All position lights inoperative. Defective position light circuit Replace circuit breaker.
breaker.
Individual position lights. Lamp or wiring defective. Replace lamp or repair wiring.
Taillight inoperative (skid position Disconnected or defective taillight Connect or replace pin connector.
lights operative and taillight lamp wire pin connector in horizontal
not defective). stabilizer.
Strobe anticollision lights Helicopter 28 Vdc power is not Check for defective switch−type
inoperative. supplied to strobe power supply circuit breaker; replace if required.
unit. Check input splices at strobe power
supply unit; repair if required.
WARNING: If an attempt is made to check operating voltage, do so at wire splices without disconnecting
splices. Use caution when working with high voltages.
Defective wiring. Perform continuity check. See wiring

diagram.

96-40-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 201. Troubleshooting Night Lighting System (Cont.)
WARNING: High voltage (+450 Vdc) is used in circuit between lights and power supply. Ensure that
circuit is turned OFF for minimum of 10 minutes before performing any maintenance that requires
disconnection of wiring or disassembly of any component. (Waiting period allows stored electrical
charge to dissipate off through a bleed resistor in power supply circuit.)
Defective strobe power supply unit. Substitute strobe light assembly of

known good quality in either position.
Replace power supply (same
section) if light does not operate.
One strobe anticollision light Faulty strobe light assembly or Switch positions of connectors P556
inoperative. power supply unit. and P557 on power supply unit. If
light still does not operate, it is faulty.
If light does operate but previously
good one does not, power supply is
faulty. Replace as required.
WARNING: High voltage (+450 Vdc) is used in circuit between lights and power supply. Ensure that
circuit is turned OFF for minimum of 10 minutes before performing any maintenance that requires
disconnection of wiring or disassembly of any component. (Waiting period allows stored electrical
charge to dissipate off through a bleed resistor in power supply circuit.)
Utility light does not illuminate. Lamp filament open. Replace lamp.
Faulty utility light switch or Replace light assembly or switch.
rheostat.
Defective knife splice or ground Repair connection; replace splice.

connection.
Edgelighted panel does not Burned out element or defective Replace edgelighted panel or
illuminate. panel connector. replace connector in instrument
panel.
Instrument light does not illuminate. Lamp filament open. Replace lamp.
All instrument and edgelighted Faulty potentiometer control switch Replace potentiometer or dimmer
panel lights do not illuminate. or dimmer assembly. assembly.
All edgelighted panels do not Faulty edge−lighting power Replace inverter.

illuminate (369E and 369FF model inverter.
helicopters only).
3. Exterior Lighting System B. Position Light Replacement

The following instructions are applicable to
A. Position Lights position lights on either left or right skid
assembly (Ref. Figure 204).
Position lights include two side position lights (1). Ensure all electrical power is OFF.
and a tail light. Side position lights installed (2). Remove retaining screw(s), lens
as standard equipment at forward tips of retainer and lens from lamp base
landing gear skid tubes; left light is red and assembly.
right light is green. Wiring for the lights is
routed through landing gear struts and skid (3). To remove lamp from socket, press and
tubes to each side position light. turn lamp.

96-40-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
PASSENGER/CARGO
UTILITY LIGHT
PILOT'S UTILITY LIGHT
LANDING LIGHT
RELAY CONVENIENCE PANEL
FOR PASSENGER/CARGO
UTILITY LIGHT TAIL POSITION
LIGHT
LANDING LIGHT
RIGHT SKID TIP LOWER ANTI-COLLISION
POSITION LIGHT LIGHT (STROBE)
(GREEN)
STROBE LIGHT
POWER SUPPLY
LEFT SKID TIP POSITION (NOTE)
LIGHT (RED) TAIL ANTI-COLLISION
ROUND CANOPY LIGHT
STANDARD TAIL
EDGE LIGHTING
INVERTER POWER
SUPPLY
RIGHT HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER TAIL
POSITION LIGHT
UPPER ANTI-COLLISION
LANDING LIGHT RELAY LIGHT (STROBE)
LANDING LIGHT
STROBE LIGHT
POWER SUPPLY
EXTENDED CANOPY
LEFT HORIZONTAL
LOWER STABILIZER TAIL
ANTI-COLLISION POSITION LIGHT
LIGHT (STROBE)
NOTAR TAIL
NOTE:
LOCATION CENTERED ON 369D
HELICOPTER S/N 0003 - 1149 ONLY.
G96-4000B
Figure 201. Lighting System

96-40-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(4). Remove lamp base from mounting approximately 15 minutes; then apply
housing. second coat and assemble light and
sponge rubber cushion in mounting
NOTE: On 369D model helicopters S/N. 003 - fitting and allow curing time of approxi
944, electrical ground for lights is provided mately four hours.
by strap attachment to structure and one
lamp base attaching screw nutplates. On all (6). Reconnect ground lead.
later helicopters a ground clip is provided.
(7). Reinstall electrical connector.
(5). Disconnect electrical connector from F. Tail Position Light Replacement
lamp base. (500/600N)
(6). Install new lamp in reverse order. (Ref. Figure 205)
C. Position Light Inspection
(1). Inspect light assembly for security and (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
serviceable condition. Item Nomenclature
(2). As necessary, replace defective lamps. CM611 Tubing, vinyl clear
CM703 Tie strap
D. Tail Position Light
The tail position light, mounted at the aft Ensure all electrical power is
center side of the horizontal stabilizer, is shock CAUTION OFF.
mounted. The light is interconnected and
Operates simultaneously with side position NOTE: Replacement of either left or right hori
lights. Wiring to the light is routed through zontal tail position lights is the same, per
the tailboom. form the following steps as required for the
faulty position light.
E. Tail Position Light Replacement (Shock
Mounted) (1). Remove screws, lens retainer, lens, and
spacer from lamp base.
Consumable Materials (2). Remove lamp from lamp base connec
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) tor.
Item Nomenclature
NOTE: If lamp is the only part requiring re
CM220 Naphtha aliphatic placement proceed to step (9). If lamp base
CM418 Cement, epoxy replacement is required continue with step
(3).
Ensure all electrical power is (3). Extract lamp base from horizontal
CAUTION OFF. stabilizer far enough to gain access to
splices.
(1). Remove electrical connector.
(4). Remove any shrink sleeving, vinyl
(2). Remove ground lead. sleeving or clear vinyl tubing covering
(3). Pull light assembly aft while cutting it splices.
free from sponge rubber cushion and NOTE: Identify wires prior to removal of lamp
mounting fitting. base to facilitate reinstallation.
(4). Use scraper and naphtha (CM220) to (5). Disconnect splices and remove lamp
remove all sponge rubber from mount base.
ing fitting and light assembly.
(6). Install clear vinyl tubing (CM611) sized
(5). Apply coat of cement (CM418) to to fit over splice once it is connected, on
mating surfaces of replacement rubber each wire and slide up temporarily out
cushion, light assembly and mount of the way to allow connection of
fitting. Allow cement to air-dry for splices.

96-40-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
28VDC BUS
POS LTS INSTR ANTI-COLL LTS LANDING LT PNL LTS
CB119 CB101 CB115 CB110 CB104
K101
REF SEC
X1 95-00-00
X2
DS10
LINE FL10 E1 LANDING LT

LOAD FILTER
L COLL GRIP
3 DIM R6 J113
CP
2 1 50 Ω D
5W
S107 LANDING
LT SW
DS205
PILOT
DS202 MAP LT P12 DIMMER DS11
REAR
J DIM/BRT WARN LTS
MAP LT
STROBE V PWR
LT PWR X POT PNL LTS
SUPPLY DIMMER
P556 PNL LT DIM SW
1 WHT W GND
1
2 2 CAP/STOW D DIM
3 3
E18
P557
1
2
3
RED GRN
PS122
DC RED INDIV INSTR POST LTS
DS250 DS251 STROBE
INPUT BLK RADIO LIGHTING
L SKID RT SKID LIGHT LOWER
BLU AC
WHT OUTPUT CKT BRK EDGE LGT PNL
DS200 EDGE LT
RED
PWR SUPPLY SWITCH EDGE LGT PNL
(STATIC INVERTER)
WHT
(NOTE)
DS400 DS401 COMPASS LT
STROBE
TAIL
LIGHT UPPER
TAIL BLU
WHT DS201
RED
DOTTED LINES
WHELEN LTS ONLY
NOTE:
EFFECTIVE ON 500/600N
G96-4002B
Figure 202. Lighting System Schematic

96-40-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(7). Connect replacement lamp base splices (5). Position lamp in housing, with locating
using previously identified wires and lug in detent, and reinstall retaining
interconnect diagram (Ref. Sec. ring.
96-00-00).
I. Landing Light Relay
(8). Slide clear vinyl tubing back over each
splice and tie wrap (CM703) each end. The landing light relay is a single-pole,
single-throw, normally open, double-break, 24
Vdc, non-sealed unit. The relay is mounted
(9). Install replacement lamp in lamp base inside the instrument panel support structure.
connector and insert lamp base in Refer to Figure 207 to determine appropriate
horizontal stabilizer mounting hole. cover side.
(10). Install spacer, lens, lens retainer and NOTE: On helicopters with T-panel and center
mounting screws. console configuration, the landing light
relay is part of the circuit breaker panel. Re
G. Landing Light move the panel for access. On 369E helicop
ters S/N 384 and subs, and 369FF helicop
The landing light contains a flush-mounted, ters S/N 076 and subs the landing light
clear glass sealed-beam lamp. It is recessed in relay is located on the power distribution
a lower canopy panel housing that protects the center below the pilots floor panel..
screw terminal base and the lamp. The light is
retained in the housing by a ring secured to J. Landing Light Relay Replacement
the canopy panel. The landing light switch on
(Ref. Figure 207)
the pilot's collective pitch stick controls a
landing light relay that applies electrical Ensure that all electrical power
power, from the landing light circuit breaker CAUTION is OFF.
on the instrument panel, to the landing light.
(1). Remove cover panel or circuit breaker
Do not energize landing light for panel and disconnect wiring from relay.
CAUTION more than one minute while he
licopter is on the ground; otherwise lamp (2). Remove and replace relay when
overheats and may burn out. necessary.
H. Landing Light Replacement (3). Check operation of landing light and

replace cover or circuit breaker panel.
(Ref. Figure 204)
K. Landing Light Relay Modification (500D,
S/N 0003 − 0149 only)
Do not energize landing light for
CAUTION more than one minute while he (1). Ensure all electrical power is off.
licopter is on the ground; otherwise lamp
overheats and may burn out. (2). Disconnect wire leads from X1 and X2
on relay. Disconnect relay panel
(1). Ensure all electrical power is OFF. 369H2502-66 located on lower support
of instrument panel assembly.
(2). Remove attaching hardware that
secures retaining ring and remove ring. (3). Crimp terminal to each end of varistor
(trim varistor leads as close as practical
to body of resistor).
(3). Withdraw lamp from housing far
enough to disconnect wiring from (4). Install varistor leads to relay terminals,
filament terminals and remove lamp. connect wire leads at X1 and X2.
(4). Connect wiring to replacement lamp. (5). Reinstall relay panel.

96-40-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
LT COLL STICK
LDG LT (PILOT)
CB110 P9J RELAY LDG LT LDG LT
2 A1 A2 J113 S105
1 S E1
5A E9 DP
LDG LT X1 DS100 C
X2 TB1-5
CR32 C J11
D 2C
E7 D
P557 GRAY OR SP85 GRAY OR LWR STROBE LT

1 RED A B RED
STROBE
E8 BLK SP84
POWER WHT WHT
CB11 FL10 FILTER 2 A B
SUPPLY
1 52 LINE SP83
C AND BLK BLK
LOAD RED 3 A B
7.5A FLASHER
SP70 GRD
ANTI-COL SP119 JMPR XDS200
A B SCREW
LT NOTE 1 A B NOTE 1 WHELEN LTS
ONLY
P556 GRAY OR J208P GRAY OR J209P
STO 1 RED D RED D
WHT
W 2 WHT E WHT E
3 BLK F BLK F
C C
JMPR
A A
CB11 LEFT SKID

TB1-2 TAIL LT SP402C
1 9 2
R D SP114 SP115 SP1151 XDS250 B A
7.5A C A B RED A B RED A B RED XDS400
POS LT SP134 SP132 SP1321 R
E6 A B BLK A B BLK A B BLK
RIGHT SKID
SP114 SP115 SP1171 XDS251
A B RED A B RED A B RED
SP133 SP131 SP1311 G
E7 A B BLK A B BLK A B BLK
GRAY OR SP60 GRAY OR UPPER STROBE LT

RED A B RED
SP61
WHT A B WHT
SP62
BLK A B BLK
SP71 XDS201
A B GRD
WHELEN LTS SCREW
NOTES: ONLY
1. EFFECTIVE ON 369S, S/N 003-723
2. EFFECTIVE ON 369D, S/N 724 AND SUBS.
3. EFFECTIVE ON 369E/FF
G96-4001-1
Figure 203. Lighting System Wiring Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4)

96-40-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
BR
1T
S108A 50 Ω±10%
2 R5
ENG OUT 3
CB106 DIM
NOTE 1
1 5A 2
N2 GOV REAR SEAT PILOT
P9J
CB103 SP205 REAR SEAT MAP LT MAP LT
NOTE 2 S A B E14
1 5A 2 1 2 1 2 2 1
S107 XDS202 XDS205
TB503-8
INST J
CB101
NOTE 3 C
1 5A 2
WARN PNL LT
PNL LT JMPR TB503-2
CB104
POT R110 3 20 GA B
1 5A 2 5 TB502-7 TB105
2 PNL LTS ETC
4 F A 4
F SP15
COMP CLOCK
1 A B
A LT LT
DIMMER TB6 TB502-8 +
INDICATOR
A
LIGHTS P12 4 F SP14 DS11
DS1
1 X A B 2
GRD TB502-9 REF SEC XDS119
BUS 96-10-00 3
TB503-1 A
J F
D A
J15 E
PNL LTS
J16 D
PNL LTS
J13 C
PNL LTS
J4P
J B
G96-4001-2

96-40-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
ANTI-COL LTS FL10

CB115 P1201J FILTER P556 J208P J209P
15A LINE SP60 DS201
3 LOAD RED STROBE 1 ORN F F RED
1 2 A B
POWER SP61 UPPER
E8 BLK SUPPLY 2 WHT D D A B WHT
STROBE
AND SP62
STOW WHT FLASHER 3 BLU E E A B BLK
A B GROUND
SP212 (NOTE 1) SCREW
P557 (NOTE 1)
SP65 DS200
1 ORN A B RED
SP64 LOWER
2 WHT A B WHT
STROBE
SP63
3 BLU A B BLK
A B
SP211 (NOTE 1) E44 (NOTE 1)
LANDING LT DS100
CB110 P1202J
E36
15A H LANDING C
1 2 A1 LIGHT
K101 X1
LANDING X2
LIGHT TB200-6
RELAY Y LEFT COLLECTIVE STICK
J113
T C PC S105
N D D LANDING LT SWT
E37
RIGHT COLLECTIVE STICK
J112
Z CPC S105
S D D LANDING LT SWT
E37
POSITION LTS
CB119 P1201J TB200-8 DS400
5A TAIL LT
1 22 A J208P J209P
2 SP402
B A A A B
1 2
SP116 SP117 SP1171
C A B A B A B 1
DS251
E37 SP133 SP131 SP1311 RHT SKID
T A B A B A B 2
SP114 SP115 SP1151
D A B A B A B 1
C DS250
E37 SP134 SP132 SP1321 LFT SKID
Z A B A B A B 2
G96-4001-3

96-40-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
ANTI-COL LTS FL10

CB115 P1201J FILTER P556 J208P J209P
LINE SP62 DS201
15A F
1
3 LOAD RED STROBE 1 ORN F A B RED
2 SP60 STROBE
POWER
BLK 2 WHT D D A B WHT UPPER
E8 SUPPLY
SP61 TAILBOOM
AND BLU E BLK
WHT 3 E A B
STOW FLASHER
A B
SP212 (NOTE 1)
P557
SP65 DS200
1 ORN A B RED
SP64 STROBE
2 WHT A B WHT LOWER
SP63 FUSELAGE
3 BLU A B BLK
A B
SP211 (NOTE 1) E44 (NOTE 1)
P558 J208P
SP620 DS201
1 ORN K A B RED
SP600 STROBE
2 WHT H A B WHT LOWER
SP610 TAILBOOM
3 BLU J A B BLK
A B
LANDING LT SP212 (NOTE 1)
DS100
CB110 P1202J
E36
15A H LANDING C
1 2 A1 LIGHT
TB200-6
K101 X1 LEFT COLLECTIVE STICK
LANDING J113
X2 T C PC
LIGHT S105
RELAY Y N D D LANDING LT SWT
E37
RIGHT COLLECTIVE STICK
J112
Z CPC S105
S D D LANDING LT SWT
POSITION LTS E37
CB119 P1201J TB200-8 DS400
1 TAIL LT 2
5A
1 22 A J208P J209P
2 SP402
B A A A B
DS401
CD
1 TAIL LT 2
E18 SP403
Z G G A B
CD
SP116 SP117 SP1171
C A B A B A B 1
DS251
E37 SP133 SP131 SP1311 RHT SKID
T A B A B A B 2
SP114 SP115 SP1151
D A B A B A B 1
DS250
E37 SP134 SP132 SP1321 LFT SKID
Z A B A B A B 2
NOTES:
1. HELICOPTERS EQUIPPED WITH WHELEN LIGHTS ONLY.
2. EFFECTIVE ON 500N: 001 & SUBS. G96-4001-4

96-40-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
L. Anticollision Lights (Strobe) High voltages are present in
WARNING circuits between power sup
ply and strobe lights. Ensure that cir
(Ref. Figure 201) All 369D/E/FF - 500/600N cuit is turned OFF for minimum of 10
models have one strobe light which is belly- minutes before performing any mainte
mounted, the other strobe light installation is nance that requires disconnection of
dependent on the model helicopter. wiring or disassembly of any compo
nent. (Waiting period allows stored
electrical charge to dissipate off
On 369D/E/FF models it is mounted at the
through a bleed resistor in power sup
center trailing edge of the upper vertical
ply circuit).
stabilizer.
When replacing anticollision
CAUTION light (strobe) components, do
On the 500/600N model there are two addition
not intermix components from different
al strobes installed, one at the center trailing
manufacturers.
edge of the horizontal stabilizer and the other
under the skid tube below the Notar tail. NOTE: Upper and lower strobe light lenses are
not interchangeable unless tape(s) (CM721)
on inner surface of each lens are reposi
The gas flashtube in each light is a circular
tioned (369D/E/FF only).
type that is imbedded in potting compound in
a lamp base. (1). Remove any shrink sleeving, vinyl
sleeving or clear vinyl tubing covering
splices, ground wire, or braided wire.
The lamp base includes a trigger coil (trans
former) and the lower half of a spool shaped (2). Disconnect wiring splices near light and
reflector. This entire assembly must be ground wire if installed.
replaced as a unit when faulty.
(3). Remove clamp and remove light
assembly.
Each light assembly includes a red plastic lens
and the upper half of a spool shaped reflector. (4). Remove and retain red lens.
(5). Assemble lens and replacement
The power supply and flashing rate control for flashtube base assembly.
strobe anticollision lights are provided by a
single unit mounted in the crew forward right NOTE: If lens is also replaced, be sure that tape
underfloor compartment (369D helicopters is installed at position shown in Figure 205
S/N. 003 - 1149); left underfloor on front of (369D/E/FF only).
battery compartment on subsequent 369D, all (6). Place lamp assembly on base-plate
369E/FF, and 500/600N helicopters. with wiring routed through base-plate
and in correct position for connection.
M. Strobe Anticollision Lights Replacement Be sure that index hole is forward and
(369D/E/FF − 500/600N) lens is properly positioned.
(7). Connect wire splices according to color
(Ref. Figure 205) codes shown on wiring diagram (Ref.
Sec. 96-00-00), and ground wire if
present.
Consumable Materials Reversed polarity connections
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) CAUTION can cause damage and failure of
Item Nomenclature strobe light circuit components.
CM721 Tape, aluminum foil (8). Connect electrical power and check
operation of strobe anticollision lights.

96-40-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
LAMP
RETAINING RING
(NOTE)
LANDING LIGHT
LAMP
LIGHT LEAD
RETAINING RING
LIGHT CONNECTOR
MOUNT FITTING LAMP GROUND LEAD

BASE
SPONGE RUBBER SPACER

CUSHION
RETAINER
TAIL POSITION LIGHT

LAMP
LENS
LAMP BASE
RUBBER CAP LENS RETAINER
LAMP
SKID POSITION LIGHT NOTE: APPLICABLE ON EXTENDED
LENS CANOPY ONLY.
G96-4003
Figure 204. Position/Landing Lights

96-40-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
N. Tail Strobe Anticollision Lights (2). Horizontal Stabilizer Strobe Light
Replacement (500/600N) Removal:
(Ref. Figure 205) (a). Remove clamp and light assembly.
(b). Remove and retain red lens.
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) (c). Carefully slide wiring out thru
Item Nomenclature installation hole to expose splices,
CM430 Sealant, solvent resistant and if required remove rubber
CM602 Insulation sleeving, electrical, fiberglass
grommet.
CM611 Tubing, vinyl clear (d). Remove any clear vinyl tubing
CM614 Sleeving, heat-shrink covering splices.
(e). Disconnect wiring splices.
CM721 Tape, aluminum foil
(3). Strobe Light Installation:
High voltages are present in NOTE:
WARNING circuits between power sup
ply and strobe lights. Ensure that cir D If lower tailboom lens is replaced on the
cuit is turned OFF for minimum of 10 500N model, fill unused holes at the
minutes before performing any mainte strobe light base with RTV 732 (CM430)
nance that requires disconnection of and drill one 0.063 inch (1.6002 mm)
wiring or disassembly of any compo drain hole centered in the bottom of the
nent. (Waiting period allows stored lens.
electrical charge to dissipate off D If lens is also replaced, be sure that anti-
through a bleed resistor in power sup glare tape (CM721) is installed at position
ply circuit). shown in Figure 205.
When replacing anti-collision (a). Place lamp assembly on base-plate
CAUTION light (strobe) components do not with wiring routed through base-
intermix components from different man plate and in correct position for
ufacturers. connection. Be sure that index hole is
forward and lens is properly posi
NOTE: The following steps are for the replace tioned.
ment of the upper and lower tailboom anti
collision lights for the 500/600N model heli (b). Install shrink sleeving (CM614) on
copter. For removal of the fuselage any braided or ground wire and route
anticollision light refer to Strobe Anticollision with remainder of wiring thru vinyl
Lights Replacement (369D/E/FF − 500/600N). tubing (CM611). Length of vinyl
tubing to be long enough to cover
(1). Lower Tailboom Strobe Light Removal: wiring from base-plate up to 1 - 2
inches (2.54 - 5.08 mm) distance
(a). Carefully slide wiring out thru from splices. Tie wrap (CM704) each
installation hole to expose splices, end of vinyl sleeving.
and if required remove rubber
grommet. (c). Install clear vinyl tubing sized to fit
over splice once they are connected,
(b). Remove any clear vinyl tubing on each wire and slide up temporari
covering splices. ly out of the way to allow connection
(c). Disconnect wiring splices. of splices (Ref. Figure 206). Connect
wire splices according to color codes
(d). Remove clamp and light assembly. shown on wiring diagram (Ref. Sec.
96-00-00), and ground wire if
(e). Remove and retain red lens. present.

96-40-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
POWER SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
GROUND
TERMINAL
WIRE SPLICE
STROBE POWER SUPPLY
CLAMP
30°
NOTE 1
FUSELAGE
30° LOWER SKIN
FUSELAGE TAPE
LOWER SKIN (NOTE 4)
40° WIRE
SPLICES
GASKET
30°
WIRE LENS
BASE PLATE
SPLICES
LOWER STROBE LIGHT FLASHTUBE
(VIEW LOOKING UP) AND LAMP
FLASHTUBE AND GASKET BASE
LAMP BASE ASSEMBLY
TAPE
ASSEMBLY 30° BASE
(NOTE 4)
PLATE
MOUNTING
CLAMP 30° MOUNTING
CLAMP
TAPE
40°
(NOTE 4)
TAPE LENS
(NOTE 4) CLAMP
30° LENS
LOWER STROBE LIGHT
LOWER STROBE LIGHT LOWER STROBE LIGHT CURRENT CONFIGURATION
EARLY CONFIGURATION (VIEW LOOKING UP)
G96-4004-1
Figure 205. Anticollision Lights (Sheet 1 of 3)

96-40-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
LENS
LENS
TAPE
(NOTE 4)
TAPE
(NOTE 4)
MOUNTING CLAMP
MOUNTING CLAMP
FLASHTUBE AND LAMP
BASE ASSEMBLY
FLASHTUBE AND
LAMP BASE
ASSEMBLY
WIRE SPLICES
GROUND WIRE VERTICAL FIN

BASE PLATE
VERTICAL FIN
BASE PLATE
GROUND WIRE
(NOTE 2)
UPPER STROBE LIGHT
EARLY CONFIGURATION
WIRE SPLICES
UPPER STROBE LIGHT

CURRENT CONFIGURATION
TAPE
TAPE
(NOTE 4)
(NOTE 4)
INDEX INDEX
HOLE HOLE
LENS CLAMP LENS CLAMP
UPPER STROBE LIGHT UPPER STROBE LIGHT
NOTES:
1. LOCATED ON RIGHT SIDE ON 369D HELICOPTERS.
2. ON 369D HELICOPTER SERIAL NOS. 003-1149 & 1151-1185 ONLY.
3. DO NOT INTERMIX COMPONENTS FROM DIFFERENT MANUFACTURERS. G96-4004-2
4. TAPE (CM721).

96-40-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
LENS
(NOTE 1)
MOUNTING CLAMP SCREWS
FLASHTUBE AND LAMP

BASE ASSEMBLY
MOUNTING BRACKET
FLASHTUBE AND LAMP

BASE ASSEMBLY
(NOTE 1)
UPPER STROBE LIGHT
MOUNTING CLAMP
WASHERS
SCREW SCREW
TAPE
LENS (NOTE 3)
(NOTE 2)
INDEX HOLE
LOWER STROBE LIGHT LENS

CLAMP
LAMP BASE
LAMP CONNECTOR
LAMP
SCREW
SPACER
LENS
TAIL POSITION LIGHT RETAINER
NOTES:
1. FILL UNUSED HOLES WITH RTV 732 SEALANT (CM430).
2. DRILL 0.063 IN. (1.6002 MM) HOLE IN BOTTOM OF LENS
FOR FLUID DRAIN.
3. INSTALL TAPE (CM721).
500N EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM G96-4019B

96-40-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TAILBOOM
GROMMET
SKID TUBE
TIE WRAP
SPLICES
CLEAR VINYL TUBING
LENS
NOTE: WIRING INSTALLATION TYPICAL FOR

UPPER OR LOWER TAIL ANTI-COLLISION LIGHT. G96-4020
Figure 206. Anticollision Light Sleeving Installation

(d). Slide clear vinyl tubing back over 90 flashes (alternating) per minute. The unit
each splice and tie wrap each end. receives 28 Vdc power through the ANTI-
COLL switch/circuit breaker on the instru
(e). Carefully slide splices and wiring ment panel.
into tail boom or horizontal stabilizer
and install grommet if removed. P. Strobe Anticollision Light Power Supply
Replacement
(f). Attach base-plate to horizontal
stabilizer or tailboom mounting (Ref. Figure 205)
bracket using attaching hardware.
Ensure that all electrical
WARNING power is OFF.
(g). Install lens on base-plate assembly
using clamp. (1). Open access door in right or left side
Reversed polarity connections floor of pilot's compartment as appropri
CAUTION can cause damage to this equip ate.
ment. For connection information, refer to High voltage is used in pow
wiring diagram (Ref. Sec. 96-00-00). WARNING er supply-to strobe light cir
cuits. Circuits must be OFF for at least
(h). Connect electrical power and check
10 minutes to allow voltage bleed-off
operation of strobe anticollision
prior to disconnecting wiring or disas
lights.
sembling unit.
O. Strobe Anticollision Light Power Supply (2). Disconnect electrical plugs, power lead
The strobe anticollision light power supply is a splice and ground connection.
solid-state unit that is mounted on the aft side (3). Remove attaching hardware that
of the forward bulkhead in the right or left, as secures power supply to bulkhead and
appropriate, under-floor area in the pilot's remove power supply unit.
compartment. This unit converts 28 Vdc input
to pulsating high voltage output required for (4). Place replacement power supply in
strobe operation and controls flashing rate at position and secure.

96-40-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(5). Connect electrical connectors power C. Edgelighted Panel Replacement
lead splice and ground lead.
NOTE: Failure of an embedded lighting circuit
Reversed polarity connections requires replacement of the plastic panel.
CAUTION can cause damage to this equip
(1). Remove edgelighted panel as follows:
ment. For connection information, refer to
wiring diagram (Ref. Sec. 96-00-00). (a). Ensure all power is off.
(6). Check strobe anticollision lights (b). Remove screws and washers attach
operation. ing panel.
4. Interior Lighting System

NOTE: The edgelighted panel receives power
from a plug-in electrical connector on the
A. Instrument Panel Lights Description and back of the panel.
Replacement (c). Carefully pull panel out to disengage
connector on back of panel.
NOTE: Slim line and T-panels are unique and
have different configurations for each ver (2). Install edgelighted panel as follows:
sion and applications. Refer to Chapter 95
for applicable instrument panel and asso (a). Ensure all power is off.
ciated components. (b). Position panel in place and carefully
(1). Illumination is blue/white on the push in to engage connector on back
instrument Panel. of panel.
Do not overtighten screws, dam
(2). The instrument panel lighting is CAUTION age to edgelighted panel can oc
controlled by a switch potentiometer cur.
and (if installed) dimmer control unit.
(c). Insert screws and washers attaching
(3). Individual instruments and indicators panel and gently tighten until panel
are illuminated by postlights. is snug.
(4). Three postlights illuminate the three- D. Instrument Panel Postlight Replacement
pack instrument cluster.
(Ref. Figure 207) Postlights are attached to the
(5). An exception is the magnetic compass, face of the hood. Replace postlights as follows:
which is internally illuminated. (1). Ensure that all electrical power is OFF.
(6). The edgelighted panels have lighting (2). Disconnect instrument post-light wire
elements embedded in the plastic splices and attaching hardware.
covers to illuminate the panel openings
and markings for controls. (3). Remove attaching hardware that
secures post-light and ground termi
(7). The edgelighted panels are used with nals.
circuit breakers, switches and controls.
(4). Disconnect post-light at splice and
B. Postlight Lamp Replacement remove from instrument panel.
(1). Ensure all power is off. (5). Install replacement post-light in

reverse order of removal.
(2). Pull out on postlight until it detaches (6). Check post-light illumination.
from instrument panel.
E. Pilot’s Utility Light
(3). Remove lamp from lamp cap and prism.
(Ref. The pilot's utility light is an adjustable
(4). Insert new lamp and press postlight light fixture, secured to the map case mounted
back into instrument panel. beside the upper canted frame on the mast

96-40-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
support. The light contains a three-way switch electrical repair and replacement practices and
with off, dim and bright positions for control procedures as follows:
ling light illumination. Rotation of the light
nozzle selects red or white light. (1). Ensure that all electrical power is OFF.
F. Pilot’s Utility Light Replacement (2). Remove attaching hardware that

secures the passenger/cargo compart
(Ref. Figure 207) Replace pilot's utility light ment convenience panel to compart
complying with standard aircraft electrical ment trim.
repair and replacement practices and proce
dures as follows: (3). For access to back of panel, pull panel
out sufficiently to disconnect wiring at
Ensure that all electrical splice.
WARNING power is OFF.
NOTE: Use suitable spanner wrench to loosen
(1). Remove heat duct outer box, map case retaining nut.
trim cover and map case.
(4). Remove light housing retaining nut.
(2). Disconnect wiring from light assembly Remove housing assembly.
and remove retaining nut that secures
light housing in map case. (5). Install replacement light housing in
reverse order of removal. Replace lamp
(3). Install replacement light assembly in in socket-mounted type by removing
reverse order of removal. snap ring that secures lens to lamp
body. Remove lamp in panel-mounted
(4). Check light assembly for correct type by pulling out nozzle assembly.
illumination.
(6). Check light assembly for correct
G. Passenger/Cargo Utility Light illumination.
The passenger/cargo utility light is an adjust 5. Lighting System Inspection
able light fixture in the left side of the passen
ger/cargo compartment convenience panel, (1). Inspect visible lengths of wiring for
above the passenger compartment forward damage and check that ground termi
bulkhead. The switch for the light is adjacent nal connections are secure.
to the utility light.
(2). Inspect electrical connectors for cracks
H. Passenger/Cargo Utility Light and other evidence of damage.
Replacement
(3). When lamps are removed, inspect base,
(Ref. Figure 207) Replace passenger/cargo lens and retainers for security, condi
utility light, complying with aircraft standard tion and moisture accumulation.

96-40-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
K101 RELAY
INSTRUMENT
2 EA. REQ.
PANEL LOWER
SECTION, LEFT
SIDE PANEL
INSTRUMENT PANEL
LOWER SECTION
RIGHT SIDE PANEL
(NOTES 3, 4)
K101 RELAY
2 EA. REQ.
LANDING LIGHT RELAY
PILOT'S UTILITY
LIGHT SWITCH
TIGHTENING
HOLE (2 PLCS)
RETAINING LAMP BODY

RING NOTES:
NOZZLE 1. LAMP REPLACEMENT IS IDENTICAL TO THAT
ASSEMBLY SHOWN IN VIEW C.
MAP CASE 2. FOR INFORMATION, REFER TO CHAPTER 25.
TRIM COVER 3. FOR INFORMATION, REFER TO CHAPTER 12.
(NOTE 2) 4. ON 369D S/N 1150 & SUBS, AND ALL 369E/FF
HELICOPTERS, LANDING LIGHT RELAY IS MOUNTED
OUTSIDE LEFT OF LOWER CONSOLE SUPPORT ASSY.
5. AT INSTALLATION, TRIM LENGTH TO CLEAR PANEL.
PILOT'S UTILITY LIGHT 6. FURNISHED WITH BOLT LIGHT.
(NOTE 1) 7. 36 IN. (91.44 CM) LONG, #20 AWG WIRE LEAD.
8. BLUE/WHITE GE NO. 327 LAMP (OR EQUIVALENT)
FURNISHED
9. COMPONENTS OF GRIMES HALF-FIXTURE LIGHT G96-4005-1A
ASSEMBLY.
Figure 207. Interior Lights and Components (Sheet 1 of 2)

96-40-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
INSULATOR
PASSENGER/CARGO
UTILITY LIGHT SWITCH
TIGHTENING HOLE
(2 PLCS)
SPLICE
SWITCH MOUNTING
BRACKET
+ VDC INPUT WIRE
(NOTE 7)
CONVENIENCE TERMINAL LUG

PANEL TRIM COVER (NOTE 6)
PANEL HOOD
(NOTE 2)
LAMP BODY
LAMP LAMP
(NOTE 8)
GROUND WIRE
NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
NOTE 5
LAMP CAP AND PRISM
PASSENGER/CAGRO POSTLIGHT-EXPLODED FROM HOOD

UTILITY LIGHT SLIMLINE INSTRUMENT PANEL
WIRE
PIN (NOTE 9)
LAMP MASK
ELECTRICAL BOND (NOTE 9)
PANEL AND PLATE
LAMP BULBS AND HOOD
IVS INDICATOR
(NOTE 9)
0.138 IN. (0.9652 MM)
BRASS SCREW
SCREW AND WASHER
SIZE 6 BRASS SCREWS (NOTE 9)
INSTRUMENT PANEL (BLACK OXIDE COATED)
POST LIGHT
G96-4005-2A
Figure 207. Interior Lights and Components (Sheet 2 of 2)

96-40-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

96-40-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Section
96−45−00
Searchlight

[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
SEARCHLIGHT
1. Description and Operation A switch inside the control column is actuated
whenever the searchlight is moved out of the
(Ref. Figure 201) The searchlight installation full up and locked position (by the slidelock),
consists of a control column mounted in the and caused the SEARCHLIGHT EXT caution
floor on the right side of the pilot's compart light on the instrument panel to come on.
ment, dual lights positioned outside of the Other controls provided for the searchlight
compartment just below the control column, consist of the SEARCHLIGHT PWR and
and an extendible support column for connect CONT circuit breakers on the instrument
ing the dual lights to the control column. panel, and the SEARCHLIGHT ON-OFF
A manually operated slidelock, located on the switch on the control column.
control column and attached to the extendible A. Reference Data
support column, is used to lower and extend
the dual lights below the landing gear skids or (1). Information Pertaining to helicopter
floats during flight. A handle on the control structural components which inter
column is used to position the lights fore and face with the searchlight installation
aft, as required, and can also be rotated in is in the Structural Repair Manual.
place to tilt the external lights downward Information pertaining to standard
approximately 120 degrees. helicopter equipment is in CSP-
HMI-2 and CSP-IPC-4.
The tilting action is accomplished by a
two-piece shaft installed inside the control 2. Searchlight − Fault Isolation
and support columns; the upper shaft is
attached to the gear mechanism in the control (Ref. Figure 202) Use information provided in
handle, and the lower shaft (which telescopes Table 201 for troubleshooting the searchlight
over upper shaft) is attached to the gear installation. For the searchlight system wiring
mechanism in the dual light assembly. diagram.
Table 201. Troubleshooting − Searchlight
Looseness in slidelock; lower Setscrew not seated properly in Reset setscrew so that it is seated
support column will not stay in retaining hole of slidelock pin, or in retaining hole of slidelock pin.
retracted position (SEARCHLIGHT setscrew not tight. Tighten setscrew.
EXT caution light comes on).
SEARCHLIGHT EXT caution light Lamp in EXT caution light assembly Replace lamp in EXT caution light
does not come on when searchlight cap is burned out or missing. assembly cap.
is extended or not fully retracted.
External searchlights will not stay Setscrews in searchlight rotating Tighten setscrews in searchlight
adjusted in elevation. blocks loose on inner shaft. rotating blocks.
Toggle arm or SEARCHLIGHT Excessive force applied to arm or Replace switch.

ON−OFF switch broken or arm hit by heavy object.
inoperative.

96-45-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
SEACHLIGHT
ON-OFF SWITCH
CONTROL HANDLE
SWITCH HOUSING
CONTROL COLUMN EXTEND/RETRACT

SLIDELOCK
BOLT
PIN
WASHER
FLOOR
SPRING
PAN
FLOOR ACCESS COVER

UPPER BEARING
PLATE WIRING
(NOTE 1)
ROTATIONAL LOCK
WASHER NUT
INTERNAL SHAFT KEY LOWER FUSELAGE

SKIN
STRAP
STRAP
FLOOR PAN RIVET
STUD
STRAP
WEB
SETSCREW
ACCESS SLIDELOCK PIN
COVER ATTACHMENT HOLE
STRAP
CHANNEL, RH GROMMET EXTENDABLE SUPPORT

COLUMN
SUPPORT
ANGLE
ANGLE
FILLER WIRING
(NOTE 2)
SPRING EXTERNAL WIRING CABLE

SPRING
CHANNEL, LH
SUPPORT RIVET
ANGLE SPRING
FILLER CENTER RIVETS LAMP HOUSING
ANGLE RIVET
CHANNEL
ROTATING BLOCKS
ACCESS COVER AND
COMPARTMENT FLOOR WEB SEARCHLIGHT ASSEMBLY
G96-4014-1
Figure 201. Searchlight Assembly (Sheet 1 of 2)

96-45-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
CB127 CAUTION ON
SEARCHLIGHTS MUST SEARCH
CB128 BE RETRACTED AND LIGHT
CAUTION LOCKED PRIOR TO OFF
LIGHT ASSY LANDING
CONTROL COLUMN DECAL SWITCH DECAL
LAMP
XDS11 DECAL
RELAY
NUT SCREW
K302
BOLT WASHER WASHER
SCREW WASHER WASHER
SCREW JAMNUT NUTPLATE
SUPPORT
LOWER SWITCH AND
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL BEARING PLATE
BRACKET
RH
ANGLE, RH
BRACKET, LH BUS
RELAY
K302 LOCKWASHER
NUTPLATE
GROUND (E27)
ANGLE, LH
CHANNEL, LH ANGLE
CHANNEL, RH
SUPPORT
WASHER NUTPLATE SEAL
NUT
NUT
CHAFE STRIP BOLT
WASHER
CLAMP HALVES
LAMP HOUSING WASHER
WASHER SCREW
LAMP
DOUBLER
LAMP HOUSING
CARGO COMPARTMENT
REINFORCEMENT
G96-4014-2
Figure 201. Searchlight Assembly (Sheet 2 of 2)

96-45-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
3. Searchlight Assembly Replacement (12). Install plug buttons in helicopter floor
and lower skin holes, if required.
(Ref. Figure 201)
(13). Lower helicopter with jacks or hoist
(1). Open SEARCHLIGHT PWR and CONT (Ref. Sec. 07-00-00).
circuit breakers on lower switch and
circuit breaker panel. Tag circuit A. Electrical Components Removal
breakers as required.
(Ref. Figure 201)
(2). Verify BATTERY-OFF-EXT PWR
(master) switch at OFF position.
(3). Loosen studs on floor access cover just (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
aft of searchlight control column, and Item Nomenclature
remove cover. CM614 Sleeving, heat-shrink
(4). Locate searchlight wiring on control

and support columns and disconnect (1). Remove relays K302 and K303 from nut
wiring at splices SP66 and SP67, plate support at bottom of fuselage as
ground terminal E27, and relays K302 follows:
and K303. Tag wiring for installation.
(a). Tag and disconnect wiring, jumper
(5). Remove clamp and seal from external wires, IN5401 diode, and bus with
wiring cable at bottom of fuselage, then RNF100X1/2 sleeving (CM614) from
remove cable. relay terminals.
(6). Remove bolts from searchlight control (b). Remove screws and washers from
column upper bearing plate at floorline. nutplate support, and remove
relays.
NOTE: Upper bearing plate is incorporated in
searchlight assembly and cannot be re (2). Remove SEARCHLIGHT PWR and
moved from control column. CONT circuit breakers and EXT
caution light assembly (XDS11) from
(7). Hoist or jack up helicopter until landing lower switch and circuit breaker panel
gear skids or floats are approximately 2 as follows:
feet above ground (Ref. Sec. 07-00-00).
(a). Remove screws and lower switch and
(8). Pull and extend slidelock and lower circuit breaker panel from instru
slightly for access to setscrew, which ment panel for access to circuit
secures slidelock pin to top of extending breakers and light assembly.
support column (Ref. Figure 201).
(b). Tag and disconnect wiring from
Take care to prevent searchlight SEARCHLIGHT PWR and CONT
CAUTION support column (and dual circuit breaker Remove circuit
lights) from dropping to ground when slide breakers from panel.
lock is removed. Also, care should be taken
to retain slidelock pin which is under spring (c). Tag and disconnect wiring from
tension. SEARCHLIGHT EXT caution light
assembly. Remove light assembly
(9). Loosen slidelock setscrew and remove from panel.
slidelock housing, spring, and lockpin.
(3). Remove SEARCHLIGHT ON-OFF
(10). Carefully lower searchlight support switch from control column as follows:
column and raise interior control
column until both columns are com (a). Remove screws and housing for
pletely disengaged. access to switch.
(11). Remove searchlight control and support (b). Disconnect wiring and remove switch
columns from helicopter. from housing.

96-45-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
SEARCHLIGHT PWR
CB127 DS401 (LH)
1 2 A1 A2 1 2
4 P506E10 L557A10 BLACK WHT
DS402 (RH)
20 AWG A1 A2 1 2
GRA WHT
JMPR Y
K302 K303
X2 X2
E27
X1 X1
SEARCHLIGHT 20 AWG JMPR

L563A16-YEL
CONT
S3 CB128 OFF
1 2 1 2 1
3 P506X10 K510F16 L564B20 A B L564A16-YEL
KEY SWITCH 5A 2
S205
ON
20 AWG JMPR SEARCHLIGHT
CAUTION LIGHT
(PRESS-TO-TEST)
XDS11
1 2 1
NOTES: 3 L562A20N A B L562A20-WHT L510G20-WHT
1. SOLID LINES ( ) INDICATE WIRING OR 2 S206
ITEM SUPPLIED WITH SEARCHLIGHT KIT. SEARCHLIGHT
2. DASHED LINES ( - - - ) INDICATE WIRING OR L565A20N STOWED
E3 G96-4015
ITEM OF HELICOPTER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
Figure 202. Searchlight Wiring Diagram

B. Searchlight Assembly Installation (b). Install SEARCHLIGHT PWR and
CONT circuit breakers on panel and
(Ref. Figure 201) connect wiring to circuit breakers.
(c). Install and secure lower switch and
Consumable Materials circuit breaker panel to instrument
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) panel with screws.
Item Nomenclature (3). Install relays K302 and K303 on
CM102 Solid film lubricant nutplate support at bottom of fuselage
CM614 Sleeving, heat-shrink
as follows:
(a). Using screws and washers, install
relays on nutplate support.
(1). Install SEARCHLIGHT ON-OFF
switch on control column as follows: (b). Install bus with RNF100X1/2 sleeve
(CM614), IN5401 diode, jumper
(a). Connect wiring and install switch in wires, and wiring to relay terminals.
housing. (4). Place searchlight control column in
floor pan, and allow control column to
(b). Install housing on control column extend through lower bearing plate and
and secure with screws. support at bottom of fuselage. Do not
install bolts at this time.
(2). Install SEARCHLIGHT PWR and
(5). Hoist or jack up helicopter (Ref. Sec.
CONT circuit breaker panel as follows:
07-00-00) until landing gear skids or
floats are approximately 2 feet (61 cm)
(a). Install SEARCHLIGHT EXT caution above ground.
light assembly on panel and connect
wiring to light assembly. If required, (6). Engage lower support column into end
replace lamp in light assembly cap on of upper control column. Make certain
face of panel. that slidelock pin attachment hole on

96-45-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
support column is aligned with control (16). Verify that caution decal is attached to
column handle during installation forward side of control column just
(handle and hole should face aft). below switch housing.
(7). While installing lower support column, (17). Verify that light switch ON-OFF decal
twist grip on control handle until key is attached to top of control column just
on upper internal aft (in control forward of handle.
column) engages keyway on lower
internal shaft (in support) column. (18). Perform Searchlight Operational Check
of searchlight system.
(8). Hold searchlight in assembled position
and have helicopter lowered to ground 4. Searchlight Lamp Replacement
with jacks or hoist (Ref. Sec. 07-00-00).
(Ref. Figure 201) Remove and replace search
light lamp as follows:
(9). Position upper bearing plate so that
lock slot faces aft, and secure plate to (1). Remove screws from lens ring and
floor pan with bolts. remove ring from lamp housing.
(10). Assemble slidelock housing, spring, and (2). Lift sealed beam lamp from housing
pin. Compress and hold spring com and remove screws from wire terminals
pressed, with a suitable tool so that at back of lamp. Remove lamp.
attachment end of pin protrudes from
housing. (3). Install replacement lamp by connecting
wire terminals in housing to back of
(11). Insert slidelock pin through slot on lamp, and secure wiring to lamp with
control column and into hole near top of screws. Position lamp in housing.
support column. Tighten setscrew on
top of support column making certain (4). Install lens ring and secure to lamp
that retaining hole in slidelock pin is housing with screws.
engaged. Remove tool used to compress
housing spring. 5. Searchlight Operational Check
(12). Check mechanical operation of search With helicopter on ground, perform operation
light by extending, rotating, tilting, al check of searchlight system as follows:
retracting, and stowing unit. If exces
sive friction is evident, spray lower (1). Hoist or jack up helicopter until landing
support column with dry lubricant gear skids or floats are approximately 2
(CM102). feet (61 cm) above ground (Ref. Sec.
07-00-00).
(13). Check that external wiring cable is
(2). Place BATTERY-OFF-EXT PWR
properly wrapped around support
(master) switch at BATTERY position.
column; then route cable through access
holes in lower fuselage skin and
(3). Using slidelock, extend searchlight to
searchlight lower support.
full down position. SEARCHLIGHT
EXT caution light on lower switch and
(14). Install seal and clamp on support to circuit breaker panel should come on
retain external wiring cable. and stay on.
(15). Connect wiring at splices SP66 and (4). Using control handle, check movement
SP67, ground terminal E27, and relays of dual lights in forward aft, and tilted
K302 and K303. (For detailed wiring positions; then return lights to forward
instructions, refer to Initial Installation and level position. Lights should not
- Electrical Wiring.) impinge on skids or floats.

96-45-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
When installed in conjunction extendible support column, and wiring
CAUTION with floats, searchlight must be connectors at dual lights.
fully extended before dual lights are turned
on, or damage to floats may result. Do not (3). Inspect slidelock pin for deformation.
allow lights to remain on longer than neces Verify pin has adequate setscrew
sary to verify operation. retaining hole.
(5). Place SEARCHLIGHT ON-OFF switch 7. Searchlight Repair

on control column at ON position.
Check that dual lights come on, then Repair of searchlight system is limited to
place switch at OFF position. replacement of defective or damaged parts as
follows:
(6). Using slidelock, secure searchlight in
full up position. SEARCHLIGHT EXT
caution light on circuit breaker panel
should go off.
Item Nomenclature
(7). Place master switch at OFF position. CM102 Solid film lubricant
(8). Lower helicopter with jacks or hoist CM116 Grease, aircraft and instrument
(Ref. Sec. 07-00-00).
(1). Replace deformed or damaged upper
6. Searchlight Inspection
control and lower support columns on
Inspect components of searchlight system in searchlight. Apply thin coating of
accordance with the following: grease (CM116) on inner shaft ends
within control columns, if shafts are
(1). Inspect searchlight upper control and dry. Spray lower support column with
low support columns for deformation dry lubricant (CM102).
and damage. Inspect inner shaft ends
within columns for dryness (lack of (2). Replace damaged or frayed wiring and
lubrication). Inspect lower support connectors.
column for corrosion.
(3). Replace deformed slidelock pin. If
(2). Inspection condition of wiring on search necessary, enlarge setscrew retaining
light upper column, coiled cable on hole on slidelock pin.

96-45-00
Revision 14
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

96-45-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
SEARCHLIGHT
1. Searchlight Initial Installation (1). Locate longitudinal support in sub
structure of pilot's floor compartment at
Procedures in this section may be performed at BL 13.00 RH, between the aft bulkhead
the operator's discretion. These instructions at Cant. Sta. 64.365 and the floor
provide for the installation of the manually compartment frame at Sta. 50.50.
operated searchlight kit and include modifica Remove rivets from support using drill
tions to the right side pilot's floor compart motor and appropriate drill bit, and
ment, floor and structure. remove support.
A. Preparation for Installation (2). Locate and mark hole center for cutout
in ship skin. Center of cutout is located
Preparation for installation of the searchlight at BL 12.75 RH and Sta. 52.36, 1.86
assembly includes the following: inches (4.724 cm) aft of floor compart
ment frame).
(1). Check all electrical switches for OFF
position and ensure that BATTERY- (3). Using chassis punch or equivalent, cut
OFF-EXT PWR (master) switch is at 2.50 inch (6.35 cm) hole in ship skin as
OFF. shown.
(2). Identify all components including D. Searchlight Installation
attaching hardware, to be removed for Installation of the searchlight includes
access to work areas. Protect compo procedures for installing the searchlight upper
nents from damage and foreign matter and lower supports on the right side of the
until reinstalled. pilot's floor compartment, caution light and
circuit breakers on the instrument panel, the
B. Helicopter Equipment Removal searchlight assembly and associated electrical
Prior to installing the searchlight, a limited wiring, and the access cover on the right side
number of items must be removed from the pilot's floor compartment. The general notes
helicopter to accommodate searchlight that apply to the subsequent installation
installation. Refer to CSP-HMI-2 and perform procedures are as follows:
the following:
(1). Remove seat from right side of crew (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
compartment (Ref. Sec. 25-00-00). Item Nomenclature
CM318 Primer
(2). Remove copilot's cyclic stick, if installed
(Ref. Sec. 67-00-00).
NOTE:
(3). Remove floor access door and attached
D Use Cleco clamps and fasteners as re
carpeting from pilot's right side floor
compartment. quired to facilitate rivet installation, and
install rivets with wet primer (CM318).
(4). Remove stowage box from pilot's right D Rivets are equally spaced and are normal
side floor compartment, if installed ly positioned twice the diameter of the riv
(Ref. Sec. 25-40-00). et shank from the outside edge of the ma
terial, edge of joggle, or flange radius.
C. Helicopter Modification
D When providing ground or electrical com
(Ref. Figure 901) Modification of the helicopter ponents. clean surface structure to bare
consists of providing an access port for the metal.
searchlight assembly through the lower ship D Do not tighten electrical clamps or secure
skin in the pilot's right side floor compartment electrical wiring to existing harnesses un
as follows: til all electrical wiring is installed.

96-45-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
NOTE: LONGITUDINAL SUPPORT IN PILOT'S RIGHT-SIDE

FLOOR COMPARTMENT IS REMOVED TO PERMIT CUTOUT
IN SKIN FOR SEARCHLIGHT INSTALLATION. EXISTING
RIVET ATTACH HOLES ARE USED FOR ATTACHMENT OF
SEARCHLIGHT LOWER SUPPORT.
LONGITUDINAL SUPPORT
(NOTE)
FLOOR COMPARTMENT
FLOOR ACCESS FRAME
RBL
13
500-A
DOUBLER SEARCHLIGHT
CENTER OF 2.50 IN.
CUTOUT IN SKIN TO (6.35 CM) CUTOUT
MATCH DOUBLER EXISTING FLOOR
COMPARTMENT FRAME
FWD
INBD 1.86 IN. (4.7244

CM) TRUE
PILOT'S RIGHT-SIDE
FLOOR COMPARTMENT
0.25 IN.
(6.35 MM) CHAFF
CENTER OF DOUBLER STRIP
DRAIN HOLE
EXISTING CHANNEL LOWER SUPPORT
3.00 IN. (7.62 CM)

R/H CHANNEL L/H CHANNEL
FWD
INBD
DOUBLER ALIGNMENT
(LOOKING UP)
G96-4016A
Figure 901. Doubler and Lower Support Attachments

96-45-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
E. Stowage Compartment Lower Support (5). Position support over existing rivet
Modification holes in channels and against compart
ment frame. Drill four 0.098 inch
(Ref. Figure 901) (2.4892 mm) rivet attach holes in
support for attachment to channels,
and five 0.098 inch (2.4892 mm) rivet
attach holes for attachment to frame as
shown in Figure 901. Attach support to
Item Nomenclature
frame, channels, doubler, and ship skin
CM425 Sealing compound with rivets (Ref. Figure 201).
CM438 Adhesive, epoxy
(6). Position angles on channels against
CM614 Sleeving, heat-shrink compartment frame. Drill six 0.098
inch (2.4892 mm) rivet attach holes
through angles and frame. Attach
(1). Position doubler on outer ship skin to angles to frame with rivets.
match cutout. Use doubler as template,
and determine 29 rivet hole locations (7). Position bracket in left channel, left
required through ship skin. Drill angle , and support. Drill four 0.098
twenty 0.098 inch (2.4892 mm) rivet inch (2.4892 mm) rivet attach holes
attach holes around circumference of through channel and bracket, and one
doubler and nine 0.098 inch (2.4892 0.098 inch (2.4892 mm) rivet attach
mm) holes around circumference of hole through top of support and
cutout. Attach doubler to skin with bracket. Drill additional two 0.1285
rivets. inch (3.2639 mm) rivet attach holes
through left angle, left channel, and
NOTE: Doubler is provided with a 2.50 inch bracket. Attach bracket to left channel
(6.35 cm) cutout, 29 rivet attach holes and a and support with rivets. Also attach
drain hole cutout. bracket to left channel and left angle
with rivets.
(2). Using drill motor and appropriate drill
bit, drill 0.180 inch (4.572 mm) drain (8). Position right bracket in right channel,
hole in ship skin to match doubler. right angle and support. Drill from
0.098 inch (2.4892 mm) rivet attach
(3). Position channels over existing rivet holes through right channel and
attach holes in ship skin, compartment bracket, and one 0.098 inch (2.4892
frame, and aft bulkhead. Left channel mm) rivet attach hole through top of
should abut cutout in ship skin, and support and bracket. Drill additional
right channel should be 3 inches (7.62 0.1285 inch (3.2639 mm) rivet attach
cm) outboard of left channel. Drill 0.098 hole through right angle, right channel,
inch (2.4892 mm) rivet attach holes and bracket. Attach bracket to right
through channels and doubler as shown channel and support with rivets. Also,
in Figure 901. Attach channels to attach bracket to right channel and
frame, bulk head, and doubler with right angle with rivet.
rivets (Ref. Figure 201). (9). Use support as template and deter
mine attach hole locations required for
NOTE: Do not install rivets through attach nutplates on bracket. Drill four 0.098
holes required for securing support to chan inch (2.4892 mm) rivet attach holes
nels at this time. through bracket. Attach two nutplates
on bracket and support with rivets.
(4). Using existing holes in compartment Also, attach two nutplates on support
frame as template, drill four additional with rivets.
0.098 inch (2.4892 mm) rivet attach
holes through doubler . and secure (10). Position angle on right channel and
doubler to frame with rivets as shown determine attach hole locations. Drill
in Figure 901. six 0.098 inch (2.4892 mm) rivet attach

96-45-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
holes through channel and angle. hole locations for center channel,
Attach angle to channel with rivets. supporting angles, and filler. Drill 0.098
inch diameter rivet attach hole as
(11). Position nutplate support on left required and attach channel, angles,
channel and left angle and determine and filler to existing floor channels with
attach hole locations. Drill six 0.1285 rivets.
inch (3.2639 mm) rivet attach holes
through support and channel. Attach NOTE: Make certain that filler is positioned on
nutplate support to left channel with left side of center channel between support
rivets. Also, drill four 0.098 inch angle and existing channel.
(2.4892 mm) rivet attach holes through
nutplate support and angle. Attach (2). Position left and right channels be
support to angle with rivets. tween existing floor channel on forward
side of pilot's floor compartment and
(12). Attach E27 ground stud screw, lock center channel, and determine attach
washer, and jam nut to nutplate hole locations for left and right chan
support; then place washers on ground nels and supporting angles. Drill 0.098
screw and secure washers with nut. inch diameter rivet attach holes as
required and attach left and right
(13). Using screws and washers, attach channels and support angles to center
relays to nutplate support. channel and existing floor channel with
rivets.
(14). Attach bus with RNF100X1/2 sleeving
(CM614) to terminals K302-A1 and (3). Position web with floor pan on existing
K303-A1 on relays. For detailed wiring floor channels and on left and right
instructions, refer to Electrical Wiring. channels, and determine attach hole
locations. Drill 0.098 inch (2.4892 mm)
(15). Attach diode to terminals K302-X1 and rivet attach holes as required and
K302-X2 on relay. For detailed wiring attach web, pan, and straps on floor
instructions refer to Electrical Wiring. channels and left and right channels
with rivets.
(16). Using adhesive (CM438) bond chafe
strip to bracket as shown in Figure 201. G. Circuit Breakers and Caution Light
Installation
(17). Using bolts, washers and nuts, attach
bearing plate to support. (1). Remove attach screws from lower
switch and circuit breaker panel on
(18). Using screws, and washers, attach instrument panel. Pull out optional
clamp halves and seal to support. equipment panel and remove plug
Install bolts, washers and nuts in buttons from holes provided for circuit
clamp halves, but do not tighten bolts breakers and caution light assembly.
at this time.
(2). Install caution light assembly and lamp
(19). Using sealant (CM425), seal box formed in hole identified by decal marked
by support and left and right brackets, EXT-PRESS TO TEST.
and compartment frame so that lower
support is watertight. (3). Install 5 amp circuit breaker (CB128)
in hole identified by decal marked
NOTE: Do not cover clamp halves or external CONT.
wiring cable access hole with sealant.
(4). Install 35 amp circuit breaker (CB127)
F. Compartment Floor and Upper Support in hole identified by decal marked
Modification PWR.
(1). Position channel on existing floor (5). Connect electrical wiring on circuit
channels at pilot's right side floor breakers and caution light assembly
compartment and determine attach (Ref. Table 901, Figure 202).

96-45-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 901. Searchlight Wiring Data List
Wire # From Termination To Termination
P506AE10 BUS − W3−4 MS25036−112 CB127−1 MS25036−153
L557A10 CB127−2 MS25036−156 K302−A1 MS25036−112
Jumper K302−A1 MS25036−102 K303−A1 MS25036−102
Jumper K302−X2 MS25036−102 K303−X2 MS25036−102
Jumper K302−X1 MS25036−102 K303−X1 MS25036−102
Jumper K303−X2 MS25036−102 E27 MS25036−103
* BLACK K303−A2 MS25036−112 DS401−1 MS25036−156
* RED DS401−2 MS25036−112 E27 MS25036−112
* GRAY K303−A2 MS25036−112 DS402−1 MS25036−156
* GREEN DS402−2 MS25036−112 E27 MS25036−112
* L563A16 − (yellow) K302−X1 MS25036−106 S205−2 −
* L564A16 − (yellow) S205−1 − SP66−B 32445
L564B20 SP66−A 32445 CB128−2 MS25036−101
* L510G20 − (white) E27 MS25036−103 S206−1 −
* L562A20 − (white) S206−2 − SP67−B 32445
L562B20 SP67−A 32445 XDS11−2 Solder
Jumper CB128−2 MS25036−101 XDS11−1 Solder
L565A20N XDS11−3 Solder E3 MS25036−101
K510F16 S3−2 MS25036−153 CB128−1 MS25036−153
NOTE: Preferred wire is MIL−W−16878/4. Use the best comparable grade material when the conformity of avail-
able materials of the same type with the listed Specification No. cannot be determined.
* Wires furnished with searchlight assembly.
(6). Using attach screws, attach lower I. Electrical Wiring

switch and circuit breaker panel to
instrument panel (Ref. Chap. 95).
NOTE: Steps a through g provide for wiring in
H. Searchlight Assembly
stallations from the W3 bus to the circuit
For installation of searchlight assembly, breakers, relay terminal K302-A1, caution
including lamp and lamp assembly, refer to light and ground, and splices SP66 and
Installation of Searchlight Assembly. SP67 (Ref. Figure 202 and Table 901).

96-45-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
NOTE: Steps (8). thru (10). provide for wiring
Consumable Materials installations between the relays and the
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) relay ground, and wiring from the search
Item Nomenclature light assembly (Ref. Figure 202).
(8). Attach terminals on three jumper
CM703 Tie strap wires; then connect one wire with
CM815 Solder terminals to relay terminals K302-X1
and K303-X1. Connect second wire
with terminals to relay terminals
(1). Attach terminals to wire No. K510F16; K302-X2 and K303-X2. Connect
then connect wire to circuit breaker remaining wire with terminals to relay
terminal CB 128-1 and key switch terminals K302-A1 and K303-A1.
terminal S3-2.
(9). Attach terminal to jumper wire; and
(2). Attach terminal to one end of jumper connect wire with terminal to relay
wire; then connect wire with terminal terminal K303-X2. Attach terminal to
to circuit breaker terminal CB128-2. other end of wire; and connect wire
Attach other end of wire to caution with terminal to E27 ground stud.
light terminal XDS11-1 and secure
with solder (CM815). (10). Connect wiring from searchlight
assembly as follows:
(3). Attach wire No. L562B20 to caution
light terminal XDS11-2l and secure (a). If required, attach splice SP66-B to
with solder (CM815). Attach splice wire No. L564A16 (yellow wire from
SP67-A to other end of wire for 5205-1). Connect yellow wire with
eventual connection to searchlight splice to splice SP66-A (on wire from
wiring. circuit breaker).
(b). If required, attach splice SP67-B to

(4). Attach terminal to wire No. L564B20;
wire No. L562A20 (white wire from
then connect wire with terminal to
S206-2). Connect white wire with
circuit breaker terminal CB128-2.
splice to splice SP67-A (on wire from
Attach splice SP66-A to other end of
caution light).
wire for eventual connection to search
light wiring.
(c). If required attach terminal to wire
No. L510G20 (white wire from
(5). Attach terminal to wire No. L565A20N; S206-1). Connect white wire with
then connect wire with terminal to splice to E27 ground stud.
ground stud E3. Attach other end of
wire to caution light terminal XDS11-3 (d). If required, attach terminal to wire
and secure with solder (CM815). No. L563A16 (yellow wire from
S205-2). Connect yellow wire with
(6). Attach terminal to wire No. P506AE10 terminal to relay terminal K302-X1.
and connect wire with terminal to bus
W3-4. Attach terminal to other end of (e). If required, attach terminals to red
wire and connect wire with terminal to and green wires from lamps (red wire
circuit breaker terminal CB127-1. from DS401-2 and green wire from
DS402-2). Connect green and red
(7). Attach terminal to wire No. L557A10; wires with terminals to E27 ground
and connect wire, with terminal, to stud.
circuit breaker terminal CB127-2.
Attach terminal to other end of wire; NOTE: If required, terminals are used on ends
then connect wire with terminal to of red and green wires at lamp terminals
relay terminal K302-A1. DS401-2 and DS402-2.

96-45-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(f). If required, attach terminals to black mm) rivet attach holes, two in each
and gray wires from lamps (black angle (six in floor channels). Attach
wire from DS401-1 and gray wire angles for retention of springs. Attach
from DS402-1). Connect black wire springs to angles with rivets Using
with terminal to relay terminal grommets, secure corresponding studs
K302-A2; connect gray wire with to access cover.
terminal to relay terminal K303-A2.
Cover relay terminals with caps. (4). Drill two each 0.098 inch (2.4892) holes
in floor access side channels for reten
NOTE: If required, terminals are used on ends tion of fillers and springs. Attach fillers
of black and gray wires at lamp terminals and springs to channels with rivets.
DS401-1 and DS402-1. Using grommets, secure corresponding
studs to access cover.
(g). Install protective sleeving (CM614)
over SP66 and SP67 splice connec (5). Drill two each 0.098 inch (2.4892) holes
tions and secure wiring with tie in center channel for retention of
straps (CM703). springs. Attach springs to center
J. Access Cover Modification channel with rivets. Using grommets,
secure corresponding studs to access
(Ref. Figure 201) cover.
(6). Install access cover and secure fastener
Consumable Materials studs to fastener retaining springs on
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) floor compartment. Check cover for
Item Nomenclature proper fit and security of fasteners.
CM718 Tape, double-faced
(7). Using double-faced tape (CM718),
install floor carpeting; cut and trim
(1). Position access cover on existing floor carpeting to accommodate searchlight
channels and center channel and base, access cover and web.
determine attach hole locations for
fastener studs in access cover, center K. Helicopter Equipment Installation
channel and floor channels; locate from
pilot holes provided in access cover. After installation of searchlight assembly, a
Drill 0.218 inch (5.5372 mm) holes for limited number of items must be replaced in
fastener studs in access cover, center the helicopter. Refer to CSP HMI 2 and
channel, and floor. perform the following:
(2). Drill 0.218 inch (5.5372 mm) hole in (1). Install seat on right side of crew
each of three angles for location of compartment.
fastener retainer springs.
(2). If searchlight assembly is removed from
(3). Position angles on floor access aft helicopter per Searchlight Assembly
channel and determine angle attach Removal, install copilot's cyclic stick as
hole locations Drill 0.1285 inch (3.2639 required.

96-45-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
L. Weight and Balance Data Table 901. After installation of kit, incorporate
Weight and balance data resulting from changes in helicopter weight and balance
installation of searchlight kit is listed in records as instructed in CSP HMI 2.

Pounds (kg) Inches (cm) in−lb (kg cm)
−501 Assembly complete

Added 4.8 (2.177243) 115.6 (293.624) 5.55 (6.394266)
Removed 0.0 (0.0) 0.0 (0.0) 0.0 (0.0)
Changed +4.8 (+2.177243) 115.6 (293.624) −5.55 (−6.394266)
−501 Assembly (without 500−A searchlight assembly)
Added 6.3 (2.857632) 52.8 (134.112) 333 (383.65596)
Removed 4.3 (1.950447) 53.0 (134.62) 227 (261.53124)
Changed +2.0 (+0.9071847) 53.0 (134.62) 106 (122.12472)

96-45-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Section
96−48−00
Float Lamp

[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
FLOAT LAMP
1. Float Lamp Description and Operation spread of each beam is 13 degrees horizontally
and 14 degrees vertically down to 40,000
(Ref. Figure 201) The float lamp assembly candlepower, 10 percent of the maximum
provides a flood of light below and ahead of the candlepower. The average life expectancy of
helicopter so the pilot can observe and assess the 4550 lamp is 10 hours.
the suitability of a landing site without the aid
of ground-based lighting. The float lamp relay (K307) is mounted on the
rear of the front panel of the pilot's seat
The assembly consists of two PAR 46, USASI structure lower section.
number 4580 lamps installed at Sta. 137.50,
relay K307 mounted on the inner side of the
front panel of the pilot's seat structure lower The float lamp switch is located on the pilot's
section, FLT LDG LT circuit breaker switch collective stick. Either the LDG LT or FLOAT
(CB140) installed in the lower right or lower LT position can be selected. The contact rat
left corner of the instrument panel, and the ing is 5 amperes, resistive load, at 28Vdc.
LDG LT FLOAT LT selector switch (S32)
which is mounted on the pilot's collective stick. The FLT LDG LT circuit breaker switch,
CB140, pushbutton reset type, is rated at 35
The lamps are rigidly installed in the stag amperes. The circuit breaker switch may be
gered array shown in Figure 201 and located in either the lower right or lower left
Figure 203. The left lamp is depressed 20 corner of the instrument panel.
degrees below horizontal; the right, 40 degrees
below. This arrangement provides an elliptical
light pattern for a forward landing approach 2. Float Lamp Fault Isolation
and for hovering.
Table 201 contains symptoms, probable causes,
Each lamp develops 400,000 candlepower at measures required to determine causes of float
450 watts, 28 Vdc. The approximate total lamp failures, and recommended repairs.
Table 201. Float Lamp Assembly Troubleshooting

Float lamps fail to come on Master switch (S2) open Set master switch to ON.
FLOAT LDG LT circuit breaker open Press and reset FLOAT LDG LT circuit
breaker. If circuit breaker refuses to
remain set, inspect wires and
connections to relay K307. Refer to
Float Lamp Circuit Breaker Switch
Replacement.
FLOAT LDG LT circuit breaker Replace circuit breaker.

defective
Lamps broken or burned out Replace lamps.

Defective LDG LT, FLOAT LT switch Replace switch.
Defective relay K307 Replace relay.
Loose wire L522H10 on 4, terminal Tighten wire connection.
board TB101

96-48-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 201. Float Lamp Assembly Troubleshooting (Cont)
Loose wire at terminal 1 or 2 or circuit Tighten wire connection.
breaker switch CB140
Loose wire at terminal A1 or A2 of Tighten wire connection.

relay K307
Loose wire L522B10 at terminal 1 of Tighten wire connection.

lamp DS149
Loose wire L522G10N at terminal 2 of Tighten wire connection.

lamp DS150 or ground terminal E12
Both float lamps flicker Loose wires at terminals indicated Tighten wire connections as required.
above
One float lamp flickers Broken lamp filament, or loose wires Replace lamp or tighten wire
at terminals indicated above connections as required.
One or both lamps dim Loose wire at terminals indicated Tighten wire connections as required.
above
3. Float Lamp Circuit Operation 4. Float Lamp Replacement

(Ref. Figure 201)
(Ref. Figure 202) When switch S32 is set to
FLOAT LT, +28 Vdc passes across circuit Consumable Materials
breaker switch CB140, to terminals A and X1 (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
Item Nomenclature
and through the solenoid to terminal X2 of
CM220 Naphtha aliphatic
relay K307, through connector P/J113, to
switch S32, back through connectors P/J113 to CM408 Adhesive, silicone rubber
ground. CM614 Sleeving, heat-shrink
(1). Verify lamp switch on pilot's collective

With relay K307 energized, +28 Vdc passes stick is set to OFF.
from terminal A1 to the armature, to terminal
(2). Remove four fillips-head screws and
A2 of the relay, to terminal 1 of each of the locknuts securing lamp retainer to lamp
parallel connected lamps DS149 and DS150, housing.
through their filaments to terminal 2, then to
ground at terminal E12. (3). Strip adhesive seal from lamp joint, and
pull lamp out to gain access to lamp
terminal screws (Ref. Figure 203).
Use of the remote solenoid relay K307 protects (4). Remove two lamp terminal screws to
the switch contacts from the high lamp current disconnect wires.
output from the terminal board and assures (5). Before installing lamp, inspect interior
delivery of a maximum of current to the lamp of lamp housing.
filaments.
(a). Inspect fiberglass abrasion strip for
security of attachment.
CR37 prevents the relay solenoid from (b). Inspect insulating sleeve
developing a transient overvoltage developed RNF100X1/2 (CM614) on shank of
when switch S32 is opened. cap screw for security of attachment.

96-48-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
RELAY K307
VARISTOR
FLOAT LDG LT
SWITCH
PILOT'S SEAT-FRONT PANEL
FLOAT LDG LT
CIRCUIT BREAKER
STA. 137.50
DECAL
DOUBLER
CL HELICOPTER PANEL
COLLECTIVE STICK
GROMMET
PLATE
INSTRUMENT PANEL LOWER LEFT SIDE

(NOTE 1)
DECAL
FLOAT LDG LT
CIRCUIT BREAKER
PLATE
LAMP HOUSING
PANEL
LAMP HOUSING INSTRUMENT PANEL LOWER RIGHT SIDE

(NOTE 1)
LAMP ASSEMBLY
(ENGINE BAY - LOWER FUSELAGE)
G96-4006-1
Figure 201. Float Lamp Assembly − Component Location (Sheet 1 of 2)

96-48-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
KNOB
KNOB
NUT
SCREW
OVSPD FAULT
TEST TEST
SETSCREW
WASHER
OFF OFF
NUT
EDGE LIGHTED
SWITCH PANEL SWITCH
LOCKWASHER PLATE
FLOAT LDG LT
CIRCUIT BREAKER
SWITCH
N2 GOV HOVER/FLOAT
FLOAT LDG LT SWITCH
DECAL
(NOTE 3)
INSTRUMENT PANEL EDGELIGHTED

CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL (NOTE 2)
COLLECTIVE STICK
NOTES:
1. SLIMLINE INSTRUMENT PANEL APPLICATION ONLY. CIRCUIT BREAKER
INSTALLED EITHER RIGHT OR LEFT SIDE ACCORDING TO OPERATOR
PREFERENCE AND PRESENT EQUIPMENT.
2. T-SHAPED INSTRUMENT PANEL APPLICATION ONLY. G96-4006-2
3 REMOVE CROSS SECTION AREA OF DECAL
Figure 201. Float Lamp Assembly − Component Location (Sheet 2 of 2)
(c). Verify security of attachment of cap 5. Float Lamp Housing Replacement
screw and nut.
(Ref. Figure 201 and Figure 203)
(d). Verify security of attachment of
bracket base. Consumable Materials
(6). To replace a lamp, proceed as follows: Item Nomenclature
(a). Wash lamp with naphtha (CM220) to CM220 Naphtha aliphatic
remove oil, grease, or any other CM408 Adhesive, silicone rubber
foreign matter and air dry.
(b). Apply coat of adhesive (CM408) (1). Remove lamp per Float Lamp Replace
around rim of lamp and over area ment.
opposite cap screw. Allow to cure.
(2). Back off conduit nut and washer.
(c). Attach wires securely with screws (3). Slide wires out of lamp housing.
furnished with lamp.
(4). Remove nut, washer, spacer and bolt.
(d). Insert lamp into housing, and press
lamp retainer into position. (5). Align holes in bracket and lamp
assembly bracket, and install spacer,
(e). Replace four screws and locknuts. bolt, washer and nut. Do not tighten.

96-48-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(6). Insert wires through conduit nut and (6). Before installing a new CR37, attach
washer. MS25036-102 terminals as follows:
(7). Strip old adhesive from wires and from (a). Wash leads clean with naphtha
grommet inside reusable conduit. (CM220), and air dry.
(8). Wash grease and oil off wires and (b). Spread leads apart to match relay
grommet with naphtha (CM220) and terminals X1 and X2, and clip any
air dry. excess.
(9). Draw sufficient length of wires through (c). Install and crimp MS25036-102
conduit to allow access to terminal terminals using MIL-C-22520/5-01
screws on lamp. tooling with MIL-C 22520/5-100
dies.
(10). Apply bead of adhesive (CM408) inside
conduit nut and allow to cure. (7). Clean panel area with naphtha
(CM220), and air dry.
(11). After adhesive has cured, assemble
(8). Repaint panel area as required. Use
conduit nut and washer on conduit.
acrylic lacquer (CM305), to match color
(12). Install lamp per Float Lamp Replace number 34151.
ment. (9). Install relay K307 using fasteners.
6. Float Lamp Relay Replacement (10). Attach wire L522A10 to terminal A1,
and attach one end of 20-gauge jumper
(Ref. Figure 201) to terminal A1, attach wire L522B10 to
terminal A2, and secure with AN961-1
Consumable Materials washer, MS35338-100 lockwashers,
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) and MS35650-306T nuts.
Item Nomenclature
(11). Attach opposite end of 20-gauge jumper
CM220 Naphtha aliphatic wire to terminal X1, attach wire
CM305 Lacquer, acrylic L522C20 to terminal X2, attach
varistor to terminals X1 and X2, and
Special Tools secure with AN961-6 washers,
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) MS35336-9 lockwashers, and
Item Nomenclature MS35649-265T nuts.
N/A Tooling, MIL-C-22520/5-01 (12). Perform Float Lamp Functional Test.
N/A Dies, MIL-C-22520/5-100
7. Float Lamp Switch Replacement
(1). Verify master switch is set to OFF. (Ref. Figure 201)
(2). Remove passenger compartment left Consumable Materials

side foot support fairing. (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
(3). Remove two MS35650-306T nuts, Item Nomenclature
MS35338-100 lockwashers, and CM220 Naphtha aliphatic
AN96l-1 washers from terminals A1 CM601 Insulation sleeving, electrical
and A2, and disconnect wires. CM815 Solder
(4). Remove two MS35649-265T nuts,
MS35339-98 lockwashers, and (1). Set master switch to OFF.
AN961-6 washers from terminals X1
and X2, disconnect wires, and remove (2). Remove four NAS600-3 screws and
CR37. AN936A4 washers from plate and pull
plate and switches away from collective
(5). Remove fasteners to dismount relay. stick switch housing assembly.

96-48-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
TB101 28 VDC BUS

1
2
3
4 CB140 DS149
K307
5 1 2 A1 A2
L522H10 L522A10 L522B10 1 W 2
6 35A
7 X1
JUMPER 20 GAUGE
L522E12 L522F12
DS150
1 W 2
V4727A7 VARISTOR X2
X1
CR37 L522C20 L522G10N
IN6055A
MS25036-153 TERMINAL TRANSZORB E12
X2
PILOT'S COLLECTIVE STICK CR37
P113J
(S106) STARTER
FLOAT LT. 1 L522D20 J
OFF 2 L123A20N L123B16 D L543A20N (E9)
LDG. LT. 3 L104C20 C TO LANDING LIGHT ASSEMBLY
(S32)
(S104) RPM TRIM
MS25036-149 TERMINAL
EFFECTIVITY: 369D; 003-1149, 1151-1184.
TB101 28 VDC BUS

1
2
3
4 CB140 DS149
K307
5 1 2 A1 A2
L522H10 L522A10 L522B10 1 W 2
6 35A
7
L522H10 JUMPER 20 GAUGE
X1 L522E12 L522F12
W3
DS150
TRIM W3 BUS AS REQD IN6055A TRANSORB
CR37 X2
369D TO INSTALL MS2544-35 1 W 2
CIRCUIT BREAKER
L522G10N
P505C10 (REF)
369E E12
PILOT'S COLLECTIVE STICK L522C22

P113J
(S106) STARTER
1 L522D22 K
FLOAT LT.
2 L123B16 D L543A22N (E9)
OFF
3 L104C22 C TO LANDING LIGHT ASSEMBLY
LDG. LT.
(S32)
(S104) RPM TRIM
EFFECTIVITY: 369D; 1150, 1185 & SUBS. 369E; 001 - 383.

G96-4007-1B
Figure 202. Float Lamp Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)

96-48-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
CB140 DS149
K307
1 2 A1 A2 W
L522H10 L522A10 L522B10 1 2
BUS-2 35A
JUMPER 20 GAUGE
X1 L522E12 L522F12
DS150
IN6055A TRANSORB
CR37 X2
1 W 2
P2004A10 (REF)
L522G10N
E12
PILOT'S COLLECTIVE STICK P113J L522C22
(S106) STARTER
1
FLOAT LT. L522D22 K
2
OFF 1L1014D22 D 1L1014E22N (E37-N)
3
LDG. LT. 1L1014C22 C 1L1014B22 (TB200-6T)
(S32)
(S104) RPM TRIM
EFFECTIVITY: 369E; 384 & SUBS.

500N; 001 & SUBS.
CB140 DS149
K307
1 2 A1 A2 W
L522H10 L522A10 L522B10 1 2
BUS-2 35A
JUMPER 20 GAUGE
X1 L522E12 L522F12
IN6055A TRANSORB
CR37 DS150
X2
1 W 2
P2004A10 (REF)
L522G10N
E12
PILOT'S COLLECTIVE STICK L522C22
P113J
(S106) STARTER
FLOAT LT. 1 L522D22
2 5
OFF 1L1014D22 4 1L1014E22N (E37-N)
LDG. LT. 3 1L1014C22 1L1014B22 (TB200-6T)
3
(S32)
(S104) RPM TRIM
EFFECTIVITY: 600N; 003 & SUBS.

G96-4007-2B
Figure 202. Float Lamp Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)

96-48-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(3). Unsolder three wires from switch 8. Float Lamp Circuit Breaker Switch
terminals. Replacement
(4). Loosen NASl08lD04-2 setscrew from (Ref. Figure 201) The FLT LDG LT circuit
369A4215 landing light switch knob, breaker switch (CB140) may be located in the
and remove knob. lower left or lower right corner of the instru
ment panel. Installation in the lower left
(5). Remove bushing nut and lockwasher corner requires use of Collins RCR650 radio
from switch, and remove switch from receiver forward bracket, 369D24216, and
plate. plate 369D292032-9. For installation of CB140
in the lower right corner, only plate
(6). Remove one bushing nut, lockwasher, 369D292032-5 is required.To remove CB140,
and locking ring from new switch. proceed as follows:
Discard locking ring. (1). Set master switch (S2) to OFF.
(7). Tighten bottom bushing nut all the way (2). Remove two terminal screws
down, then install lockwasher. (MS35206-241) and lockwashers
(MS35338-42), and remove two wires.
(8). Insert bushing of switch through hole
in plate. Be sure to engage tab on plate (3). Remove bushing nut (MS25062B8) and
with keyway on switch bushing. lockwasher (AN936A716S).
(4). Draw CB140 rearward from instrument
(9). Install lockwasher and nut on bushing, panel.
and tighten.
(5). Install FLT LDG LT circuit breaker
(10). Clean ends of wires with naphtha switch (CB140) as follows:
(CM220) and air dry thoroughly.
(a). Remove bushing nut (MS25062B8)
and lockwasher (AN936A716S) from
(11). Slip new sleeving (CM601) over ends of
CB140.
wires.
(b). Insert bushing of CB140 through
(12). Using solder (CM815), attach wires to hole in panel so positioning key
switch as follows: engages small hole in panel above
bushing hole.
(a). Wire number L522D20 to switch
terminal 1. (c). Reinstall and tighten lockwasher and
nut.
(b). Wire number L123A20N to switch (d). Remove two terminal screws
terminal 2. (MS35260-241) and lockwashers
(MS35338-42).
(c). Wire number L104C20 to switch
terminal 3. (e). Attach wire L522H10 to terminal 1
with fasteners removed.
(13). Slip sleeving (CM601) into position.
(f). Attach wire L522A10 to terminal 2
(14). Reinstall plate and switch assembly on with fasteners removed.
collective stick switch housing assembly (g). Tighten all fasteners.
with four NAS600-3 screws and
AN936A4 washers. (6). Perform Float Lamp Functional Test.
(15). Reinstall 369A4215 landing light 9. Float Lamp Functional Test

switch knob, and tighten Perform the following tests after installation
NAS1081D04-2 setscrew. or maintenance of the float lamp assembly.
(16). Perform Float Lamp Functional Test. (1). Set master switch (S2) to ON.

96-48-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(2). Verify FLOAT LDG LT circuit breaker (c). Apply inclinometer vertically across
switch (CB140) is closed (push in). rules, and adjust lamp to proper
computed angle.
(3). Set LDG LT, FLOAT LT switch (S32) to
FLOAT LT and verify both float lamps (d). Tighten fasteners and recheck lamp
are on. angle.
NOTE: An alternate method of lamp adjust
(4). Set switch S32 to LDG LT and verify ment is to remove the lamp per Float Lamp
landing light is on. Set switch S32 to Replacement to eliminate the convex sur
OFF. face, and simply apply the inclinometer ver
tically across the open face of the lamp hous
(5). Set master switch to OFF. ing.
10. Lamp Assembly Adjustment 11. Float Lamp Inspection

(Ref. Figure 203) Because of the limited
(Ref. Figure 203 and Figure 204)
average service life of the 4530 lamps (10
hours), the operator should consider maintain
The left and right float lamp assemblies must ing a record of usage so the lamps can be
be adjusted for a beam angle of 20 degrees and replaced before they fail. A record of operating
40 degrees, respectively, below horizontal. time should be incorporated into the regular
Normally, the helicopter has a nose-up aircraft inspection log.
attitude while standing. The amount of
inclination must be measured, with a machin Before commencing an inspec
ist's inclinometer or other suitable instrument, CAUTION tion or repair, ensure that mas
so this factor of inclination can be compen ter switch (S2) and LDG LT, FLOAT LT
sated for when setting the lamp beam angles. switch on pilot's collective stick are set to
The measured angle of inclination will be a OFF.
positive number. The desired angles of the
lamp beams are negative numbers: -20° and (1). Inspect lenses for cleanliness.
-40°. To calculate the resultant angles at
which the lamps must be set, simply apply the (2). Inspect lenses for cracks. Replace lamp
principle for the addition of signed numbers. with cracked lens per Float Lamp
Replacement.
Example: (3). Check beam angles. Left lamp: -20
Assume helicopter inclination is +10° degrees. Right lamp: -40 degrees.
-20° +10° = -10° left lamp resultant angle
-40° +10° = -30° right lamp resultant angle (4). Inspect seal of wire harness at lamp
housing.
NOTE: One convenient point for measuring the
helicopter inclination is the passenger com (5). Inspect seal of lamp joints.
partment floor. (6). Inspect grommet at buntline -2.50
(Figure 201).
(1). Because the 4550 lamp lens is convex, a
method must be improvised for achiev (7). For 369D; 001 & subs, and 369E;
ing a flat surface for the inclinometer. 001-383:
One inexpensive method is as follows:
(a). Inspect connection of wire L522H10
(a). Tape together one end of two six- to terminal 4 of terminal board
inch, or longer, metal rules which are TB101.
exactly the same width. (8). For 369E; 384 & subs, 500N; 001 &
subs, and 600N; 003 & subs:
(b). Apply rules across lamp retainer, as
shown, so inclinometer can be placed (a). Inspect connection of wire L522H10
vertically over lens. to Bus 2.

96-48-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(9). Inspect wire connections to circuit assure the restoration of the equipment
breaker CB140. involved to FAA certification standards.
(10). Inspect security of circuit breaker

mounting fasteners. A. Wire Identification Numbers
(11). Inspect wire connections to relay K307.

Before stripping wire insulation for repair or
(12). Inspect security of relay mounting replacements, observe wire identification
fasteners. numbers stamped on the insulation and
sleeves. When wire insulation must be
(13). Inspect connectors P/J113 for security. stripped back far enough to obliterate identifi
cation numbers, tag the wires carefully with
(14). Inspect wire connections to switch S32 their identification numbers. Figure 202
on pilot's collective stick. includes wire numbers, component reference
designations, and terminal letters and
12. Float Lamp Assembly Repairs numbers for all electrical components compris
ing the float lamp assembly. Before disconnect
Repair instructions in this section are for ing wires whose identification numbers have
factory installed float lamp assemblies or for been obliterated, determine their identification
installations performed in accordance with numbers by carefully observing what the wires
instructions of this manual. Refer to Table 201, are connected to (observe both the component
Section 01-00-00 for complete descriptions of reference designation and the terminal letter
consumable materials required to repair and or number) and referring to that component
replace float lamp assembly components. and terminal in the wiring diagram. Tag the
Always adhere to shop practices which will wires before disconnecting them.
BRACKET BRACE STA.

137.50 SEAL WIRE HARNESSES
RNF 100X3/8 SLEEVE AT LAMP HOUSINGS
CAP SCREW 1/4-20X
3/4 IN. SPLIT WASHER 0.30 IN. (7.62 MM) BOTH SIDES USING 140 RTV
40°
CONDUIT NUT
RNF 100X1/2 SLEEVE
20°
SCREW 6-32X1/4 IN.
INTERNAL LOCK
WASHER
GLASS CLOTH
SEAL ALL LAMP JOINTS INSTALL LAMPS APPROXIMATELY

USING 140 RTV AT THE ANGLES SHOWN
G96-4008
Figure 203. Float Lamp Sealing and Adjustment Data

96-48-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
MACHINIST'S INCLINOMETER
METAL RULE
G96-4009
Figure 204. Machinist’s Inclinometer in Position for Lamp Adjustment

96-48-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

96-48-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
FLOAT LAMP
1. Float Lamp Initial Installation (5). Using kimwipe (CM819) and naphtha
(CM220), clean aircraft structure of all
This section provides detailed instructions for sealant and other foreign materials in
installing the 369D292032 float lamp assem area to be in contact with doublers.
bly. This modification may be performed at the
discretion of the operator, or the helicopter (6). Set left doubler so edge of extension on
may be returned to the factory for modifica long side is at Sta. 136.94, 0.560 inch
tion. (14.224 mm), from back surface of
369H2532 ring assembly), and the
A. Reference Data inward side is 0.20 inch (5.08 mm) from
buttline 0.00 (Ref. Figure 902).
The consumable and expendable materials
listed are of a commercial nature that could be (7). Drill two 0.062 inch (1.5748 mm) holes
procurable locally. Contact MDHI Customer in skin through two remotely located,
Service Department for alternate equivalent existing pilot holes in doubler. Use 1/16
materials that may be used. inch drill bit.
B. Doubler Installation (8). Install two Cleco fasteners, then
recheck accuracy of doubler placement.
(Ref. Figure 901)
(9). When doubler is properly situated,
Consumable Materials enlarge three pilot holes with #41 drill
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) bit.
Item Nomenclature
(10). Relocate two Cleco fasteners and
enlarge remaining two pilot holes with
CM305 Lacquer, acrylic #41 drill bit.
CM405 Adhesive
CM814 Dykem, red or blue (11). Set right doubler so edge of extension
on long side is at Sta. 136.94, 0.560
CM819 Kimwipe
inch (14.224 mm) from back surface of
369H2532 ring assembly), and the
NOTE: Doublers must be installed against the inward side is 0.20 inch (5.08 mm) from
inner side of the fuselage materials skin in buttline 0.00.
the engine bay lower section as shown. It
will be necessary to remove the 369H6006 (12). Drill two 0.062 inch (1.5748 mm) holes
landing gear brace assemblies (Ref. Sec. in skin through two remotely located,
32-00-00). existing pilot holes in doubler. Use 1/16
inch drill bit.
(1). Remove 12 MS20470AD3 rivets as
shown. Use #42 drill bit to remove 3/32 (13). Install two Cleco fasteners, then
inch rivets. recheck accuracy of doubler placement.
(2). Remove two MS20615M3 rivets with (14). When doubler is properly situated,
#42 drill bit. enlarge three pilot holes to 0.096 inch
with #41 drill bit.
(3). Remove two MS20615M4 rivets. Use
#31 drill bit to remove 1/8 inch rivets. (15). Relocate two Cleco fasteners and
enlarge remaining two pilot holes with
(4). Deburr holes as required. #41 drill bit.

96-48-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
0.250 IN. (6.35 MM)

(TYP)
MS20470AD3 RIVET 0.380 IN. (9.652 MM)

(TYP) (TYP)
369H2500 LOWER SECTION
FUSELAGE STRUCTURE
369D292032-4
DOUBLER
MS20615M4 RIVET
(TYP)
BL
4.25
RH
NAS1424 LOCKBOLT
(TYP)
NAS20470AD3 RIVET MS20615 RIVET

(TYP)
MS20615M3 RIVET
(TYP)
CL HELICOPTER
2.50 IN.
(6.350 CM)
DRILL #5 DIA THRU 1.00 IN.
MS25281-6 CLAMP (2 REQD) (2.54 CM)
(1 REQD NEARSIDE, 1 REQD FARSIDE)
NAS1303-7 BOLT (1 REQD)
MS21043-3 NUT (1 REQD)
AN960PD10L WASHER (2 REQD)
BL
7/16 DIA THRU LINE HOLE WITH 4.25
NAS557-6 GROMMET (NYLON) LH
AND BOND IN PLACE
STA. 137.50 LOWER SECTION
369H2532 RING ASSEMBLY
1.80 IN.
(4.572 CM)
369D292032-3 DOUBLER
2.120 IN.
(5.3848 CM)
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
NOTE: 369H6006 LANDING GEAR BRACES REMOVED FOR CLARITY. G96-4010A
Figure 901. Float Lamp Doubler, Bracket and Grommet Installation

96-48-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(16). With both doublers held securely in
place by Cleco fasteners, drill remain BL
ing rivet holes in doublers as follows: 00.20
Insert drill bit into existing

CAUTION holes in structure from below to
start new holes. Do not attempt to start new
holes from inside engine bay. Minute inaccu
racies will cause new holes to be out of toler
ance.
(a). Drill holes for MS20470AD3 and

MS20615M3 rivets with #41 drill bit.
STA.
(b). Drill holes for MS20615M4 rivets 136.94
with #30 drill bit.
NOTE: To complete the following operation, re 0.062 IN. (1.5748 MM)
move 369H6006 brace assemblies (Ref. Sec. PILOT HOLE (2 PLCS)
32-00-00).
(c). Scribe hole center marks for eight

NAS1424 lockbolts. G96-4011A
Figure 902. Float Lamp Doubler Alignment

(d). Drill one pilot hole through helicopter Details
structure for each flange of
369D292032-1 and -2 brackets. Use (l). When brackets are properly posi
#41 drill bit. tioned, carefully drill six more pilot
holes for lockbolts through helicopter
(e). Deburr pilot holes as required. structure where scribed. Use #42
drill bit.
(f). Set left and right brackets in final
(m). Check brackets and doublers for
assembly position and tape brackets
proper positioning once again.
securely.
(n). When brackets and doublers are
(g). Recheck measurements of bracket properly positioned, scribe center
positions after taping and correct as marks for clamps.
required.
(o). Drill 0.205 inch holes with #5 drill
(h). Mark hole centers on brackets bit.
through pilot holes in helicopter (p). Scribe hole center for grommet on left
structure with machinist blue Dykem doubler only.
paint (CM814). Allow paint to dry 10
to 15 minutes before removing (q). Drill grommet hole with 7/16 inch
brackets for drilling. drill bit.
(r). Remove all Cleco fasteners and
(i). Remove brackets, dimple center of deburr all holes as required.
blue markers and drill one pilot hole
on each flange. Use #42 drill bit. NOTE: Drilling and deburring make it neces
sary to touch up and refinish the parts and
(j). Deburr pilot holes. the helicopter structure. All metal surfaces
shall be re-primed with acrylic lacquer
(k). Install brackets in final assembly (CM305), to match color number 20371, the
position with Cleco fasteners, careful engine bay shall be repainted insignia white
ly recheck position measurements. to match color number 17875 and the exteri

96-48-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
or of the aircraft, including rivet heads, C. Relay Installation
bolts and nuts, shall be touched up with one
or more coats of topcoat to match the sur (Ref. Figure 903)
rounding area.
(17). After re-priming and before painting, (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
refer to Figure 901 and Figure 902 and Item Nomenclature
proceed as follows:
(a). Install left doubler with 11 CM305 Lacquer, acrylic
MS20470AD3 rivets.
(b). Install right doubler with 11 (1). Remove passenger compartment left
MS20470AD3 rivets. side foot support fairing.
(c). Install left bracket with four (2). Draw vertical line at exactly 14.43
NAS1424-03 lockscrews, one inches (36.6522 cm) from center of
MS20615M3 rivet and one helicopter, buttline 0.00.
MS20615M4 rivet.
(3). Draw horizontal line intersecting
(d). Install right bracket with four vertical line at 3.50 inches (8.89 cm)
NAS1424-03 lockscrews, one from top of seat structure.
MS20615M3 rivet and one
MS20615M4 rivet. (4). Draw second horizontal line intersect
ing vertical exactly 2.18 inches (5.5372
(e). Install one clamp on each side of left cm) from first horizontal line.
doubler with fasteners.
(5). Dimple both center marks with center
(18). Install grommet as follows: punch.
(a). Wash grommet and area around hole (6). Recheck hole center dimensions. Center
in doubler with naphtha (CM220) marks must be 2.18 inches (5.5372 cm)
and air dry. apart.
(b). Apply heavy coat of cement (CM405) (7). Drill two clearance holes with #7 or #5
to grommet and to area around hole drill bit.
in doubler, and allow cement to (8). Deburr holes as required.
harden 15 minutes minimum.
(9). Wash area around holes with naphtha
(c). When cement has hardened, apply (CM220) and allow to air-dry thorough
thin coat of cement (CM405) to ly.
mating surfaces and press together.
Allow assembly to air-dry for eight (10). Touch up exposed metal with acrylic
hours minimum. lacquer (CM305), to match color
number 34151. Allow paint to dry
(d). Install lamp housings per Float thoroughly.
Lamp Housing Replacement. Do not
install lamps until wires are in (11). Assemble and install relay (Ref. Float
stalled. Lamp Relay Replacement).

96-48-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
BL
20.75
MS24166D1 RELAY BL LH
369H2542 SEAT STRUCTURE 14.43
PILOT'S LOWER SECTION (1 REQD)
LH
3.50 IN.
(8.890 CM)
2.180 IN.
(5.5372 CM)
WL
17.00
DRILL #5 THRU (2 PLCS)

NAS1403-2 SCREW (2 REQD)
MS21043-3 NUT (2 REQD)
NOTE: VIEW LOOKING AFT TRIM REMOVED AN960PD10L WASHER (4 REQD)
FROM SEAT STRUCTURE FOR CLARITY. G96-4012A
Figure 903. Float Lamp Relay Installation Details
D. Left Side Circuit Breaker Switch (4). Set aside panel and circuit breaker
Installation switch assembly until wires are
installed.
(Ref. Figure 201) Helicopters equipped with E. Right Side Circuit Breaker Switch
the Collins RCR650 radio receiver can readily Installation
accept the circuit breaker switch (CB140) in
the lower left corner because the Collins (Ref. Figure 201)
RCR65O receiver forward bracket
(369D24216) is already installed. (1). Remove bushing nut (MS25082B8) and
lockwasher (AN936A716S) furnished
with new circuit breaker switch.
(1). Remove bushing nut (MS25002B8) and
lockwasher (AN936A716S) furnished
(2). Insert bushing of CB140 through hole
with new circuit breaker switch.
in panel from rear so positioning key
engages small hole in panel above
(2). Insert bushing of CB140 through hole bushing hole.
in panel from rear so positioning key
engages small hole in panel above (3). Reinstall and tighten lockwasher and
bushing hole. nut.
(4). Set aside panel and circuit breaker

(3). Reinstall and tighten lockwasher and switch assembly until wires are
nut. installed.

96-48-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
F. Float Light Switch Installation (8). Insert bushing through switch plate
hole from rear. Insert in hole identified
(Ref. Figure 201) The landing light switch as N2 GOV, INCR, DECR. Be sure to
(S105) on the pilot's collective stick must be engage tab on plate with keyway on
replaced with a three position switch (S32) to bushing.
accommodate the float lights and the landing
light alternatively. (9). Assemble nut on bushing and tighten.
(10). Remove bushing nuts, lockwasher, and
Consumable Materials locking ring from new float light/land
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) ing light switch. Discard locking ring.
Item Nomenclature
(11). Install one nut on switch bushing; run
CM217 Isopropyl alcohol
nut all the way down bushing and
CM601 Insulation sleeving, electrical tighten.
(12). Install lockwasher.
Special Tools (13). Insert bushing through switch plate
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) hole from rear. Engage tab on plate
Item Nomenclature with keyway on bushing.
N/A Extraction tool, MS17806
(14). Assemble nut on bushing and tighten.
N/A Tooling, MIL-C-22520/5-01
N/A Dies, MIL-C-22520/5-100 (15). Cover entire length of new wire,
L522D20, with insulating sleeve
RNF100X3/8 (CM601) and heat sleeve
(1). Set master switch (S2) to OFF. for proper shrink fit at 250°-270 °F
(121°-132 °C).
(2). Remove four NAS600-3 screws and
AN936A4 washers from existing switch (16). Slip new insulating sleeving (CM601)
plate, and pull plate and switches away over ends of wires. Slide sleeving down
from collective stick switch housing wires out of the way.
assembly.
(17). Re-solder wire L104C20 to switch
(3). Unsolder two wires on switch S105 terminal 3 and remove flux with alcohol
terminals. (CM217).
(4). Loosen NAS108lD04-2 setscrew (18). Re-solder wire L123A20N to switch

securing 369A4215 landing light switch terminal 2 and remove flux.
knob, and remove knob. Retain knob
(19). Solder new wire L522D20 to switch
for reuse.
terminal 1 and remove flux.
(5). Loose AN565D4112 setscrew securing (20). Slip insulating sleeving (CM601) over
369A4566 knob on N2 governor control terminals.
switch (S108) and remove knob.
(21). Insert new wire (L522D20) down
(6). Remove bushing nuts (15/32-32) and through stick and incorporate it into
lockwasher from N2 governor control cable.
switch, and separate switch from plate.
NOTE: It is necessary to partially disassemble
NOTE: Inspect condition of potting on N2 gov the pilot's collective stick in order to incorpo
ernor control switch. rate new wire L522D20. Refer to Chap. 67
for instructions, and Illustrated Parts Cata
(7). Install one nut on bushing of N2 log.
governor control switch; run nut all the
way down bushing and tighten, then (22). Install plate and switch assembly on
install lockwasher. pilot's collective stick switch housing

96-48-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
assembly with four NAS600-3 screws G. Float Lamp Wiring Installation
and AN936A4 lockwashers.
(23). Install knob from landing light switch (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
on new float light/landing light switch. Item Nomenclature
(24). Remove 369H6573-35 pilot's collective CM234 Solvent, dry-cleaning
stick cover, and disconnect connector CM408 Adhesive, silicone rubber
P113. CM614 Sleeving, heat-shrink
NOTE: Connector P113 is located at the base of Special Tools

the pilot's collective stick. It mates with (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
J113 which is mounted on the left side of the Item Nomenclature
pilot's seat structure lower section. N/A Extraction tool, MS17806
N/A Tooling, MIL-C-22520/5-01
(25). Remove protective shell from P113.
N/A Dies, MIL-C-22520/5-100
(26). With MS17806 extraction tool, remove
spare contact from insert block. NOTE:
(a). For 369D; 003-1149, 1151-1184, D New wires for the float Lamp assembly
remove pin J. must be routed for incorporation into ex
isting harnesses.
(b). For 369D; 1150, 1185 & subs, 369E; D Clean all stripped wires and terminals
001 & subs, and 500N; 001 & subs, with solvent (CM234).
remove pin K.
(1). Remove protective shell from J113.
(c). For 600N; 003 & subs, remove pin 5. (2). With MS17806 extraction tool, remove
spare contact from insert block.
NOTE: In order to make the 20-gauge wire fill
the larger 16-gauge cavity of the MSl7803 (a). For 369D; 003-1149, 1151-1184,
16-16 terminal, the wire must be bent remove pin J.
double then twisted just tight enough to
(b). For 369D; 1150, 1185 & subs, 369E;
comply. Experiment with minute incre
001 & subs, and 500N; 001 & subs,
ments of twist until proper fit is obtained.
remove pin K.
Use 16-gauge wire sample to compare fit
with twisted wire. Proper filling of the cav (c). For 600N; 003 & subs, remove pin 5.
ity is essential for a good crimp connection.
NOTE: In order to make the 20-gauge wire fill
(27). Strip sufficient insulation and RNF the larger 16-gauge cavity of the MSl7803
sleeving from 20-gauge wire L522D20 16-16 terminal, the wire must be bent
so exposed wire can be bent double and double then twisted just tight enough to
still insert fully into MSl7803-16-16 comply. Experiment with minute incre
contact. ments of twist until proper fit is obtained.
Use 16-gauge wire sample to compare fit
(28). Crimp properly fitted wire with with twisted wire. Proper filling of the cav
M22520/1-01 basic crimping tool and ity is essential for a good crimp connection.
M22520/1-03 positioner. (3). Strip sufficient insulation from wire
L522C20 so exposed wire can be bent
(29). Install properly crimped wire-terminal double and still insert fully into
assembly into insert hole. Use 16-gauge MSl78O4 16-16 contact.
MS17805 insertion tool.
(4). Crimp and install contact with same
(30). Reinstall shell. tools described in steps F. (28). and (29).

96-48-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(5). Reinstall shell, and remount connector. (18). Let left float lamp be DS149. Select
cable route from relay K307, terminal
(6). Select best cable route to terminal X2 of A2, to lamp DS149, terminal 1, and
float lamp relay K307, and incorporate incorporate wire L522B10 into cable.
wire L522C20 into cable (Ref.
Figure 903). (19). Terminate wire L522B10 at relay
K307, terminal A2, with MS25036-112
NOTE: Use MIL-C-22520/5-01 tooling with terminal.
MIL-C- 22520/5-100 dies for crimping all
MS25036- series terminals in float lamp NOTE: When performing steps (20). thru (29).
wiring installation. below, allow sufficient length of wires
L522B10, L522E12, L522F12, and
(7). Terminate wire L522C20 at relay L522G10N so lamps can be removed from
terminal X2 with MS25036-102 housings to gain access to lamp terminals.
terminal. Include one varistor lead on
terminal X2, and tighten fastener. (20). Pass wires L522B10 and L522G10N
through grommet in left doubler,
(8). Terminate one end of 20-gauge jumper conduit nut, washer, and conduit of left
with MS25036-103 terminal. float lamp (Ref. Figure 901).
(9). Attach end of jumper with (21). Terminate wire L522B10 at lamp
MS25036-103 terminal to relay DS149, terminal 1, with MS25036-156
terminal A1. Do not tighten fastener. terminal. Do not tighten fastener.
(10). Terminate opposite end of jumper with (22). Pass wires L522E12 and L522F12
MS25036-102 terminal. through left lamp conduit, nut, washer,
and conduit.
(11). Attach end of jumper with
MS25036-102 terminal to relay (23). Terminate wire L522E12 at terminal 1
terminal X1, install opposite lead of with MS25036-156 terminal. Include
varistor on terminal X1, and tighten wire L522B10 on terminal, and tighten
fastener. fastener.
(24). Terminate wire L522F12 at lamp
(12). Install panel and circuit breaker
terminal 2 with MS25036-156 termi
assembly with fasteners.
nal.
(13). Select best cable route from relay (25). Combine wire L522G10N with wires
terminal A1 to float lamp circuit L522E12 and L522F12 in same tubing.
breaker switch CB140, terminal 2, and Wire L522G10N is to pass out of left
incorporate wire L522A10 into cable. lamp housing and into right lamp
(14). Terminate wire L522A10 at circuit housing.
breaker CB140, terminal 2, with (26). Pass wires L522E12, L522F12 and
MS25036-156 terminal. L522G10N through right lamp conduit,
(15). Terminate wire L522A10 at relay washer, and conduit nut.
K307, terminal A1, with MS25036-112 (27). Terminate wire L522E12 at lamp
terminal. Include end of jumper with DS150, terminal 1, with MS25036-156
terminal MS25036-103, and tighten terminal.
fastener.
(28). Terminate wire L522F12 at lamp
(16). Combine wires L522B10 and terminal 2 with MS25036-156 termi
L522G10N in insulating sleeve nal. Do not tighten fastener.
RNF100X3/8 (CM614).
(29). Terminate wire L522G10N at lamp
(17). Combine wires L522E12 and L522F12 terminal 2 with MS25036-156 termi
in insulating sleeve RNF100X3/8 nal. Include wire L522F12 on terminal,
(CM614). and tighten fastener.

96-48-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
(30). In engine bay, terminate wire (35). Using best route available, route
L522G10N at ground terminal E12 L522H10 from CB140-1 to:
with MS25036-114 terminal.
(a). For 369D; 003 & subs, and 369E;
NOTE: Ground terminal E12 is located in front 001-383, terminate at TB101-4 with
of the engine in the center of the bulkhead MS25036-112 terminal.
on stiffener 369H2523-15.
(b). For 369E; 384 & subs, 500N; 001 &
(31). Thoroughly clean wire harnesses at subs, and 600N; 003 & subs, attach
lamp housings and clean washers and wire to bus 2 with MS25036 156
inside of conduit nuts with solvent terminal.
(CM234).
NOTE:
(32). Apply coating of Dow Corning A-4094
D Terminal board TB101 is mounted on un
primer to harnesses and inside of
der side of instrument panel.
conduit nuts.
D Bus 2 is mounted on the back of the cir
(33). Apply adhesive (CM408) to harnesses cuit breaker panel.
at lamp housings, on washers, and
inside conduit nuts. Allow sealant to (36). Terminate wire L522H10 at circuit
cure at room temperature. breaker switch CB140-1, with
MS25036-156 terminal.
(34). After adhesive has cured, assemble
conduit nut and washer on conduit. (37). Perform Float Lamp Functional Test.
Table 901. Float Lamp Wire Data List (369D)
Wire No. From Termination To Termination Specification
L522A10 CB140−2 MS25036−156 K307−A1 MS25036−112 M22759/34−10−9, Alt M22759/2−10−9
L522B10 K307−A2 MS25036−112 DS149−1 MS25036−156 M22759/2−10−9, Alt MIL−W−7139
L522C20 K307−X2 MS25036−102 J113−J Solder M22759/34−20−9, Alt M22759/2−20−9
L522D20 S32−1 Solder P113−J Solder M22759/34−20−9, Alt M22759/2−20−9
L522E12 DS149−1 MS25036−156 DS150−1 MS25036−156 M22759/2−12−9, Alt MIL−W−7139
L522F12 DS149−2 MS25036−156 DS150−2 MS25036−156 M22759/2−12−9, Alt MIL−W−7139
L522G10N DS150−2 MS25036−156 E12 MS25036−114 M22759/2−10−9, Alt MIL−W−7139
L522H10 CB140−1 MS25036−156 TB101−4 MS25036−112 M22759/34−10−9, Alt M22759/2−10−9
Jumper K307−A1 MS25036−103 K301−X1 MS25036−102 M22759/34−10−9, Alt M22759/2−10−9
Effectivity: 369D; 003−1149, 1151−1184.

96-48-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 902. Float Lamp Wire Data List (369D/E)
L522H10 CB140−1 MS25036−156 ** MS25036−112 M22759/34−10−9, Alt M22759/2−10−9
** 369D − TB101−4
369E − W3
Effectivity: 369D; 1150, 1185 & subs.
369E; 001−383.
Table 903. Float Lamp Wire Data List (369E − 500N)

L522C22 K307−X2 MS25036−102 J113−K Solder M22759/34−22−9, Alt M22759/2−22−9
L522D22 S32−1 Solder P113−K Solder M22759/34−22−9, Alt M22759/2−22−9
L522H10 CB140−1 MS25036−156 W3 MS25036−156 M22759/34−10−9, Alt M22759/2−10−9
Effectivity: 369E; 384 & subs.
500N; 001 & subs.

96-48-00
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]
Table 904. Float Lamp Wire Data List (600N)
L522H10 CB140−1 MS25036−156 W3 MS25036−156 M22759/34−10−9, Alt M22759/2−10−9
Effectivity: 600N; 003 & subs.
H. Weight and Balance Data listed in Table 903. After installation of the
float lamp assembly, incorporate changes to
Weight and balance changes resulting from the helicopter weight and balance record as
installation of the float lamp assembly are instructed in CSP-HMI-2.
Weight Arm Moment
lbs (kg) in. (cm) in.−lb/100 (kgmm/100)
Added +4.8 (+2.177) 115.6 (293.624) 5.55 (63.943)

Removed 0.0 0.0 0.0
Change +4.8 (+2.177) 115.6 (293.624) 5.55 (63.943)

96-48-00
Revision 11
[ Chapter 96 TOC ]

96-48-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
Chapter
97
Avionics

TABLE OF CONTENTS
97-00-00 Avionics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
1. Avionics Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. ICS Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Pilot and Copilot Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
C. Copilot and Passenger Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
97-01-00 Headset Microphones, Headset Adapters and Headset Cables . . . . . . . . A
A. Headset-Microphones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Headset Adaptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
C. Headset Cable Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Figure 1. Headset-Microphones (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Figure 2. Headset Adaptors (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Figure 3. Headset Cable Assemblies (Sheet 1 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
97-02-00 Intercommunication System (Collins) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
A. C-6533/ARC ICS Control Panel Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. C-6533/ARC ICS Control Panel Technical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
C. C-6533/ARC ICS Control Panel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Figure 1. Controls and Indicators - C-6533/ARC ICS Control Panel . . . . . . . . . 3
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
1. Intercommunication System Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
A. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
B. Transmit and Receive Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Table 101. Troubleshooting ICS System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Figure 101. Wiring Diagram - Intercommunications System
(Sheet 1 of 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
1. C-6533/ARC ICS Control Panel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
A. Control Knob Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
B. Lamp Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Intercommunications System Operational Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Intercommunication System Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Table 201. Intercommunication System Inspection Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

97 Contents

A. Intercommunication System Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
4. Intercommunication System Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Figure 201. Typical C-6533/ARC ICS Control Panel Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
1. Intercommunication System Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
C. Structural Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
D. Footswitch Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
E. ICS Control Panel Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
F. Microphone Jack and Mike Switch Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
G. -11 Wiring Harness and Relays Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
H. Other Wiring Harness Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
I. Weight and Balance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
Figure 901. Footswitch Cable Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
Figure 902. Doubler Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
Figure 903. Helicopter Modification for Footswitch Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
Figure 904. ICS Control Panel and Ashtray Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
Figure 905. -21 Wiring Harness Routing (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
97-04-00 Intercommunication System (King) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
A. Modes of Operation (Helicopters with Optional INTERCOM
Mode Select Switch Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
B. KMA 24H Audio Control Panel Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
C. KMA 24H Control Panel Technical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
D. VOX Sensitivity Level Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Figure 1. Controls and Indicators - KMA 24H-70 and
KMA 24H-71 Audio Control Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Figure 2. Mode Select Switch and Copilot's Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Figure 3. Headphone Audio Selection Chart
(Helicopters with Optional Mode Select Switch Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1. Intercommunication System Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
2. KMA 24H Audio Control Panel Troubleshooting (Dual Installations) . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Table 101. Troubleshooting ICS System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Figure 101. Wiring Diagram - Audio Control Panel KMA-24H
(Sheet 1 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

97 Contents

(Vendor Installation) (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
(Generic Vendor Installation) (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
1. KMA 24H Audio Control Panel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Mounting Tray Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Intercommunications System Operational Check -
Pilot and Copilot Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
4. Intercommunication System Operational Check -
Passenger Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
5. Intercommunication System Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Table 201. Intercommunication System Inspection Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
6. Intercommunication System Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 201. Intercommunication System Installation (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . 203
7. Intercommunication System Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
97-06-00 Integrated Interphone Communication System (Carter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. CE 500 HT-3G ICS Control Unit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Radio Selector Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1. Integrated Interphone Communication System Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
2. CE 500 HT-3G ICS Control Unit Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Table 101. Troubleshooting ICS System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Table 102. Input and Output Test Signals -
CE 500 HT-3G ICS Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Figure 101. Wiring Diagram - Integrated Interphone Communication System
(369D Only) (Sheet 1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
(Sheet 1 of 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
(Vendor Installation) (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
(Generic Vendor Installation) (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
1. CE 500 HT-3G ICS Control Unit Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Integrated Interphone Communication System Testing and Adjustments . . . . . . . 201
A. CE 500 HT-3G ICS Control Unit Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

97 Contents

B. Intercom Microphone Audio Level Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
C. VHF COMM Transceiver Sidetone Signal Level Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
D. Intercom Phone Audio Level Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
3. Integrated Interphone Communication System Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
A. Integrated Interphone Communication System Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Figure 201. Integrated Interphone Communication System Installation . . . . . . 204
Figure 202. Adjustable Components - CE 500 HT-3G ICS Control Unit . . . . . . 205
97-08-00 Public Address and Siren System Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
A. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2. Public Address and Siren System Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Table 201. Troubleshooting - Public Address and Siren System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
4. Replacement of System Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
A. Amplifier Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 201. Public Address and Siren System (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Figure 202. Public Address and Siren System Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
B. Loudspeaker Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
C. Control Unit and Microphone Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
D. Circuit Breaker Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
E. Electrical Wiring Harness Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
5. Operational Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
6. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
7. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
1. Public Address and Siren System Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
B. Removal of Helicopter Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
C. Modification of Helicopter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
D. Installation of System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
E. Amplifier Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
F. Loudspeaker Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
G. Control Unit and Microphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
Figure 901. Modification and Reinforcement Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . 904
H. Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906

97 Contents

I. Electrical Wiring Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
J. Installation of Helicopter Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
K. Weight and Balance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907

97 Contents


97 Contents
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
Section
97−00−00
Avionics

[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
AVIONICS
1. Avionics Overview Each ICS system has several unique installa
tions, which are described in the optional
The avionics installed in each MDHI helicopter equipment table (CSP-HMI-2, Sec.
includes navigation and communications 01-00-00).
equipment and an intercommunications
system (ICS). Any ICS installation is compatible with
The ICS provides an intercommunication navigation and communications equipment
capability between pilot, copilot, and passen from any manufacturer.
ger stations. The ICS has one or more control
panels which enable the crew to: The equipment is wired to the ICS control
panels thru TB100 (TBM300 in helicopters
(1). Select, control and monitor voice with the generic wiring harness).
communications within the helicopter.
B. Pilot and Copilot Stations
(2). Select and monitor audio signals from
communications transceivers (COMM, The pilot is able to communicate over the
NAV/COM). interphone and transmit over the COMM
radios by means of a RADIO-ICS switch
(3). Select and control the communications
located on his cyclic stick, and a headset-mi
transceivers for voice transmission to
crophone assembly which plugs into a jack
other aircraft or ground stations.
located on the forward side of the canted
(4). Monitor navigation equipment (NAV, bulkhead. The copilot has the same capability
ADF, DME, etc.). in some ICS installations.
A. ICS Systems C. Copilot and Passenger Stations

There are three basic ICS systems, and each is The copilot and passengers are able to
commonly known by its control unit designa communicate over the interphone by means of
tion: Collins (C-6533/ARC), King (KMA 24H), individual headset-microphone assemblies
and Carter (CE 500 HT-3G). which require headset adaptors to interface
Collins and King ICS installations and some with the ICS; the headsets plug into the
Carter installations have ICS control panels. adaptors, and the adaptors in turn plug into
jacks located on the forward and aft sides of
In other Carter ICS installations, intercommu the canted bulkhead.
nications functions are controlled by a single
control unit installed in the back of the Each adaptor has a RADIO/ICS switch for
instrument panel, and COMM radio selection keying the mike.
is by means of a toggle switch accessible to the
pilot and copilot. (Ref. Sec. 97-02-00, In some ICS installations, the copilot may use
97-04-00 or 97-06-00 for additional informa the RADIO/ICS switch on his adaptor to key
tion). the COMM transmitters as well.

97-00-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]

97-00-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
Section
97−01−00
Headset
Microphones,
Headset Adapters
and Headset Cables
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
HEADSET−MICROPHONES, HEADSET ADAPTERS AND HEADSET
CABLES
1. Description and Operation headset-microphone into the jack without
using an adaptor, he must communicate and
The pilot's headset-microphone plugs into a transmit using the RADIO-ICS rocker switch
jack located on the forward side of the canted on his cyclic stick. The passengers may
bulkhead. The jack is part of a headset cable communicate over the intercom using the
assembly incorporated into the wiring harness. RADIO-ICS switch on their adaptors, but do
The headset cable assembly is wired to an ICS not have access to the COMM radios for
control panel installed at the pilot's station transmission.
thru TB7. To communicate with the crew over
the interphone or to transmit to other aircraft In some helicopters, the copilot and observer
or ground stations over the COMM radios, the have footswitches which enable them to
pilot actuates a RADIO-ICS rocker switch on transmit without having to use their RADIO-
his cyclic stick and speaks into the micro ICS switches. The footswitches are wired to
phone. The middle (relaxed) position of the the ICS control panels thru TB100.
rocker switch is the listening position. The NOTE: Refer to ICS installations listed in the
rocker switch is wired to the ICS control panel optional equipment table to determine
thru TB5. In some helicopters, the copilot also which headset-microphones, headset adap
plugs his headset directly into the jack of a tors, and headset cable assemblies are com
headset cable assembly, and communicates patible with which installations.
and transmits using the RADIO-ICS rocker
switch on his cyclic stick. In some helicopters, A. Headset−Microphones
an observer plugs his headset into the jack of a
headset cable assembly wired directly to a (Ref. Figure 1) Either one of two optional types
third ICS control panel installed at the of headset-microphones (carbon or dynamic
observer station. The observer may communi microphone) is used with VHF communica
cate over the interphone and transmit over the tions installations. Each type contains two
COMM radios in the same manner as the pilot earphones attached to a coiled retractable cord
and copilot, using his headset-microphone and with a headset plug. The headset plug contains
a RADIO-ICS toggle switch; the toggle switch a standard U-174/U phone plug to mate with
functions in the same manner as the rocker the headset jack of an adaptor (Ref. Figure 2),
switches located on the pilot's and copilot's or with the headset jack of a cable assembly
cyclic sticks. (Ref. Figure 3). A noise-cancelling microphone
is mounted on the end of an adjustable wire
In most helicopters, the copilot's and passen boom on the headset. Each of the two ear
gers' headsets must interface with the ICS by phones on the headset is encircled with a
means of adaptors. A headset adaptor is a padded headband. Consult the optional
coiled cord with a RADIO/ICS switch and jack equipment table for specific applications (Ref.
on one end and a plug on the other end. The Sec. 01-00-00). Consult the ICS wiring
headset-microphone is plugged into the jack diagrams in this manual for wiring informa
end, while the other end is plugged into one of tion.
several jacks located on the forward and aft B. Headset Adaptors
sides of the canted bulkhead. Each jack is part
of a headset cable assembly incorporated into (Ref. Figure 2) Each headset adaptor consists
the wiring harness. The headset cable assem of a switch and jack assembly case with an
blies are wired to the ICS control panel thru attached coiled cord. The case contains a
TB7. The copilot communicates over the RADIO-ICS switch and a headset jack. The
intercom and transmits over the COMM radios neutral (middle) switch position is the listen
using his microphone and the RADIO-ICS position. The jack is a four-contact phone jack
switch on his adaptor. If the copilot plugs his that mates with the standard U-174/U phone

97-01-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
plug of a headset. A headset connector is C. Headset Cable Assemblies
attached to the free end of the coiled cord. The
headset connector mates with the jack of a (Ref. Figure 3) Headset cable assemblies
headset cable assembly (Ref. Figure 3). A clip provide the electrical interface between the
is provided on the side of the case for attach crew's headsets and the ICS control panels.
ment to clothing. Consult the optional equip The cable assemblies are installed on the
ment table for specific applications (Ref. Table upper part of the canted bulkhead, with the
202, Sec. 01-00). Consult the ICS wiring jacks located conveniently for the crew to plug
diagrams in this manual for wiring informa in their headsets. Consult the optional
tion (Ref. Sec. 97-02-00, 97-04-00 or equipment table for specific applications (Ref.
97-06-00). Table 202, Sec. 01-00-00). Consult the ICS
wiring diagrams in this manual for wiring
NOTE: The modified CE394K3-174 adaptor is information (Ref. Sec. 97-02-00, 97-04-00 or
for use with the KMA 24H audio control 97-06-00).
panel, to avoid MIC LO ground loop (MIC
LO is grounded inside the KMA 24H). The
modified adaptor otherwise functions the
same as the unmodified adaptor.

97-01-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
600Ω CE454-11 VOLUME CONTROL
RECEIVERS PR1 2
8Ω 2.5KΩ J1
4
MIC
RECEIVERS 600 Ω CE454-11 VOLUME CONTROL

2
2.5KΩ
15 Ω
4
ALTERNATE RECEIVER WIR
ING
4 3 2 1
1 - MIC LO
2 - PHONE HI
3 - MIC HI
4 - PHONE LO CE500-22 HEAD CUSHION
CEH157-H-V
CEH157-H-VO
CEH157TRVO
CE157-1B SANITATION
CE157H-7
COVER OR EAR CUP R.H.
CE500-17 EXTRUSION AND
CE158-1-1/AIC
CABLE INTERCONNECT CE158-57B EAR SEAL
CE454-11 VOLUME CONTROL

CE143/AIC
OR RECEIVER
CE157HV-6 CE-HC-3 2 REQUIRED
OR EAR CUP R.H. ECE1946
CE201TR BOOM/ CE158-2-2/AIC
MICROPHONE ASSY
U-173/U CE100TR MICROPHONE PRE-AMP
OR CE87/AIC OR M87/AIC
MICROPHONE ELEMENT
U-172/U
CE100TR-1 BOOM/MICROPHONE ASSY
CE101/AIC MICROPHONE
ELEMENT
U-174/U
CE157-K5 HARNESS ASSY
U-93A/U PLUG
4 3 2 1
U-93A/U 1 - MIC LO
2 - PHONE HI
3 - MIC HI
4 - PHONE LO
CEH157KA/AIC
G97-0101-1
Figure 1. Headset−Microphones (Sheet 1 of 2)

97-01-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
MODEL H10-56
HAS COIL CORD (EXTENDS TO 5 FT.) WITH U-174/U PLUG
MODEL H10-76
LOW IMPEDANCE HEADSET
FOR USE WITH LOW IMPEDANCE RADIOS. HAS M-87

DYNAMIC MICROPHONE (5 OHMS) WITH COIL CORD
(EXTENDS TO 5 FT.) AND U-174/U PLUG.
LOCKNUT CONSTRUCTION
FOR CUSTOMIZED FIT.
EXTRA THICK VENTILATED
SET IT ONCE, IT FITS YOU
CUSHION HEADPAD FOR
RIGHT EVERY TIME.
MAXIMUM COMFORT
SOFT FOAM FILLED
POLYURETHANE EAR EARPHONES (300 OHMS
CORROSION PROOF CHROME SEALS FOR EACH) WIRED IN PARALLEL
PLATED STEEL IN ACCORDANCE EXCEPTIONAL FOR SAFETY AND
WITH DEMANDING GOVERNMENT COMFORT AND RELIABILITY. EARPHONES
SPECIFICATIONS MAXIMUM COMPATIBLE WITH
ATTENUATION 150-1000 OHMS SYSTEM
STIRRUP PIVOT ASSEMBLY GIVES

EAR CUPS UNIVERSAL FIT
CORD AND PLUG LISTEN VOLUME

CONFIGURATIONS FOR CONTROL ALLOWS YOU
SPECIFIC AIRCRAFT TO ADJUST TO A
COMFORTABLE LEVEL
HIGH PERFORMANCE
NOISE CANCELING
MICROPHONES UNIVERSAL BOOM ALLOWS
MICROPHONE TO BE PLACED
SPRING TENSION BOOM ON THE LEFT OR RIGHT SIDE
ASSEMBLY FOR PRECISE OF MOUTH
MICROPHONE PLACEMENT
G97-0101-2
Figure 1. Headset−Microphones (Sheet 2 of 2)

97-01-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
SLIDE ACTION
SWITCH; SLIDE DOUBLE POLE 3 POSITION MOMENTARY ON IN BOTH
CONTACTS CONTACTS
EXTREME POSITIONS (CE394K3, CE394K3-6P, CE394K3-174 &
1-2 7-8
MODIFIED CE394K3-174) MOMENTARY ACTION TO LEFT, MAINTAINED
ACTION TO RIGHT (FOR HOT MIKE OPERATION) WHEN VIEWED AS
SHOWN (CE394ML-174)
000112-0009 PLUG
JACK, MATES WITH 4 3 2 1

CLOTHING CLIP
U-174/U PLUG
U-174/U PLUG ON
CE394K3-174 &
CE394ML-174
BLU 1
1 2 000112-0009 PLUG (REF)
3 4 5 6 7 8
YEL 2
4 BLK 3
3 WHT 4
2
1 RED 5
GRN 6
BRN 7
CE394K3
SLIDE ACTION
CONTACTS CONTACTS
1-2 7-8
BLU E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PT06P10-6P PLUG (REF)
YEL F
4 BLK A
3
WHT D
2
1 RED B
GRN C
CE394K3-6P
G97-0102-1
Figure 2. Headset Adaptors (Sheet 1 of 2)

97-01-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
ICS ICS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U-174/U PLUG
(REF)
4 BLK 4 PHONE LO
3 WHT 2 HI
3 4 3 2 1
2 RED MIKE HI
1 GRN 1 LO
CE394K3-174
ICS ICS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U-174/U PLUG
(REF)
4 BLK 4 PHONE LO
3 WHT 2 HI
3 4 3 2 1
2 RED MIKE HI
1 GRN 1 LO
CE394ML-174
ICS ICS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U-174/U PLUG
(REF)
4 BLK 4 PHONE LO
3 WHT 2 HI
3 4 3 2 1
2 RED MIKE HI
1 GRN 1 LO
(MODIFIED CE394K3-174)
G97-0102-2
Figure 2. Headset Adaptors (Sheet 2 of 2)

97-01-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
M39029/22-192 (-5)
M39029/1-101 CONTACT (-BSC) RNF 100
5 PLACES SLEEVING U92A/U
(WHITE) CONNECTOR
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
423-059 423-059 J29A/U
WF-14/U CORD
423-059-BSC, -5
U94A/U (REF)
2 4 3 1
WHITE
YELLOW
BLACK
SHIELD
RED
GREEN
U94A/U
M39029/22-192 CONTACT (FOR -7 & -9)
SWITCH, JACK
6 PLACES
M39029/1-101 CONTACT (FOR -3)
6 PLACES
RNF 100
SLEEVING
MIL-I-631
(WHITE)
423-059-3 423-059-3 U94A/U
WM-85/U CORD
423-059-3, -7 & -9
G97-0103-1
Figure 3. Headset Cable Assemblies (Sheet 1 of 4)

97-01-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
NAS1764-3 SOLDER SLEEVE (TYP - ALL

CABLES)
GROUND JUMPER (TYP - ALL CABLES)

IDENTIFICATION SLEEVE
NYLON BRAID
MPCM20M - H2 HYTIP 5 REQD
BURNDY CORP - NORWALK CONN.
J513 369D24113-1 (TYP - ALL CABLES)
1
CE122 JACK (REF)
GRN 1 3 RED
BLK 4 2 WHT
TYPICAL ALL JACKS
CE122-2-11 (34-1/2”)
FOR PILOT
CE120-1 WASHER
CE120-2 NUT
(REF) FURNISHED WITH NYLON SLEEVE
IDENTIFICATION SLEEVE
RECEPTACLE
J54X 369D24113-X
X
CE120-1-21 FOR REAR RH PASSENGER J546 (12”)

CE120-1-31 FOR REAR LH PASSENGER J547 (14”)
IDENTIFICATION SLEEVE NYLON BRAID
J544 369D24113-4
1
CE92-B/U ADAPTER (REF) FURNISHED WITH RECEPTACLE

(INSTALL BACKWARD)
60° ±5°
CE92120-2-41 FOR CO-PILOT (12-1/2”)
G97-0103-2

97-01-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
IDENTIFICATION
SLEEVE
369D24113-5 J549
1
CE120 RECEP
NYLON BRAID
TACLE
CE92120-2-51 (27-1/2”)
FOR CENTER PASSENGER
60° ±5°
10H18575
RECEPTACLE
(REF) YEL SPARE
2 WHT PHONE HI
RED 4
BLU BLK PHONE LO
GRN RED MIC HI
YEL 3
1 GRN MIC LO
GROUND
NATO TYPE
RECEPTACLE
CE626 JACK
421-555 421-555
JACK ASSY CE626-045

(PILOT & CO-PILOT) 33”
WHITE
10H18575 (REF)
BLACK RED
WHT/BLK BLUE
GREEN
RED YELLOW
GREEN
MPCM22M-HIF4 HITIP
TYP 5 PLACES
CE19366ESB AUDIO CABLE
421-055 421-055
CE626 JACK
(NATO)
CE626JN-045 (45”)
G97-0103-3

97-01-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
(MOMENTARY) ICS HOT MIC (LOCKING)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
YEL
KEY LINE
WHT
RED PHONE HI
BLK
BLU PHONE LO
RED
GRN MIC HI
GRN
YEL MIC LO
GROUND
421-555-1 421-555-1
1 1
SWITCH AND JACK ASSY

CE394N-033 (PASSENGER)
(33”)
NATO TYPE CE394N SWITCH M39029/22-192 CON
RECEPTACLE TACT
WHITE
BLACK 4 U92A/U (REF)
2
SHIELD
RED 1
3
GREEN
MPC22M-HIF3 HYTIP
TYP 5 PLACES
WF-14/U CORD
369A4465 369A4465 J92A/U

XXX XXX
369A4465-701
RNF 100
(45-1/2”)
SLEEVING
(WHITE)
G97-0103-4

97-01-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
Section
97−02−00
Intercommunication
System (Collins)

[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM (COLLINS)
1. Description and Operation Power for the ICS installation is drawn from
the helicopter 28 Vdc bus. Circuit protection is
(Ref. Figure 1) The Intercommunication supplied by 7-1/2 ampere ICS circuit breakers
System (ICS) installation provides the on the console circuit breaker panel. The
communications link between helicopter crew circuit breakers labelled ICS #1 and ICS #2
members (pilot, copilot, and observer). In supply the pilot's and copilot's ICS control
addition, the crew may monitor signals from panels, respectively, while the one labelled ICS
communication and navigation radios, and #3 supplies the observer's.
may select a COMM transceiver for voice
transmission to other aircraft or ground NOTE: For information on any optional radio
stations. installation that is installed and used with
the ICS, refer to the section of this manual
The ICS installation consists of one applicable to that specific equipment.
C-6533/ARC ICS control panel and one A. C−6533/ARC ICS Control Panel Controls
microphone-earphone headset for each crew and Indicators
member, and wiring harnesses. The ICS
control panel contains amplifiers for micro (Ref. Figure 1) The ICS control panel is used to
phone and headset signals, and contains the select headphone inputs (receivers) and
necessary switching circuits to provide for microphone outputs (transmitters).
intercommunication (with or without hot mike)
and modulation, monitoring, and control of up (1). VOL Control:
to five transceivers. The ICS control panel has Adjusts audio level into station head
two basic operating controls: set.
(1). A rotary switch to select intercom (2). Receiver Select Switches:
operation or a particular transmitter,
and At the top of the panel, seven toggle
switches provide for individual selection
(2). Toggle switches to select any or all of and mixing of eight audio input lines
the various receivers. from communication and navigation
radios.
Signals from all ICS control panels are NOTE: Additional audio signals from two direct
transmitted outside the helicopter. A warning (unswitched) lines are continuously moni
signal (engine out, low rpm rotor speed) which tored. These signals pass directly to the
cannot be disconnected or varied in volume is headsets, and are not affected by the the
permanently connected to the audio circuit. VOL control, as are the above.
A RADIO-ICS rocker switch is located on the (3). Transmitter Select Switch:
pilot's and copilot's cyclic sticks (Ref. Sec.
67-01). When the switch is pressed to the In the lower center, the six-position
RADIO position, radio transmission is enabled; rotary switch provides selection, control
when pressed to the ICS position, intercom and voice modulation of up to five
operation is enabled. The middle (released) transmitters. Selection of a transmitter
position selects VHF receiver audio, and is the automatically causes its associated
listening position for interphone and monitor receiver to be monitored on the inter
ing of the COMM and ADF receivers. A 3 phone line.
position toggle switch (S305) spring loaded to (a). ICS position:
the center position is located on the avionics
rack by the observer's ICS control panel. The Enables pilot-copilot-observer
operation of this switch is the same as the intercommunication when rocker
RADIO-ICS switches. switch on cyclic stick or toggle switch

97-02-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
at observer station is pressed to ICS C. C−6533/ARC ICS Control Panel Operation
position.
(1). To turn ICS control panels on, close ICS
(b). Positions 1 thru 5: circuit breaker(s) (push in).
Enables transmitting via selected
customer avionic equipment (2). To select receiver, set appropriate
(comm./nav. comm.) when rocker receiver monitor toggle switch to ON.
switch on cyclic stick or toggle switch Adjust VOL control to comfortable
at observer station is pressed to level.
RADIO position. (3). To select transmitter, rotate transmit
(4). HOT MIKE Toggle Switch: ter select switch to the appropriate
When in HOT MIKE position, permits position (1 thru 5).
hands-free communication on the (4). To enable intercom operation, rotate
interphone line. All speech will be transmitter select switch to ICS
applied to the interphone line, and the position.
settings of the transmitter select switch
will have no effect. Any noise picked up (5). For hands-free operation, set HOT
by the microphone will also be heard on MIKE switch to ON (up). This enables
the interphone line. voice transmission without pressing
NOTE: Consult the manufacturer's publication rocker switch on cyclic stick or toggle
(Ref. Table 201, Sec. 01-00-00) for more in switch at observer station to ICS
formation on the C-6533/ARC ICS control position.
panel. (6). To turn ICS control panel off, set all
B. C−6533/ARC ICS Control Panel Technical receiver select switches and HOT MIKE
Characteristics switch to OFF. Open ICS circuit
breakers (pull out).
Power Requirements
DC voltage 27.5 v +1.5, −6.5
Power
Normal 5 w/max
Standby (no signal) 1.0 w/nominal
Listen (200 mw audio output) 1.5 w/nominal
Intercommunication and hot 2.5 w/nominal
mike operation (200 mw audio
output)
Panel lamp (2 lamps) 0.08 amp at 2.75 v
Source Impedance
Microphone input 5 ohms isolated
Intercommunication and 150 ohms
transmit audio
Receiver audio input lines 8200 ohms min
Audio output to headset 8 ohms isolated
Audio Requirements:
Headset 200 mw min
Intercommunication line 50 mw
Transmit lines 1 mw (0 dbm)

97-02-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
RECEIVER SELECT SWITCHES
ON ON
1 2 3 4 5 AUX NAV
OFF OFF
C 2 3
C
O 1 4 O
M N
M T
VOL ICS 5 HOT MIKE
OFF
VOLUME CONTROL TRANSMITTER SELECTOR SWITCH HOT MICKE SWITCH

G97-1203
Figure 1. Controls and Indicators − C−6533/ARC ICS Control Panel

97-02-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]

97-02-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Intercommunication System Ensure that helicopter power is
Troubleshooting CAUTION OFF before probing with the
ohmmeter (next step).
Special Tools (a). First perform a continuity check of

(Ref. Section 91−00−00) the loop where the suspected mal
Item Nomenclature function occurs (Ref. Figure 101 and
the wiring diagrams in the sections of
ST1010 Volt-ohmmeter this manual which pertain to the
radio equipment in your helicopter).
A. General NOTE: Coaxial cables are the most likely items

to fail.
When equipment malfunctions during helicop (b). Turn on helicopter power and ener
ter operation, the equipment should be tagged gize the ICS and one radio (fault
to indicate the exact nature of the malfunction isolation is easier if equipment not
and the operating mode(s) in which it occurred. being analyzed is off). Troubleshoot
each radio as instructed (Ref. ``Trans
mit'' and ''Receive'' Problems).
(1). Always talk to the pilot who last flew
the helicopter first, to obtain any
NOTE: Troubleshoot a ``transmit'' problem by
information he may be able to provide
probing at the headset and working back
about the nature of the malfunction.
wards toward the radio. Troubleshoot a ``re
ceive'' problem by probing at the audio out
(2). If the type of malfunction is unknown, put of the radio and working forwards
perform an operational check, operating toward the headset.
the equipment in all normally used
modes to determine the type of fault B. Transmit and Receive Problems
(Ref. Table 101, and Intercommunica
tion System Operational Checks. The selection, control and audio signals are all
routed thru terminal boards TBM300-1 thru
-8 (Ref. Chap. 96 for terminal board locations).
(3). Visually inspect for possible causes of
malfunctions and for damage and NOTE: Optional avionic equipment installa
deterioration that can be repaired to tion combinations vary with each operator.
prevent future trouble. Up to seven audio inputs (Receiver Select
Switch - positions 1 thru 5, AUX and NAV))
(4). Parts of assemblies found to be defec and five transmitter outputs (Transmitter
tive should be removed and either Select Switch - positions 1 thru 5) may be
repaired or replaced. used, if needed, to interface various avionic
equipment installations.
(5). If it is not obvious whether a fault (1). The receiver select switch labels on the
symptom is caused by the ICS or a ICS control panel (Ref. Figure 1)
radio, fault isolation is still possible by correspond to signal nomenclature on
probing signal lines between the ICS the wiring diagram (Ref. Figure 101).
and radio installations with a digital There are five receiver select toggle
multimeter (ST1010). switches, for example, labelled 1 thru 5.

97-02-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
(a). Receiver select switch 1, selects the (a). Position 1 selects the NO. 1 XMIT
NO. 1 RCVR AUDIO IN signal (input CONTROL signal and routes it out
on pin KK of the ICS control panel on pin X to the number 1 COMM
connector) for interphone monitoring. transmitter, and selects the NO. 1
Select the appropriate customer XMIT AUDIO OUT signal and routes
installed avionic equipment individu it out on pin V to the same transmit
ally (positions 1 thru 5) and probe ter for transmission. Select position 1
pins KK, SS, PP, MM, and EE and probe pin X for a lo and, while
respectively for corresponding avionic speaking into the mike, probe pin V
ac signals. for corresponding avionic ac signal.
(b). The receiver select switch labelled
AUX selects the AUX RCVR AUDIO (b). Repeat step (a). for switch positions 2
IN signal. Probe pin UU for corre thru 5 (if additional avionic equip
sponding avionic ac signal. ment is installed). Select the appro
priate customer installed avionic
(c). The receiver select switch labelled equipment individually (positions 2
NAV selects both the NAV 1 and NAV thru 5) and probe pins T, N, J, and
2 RCVR AUDIO IN signals (pins VV BB for a lo and, while speaking into
and WW, respectively), meaning that the mike, probe pins R, L, F, and P
both radios are monitored simulta respectively for corresponding avionic
neously (if installed). Select NAV and ac signal.
probe pin VV and WW for corre
sponding avionic ac signal.
NOTE: Consult the manufacturer's publication
(2). The transmitter select (rotary) switch (Ref. Sec. 01-00-00) for bench testing proce
has five labelled switch positions. dures for the ICS control panel.
Table 101. Troubleshooting ICS System

WARNING: Before removing or installing components connected to the electrical system, ensure that
all electrical power is OFF. If units are not immediately replaced, ensure that all electrical connectors
are suitably capped and stowed and all loose cable ends are properly insulated to prevent the
possibility of shorting. Serious injury or death could result from voltages present in the electrical
system.
NOTE: The following general troubleshooting information also applies to other avionics installations that may be
in the helicopter, since a trouble in equipment in one installation that is commonly used by other installations
can cause a symptom with associated installations. Disregard information that pertains to equipment or instal-
lations that are not installed.
No audio reception in one channel, Defective ICS control panel. Repair or replace ICS control panel.
radio good, other channels good,
second system good.
No intercom. Defective headset. Replace headset.
Defective ICS control panel. Repair or replace ICS control panel.
No transmission, radio good, Defective headset. Replace headset.

second system good.
Defective ICS control panel. Repair or replace ICS control panel.
NO ICS transmission, ICS control Broken interconnecting wiring. Repair broken wiring.
panel good, second and third
systems good.

97-02-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
Table 101. Troubleshooting ICS System (Cont)
No response when system is Overload has tripped circuit Allow system to cool down
turned on. breaker. approximately two minutes and
press circuit breaker to ON position.
If circuit breaker trips again, leave
system OFF and troubleshoot and
repair as required. Disconnect ICS
control panel connectors to
determine if trouble is in harness or
ICS control panel.
Defective circuit breaker. Replace circuit breaker.
Defective circuit or component in Replace system unit.

system.
System controls not set properly. Reset controls and check operation.
Intermittent operation during flight. Loose grounding lead connection. Check system connectors. Tighten
loose connector.
Loose grounding lead connection. Tighten connections on ground

studs.
Defective chassis ground. Repair ground (Ref. Chap. 96 for

electrical repair instructions).
Open or shorted wire in wiring Repair wire (Ref. Chap. 96 for

harness. electrical repair instructions).
Broken connector pins. Repair pin or replace connector.

97-02-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
CB112
ICS #1
CB533/ARC ”A” PILOT
5P1
+28 VDC BUS 7.5A 2ICS−1A20 S +27.5 VDC
E77−M 2ICS−2A20N M POWER RETURN
1 2ICS−3A22 U PANEL LAMPS
E77−J 2ICS−4A22N Y LAMP GND
E77−F 2ICS−5A22N H CHASSIS GND
D MIC SHIELD RTN
C D TB7−10
RED WHT C MIC AUDIO
TB7−7 2ICS−M1A22
GRN A B C BLU A MIC AUDIO RTN
(NOTE 1) TB7−2
BLK C D BLU XX HEADSET AUDIO (LO) RTN
TB7−4 2ICS−5H1A22
WHT C D WHT TT HEADSET AUDIO (HI)
PILOT TB5−1 W SPARE
CYCLIC A B 2ICS−022C22 E ICS TALK SWITCH
STICK
C 2ICS−020C22 B RADIO TALK SWITCH
P109J TB5−2 2ICS−27A22 K TALK SWITCH COMMON
VIO W 2ICS−022D22 E77 AA SPARE
ICS B CC SPARE
ORN T 2ICS−032A22N R E37 JJ SPARE
XMIT NN SPARE
BRN P 2ICS−020D22 UU AUX RCVR AUDIO IN
TBM300−3D 2ICS−25A22 FF DIR 2 RCVR AUDIO IN
HH DIR VOL CONT 2 AUDIO IN
P NO. 5 XMIT AUDIO OUT
TBM300−3E 2ICS−102A22 F NO. 4 XMIT AUDIO OUT
TBM300−2C 2ICS−13A22 L NO. 3 XMIT AUDIO OUT
TBM300−2H 2ICS−15A22 R NO. 2 XMIT AUDIO OUT
BB NO. 5 XMIT CONTROL
TBM300−1F 2ICS−101A22 J NO. 4 XMIT CONTROL
TBM300−1C 2ICS−17A22 N NO. 3 XMIT CONTROL
TBM300−1H 2ICS−19A22 T NO. 2 XMIT CONTROL
REF SHT E77−C 2ICS−6A22 Z AUDIO COMMON
5 2ICS−99A22N E77−A RR DIR VOL CONT 1 AUDIO IN
TBM300−3C 2ICS−7A22 DD INTERCOM AUDIO
TBM300−2F 2ICS−100A22 WW NAV. 2 RCVR AUDIO IN
TBM300−8D 2ICS−24A22 UU NAV. 1 RCVR AUDIO IN
TBM300−8C 2ICS−22A22 SS NO. 2 RCVR AUDIO IN
TBM300−8B 2ICS−21A22 KK NO. 1 RCVR AUDIO IN
TBM300−8A 2ICS−23A22 PP NO. 3 RCVR AUDIO IN
TBM300−3F 2ICS−103A22 MM NO. 4 RCVR AUDIO IN
EE NO. 5 RCVR AUDIO IN
TBM300−2E 2ICS−12A22 V NO. 1 XMIT AUDIO OUT
TBM300−1E 2ICS−16A22 X NO. 1 XMIT CONTROL
TBM300−7N 2ICS−26B22 LL DIR 1 RCVR AUDIO IN
NOTES:
1. REFER TO SECTION 97-01-00 FOR APPLICABLE HEADSET ADAPTER CONNECTION.
2. QUANTITY OF COMMUNICATION CONTROLLERS INSTALLED ARE A CUSTOMER
OPTION, TERMINATIONS MAY DIFFER.
3. OPTIONAL AVIONICS EQUIPMENT NOT PART OF BASIC SHIP WIRING. ACTUAL
TERMINATIONS MAY DIFFER, REFER TO APPROPRIATE SECTION OF MANUAL FOR G97-0202-1
ELECTRICAL WIRING INFORMATION.
Figure 101. Wiring Diagram − Intercommunications System (Sheet 1 of 5)

97-02-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
DIMMER TBM100−4
TB700−1 J1203A/P1203A
VARIABLED L524A22 D A L524J22 C1 L524K2 Z
VDC OUT
CB113 T 21CS−3A22−5PI−U 1
ICS #2
CB533/ARC ”B” CO−PILOT J 31CS−3A22−35PI−U
15P1 C6533 COMM CONTROLLERS
+27.5 VDC S 1ICS−1A20 +28 VDC ICS−3A22−25PI−U PANEL LAMPS
7.5A BUS Y
POWER RETURN M 1ICS−31A22N E75−G REF SHT 2
(NOTE 2)
PANEL LAMPS U 1ICS−3A22 W
LAMP GND Y 1ICS−30A22N E75−E
CHASSIS GND H 1ICS−29A22N E75−L
MIC SHIELD RTN D TB7−10
MIC AUDIO C WHT B A RED
C6533B−3A22 TB7−7
MIC AUDIO RTN A BLU D E F GRN CO−PILOT
(NOTE 1)
HEADSET AUDIO (LO) RTN XX BLU D E F BLK CYCLIC
C6533B−38A22 TB7−6 STICK
HEADSET AUDIO (HI) TT WHT A B C WHT
SPARE W TB5−2 J130 P
VIO ICS
ICS TALK SWITCH E 1ICS−021C22 B A 1ICS−021D22 W ORN
TB5−4
RADIO TALK SWITCH B 1ICS−019C22 B 1ICS−019D22 P
BRN XMIT
TALK SWITCH COMMON K 1ICS−40A22N E77−K E37
SPARE AA P 1ICS−031A22N T
SPARE CC
SPARE JJ
SPARE NN
AUX RCVR AUDIO IN UU
DIR 2 RCVR AUDIO IN FF 1ICS−25A22 TBM300−3H
DIR VOL CONT 2 AUDIO IN HH
NO. 5 XMIT AUDIO OUT P
NO. 4 XMIT AUDIO OUT F 1ICS−10A22 TBM300−3J
NO. 3 XMIT AUDIO OUT L 1ICS−13A22 TBM300−2L
REF SHT
NO. 2 XMIT AUDIO OUT R 1ICS−15A22 TBM300−2R 5
NO. 5 XMIT CONTROL BB
NO. 4 XMIT CONTROL J 1ICS−101A22 TBM300−1K
NO. 3 XMIT CONTROL N 1ICS−17A22 TBM300−1L
E75
NO. 2 XMIT CONTROL T 1ICS−19A22 TBM300−1M
AUDIO COMMON Z 1ICS−28A22N M
DIR VOL CONT 1 AUDIO IN RR 1ICS−99A22N H
INTERCOM AUDIO DD 1ICS−7A22 TBM300−3G
NAV. 2 RCVR AUDIO IN WW 1ICS−100A22 TBM300−2K
NAV. 1 RCVR AUDIO IN UU 1ICS−24A22 TBM300−8H
NO. 2 RCVR AUDIO IN SS 1ICS−22A22 TBM300−8G
NO. 1 RCVR AUDIO IN KK 1ICS−21A22 TBM300−8F
NO. 3 RCVR AUDIO IN PP 1ICS−23A22 TBM300−8E
REF SHT
NO. 4 RCVR AUDIO IN MM 1ICS−103A22 TBM300−3K 5
NO. 5 RCVR AUDIO IN EE
NO. 1 XMIT AUDIO OUT V 1ICS−12A22 TBM300−2J
NO. 1 XMIT CONTROL X 1ICS−16A22 TBM300−1J
DIR 1 RCVR AUDIO IN LL 1ICS−27A22 TBM300−7G
G97-0202-2

97-02-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
CB533/ARC ”C” OBSERVER CB111

(NOTE 2) ICS #3
25PI
ICS−1F20 +28 VDC
+27.5 VDC S
7.5A BUS
POWER RETURN M ICS−2A20N E56−C
PANEL LAMPS U ICS−3A22 TBM100−4Y−REF SHT 1

LAMP GND Y ICS−4A22N E56−B
CHASSIS GND H ICS−5A22N E56−A
(NOTE 4)
HEADSET AUDIO (LO) RTN XX BLU LO
HEADSET AUDIO (HI) TT WHT ICS−9C22 HI (NOTE 1)

MIC AUDIO C WHT ICS−10C22 HI
MIC AUDIO RTN A BLU LO

MIC SHIELD RTN D
RADIO TALK SWITCH B ICS−28A22

(NOTE 1)
ICS TALK SWITCH E ICS−11A22
TALK SWITCH COMMON K ICS−2A22 E77−E
NAV. 1 RCVR AUDIO IN VV ICS−24A22 TBM300−8M

NAV. 2 RCVR AUDIO IN WW ICS−100A22 TBM300−2P
DIR 1 RCVR AUDIO IN LL ICS−25A22 TBM300−3M

DIR 2 RCVR AUDIO IN FF
NO. 5 XMIT AUDIO OUT P
NO. 4 XMIT AUDIO OUT F ICS−102A22 TBM300−3N

NO. 3 XMIT AUDIO OUT L ICS−13A22 TBM300−2R
NO. 2 XMIT AUDIO OUT R ICS−15A22 TBM300−2S
NO. 1 XMIT AUDIO OUT V ICS−12A22 TBM300−2N

NO. 5 XMIT CONTROL BB
NO. 4 XMIT CONTROL J ICS−101A22 TBM300−1P
REF SHT
NO. 3 XMIT CONTROL N ICS−17A22 TBM300−1R 5
NO. 2 XMIT CONTROL T ICS−19A22 TBM300−1S
NO. 1 XMIT CONTROL X ICS−16A22 TBM300−1N

NO. 5 RCVR AUDIO IN EE
NO. 4 RCVR AUDIO IN MM ICS−103A22 TBM300−3P
NO. 3 RCVR AUDIO IN PP ICS−23A22 TBM300−8J

NO. 1 RCVR AUDIO IN KK ICS−21A22 TBM300−8K
NO. 2 RCVR AUDIO IN SS ICS−22A22 TBM300−8L
INTERCOM AUDIO DD ICS−7A22 TBM300−3L
AUDIO COMMON Z ICS−6A22N E77−D
G97-0202-3

97-02-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
C6533
COMM CONTROL
35P1 (NOTE 2)
3ICS−11A22 E ICS TALK

(NOTE 1)
3ICS−28A22 B RADIO TALK
E77−L 3ICS−2A22N K TALK COMM
BLU (NOTE 4)
LO XX HEADSET LO
WHT 3ICS−9C22
HI TT HEADSET HI
(NOTE 1) BLU
LO A MIC LO
WHT 3ICS−10C22 C MIC HI
HI
D MIC SHIELD GND
TBM300−2T 3ICS−12A22 V NO. 1 XMIT OUT
TBM300−2Z 3ICS−15A22 R NO. 2 XMIT OUT
TBM300−2Y 3ICS−13A22 L NO. 3 XMIT OUT
TBM300−3T 3ICS−102A22 F NO. 4 XMIT OUT
P NO. 5 XMIT OUT
TBM300−1T 3ICS−16A22 X NO. 1 XMIT CONTROL
TBM300−1Z 3ICS−19A22 T NO. 2 XMIT CONTROL
TBM300−1Y 3ICS−17A22 N NO. 3 XMIT CONTROL
TBM300−1W 3ICS−101A22 J NO. 4 XMIT CONTROL
BB NO. 5 XMIT CONTROL
REF SHT
5 TBM300−8W 3ICS−21A22 KK NO. 1 RCVR IN
TBM300−8R 3ICS−22A22 SS NO. 2 RCVR IN
TBM300−8N 3ICS−23A22 PP NO. 3 RCVR IN
TBM300−3W 3ICS−103A22 MM NO. 4 RCVR AUDIO IN
EE NO. 5 RCVR AUDIO IN
TBM300−8S 3ICS−24A22 VV NAV. 1 RCVR
TBM300−2W 3ICS−100A22 WW NAV. 2 RCVR
TBM300−3S 3ICS−25A22 LL DIR 1 RCVR
FF DIR 2 RCVR
TBM300−3R 3ICS−7A22 DD INTERCOM
E77−H 3ICS−6A22N Z AUDIO COMMON
E77−G 3ICS−5A22N H CHASSIS GND
E77−A 3ICS−4A22N Y LAMP GND
REF SHT 1 TBM100−4J 3ICS−3A22 U PANEL LAMPS
CB125
E56−D 3ICS−2A20N M POWER RETURN
3ICS−1F20 S 28 VOLTS IN
1 2
G97-0202-4

97-02-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
TBM300−1 (NOTE 3)
(NOTE 3) 2ICS−17A22 5PI−N

1 TBM300−7C JUMPER 22G A B C D (NOTE 3)
REF SHT
5PI−J 2ICS−101A22 (NOTE 3) 1
REF SHT E F G H
1 5PI−X 2ICS−16A22 2ICS−19A22 5PI−T
15PI−J 1ICS−101A22 1ICS−17A22 15PI−N
REF SHT REF SHT
2 15PI−X 1ICS−16A22 J K L M 1ICS−19A2 15PI−T 2
25PI−J ICS−101A22 ICS−17A22 25PI−N
REF SHT 3 N P R S REF SHT 3
(NOTE 2) 25PI−X ICS−16A22 ICS−19A22 25PI−T (NOTE 2)
35PI−J 3ICS−101A22 3ICS−17A22 35PI−N
REF SHT 4 T W Y Z REF SHT 4
(NOTE 2) 35PI−X 3ICS−16A22 3ICS−19A22 35PI−T (NOTE 2)
TBM300−2 (NOTE 3)
(NOTE 3) 2ICS−13A22 5PI−L

(NOTE 3) A B C D
(NOTE 3) REF SHT
5PI−WW 2ICS−100A22 1
REF SHT 5PI−V 2ICS−12A22 E F G H 2ICS−15A22 5PI−R
1
15PI−WW 1ICS−100A22 1ICS−13A22 15PI−L
REF SHT J K L M REF SHT
2 15PI−V 1ICS−12A22 1ICS−15A22 15PI−R 2
25PI−WW ICS−100A22 ICS−13A22 25PI−L
(NOTE 2) 25PI−V ICS−12A22 ICS−15A22 25PI−R (NOTE 2)
35PI−WW 3ICS−100A22 3ICS−13A22 35PI−L
REF SHT 4 T W Y Z REF SHT 4
(NOTE 2) 35PI−V 3ICS−12A22 3ICS−15A22 35PI−R (NOTE 2)
2ICS−99A22N E77−A
TBM300−3 (NOTE 3) 1ICS−99A22N E75−H
2ICS−7A22 5PI−DD
(NOTE 3) REF SHT
A B C D 2ICS−25A22 5PI−FF 1
5PI−MM 2ICS−103A22 1ICS−7A22 15P1−DD
REF SHT 5PI−F 2ICS−102A22 E F G H REF SHT
1 1ICS−25A22 15P1−FF 2
15PI−MM 1ICS−103A22 ICS−7A22 25P1−DD
REF SHT J K L M REF SHT 3
2 15PI−F 1ICS−10A22 ICS−25A22 25P1−LL (NOTE 2)
25PI−MM ICS−103A22 3ICS−7A22 35P1−DD
(NOTE 2) 25PI−F ICS−102A22 2ICS−28A22 35P1−LL (NOTE 2)
35PI−MM 3ICS−103A22
REF SHT 4 T W Y Z
(NOTE 2) 35PI−F 3ICS−102A22 3ICS−25A22 35P1−LL
TBM300−7 (NOTE 3)
JUMPER 22G TBM300−1A 1

(NOTE 3)
A B C D
E F G H
J K L M
N P R S
JUMPER 22G TBM300−8T
(NOTE 3)
T W Y Z
TBM300−8 (NOTE 3)
5PI−KK 2ICS−21A22 2ICS−22A22 5PI−SS

REF SHT A B C D REF SHT
1 5PI−PP 2ICS−23A22 2ICS−24A22 5PI−VV 1
15PI−KK 1ICS−21A22 1ICS−22A22 15PI−SS
REF SHT REF SHT
2 15PI−PP 1ICS−23A22 E F G H 1ICS−24A22 15PI−VV
2
25PI−KK ICS−21A22 ICS−22A22 25PI−SS
REF SHT 3 J K L M REF SHT 3
(NOTE 3) 25PI−PP ICS−23A22 ICS−24A22 25PI−VV
(NOTE 3)
(NOTE 3) 3ICS−22A22 35PI−SS
35PI−PP 3ICS−23A22 N P R S 3ICS−24A22 35PI−VV REF SHT 4
REF SHT 4 (NOTE 3)
(NOTE 3) 35PI−KK 3ICS−21A22
T W Y Z (NOTE 3)
TBM300−7Y JUMPER 22G
G97-0202-5

97-02-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
1. C−6533/ARC ICS Control Panel NOTE: Field maintenance personnel perform
Replacement ing the following tests shall be thoroughly
familiar with the operational characteristics
(Ref. Figure 201) of the C-6533/ARC and interfacing radios.
Prior to proceeding with the tests, personnel
Check that all electrical power shall ensure that all interfacing radios are
CAUTION is OFF. energized in accordance with the operating
procedures (Ref. applicable sections of this
(1). Loosen four turnlock fasteners in front manual), and that all transmitters are
panel of ICS control panel by rotating channeled to unoccupied channels.
them 1/4 turn counterclockwise, and It may not always be permissi
pull unit out of cavity far enough to CAUTION ble to operate communication
access connector. transmitters. In the absence of radio com
munication, normal receiver noise may be
(2). Disconnect wiring harness connector used to verify proper operation.
from unit connector (loosen two screws).
(1). Check that mechanical action of each
Tighten connector screws alter switch and knob on ICS control panels
CAUTION nately (next step) to prevent is smooth and free of binding, and that
damage to connector. there is no excessive looseness. Check
for positive indication of detents.
(3). To replace, first connect wiring harness (2). Check to see that all headsets are
connector to unit connector. plugged into their respective harnesses.
(4). Position ICS control panel in mounting (3). Check to ensure that all receiver select
position and secure by rotating four (toggle) switches on ICS control panels
turnlock fasteners 1/4 turn clockwise. are in OFF position and all transmitter
select (rotary) switches are in ICS
A. Control Knob Replacement position.
(4). Press ICS circuit breakers to ON
Control knobs are fastened to the control position.
shafts by two setscrews in each control knob.
The setscrews must be tightened to retain the (5). Press rocker switch on pilot's (copilot's)
knobs on the shafts no closer than 0.0625 in. cyclic stick (or toggle switch on avionics
(1.5875 mm) from the front panel. rack at observer station) to ICS
position. Speak into microphone;
B. Lamp Replacement sidetone should be heard in all head
sets. Release rocker switch (or toggle
The lamps are miniature flange-style base switch) when message is completed.
incandescent lamps inserted in plasticized (6). Rotate transmitter select switch to
panel lenses. Remove the lenses from the position 1. Press rocker switch on pilot's
panel by turning them counterclockwise. (or co-pilot's) cyclic stick (or observer's
Remove the lamps from the lenses using a toggle switch) to ICS position and speak
thin-blade instrument. into microphone; sidetone should be
heard in headset. While listening to
2. Intercommunications System Operational sidetone, check operation of VOL
Checks control on ICS control panel; sidetone
level should vary with movement of
Perform the following checks at pilot, copilot VOL control. Release rocker switch (or
and observer stations: toggle switch).

97-02-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
(7). Set HOT MIKE switch to ON position. (10). Repeat above step with transmitter
Do not press rocker switch (or toggle select switch in positions 2 thru 5
switch). Speak into microphone; audio (various avionic equipment selected for
should be heard in all headsets. transmission). Results should be the
same.
(8). Set HOT MIKE switch to OFF position.
(9). With transmitter select switch still in (11). Rotate transmitter select switch back to
position 1, press pilot's (or copilot's) ICS position.
rocker switch (or observer's toggle
switch) to RADIO position. This action (12). Set each receiver select switch to ON,
keys the optional avionic equipment then OFF. Radio signals or noise should
associated with position 1. Speak into be heard only when a switch is ON.
microphone; sidetone should be heard
at a level reduced from that of an (13). Open ICS circuit breakers (pull out).
intercom signal. Release rocker (or
toggle) switch. The avionic equipment 3. Intercommunication System Inspection
should automatically be monitored, as
evidenced by signals or noise. (Ref. Table 201)
Table 201. Intercommunication System Inspection Procedures

Items/Components Inspect For
Housings, enclosures Scratches, dents, corrosion,rust, bare spots on painted surfaces, loose or
damaged fasteners, missing attached parts, illegible markings.
Control panels Rust, corrosion, illegible markings, loose or missing knobs and dials, broken
indicator windows, sticking or inoperative controls, loose or missing attaching
parts, burned out lamps.
Fixed connectors Loose or missing attaching parts, bent or broken pins, loose or distorted
sockets, cracked or damaged shell.
Cable connectors Bent or broken pins, loose or distorted sockets, cracked or damaged case.
Wiring harnesses Evidence of overheating, damaged insulation, worn or frayed insulation, loose
terminal lugs or splices, missing identification labels.
Mounting brackets Physical damage, rust or corrosion, loose or missing attaching parts, loose or
missing structure rivets.
A. Intercommunication System Cleaning Cleaning solvent is toxic

WARNING and flammable. Do not in
hale fumes. Use in a well-ventilated
area away from open flame. Avoid con
tact with skin. Wash off thoroughly if
Item Nomenclature
solvent does contact skin.
(2). Remove grease, fungus, and ground-in
dirt with a clean cloth dampened (not
(1). Remove moisture and loose dirt with a wet) with cleaning solvent (CM234, or
clean, lint-free cloth. equivalent).

97-02-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
(3). Remove dirt and dust from plugs and (b). Apply pre-treatment coating
receptacles with a soft-bristle brush. (CM301) to bare metal surfaces.
(4). Clean front panels with a soft, clean, (c). Brush two thin coats of lusterless
lint-free cloth. If dirt is difficult to enamel (CM310, color to match
remove, dampen cloth with water; mild original) on the pre-treated surface.
soap may be used for more effective Allow each coat to air dry.
cleaning. Do not rub hard on panel
markings. (d). Touch up panel markings as required
with appropriate paint.
4. Intercommunication System Repairs
(2). Connectors:
(Ref. Section 91−00−00) With standard practices and tools,
Item Nomenclature replace broken connector pins. Straight
CM301 Pre-treatment en bent pins. Tighten or replace loose
CM310 Enamel, lusterless
pins. (Ref. Chap. 96 for additional
information on repair of connectors.)
(3). Wiring Harnesses:
(1). Surface Repairs
(Ref. Electrical Maintenance - Wiring,
(a). Remove rust and corrosion from Electrical Bonding, and Wiring Har
metal surfaces by lightly sanding nesses, Chap. 96 for information on
with No. 000 sandpaper (CM801). repair of wiring harnesses)
C-6533/ARC CONTROL
PANEL
PHONE
JACK
S305 RADIO/ICS
SWITCH
25P1 CONNECTOR
ROTATED
180°
G97-0203
Figure 201. Typical C−6533/ARC ICS Control Panel Installation

97-02-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]

97-02-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
1. Intercommunication System Initial the hook that anchors the pin and
Installation lanyard assembly.
This section provides instructions for installa (2). To install the 369A2516-197 doubler,
tion of the observer's ICS equipment. These locate the point where WL 15.85 and
instructions also cover removal or modification RBL 19.06 intersect (Ref. Figure 902).
of existing helicopter equipment to accommo Drill one 0.878 in. (22.301 mm) hole
date ICS equipment. and four 0.140-0.152 in. (3.556-3.8608
mm) holes. Secure the doubler with
A. Preparation for Installation seven rivets.
(1). Protect all components from damage (3). (Ref. Figure 903) Modify helicopter for
and contamination during installation. footswitch installation as follows:
(2). Check all electrical switches for OFF (a). On the 369A2508-17 ”hat” section of
position, and ensure that BAT/OFF/ the WL 13.10 (cargo floor), inscribe a
EXT switch is at OFF. mark 6.50 in. (16.51 cm) to the right
and left of the aircraft BL 0.00 line.
(a). Identify all components, including
attaching hardware, to be removed (b). At each mark, drill a 0.190-0.194 in.
for access to work areas. Protect (4.826-4.9276 mm) hole through both
components from damage and foreign sides of the -17 ”hat”. These holes
matter until reinstalled. will be 13.0 in. (33.02 cm) apart so
that the footswitch can be mounted
B. Helicopter Equipment Removal on either side of the passenger
compartment for the convenience of
(1). Remove passenger compartment seat the observer; i.e. when the observer's
belts, shoulder straps and seats. view is to be from the right side of
the aircraft, the observer will need
(2). Remove crew compartment right floor the foot switch on the left side (and
access door. visa versa).
CAUTION
Disconnect all electrical power D. Footswitch Installation
before disconnecting electrical
connectors and interconnecting wiring. (1). Install the S503 footswitch on either
side of the aircraft. Secure in place with
(3). Set all circuit breakers on console pin and lanyard assembly (Ref.
circuit breaker panel to OFF position. Figure 901).
Set BAT/OFF/EXT switch to OFF.
(2). Install the J502 connector receptacle
(4). Disconnect connector (20P1) from audio (-31 wiring harness) on the pilot's side
junction box (EQ500) at left side of of the doubler installation.
pilot's console. Remove wire
C6533B-31A22 and replace with (3). Connect footswitch cable plug P502 to
C6533B-31B22 (Ref. Figure 101). connector J502 on the observer's side of
the doubler installation (Ref.
C. Structural Modification Figure 101).
(1). Modify the 369A4463-3 foot switch (4). Route the white wire of the footswitch
cable assembly by drilling a cable assembly from connector J502 to
0.099-0.105 in. (2.5146-2.667 mm) hole terminal board TB300-6; route the
(Ref. Figure 901). Into the hole, insert black wire to E1, ship's ground.

97-02-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
E. ICS Control Panel Installation the 369A4412 cable to the microphone filter
terminal board FL500-3.
This procedure includes installation of the
support bracket assembly and the ashtray
G. −11 Wiring Harness and Relays
assembly.
Installation
(1). Locate and install the passenger
compartment ICS support bracket (1). Add two relays to the 369A4463-11
assembly at the observer's station (Ref. cable harness interconnect (Ref.
Figure 904). Figure 201). Ensure that observer's
transmitter relay K505 and observer's
(2). Install the ashtray assembly into the interphone relay K504 have been added
support bracket assembly. to terminal board TB501 (Ref.
(3). Install the 369D294340 system ”C” ICS Figure 101).
control panel into the support bracket
assembly (Ref. Figure 201). (2). Route the -11 wiring harness with
existing ship's wiring to terminal
(4). Connect plug 25P1 of the 269A4463-21 boards (Ref. Figure 101).
cable harness to the J1 receptacle on
the rear (bottom) of the ICS control H. Other Wiring Harness Routing
panel (Ref. Figure 904).
(5). Route the -21 wiring harness around The ICS installation kit, 369D294390, consists
the ICS control panel. Tie the -21 of various wires and/or harness assemblies,
harness onto the existing harness, for relays and connectors. Ensure that the wires
physical support only (Ref. Sec. 96-00 from the audio junction box, connectors, etc.,
for wiring harness maintenance). Rout are properly routed, tied and terminated.
the -21 harness under the circuit
breaker panel and under the pilot's seat I. Weight and Balance Data
(Ref. Figure 905).
F. Microphone Jack and Mike Switch (Ref. Table 901) Weight and balance data
Installation changes that result from installation of the
observer's intercommunication system are
(Ref. Figure 905 and Figure 201) Install listed. After installation, incorporate changes
microphone jack and mike switch and route to helicopter weight and balance records.
pounds (kg) inches (cm) in.−lb (kgcm)
Added 7.60 (3.447) +82.0 (+208.28) +623.20 (+717.941)
Removed 0.0 0.0 0.0
Net Change 7.60 (3.447) +82.0 (+208.28) +623.20 (+717.941)

97-02-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
LW1036-1-4 LANYARD
ASSY
NAS1090-1 HOOK
0.30 IN.
0.15 IN. (3.81 MM)
(7.62 MM)
LA3S-W-1.100 PIN
0.099-0.104 IN. (2.515-2.642 MM) HOLE
G97-0204A
Figure 901. Footswitch Cable Modification

97-02-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
3.12 IN.
0.406 IN. (7.925 CM) 0.406 IN.
(10.312 MM) (10.312 MM)
J502
8.12 IN. (20.625 CM) WL 15.85
WL 13.10
CARGO FLOOR
RBL 0.875 IN. (22.225 MM) HOLE 369H2516 FRAME
0.140-0.152 IN.
(3.556-3.861 MM) 19.06 CANT STA 78.50
(4 HOLES) 369A2516-197 DOUBLER
MS20470AD3 RIVET (7 REQD)
OUTBD
LOOKING FORWARD
G97-0205A
Figure 902. Doubler Installation

97-02-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
CL
ACFT
0.190-0.194 IN. (4.826-4.9276 MM)

(2 HOLES) DRILL THRU BOTH
SIDES OF -17 (2 PLCS)
369A2508-17 HAT
SEC.
6.50 IN. (16.51 CM) 6.50 IN. (16.51 CM)

0.50 IN. (8.00 IN. (20.32 CM FOR -705) 0.50 IN.
(12.70 MM) (12.70 MM)
LW1036-1-4
LA3S-W-1.100 PIN LANYARD ASSY
369A2508-17
STA
84.79
NAS1090-1 HOOK
BL
0.00
369A4463-3 INSTL. LH OR RH INSTL. 369A4463-3 SW/CABLE

RIGHT-HAND OPTIONAL AS SHOWN ASSY INSTL LEFT-HAND
LOOKING DOWN
BSC, -701, -703, -705 & -707
G97-0206A
Figure 903. Helicopter Modification for Footswitch Installation

97-02-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
CL
ACFT
TRACE WL 45.36 AT
-BSC
CANT STA 78.50
4.10 IN. (10.414 CM)
-701
-703
369D294340 COMM 369D294580
CONTROL SYSTEM “C” ASH TRAY ASSY
369A4412 CABLE ASSY (-BSC)
423-058-3 CABLE ASSY (-701)
423-059-7 CABLE ASSY (-703)
429-4447 BRACKET ASSY

369A2587-3 CLIP (4 REQD)
NAS1096-3-9 SCREW (4 REQD)
AN960KD10L WASHER (8 REQD)
AN960D10 WASHER
MS21042L3 NUT
PICHUP 423-071 COAX CABLE (-703)

MS25281-14 CLAMP
25P1 NAS1096-3-10 SCREW
AN960KD10L WASHER (2 REQD)
AN960D10 WASHER
455-056 WIRE HARNESS
MS21042L3 NUT
MS3367-1-9 STRAP
WIRE HARNESS (-703)
LOOKING WIRE HARNESS (-701)
FWD WIRE HARNESS (-BSC)
MS3367-1-9 TIE STRAP AS REQD
G97-0207A
Figure 904. ICS Control Panel and Ashtray Installation

97-02-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
CL
ACFT
PART OF 369D294373
369A4687 MIKE FILTER HARNESS ASSY
AND TB600
369A4465-601
CABLE ASSY
-21 & 369A4412 TIE TO

EXISTING CABLES TRACE WL 45.36 AT
WITH MS3367-1-9 CANT STA 78.50
STRAPS AS REQD
MS25281-5 CLAMP (2 REQD)

ATTACH TO MAP CASE BRKT'S.
REPLACE EXISTING SCREW WITH
NAS1096-3-9 SCREWS (2 REQD)
LOOKING AFT
BSC ONLY ROUTE UNDER CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL. TIE TO
EXISTING WIRING WITH
MS3367-1-9 STRAPS AS REQD
CUT AWAY CORNER OF C/B COVER

TO ALLOW PASSAGE OF -5
HARNESS. PROTECT WITH
MS21200-IN GROMMET AS REQD
G97-0208-1
Figure 905. −21 Wiring Harness Routing (Sheet 1 of 2)

97-02-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
COMM CONTROL
PANELS
SYSTEM “B” SYSTEM “A”
RADIO
A CONSOLE
SHIPS WIRING
A
PART OF
369D294373
HARNESS ASSY -21
WIRING
AUDIO JUNCTION HARNESS
BOX
ML PILOT FL
LOOKING INBOARD
STA
44.65
-11 WIRING HARNESS

NAS1635-02-4 SCREW (4 REQD)
NAS620-2 WASHER (4 REQD)
K505 MS21042L02 NUT (4 REQD)
RELAY ROUTE WITH EXISTING SHIPS
WIRING TO TERMINAL BOARDS
CL ACFT MS3367-1-9 STRAPS AS REQD
PART OF 369D294373
K500 HARNESS ASSY
RELAY
INSTRUMENT PANEL
VIEW A−A BOTTOM PAN
LOOKING DOWN
G97-0208-2
Figure 905. −21 Wiring Harness Routing (Sheet 2 of 2)

97-02-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
Section
97−04−00
Intercommunication
System (King)

[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM (KING)
1. Description and Operation As many as five transceivers and five receivers
can be controlled by the -71 version of the
The intercommunication system (ICS) provides KMA 24H. As many as four transceivers and
an intercommunication capability between six receivers can be controlled by the -70
pilot, copilot and passenger stations. A KMA version of the KMA 24H. The units also have
24H audio control panel installed in the two un-switched inputs; these are used to
instrument panel allows 1) selection, control, transmit the audible engine out warning
and monitoring of voice communication, 2) signal and the low altitude warning signal (if a
monitoring of audio signals from communica radar altimeter is installed) to the crew. Five
tions transceivers (COMM), and 3) monitoring intercom station inputs are available, two of
of the following receivers: vhf navigation which also serve as the transmit microphone
(NAV), distance measuring equipment (DME), inputs. The MIC 1 and MIC 2 microphone keys
marker (MKR), and automatic direction finder control internal relays to automatically switch
(ADF). Received radio signals may be moni these inputs from `ìntercom'' to ``transmit''. In
tored at all intercom stations. In addition, the the event of power interruption to the KMA
pilot or copilot may select the COMM trans 24H, the relays automatically set to ``transmit''
ceivers for voice transmission to other aircraft so that use of the transceiver is not impaired.
or ground stations. In helicopters with the optional mode select
switch installed (Ref. Figure 2), the MIC 2
relay will not switch to ``transmit'' in the
The KMA 24H has a pushbutton audio selector Isolate mode (single installation only). (Ref.
panel, five-station intercom, and separate Para. Modes of Operation (Helicopters with
speaker and headphone isolation amplifiers. Optional Mode Select Switch Only) below.)
Dual KMA 24H installations in some helicop
ters provide added flexibility, allowing the pilot
or copilot or a passenger to speak on different In single KMA 24H installations, the pilot's
transmitters simultaneously while providing microphone (MIC 1) has priority over the
pilot priority if the same transmitter is keyed copilot's (MIC 2). In dual KMA 24H installa
by both operators at the same time. tions, the pilot's microphone has priority over
the copilot's only when both parties have
selected the same transceiver. When either the
The separate isolation amplifiers maintain pilot or copilot keys the microphone to trans
constant, noise-free volume levels, even when mit, all other microphone inputs are muted to
several receivers are monitored at once. The ensure that the keyed microphone is the single
amplifiers are powered by separate, indepen source of the transmitted audio. Keying a mike
dent supply sources. There are two identical mutes all receivers automatically, to eliminate
headphone amplifiers, the primary (serving feedback. The audio inputs selected from the
the pilot) and the secondary (serving the crew pushbuttons on the KMA 24H are also muted
and intercom stations). This feature enables while the pilot or copilot is transmitting. If the
the pilot and/or copilot to isolate out of the pilot and copilot should both key their micro
intercom loop if desired. Each headphone phones at the same time, the pilot's micro
amplifier can drive up to six 500 ohm head phone will override the copilot's. In the
sets. instances when a headphone output contains
1) audio selected by the pushbuttons and 2)
The KMA 24H contains a summing amplifier engine out and low altitude warnings, the TX
to combine received audio with the pilot's key will mute all audio from the headphone
microphone for installations where a voice output except transmit sidetone, engine out
recorder is necessary. This amplifier output warning, and low altitude warning. In
always contains the pilot headphone audio and addition, the TX key will mute from the
hot mic audio from MIC 1 as per CAA specifi speaker output all audio except engine out
cation No. 11, Issue 3. warning and low altitude warning. A P.A.

97-04-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
mute output is provided to mute passenger RH command helicopters); this input powers
background music systems when the MIC the speaker amplifier. With the unit wired in
select switch on the KMA 24H front panel is in this manner, emergency operation is provided
the PA position and a microphone is keyed. as follows:
A headset-microphone (Ref. Sec. 97-01) is (1). The EMG position of the KMA 24H
located at each intercom station. Headset-mi MIC select switch connects the MIC,
crophones at the center front, left rear and key and primary headphone outputs
right rear positions interface with the ICS by directly to the COM 1 (Ref. Para. KMA
means of an adaptor, which is a headset switch 24H Audio Control Panel Controls and
and jack assembly (switch/jack) containing a Indicators below).
RADIO-ICS switch. The middle (released)
switch position selects vhf receiver audio and (2). If the primary headphone output fails,
is the listening position for interphone and the secondary headphone output may
monitoring the vhf COMM, vhf NAV, DME, still operate and provide full audio
MKR and ADF receivers. Voice transmission selection.
over the interphone from an intercom station (3). If both headphone amplifiers fail, an
is selected by pressing the switch/jack at that emergency phone jack, if wired, can
station to the ICS position. Pressing the provide full audio selection thru the
switch/jack to the RADIO position has no speaker amplifier.
effect. Switch/jacks are removed by disconnect The panel lighting is powered by the
ing them at the bulkhead headset connectors. helicopter light dimmer.
The pilot's and copilot's headset-microphones NOTE: For information on any optional avion
do not require adaptors to interface with the ics equipment that is installed and used
ICS. The installed pilot's and copilot's headset with the ICS, refer to the section of this
jacks contain a phone jack that mates with a manual applicable to that specific equip
standard U-174/U interphone plug connected ment. For additional information on the
to the ICS control unit via helicopter wiring. KMA 24H audio control panel, refer to the
At the pilot's and copilot's positions, a RADIO- manufacturer's publication (Ref. Table 201,
ICS switch on the cyclic stick (Ref. Sec. 67-10) Sec. 01-00).
is used in conjunction with the headset-micro
phone. Pressing the switch to the ICS position A. Modes of Operation (Helicopters with
selects voice transmission over the interphone. Optional INTERCOM Mode Select Switch
Pressing the switch to the RADIO position Only)
keys the transmitter of the selected vhf COMM
In helicopters with the three-position INTER
transceiver. The middle (released) position of
COM mode select switch installed (Ref.
the switch selects vhf receiver audio, and is the
Figure 2), the headphone outputs depend on
listening position for interphone and monitor
what mode of operation the pilot has selected.
ing of the radios.
There are three modes of operation: Normal,
The copilot's radio footswitch (Ref. Figure 2) Isolate and Private. (Ref. Figure 3 for a chart
enables the copilot to transmit without having showing the audio presented to the primary
to press the rocker switch on the cyclic stick to and secondary headphones in each mode; note
the RADIO position. that the mode selected has no effect on speaker
audio.)
There is no power on-off switch on the KMA
24H. The unit operates on two +28 Vdc inputs NOTE: In the following paragraphs, reference
from the helicopter main bus. The first input is is made to a low altitude warning signal.
supplied by either the AUDIO circuit breaker This signal is available only if a radar altim
(CB209, LH command helicopters) or the ICS eter is installed in the helicopter.
circuit breaker (CB112, RH command helicop (1). Normal Mode:
ters); this input powers the two headphone
amplifiers. The second input is supplied by the In the NORM (Normal) mode of
EMER AUD (or EMERG ICS) circuit breaker operation, all five intercom positions
(CB208 on LH command helicopters, CB121 on are tied together. The primary head

97-04-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
phone and secondary headphone pushbuttons selects the audio to be
outputs are identical. In this mode, heard on the speakers (if installed). The
headphone outputs contain 1) the audio bottom row of pushbuttons selects the
selected by the KMA 24H pushbuttons, audio to be heard on the headphones.
2) engine out and low altitude warn The selections are independent of each
ings, and 3) intercom audio from all five other, allowing the same audio input to
ICS inputs. be selected for both speaker and
headphones, if desired.
(2). Isolate Mode:
(2). SPKR AUTO Switch:
When the pilot selects the ISO (Isolate) The SPKR AUTO switch, when pulled
mode, he has `ìsolated'' himself, that is out, automatically selects the audio
taken himself out of the intercom loop from the transceiver selected by the
while the other four intercom positions MIC select switch to be heard on the
remain active. The primary headphone cockpit speaker (if installed). The audio
output will contain 1) the audio selected from the transceiver selected by the
by the KMA 24H pushbuttons and 2) MIC select switch is always heard on
engine out and low altitude warnings the headphones.
only. The secondary headphone output
will contain intercom audio from the (3). MIC Select Switch:
remaining four ICS inputs only. In this The MIC select switch performs several
mode, the MIC 2 TX key is disabled functions. It is used to select the
because ICS 2 cannot monitor the desired transmitter for the cockpit
transceivers (single installation only). microphones. It routes microphone
audio and keying to the appropriate
(3). Private Mode: destination, and switches the speaker
In the PVT (Private) mode of operation, amplifier output to the appropriate
the pilot and copilot positions are speaker (either the cabin, P.A. or
linked together for two-station hot external speaker outputs of the KMA
mike operation. At the same time, the 24H). 8 ohm and 4 ohm taps are
other three intercom positions have provided on the output of the speaker
independent three-station intercom amplifier transformer to provide
operation. The primary headphone maximum power transfer.
output contains 1) the audio selected by In the COM positions (1, 2, 3 and 4 for
the KMA 24H pushbuttons, 2) engine the -70 unit, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 for the -71
out and low altitude warnings, and 3) unit) of the MIC select switch, micro
MIC 1 and MIC 2 hot mic audio for phone audio and keying are routed to
private pilot-to-copilot communica the appropriate transceiver and
tions. The secondary headphone output transmitted at whatever frequency is
contains interphone audio from the set up on that transceiver, and the
remaining three ICS inputs only. speaker amplifier output is connected
to the cockpit speaker (if installed).
B. KMA 24H Audio Control Panel Controls
and Indicators In the PA position, the pilot or copilot
may make announcements to the
(Ref. Figure 1) Front panel controls include an passengers provided the helicopter is
interphone volume (VOL) control, two rows of equipped with a cabin speaker. The
audio selector pushbuttons, SPKR AUTO microphone audio is routed to the
switch, interphone voice-operated intercom speaker amplifier, microphone keying is
(VOX) control, and a microphone selector (MIC connected to the P.A. mute line, and the
select) switch. speaker amplifier output is connected
to the passenger address speaker (if
(1). Audio Selector Pushbuttons: installed).
Each audio selector pushbutton is In the EXT position, microphone audio
push-push, on and off. The top row of is routed to the speaker and amplifier,

97-04-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
and the speaker amplifier output is (Helicopters with Optional Mode Select
connected to the external ramp hailer Switch Only)).
speaker (if installed). In both PA and
EXT positions, any audio inputs C. KMA 24H Control Panel Technical
selected on the top row of pushbuttons Characteristics
will be heard through the speaker until
MIC 1 or MIC 2 is keyed. Keying causes Power Requirements
the audio input to be muted and the Idle current 500 milliamps
microphone audio to be heard. The P.A.
Max. operating current 1.8 amps
mute line may be used to mute the
normal passenger address audio while Instrument lights 260 milliamps
MIC 1 or MIC 2 is keyed and the MIC Input Impedance
select switch is in the PA position. 320 ohms for all ICS inputs
In the EMG position, MIC 1 audio, #1 500 ohms for all audio inputs
key, and primary headphones are Input Isolation
connected directly to COM 1, providing 60 dB between audio inputs
fail-safe communication in the event of Speaker Muting
a failure within the KMA 24H.
At least 55 dB when MIC is keyed
(4). VOX/VOL Controls: Isolate Muting
Audio from the five intercom stations is Pilot 55 dB
controlled by the two concentric knobs Copilot 55 dB
at the far left of the panel. The inner Max Rated Speaker Output
knob controls the ICS volume only, and 4 ohm tap 10 watts into 4 ohms
does not affect the other inputs. The
4 ohm tap 6.5 watts into 8 ohms
outer knob is used to select the desired
method of microphone activation: 1) hot 8 ohm tap 10 watts into 8 ohms
mic intercom (full CW), 2) VOX inter Maximum Rated Headphone Output
com (voice-operated intercom, middle 120 milliwatts into each 500 ohm load
range), or 3) keyed activation of up to Distortion
five intercom stations (full CCW, key
thru separate ICS key switch). Less than 5% at max rated output
Less than 3% at 10% of max rated output
In hot mike operation, all intercom Frequency Response
microphones remain active at all times
whether the operator is talking on the Within 3 dB from 350 Hz to 600 Hz
intercom or not.
D. VOX Sensitivity Level Adjustment
Voice-activated operation has the
microphone active only when the (1). Rotate VOX sensitivity control (outer
operator begins to talk. When in the concentric knob) on KMA 24H control
VOX range, the outer knob adjusts the panel to middle range for VOX opera
sensitivity of the voice-operated switch. tion.
In keyed operation, the operator must (2). Rotate control CW until a hissing sound
depress a separate intercom switch to is heard in the headphones, then rotate
activate the microphone for intercom control CCW until the hissing sound
usage (Ref. Para. Intercommunication stops.
System Description above).
NOTE: The VOX is now properly set for the
In helicopters with the optional mode present noise environment. It is normal to
select switch installed (Ref. Figure 2), have to reset the VOX sensitivity level
the VOX/VOL controls do not affect ICS whenever the noise in the cabin changes,
#1 or ICS #2 when in the Private mode such as when making large power setting
of operation (Ref. Modes of Operation changes.

97-04-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
BENDIX/KING SPEAKERS
1 2 3
VOX VOL 4
EMG
1 COM 2 COM 3 COM 4 1 NAV DME MKR 1 ADF 2 PULL
2
P
INTERCOM SPKR A
PHONE MIC
KMA 24H TSO AUTO
BENDIX/KING SPEAKERS
1 2 3
VOX VOL 4
1 COM 2 COM 3 COM 4 COM 5 1 NAV DME MKR ADF PULL
2
P
INTERCOM SPKR A
PHONE
KMA 24H TSO AUTO
G97-0401
Figure 1. Controls and Indicators − KMA 24H−70 and KMA 24H−71 Audio Control Panels
FOOTSWITCH
NORM NORM
PVT ISO PVT
OR
INTERCOM INTERCOM
MODE SELECT SWITCH

(OPTIONAL)
G97-0402
Figure 2. Mode Select Switch and Copilot’s Footswitch

97-04-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
KING - KMA 24H-70/71

AUDIO SELECTOR AND INTERPHONE SYS
TEM
KMA 24H #1 ISOLATE SWITCH POSITION
KMA 24H #2 ISOLATE SWITCH POSITION

P = PRIVATE
N = NORMAL KMA 24H #1 KMA 24H #2
PRIMARY HEADPHONE SECONDARY HEAD PRIMARY HEAD SECONDARY HEAD
I = ISOLATE OUTPUT PHONE PHONE PHONE
OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT
AUDIO SELECTED FOR AUDIO SELECTED FOR AUDIO SELECTED FOR AUDIO SELECTED FOR
N N PHONES VOX VOX INTERCOM OF ALL PHONES VOX PHONES VOX
ALL 5 MICS OF PHONES ALL 5 MICS OF
INTERCOM 5 MICS INTERCOM ALL 5 MICS OF
INTERCOM
PRIVATE
NORMAL AUDIO SELECTED AUDIO SELECTED FOR AUDIO SELECTED FOR
I N VOX INTERCOM OF PHONES VOX VOX INTERCOM OF
ISOLATE PHONES AND PHONES
FOR MICS52, 3, 4 MICS 2, 3, 4OF
INTERCOM AND 5 5MICS 2, 3, 4
AUDIO SELECTED FOR AUDIO SELECTED FOR
AUDIO SELECTED VOX INTERCOM OF PHONES MIC 1, HOT PHONES VOX
P N PHONES MIC 1 & MIC INTERCOM MICS 2, 3, 4,OF
5
FOR
MIC
2 HOT
AND
MICS53, 4 MIC, VOX OF MICS 2, INTERCOM
3, 4, 5
N I VOX INTERCOM OF AUDIO SELECTED VOX INTERCOM OF
PHONES
AND 51, 3 4 PHONES VOX PHONES 1, 3, 4, 5
MICS FOR MICS
INTERCOM OF MICS 1,
I I AUDIO SELECTED 3,
VOX4 AND 5
INTERCOM OF AUDIO SELECTED VOX INTERCOM OF
PHONES
FOR MICS 3, 4 AND 5 PHONES
FOR 3, 4, AND 5
MICS
AUDIO SELECTED FOR VOX INTERCOM OF AUDIO SELECTED VOX INTERCOM OF
P I PHONES MIC 1 AND MIC
MIC MICS 3, 4 AND 5 PHONES
FOR MIC 1 HOT 3, 4, AND 5
MICS
2 HOT MIC
AUDIO SELECTED AUDIO SELECTED FOR AUDIO SELECTED FOR VOX INTERCOM OF
N P PHONES MIC 2 HOT PHONES MIC 1 AND MIC
FOR
INTERCOM PHONES VOX MIC 3, 4, AND 5
MIC, VOX OF MICS 1, INTERCOM OF MICS 3, 2 HOT MICS
3, 4, 5
4 AUDIO SELECTED FOR
I P AUDIO SELECTED VOX INTERCOM OF PHONES MIC 1 AND MIC VOX INTERCOM OF
PHONES
FOR MIC 2 HOT MICS 3, 4 AND 5 MIC 3, 4, AND 5
MICS
MIC 2 HOT
P P AUDIO SELECTED FOR AUDIO SELECTED FOR
PHONES MIC 1 AND MIC VOX INTERCOM OF PHONES MIC 1 AND MIC VOX INTERCOM OF
MIC
2 HOT MICS 3, 4 AND 5 MIC
2 HOT 3, 4, AND 5
MICS
N PHONES VOX PHONES VOX
ALL 5 MICS OF
INTERCOM ALL 5 MICS OF
INTERCOM
PRIVATE
NORMAL OPTION
AUDIO SELECTED VOX INTERCOM OF
ISOLATE A I PHONES AND NOTE: MIC 2 CAN'T KEY COMS
FOR MICS52, 3, 4
P AUDIO SELECTED FOR VOX INTERCOM OF

MIC 1 AND MIC 2 HOT
PHONES AND
MIC MICS53, 4 SINGLE
AUDIO SELECTED FOR AUDIO SELECTED FOR INSTALLATION
N PHONES VOX VOX INTERCOM OF ALL
ALL 5 MICS OF PHONES
PRIVATE INTERCOM 5 MICS
OPTION
NORMAL
B P AUDIO SELECTED FOR VOX INTERCOM OF
MIC 1 AND MIC 2 HOT
PHONES AND
MICS53, 4
MIC
NOTE:
SWITCH NOT WIRED
CORRESPONDS TO SWITCH
IN “NORMAL” POSITION
G97-0403
Figure 3. Headphone Audio Selection Chart (Helicopters with Optional Mode

Select Switch Only)

97-04-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Intercommunication System and by reducing the sidetone volume of the

Troubleshooting receivers. However, if the feedback is still
objectionable, several techniques can be used
(Ref. Figure 101 or Figure 102 and Table 101)
to avoid possible feedback situations entirely.
2. KMA 24H Audio Control Panel The most obvious is to never select any of the
Troubleshooting (Dual Installations) three transceiver audio inputs for the cabin
speakers. This is not a desirable solution,
Dual KMA 24H installations require some
however, unless headphones are used exclu
special considerations for optimum perform
ance. A possibility of audio feedback exists sively. Probably the best method is to use the
when either panel has transceiver audio SPKR AUTO switch on the KMA 24H to select
selected for its cockpit speaker. This is because the transceiver audio input for the speaker.
the microphone for one audio panel may pick When SPKR AUTO is selected on one or both
up the nearby cockpit speaker audio of the panels for the speaker audio, and no other
other audio panel, and when these audios are transceiver audios are selected on either panel,
the same feedback can occur. This condition the situation required for feedback will not
only exists while simultaneously transmitting occur. The source of speaker audios will then
on a transceiver thru one audio panel, and track the position of the MIC select switches.
monitoring the audio of the same transceiver When the MIC select switches of both panels
(sidetone) on the speaker of the other panel.
are set to the same transceiver position, both
The feedback can be minimized by the use of panels will mute their speakers when either
high quality noise-cancelling microphones, microphone is keyed.
system.
GENERAL
No dc power to equipment of an Defective associated circuit Replace circuit breaker.

installation. breaker.
No dc power on helicopter main dc (Ref. Sec. 96−00 for electrical

bus. system fault isolation)
Circuit breaker trips. Overload or short circuit in Isolate to the specific installation;
equipment of associated then troubleshoot the installation.
installation.

97-04-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
Table 101. Troubleshooting ICS System (Cont.)
NOTE: A single circuit breaker that is part of a specific installation may also be used for other installations. Be sure
to check all installations that can affect the circuit breaker.
Identical trouble symptom common Defective equipment in one Isolate defective equipment to the
to two or more installations. installation that is also used by applicable installation; then
other installation(s). troubleshoot the installation.
Trouble isolated to one function or Faulty terminal block connection or Check and repair connection or
location. wiring in affected circuit. wiring.
Panel lamp does not light. Lamp filament open. Replace lamp in affected unit.
NOTE: Before troubleshooting other avionics installations for audio troubles, or other functions that are depen-
dent upon intercom and vhf radio equipment, be sure to first check that intercom and vhf radio equipment
functions correctly. Troubles that may occur in intercom and vhf radio control equipment that affect radio oper-
ation are listed in the following troubleshooting procedures for intercom and vhf radio equipment. Also,
troubles that may occur in equipment or other installations that affect intercom and radio operation are listed
in these procedures.
INTERCOM AND RADIO CONTROL EQUIPMENT
NOTE: Station in following procedures refers to radio/intercom station in the helicopter.
Radio and ICS modes of operation Defective audio control panel. Repair or replace audio control
are inoperative at all stations. panel.
Cannot transmit from one station to Defective microphone in Repair or replace headset−micro-
any other station; normal ICS and headset−microphone. phone.
radio operation from other stations.
Defective associated RADIO−ICS Repair or replace switch.
switch.
Cannot receive interphone and Defective headset in headset−mi- Repair or replace headset−micro-
receiver audio at one station; crophone. phone.
normal ICS and radio operation at
other stations.
Cannot transmit and receive audio Defective interphone (ICS) keying Repair or replace audio control
between any stations for ICS circuit in audio control panel. panel.
operation; radio transmission and
reception normal at all stations. Defective microphone audio circuit Repair or replace audio control
or amplifier in audio control panel. panel.
Defective audio circuits in vhf Repair or replace vhf COMM radio.

COMM radio associated with
intercom control panel.
Cannot transmit radio signals, and Defective microphone filter. Replace microphone filter.
cannot transmit and receive audio
between any stations; radio Defective microphone audio circuit Repair or replace audio control
reception normal at all stations. or amplifier in audio control panel. panel.
Cannot transmit and receive audio Defective phone audio amplifier Repair or replace audio control
between any stations, and cannot circuits in audio control panel. panel.
receive radio signals; radio
transmission normal at all stations. Defective audio circuits in vhf Repair or replace vhf COMM radio.
COMM radio.

97-04-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
Table 101. Troubleshooting ICS System (Cont.)
Cannot transmit or receive radio Defective radio equipment in Repair or replace defective radio
signals; ICS operation normal associated radio installation. equipment.
between stations.
Defective audio control panel. Repair or replace audio control
panel.
Cannot transmit radio signals; can Defective audio circuits in vhf Repair or replace vhf COMM radio.
receive radio signals, and ICS COMM radio.
operation is normal at stations.
Defective transmit (XMIT) keying Repair or replace audio control
circuit in audio control panel. panel.
Cannot receive radio signals; radio Defective audio circuits in audio Repair or replace audio control
transmission and ICS operation control panel. panel.
normal at stations.
Defective receiver in associated Repair or replace radio.
radio.
No transmitter sidetone audio at Incorrectly adjusted sidetone Adjust applicable control as

any station during radio volume control on audio control necessary (Ref. manufacturer’s
transmission; otherwise, ICS, radio panel. publication, Table 201, Sec. 01−00).
transmission and radio reception
normal. Defective sidetone audio circuits or Repair or replace audio control
amplifier in audio control panel. panel.
Defective sidetone circuits in Repair or replace vhf or hf COMM

associated vhf or hf COMM radio. radio.

97-04-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TB7-1
P545J
A B C D
BLK
CENTER LO 4 BLK 4 WHT E F G H
FRONT HI 3 WHT 3
RED J K L M 1
HI 2 RED 2 2
GRN N P R S
LO 1 GRN 1
T W Y Z
3
4
TB7-3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5
P545J
BLK A B C D
LEFT LO 4 BLK 4 6
WHT E F G H
REAR HI 2 WHT 2
RED J K L M
HI 3 RED 3 7
GRN N P R S
LO 1 GRN 1 8
T W Y Z
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10
P545J 11
BLK
RIGHT LO 4 BLK 4 12
WHT
REAR HI 2 WHT 2 13
RED
HI 3 RED 3
LO GRN
1 GRN 1 TB5-1
WHT 14
A B C
15
P109J ORN D E F
W BLU BLU G H J
RIGHT P ORN RV501 K L M

SIDE T WHT A22 16
17
18
P130J TB5-2
WHT
BLU 19
W ORN A B C
LEFT ORN RV501
P D
SIDE WHT A22 E F
T 20
BLU G H J
K L M
21
P513J 22
LEFT 23
LO BLK 4 BLK
SIDE 24
HI WHT 2 WHT
RED 3 RED 25
HI GRN 1 GRN 26
LO
P544J
RIGHT
LO BLK 4 BLK
SIDE
WHT 2 WHT
HI
RED 3 RED 27
HI GRN 1 GRN 28
LO
G97-0404-1
Figure 101. Wiring Diagram − Audio Control Panel KMA−24H (Sheet 1 of 4)

97-04-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
J10P
Z
BLU A BLU (TB5026B) ICS24B22 1
WHT B WHT (TB502-5E)
1
2 BLU L BLU (TB502-7J)
ICS22B22 2
WHT M WHT (TB502-5M)

N
3 BLU ICS24C22 BLU P BLU (TB502-7H)
4 WHT ICS20A22 3
WHT R WHT (TB502-5L)
S
5 BLU BLU T BLU (TB502-7G)
ICS22C22 ICS21A22 4
6 WHT U
WHT WHT (TB502-5J)
V
7 BLU ICS20B22
8 WHT
WHT G WHT (P241-1)
9 BLU ORN H ORN (P241-19)
ICS21B22 ICS18A22 5
10 WHT
11 J
BLU BLU (P241-Z)
12 K
13
F
14 WHT
15 ORN WHT C WHT (P241-C)

ICS18B22
ORN D ORN (P241-X) ICS19A22 6
16 BLU
17 BLU E BLU (P241-20)
18
Y
X ICS26B22 (TB502-5K) 7
19 WHT
20 ORN ICS19B22
21 BLU
22
23 TB7−3
24
25
26 A B C D
E F G H
J K L M
N P R S
27 T W Y Z
28
G97-0404-2

97-04-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
ICS24A22
TB502-6 TB502-5
(P10-A) BLU A B C 1
1 A B C
ICS24B22 D E F 2
(P10-B) WHT 3
G H J
K L M
(P10-M) WHT
2 ICS22B22
(P10-L) BLU
TB502-7
4
A B C
(P10-R) WHT
3 ICS20A22 F
D E 5
(P10-P) BLU
G H J
(P10-U) WHT
4 K L M 6
ICS21A22
(P10-T) BLU
7
BLUE 1 5
8
BEAD 2 6 K414
3 7 TB502-4
6 ICS19A22 9
4 8 A B C 10
BOTTOM ICS6B22 11
1 D E F
VIEW ICS7B22
3
G H J
5 TB502-2
E33 K L M
2 IN4003 A B C 12
G H J D E F
K L M G H J
DC PWR
K L M TB502-1
A B C
5 ICS18A22 13
CB209 ICS1B22 D E F
2 P536A20
1 G H J
CB208 14
1 2 P529A20
7 (P10-X) ICS26B22 TB503-2 LIGHTS TB502-3
15
L533E20 A
K L M B C
(P10-G) WHT 16
(P10-H) ORN 17
(P10-J) BLU 18
(P10-C) WHT 19
(P10-D) ORN 20
(P10-E) BLU 21
G97-0404-3

97-04-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
P241 KMA24H-70
1 ICS23A22N
2 ICS3A22N 1 GND
3 ICS25A22 W ICS KEY
4 ICS11A22 T COMM 1 AUDIO
5 ICS10A22 R NAV1 AUDIO
6 ICS22A22 A MIC5 AUDIO
7 ICS20AA22 22 MIC3 AUDIO
8 ICS21AA22 23 MIC4 AUDIO

A GND
9 ICS6A22 D HEADPHONES
10 ICS13A22 3 COMM1 MIC AUDIO
11 ICS7A22 4 HEADPHONES
(EMERGENCY)
12 ICS12A22 C COMM1 MIC KEY
SHIP GND
A B C ICS5A22N 17 LIGHTING RTN
13 ICS1A22 25 +28 VDC
14 ICS2A22 7 +28 VDC
15 ICS4A22 U +28V LIGHTING

TB502-8
A B C ICS15A22 10 AUX AUDIO
16 WHT
17 ORN 19 MIC1 KEY
18 BLU Z MIC1 AUDIO
19 WHT C GND
20 ORN X MIC2 KEY
21 BLU 20 MIC2 AUDIO
G97-0404-4

97-04-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
KMA24H-71 TB7-1
196A 165/165 250/251
COMM1 MIC KEY C A
4 6 9 B
COMM1 MIC AUD 3 B 2 5
COMM1 PHONE T C
C 9 13 D
196A 165/165 250/251 E
COMM2 MIC KEY H 4 6 9 F
COMM2 MIC AUD E B 2 5 TB7-2
COMM2 PHONE 16 C 9 13 A
KN63 B
KN62 KNS80 C
DME PHONE M B C 11 D
E
KR87 KR86 ADF650 ADF650A JMPR F
ADF PHONE L 10 10 7 24 TB7-3
155/165 KNS80 KNS81 KN53 VIR351 A
NAV1 PHONE F 10 C 2 2 26 B
C
155/165 KNS80 KNS81 KN53 D
NAV2 PHONE 13 10 C 2 2 E
F
KI250 TRI20 TB7-4
RAD ALT PHONE 14 7 8 A
KR21 B
C
MARKER AUD 12 E D
P10J E
F
A
SYSTEM GND c RVS14F22 B RVS14FF22 TB7-5
A
MIC 2 TRANS X KMA-X-A22 D CNS19AA22 B
MIC 1 TRANS 19 KMA19A22 E CNS23AA22 C
PRI PHONE OUT O KMA-O-A22 F RVS14BB22 D
G E
H F
J TB7-7
MIC 1 AUD Z KMA-Z-A22 K CNS24AA22
MIC 2 AUD 26 KMA26A22 CNS32AA22 A
L B
MIC 5 AUD a KMA-A-A22 M CNS30AA22
MIC 3 AUD 22 KMA22A22 CNS15BB22 C
N
MIC 4 AUD 23 KMA23A22 P CNS55AA22 D
PHONE GND i R E
SEC PHONE OUT b KMA-B-A22 S F
ICS KEY W KMA-W-A22 C CNS20AA22 TB7-8
A
ENGINE OUT 10 B
RVS14Q22 (TB502-5H) C
28V LIGHTING U KMA-U-A22L (TB502-3)
28V PWR IN 25 KMA25A26V (TB502-1E) D
LIGHTING GND 17 KMA17A22N (E32) E
PWR GND A KMA-A-A26N (E32) F
TB7-9
A
B
C
D
COPILOT ICS KEY TB5-1 E
RV508D22 (J109-W) A F
RV508C22 B JMPR 1
AUDIO COMMON C TB7-10
RV510C22 D A
TB5-3 B
A RV505B22 (J136-P) C
PILOT ICS KEY TB5-2 B D
RV501A22 (J130-W) A RV501D22 C E
JMPR 3 B D F
RV516C22 (J109-P) C
TB5-4 TB7-11
D
A CNS25AA22 A
JMPR 2 B CNS31AA22 B
C CNS29AA22 C
D A22DMM2-1 D
E
F
G97-0406-1
Figure 102. Wiring Diagram − Audio Control Panel KMA−24H (Vendor Installation) (Sheet 1 of 2)

97-04-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
TB7-1
A BLK
B BLK
C BLK PILOT
D JMPR J513
E GRN 1
F 3
TB7-2 2
4
A
B BLK
C BLK
D GRN
E
F COPILOT
TB7-3 J544
A WHT 4
B WHT 2
C WHT 3
D JMPR 1
E
F
TB7-4
FTH MODIFIED SWITCH BOX
A
B WHT
C WHT
D 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CENTER FRONT
E J545
F 4 4
TB7-5 2 2
A 3 3
B 1 1
C
D 369H92492-21
E
F
TB7-7
A RIGHT REAR
B J546
C
4
D 2
E 3
F 1
TB7-8
A GRN
B
C LEFT REAR
D J547
E GRN
4
F 2
TB7-9 3
A GRN 1
B
C
D
E
F
TB7-10
A RED
B
C RED
D
E RED
F
TB7-11
A RED
B
C RED
D
E
F G97-0406-2
Figure 102. Wiring Diagram − Audio Control Panel KMA−24H (Vendor Installation) (Sheet 2 of 2)

97-04-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
KMA24H-71 TB7-1
196A 165/165 250/251
COMM1 MIC KEY C A
9 6 9 B
COMM1 MIC AUD 3 J 2 5
COMM1 PHONE T C
H 9 13 D
196A 165/165 250/251 E
COMM2 MIC KEY H 9 6 9 F
COMM2 MIC AUD E J 2 5 TB7-2
COMM2 PHONE 16 H 9 13 A
KN63 B
KN62 KNS80 C
DME PHONE M B C 11 D
E
KR87 KR86 ADF650 JMPR F
ADF PHONE L 10 10 7 TB7-3
155/165 KNS80 KNS81 KN53 VIR351 A
NAV1 PHONE F 10 C 2 2 26 B
C
155/165 KNS80 KNS81 KN53 D
NAV2 PHONE 13 10 C 2 2 E
F
KI250 TRI20 TB7-4
RAD ALT PHONE 14 7 8 A
KR21 B
C
MARKER AUD 12 E D
P10J E
F
A
SYSTEM GND c RVS14F22 B RVS14FF22 TB7-5
ICS KEY W KMA-W-A22 C CNS20AA22 A
MIC 2 TRANS X KMA-X-A22 D CNS19AA22 B
MIC 1 TRANS 19 KMA19A22 E CNS23AA22 C
D
G E
H F
J TB7-7
MIC 1 AUD Z KMA-Z-A22 K CNS24AA22
MIC 2 AUD L CNS32AA22 A
26 KMA26A22 B
MIC 5 AUD a KMA-A-A22 M CNS30AA22
MIC 3 AUD 22 N CNS15BB22 C
KMA22A22
MIC 4 AUD 23 KMA23A22 P CNS55AA22 D
PHONE GND i R E
SEC PHONE OUT b KMA-B-A22 S F
PRI PHONE OUT O KMA-O-A22 F RVS14BB22 TB7-8
A
B
ENGINE OUT 10 RVS14Q22 (TB502-5H) C
28V LIGHTING U KMA-U-A22L (TB502-3)
28V PWR IN 25 KMA25A26V (TB502-1E) D
LIGHTING GND 17 KMA17A22N (E32) E
PWR GND A KMA-A-A26N (E32) F
TB7-9
A
B
C
D
COPILOT ICS KEY TB5-1 E
RV508D22 (J109-W) A F
RV508C22 B JMPR 1
AUDIO COMMON C TB7-10
RV510C22 D A
TB5-3 PILOT XMIT KEY B
A RV505B22 (J136-P) C
PILOT ICS KEY TB5-2 B D
RV501A22 (J130-W) A C E
JMPR 3 B D F
RV516C22 (J109-P) C
COPILOT XMIT KEY D RV501D22 TB5-4 TB7-11
A CNS25AA22 A
B CNS31AA22 B
JMPR 2 CNS29AA22
C C
D A22DMM2-1 D
E
F
G97-0407-1
Figure 103. Wiring Diagram − Audio Control Panel KMA−24H (Generic Vendor Installation)
(Sheet 1 of 2)

97-04-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
TB7-1
A BLK
B BLK
C BLK PILOT
D JMPR J513
E GRN 1
F 3
2
TB7-2 4
A
B BLK XMIT ICS
C BLK
D GRN
E 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F COPILOT
J544
TB7-3
A WHT A 4
B WHT D 2
C WHT B 3
D JMPR C 1
E E
F F
TB7-4
A
B WHT
C WHT
D
CENTER FRONT
E J545
F
4
TB7-5 2
A 3
B 1
C
D
E
F
TB7-7
A RIGHT REAR
B BLU J546
C 4
D 2
E YEL
3
F 1
TB7-8
A GRN
B
C LEFT REAR
D J547
E GRN
4
F
2
TB7-9 3
A GRN 1
B
C
D
E
F
TB7-10
A RED
B
C RED
D
E RED
F
TB7-11
A RED
B
C RED
D
E
F
G97-0407-2
Figure 103. Wiring Diagram − Audio Control Panel KMA−24H (Generic Vendor Installation)
(Sheet 2 of 2)

97-04-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]

97-04-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
1. KMA 24H Audio Control Panel (6). Press rocker switch on pilot's cyclic
Replacement stick to ICS position. Speak into
microphone; audio shall be heard in all
(1). Locate small hole in face plate of audio headsets. Release rocker switch. Check
control panel and insert a 3/32 inch operation of VOL control on pilot's
Allen wrench. Rotate wrench ccw, audio control panel.
releasing holddown device; pull audio
control panel from mounting tray. (7). Press rocker switch on copilot's cyclic
stick to ICS position. Speak into
(2). To replace, position audio control panel microphone; audio shall be heard in all
on mounting tray, locate small hole in headsets. Release rocker switch. Check
face plate and insert a 3/32 inch Allen operation of VOL control on copilot's
wrench. Rotate wrench cw to engage audio control panel.
holddown device. Do not overtighten.
(8). Rotate INTERCOM mode select switch
to PVT position. Do not press rocker
2. Mounting Tray Replacement
switches or footswitch. Speak into
(Ref. Figure 201) microphone at pilot's station; audio
shall be heard in both headsets.
Check that all electrical power
CAUTION is OFF.
to NORM position.
(1). Remove connector from mounting tray (10). (LH command T panels only) Open
by removing two screws. AUDIO circuit breaker (pull out).
(2). Remove fasteners and shims securing (11). (RH command T panels only) Open ICS
mounting tray to instrument panel and circuit breaker (pull out).
remove mounting tray.
4. Intercommunication System Operational
(3). To replace, position mounting tray in Check − Passenger Stations
mounting position and secure with (1). Check to ensure that all headsets are
shims and fasteners. correctly plugged into their respective
(4). Install connector to mounting tray with harnesses.
two screws. (2). Check to ensure that all audio select
switches on the KMA 24H audio control
3. Intercommunications System Operational panel are in OFF position and MIC
Check − Pilot and Copilot Stations select switch is in EXT position, and
that INTERCOM mode select switch is
(1). Check to see that all headsets are
in NORM position.
plugged into their respective harnesses.
(3). (LH command T panels only) Press
(2). Check to ensure that all audio selector AUDIO circuit breaker to ON position.
switches on the KMA 24H audio control
panel are in the OFF position. (4). (RH command T panels only) Press ICS
circuit breaker to ON position.
(3). Rotate MIC select switch on the KMA
(5). The steps below are to be followed for
24H to EXT position.
ICS keying switches at all passenger
(4). (LH command T panels only) Press stations.
AUDIO circuit breaker to ON position. (a). Press keying switch ON and hold.
(5). (RH command T panels only) Press ICS (b). Speak into microphone. Audio should
circuit breaker to ON position. be heard in all headsets.

97-04-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
(c). Release keying switch. (9). (LH command T panels only) Open
AUDIO circuit breaker (pull out).
to PVT position.
(10). (RH command T panels only) Open ICS
(7). Check to ensure that when microphone circuit breaker (pull out).
is spoken into, audio is heard in all
three passenger headsets. 5. Intercommunication System Inspection
to NORM position. (Ref. Table 201)
Table 201. Intercommunication System Inspection Procedures
Items/Components Inspect For

Housings, enclosures Scratches, dents, corrosion,rust, bare spots on painted surfaces, loose or
damaged fasteners, missing attached parts, illegible markings.
Control panels Rust, corrosion, illegible markings, loose or missing knobs and dials, broken
indicator windows, sticking or inoperative controls, loose or missing attaching
parts, burned out lamps.
Fixed connectors Loose or missing attaching parts, bent or broken pins, loose or distorted
sockets, cracked or damaged shell.
Cable connectors Bent or broken pins, loose or distorted sockets, cracked or damaged case.
Wiring harnesses Evidence of overheating, damaged insulation, worn or frayed insulation, loose
terminal lugs or splices, missing identification labels.
Mounting brackets Physical damage, rust or corrosion, loose or missing attaching parts, loose or
missing structure rivets.
6. Intercommunication System Cleaning dirt with a clean cloth dampened (not

wet) with cleaning solvent (CM234, or
Consumable Materials equivalent).
(3). Remove dirt and dust from plugs and
Item Nomenclature
receptacles with a soft-bristle brush.
(4). Clean front panels with a soft, clean,
(1). Remove moisture and loose dirt with a lint-free cloth. If dirt is difficult to
clean, lint-free cloth. remove, dampen cloth with water; mild
soap may be used for more effective
Cleaning solvent is toxic cleaning. Do not rub hard on panel
WARNING and flammable. Do not in
markings.
hale fumes. Use in a well-ventilated
area away from open flame. Avoid con
tact with skin. Wash off thoroughly if
solvent does contact skin.
(2). Remove grease, fungus, and ground-in

97-04-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
WIRING HARNESS
(FUSELAGE ICS)
CABLE AND
JACK ASSY WIRING HARNESS
(INSTRUMENT PANEL ICS)
SHI
M
SWITCH AND
JACK ASSY
MOUNTING
SHI TRAY
M
CABLE AND
KMA2414 AUDIO JACK ASSY
CONTROL PANEL
SUPPOR
T
FOOT
SWITCH
CABLE AND
JACK ASSY
G97-0405-1
Figure 201. Intercommunication System Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)

97-04-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
SWITCH
PANEL
KMA24H T-PANE
AUDIO L
K414 CONTROL
RELAY PANEL
TB100 RELAY K414 LOCATION

K414 (LH COMMAND HELICOPTERS)
TB300 TB200
K414
RELAY
K414
RELAY K414 LOCATION
(RH COMMAND HELICOPTERS)
ROTATED
G97-0405-2
180°
Figure 201. Intercommunication System Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)

7. Intercommunication System Repairs (c). Brush two thin coats of lusterless
enamel (CM310, color to match
original) on the pretreated surface.
Consumable Materials Allow each coat to air dry.
Item Nomenclature (d). Touch up panel markings as required
with appropriate paint.
CM301 Pre-treatment
CM310 Enamel, lusterless (2). Connectors:
CM801 Abrasive paper, silicon carbide With standard practices and tools,
replace broken connector pins. Straight
en bent pins. Tighten or replace loose
(1). Surface Repairs: pins. (Ref. Chap. 96 for additional
information on repair of connectors.)
(a). Remove rust and corrosion from
metal surfaces by lightly sanding
with No. 000 sandpaper (CM801). (Ref. Electrical Maintenance - Wiring,
Electrical Bonding, and Wiring Har
(b). Apply pretreatment coating (CM301) nesses, Chap. 96 for information on
to bare metal surfaces. repair of wiring harnesses.)

97-04-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
Section
97−06−00
Integrated
Interphone
Communication
System (Carter)
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
INTEGRATED INTERPHONE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(CARTER)
1. General tion with his headset-microphone. Pressing
the switch to the ICS position selects voice
The integrated interphone communication transmission over the interphone. Pressing the
system (ICS) provides an intercommunication switch to the RADIO position keys the
capability between pilot, copilot and passenger transmitter of the vhf COMM transceiver. The
stations. A CE 500 HT-3G ICS control unit middle (released) position of the switch selects
installed on the back of the instrument panel vhf receiver audio, and is the listening position
allows 1) selection, control, and monitoring of for interphone and monitoring of the vhf
voice communication, 2) monitoring of audio COMM, vhf NAV, ADF and DME receivers.
signals from communications transceivers
(COMM 1 and COMM 2), and 3) monitoring of (Ref. Figure 1) The COMM 1-XMIT-COMM 2
the vhf navigation (NAV) receiver and auto radio selector switch assembly (S13) enables
matic direction finder (ADF) receiver. Received the pilot or copilot to select between vhf
radio signals may be monitored at all intercom COMM 1 or vhf COMM 2 radio for voice
stations. In addition, the pilot or copilot may transmission, and controls application of
select the COMM 1 or COMM 2 transceiver for transmit keying microphone audio signals to
voice transmission to other aircraft or ground the selected radio. The assembly consists of a
stations. DPDT toggle switch and attaching wiring.
A headset-microphone (Ref. Sec. 97-01-00) is Wiring harness assemblies interconnect the
located at each intercom station. Headset-mi ICS components. In helicopters with Slim-
crophones at the copilot, center front, left rear Line instrument panels or RH command T
and right rear positions interface with the ICS panels, a 7.5 ampere NAV/COM circuit
by means of adaptors; an adaptor is a headset breaker (CB108) protects the interphone
switch and jack assembly (switch/jack) system and vhf radio equipment from circuit
containing a RADIO-ICS switch. Voice overloads. In helicopters with LH command T
transmission over the interphone from an panels, a 3 ampere AUDIO circuit breaker
intercom station (except the pilot's station) is (CB209) serves this function. The interphone
selected by pressing the switch/jack at that system contains provisions for an auxiliary
station to the ICS position. The middle audio input for use with any other optional
(released) switch position selects vhf receiver audio source. The interphone system functions
audio and is the listening position for inter with or without radio equipment installed.
phone and monitoring the vhf COMM, vhf
NAV, ADF and DME receivers. Pressing the A. CE 500 HT−3G ICS Control Unit
switch/jack to the RADIO position, at the Description
copilot's station only, selects the transmitter of (Ref. Figure 101, Figure 102, Figure 103 or
the vhf COMM transceiver. Pressing the Figure 104) The ICS control unit is a solid
switch/jack at one of the passenger intercom state device containing circuits for audio
stations to the RADIO position has no effect. filtering, amplification, switching, radio
Switch/jacks are removed by disconnecting transmitter keying and control. The unit
them at the bulkhead headset connectors. interconnects the switch/jacks, helicopter
The pilot's headset-microphone does not wiring and associated avionics equipment. A
require an adaptor to interface with the ICS. removable cover on the unit provides access to
The installed pilot's headset jack contains a internal components on circuit boards.
phone jack that mates with a standard (1). Microphone Audio:
U-174/U interphone plug connected to the ICS
control unit via helicopter wiring. At the pilot's During ICS operation, microphone
position, a RADIO-ICS switch on the cyclic audio signals from intercom stations
stick (Ref. Sec. 67-10-20) is used in conjunc are input to the ICS control unit for

97-06-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
amplification on J509 pin C, E, F, H, (transmit) position, a transmit keying
and J. When a RADIO-ICS switch at control signal (ground) is input on J509
one of the passenger intercom stations pin W (or pin X) to disable the ICS
or on the pilot's or copilot's cyclic stick is keying function.
pressed to the ICS position, one of J509
pins aa, bb, cc, X or Z goes lo; the ICS The transmit keying ground is routed
keying circuit in turn operates, enab out on J509 pin dd to the transmitter of
ling the amplified signals to be routed the vhf COMM radio transceiver, to
out on J509 pins U and V to the activate radio transmission.
common phone hi audio line for distri
bution to headset earphones at all (4). Radio Transmit Audio:
intercom stations.
During radio transmission, the pilot's When the RADIO-ICS switch on the
(or copilot's) microphone audio signal is pilot's or copilot's cyclic stick is pressed
routed un-amplified out on J509 pin D to the RADIO position, J509 pin W or
to the transmitter of the vhf COMM pin X goes lo to activate the radio
transceiver. transmit keying function. The un-am
plified audio signal from the micro
Microphones are supplied operating phone is in turn routed out on J509 pin
voltage from the ICS control unit via D to the transmitter of the selected vhf
J509 pins C, E, F, H and J. COMM transceiver for radio transmis
(2). Receiver Audio: sion.
Audio signals incoming from the (5). Sidetone Audio:

various receivers on J509 pins K, L, M,
N and P are amplified and distributed During radio transmission, sidetone
to headset earphones at the intercom audio signals from the transmitter of
stations. The amplified signals are the vhf COMM 1 transceiver are input
present across J509 pins U and V on J509 pin R, amplified and routed out
during both ICS operation and radio J509 pins U and V for distribution to
transmission. headset earphones at all intercom
(3). Transmit Keying: stations. Signals from a second vhf
COMM radio (if installed) are input on
When the pilot's (or copilot's) RADIO- J509 pin S and processed in the same
ICS switch is pressed to the RADIO manner.
RADIO
COMM 1 COM 1
O
XMIT OR F
F
COMM 2 COM 1
G97-0601
Figure 1. Radio Selector Switch

97-06-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
(CARTER)
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Integrated Interphone Communication 2. CE 500 HT−3G ICS Control Unit
System Troubleshooting Troubleshooting
(Ref. Figure 101, Figure 102, Figure 103 or (Ref. Figure 101, Figure 102, Figure 103 or
Figure 104, Table 101 and other avionics Figure 104 and Table 102)
sections of this manual which apply to your
equipment)
NOTE: A trouble in one installation may affect
a function of another installation when in
stallations use equipment in common, or
function with equipment of related installa
tions. This especially applies to intercom
and vhf radio control equipment and asso
ciated radio installations.
system.
GENERAL
No dc power to equipment of an Defective associated circuit Replace circuit breaker.

installation. breaker.
No dc power on helicopter main dc (Ref. Chap. 96 for electrical system

bus. fault isolation).
Circuit breaker trips. Overload or short circuit in Isolate to the specific installation;
equipment of associated then troubleshoot the installation.
installation.
NOTE: A single circuit breaker that is part of a specific installation may also be used for other installations. Be sure
to check all installations that can affect the circuit breaker.
Identical trouble symptom common Defective equipment in one Isolate defective equipment to the
to two or more installations. installation that is also used by applicable installation; then
other installation(s). troubleshoot the installation.
Trouble isolated to one function or Faulty terminal block connection or Check and repair connection or
location. wiring in affected circuit. wiring.
Panel lamp does not light. Lamp filament open. Replace lamp in affected unit.

97-06-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
NOTE: Before troubleshooting other avionics installations for audio troubles, or other functions that are depen-
dent upon intercom and vhf radio equipment, be sure to first check that intercom and vhf radio equipment
functions correctly. Troubles that may occur in intercom and vhf radio control equipment that affect radio oper-
ation are listed in the following troubleshooting procedures for intercom and vhf radio equipment. Also,
troubles that may occur in equipment or other installations that affect intercom and radio operation are listed
in these procedures.
INTERCOM AND RADIO CONTROL EQUIPMENT

NOTE: Station in following procedures refers to radio/intercom station in the helicopter. A separate table (Ref.
Table 202) provides input and data for the ICS control unit, for troubleshooting the unit.
PA, SSB or RADIO circuit breaker Overload or short circuit in ICS Repair or replace ICS control unit.
trips. control unit.
Radio and ICS modes of operation Defective ICS control unit. Repair or replace ICS control unit.
are inoperative at all stations.
Cannot transmit from one station to Defective microphone in Repair or replace headset−micro-
any other station; normal ICS and headset−microphone. phone.
radio operation from other stations.
Defective associated RADIO−ICS Repair or replace switch.
switch.
Cannot receive interphone and Defective headset in headset−mi- Repair or replace headset−micro-
receiver audio at one station; crophone. phone.
normal ICS and radio operation at
other stations.
Cannot transmit and receive audio Defective interphone keying circuit Repair or replace ICS control unit.
between any stations for ICS in ICS control unit.
operation; radio transmission and
Defective microphone audio circuit Repair or replace ICS control unit.
reception normal at all stations.
or amplifier in ICS control unit.
COMM radio associated with ICS
control unit.
Cannot transmit radio signals, and Incorrectly adjusted ICS control R8 Adjust control as necessary.
cannot transmit and receive audio on ICS control unit.
between any stations; radio
Defective microphone filter. Replace microphone filter.
reception normal at all stations.
Defective microphone audio circuit Repair or replace ICS control unit.
or amplifier in ICS control unit.
Cannot transmit and receive audio Defective phone audio amplifier Repair or replace ICS control unit.
between any stations, and cannot circuits in ICS control unit.
receive radio signals; radio
transmission normal at all stations.
COMM radio.
Cannot transmit or receive radio Defective radio equipment in Repair or replace defective radio
signals; ICS operation normal associated radio installation. equipment.
between stations.
Defective ICS control unit. Repair or replace ICS control unit.

97-06-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
Cannot transmit radio signals; can Defective audio circuits in vhf Repair or replace vhf COMM radio.
receive radio signals, and ICS COMM radio.
operation is normal at stations.
Defective transmit keying circuit in Repair or replace ICS control unit.
ICS control unit.
Cannot receive radio signals; radio Defective audio circuits in ICS Repair or replace ICS control unit.
transmission and ICS operation control unit.
normal at stations.
Defective receiver in associated Repair or replace radio.
radio.
No transmitter sidetone audio at Incorrectly adjusted COMM 1 (or Adjust applicable control as
any station during radio COMM 2) sidetone level control necessary.
transmission; otherwise, ICS, radio R22 (or R25) on ICS control unit.
transmission and radio reception
normal. Defective sidetone audio circuits or Repair or replace ICS control unit.
amplifier in ICS control unit.
Defective sidetone circuits in Repair or replace vhf or hf COMM

associated vhf or hf COMM radio. radio.
Table 102. Input and Output Test Signals − CE 500 HT−3G ICS Control Unit
Input Output
Check Signal (Vac at J509 Pin No. Enable GND at Signal (Vac at J509 Pin No.
No. 1000 Hz, rms) and Letter J509 Pin. No. or 1000 Hz, rms) or Letter
Letter
1 8.00 +0.2 K to T None 6.0 to 9.0 U to V

−0.0
2 8.00 +0.2 L to T None 6.0 to 9.0 U to V

−0.0
3 8.00 +0.2 M to T None 6.0 to 9.0 U to V

−0.0
4 8.00 +0.2 N to T None 6.0 to 9.0 U to V

−0.0
5 8.00 +0.2 P to T None 6.0 to 9.0 U to V

−0.0
6 1.8 +0.2 R to T None 6.0 ±0.5 U to V

−0.0
7 1.8 +0.2 S to T None 6.0 ±0.5 U to V

−0.0
8 0.100 +0.010 C to T W 0.100 ±0.010 D to T

−0.000
9 0.100 +0.010 E to T X 0.100 ±0.010 D to T

−0.000

97-06-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
Table 102. Input and Output Test Signals − CE 500 HT−3G ICS Control Unit (Cont)
Input Output
Check Signal (Vac at J509 Pin No. Enable GND at Signal (Vac at J509 Pin No.
No. 1000 Hz, rms) and Letter J509 Pin. No. or 1000 Hz, rms) or Letter
Letter
10 0.100 +0.010 F to T aa 6.0 ±0.5 U to V
−0.000
11 0.100 +0.010 H to T bb 6.0 ±0.5 U to V

−0.000
12 0.100 +0.010 J to T cc 6.0 ± 0.5 U to V

−0.000
13 0.100 +0.010 C to T Y 6.0 ± 0.5 U to V

−0.000
14 0.100 +0.010 E to T Z 6.0 ± 0.5 U to V

−0.000
15 Use ohmmeter. W to dd None Check diode None

continuity.
16 Use ohmmeter. X to dd None Check diode None

continuity.
NOTE:
(1) For checks No. J thru R: Input signals are to be applied thru a series−connected 10 mfd capacitor. With
input signal applied, enable ground (electrical connection between pin B of J509 to connector pin listed) is
to be applied to obtain output signal. Pin T is audio common connection.
(2) For diode continuity checks No. S and T: With ohmmeter positive lead connected to pin DD and negative
lead to other pin listed, ohmmeter should indicate low forward resistance. With ohmmeter leads reversed,
ohmmeter should indicate high back resistance.
(3) If necessary, adjust controls on the unit to obtain the listed outputs. (Ref. Integrated Interphone
Communication System Testing and Adjustments).

97-06-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
CO-PILOT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J544 E14 RV532A22N

(LEFT) TB7-7
LO 1 GRN 6 RV539A22 BLU OR GRN A COPILOT ICS KEY
YEL 2 RV506D22 B
BLU 1 RV516E22 (NOTE 6) C 1
HI 2 WHT 4 RV514E22 D 2
LO 4 BLK 3 RV510A22 E PILOT ICS KEY
HI 3 RED 5 RV539A22/RED F
369H92492 BASIC (NOTE 1, 3) BRN 7 3

4
J513 E14 RV531A22N TB7-10
PILOT 5
(RIGHT) C COPILOT MIC HI
LO GRN 1 GRN D 6
HI RED 3 RED A PILOT MIC HI
HI WHT 2 WHT B 7
LO BLK 4 BLK F 8
(NOTE 4) E CENTER FRONT
MIC HI
9
CENTER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J545 TB7-1
FRONT B
HI 3 RED B RV540A22/RED E
LO 4 BLK A RV510B22 C AUDIO COMMON
HI 2 WHT D RV514F22 D 10
BLU E RV506C22 (NOTE 6) F 11
LO 1 GRN C RV540A22 A
YEL F RV507C22
12
369H92492 - 11 (NOTE 2, 3) RV530A22N E14
TB7-8
A CENTER FRONT KEY
J546 B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RIGHT C 13
REAR YEL F RV526C22 D
LO 1 GRN C RV538A22/BLU OR GRN E RIGHT REAR ICS KEY
(NOTE 6) F 14
BLU E RV525C22
LO 2 BLK A RV510H22 15
HI 4 WHT D RV514G22 16
HI RED B RV538A22/RED
3
RV526C22 TB7-9
369H92492-11 (NOTE 2, 3) A
B
C 17
LEFT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J547
REAR
LO 1 GRN C RV537A22/BLU OR GRN RV536A22N E15
YEL F RV527C22
BLU E RV528C22 (NOTE 6)
HI 3 RED B RV537A22/RED TB7-11
LO 4 BLK A RV510J22 C RIGHT REAR MIC HI
HI 2 WHT D RV514H22 D 18
369H92492-11 (NOTE 2, 3) A LEFT REAR ICS KEY
E15 RV534A22N B 19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 20
J547 P130 J130
2ND POS 1 P
4 BLK 4 21
XMIT
2 WHT 2 ICS
1ST POS 2 W
3 RED 3 22
1 GRN 1 3 T
23
369H92492-21 (NOTE 10)
P109 J109
2ND POS 1
1ST POS 2
P 24
XMIT W
ICS
25
NOTES: 3
T 26
1. SWITCH (BASIC) USED FOR ICS RADIO FOR COPILOT 6. WIRE STOWED.
EFFECTIVE ON 369D MODELS, SERIAL NOS. 003−960. 7. FOR FRONT SEAT PASSENGER, USE ADAPTER.
2. SWITCH (−11). WITH IMPROVED CONNECTOR, USED FOR ICS USE OF ICS ADAPTER IS FOR INTERCOMM ONLY.
FOR COPILOT. EFFECTIVE ON 369D, SERIAL NOS. 003−960. 8. SOLID LINE ( ) INDICATES WIRING FOR ICS;
3. BASIC AND −11 SWITCHES ARE FUNCTIONALLY THE SAME, EX− DASHED LINE ( ) INDICATES BASIC SHIP WIRING;
CEPT −11 HAS IMPROVED CONNECTOR. CORRESPONDING LETTER AND PHANTOM LINE ( ) REPRESENT
AND NUMBER PIN IDENTIFIERS ARE MATCHED TO WIRE COLORS. OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT WIRING.
9. WIRING DIAGRAM EFFECTIVE ON 369D MODEL.
4. ADAPTER NOT USED IN PILOT OR COPILOT’S POSITION. SERIAL NOS. 003−1149.
ADAPTER IS USED ONLY IS PASSENGER IS IN COPILOT’S SEAT.
10. 369H92492−21 SWITCH, DEPICTED BELOW, IS
5. JUMPER USED WHEN RCA VHF COMM RADIO IS INSTALLED. EFFECTIVE ON 369D MODELS, SERIAL NOS. 961−1149.
YELLOW AND BLUE WIRES ARE REMOVED. G97-0602-1
Figure 101. Wiring Diagram − Integrated Interphone Communication System (369D Only)
(Sheet 1 of 3)

97-06-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
TB5-1 COPILOT
A ICS KEY 1
CNS21A22 P509-Z
B AUDIO
1 RV506C22 COMM
2 RV501D22 C TB502-4 2
D
TB7-4
3 C
4 D
B
5 RV510P22 E15
6 CNS32A22 P509-E 3
7 CNS24A22 P509-C 4
8 CNS30A22 P509-F 5
TB7-2
C
9
D
F
CNS22A22 P509-U 6
A
B
TB502-5
A L533G22 TB502-4F 7
10 RV510V22 TB7-2 AUDIO B REF SEC
COM 97-00 TB106
11 RV510V22 B C RV514T22 3
D D TB502-12 R30
12 C F PHONE HI A RV514S22 2
F E RV514P22 B
A REF SEC C (NOTE 3)
97-00 D REF SEC CR10
F 96-10
E (REF ONLY) 1
13 (NOTE 5) 8
CNS25A22 P509-oo 9
14 CNS31A22 P509-cc 10
15
TB502-7
16 A L534A
B L534B REF SEC
C L533D 28-00
D L533C
L533A TB502-8
E
F L533B22 A
17 REF SEC
B 28-00
C
REF SEC
D 97-00
TB502-9 E
A L533H22 F
B REF SEC
28-00
CNS29A22 P509-bb 11
18 CNS55A22 P509-J 12
19 CNS15B22 P509-H 13
20
TB5-4
21 RV505B22 B CNS23A22 P509-W 14
TB5-2 PILOT
22 RV510A22 A ICS KEY
B CNS20A22 P509-Y 15
23 RV502A22N E5 C CNS19A22 P509-X 16
CO-PILOT
D XMIT KEY
24 RV516D22
25 RV506D22
26 RV524A22N E7
G97-0602-2
(Sheet 2 of 3)

97-06-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
P509
1 TB5-1A CNS21A22 Z CO-PILOT ICS KEY
TB502-1
2 TB5-1C
A CNS12B22 dd COMM XMIT KEY
COMM 1
RV545A22 B
TB502-3 1
RV544A22 C
A D
2
AUDIO B 3
COM RV543A22 E REF
REF COMM 2
C F
TB6
D S13
1 KX14B22N B DC GND
E
TB502-2
F
4 COMM 1
RV542A22 A
RV514R22 5 B
6 COMM 2
TB502-4 RV541A22 C REF
D
B MIC
AUDIO COMM TB6 AUDIO
PHONE D RV540A22 E
LO F
F E3 CNS14B22 D XMIT MIC AUDIO
A CNS13B22 T
C RVS11A22
E CNS56A22 V
3 TB7-10D CNS32A22 E CO-PILOT MIC HI
4 TB7-10B CNS24A22 C PILOT MIC HI
5 TB7-10F CNS30A22 F CENTER FRT

6 TB502-5F CNS22A22 U PHONE HI
TB502-6
7 TB502-5A
A CNS10B22 S COMM 2 SIDETONE
(NOTE)
8 TB502-12C B
C KX8A22 R COMM 1 SIDETONE

D
9 TB7-8C CNS25A22 aa CENTER FRT ICS KEY
10 TB7-8F CNS31A22 cc RT REAR ICS KEY

TB501 TB502-11
+28 VDC CB107 COMM 1
1 REF A CNS11B22 K COMM 1 RCVR, AUDIO
7.5A RCVR
1 2 AUDIO B REF
3 AUX E CNS16B22 P AUX AUDIO
AUDIO
+28 VDC CB108 2 A +28 VDC
1 7.5A 2
CNS29A22 bb LT REAR ICS KEY
11 TB7-9C
12 TB7-11D CNS55A22 J RT REAR MIC HI
13 TB7-11B
CNS15B22 H LT REAR MIC HI
TB502-10
NAV A CNS6A22 M NAV AUDIO

AUDIO B
REF
C
ADF
AUDIO D CNS33A22 N ADF AUDIO
COMM 2 E REF
RCVR AUDIO F CNS34A22 L COMM 2 RCVR, AUDIO
14 TB5-4B CNS23A22 W PILOT XMIT KEY
15 TB5-2B CNS20A22 Y PILOT ICS KEY
16 TB5-2C CNS19A22 X CO-PILOT XMIT KEY
G97-0602-3
(Sheet 3 of 3)

97-06-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
1
CO-PILOT TB7-7
(LEFT) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J544 A COPILOT ICS KEY
B
LO 1 GRN 1 RV539A22 BLU OR GRN C 2
HI 2 WHT 2 RV514E22 D 3
LO 4 BLK 4 RV510A22 E PILOT ICS KEY
HI 3 RED 3 RV539A22/RED F
4
(NOTE 5) 5
TB7-10
PILOT
(RIGHT) J513 C COPILOT MIC HI
LO GRN 1 GRN D 6
HI RED 3 RED A PILOT MIC HI
HI WHT 2 WHT B 7
LO BLK 4 BLK F 8
E CENTER FRONT MIC
HI
9
10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TB7-1
CENTER J545
B
FRONT E 11
HI 3 RED 3 RV540A22/RED C AUDIO COMMON
LO 4 BLK 4 RV510B22 D 12
HI 2 WHT 2 RV514F22 F 13
LO 1 GRN 1 RV540A22 A 14
15
(NOTE 5) 16
TB7-8
A CENTER FRONT KEY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J546 B
RIGHT C 17
REAR D
LO 1 GRN 1 RV538A22/BLU OR GRN E RIGHT REAR ICS KEY
F 18
LO 4 BLK 4 RV510H22 19
HI 2 WHT 2 RV514G22 20
HI 3 RED 3 RV538A22/RED
(NOTE 6) 21
TB7-9
A
B
C 22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LEFT 23
J547
REAR
LO 1 GRN 1 RV537A22 BLU OR GRN
HI 3 RED 3 RV537A22/RED
TB7-9
C RIGHT REAR MIC HI
LO 4 BLK 4 RV510J22 D 24
HI 2 WHT 2 RV514H22 A LEFT REAR ICS KEY
B 25
(NOTE 6)
E15 RV534A22N 26
27
P130 J130
2ND POS 1 RV505B22
P 28
XMIT
ICS
NOTES: 1ST POS 2
W RV510A22 29
1. ADAPTER NOT USED IN PILOT OR COPILOT'S POSITION. ADAPTER 3
T RV502A22N E5
IS USED ONLY IF PASSENGER IS IN COPILOT'S SEAT.
2. JUMPER USED WHEN RCA VHF COMM RADIO IS INSTALLED.
P109 J109
3. FOR FRONT SEAT PASSENGER, USE ADAPTER. USE OF ICS ADAPT
2ND POS 1
ER P RV516022 30
XMIT 1ST POS 2
IS FOR INTERCOMM ONLY. ICS W RV50BD22 31
4. WIRING DIAGRAM EFFECTIVE ON 369D MODEL, SERIAL NOS. 3
003-1149. T RV524A22N E7
5. -21 SWITCH - EFFECTIVE D MODELS 1150 - 1204 - ALL E'S & F'S.
6. -31 SWITCH - SAME AS ABOVE. G97-0603-1
Figure 102. Wiring Diagram − Integrated Interphone Communication System (Sheet 1 of 6)

97-06-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
1
P10
TB5-1 CO-PILOT
ICS KEY CNS21A22 P509-Z
A A 1
B
AUDIO COMM RV514EF22 TB502-4D
RV508C22 C B 2
2 TB502-5E (NOTE)
D
3 RV501D22
TB7-4
4 C
5 D
B
CNS32AA22 P509-E
6 L 3
CNS24AA22 P509-C
7 K 4
CNS30AA22 P509-F
8 M 5
TB7-2
R
9 C
D
10
F
A
B
11
12 RV510V22 TB7-3
13 RV510C22 B
14 PHONE HI D
15 C
RVS14BB22 TB502-5E
F F 6
16
A TB502-6A (NOTE)
17
CNS25AA22 P509-aa
G 7
CNS31AA22 P509-cc
18 H 8
19
20
TB7-5
21 E
C
A
D
22
F
23 B
CNS29AA22 P509-bb
J 9
CNS55AA22 P509-J
24 P 10
CNS15BB22 P509-H
25 N 11
26 R
27
TB5-4 PILOT
ICS KEY CNS23AA22 P509-W
28 B E 12
TB5-2
29 A
CNS20AA22 P509-Y
B C 13
CNS19AA22 P509-X
C D 14
CO-PILOT
D ICS KEY
30
31
EFFECTIVITY: 369D/E/FF G97-0603-2

97-06-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
1
COMM 1 & COMM 2 TB502-1
SWITCH
A 2
COMM 1
B
1 C
D REF.
COMM 2
2 RADIO
3 E
F INST.
S13 TB502-2
4 COMM 1
P10-A A
1 B
5 COMM 2 REF.
P10-B RV514F22 6 C RADIO
2 D INST.
MIC AUDIO
E
F 3
P10-L TB6 E3
3
S2-2 4
P10-K
4 5
P10-M 6
5 TB502-3
D REF
F
TB502-4
A 7
TB502-5 B
AUDIO AUDIO
COM A COMMON C 8
REF
B RADIO D
C E 9
PHONE LO
D
P10-F F
6 E
PHONE HI
F 10
TB502-6
COMM 2 A 11
SIDE TONE B
COMM 1 C 12
SIDE TONE D REF.
P10-G RADIO INST.
7 13
P10-H
8 14
P10-J 15
9
TB502-8
REF ONLY
P10-E A 16
10
B
C REF
D RADIO
P10-N TB502-9
11 E INST.
A F
B REF
P10-E 17
12
18
P10-C 19
13
20
P10-D
14 21
RCR3A22 22
RV514P22
TB106
RV514T22
3 TB502-12
CB107 TB501 R30
+28 VDC 2 A PHONE HI
1 2A 2 1
B
CR10
REF
3 1 C
CB108 RADIO INST.
+28 VDC REF D
2 REF
1 7.5A 2 E
F ENG OUT
23
EFFECTIVITY: 369D G97-0603-3

97-06-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
P509
CNS21A22 CO-PILOT
1 Z ICS KEY
CNS12B22 COMM
2 dd
XMIT KEY
CNS9B22
E38 B DC GRD
CNS14B22 XMIT MIC

3 D AUDIO
CO-PILOT
CNS32A22
4 E MIC HI
CNS24A22
5 C PILOT MIC HI
6 F CENTER FRONT
CNS30A22 MIC HI
AUDIO
CNS13B22
7 T COMMON
RV511A22
8
CNS56A22
9 V PHONE LO
10 CNS22A22
U PHONE HI
CNS10B22 COMM 2
11 S SIDETONE
CNS18A22 COMM 1
12 R SIDETONE
CNS25A22 CENTER FRONT
13 aa ICS KEY
CNS31A22 RIGHT REAR
14 cc ICS KEY
CNS29A22
15 bb LEFT REAR
TB502-7 ICS KEY
16 F REF
E
D
C
B
A NOTE
RIGHT REAR
CNS55A22 J MIC HI
17
CNS15B22 LEFT REAR
18 H MIC HI
CNS23A22
19 W PILOT XMIT KEY
CNS20A22
20 Y PILOT ICS KEY
CNS19A22
21 X CO-PILOT
TB502-10 XMIT KEY
22 CNS6A22
NAV. A M NAV AUDIO
AUDIO B REF
RADIO
C INST.
ADF CNS33A22
AUDIO D N ADF AUDIO
REF
E RADIO
COMM 2
INST. CNS34A22 COMM 2
RCVR AUDIO L
F RCVR, AUDIO
TB502-11
A CNS11B22 COMM 1
COMM 1 K
RCVR, AUDIO
RCVR AUDIO B
E CNS16B22 AUX AUDIO
AUX P
AUDIO
CNS17C22 +28 VDC
23 A
EFFECTIVITY: 369D G97-0603-4

97-06-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
P10-A
1 1
2
TB502-4 3
RV541A22 S13
A B C CNS14B22
14
RV542A22
5
D E F RV540A22
6
G H J RV545A22 1
RV544A22
2
K L M CNS12B22 3
RV543A22
TB502-5
AUDIO P521A20N
A B C 4
COMMON RV511A22
D E F CNS13B22 5
P10-B
2
G H J CNS56A22 6
K L M RV514T22
P10-L
3 7
8
IB106
P10-K 3
4
R30
P10-M 1
5
CR10
2
TB502-6 PHONE HI 9
P10-F RV514S22-TB106-2
6 A B C CNS22A22-P509-U 10
REF 96-10
D E F
ENG OUT
RV514Q22-TB106-1
G H J REF SEC
96-10
P10-G
7 11
P10-H
8 12
P10-J
9 13
P10-P
10 14
P10-N
11 15
TB502-7
CNS11B22 16
A B C
CNS34A22 17
D E F CNS6A22 18
CNS33A22 19
G H J CNS18A22 20
CNS10B22 21
K L M
P10-E
12 22
P10-C
13 23
P10-D
14 24
TB502-8
A B C 25
E32-SHIP GND
A B C 26
EFFECTIVITY: 369E/FF G97-0603-5

97-06-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
P509
CNS21A22
1 Z CO-PILOT ICS KEY
CNS14B22
2 D XMIT MIC AUDIO
CNS12B22
3 DD COMM XMIT KEY
RADIO PWR
TB502-1
CB202
A B C P523A20-CB202-2
2 1
D E F P536A20-CB209-2 CB209
2 1 P536B20
P536B20-P509-A A +28 VDC
G H J P529A20-CB208-2 CB208
2 1
K L M P528A20-CB207-2 CB207
2 1
5 T AUDIO COMMON
6 V PHONE LOW
CNS32A22
7 E CO-PILOT MIC HI
CNS24A22
8 C PILOT MIC HI
TB502-2 RADIO PWR
CB206
2 1
A B C P527A20
CB205
2 1
D E F P526A20
CB204
2 1
G H J P525A20
CB203
2 1
K L M P524A20
CNS30A22 CENTER FRONT
9 F
MIC HI
10 U PHONE HI
TB-502-3
RADIO LIGHTS
A B C L533E20 REF
CNS25A22
11 aa CNT. FRT ICS KEY
CNS31A22
12 cc RT REAR ICS KEY
CNS29A22
13 bb LT REAR ICS KEY
CNS55A22
14 J RT REAR MIC HI
CNS15B22
15 H LT REAR MIC HI
16 K COMM 1 RCVR AUDIO
17 L COMM 2 RCVR AUDIO

18 M NAV AUDIO
19 N ADF AUDIO
20 R COMM 1 SIDETONE
21 S COMM 2 SIDETONE
CNS23A22
22 W PILOT XMIT KEY
CNS20A22
23 Y PILOT ICS KEY
CNS19A22
24 X CO-PILOT XMIT KEY
CNS16A22
25 P AUX AUDIO
CNS16B22
26 B DC GROUND
EFFECTIVITY: 369E/FF G97-0603-6

97-06-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
COMM1/COMM2
TB502-4L RV544A22
TB502-4K RV543A22
TB502-4J RV545A22
TB502-4B RV542A22
TB5-1D RV510C22 1
TB502-4A RV541A22
TB502-4F RV5400A22
ENGINE OUT
AUDIO D 1 C ES33A22 TB502-6F
AUDIO D 3 M RUS14A22 TB502-6J
TB105 (REF)
TB502-6B RV514522 2
JUMPER 2
CR10
TB502-6H RV514022 1
R30
TB502-5M RV514T22 3
P509
DD CN512822 TB502-4M
COMM XMIT KEY J10-F RV14BB22 3
K CN511822 TB502-7B
COMM 1 AUD
D CN5514822 TB502-4C
XMIT MIC AUD
U CN522A22 TB502-6C
PHONE HI
U CN556A22 TB502-5J
PHONE LO
CN56A22 TB502-7F
ADF AUDIO M
N CN533A22 TB502-7H
NAU AUDIO
L CN534A22 TB502-7D
COMM 2 AUDIO
P CN516822 TB502-8C
AUX AUDIO
A P536820 TB502-1E
+28 VDC
B CN59820N TB506M
DC GROUND
T CN513822 TB502-5F
AUDIO COMMON
RV514822 TB502-6A
RV514F22 TB502-5E
P/J10
Z CN521A22 A CN521AA22 TB5-1A 4

C/P ICS KEY
B RV514FF22 TB5-1C
Y CN520A22 C CN520AA22 TB5-2B
PILOT ICS KEY
X CN519A22 D CN519AA22 TB5-2C
C/P XMIT KEY CN523A22 TB5-4B
W E CN523AA22 TB5-1B RV508C22 5
PILOT XMIT KEY TB7-3F
F RV514BB22 TB5-2A RV501D22 6
A CN525A22 G CN525AA22 TB7-8C
C/F ICS KEY TB7-8F
C CN531A22 H CN531AA22
R/R ICS KEY CN525A22 J CN529AA22 TB7-9C
B
L/R ICS KEY CN524A22 K CN524AA22 TB7-10B
C
PILOT MIC HI CN532A22 L CN532AA22 TB7-10D
E
C/P MIC HI CN530A22 TB7-10F
F M CN530AA22
C/F MIC HI CN515B22 N TB7-11B J10-G CNS25AA22 7
H CN515BB22
L/R MIC HI J CN555A22 P CN555AA22 TB7-11D
R/R MIC HI
R
J10-H CNS31AA22 8
TB5-1 COPILOT ICS KEY

J10-A CN521AA22 A RV508D22 J109-W
B RV508C22 TB7-7C
J10-J CNS29AA22 9
J10-B RV514FF22 C AUDIO COMMON
D RV510C22 TB7-1F
TB5-2 PILOT ICS KEY

TB7-7D RV501D22 A RV501A22 J130-W
J10-C CN520AA22 B HI
J10-D CN519AA22 C RV516C22 J109-P
J10-K CNS24AA22 10
D COPILOT XMIT KEY HI
J10-L CNS32AA22 11
TB5-3
A I
J10-M CNS30AA22 12
B
C
D
TB5-4 I
J10-N CNS15BB22 13
A PILOT XMIT KEY
J10-E CN523AA22 RV505B22 J130-P I
B J10-P CNS55AA22 14
C
D
A22DMM2-1 MODULE
15
G97-0606-1
Figure 103. Wiring Diagram − Integrated Interphone Communication System (Vendor

Installation) (Sheet 1 of 2)

97-06-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
TB7-1
A BLK J547-4
B BLK J513-4
C BLK J545-4 PILOT
D J513
E TB7 - 7F GRN 1
1 F TB7 - 10H RED 3
TB7 - 3B WHT 2
TB7-2
TB7 - 1B BLK 4
A
B BLK J546-4
C BLK J544-4
D
E
2 F CO-PILOT
J544
TB7-3 TB7 - 2C BLK 4
A WHT J547-2 TB7 - 4C WHT 2
B WHT J513-2 TB7 - 10 C RED 3
C WHT J545-2 TB7 - 7A GRN 1
D
E
3 F
TB7-4
A
B WHT J546-2
C WHT J544-2 CENTER FRONT
D J545
E TB7 - 1C BLK 4
F TB7 - 3C WHT 2
TB7 - 10 E RED 3
TB7-5
TB7 - 8A GRN 1
A
B
C RIGHT REAR
D J546
TB7 - 2B BLK 4
E
TB7 - 3B WHT 2
4 F
TB7 - 11C RED 3
TB7-7 TB7 - 8E GRN 1
A GRN J544-1
B
5 C
6 D LEFT REA
E J547
F GRN J513-1 TB7 - 1A BLK 4
TB7 - 3A WHT 2
TB7-8 3
TB7 - 11A RED
A GRN J545-1 1
TB7 - 9A GRN
B
7 C
D
E GRN J546-1
8 F
TB7-9
A GRN J547-1
B
9 C
D
E
F
TB7-10
A RED J513-3
10 B
C RED J544-3
11 D
E RED J545-3
12 F
J130 XMIT
TB7-11 TB5-4B RV505B22 P 1
ICS
A RED J547-3 TB5-2A RV501A22 W 2
13 B E5 RV502A22N T 3
C RED J546-3
J109 XMIT
14 D TB5-2C RV516C22 1
P ICS
E TB5-1A RV508D22 2
W
F E7 RV524A22N 3
T
15
G97-0606-2
Figure 103. Wiring Diagram − Integrated Interphone Communication System (Vendor


97-06-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
COMM1/COMM2
TB502-3Z RV544A22
TB502-3A RV543A22
TB502-3R RV545A22
TB502-3M RV542A22
TB5-1D 1
TB502-3D RV541A22
TB502-3G RV540A22
ENGINE OUT
AUDIO D 1 C ES33A22 TB502-6F
AUDIO D 3 M RUS14A22 TB502-6J
TB105 (REF)
TB502-6N RV514522 2
2
CR10
TB502-6K RV514022 1
R30
TB502-4M RV514T22 3
P509
COMM XMIT KEY DD CN512822 TB502-3S

CN511822 TB502-5C J10-F 3
COMM 1 AUD K
XMIT MIC AUD D CN5514822 TB502-3H
PHONE HI U CN522A22 TB502-6S
PHONE LO U CN556A22 TB502-4L
NAU AUDIO M CN56A22 TB502-5L
ADF AUDIO N CN533A22 TB502-5R
COMM 2 AUDIO L CN534A22 TB502-5G
AUX AUDIO P CN516822 TB502-5F
+28 VDC P536620 TB502-1L TO CBS
A
DC GROUND B CN59820N
AUDIO COMMON T CN513822 TB502-4C
RV514822 TB502-6P
RV514F22 TB502-4G
P/J10
Z CN521A22 A CN521AA22 TB5-1A 4

C/P ICS KEY
B RV514FF22 TB5-1C
Y CN520A22 C CN520AA22 TB5-2B
PILOT ICS KEY
X CN519A22 D CN519AA22 TB5-2C
C/P XMIT KEY
W CN523A22 E CN523AA22 TB5-4B TB5-1B 5
PILOT XMIT KEY
F RV514BB22 TB7-3F TB5-2A 6
AA CN525A22 G CN525AA22 TB7-8C
C/F ICS KEY
CC CN531A22 H CN531AA22 TB7-8F
R/R ICS KEY TB7-9C
BB CN529A22 J CN525AA22
L/R ICS KEY
C CN524A22 K CN524AA22 TB7-10B
PILOT MIC HI CN532AA22 TB7-10D
E CN532A22 L
C/P MIC HI TB7-10F
F CN530A22 M CN530AA22
C/F MIC HI
H CN515B22 N CN515BB22 TB7-11B J10-G 7
L/R MIC HI
J CN555A22 P CN555AA22 TB7-11D
R/R MIC HI
R
J10-H 8
TB5-1 COPILOT ICS KEY

J10-A CN521AA22 A RV508D22 J109-W
B RV508C22 TB7-7C
J10-J 9
J10-B RV514FF22 C AUDIO COMMON
D RV510C22 TB7-1F
TB5-2 PILOT ICS KEY

TB7-7D RV501D22 A RV501A22 J130-W
J10-C CN520AA22 B
RV516C22 J10-K 10
J10-D CN519AA22 C J109-P
D COPILOT XMIT KEY
J10-L 11
TB5-3
A
J10-M 12
B
C
D
TB5-4 J10-N 13
A PILOT XMIT KEY
J10-E CN523AA22 RV505B22 J130-P
B J10-P 14
C
D
A22DMM2-1 MODULE
15
G97-0607-1
Figure 104. Wiring Diagram − Integrated Interphone Communication System (Generic Vendor

97-06-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
TB7-1
A BLK J547-4
B BLK J513-4
C BLK J545-4 PILOT
D J513
E TB7 - 7F GRN 1
1 RV510C22 F TB7 - 10A RED 3
TB7 - 3B WHT 2
TB7-2 4
TB7 - 1B BLK
A
B BLK J546-4
C BLK J544-4
D
E
2 F CO-PILOT
J544
TB7-3 TB7 - 2C BLK 4
A WHT J547-2 TB7 - 4C WHT 2
B WHT J513-2 TB7 - 10 C RED 3
C WHT J545-2 TB7 - 7A GRN 1
D
E
3 RV14BB22 F
TB7-4
A
B WHT J546-2
C WHT J549-2 CENTER FRONT
D J545
E TB7 - 1C BLK 4
F TB7 - 3C WHT 2
TB7 - 10 E RED 3
TB7-5 1
TB7 - 8A GRN
A
B
C RIGHT REAR
D J546
TB7 - 2B BLK 4
E
TB7 - 4B WHT 2
4 F
TB7 - 11C RED 3
TB7-7 TB7 - 8E GRN 1
A GRN J544-1
B
5 RV508C22 C
6 RV501D22 D LEFT REAR
E J547
F GRN J513-1 TB7 - 1A BLK 4
TB7 - 3A WHT 2
TB7-8 TB7 - 11A RED 3
A GRN J545-1
TB7 - 9A GRN 1
B
7 CN525AA22 C
D
E GRN J546-1
8 CN531AA22 F
TB7-9
A GRN J547-1
B
9 CN529AA22 C
D
E
F
TB7-10
PLT MIC HI A RED J513-3
HI B
10 CNS24AA22
C/P MIC HI C RED J544-3
11 CNS32AA22 HI D
CF MIC HI E RED J545-3
HI
12 CN530AA22 F
J130 XMIT
TB7-11 TB5-4B RV505B22 P 1
ICS
LR MIC HI A RED J547-3 TB5-2A RV501A22 W 2
HI
13 CNS15BB22 B E5 RV502A22N T 3
RR MIC HI C RED J546-3 J109
HI XMIT
14 CNS55AA22 D TB5-2C RV516C22 P 1
E ICS
TB5-1A RV508D22 W 2
F E7 RV524A22N T 3
15
G97-0607-2
Figure 104. Wiring Diagram − Integrated Interphone Communication System (Generic Vendor

97-06-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]

97-06-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
(CARTER)
1. CE 500 HT−3G ICS Control Unit A. CE 500 HT−3G ICS Control Unit Testing
Replacement
Special Tools
(Ref. Figure 201 and Figure 202) (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
Item Nomenclature
(1). Ensure that all power is OFF. ST1010 Volt-ohmmeter
N/A Resistor, 100 ohm, +5 percent, 2 watt
(2). (LH command helicopters only) Remove N/A AC signal generator
right side fairing from instrument
N/A Capacitor, 10 ufd.
panel.
(3). Unplug connector P509 from ICS Ensure that all electrical power
control unit. CAUTION is OFF before performing the
following tests.
(4). Remove four screws and washers (1). Remove connector P509 from the ICS
securing unit to instrument panel. control unit.
NOTE: If unit is to be reinstalled, do not dis (2). Connect a 100 ohm, +5 percent, 2 watt
turb the settings of external and COMM 1 resistor between PHONE HI and
and COMM 2 sidetone level controls on the PHONE LO pins of connector J509 on
side of the unit when removing. ICS control unit (Ref. Figure 101 or
Figure 102).
(5). To replace, install unit to instrument (3). Apply 28 ±0.5 Vdc to +28 Vdc and -28
panel with four screws and washers. Vdc (ground) pins of connector J509;
comply with polarity requirements (Ref.
(6). Plug connector P509 into unit. Table 102).
(4). Connect an ac voltmeter between
(7). If the unit installed is not the one
PHONE HI and PHONE LO pins of
removed, adjust external controls on
connector J509.
unit (Ref. Intercom Microphone Audio
Level Adjustment, Para. VHF Comm (5). Using an ac signal generator, perform
Transceiver Sidetone Signal Level all the checks listed (Ref. Table 102).
Adjustment, and Intercom Phone Audio
Level Adjustment below). NOTE: Disconnect the signal generator and the
ac voltmeter before conducting the diode
(8). (LH command helicopters only) Rein continuity checks.
stall right side fairing to instrument (6). Reinstall connector P509 to ICS control
panel. unit.
B. Intercom Microphone Audio Level
2. Integrated Interphone Communication
Adjustment
System Testing and Adjustments
(Ref. Figure 202) The ICS control potentiome
NOTE: In LH command helicopters only, access ter (R8), located on the right end of the ICS
the ICS control unit for the following tests control unit, controls headset phone volume
and adjustments by removing the right side during interphone operation by adjusting the
fairing from the instrument panel. level of the microphone audio signal before the

97-06-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
signal is amplified by the microphone amplifier radio(s) by closing AUDIO, COMM 1
in the ICS control unit. (R8 does not affect the and/or COMM 2 circuit breakers.
level of received audio signals from any
installed radio equipment.) (5). Select the desired radio using the
COMM 1-XMIT-COMM 2 switch, prior
(1). Connect headset-microphones at all to transmitting.
radio/ intercom stations. (6). While transmitting with vhf COMM
(2). (Slim-Line instrument panels and RH radio No. 1 (or COMM radio No. 2),
command T-panels only) Energize adjust R22 (or R25) for desired sidetone
intercom system by closing NAV/COM audio volume in headset earphones.
circuit breaker. NOTE: If sufficient sidetone audio volume can
not be obtained in headset earphones by ad
(3). (LH command T-panels only) Energize justment of R22 and R25, refer to trouble
intercom system by closing AUDIO
shooting procedures (Ref. Table 101).
circuit breaker.
D. Intercom Phone Audio Level Adjustment
(4). Adjust R8 until desired headset
earphone volume is obtained in head (1). Connect a headset-microphone at any
sets while operating intercom system radio/intercom station.
and speaking into microphone.
(2). (Slim-Line instrument panels and RH
NOTE: If sufficient intercom microphone audio command T-panels only) Energize
volume cannot be obtained in headset ear intercom system by closing NAV/COM
phones by adjustment of R8, refer to trou circuit breaker.
bleshooting procedures (Ref. Table 101). (3). (LH command T-panels only) Energize
intercom system by closing AUDIO
C. VHF COMM Transceiver Sidetone Signal
circuit breaker.
Level Adjustment
(4). Check that earphone audio level is
(Ref. Figure 202) COMM 1 and COMM 2 correctly adjusted for all other radio
sidetone level control potentiometers R22 and communication equipment that may be
R25, located on the right end of the ICS installed.
control unit, adjust the level of the side tone
audio from the vhf COMM transmitters that is (5). Recheck and readjust vhf COMM
applied to headset earphones during vhf transmitter sidetone level as necessary
COMM radio transmission. (R22 and R25 do (Ref. Integrated Interphone Communi
not affect the level of the microphone audio or cation System Troubleshooting).
of any received audio signals from any
installed radio equipment.) 3. Integrated Interphone Communication
System Inspection
(1). Connect headset-microphones at all
radio/intercom stations. (Ref. Figure 201 and Figure 202) Inspect
integrated interphone communication system's
(2). (RH command T-panels only) Energize components in accordance with FAA AC
intercom system and vhf COMM 43.13-1A and aircraft standard electrical
radio(s) by closing NAV/COM circuit repair and replacement practices and proce
breaker. dures, noting the following:
Ensure that all electrical power
(3). (Slim-Line instrument panels only) CAUTION to system is OFF.
Energize intercom system and vhf
COMM radio(s) by closing NAV/COM, (1). Examine wiring harnesses for damage;
COMM 1 and/or COMM 2 circuit and wire terminals and terminal boards
breakers. for security of attachment.
(4). (LH command T-panels only) Energize (2). Examine ICS control unit for good
intercom system and vhf COMM electrical bond to instrument console

97-06-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
structure (Ref. Chap. 96 for electrical With standard practices and tools,
bonding information). replace broken connector pins. Straight
en bent pins. Tighten or replace loose
(3). Examine connector plug pins for pins. (Ref. Sec. 96-00 for additional
looseness, bends or corrosion. information on repair of connectors.)
A. Integrated Interphone Communication (Ref. Electrical Maintenance - Wiring,
System Repairs Electrical Bonding, and Wiring Har
nesses, Chap. 96 for information on
(1). Connectors: repair of wiring harnesses)

97-06-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
ICS CONTROL UNIT
INTERGRATED INTERPHONE SYSTEM

CONTROL UNIT (TYPICAL)
HARNESS
ASSY
HARNESS
ASSY
ROTATE
D
G97-0604
Figure 201. Integrated Interphone Communication System Installation

97-06-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
COMM 1 ADJUSTMENT
COMM COMM ICS

CONTROL (NOTE 3)
1
COMM 2 ADJUSTMENT
2
CONTROL (NOTE 3)
ICS ADJUSTMENT
CONTROL (NOTE 2)
NOTE 1 SCREWS, WASHERS

(4 PLCS)
INSTRUMENT CONSOLE
STRUCTURE
LOOKING INBOARD
TB501
(NOTE 4)
1
2
3
4
CE 500 HT-3G ICS AMPLIFIER

(CONTROL UNIT)
P509
TB502
(NOTE 4)
LOOKING AFT
CONSOLE
HORIZONTAL
SUPPORT
TB6
(NOTE 4)
NOTES:
1. STRUCTURAL ELECTRICAL BOND TO CASE OF UNIT IS REQUIRED (REF. CHAP 96).
2. AT REPLACEMENT OF CONTROL UNIT, ADJUSTMENT OF INTERPHONE MICROPHONE
AUDIO LEVEL IS REQUIRED.
3. AT REPLACEMENT OF CONTROL UNIT, ADJUSTMENT OF SIDETONE AUDIO LEVEL
FOR ASSOCIATED VHF COMM RADIO IS REQUIRED. G97-0605
Figure 202. Adjustable Components − CE 500 HT−3G ICS Control Unit

97-06-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]

97-06-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
Section
97−08−00
Public Address and
Siren System
Installation

[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
PUBLIC ADDRESS AND SIREN SYSTEM INSTALLATION
1. Description and Operation The remote control unit is mounted on the
upper right side of the instrument panel for
(Ref. Figure 201) The public address and siren access by both the pilot and copilot.
system provides the helicopter with an
integral airborne installation consisting of an The microphone is attached to a holder on top
audio amplifier, two loudspeakers, a remote of the remote control unit support.
control unit, microphone, system circuit
breaker, three interconnecting wire harness A. Reference Data
assemblies, miscellaneous electrical wiring,
and brackets and attachment hardware. Information pertaining to helicopter structural
components which interface with the public
All three wire harness assemblies are attached address and siren system installation is in the
to the audio amplifier; one assembly provides Structural Repair Manual (SRM). Refer to
dc power to the amplifier, and the remaining appropriate section for information pertaining
two assemblies provide dc power from the to standard helicopter equipment.
amplifier to the control unit and loudspeakers.
2. Public Address and Siren System Fault
The amplifier is installed in the lower electron Isolation
ics compartment under the pilot's compart
ment floor. The loudspeakers are attached to a Use information provided in Table 201 for
bracket on the exterior of the fuselage, just troubleshooting the public address and siren
forward and below the door on the right side of system installation. For system wiring
the pilot's compartment. diagram, refer to Figure 202.
Table 201. Troubleshooting − Public Address and Siren System
Electrical dc power not available No dc power on helicopter main Ref. Chap. 96.
when system turned on. bus.
Disconnected or defective system Connect or replace circuit breaker as

circuit breaker. required.
Fuse blown at amplifier. Replace fuse at amplifier.
Disconnected or defective wire Connect or replace wire harness

harness between circuit breaker between circuit breaker and
and amplifier. amplifier.
Amplifier defective. Replace amplifier.
Circuit breaker trips. Overload or short circuit in system In turn, check loudspeakers, control
equipment. unit, and amplifier for short circuits;
also check electrical bond
connections (ground) Sat control unit
and amplifier (Ref. Chap. 96).

97-08-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
Table 201. Troubleshooting − Public Address and Siren System (Cont.)
No audio when public address Microphone disconnected or Connect or replace microphone.
position is selected on control unit. defective.
Defective circuits in control unit. Replace control unit.

harness between amplifier and between amplifier and control unit.
control unit.
No audio when siren position is Defective siren circuits in amplifier. Replace amplifier.
selected on control unit.
Defective circuits in control unit. Replace control unit.

harness between amplifier and between amplifier and control unit.
control unit.
No audio at loudspeaker(s). Disconnected terminals at Connect terminals at loudspeaker(s).

loudspeaker(s).
Damaged loudspeaker(s). Repair or replace loudspeaker(s).
3. Wiring Diagram (a). Remove bolts and washers securing

supports on removed amplifier.
For the public address and siren system wiring Discard bolts and washers but retain
diagram, refer to Figure 202. supports for installation.
4. Replacement of System Component
(b). Remove and discard supports pro
A. Amplifier Replacement vided on replacement amplifier.
Retain bolts and washers for installa
(Ref. Figure 201) tion.
switch at OFF position. (c). Install supports retained from
removed amplifier and secure to
(2). Open floor access door on left side of replacement amplifier with new bolts
pilot's compartment for access to and washers.
electronics compartment and amplifier.
(d). Check and make certain that 15
(3). Disconnect wire harness assemblies
ampere fuse is installed in amplifier.
from amplifier at connectors P558,
P559 and P560.
(6). Install amplifier in electronics compart
(4). Loosen and remove four screws and ment and secure amplifier and attached
washers from amplifier support. supports to channel assembly with
Remove amplifier and attached sup washers and screws.
ports from channel assembly in com
partment. (7). Connect wire harness assemblies (-15,
-17, -19) to amplifier at connectors
(5). Prepare replacement amplifier as P558, P559 and P560.
follows:
NOTE: A good structural electrical bond (8). Perform system operational check.
(ground) must exist between amplifier and
channel assembly mounted in electronics (9). Close and secure floor access door on
compartment. left side of pilot's compartment.

97-08-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
MICROPHONE
SCREW
WASHER
HOLDER
(NOTE 1)
SCREW
-17 (NOTE 2)
GROMME SUPPORT
T
-15 NUT
-19
WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLIES
SCREW
WASHER
CONTROL UNIT
RIVET NUTPLATE
CONTROL UNIT ATTACHMENT
INSTRUMENT PANEL
LOWER CIRCUIT BREAKER

AND SWITCH PANEL
NOTES:
1. MICROPHONE AND HOLDER ARE PROVIDED
AS A UNIT.
2. ATTACHMENT SCREWS ARE SUPPLIED
WITH CONTROL UNIT.
3. ATTACHMENT BOLTS ARE SUPPLIED WITH
CB129 AMPLIFIER.
4. EXISTING RIVET HOLES.
G97-0801-1
Figure 201. Public Address and Siren System (Sheet 1 of 2)

97-08-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
NUT
WASHER
STA. 43.00
RH FLOOR
LONGERON WL 22.00
FLOOR
INTERCOSTAL
STA. 50.50
(NOTE 4)
SCRE
W
WL 15.75
SCRE (NOTE 4)
W STA. 44.65
RIVE (NOTE 4)
WASHE
RIVE GROMME T
R
T T
DOUBLE
NIPPL R
E
RIVE BRACKET
T ASSEMBLY
LOUDSPEAKER
AND BRACKET
BRACKET
ASSEMBLY CHANNEL SCREW
ASSEMBLY
LOUDSPEAKER
ASSEMBLY
FORWARD
SUPPORT
AFT
SUPPORT WASHER
SCRE
WASHE W
R SUPPORT NU
CHANNEL T
RIVET EXISTING
WASHER SUPPORT
CHANNEL
SCREW
AMPLIFIER SUPPORTS (NOTE 3)
AND CHANNELS
AMPLIFIER
SCREW NUTPLAT RIVNU
SUPPORT
E T
WASHER RIVE
T
G97-0801-2
Figure 201. Public Address and Siren System (Sheet 2 of 2)

97-08-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
CORD FURNISHED L1 P560 J

LS(DS)1 FW
WITH MICROPHONE 1
D L2 GRAY A
TD4A1
4 L1 BLK B
P562 J201 LS(DS)2 AFT TD3A14
L2 (NOTE 3)
J203 P561 P559 J
C GRD
A BLU A 4 PRE AMP OUTPUT
B GRD PTT
B YEL B GRD (SWITCHED) BY
A MIC HI PTT
WHT D PTT
D
CM88B LIGHT
MICROPHON A E RED E LIGHT
E B F GRN F 28 VDC
C RMC-IS-A
C BLK C GRD
CONTROL UNIT TD2A20
(NOTE 1) J
W3 2A
P506AJ10 BUS
1 B BRIDG
JUMPER AWG C E
2 22 FUS
3 CB129
25A P558 JE
4 1 2 3
P506AK10 P506U8 GRAY A 28 VDC
5 TB6 BA
CB122 T
6 4 BLK B GRD MA-500
TD1A14 AMPLIFIER
7 GR (NOTE 2)
1 EXT D
P506AL10 2 PWR
OF
3 F
BA
S2 T
SWITCH
WIRE
TABLE
WIRE NO. CUT LENGTH FROM TERMINATIO TO TERMINATIO
N N
P506U8 24.00 W3-6 MS25036-115 CB129-1 MS25036-115
NOTE TD4A14 15.00 LS(DS)1-L1 MS25036-153 LS(DS)2-L2 MS25036-153
1 GRAY (NOTE 3) LS(DS)2-L2 MS25036-153 P560-A SOLDER
TD3A1
BLK (NOTE 3) LS(DS)2-L1 MS25036-153 P560-B SOLDER
4 SHLD (TD2A-20)
JUMPER (NOTE 1) D121 P559-C SOLDER
BLK (NOTE 1) P561-C SOLDER P559-C SOLDER
YEL (NOTE 1) P561-B SOLDER P559-B SOLDER
BLU (NOTE 1) P561-A SOLDER P559-A SOLDER
NOTE WHT (NOTE 1) P561-D SOLDER P559-D SOLDER
TD2A2 (NOTE 1) P561-E SOLDER
2 RED P559-E SOLDER
0 (NOTE 1) P559-F
GRN P561-F SOLDER SOLDER
GRAY (NOTE 2) P558-A SOLDER CB129-2 MS25036-153
BLK (NOTE 2) P558-B SOLDER TB6-4 MS25036-108
TD1A1
4
NOTE
3 NOTES:
1. CONTROL UNIT INPUT WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY.
2. POWER INPUT WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY.
3. LOUDSPEAKER OUTPUT WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY.
4. W3 BUS AND ITEMS INDICATED BY DASHED (- - -)
LINES ARE PART OF HELICOPTER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
G97-0802A
Figure 202. Public Address and Siren System Wiring Diagram

97-08-00
Revision 13
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
B. Loudspeaker Replacement (2). Remove microphone from holder and
disconnect microphone cord from aft
(Ref. Figure 201) side of control unit at connector P562.
Retain microphone for installation.
switch at OFF position. (3). Disconnect wire harness assembly from
aft side of control unit at connector
(2). Disconnect wire harness assembly from P561.
loudspeaker at drive unit.
(4). Loosen and remove screws and washers
(3). Loosen and remove setscrew securing from support. Remove support and
horn nut to threaded end of horn. control unit from right side fairing of
instrument panel.
(4). Loosen horn nut, and remove driver
unit, horn, and spacers from mounting (5). Prepare replacement control unit as
bracket. follows:
(5). Repeat steps (2). thru (4). for removal of NOTE: A good structural electrical bond
remaining loudspeaker assembly. (ground) must exist between control unit,
support, and instrument console structure.
(6). Install threaded end of horn through
(a). Remove screws securing support on
attachment hole in mounting bracket;
control unit. Discard screws.
then attach driver unit and spacers to
threaded end of horn. NOTE: Detached control unit support has at
tached microphone holder.
(7). Position driver unit as required and
secure to mounting bracket with horn (b). Install support on replacement
nut. control unit, using screws supplied
with unit.
(8). If required, use drill motor and appro
priate drill bit to provide hole for (6). Using washers and screws, secure
setscrew in threaded end of horn as control unit and support to right side
follows: fairing on instrument panel structure.
(a). Use horn nut as template. (7). Connect wiring harness assembly to aft
side of control unit at connector P561.
(b). Drill 0.1405 in. (3.5687 mm) hole in
horn casting. (8). Connect microphone cord to aft side of
control unit at connector P562. Stow
(c). Tap hole for setscrew. microphone on holder.
(9). Secure horn nut in place with setscrew. (9). Perform Operational Check of system.
Torque setscrew to 6 inch-pounds D. Circuit Breaker Replacement
(8.14 Nm).
(Ref. Figure 201)
(10). Connect -19 wire harness assembly to
loudspeaker at drive unit. (1). Verify BATTERY-OFF-EXT PWR
switch at OFF position.
(11). Perform Operational Check of system.
(2). Remove PA SYS circuit breaker from
C. Control Unit and Microphone lower switch and circuit breaker panel
Replacement as follows:
(Ref. Figure 201) (a). Remove screws and lower switch and
circuit breaker panel from instru
(1). Verify BATTERY-OFF-EXT PWR ment panel for access to PA SYS
switch at OFF position. circuit breaker.

97-08-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
(b). Tag and disconnect wiring from PA nylon tie straps (CM704) and remove
SYS circuit breaker at terminals wire harness assembly.
CB129-1 and CB129-2 and remove
circuit breaker from panel. (4). Disconnect loudspeaker output wire
harness (-19 assembly) from amplifier
(3). Install PA SYS circuit breaker on lower at connector P560, and loudspeaker
switch and circuit breaker panel as connectors LS(DS)1 and LS(DS)2.
follows: Disconnect wire TD4A14 at loudspeak
er connector LS(DS)1-L1 and
(a). Install PA SYS circuit breaker on LS(DS)2-L2. Disconnect nylon tie
panel and connect wiring to circuit straps (CM704) and remove wire
breaker terminals CB129-1 and harness assembly.
CB129-2.
(5). Install wire harness assemblies (-15,
(b). Install and secure lower switch and -17 and -19) in reverse order of
circuit breaker panel to instrument removal, steps b. through d., and secure
panel with screws. as required with nylon tie straps
(CM704).
E. Electrical Wiring Harness Replacement
5. Operational Check
(Ref. Figure 202)
With helicopter on ground, perform Operation
al Check of public address and siren system as
Consumable Materials follows:
Item Nomenclature (1). Place BATTERY-OFF-EXT PWR
switch at BATTERY position. Verify PA
SYS circuit breaker on lower circuit
breaker and switch panel is engaged.
The electrical wiring for the public address and
(2). On control unit panel, place selector
siren system consists of a power input wire
knob for public address system at ON
harness (-15 assembly), control unit input
position.
wire harness (-17 assembly), and loudspeaker
output wire harness (-19 assembly). Refer to (3). Using microphone removed from top of
Figure 202 for detailed wiring diagram, control unit, check operation of public
assembly connectors, and individual wire and address system. Position selector knob
connector data. as required for desired audio control.
(1). Verify BATTERY-OFF-EXT PWR (4). Verify that both loudspeakers are in
switch at OFF position. operation.
(2). Disconnect power input wire harness (5). Place siren selector knob in on position.
(-15 assembly) from amplifier at check siren operation in yelp or curdler
connector P558, from PA SYS circuit positions on adjacent selector knob:
breaker terminal CB129-2 and from then place siren selector knob in OFF
helicopter ground at TB6-4. Disconnect position.
nylon tie straps (CM704) and remove
wire harness assembly. (6). Place selector knob for public address
system at OFF position. Stow micro
(3). Disconnect control unit input wire phone on top of control unit.
harness (-17 assembly) from amplifier
at connector P559, and from control (7). Place BATTERY-OFF-EXT PWR
unit at connector P561. Disconnect switch at OFF position.

97-08-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
6. Inspection 7. Repair
Inspect components of public address and siren Repair of public address and siren system is
system in accordance with the following: limited to replacement of defective or damaged
parts as follows:
(1). Inspect condition of wire harness
(1). Replace damaged or frayed wiring and
assemblies and wiring connectors at
connectors.
control unit, amplifier, and loudspeaker.
(2). Replace damaged loudspeakers and
(2). Inspect loudspeakers and external external brackets.
brackets for deformation and damage.
(3). Replace grommet. Check proper
(3). Inspect grommet for deformation installation in doubler as shown in
damage, and proper installation. Figure 201.

97-08-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
PUBLIC ADDRESS AND SIREN SYSTEM
1. Public Address and Siren System Initial C. Modification of Helicopter
Installation
Modification of the helicopter consists of
Procedures in this section may be performed at providing an access port for the loudspeaker
operator's discretion and are applicable to all output wire harness (-19 assembly) through
Model 369D helicopters. These instructions the fuselage skin at the pilot's right side floor
provide for the installation of the public compartment as follows:
address and siren system, and include a
modification to the helicopter structure just (1). Locate and mark hole center for cutout
forward and below the right door on the pilot's in fuselage skin. Center of cutout is
compartment. located on right side of pilot's compart
ment 2.06 ±0.06 in. (5.2324 ±0.1524
A. Preparation for Installation cm) below longeron at WL 15.75 and
1.89 ±0.06 in. (4.8006 ±0.1524 cm) aft
Preparation for installation of the public of Sta. 44.65 (Ref. Figure 901, view A).
address and siren system includes the follow
ing: (2). Using chassis punch or equivalent, cut
0.85 in. (21.59 mm) hole in fuselage
(1). Check all electrical switches for OFF skin as required.
position, and ensure that BATTERY-
OFF-EXT PWR switch is at OFF. NOTE: For installation of doubler on cutout in
fuselage skin, refer to Loudspeaker Assem
(2). Identify all components, including bly.
attaching hardware, to be removed for
access to work areas. Protect compo D. Installation of System Components
nents from damage and foreign matter
until reinstalled. Consumable Materials
B. Removal of Helicopter Equipment (Ref. Section 91−00−00)
Item Nomenclature
Prior to installing the public address and siren CM318 Primer
system, a limited number of items must be
removed from the helicopter to accommodate
the installation. Refer to applicable section Installation of the public address and siren
and perform the following: system includes procedures for installing the
amplifier on channel supports in the electron
(1). Remove left and right access doors from ics compartment, loudspeakers on brackets
pilot's floor compartment. just forward and below the right door of the
pilot's compartment, control unit and micro
(2). If applicable, remove stowage box from
phone with support on the upper right side of
pilot's right side floor compartment.
the instrument panel, circuit breaker on the
(3). Remove seats from crew compartment. lower circuit breaker and switch panel, and
wire harness assemblies for the system. The
(4). Remove hood and right side fairing general notes that apply to the subsequent
from instrument panel structure. procedures are as follows:

97-08-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
NOTE: (5). Using screws and washers, attach
forward and aft supports to support
D After drilling or cutting operations, re
channel and existing channel.
move burrs and metal particles. Apply a
thin coat of primer (CM318) when install (6). Using screws, washers, and nuts,
ing rivets or to bare metal areas, except attach channel assembly to forward
when hole is to be used for electrical and aft supports.
ground or bonding purposes. Color
matched paint may be applied over zinc (7). Using screws and washers, attach
chromate primed areas. supports to channel assembly.
D When providing ground for electrical com NOTE: Nutplates are provided to secure screws
ponents or for electrical bonding pur on channel assembly.
poses, clean designated structure areas to
(8). Using washer and existing amplifier
bare metal surface (Ref. Chap. 96).
bolts, attach amplifier to supports on
D Do not tighten electrical clamps or secure channel assembly.
electrical wiring to existing harnesses un
til all electrical wiring is installed. NOTE: Electrical wiring at amplifier is not in
stalled at this time.
E. Amplifier Assembly F. Loudspeaker Assembly
(Ref. Figure 901, view A-A) The following (Ref. Figure 201) The following defines a
defines a procedure for reinforcing the elec procedure for installing the loudspeaker and
tronics equipment floor structure, and for support brackets on the helicopter, including a
installing the amplifier assembly. doubler on the cutout in the fuselage skin just
forward and below the right side pilot's
(1). Using drill motor and appropriate drill compartment door.
bit, remove rivets securing existing two
nutplates to existing support channel (1). Using doubler as template, determine
installed on electronics compartment six rivet hole locations required through
floor. fuselage skin. Drill 0.098 in. (2.4892
mm) rivet holes and attach doubler to
(2). Drill and enlarge existing holes in fuselage skin with rivets.
support channel to 0.257 in. (6.5278 (2). Install grommet in fuselage skin
mm) holes. Install rivnuts in support cutout, as required.
channel using rivnut header.
(3). Verify that loudspeakers are installed
(3). Drill and enlarge two existing holes in on mounting bracket, and that support
new support channel to 0.240 in. (6.096 bracket is disconnected from mounting
mm) holes for installation of nutplates. bracket.
Using nutplates as templates, drill four
0.098 in. (2.4892 mm) plates to support NOTE:
channel with rivets. D To facilitate installation of brackets make
certain that support bracket is discon
(4). Using support channel as template, nected from mounting bracket.
drill 0.098 in. (2.4892 mm) rivet attach D Nipples used for protection of terminals at
holes in electronics compartment floor, loudspeaker units may be stowed on wire
frame structure at Sta. 50.50, and harness or provided as loose equipment.
Cant. Sta. 64.365. Attach support
channel to electronics compartment (4). Position support bracket on outer
with rivets (Ref. Figure 901, view B). fuselage skin, at right longeron (WL
15.75) and bulkhead (Sta. 64.65), and
NOTE: When installing support hardware for determine rivet hole locations for
amplifier, provide ground by cleaning con support bracket. Drill 0.098 in. (2.4892
tact surfaces of compartment floor, hard mm) rivet attach holes in support
ware, and amplifier to bare metal. bracket, and remove existing three

97-08-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
rivets at bulkhead. Attach support (1). Determine four hole locations on right
bracket to fuselage skin with rivets. side of instrument panel structure for
nutplates. Using drill motor and
(5). Position mounting bracket on support appropriate drill bit, remove applicable
bracket and determine rivet hole existing rivets in structure and enlarge
locations for upper and lower tabs on to 0.177 in. (4.4958 mm) holes. Also,
mounting bracket. Drill two 0.204 in. drill 0.098 in. (2.4892 mm) rivet attach
(5.1816 mm) screw attach holes in holes at each nutplate hole. Attach
mounting bracket. nutplates to structure with rivets (Ref.
(6). Remove two existing rivets from Sta. Figure 901, view B-B).
50.50, just below right longeron, (2). Position hood and side fairing on
corresponding to lower left tab on instrument panel structure, and
mounting bracket; then drill two 0.098 determine access holes to nutplates on
in. (2.4892 mm) rivet attach holes in structure; then remove hood and
lower left tab to match rivet pattern. fairing. Drill two 0.177 in. (4.4958 mm)
(7). Using screws and washers, attach holes in fairing to match nutplates.
mounting bracket to nutplates on (3). Using upper forward access hole in side
support bracket. fairing as reference, determine location
(8). Using rivets, attach lower left tab of of cutout for electrical wiring. Using
mounting bracket to Sta. 50.50, just 1.25 in. (3.175 cm) chassis punch or
below right longeron. equivalent, cut hole in fairing; then
install grommet in hole.
(9). Mark and drill two 0.169 in. (4.2926
mm) screw attach holes through upper (4). Position control unit support over
tab of mounting bracket and fuselage nutplate access holes on side fairing.
skin at Sta. 43.00, just above WL Mark and drill four 0.177 in. (4.4958
22.00. mm) screw attach holes in support for
eventual attachment to nutplates.
(10). Using screws, washers, and nuts,
attach upper tab of mounting bracket (5). Install side fairing and hood on instru
to fuselage skin. ment panel structure.
(11). Verify loudspeakers are properly (6). Using screw and washers, attach
installed on mounting bracket and that support to nutplates on instrument
horn nut is secured per Loudspeaker panel (Ref. Figure 201).
instructions. (7). Verify that microphone holder is
NOTE: Electrical wiring at loudspeakers is not attached to support with screws,
installed at this time. washers, and nuts; then attach control
unit in support with screws supplied
G. Control Unit and Microphone with unit. Stow microphone in holder
on control unit.
The following defines a procedure for installing
the control unit and microphone on the right NOTE: Electrical wiring at control unit is not
side of the instrument panel. installed at this time.

97-08-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
LOWER DOOR
HINGE AREA
MOUNTING
BRACKET
RH
LONGERON WL
15.75
2.00-2.12 IN.
(5.08-5.3848 CM)
GROMME
T
DOUBLE
(NOTE 1) 1.830-1.950 IN. 0.85 IN. (21.59 MM)
(4.6482-4.953 CM) STA. CUTOUT IN FUSELAGE
44.65 SKIN
MA-500 FUSELAGE CUTOUT AND
AMPLIFIER DOUBLER
RIVNUT
S
CANTED
STA. 64.365
STA.
50.50 EXISTING
SUPPORT
CHANNEL
A BL 8.782 IN.
10.10 (22.306 CM)
NUTPLATE
S
EXISTING CHANNEL A
SUPPORT
NEW CHANNEL
NEW CHANNEL SUPPORT
ELECTRONICS
COMPARTMENT SUPPORT INB 3.485 IN.
D (8.852 CM)
FW VIEW A - A
D SUPPORT CHANNEL
AMPLIFIER SUPPORT CHANNELS LOCATION
(LOOKING INBOARD FROM LEFT SIDE)
G97-0803-1A
Figure 901. Modification and Reinforcement Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 2)

97-08-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
CM 888
MICROPHONE
B NOTES:
1. DOUBLER ON FUSELAGE SKIN REQUIRES
SIX EQUALLY SPACED RIVETS.
2. EXISTING RIVET HOLES ARE ENLARGED
FOR NUTPLATE INSTALLATIONS. DETERMINE
NUTPLATE LOCATIONS FROM EXISTING
RIVETS ABOVE AND BELOW EXISTING
NUTPLATES, STRUCTURE LIGHTENING
HOLES, AND STRUCTURE STIFFENER AS SHOWN.
RMC-1S-A
CONTROL UNIT
SUPPOR
T
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND EXISTING

CONTROL UNIT NUTPLATE
STRUCTURAL LIGHTENING
HOLE (TYPICAL)
2.00-2.12 IN.
HOO
(5.08-5.384 CM)
D
0.299-0.311 IN.
WL 40.40 (7.595-7.899 MM)
1.25 IN. (38.10 CM)
CUTOUT IN FAIRING
NUTPLATES FOR
CONTROL UNIT GROMME
SUPPORT (NOTE 2) T
STRUCTURE
STIFFENER SIDE
FAIRING
EXISTING
NUTPLATE
STRUCTUR STA
E 40.00
VIEW B - B
NUTPLATE AND CUTOUT
LOCATIONS
G97-0803-2A
Figure 901. Modification and Reinforcement dimensions (Sheet 2 of 2)

97-08-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
H. Circuit Breaker (2). Connect power input wire harness (-15
assembly) to amplifier, circuit breaker,
For installation of circuit breaker refer to and helicopter ground as follows:
Circuit Breaker Replacement.
(a). Connect wire harness receptacle to
I. Electrical Wiring Installation amplifier at connector P558.
Consumable Materials (b). Route wiring from electronics com

(Ref. Section 91−00−00) partment under pilot's compartment
Item Nomenclature floor to aft side of lower circuit
breaker and switch panel. Use nylon
CM601 Insulation sleeving, electrical
tie straps (CM704) to secure wiring
CM614 Sleeving, heat-shrink as required.
(c). Connect gray wire with white
sleeving (CM614) to circuit breaker
The following defines a procedure for installing terminal CB129-2.
the wire harness assemblies (-15, -17 and
-19) in accordance with the wiring diagram (d). Verify that wire No. P506U8 with
and wiring table in Figure 202 and the steps terminals MS25036-115 at each end,
that follow. and protective sleeving (CM601), is
connected to circuit breaker terminal
(1). Connect loudspeaker output wire CB129-2 and bus terminal W3-6.
harness (-19 assembly) to amplifier
and loudspeaker assembly as follows: (e). Connect black wire with black
sleeving (CM614) to helicopter
(a). Connect wire harness receptacle to ground at TB6-4.
amplifier at connector P560.
(b). Route wiring under pilot's compart
NOTE: Wire harness between amplifier and
cable tie aft of lower circuit breaker and
ment floor and through grommet in
switch panel is covered with black sleeving
lower-forward right side of fuselage.
(CM614).
Use nylon tie straps (CM704) to
secure wiring as required. (3). Connect control unit input wire harness
(c). Connect gray wire with white (-17 assembly) to amplifier and control
sleeving (CM614) to forward loud unit as follows:
speaker connector LS(DS)1-L2.
(a). Connect wire harness receptacle to
(d). Connect black wire with black amplifier at connector P559.
sleeving (CM614) to aft loudspeaker
connector LS(DS)2-L1. (b). Route wiring from electronics com
partment under pilot's compartment
(e). Connect wire No. TD4A14, with floor to aft side of instrument panel,
protective sleeving to loudspeaker and through grommet in upper right
connectors LS(DS)1-L1 and side fairing.
LS(DS)2-L2.
(c). Connect wire harness receptacle to
(f). Install nipples to protect terminals at control unit at connector P561.
connectors.
NOTE: Wire harness between amplifier and
(g). Secure loudspeaker terminal wiring control unit is covered with black sleeving
with cable tie attached to bracket (168).
assembly.
(d). Connect microphone receptacle to
NOTE: Wire harness between amplifier and control unit at connector P562.
cable tie between loudspeakers is covered
with black sleeving (CM614). (4). Perform Operational Check of system.

97-08-00
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]
J. Installation of Helicopter Equipment (3). Install left and right access doors on
pilot's floor compartment.
After installation of public address and siren
system, a limited number of items must be K. Weight and Balance Data
replaced in the helicopter. Refer to appropriate
section and perform the following: Weight and balance data resulting from
(1). Install seats in crew compartment. installation of the public address and siren
system is listed in Table 901. After installa
(2). If applicable, install stowage box in tion, incorporate changes in helicopter weight
pilot's right side floor compartment. and balance records.
Weight Arm Moment
pounds (kg) inches (cm) in.−lb (kgcm)
−501 (complete)
Added 32.4 (14.696) 47.7 (121.158) 1545.48 (1780.538)
Removed 0.0 0.0 0.0
Changed 32.4 (14.696) 47.7 (121.158) 1545.48 (1780.538)

97-08-00
Revision 12
[ Chapter 97 TOC ]

97-08-00

CSP Hmi 3

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

CSP Hmi 3

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

[ Main Menu ]

[ HMI−3 Book TOC ]

MDHI MODEL HELICOPTERS

Copyright E 1999-2016 by MD Helicopters, Inc. Issued: 31 October 1990

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

MANUAL TITLE : CSP-HMI-3 MAINTENANCE MANUAL

REV. DATE REMOVED BY REV. DATE REMOVED BY

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

INSERT LATEST CHANGE PAGES, DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES

Cover/Title 901 thru 903 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

95−20−00 220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

(17). GEN OUT: NOTE:

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.

The information disclosed herein is proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc.